Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS2

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2017


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM 20-F




o

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

OR

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

o

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 001-35370

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay,
Salford, England M50 3XE


(Address of principal executive offices)

Dan Stracner, Investor Relations
3016 Kansas Avenue,
Riverside, California,
92507, United States
Telephone No. 001 951 341 2375, E-Mail: dan.stracner@luxfer.net


(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares, nominal value £0.50 each

 

New York Stock Exchange*

American Depositary Shares, each representing an
Ordinary Share of nominal value £0.50 each

 

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:  None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 26,415,559 Ordinary Shares of £0.50 each and 769,413,708,000 Deferred Ordinary Shares of £0.0001 each.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes     o  No     ý

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes     o  No     ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes     ý  No     o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes     o  No     o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer ý   Non-accelerated filer  o

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP  o   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued
by the International Accounting Standards Board ý
  Other o

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17     o  Item 18     o

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes     o  No     ý

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares.

   


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page  

 

PART I

       

Item 1.

 

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

    1  

Item 2.

 

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

    1  

Item 3.

 

Key Information

    1  

Item 4.

 

Information on the Company

    28  

Item 4A.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

    55  

Item 5.

 

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

    55  

Item 6.

 

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

    88  

Item 7.

 

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

    124  

Item 8.

 

Financial Information

    127  

Item 9.

 

The Offer and Listing

    128  

Item 10.

 

Additional Information

    129  

Item 11.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    134  

Item 12.

 

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

    142  

 

PART II

       

Item 13.

 

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

    144  

Item 14.

 

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

    144  

Item 15.

 

Controls and Procedures

    144  

Item 16.

 

[Reserved]

    145  

Item 16A.

 

Audit Committee Financial Expert

    145  

Item 16B.

 

Code of Ethics

    145  

Item 16C.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

    145  

Item 16D.

 

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

    146  

Item 16E.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

    146  

Item 16F.

 

Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant

    147  

Item 16G.

 

Corporate Governance

    147  

Item 16H.

 

Mine Safety Disclosure

    148  

 

PART III

       

Item 17.

 

Financial Statements

    149  

Item 18.

 

Financial Statements

    149  

Item 19.

 

Exhibits

    149  


Table of Contents

GENERAL INFORMATION

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F ("Annual Report"), references to "Company," "Luxfer," "Group," "Luxfer Group," "we," "us" and "our" are to Luxfer Holdings PLC and, except as the context requires, its consolidated subsidiaries.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ("IASB") as they apply to the consolidated financial statements of the Group. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except where IFRS requires or permits fair value measurement.

All references in this Annual Report to (i) "U.S. dollar," "USD" or "$" are to the currency of the United States (the "U.S."), (ii) "pounds sterling," "GBP sterling," "pence," "p" or "£" are to the currency of the United Kingdom (the "U.K.") and (iii) "euro" or "€" are to the currency introduced at the start of the third stage of European economic and monetary union pursuant to the treaty establishing the European Community, as amended.

INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains certain statements, statistics and projections that are, or may be, forward-looking. The accuracy and completeness of all such statements, including, without limitation, statements regarding our future financial position, strategy, plans and objectives for the management of future operations, is not warranted or guaranteed. These statements typically contain words such as "believes," "intends," "expects," "anticipates," "estimates," "may," "will," "should" and words of similar import. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such statements are reasonable, no assurance can be given that such expectations will prove to be correct. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to, factors identified in "Risk factors," "Information on the Company" and "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects," or elsewhere in this Annual Report, as well as:


Table of Contents

You are urged to read the sections "Risk Factors," "Information on the Company" and "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" of this Annual Report for a more complete discussion of the factors that could affect our performance and the industries in which we operate.


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.    Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

Item 2.    Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3.    Key Information

A.    Selected financial data.

The following selected consolidated financial data of Luxfer as of December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report (or prior Annual Reports), which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for future periods.

This financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report (or prior Annual Reports) and Item 5, "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" below.

1


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Income Data

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (in $ million, except share and per share data)
 

Continuing operations

                     

Revenue

  $414.8   $460.3   $489.5   $481.3   $511.6  

Cost of sales

  (321.4 ) (356.3 ) (376.6 ) (363.5 ) (385.7 )

Gross profit

  93.4   104.0   112.9   117.8   125.9  

Distribution costs

  (7.8 ) (7.9 ) (8.1 ) (6.5 ) (6.9 )

Administrative expenses

  (50.8 ) (52.6 ) (59.7 ) (52.2 ) (50.4 )

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

  0.5   (1.2 ) (0.3 ) 0.1   (0.1 )

Trading profit (1) :

  $35.3   $42.3   $44.8   $59.2   $68.5  

Profit on sale of redundant site (2)

  2.1          

Changes to defined benefit pension plans (3)

  0.6   18.0     (1.7 )  

Restructuring and other expense (4)

  (2.2 ) (22.4 ) (3.9 ) (1.0 ) (2.1 )

Operating profit

  $35.8   $37.9   $40.9   $56.5   $66.4  

Acquisitions and disposals (5)

  0.2   (2.0 ) 4.5   (0.1 ) (0.6 )

Disposal costs of intellectual property (6)

          (0.2 )

Finance income:

                     

Interest received

  1.2   0.5   0.5   0.3   0.2  

Finance costs:

                     

Interest costs

  (6.8 ) (7.4 ) (6.6 ) (6.2 ) (6.7 )

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

  (2.1 ) (3.0 ) (2.7 ) (3.8 ) (3.6 )

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

  (0.4 ) (0.4 ) (0.3 )    

Finance costs—net

  (8.1 ) (10.3 ) (9.1 ) (9.7 ) (10.1 )

Profit on operations before taxation

  $27.9   $25.6   $36.3   $46.7   $55.5  

Tax expense

  (6.0 ) (9.5 ) (7.1 ) (12.6 ) (16.0 )

Net income for the year

  $21.9   $16.1   $29.2   $34.1   $39.5  

Profit for the year attributable to controlling interests

  $21.9   $16.1   $29.2   $34.1   $39.5  

Net income per ordinary share (7) :

                     

Basic

  $0.83   $0.60   $1.09   $1.27   $1.84  

Diluted

  $0.82   $0.59   $1.05   $1.22   $1.81  

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding (7) :

                     

Basic

  26,443,662   26,918,987   26,889,330   26,814,154   21,483,354  

Diluted

  26,714,659   27,372,723   27,735,793   28,046,402   21,854,892  

Dividends declared and paid during the year per share (8) :

  $0.50   $0.40   $0.40   $0.40   $0.30  

2


Table of Contents

Segmental Information

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (in $ million)
 

Revenue:

                     

Elektron

  $189.0   $221.2   $230.6   $219.7   $265.3  

Gas Cylinders

  225.8   239.1   258.9   261.6   246.3  

  $414.8   $460.3   $489.5   $481.3   $511.6  

Trading profit (1) :

                     

Elektron

  $23.9   $33.7   $38.9   $40.2   $52.8  

Gas Cylinders

  11.4   8.6   5.9   19.0   15.7  

  $35.3   $42.3   $44.8   $59.2   $68.5  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (in $ million)
 

Total assets

  $391.5   $435.7   $459.8   $396.1   $390.5  

Total liabilities

  (249.6 ) (266.0 ) (284.4 ) (204.4 ) (241.7 )

Total equity

  $141.9   $169.7   $175.4   $191.7   $148.8  

Cash and cash equivalents

  13.6   36.9   14.6   28.4   40.2  

Non-current bank and other loans

  (121.0 ) (131.6 ) (121.4 ) (63.8 ) (63.5 )

Net debt (non-GAAP) (10)

  $(107.4 ) $(94.7 ) $(106.8 ) $(35.4 ) $(23.3 )

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (in $ million)
 

Net revenue (9) :

                     

Elektron

  $189.0   $221.2   $228.4   $211.3   $224.8  

Gas Cylinders

  225.8   239.1   258.9   261.6   246.3  

  $414.8   $460.3   $487.3   $472.9   $471.1  

Adjusted EBITDA (10) :

                     

Elektron

  $35.6   $45.7   $50.1   $49.8   $61.0  

Gas Cylinders

  19.7   16.5   14.7   26.8   22.2  

  $55.3   $62.2   $64.8   $76.6   $83.2  

Adjusted net income (10)

  $24.7   $29.5   $30.9   $39.8   $44.7  

Adjusted net income per ordinary share (11) :

                     

Basic

  $0.93   $1.10   $1.15   $1.48   $2.08  

Diluted

  $0.92   $1.08   $1.11   $1.42   $2.05  

(1)
Trading profit is defined as operating profit or loss before profit on sale of redundant site, changes to defined benefit pension plans and restructuring and other expense. For the purposes of our divisional segmental analysis, IFRS 8 requires the use of "segment profit" performance measures that are used by our chief operating decision maker. Trading profit is the "segment profit" measure used by our chief operating decision maker for divisional segmental analysis. See "Note 2—Revenue and segmental

3


Table of Contents

    analysis" in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report (or prior Annual Reports).

(2)
Profit on sale of redundant site

    In 2016, a profit of $2.1 million was recognized in relation to the sale of the redundant Redditch site to a company that specializes in remediating contaminated land.

(3)
Changes to defined benefit pension plans

    During 2016, we paid an insurance company to relieve us of $9.9 million of liabilities and separately offered lump sums to certain U.S. deferred pensioners, receiving $4.2 million of acceptances, the combined transactions resulting in the recognition of a settlement credit of $0.6 million.

    During the fourth quarter of 2015, following a consultation with the trustees and members, it was agreed that the Luxfer Group Pension Plan in the U.K. would close to future accrual of benefits effective from April 5, 2016, and for the purpose of increasing pensions in payment, to use the Consumer Prices Index ("CPI") as the reference index in place of the Retail Prices Index ("RPI") where applicable. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2015, we recognized a non-cash curtailment gain of $3.3 million in respect of the closure of the plan to future accrual, and a non-cash past service gain of $14.9 million in respect of the change in expected future pension increases in payment, offset by advisory costs of $0.2 million.

    In 2013, deferred members of the U.S. pension plan were offered the option of a lump sum in respect of their benefits in the plan. This partial settlement of the pension liabilities resulted in a non-cash charge to the income statement of $1.7 million.

(4)
Restructuring and other expense
 
  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012  
 
  ($ millions)
 

Charged to Operating Profit

                     

Rationalization of operations

  (0.4 ) (21.8 ) (1.7 ) (0.5 ) (1.3 )

Patent infringement litigation costs

  (0.6 ) (0.5 )      

Receivable impairment provision

  (1.2 )        

I.P.O. related share based compensation charges

    (0.1 ) (0.2 ) (0.5 ) (0.8 )

Environmental costs

      (2.0 )    

  $(2.2 ) $(22.4 ) $(3.9 ) $(1.0 ) $(2.1 )

    Rationalization of operations In 2016, the Elektron Division incurred $0.4 million of rationalization costs (2015: $nil, 2014: $0.6 million, 2013: $0.2 million, 2012: $0.2 million) in relation to restructuring activities, while in the same period the Gas Cylinders Division incurred $nil of rationalization costs (2015: $21.8 million, 2014: $1.1 million, 2013: $0.3 million, 2012: $1.1 million) in relation to restructuring activities.

    The $21.8 million of costs incurred in the Gas Cylinders division in 2015 related to the rationalization of its Alternative Fuel ("AF") operations, including closure of two manufacturing facilities (in Germany and Utah) and a review of related assets and investments for obsolescence and impairment. The charge comprises asset write-downs of $17.7 million, redundancy costs of $2.2 million, closure costs of $1.7 million and legal costs of $0.2 million.

    Patent infringement litigation costs In 2016, the Elektron Division incurred $0.6 million (2015: $0.5 million) of costs in relation to patent infringement litigation against a competitor.

4


Table of Contents

    Receivable impairment provision In 2016, the Elektron division incurred a $1.2 million charge on receivables in relation to an aerospace customer that entered Chapter 11 protection.

    I.P.O. related share based compensation charges In 2016, a charge of $nil (2015: $0.1, 2014: $0.2 million, 2013: $0.5 million, 2012: $0.8 million) was recognized in the income statement under IFRS 2 in relation to share options granted as part of the initial public offering.

    Environmental costs In 2014, the Elektron Division incurred $2.0 million of unanticipated costs relating to the discovery of low-level uranium contamination during the routine and on-going removal of sludge and remediation of an effluent pond at our U.S. MEL Chemicals plant in Flemington, New Jersey. As a result of this, we were required to undertake specific actions to with respect to the effluent material in accordance with Waste Acceptance Criteria, as set out by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection ("NJDEP"), before transportation and disposal of the material. The pond is now empty and closed.

(5)
Acquisitions and disposals

    In 2016, a net credit of $0.2 million was recognized in the income statement in relation to acquisition and disposal costs. A $0.5 million credit in the Elektron Division related to the remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration arising from the 2014 acquisition of Luxfer Magtech, as described below. This was offset by $0.3 million of costs incurred on a potential acquisition, which was subsequently aborted.

    In 2015, $2.0 million was charged to the income statement, of which $1.8 million related to two approaches to acquire the company. Neither of these approaches resulted in an executable offer that could be put to shareholders. The remaining $0.2 million was incurred in relation to the investment in Sub161 Pty Limited.

    In 2014, a credit of $6.3 million was recognized in the income statement in relation to the remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration arising from acquisitions. Of the $6.3 million, $4.8 million related to the Elektron Division and specifically to the acquisition of the trade and assets of Truetech Inc. and Innotech Products Limited (together "Luxfer Magtech") where an element of deferred contingent consideration was considered no longer payable due to the acquired business narrowly failing to achieve a profit trigger as of December 31, 2014. In addition $1.5 million related to the Gas Cylinders Division and specifically to the acquisition of Vexxel Composites LLC and HyPerComp Engineering Inc. ("Luxfer Utah") and a subsequent reassessment of the potential profitability of this acquisition in the light of our revised expectations for the demand of compressed natural gas ("CNG") systems following the fall in oil prices. This was offset in part by acquisition costs of $1.5 million recognized in the Elektron Division in relation to the acquisition of Luxfer Magtech, and $0.3 million of acquisition costs recognized in the Gas Cylinders Division in relation to the acquisition of Luxfer Utah.

    In 2013, a net acquisition cost of $0.1 million (2012: $0.6 million) was recognized by the Gas Cylinders Division in relation to the acquisition of Dynetek Industries Limited ("Dynetek").

(6)
Disposal costs of intellectual property

    In 2012, the Elektron Division incurred costs of $0.2 million in relation to the sale process of intellectual property in the U.S. acquired as part of the 2007 acquisition of Revere Graphics Worldwide.

(7)
Basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share

    For further information, see "Note 10—Earnings per share" to our consolidated financial statements. We calculate earnings per share in accordance with IAS 33. Basic earnings per share is calculated

5


Table of Contents

    based on the weighted average of ordinary shares outstanding for the period presented. The weighted average of ordinary shares outstanding is calculated by time-apportioning the shares outstanding during the year. For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the weighted average of ordinary shares outstanding during the period presented has been adjusted for the dilutive effect of all share options granted to employees. In calculating the diluted weighted average of ordinary shares outstanding, there are no shares that have not been included for anti-dilution reasons.

    Following the approval of a two-for-one share split at the Annual General Meeting on May 29, 2014, and change in ADR ratio on June 9, 2014, each £0.50 ordinary share represents one American Depositary Share ("ADS"). The share split and ratio change were proposed for administrative convenience and simplicity, in particular to enable us to present earnings per ordinary share equal to earnings per ADS to avoid the complexity of presenting different earnings per share measures, given that previously each £1 ordinary share represented two ADSs.

(8)
Dividends declared and paid in the year

    In 2016, four interim dividends of $0.125 per share were declared, and payments took place on February 3, May 4, August 3 and November 2. In 2015, four interim dividends of $0.10 per share were declared, and payments took place on February 4, May 6, August 5, and November 4. In 2014, four interim dividends of $0.10 per share were declared, and payments took place on February 5, May 7, August 6, and November 5. In 2013, four interim dividends of $0.10 per share were declared, and payments took place on February 6, May 8, August 7, and November 6. In 2012, an interim dividend of $0.20 per share was declared and paid on August 10, 2012. A further interim dividend of $0.10 per share was declared and paid on October 25, 2012.

(9)
Net revenue

    Net revenue is defined as revenue excluding rare earth surcharges; the following table presents a reconciliation of revenue to net revenue.

 
  Year Ended December, 31  
 
  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (in $ million)
 

Revenue:

                     

Elektron

  $189.0   $221.2   $230.6   $219.7   $265.3  

Gas Cylinders

  225.8   239.1   258.9   261.6   246.3  

  $414.8   $460.3   $489.5   $481.3   $511.6  

Rare earth surcharge:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Elektron

      $2.2   $8.4   $40.5  

Gas Cylinders

           

      $2.2   $8.4   $40.5  

Net revenue (9) :

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Elektron

  $189.0   $221.2   $228.4   $211.3   $224.8  

Gas Cylinders

  225.8   239.1   258.9   261.6   246.3  

  $414.8   $460.3   $487.3   $472.9   $471.1  
(10)
Non-GAAP financial measures

    The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most comparable IFRS measure. A reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to trading profit on a

6


Table of Contents

    segmental basis is included in "Note 2—Revenue and segmental analysis" in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report (or prior Annual Reports).

 
  Year Ended December, 31  
 
  2016   2015   2014   2013   2012  
 
  (in $ million)
 

Net income for the year

  $21.9   $16.1   $29.2   $34.1   $39.5  

Acquisition and disposal charges

                     

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

  0.4   0.4   0.3      

Acquisitions and disposals

  (0.2 ) 2.0   (4.5 ) 0.1   0.6  

Amortization on acquired intangibles

  1.0   1.4   0.6      

Disposal costs of intellectual property

          0.2  

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

  2.1   3.0   2.7   3.8   3.6  

Profit on sale of redundant site

  (2.1 )        

Changes to defined benefit pension plans

  (0.6 ) (18.0 )   1.7    

Restructuring and other expense

  2.2   22.4   3.9   1.0   2.1  

Other share based compensation charges

  1.4   1.3   1.6   1.3    

Tax thereon

  (1.4 ) 0.9   (2.9 ) (2.2 ) (1.3 )

Adjusted net income

  $24.7   $29.5   $30.9   $39.8   $44.7  

Add back:

                     

Tax thereon

  1.4   (0.9 ) 2.9   2.2   1.3  

Tax expense

  6.0   9.5   7.1   12.6   16.0  

Interest costs

  6.8   7.4   6.6   6.2   6.7  

Interest received

  (1.2 ) (0.5 ) (0.5 ) (0.3 ) (0.2 )

Depreciation and amortization

  18.4   18.6   18.1   15.8   14.7  

Amortization on acquired intangibles

  (1.0 ) (1.4 ) (0.6 )    

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

  0.2     0.3   0.3    

Adjusted EBITDA

  $55.3   $62.2   $64.8   $76.6   $83.2  

    Adjusted net income consists of net income for the period adjusted for the post tax impact of non-trading items, including certain accounting charges relating to acquisitions and disposals of businesses (comprising other income / (expense) from acquisitions and disposals of businesses, the unwind of the discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions and the amortization on acquired intangibles), IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge, profit on sale of redundant site, changes to defined benefit pension plans, restructuring and other expense and other share based compensation charges.

    Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit on operations before taxation for the period, finance income (which comprises interest received) and costs (which comprises interest costs, IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge, profit on sale of redundant site and the unwind of the discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions), other income / (expense) from acquisitions and disposals of businesses, changes to defined benefit pension plans, restructuring and other expense, other share based compensation charges, depreciation and amortization and loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment.

    We prepare and present adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the effect of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. Management believes that adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA are key performance indicators used by the investment community, and that the presentation of adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA will enhance investors' understanding of our results of operations. However, adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation by investors as an alternative to profit for the year as an indicator of our operating performance or as a measure of our profitability. Adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA are not measures of financial performance under IFRS, may not be indicative of historic operating results and are not meant to be predictive of potential future results. Adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA measures presented herein may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. While adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA are not measures of financial performance

7


Table of Contents

    under IFRS, adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA presented have been computed using IFRS amounts.

    We use Net Debt as a measure of our financial leverage. We believe that investors may also find Net Debt to be helpful in evaluating our financial leverage.

(11)
Basic and diluted adjusted earnings per ordinary share

For further information, see "Note 10—Earnings per share" to our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the use of non-GAAP financial measures, such as adjusted earnings per ordinary share more closely reflects the underlying earnings per ordinary share performance and is a financial measure widely used by both investors and financial analysts of the Company's ordinary shares.

B.    Capitalization and indebtedness.

Not applicable.

C.    Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds.

Not applicable.

D.    Risk factors.

You should carefully consider the following risk factors described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report, before investing in our American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"). The risks and uncertainties described below are those significant risk factors currently known and specific to us that we believe are relevant to an investment in our securities. If any of these risks materialize, our business, financial position or results of operations could suffer, the price of our ADSs could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we now deem immaterial, may also harm us and adversely affect your investment in our ADSs.

Risks Relating to Our Operations

We depend on certain end-markets, including automotive, alternative fuels, self-contained breathing apparatus, aerospace and defense, medical, and printing and paper. An economic downturn, or regulatory changes, in any of those end-markets, could reduce sales and margins on those sales.

We have significant exposures to certain key end-markets, including some end-markets that are cyclical in nature or subject to high levels of regulatory control. For example, 21% of our 2016 sales were related to automotive end-markets, 16% to the self-contained breathing apparatus ("SCBA") end-market, 19% to aerospace and defense end-markets, 8% to alternative fuel and 10% to printing and paper end-markets. Together, these five markets accounted for 74% of our 2016 revenue. Dependence of either of our divisions on certain end-markets is even more pronounced. For example, in 2016, 30% of the Elektron Division's sales were to customers in aerospace and defense end-markets which were depressed during 2016. Lower defense spending affected demand for our magnesium-based products, compounded by an outage at a defense customer's plant.

To the extent that any of these cyclical end-markets are in decline, at a low point in their economic cycle, or subject to regulatory change, sales and margins on those sales may be adversely affected. It is possible that all or most of these end-markets could be in decline at the same time, such as during a recession. Any significant reduction in sales could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

8


Table of Contents

Our global operations expose us to economic conditions, political risks and specific regulations in the countries in which we operate, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We derive our revenue and earnings from operations in many countries and are subject to risks associated with doing business internationally. We have wholly-owned operations in the U.S., the U.K., Canada, France, the Czech Republic, China and Australia; joint venture facilities in India, Japan and the U.S.; and an associate in Australia. Doing business in different countries has risks, including the potential for adverse changes in the local political, financial or regulatory climate, difficulty in staffing and managing geographically diverse operations, and the costs of complying with a variety of laws and regulations. Due to the fact we have operations in many countries, we are also liable to pay taxes in many fiscal jurisdictions. Our tax burden depends on the interpretation of local tax regulations, bilateral or multilateral international tax treaties and the administrative doctrines in each jurisdiction. Changes in these tax regulations may increase our tax burden. Moreover, the principal markets for our products are located in North America, Europe and Asia, and any financial difficulties experienced in these markets may have a material adverse impact on our businesses. For example, the maturity of some of our markets, particularly the U.S. medical oxygen cylinder market and the European fire extinguisher market, could require us to increase sales in developing regions, which may involve greater economic and political risks. We cannot provide any assurances that we will be able to expand sales in these regions. Any of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

On June 23, 2016, the U.K. held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the European Union (the "E.U.")., commonly referred to as 'Brexit'. As a result, it is expected that the British Government will commence negotiating the terms of the U.K.'s future relationship with the E.U. from early 2017, resulting in a formal exit from 2019. Although those terms are unknown, it is possible that there will be greater restrictions on imports and exports between the U.K. and other countries and increased regulatory complexity. These changes may adversely affect our operations and financial results. See also "—Changes in foreign exchange rates could reduce margins on our sales and reduce the reported revenue of our non-U.S. operations and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations."

Our operations rely on a number of large customers in certain areas of our business, and the loss of any of our major customers could negatively impact our results of operations.

If we fail to maintain our relationships with our major customers, or fail to replace lost customers, or if there is reduced demand from our customers or for products produced by our customers, such failures or reduced demand could materially reduce our sales. In addition, we could experience a reduction in sales if any of our customers fail to perform or default on any payment pursuant to our contracts with them. Long-term relationships with customers are especially important for suppliers of intermediate materials and components such as ourselves. We often work closely with customers to develop products that meet particular specifications as part of the design of a product intended for an end-user market. The bespoke nature of many of our products could make it difficult to replace lost customers. Our top 10 customers accounted for 27% of our revenue in 2016. Any significant reduction in sales or customer payment default could have an adverse material impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Competitive pressures could materially and adversely affect our sales and margins.

The markets for many of our products are now increasingly global and highly competitive, especially in terms of quality, price and service. Due to the highly competitive nature of some markets in which we operate, we may have difficulty raising customer prices to offset increases in the costs of raw materials. For example, the U.S. medical oxygen cylinder market has a number of dedicated producers with excess capacity, making it very difficult for us to raise customer prices to offset aluminum cost increases. In addition, rising aluminum costs could lead to the development of alternative products that use lower cost materials, which could become favored by end-market users.

9


Table of Contents

We also experience competition from developing markets where manufacturers may benefit from lower labor costs. We are also affected by Western-based competitors that have chosen to relocate production to Asia to take advantage of lower labor costs. Competitors with operations in these regions may be able to produce goods at a relatively lower cost, which may enable them to offer highly competitive selling prices.

Competition with respect to less-complex zirconium chemicals has been particularly intense, with Chinese suppliers providing low-cost feedstock to specialist competitors, making it especially difficult to compete in commodity products such as paper-making additives. Chinese magnesium also continues to be imported into Europe in large volumes, which may impact our competitive position in Europe regarding certain magnesium alloys. More generally, we may face potential competition from producers that manufacture products similar to our aluminum-based, magnesium-based and zirconium-based products using other materials, such as steel, plastics, composite materials or other metals, minerals and chemicals. Products manufactured by competitors using different materials might compete with our products in terms of price, weight, engineering characteristics, recyclability or other grounds.

We may also enter new markets with established competitors. We expect to face new and significant challenges in our effort to enter into these highly competitive markets in which we did not have a presence historically. For example, in recent years, we have entered markets focused on the containment of CNG and incurred startup costs along with strong competitive pressures from existing providers of similar cylinder technologies. Even if we are able to enter into these new markets initially, we may not be able to sustain the effort on a long-term basis or establish sufficient market share to achieve meaningful returns from our investment.

Other parts of our operations manufacture and sell products that satisfy customer specifications. Competitors may develop lower cost or better performing products, and customers may not be willing to pay a premium for advantages offered by our products.

In addition, governments may impose import and export restrictions, grant subsidies to local companies and implement tariffs and other trade protection regulations and measures that may give competitive advantages to certain of our competitors and adversely affect our business.

Any of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We depend upon our larger suppliers for a significant portion of our raw materials, and a loss of one of these suppliers, or a significant supply interruption could negatively impact our financial performance.

We rely, to varying degrees, on major suppliers for some of the principal raw materials of our engineered products, including aluminum, zirconium and carbon fiber. For example, in 2016, we obtained 65% of our aluminum, the largest single raw material purchased by the Gas Cylinders Division, from Rio Tinto Alcan and its associated companies. Moreover, demand for carbon fiber is increasing, which has led to occasional periods of short supply in recent years with a number of expanding applications competing for the same supply of this specialized raw material. Our largest suppliers of carbon fiber are Toray and Grafil, a subsidiary of Mitsubishi Chemical. For additional details of some of our major suppliers, see "Item 4.B. Business Overview."

We generally purchase raw materials from suppliers on a spot basis under standard terms and conditions. In 2014, we entered into a three-year supply contract with Rio Tinto Alcan for a substantial portion of our aluminum requirements. In addition, we have in place one-year and five-year magnesium supply contracts with U.S. Magnesium for a portion of our requirements that expire in December 2017 and December 2019 respectively.

An interruption in the supply of essential raw materials used in our production processes or an increase in the costs of raw materials due to market shortages, supplier financial difficulties, government quotas or

10


Table of Contents

natural disturbances, could significantly affect our ability to provide competitively priced products to customers in a timely manner. In the event of a significant interruption in the supply of any materials used in our production processes, or a significant increase in their prices (as we have experienced, for example, at different times with aluminum, magnesium and rare earths), we may have to purchase these materials from alternative sources, build additional inventory of raw materials, increase our prices, reduce our margins or possibly fail to fill customer orders by deadlines required in contracts. We can provide no assurance that we would be able to obtain replacement materials quickly on similar terms or at all. Failure to maintain relationships with key suppliers or to develop relationships with alternative suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We are exposed to fluctuations in the costs of the raw materials that are used to manufacture our products, and such fluctuations could lead us to incur unexpected costs and could affect our margins and / or working capital requirements.

The primary raw material we use to manufacture gas cylinders and superformed panels is aluminum supplied in billet and sheet form. The cost of aluminum is subject to both significant short-term price fluctuations and to longer-term cyclicality as a result of international supply and demand relationships. In 2016, the London Metal Exchange ("LME") three month cost of aluminum reached a high of just below $1,800 per metric ton and a low of just below $1,450 per metric ton. The delivery premiums added by suppliers to the LME price also fluctuate, for example: the Midwest Aluminum Premium for physical supply of aluminum billet in the U.S. has historically averaged around $200 per metric ton, but in 2015 rose to a high of $535 per metric ton then fell to a low of $155 per metric ton. We have experienced significant volatility in other raw material costs in the last few years, such as primary magnesium, carbon fiber, zircon sand and rare earths. For example, starting in mid-2010, Chinese authorities greatly reduced the export quota for rare earths, which resulted in a large increase in the cost of cerium carbonate and other rare earth compounds for a number of years. See "Item 4.B. Business Overview."

Fluctuations in the costs of these raw materials could affect margins and working capital requirements in the businesses in which we use them. See "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects." We cannot always pass on cost increases or increase our prices to offset these cost increases immediately or at all, whether because of fixed-price agreements with customers, competitive pressures that restrict our ability to pass on cost increases or increase prices, or other factors. It can be particularly difficult to pass on cost increases or increase prices in product areas such as gas cylinders, where competitors offer similar products made from alternative materials, such as steel, if those materials are not subject to the same cost increases. Higher prices necessitated by large increases in raw material costs could make our current or future products unattractive compared to competing products made from alternative materials that have not been so affected by raw material cost increases, or compared to products produced by competitors who have not incurred such large increases in their raw material costs.

If the cost of aluminum were to rise, we may not be able pass those cost increases on to our customers or manage the exposure effectively through hedging instruments. Currently we use derivative financial instruments to hedge our exposures to fluctuations in aluminum costs. Although it is our treasury policy to enter into these transactions only for hedging and not for speculative purposes, we are exposed to market risk and credit risk with respect to the use of these derivative financial instruments. See "Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk." In addition, if we have hedged our metal position, a fall in the cost of aluminum might give rise to hedging margin calls to the detriment of our borrowing position.

In the past several years we have made additional purchases of large stocks of magnesium and some rare earth chemicals in an effort to delay the effect of potentially increased costs in the future (although we have since stopped doing so with respect to rare earth chemicals). However, even though such purchases are not made for speculative purposes, there can be no assurance that costs will move as expected.

11


Table of Contents

Moreover, these strategic purchases increase our working capital needs, thus reducing our liquidity and cash flow.

Accordingly, a substantial increase in raw material costs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We are exposed to fluctuations in costs of utilities that are used in the manufacture of our products, and such fluctuations could lead us to incur unexpected costs and could affect our margins and results of operations.

Our utility costs, which constitute another major input cost of our total expenses and include costs related to electricity, natural gas and water, may be subject to significant variations. Increased taxation and other factors have contributed in the past to a significant increase in utility costs for us, particularly with respect to the price that we pay for our U.K. energy supplies.

Fluctuations in the costs of these utilities could affect margins in our businesses in which we use them. We cannot always pass on cost increases or increase our prices to offset cost increases immediately or at all, whether because of fixed-price agreements with customers, competitive pressures that restrict our ability to pass on cost increases or increase prices, or other factors. It can be particularly difficult to pass on cost increases or increase prices in product areas such as gas cylinders, where competitors offer similar products made from alternative materials, such as steel, if those materials are not subject to the same cost increases. As a result, a substantial increase in utility costs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Changes in foreign exchange rates could reduce margins on our sales and reduce the reported revenue of our non-U.S. operations and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We conduct a large portion of our commercial transactions, purchases of raw materials and sales of goods in various countries and regions, including the U.S., the U.K., continental Europe, Australia and Asia. Our manufacturing operations based in the U.S., continental Europe and Asia usually purchase raw materials and sell goods denominated in their local currency, but our manufacturing operations in the U.K. often purchase raw materials and sell products in different currencies. Changes in the relative values of currencies can decrease the profits of our subsidiaries when they incur costs in currencies that are different from the currencies in which they generate all or part of their revenue. These transaction risks principally arise as a result of purchases of raw materials in U.S. dollars, coupled with sales of products to customers in euros. This impact is most pronounced in our exports to continental Europe from the U.K. In 2016, our U.K. operations sold approximately €44.0 million of goods into the Eurozone. The announcement of the U.K. referendum decision to leave the E.U. caused significant fluctuations of currency exchange rates that resulted in the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against GBP sterling, and to a lesser extent the euro. Our policy is to hedge a portion of our net exposure to fluctuations in exchange rates with forward foreign currency exchange contracts. Therefore, we are exposed to market risk and credit risk through the use of derivative financial instruments. Moreover, any failure of hedging policies could negatively impact our profits, and thus damage our ability to fund our operations and to service our indebtedness. Until the terms of the U.K.'s future relationship with the E.U. are known, further exchange rate volatility is to be expected.

In addition to subsidiaries and joint ventures in the U.S., we have subsidiaries located in the U.K., Canada, France, the Czech Republic, China, Germany and Australia, as well as joint ventures in Japan and India, and an associate in Australia, whose revenue, costs, assets and liabilities are denominated in local currencies. As our consolidated financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars, we are exposed to fluctuations in those currencies when those amounts are translated to U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated financial statements, which may cause declines in results of operations. The largest risk is from our operations in the U.K., which in 2016 generated operating profits of $12.2 million (though this included a one-off profit on the sale of a redundant site of $2.1 million) and sales revenue of

12


Table of Contents

$114.0 million. Fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar and GBP sterling (which has been subject to significant fluctuations, as described above), can have a material effect on our consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet. In 2016, movements in the average U.S. dollar exchange rate had a negative impact on revenue of $13.4 million, while in 2015; movements in the average U.S. dollar exchange rate had a negative impact on reported revenue of $24.6 million. Changes in translation exchange rates decreased net assets by $13.1 million in 2016, compared to a decrease of $8.6 million in 2015.

These foreign exchange risks could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. For additional information on these risks, and the historical impact on our results, see "Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk."

Our defined benefit pension plans have significant funding deficits and are exposed to market forces that could require us to make increased ongoing cash contributions in response to changes in market conditions, actuarial assumptions and investment decisions, and that could expose us to significant short-term liabilities if a wind-up trigger occurred in relation to such plans, each of which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial position.

We have defined benefit pension arrangements in the U.K., the U.S. and France. See "Note 29—Retirement benefits" of the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our largest defined benefit plan, the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, which closed to new members in 1998, remained open for accrual of future benefits based on career-average salary until April 5, 2016. However, following a consultation, it was agreed with the trustees and plan members to close the Luxfer Group Pension Plan in the U.K. to future accrual of benefits, effective from April 5, 2016. Moreover, for the purpose of increasing pensions in payment, it was agreed to use the CPI as the reference index, in place of the RPI where applicable. The Luxfer Group Pension Plan is funded according to the regulations in effect in the U.K. and, as of December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, had an IAS 19R accounting deficit of $54.5 million and $47.3 million, respectively. Luxfer Group Limited is the principal employer under the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, and other U.K. subsidiaries also participate under the plan. Our other defined benefit plans are less significant than the Luxfer Group Pension Plan and, as of December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015, had aggregate IAS 19R accounting deficits of $12.0 million and $11.6 million, respectively. The largest of these additional plans is the BA Holdings, Inc. Pension Plan in the U.S., which was closed to further benefit accruals in December 2005, and merged with the much smaller Luxfer Hourly Pension Plan, effective January 1, 2016. According to the actuarial valuation of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan as of April 5, 2015, but after reflecting the reduction in liabilities from closing the plan to future accrual and changing the reference index (for the purpose of increasing pensions in payment), the Luxfer Group Pension Plan had a deficit of £32.5 million on a plan-specific basis. Should a wind-up trigger occur in relation to the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, the buy-out deficit of that plan will become due and payable by the employers. The aggregate deficit of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan on a buy-out basis was estimated at £117.0 million as of April 5, 2015. The trustees have the power to wind-up the Luxfer Group Pension Plan if they consider that in the best interests of members there is no reasonable purpose in continuing the Luxfer Group Pension Plan.

As a result of the actuarial valuation as of April 5, 2015, we are required to continue to make ongoing cash contributions, over and above normal contributions required to meet the cost of future accrual, to the Luxfer Group Pension Plan. These additional payments are intended to reduce the funding deficit. We have agreed with the trustees to a schedule of payments to reduce the deficit. This schedule has been provided to the U.K. Pensions Regulator (the "Pensions Regulator") and a response was received in 2016 stating there were no issues with the valuation methodology. The schedule of payments provides for minimum annual contributions of £3.8 million per year, together with additional variable contributions based on 15% of net earnings (in the previous calendar year) of Luxfer Holdings PLC between £12 million and £24 million, and 10% of net earnings (in the previous calendar year) of Luxfer Holdings PLC in excess of £24 million. The

13


Table of Contents

total contributions are not subject to an annual cap. These contribution rates are to apply until the deficit is eliminated (which is expected to take between 5 and 7 years from 2016, depending on variable contributions), but in practice the schedule will be reviewed and may be revised following the next triennial actuarial valuation. Regulatory burdens have also proven to be a significant risk, such as the U.K.'s Pension Protection Fund Levy, which was $0.4 million in 2016.

We are exposed to various risks related to our defined benefit plans, including the risk of loss of market value of the plan assets, the risk of actual investment returns being less than assumed rates of return, the trustees of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan switching investment strategy (which does require consultation with the employer) and the risk of actual experience deviating from actuarial assumptions for such things as mortality of plan participants. In addition, fluctuations in interest rates cause changes in the annual cost and benefit obligations. Any of these risks could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

The Pensions Regulator in the U.K. has power in certain circumstances to issue contribution notices or financial support directions that, if issued, could result in significant liabilities arising for us.

The Pensions Regulator may issue a contribution notice to the employers that participate in the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, or any person who is connected with, or is an associate of, these employers where the Pensions Regulator is of the opinion that the relevant person has been a party to an act, or a deliberate failure to act, which had as its main purpose (or one of its main purposes) the avoidance of pension liabilities or where such act has a materially detrimental effect on the likelihood of payment of accrued benefits under the Luxfer Group Pension Plan being received. A person holding alone or together with his or her associates, directly or indirectly, one-third or more of our voting power, could be the subject of a contribution notice. The terms "associate" and "connected person," which are taken from the Insolvency Act 1986, are widely defined and could cover our significant shareholders and others deemed to be shadow directors. If the Pensions Regulator considers that a plan employer is "insufficiently resourced" or a "service company" (which terms have statutory definitions), it may impose a financial support direction requiring such plan's employer or any member of the Group, or any person associated or connected with an employer, to put in place financial support in relation to the Luxfer Group Pension Plan. Liabilities imposed under a contribution notice or financial support direction may be up to the difference between the value of the assets of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan and the cost of buying out the benefits of members and other beneficiaries of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan. In practice, the risk of a contribution notice being imposed may restrict our ability to restructure or undertake certain corporate activities. Additional security may also need to be provided to the trustees of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan before certain corporate activities can be undertaken (such as the payment of an unusual dividend), and any additional funding of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan may have a material adverse effect on our financial position and cash flows.

Our ability to remain profitable depends on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property, and any failure to protect and enforce such intellectual property could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial position.

We cannot ensure that we will always have the ability to protect proprietary information and our intellectual property rights. We protect our intellectual property rights (within the U.S., Europe and other countries) through various means, including patents and trade secrets. Due to the difference in foreign trademark, patent and other laws concerning proprietary rights, our intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in other countries as they would in the U.S. or the U.K. The patents we own could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others and may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our patents or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. In 2015, we felt it necessary to take legal action against one competitor where we believed such infringement had taken place. The legal case is still ongoing and there is no certainty such action will be successful. Our

14


Table of Contents

patents will only be protected for the duration of the patent. Some of our older key patents have expired, and others will expire over the next few years. As a result, our competitors may introduce products using the technology previously protected, and these products may have lower prices than our products, which may negatively affect our market share. To compete, we may need to reduce our prices for those products. Additionally, the expiry of certain of those patents has reduced, or will reduce, barriers to entry to possible competitors for certain products and end-markets. With respect to our unpatented proprietary technology, it is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or obtain access to our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and we have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

Any failure to maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property or the expiry of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Expiration or termination of our right to use certain intellectual property granted by third parties, the right of those third parties to grant the right to use the same intellectual property to our competitors, and the right of certain third parties to use certain intellectual property used as part of our business, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We have negotiated, and may from time to time in the future negotiate, licenses with third parties with respect to third party proprietary technologies used in certain of our manufacturing processes and products. If any of these licenses expire or terminate, we will no longer retain the rights to use the relevant third party proprietary technologies in our manufacturing processes and products, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. Further, the rights granted to us might be non-exclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property.

Some of our patents may cover inventions that were conceived or first reduced to practice under, or in connection with, government contracts or other government funding agreements or grants. With respect to inventions conceived or first reduced to practice under such government funding agreements, a government may retain a non-exclusive, irrevocable, royalty-free license to practice, or have practiced for or on behalf of the relevant country, the invention throughout the world. In addition, if we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, or to adequately exploit the developed intellectual property under these government funding agreements, the relevant country may obtain additional rights to the developed intellectual property, including the right to take title to any patents related to government funded inventions or to license the same to our competitors. Furthermore, our ability to exclusively license or assign the intellectual property developed under these government funding agreements to third parties may be limited or subject to the relevant government's approval or oversight. These limitations could have a significant impact on the commercial value of the developed intellectual property.

We often enter into research and development agreements with academic institutions whereby they generally retain certain rights to the developed intellectual property. The academic institutions generally retain rights over the technology for use in non-commercial academic and research fields, including in some cases the right to license the technology to third parties for use in those fields. It is difficult to monitor and enforce

15


Table of Contents

such non-commercial academic and research uses, and we cannot predict whether the third party licensees would comply with the use restrictions of these licenses. We could incur substantial expenses to enforce our rights against such licensees. In addition, even though the rights that academic institutions obtain are generally limited to the non-commercial academic and research fields, they may obtain rights to commercially exploit developed intellectual property in certain instances. Under research and development agreements with academic institutions, our rights to intellectual property developed thereunder are not always certain, but instead may be in the form of an option to obtain license rights to such intellectual property. If we fail to exercise our option rights in a timely way and / or we are unable to negotiate a license agreement, the academic institution may offer a license to the developed intellectual property to third parties for commercial purposes. Any such commercial exploitation could adversely affect our competitive position and have a material adverse effect on our business.

If third parties claim that intellectual property used by us infringes upon their intellectual property, our operating profits could be adversely affected.

We may, from time to time, be notified of claims that we are infringing upon patents, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties, and we cannot provide assurances that other companies will not in the future pursue such infringement claims against us or any third party proprietary technologies we have licensed. If we were found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property right, or if we failed to obtain or renew a license under a patent or other intellectual property right from a third party, or if a third party from whom we are licensing technologies was found to infringe upon a patent or other intellectual property rights of another third party, we may be required to pay damages, suspend the manufacture of certain products or re-engineer or rebrand our products, if feasible, or we may be unable to enter certain new product markets. Any such claims could also be expensive and time consuming to defend and could divert management's attention and resources. In addition, if we have omitted to enter into a valid non-disclosure or assignment agreement for any reason, we may not own the invention or our intellectual property and may not be adequately protected. Our competitive position could suffer as a result of any of these events and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Any failure of our research and development activity to improve our existing products and develop new products could cause us to lose market share.

Our products are highly technical in nature, and in order to maintain and improve our market position, we depend on successful research and development activity to continue to improve our existing products and develop new products. We cannot be certain that we will have sufficient research and development capability to respond to changes in the industries in which we operate. These changes could include changes in the technological environment in which we currently operate, increased demand for new products or the development of alternatives to our products. For example, the development of lighter weight steel alloys has made the use of steel in gas cylinders a more competitive alternative to aluminum than it had been previously. In addition, our superformed aluminum components compete with new high-performance composite materials developed for use in the aerospace industry. In our efforts to develop and market new products and enhancements to our existing products, we may fail to identify new product opportunities or timely bring new products to market. We may also experience delays in completing development of, enhancements to or new versions of our products and product innovations may not achieve the market penetration or price stability necessary for profitability. In addition to benefiting from our research collaboration with universities, we spent $7.6 million, $8.3 million and $10.6 million (including revenue and capital items but before funding grants received) in 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively, on our own research and development activities. We expect to fund our future research and development expenditure requirements through operating cash flows and restricted levels of indebtedness, but if operating profit decreases, we may not be able to invest in research and development or continue to develop new products or enhancements.

16


Table of Contents

Without the timely introduction of new products or enhancements to existing products, our products could become obsolete over time, in which case our results of operations, financial position and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Some of our key operational equipment is relatively old and may require significant capital expenditures for repair or replacement.

We incur considerable expense on maintenance, including preventative maintenance and repairs. Higher levels of maintenance and repair costs could result from the need to maintain our older plants, property and equipment, and machinery breakdowns could result in interruptions to the business, causing lost production time and reduced output. Machinery breakdowns or equipment failures may hamper or cause delays in the production and delivery of products to our customers and increase our operating costs, thus reducing cash flows from operations. In particular, the breakdown of some of our older equipment, such as the large hot-rolling mill at our Madison, Illinois plant, could be difficult to repair and would be very costly should it need to be replaced. Any failure to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner could adversely affect our customer relationships and reputation. Any failure to implement required investments, due to the need to divert funds to repair existing physical infrastructure, service debt obligations, unanticipated liquidity constraints or other factors, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Our operations may prove harmful to the environment resulting in reputational damage and clean-up or other related costs.

We are exposed to substantial environmental costs and liabilities, including liabilities associated with divested assets and prior activities performed on sites before we acquired an interest in them. Our operations, including the production and delivery of our products, are subject to a broad range of continually changing environmental laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations increasingly impose more stringent environmental protection standards on us with respect to, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the use and handling of hazardous materials, noise levels, waste disposal practices, soil and groundwater contamination and environmental clean-up. Complying with these regulations involves significant and recurring costs. See "Item 4.B. Business Overview" for details of our environmental management program and the environmental issues that we are currently addressing.

We cannot predict our future environmental liabilities and cannot assure investors that our management is aware of every fact or circumstance regarding potential liabilities, or that the amounts provided and budgeted to address such liabilities will be adequate for all purposes. For example, in 2014, the Elektron Division incurred $2.0 million of unanticipated costs relating to the discovery of low-level uranium contamination during the routine and on-going removal of sludge and remediation of an effluent pond at our U.S. MEL Chemicals plant in Flemington, New Jersey. The pond remediation and closure ultimately was completed in 2014 at a total project cost of $4.0 million. In addition, future developments, such as changes in regulations, laws or environmental conditions, may result in reputational damage or increase environmental costs and liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

The health and safety of our employees and the safe operation of our business is subject to various health and safety regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These regulations impose various obligations on us, including the provision of safe working environments and employee training on health and safety matters. Complying with these regulations involves recurring costs.

17


Table of Contents

Certain of our operations are highly regulated by different agencies that require products to comply with their rules and procedures and can subject our operations to penalties or adversely affect production.

Certain of our operations are in highly regulated industries that require us to maintain regulatory approvals and, from time to time, obtain new regulatory approvals from various countries. This can involve substantial time and expense. In turn, higher costs of compliance reduce our cash flows from operations. For example, manufacturers of gas cylinders throughout the world must comply with high local safety and health standards and obtain regulatory approvals in the markets in which they sell their products. Furthermore, military organizations require us to comply with applicable government regulations and specifications when providing products or services to them directly or as subcontractors. In addition, we are required to comply with U.S. and other export regulations with respect to certain products and materials. The E.U. has also passed legislation governing the registration, evaluation and authorization of chemicals, known as REACH, pursuant to which we are required to register chemicals and gain authorization for the use of certain substances. In the U.S. there is similar legislation under the Toxic Substance Control Act 1976 ("TSCA"). Although we make reasonable efforts to obtain all licenses and certifications that are required by countries in which we operate, there is always a risk that we may be found not to comply with certain required procedures. This risk grows with increased complexity and variance in regulations across the globe. As regulatory schemes vary by country, we may also be subject to regulations of which we are not presently aware and could be subject to sanctions by a foreign government that could materially and adversely affect our operations in the relevant country.

Governments and their agencies have considerable discretion to determine whether regulations have been satisfied. They may also revoke or limit existing licenses and certifications or change the laws and regulations to which we are subject at any time. If our operations fail to obtain, experience delays in obtaining or lose a needed certification or approval, we may not be able to sell our products to our customers, expand into new geographic markets or expand into new product lines. In addition, new or more stringent regulations, if imposed, could result in us incurring significant costs in connection with compliance. Non-compliance with these regulations could result in administrative, civil, financial, criminal or other sanctions against us, which could have negative consequences on our business and financial position. Furthermore, if we begin to operate in new countries, we may need to obtain new licenses, certifications and approvals.

Recently chemical companies have been in dispute with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("U.S.E.P.A.") over technicalities of registering certain chemical mixed oxides and other mixtures required to be registered under the Toxic Substances Control Act 1976. Our zirconium business is involved in this dispute though has been given permission to continue selling its products while this dispute is resolved. Although we expect the matter to be resolved without any major disruption to our supply chain, there remains a risk that the dispute escalates to more formal legal proceedings.

Our customers are also often subject to similar regulations and risks. We therefore face the risk that our customers may have the demand for their products reduced as a result of regulatory matters that fall outside our direct control. This would in turn reduce demand for our products and have a negative financial impact on our operating results.

Any of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We are subject to legislation and regulations to reduce carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions.

Although we are working to improve our energy efficiency, our manufacturing processes and the manufacturing processes of many of our suppliers and customers are still energy-intensive and use or

18


Table of Contents

generate, directly or indirectly, greenhouse gases ("GHGs"). Political and scientific debates related to the effects of emissions of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases on the global climate are ongoing. In recent years, current regulatory programs impacting GHG emissions from large industrial plants and other sources include the E.U. Emissions Trading Scheme, the CRC Energy Efficiency Scheme in the U.K. and certain federal and state programs in the U.S., including GHG reporting and permitting rules issued by the U.S.E.P.A and the California Cap and Trade Program. Moreover, in December 2015, 195 countries participating in the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, at its 21st Conference of the Parties meeting held in Paris, adopted a new global agreement on the reduction of climate change (the "Paris Agreement"). The Paris Agreement sets a goal of holding the increase in global average temperature to well below 2 degrees Celsius and pursuing efforts to limit the increase to 1.5 degrees Celsius, to be achieved by commitments by the participating countries to set emissions reduction targets, referred to as "nationally determined contributions." The Paris Agreement came into effect on November 4, 2016, after it was ratified the previous month, with the intent that emissions reductions will occur beginning in 2020 or sooner. As it is implemented, the Paris Agreement is anticipated to result in more stringent requirements relating to greenhouse gas emissions. Due to the costs of compliance and the potential impact on our energy costs, these programs and additional future legislation and regulations aimed at reducing GHG emissions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Due to the nature and use of the products that we manufacture, we may in the future face large liability claims.

We are subject to litigation in the ordinary course of our business, which could be costly to us and which may arise in the future. We are exposed to possible claims for personal injury, death or property damage, which could result from a failure of a product manufactured by us or of a product integrating one of our products. For example, improperly manufactured gas cylinders could explode at high pressure, which can cause substantial personal and property damage. This risk may be increased through the use of new technologies, materials and innovations. We also supply many components into aerospace applications in which the potential for significant liability exposures necessitates additional insurance costs.

Many factors beyond our control could lead to liability claims, including:

    §
    the failure of a product manufactured by a third party that incorporated components manufactured by us;

    §
    the reliability and skills of persons using our products or the products of our customers; and

    §
    the use by customers of materials or products that we produced for applications for which the material or product was not designed.

If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims, we may incur substantial liabilities. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

    §
    decreased demand for our products;

    §
    reputational injury;

    §
    initiation of investigation by regulators;

    §
    costs to defend related litigation;

    §
    diversion of management time and resources;

    §
    compensatory damages and fines;

    §
    product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

    §
    loss of revenue;

    §
    exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources; and

    §
    a decline in our stock price.

19


Table of Contents

We could be required to pay a material amount if a claim is made against us that is not covered by insurance or otherwise subject to indemnification or that exceeds the insurance coverage that we maintain. Moreover, we do not currently carry insurance to cover the expense of product recalls, and litigation involving significant product recalls or product liability could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Our businesses could suffer if we lose certain employees or cannot attract and retain qualified employees.

We rely upon a number of key executives and employees, particularly members of the Executive Management Board. If these and certain other employees ceased to work for us, we would lose valuable expertise and industry experience and could become less profitable. We do not carry "key-man" insurance covering the loss of any of our executives or employees. On November 4, 2016, it was announced that Brian Purves, our Chief Executive Officer, had informed our Board of Directors of his intention to retire during the course of 2017.

In addition, future operating results depend in part upon our ability to attract and retain qualified engineering and technical personnel. As a result of intense competition for talent in the market, we cannot ensure that we will be able to continue to attract and retain such personnel. While our key employees are generally subject to non-competition agreements for a limited period of time following the end of their employment, if we were to lose the services of key executives or employees, it could adversely impact our ability to maintain our technological position, and / or have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We may not be able to consummate, finance or successfully integrate future acquisitions into our business, or expand our existing business, which could hinder our strategy or result in unanticipated expenses, losses or charges.

As part of our strategy, we have supplemented and may continue to supplement organic growth by acquiring companies or operations engaged in similar or complementary businesses. If the consummation of acquisitions and integration of acquired companies and businesses excessively diverts management's attention from the operations of our core businesses, operating results could suffer. Any acquisition made could be subject to a number of risks, including:

    §
    failing to discover liabilities of the acquired company or business for which we may be responsible as a successor owner or operator, including environmental costs and liabilities;

    §
    difficulties associated with the assimilation of operations and personnel of the acquired company or business;

    §
    increased debt service requirements as a result of increased indebtedness to complete acquisitions;

    §
    the loss of key personnel in the acquired company or business; and / or

    §
    a negative effect on our financial results resulting from an impairment of acquired intangible assets, the creation of provisions, or write downs.

Goodwill represents the amount of acquisition cost over the fair value of net assets we acquired in the purchase of other businesses. We review goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset might be impaired. We determine impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit with the carrying amount of that reporting unit (including goodwill). If the carrying amount of the reporting unit (including goodwill) exceeds the implied fair value of that reporting unit, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in our results of operations in the periods in which they become known. As of December 31, 2016, our goodwill totaled $56.9 million. While we have recorded few impairment charges since we initially recorded the goodwill, there can be no assurance that our future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of impairment and related write downs.

20


Table of Contents

We cannot ensure that every acquisition will ultimately provide the benefits originally anticipated.

We also face certain challenges as a result of organic growth. For example, in order to grow while maintaining or decreasing per unit costs, we will need to improve efficiency, effectively manage operations and employees and hire enough qualified technical personnel. We may not be able to adequately meet these challenges. Any failure to do so could result in costs increasing more rapidly than any growth in sales, thus resulting in lower operating income from which to finance operations and indebtedness. In addition, we may need to incur indebtedness to finance organic growth, which will increase our debt service requirements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to incur indebtedness in the future on favorable terms or at all.

Any of these events could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We could suffer a material interruption in our operations as a result of unforeseen events or operating hazards.

Our production facilities are located in a number of different locations around the world. Any of our facilities could suffer an interruption in production, either at separate times or at the same time, because of various and unavoidable occurrences, such as severe weather events (for example, hurricanes and floods), earthquakes, casualty events (for example, explosions, fires or material equipment breakdowns), acts of terrorism, pandemic disease, labor disruptions or other events (for example, required maintenance shutdowns). For example, a severe hailstorm caused extensive damage to glazed panels at our Madison, Illinois, plant in 2012, and our operations in California are subject to risks related to earthquakes. Further disruption occurred during 2015 at our Riverside, California, facility when an electrical arc caused damage to electrical equipment which triggered a power outage at the facility. In addition, some of our products are highly flammable, and there is a risk of fire inherent in their production process. Such hazards could cause personal injury or death, serious damage to, or destruction of, property and equipment, suspension of operations, substantial damage to the environment and / or reputational harm. The risk is particularly high in the production of ultra-fine magnesium powders, which are highly flammable and explosive in certain situations. Similar disruptions in the operations of our suppliers and / or customers could materially affect our business and operations. Although we carry certain levels of business interruption insurance, the coverage on certain catastrophic events or natural disasters, including earthquakes, a failure of energy supplies and certain other events, is limited, and it is possible that the occurrence of such events may have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We are exposed to risks related to cybersecurity threats and incidents.

In the conduct of our business, we increasingly collect, use, transmit and store data on information technology systems. This data includes confidential information belonging to us, our customers and other business partners, as well as personally identifiable information of individuals. Like other global companies, we have experienced, and expect to continue to be subject to, cybersecurity threats and incidents, ranging from employee error or misuse to individual attempts to gain unauthorized access to information technology systems, to sophisticated and targeted measures known as advanced persistent threats, none of which have been material to the Group to date.

Although we devote significant resources to network security, data encryption and other measures to protect our information technology systems and data from unauthorized access or misuse, including those measures necessary to meet certain information security standards that may be required by our customers, there can be no assurance that these measures will be successful in preventing a cybersecurity incident. We also rely in part on the reliability of certain tested third parties' cybersecurity measures, including firewalls, virus solutions and backup solutions, and our business may be affected if these third-party resources are compromised.

21


Table of Contents

Cybersecurity incidents may result in business disruption, the misappropriation, corruption or loss of confidential information and critical data (ours or that of third parties), reputational damage, litigation with third parties, regulatory fines, diminution in the value of our investment in research and development and data privacy issues and increased cybersecurity protection and remediation costs. As these cybersecurity threats, and government and regulatory oversight of associated risks continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to remediate, enhance or expand upon the cybersecurity protection and security measures we currently maintain. Future cybersecurity breaches, incidents or further increases in cybersecurity protection costs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Employee strikes and other labor-related disruptions may adversely affect our operations.

Several of our production facilities depend on employees who are members of various trade union organizations. Strikes by, or labor disputes with, our employees may adversely affect our ability to conduct business. We cannot assure you that there will not be any strike, lock-out or material labor dispute in the future. Work interruptions or stoppages could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We could incur future liability claims arising from previous businesses now closed or sold.

We have sold or closed down a number of businesses over the years, but the products or services provided when the businesses were open and under our ownership could still result in potential liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial position and cash flows.

As a holding company, Luxfer Holdings PLC's main source of cash is distributions from our operating subsidiaries.

Our ultimate parent company, Luxfer Holdings PLC, conducts all of its operations through the subsidiaries of Luxfer Group. Accordingly, its main cash source is dividends from these subsidiaries. The ability of each subsidiary to make distributions depends on the funds that a subsidiary receives from its operations in excess of the funds necessary for its operations, obligations or other business plans. Since Luxfer Group subsidiaries are wholly-owned, claims of Luxfer Holdings PLC will generally rank junior to all other obligations of the subsidiaries. If Luxfer Group operating subsidiaries are unable to make distributions, Luxfer Group's growth may slow, unless we are able to obtain additional debt or equity financing. In the event of a subsidiary's liquidation, there may not be assets sufficient for us to recoup our investment in the subsidiary.

Our failure to perform under purchase or sale contracts could result in the payment of penalties to customers or suppliers, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

A failure to perform under purchase or sale contracts could result in the payment of penalties to suppliers and / or customers, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Certain contracts with suppliers could also obligate us to purchase a minimum product volume (clauses known as "take or pay") or contracts with customers may impose firm commitments for the delivery of certain quantities of products within certain time periods. The risk of incurring liability under a take or pay supply contract would increase during an economic crisis, which in turn would increase the likelihood of a sharp drop in demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

22


Table of Contents

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

The U.K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making or receiving improper payments to, or from, government officials or, third parties, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Failing to prevent bribery is also an offense under the U.K. Bribery Act. Our policies mandate compliance with these laws. Despite our compliance program, we cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will always protect us from reckless, negligent or improper acts committed by our employees or agents. The costs of violations of these laws or allegations of such violations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness, which may adversely affect our cash flows and our ability to operate our business, remain in compliance with debt covenants, make payments on our indebtedness, pay dividends and respond to changes in our business or take certain actions.

As of December 31, 2016, we had $90.0 million of indebtedness under our senior notes (the "Loan Notes") divided into tranches of $15.0 million, $25.0 million, $25.0 million and $25.0 million due 2018, 2021, 2023 and 2026 respectively; and $32.8 million of indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility. See item 5 "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—Financing."

Our indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could make it more difficult for us to satisfy obligations with respect to indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including financial and other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under agreements governing our indebtedness. Further, our indebtedness could require us to dedicate a substantial portion of available cash flows to pay principal and interest on our outstanding debt, which would reduce the funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, dividends, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes. Our indebtedness could also limit our ability to operate our business, including the ability to engage in strategic transactions or implement business strategies. Factors related to our indebtedness could materially and adversely affect our business and our results of operations. Furthermore, our interest expense could increase if interest rates rise, because certain portions of our debt facilities bear interest at floating rates. If we do not have sufficient cash flows to service our debt, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, incur further indebtedness or sell securities, none of which we can guarantee we will be able to do.

In addition, the agreements that govern the terms of our indebtedness contain, and any future indebtedness would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants imposing significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions that may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including:

    §
    incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness;

    §
    capital expenditures;

    §
    paying dividends (including to fund cash interest payments at different entity levels) or making redemptions, repurchases or distributions with respect to ordinary shares or capital stock;

    §
    creating or incurring certain security interests;

    §
    making certain loans or investments;

    §
    engaging in mergers, acquisitions, investment in joint ventures, amalgamations, asset sales and sale and leaseback transactions; and

    §
    engaging in transactions with affiliates.

These restrictive covenants are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our existing debt agreements and any future financing agreements

23


Table of Contents

may adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we incur new indebtedness, the related risks, including those described above, could intensify.

Any of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Certain factors beyond our control may affect the market price of our ADSs or ordinary shares.

Certain factors, some of which are beyond our control, may have a material effect on the market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs, including:

    §
    fluctuations in our results of operations;

    §
    negative publicity;

    §
    changes in stock market analyst recommendations regarding our company, sectors in which we operate, the securities market generally and conditions in the financial markets;

    §
    regulatory developments affecting our industry;

    §
    announcements of studies and reports relating to our products or those of our competitors;

    §
    changes in economic performance or market valuations of our competitors;

    §
    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results;

    §
    conditions in industries in which we operate;

    §
    announcements by us or our competitors of new products, acquisitions, strategic relations, joint ventures or capital commitments;

    §
    additions to or departures of our key executives and employees;

    §
    fluctuations of exchange rates;

    §
    release of transfer restrictions on our outstanding ordinary shares or ADSs; and

    §
    sales or perceived sales of additional ordinary shares or ADSs.

During recent years, securities markets in the U.S. and worldwide have experienced significant volatility in prices and trading volumes. This volatility could have a material effect on the market price of our ADSs, which could adversely impact our ability to access equity markets and have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

Our ability to pay regular dividends on our ordinary shares is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, cash requirements, financial position, contractual restrictions, applicable laws and other factors, and may be limited by our structure and statutory restrictions and restrictions imposed by the Revolving Credit Facility and the Loan Notes, as well as any future agreements.

We may declare cash dividends on our ordinary shares as described in "Item 8. Financial Information." However, the payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Any recommendation by our Board to pay dividends will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, cash requirements, financial position, contractual restrictions, applicable laws and other factors, including availability of future debt facilities. Under English law, any payment of dividends would be subject to the Companies Act 2006 of England and Wales (the "Companies Act"), which requires, among other things, that we can only pay dividends on ordinary shares out of profits available for distribution determined

24


Table of Contents

in accordance with the Companies Act. Additionally, any change in the level of our dividends or the suspension of the payment thereof could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs.

Holders of our ADSs may not have the same voting rights as holders of our ordinary shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise their right to vote.

Holders of our ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares evidenced by the ADSs on an individual basis. Holders of the ADSs will instead appoint the depositary, or its nominee, as their representative to exercise voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. You may not receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote, and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

You may be subject to limitations on the transfer of your ADSs.

Your ADSs, which may be evidenced by American Depositary Receipts ("ADRs"), are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of your ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission than a U.S. company. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs.

We are a "foreign private issuer," as defined in the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to companies organized within the U.S. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and "short-swing" profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and consolidated financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there is for U.S. public companies.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to certain New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. listed companies.

We rely on a provision in the New York Stock Exchange's Listed Company Manual that allows us to follow English corporate law and the Companies Act with regard to certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to follow certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE").

For example, we are exempt from NYSE regulations that require a listed U.S. company, among other things, to:

    §
    have a majority of the board of directors consisting of independent directors;

    §
    require non-management directors to meet on a regular basis without management present;

25


Table of Contents

    §
    establish a nominating and compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors;

    §
    adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees; and

    §
    promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers that should address certain specified items.

In accordance with our NYSE listing, our Audit Committee is required to comply with the provisions of Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act") and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, both of which are also applicable to NYSE listed U.S. companies. As we are a foreign private issuer, however, our Audit Committee is not subject to additional NYSE requirements applicable to listed U.S. companies, including:

    §
    an affirmative determination that all members of the Audit Committee are "independent," using more stringent criteria than those applicable to us as a foreign private issuer;

    §
    the adoption of a written charter specifying, among other things, the Audit Committee's purpose and including an annual performance evaluation; and

    §
    the review of an auditor's report describing internal quality control issues and procedures and all relationships between the auditor and us.

Furthermore, the New York Stock Exchange's Listed Company Manual requires listed U.S. companies to, among other things, seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of common stock.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We are a "foreign private issuer," as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, and, therefore, we are not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. Under Rule 405, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on June 30, 2017. There is a risk that we will lose our foreign private issuer status.

In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, more than 50% of our assets are located in the U.S. and we continue to fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. At the last determination date, June 30, 2016, we were only marginally under the 50% hurdle. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly more than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would be required under current SEC rules to prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") and modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers; these requirements would be additional to, and not in place of, those under U.K. law to prepare consolidated financial statements under IFRS and comply with U.K. corporate governance laws. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs, both one-off in nature on conversion and also extra ongoing costs to meet reporting in both U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which would reduce our operating profit. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers, such as the ones described above, and exemptions from procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies. The additional costs that we would incur if we lost our foreign private issuer status could have an adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

26


Table of Contents

If we fail to establish or maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may, therefore, be adversely impacted.

We are subject to reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws. Our reporting obligations as a public company place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. Our management is required to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for which we perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting.

Over time we may identify and correct deficiencies or weaknesses in our internal controls and, where and when appropriate, report on the identification and correction of these deficiencies or weaknesses. However, the internal control procedures can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that deficiencies or weaknesses are identified. Deficiencies or weaknesses that have not been identified by us could emerge, and the identification and correction of these deficiencies or weaknesses could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. If our internal controls over financial reporting are not considered adequate, this may adversely affect our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis, which may result in a loss of public confidence or have an adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs, which could adversely impact our ability to access equity markets and could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

On April 5, 2012, President Obama signed into law the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the "JOBS Act"). The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we are permitted to rely on exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including an exemption from the requirement to comply with auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will remain an emerging growth company up to the last day of the fifth fiscal year following October 3, 2012, the date of our I.P.O., although (i) if the market value of our ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31; (ii) if our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the last day of such fiscal year; and (iii) if during any three-year period before that time we issue an aggregate of over $1 billion in non-convertible debt, we would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the date of such issuance. See "—We will cease being an "emerging growth company" as defined under the JOBS Act no later than December 31, 2017".

We will cease being an "emerging growth company" as defined under the JOBS Act no later than December 31, 2017, which could result in additional expenses.

We will cease to be an "emerging growth company" no later than December 31, 2017. We will therefore no longer be able to rely on those exemptions to reporting requirements available to "emerging growth companies." As a result, we will need to comply with certain more burdensome reporting requirements. For example, we will need to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act beginning with our annual report for the 2017 fiscal year. Our inability to continue to take advantage of these exemptions may place additional strain on our resources and divert our management's attention from other business concerns. Moreover, we may incur additional expenses toward ensuring compliance with the requirements applicable to non-emerging growth companies.

27


Table of Contents

It may be difficult to effect service of U.S. process and enforce U.S. legal process against the directors of Luxfer.

Luxfer is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. A number of our directors and officers reside outside of the U.S., principally in the U.K. A substantial portion of our assets, and the assets of such persons, are located outside of the U.S. Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the U.S. upon Luxfer or these persons in order to enforce judgments of U.S. courts against Luxfer or these persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities solely based on the U.S. federal securities laws.

Item 4.    Information on the Company

A.    History and development of the company.

General

Although the origins of some of our operations date back to the early part of the 19th century, we trace our business as it is today back to the 1982 merger of The British Aluminium Company Limited and Alcan Aluminium U.K. Limited, which created British Alcan. The original Luxfer Group was formed in February 1996 in connection with the management buy-in (the "Management Buy-in") of certain downstream assets of British Alcan. Our current Chief Executive Officer, Brian Purves, was a member of the two-man Management Buy-in team. All of the current Executive Management Board members have served with Luxfer Group for more than 10 years. The Management Buy-in was financed by a syndicate of private equity investors. Largely through a leveraged reorganization in 1999, and finally a capital reorganization in 2007, these investors fully exited their original investments in the business.

Our company was incorporated on December 31, 1998, with the name Neverealm Limited (we re-registered as a public limited company and changed our name to Luxfer Holdings PLC on April 1, 1999), for the purpose of acquiring all of the outstanding share capital of the original Luxfer Group Limited in connection with a leveraged recapitalization that occurred in April 1999. As part of the 1999 recapitalization, Luxfer Holdings PLC became the parent holding company of our operating subsidiaries around the world. To facilitate the 1999 recapitalization, Luxfer Holdings PLC issued £160 million of Senior Notes due 2009 and took on £140 million of bank debt.

In February 2007, Luxfer Holdings PLC completed a capital reorganization, which reduced its debt burden and realigned its share capital. A key part of this reorganization was the release and cancellation of the Senior Notes due 2009 in consideration for, among other things, the issuance of a lower principal amount of new senior notes due 2012 (the "Senior Notes due 2012"). Senior noteholders, other than Luxfer Group Limited, also acquired 87% of the voting share capital of Luxfer Holdings PLC from existing shareholders with management and the employee share ownership plan ("ESOP") retaining 13% of the voting share capital.

Since the 2007 capital reorganization, we have considerably improved the profitability of our businesses and reduced debt, repaying the Senior Notes due 2012 early.

We have re-shaped the company since 1996 through a significant number of acquisitions and disposals.

In July 2012, we entered into an arrangement agreement with Dynetek Industries Ltd. ("Dynetek"), a Canadian business listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange, to acquire all of the common shares of Dynetek at a price of CAD0.24 per share, for a total equity value of CAD5 million. We assumed approximately CAD7 million of bank debt, for a total purchase cost of approximately CAD12 million. The acquisition closed on September 17, 2012. Dynetek, now operating as Luxfer Canada, designs and manufactures high-pressure aluminum and carbon fiber gas cylinders and systems for containment of CNG, for low-emission vehicles and for compressed hydrogen, zero-emission fuel cell vehicles. Dynetek's system

28


Table of Contents

applications include, but are not limited to, passenger automobiles, light and heavy-duty trucks, transit vehicles and school buses, bulk hauling of compressed gases and stationary storage or ground storage refueling applications.

In October 2012, Luxfer Holdings PLC successfully listed its shares (in the form of American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts) on the NYSE.

In March 2014, we acquired a small composite cylinder designer and manufacturer and associated production assets in Utah. The initial cost was $3 million with a deferred contingent consideration element linked largely to the success of the operation over three years from the acquisition date and estimated at $0.9 million, net of discounting at the date of acquisition. This has provided our North American gas cylinder business with the equipment, technical know-how and facilities to manufacture advanced Type 4 (polymer-lined) composite cylinder products. We have since focused the manufacture of larger volumes of Type 4 cylinders at our main composite cylinder facility at Riverside, California. Utah has retained its specialist development services and still manufactures (smaller volume) bespoke composite pressure vessels.

On July 29, 2014, we completed the acquisition of the assets and businesses of Truetech Inc. and Innotech Products Limited following the receipt of certain required regulatory approvals. The acquired businesses produce magnesium-based flameless heating pads for self-heating meals used by the U.S. military and emergency relief agencies; an extensive line of self-heating meals, soups and beverages used by military and civilian end-users; chemical agent detection kits and chemical decontamination equipment; and seawater desalinization kits. Truetech operates a manufacturing and warehousing facility on a company-owned site in Riverhead, New York, and Innotech operates a leased manufacturing, assembly and distribution facility in Cincinnati, Ohio. The trade and businesses of these two entities have been combined within Luxfer Magtech Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Luxfer Group. The acquired businesses operate as part of our Elektron Division. On closing, we paid an initial consideration of $59.3 million, and with the acquired businesses having $4 million of cash, the net cash cost was $55.3 million. There is also a deferred contingent consideration element linked to the profitability of the acquired businesses from 2014 to 2019 (payable annually from 2015 to 2020), which we have estimated to be $1.5 million net of discounting at the acquisition date.

In order to support the Luxfer Magtech business, in April 2016 we acquired a small European distributor to aid sales expansion of our own-label meal products outside the U.S.

Corporate

Luxfer Holdings PLC is registered as a public limited company under the laws of England and Wales with its registered office at Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE, England. Our telephone number is +44(0) 161 300 0600.

We are a publicly traded company, listed on the NYSE under the symbol "LXFR".

Our agent in the U.S. is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centreville Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19808.

B.    Business overview

Luxfer is a global materials technology company specializing in the design, manufacture and supply of high-performance materials, components and high-pressure gas-containment devices for healthcare, environmental, protection and specialty end-markets. Our customers include both end-users of our products and manufacturers that incorporate our products into finished goods (details about our products are found below in descriptions of our two reporting divisions and their brands).

29


Table of Contents

Our areas of expertise include chemical and metallurgical properties of aluminum, magnesium, zirconium, rare earths and carbon composites, and we have pioneered the use of these and other materials in a wide range of high-technology industries. For example, we were the first to develop and patent a rare-earth-containing magnesium alloy (EZ33A) for use in high-temperature aerospace applications, including helicopter gearboxes; we were at the forefront of the commercial development of zirconia-rich mixed oxides for use in automotive catalysis; we were the first to manufacture a high-pressure gas cylinder out of a single piece of aluminum using cold-impact extrusion; and we developed and patented the superforming process and the first superplastic aluminum alloy (AA2004) and offered the first superformed aluminum components commercially. We have a long history of innovation derived from our strong technical base, and we work closely with customers to apply innovative solutions to their most demanding product needs. Our proprietary technologies and technical expertise, coupled with best-in-class customer service and global presence, provide significant competitive advantages and have established us as leaders in global markets we serve. We believe that we have leading positions, technically and by market share, in key product areas, including magnesium aerospace alloys, photo-engraving plates, zirconium chemicals for automotive catalytic converters and aluminum and composite cylinders for breathing applications.

We have a global presence, employing 1,816 people, including temporary staff, on average in 2016 and operating 20 manufacturing plants in the U.S., the U.K., Canada, France, the Czech Republic and China. We also have joint ventures in Japan, India, and the U.S., and an associate in Australia. In 2016, our total revenue was $414.8 million, net income was $21.9 million and our adjusted EBITDA was $55.3 million See "Item 3A. Selected Financial Data" for the definition of adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations to profit for the year. In 2016, we manufactured and sold approximately 13,600 metric tons of our magnesium products, approximately 2,500 metric tons of our zirconium products (excluding water weight as sold as a solution) and approximately 1.8 million gas cylinders. For a breakdown of our total revenue in 2016, 2015 and 2014 by geographic origin, see "Note 2—Revenue and segmental analysis" to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.

Our company is organized into two reporting divisions, Elektron and Gas Cylinders, which represented 46% and 54%, respectively, of our total revenue and 68% and 32%, respectively, of our total trading profit in 2016.

    Elektron Division

Our Elektron Division focuses on specialty materials based primarily on magnesium, zirconium and rare earths. We sell our products through two brands, Magnesium Elektron and MEL Chemicals .

Under our Magnesium Elektron brand, we develop and, in almost all cases, manufacture:

    §
    Advanced lightweight, corrosion-resistant and heat- and flame-resistant magnesium alloys used in aerospace, automotive, defense and healthcare applications.

    §
    Magnesium powders used in countermeasure flares that protect aircraft from heat-seeking missiles.

    §
    Magnesium, copper, zinc and brass photo-engraving plates used in the graphic arts industry, as well as a complete line of engraving-related chemicals and equipment. Our products are used for embossing, foiling and die-cutting in high-quality printed media, including decorative packaging, premium labels and greeting cards.

    §
    Magnesium products for biomedical applications, including powders for the pharmaceutical industry, lightweight alloys used in orthopedic devices and our exclusive, bioresorbable SynerMag® alloy for use in body applications, such as a cardiovascular stent.

    §
    Seawater-activated batteries for military applications, including torpedoes and sonar buoys that locate and track submarines.

30


Table of Contents

    §
    Magnesium-based heating pads for self-heating meals used by the military and by emergency relief agencies, as well as an extensive line of self-heating meals, beverages and soups used by military and civilian end-users.

    §
    Chemical agent detection and decontamination kits.

    §
    Seawater desalinization kits.

    §
    Soluble magnesium alloys for use in down-well oil and gas applications.

Under our MEL Chemicals brand, we develop and manufacture specialty zirconium products, including:

    §
    Zirconium-based materials used in automotive exhaust catalysts and in industrial catalysts (both process catalysts and pollution control).

    §
    High-performance zirconium oxides used in electronic and industrial ceramics, including circuit boards, fiber optics, oxygen sensors and fuel cells.

    §
    Filters for drinking water purification and wastewater treatment. Our Isolux® adsorbent products remove arsenic, lead and other heavy metals from water. Similar technology is being used in the development of various medical projects to remove noxious elements from the body.

    §
    Thermal barrier coatings for aerospace applications.

    §
    Zirconium-based reactive (crosslinking) chemicals used in oilfield production, paper production, steel production, adhesives, antiperspirants, printing inks, paint and a variety of other industrial and consumer products.

    §
    Zirconium materials being developed for use in biomedical applications, including knee and hip replacements, as well as dental crowns and implants.

    Gas Cylinders Division

Our Gas Cylinders Division manufactures and markets specialized products using aluminum, magnesium, carbon composites and steel. We sell our products through two brands, Luxfer Gas Cylinders and Superform .

Under our Luxfer Gas Cylinders brand, we develop and manufacture high-pressure aluminum and composite cylinders, systems and accessories used for:

    §
    Breathing air containment and life support for firefighters and other emergency-responders, as well as miners and other personnel in potentially hazardous environments.

    §
    Containment of medical oxygen and other medical gases used by patients, healthcare facilities and laboratories.

    §
    Compressed natural gas (CNG) containment for alternative fuel (AF) vehicles, as well as CNG transportation and bulk storage.

    §
    Composite fuel tanks for hydrogen fuel-cell-powered vehicles or generators, as well as cylinders for storage and transportation of hydrogen.

    §
    Containment of high-purity specialty gases for electronics and pharmaceutical manufacturing, environmental monitoring and laboratory applications.

    §
    Containment of helium for military and industrial applications.

    §
    Inflation of aircraft escape slides and life rafts, as well as other aerospace applications.

    §
    Containment of carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) for fire extinguishers and beverage dispensing.

    §
    Containment of air and specialized breathing blends for scuba diving.

    §
    Performance racing applications, including fire extinguisher cylinders, containment of nitrous oxide (N 2 0) to enhance engine performance in racecars and boats, as well as nitrogen containment for tire inflation.

In addition to our aluminum and composite cylinders, we also manufacture spun steel cylinders for petroleum sampling and for containment of oxygen used by pilots and parachutists at high altitudes.

31


Table of Contents

Under our Superform brand, we design and manufacture lightweight aluminum, titanium and magnesium panels superformed into highly complex shapes for aerospace, automotive, rail, architectural and healthcare components and products.

Our End-markets

Key end-markets for Luxfer Group products fall into four categories:

Healthcare:     We have a long history in the healthcare end-market, and we see this as a major area for the introduction of new technologies. These include lightweight aluminum and composite cylinders for containment of medical and laboratory gases; magnesium powders for pharmaceutical products; magnesium materials for lightweight orthopedic devices; specialized magnesium alloys for cardiovascular stents and implants; and zirconium materials for biomedical applications and dental implants.

Environmental:     We believe many Luxfer products serve a growing need to improve and safeguard the environment, including our zirconium-based products that clean up automotive and industrial exhausts, purify drinking water, remove heavy metals from wastewater and capture carbon dioxide; our lightweight magnesium alloys used in fuel-efficient aerospace and automotive designs; our lightweight, high-pressure carbon composite alternative fuel ("AF") cylinders that contain clean-burning compressed natural gas; and our specialized cylinders that contain high-purity calibration gases used for environmental monitoring.

Protection:     Luxfer offers a number of products that address principal factors driving growth in this market, such as increasing societal expectations regarding protection of people, equipment and property during conflicts and emergencies. Such products include magnesium powders for countermeasure flares that defend aircraft against heat-seeking missile attack, life-support cylinders for firefighters and other emergency-service personnel, inflation cylinders for aircraft escape slides and life rafts, fire extinguisher cylinders, and chemical agent detection and decontamination products.

Specialty:     Our core technologies have enabled us to exploit various other niche and specialty markets and applications. Our products include a comprehensive range of graphic arts products, petroleum-production products and high-pressure cylinders for containment of high-purity specialty gases used in the manufacture of microprocessors and other high-technology electronic equipment.

Our Strengths

Market-leading positions.     We believe that all our main brands, Magnesium Elektron , MEL Chemicals , Luxfer Gas Cylinders and Superform , are market leaders, and we strive to achieve best-in-class performance and premium-price positions. We believe that we are the leading manufacturer in the Western world of high-performance magnesium alloys, powders, plates and rolled sheets used in aerospace, defense and photo-engraving industries. We believe that we are a leading developer and manufacturer of specialty zirconium compounds for use in catalytic, ceramic and sorbent applications, such as in the market for washcoats of catalytic converters in gasoline-powered vehicles. In addition, we believe that we are (i) the most global manufacturer of high-pressure aluminum and composite gas cylinders; (ii) a leading global supplier of cylinders for medical gases, fire extinguishers and breathing apparatuses; and (iii) the largest manufacturer by volume of portable high-pressure aluminum and composite cylinders in the world. Drawing on our expertise in the metallurgy of aluminum, we invented our Superform superplastic-forming process, and we believe that we are the largest independent supplier of superformed aluminum components in the Western world.

Focus on innovation and product development for growing specialized end-markets.     As we recognize the importance of fostering creative abilities of our employees, we have developed a "culture of ingenuity" in which any Luxfer employee can become actively involved in the innovation process. As a result of this

32


Table of Contents

culture, we continue to produce a steady stream of new products, including those developed in close collaboration with research departments in universities around the world.

Strong technical expertise and know-how.     Using our expertise in metallurgy and material science, we specialize in advanced materials, developing products and materials with superior performance to satisfy the most demanding requirements in the most extreme environments. We design some products to withstand temperatures of absolute zero and others to withstand contact with molten steel. We produce materials that operate in a complete vacuum and cylinders that safely contain gases at over 300 atmospheres of pressure. Our technical excellence is driven in part by safety-critical products, including aerospace alloys and high-pressure gas cylinders that are subject to extensive regulation and are approved only after an extensive review process that can take years. Further, we benefit from the fact that a growing number of our products, including many of our alloys and zirconium compounds, are patented.

Diversified blue chip customer base with long-standing relationships.     We have developed and seek to maintain and grow our long-term, diverse customer base of global leaders. We put the customer at the heart of our strategy, and we have long-standing relationships with many of our customers, including global leaders in our key markets. Our businesses have cultivated a number of these relationships over the course of many decades. The diversity and breadth of our customer base also mitigates reliance on any one customer. In 2016, our 10 largest customers represented 27% of our total revenue. In 2016, our 10 largest customers for the Elektron Division represented 30% of its revenue, and our 10 largest customers for the Gas Cylinders Division represented 45% of its revenue.

Highly experienced and effective management team.     We are led by an experienced Executive Management Board, and all members have served with Luxfer Group for more than 10 years (See "History and development of the company", above). Our current Executive Management Board has played a significant role assisting the Board of Directors in developing our strategy and in delivering our stability in recent years. We also highly value the quality of our local senior management. Our Board of Directors actively supports our business and contributes a wealth of industrial and financial experience.

Our Business Strategy

Our business strategy is underpinned by the "Luxfer Model," which consists of five key themes:

    §
    Maintaining technical excellence relating both to our products and to processes needed to make them.

    §
    Building and maintaining long-term, strong customer relationships .

    §
    Selling high-performance products into specialty markets that require products with high-technology content and in which customers are willing to pay premium prices.

    §
    A commitment to innovation of products that address opportunities created by heightened chemical emissions controls, global environmental concerns, public health legislation and the need for improved protection technologies.

    §
    Achieving high levels of manufacturing excellence by improving processes and reducing operating costs, thus mitigating threats from competitors in low-labor-cost economies.

Each of our businesses has developed a strategy roadmap based on a Balanced Scorecard® methodology and driven by the Luxfer Model. These roadmaps contain business specific initiatives, actions and measures necessary to guide our businesses towards achieving financial objectives set by our Board of Directors. With the Luxfer Model as its backbone, our company-wide strategy includes the following key elements:

Continued focus on innovation, research and development and protection of intellectual property.     We have always recognized the importance of research in material science and innovation in the development of our products. We plan to continue this history of innovation through investment in our own research and development teams, as well as through extensive collaboration with universities, industry partners and

33


Table of Contents

customers around the world. Given the high level of research and development and technological content inherent in our products, we intend to protect our inventions and innovations aggressively by patenting them when appropriate and by actively monitoring and managing our existing intellectual property portfolio.

Increase the flow of innovative, higher-value-added products targeting specialty markets.     We plan to increase our focus on higher-growth, specialty end-markets, especially those requiring environmental, healthcare and protection technologies. In response to increasing demand in these markets for higher-value-added products, we plan to utilize our metallurgical and chemical expertise to develop new products and new applications for our existing products. We also seek to identify alternative applications for our products that leverage our existing product capabilities and customer base.

Enhance awareness of Luxfer brands.     We intend to maintain and improve global awareness of our four brands: Magnesium Elektron , MEL Chemicals , Luxfer Gas Cylinders and Superform . Our efforts will include promoting our leading technologies at trade shows, industry conferences and other strategic forums. We also plan to expand our online presence by maximizing the visibility and utility of our websites and web-based access. Whenever possible, we insist that our corporate logos are visible on products sold by our customers, especially products such as medical cylinders that remain in active circulation and tend to be widely visible in the public domain.

Focus on continued gains in operational and manufacturing efficiencies.     We seek to continually improve operational and manufacturing efficiencies, investing in modern enterprise resource planning systems and using external auditors to measure our performance against rigorous, world-class standards. We look for ways to automate our processes to provide protection against competition based in low-labor-cost economies. While we plan to maintain our focus on reducing our operational and manufacturing costs, we also plan to modernize machinery and equipment at minimal costs when necessary to prevent bottlenecks in our manufacturing processes.

Selectively pursue value-enhancing acquisitions.     We have undertaken several successful complementary acquisitions over the past two decades, and we believe there will be opportunities to pursue synergistic acquisitions at attractive valuations in the future. We plan to assess these opportunities, focusing on broadening our product and service offerings, expanding our technological capabilities and capitalizing on potential operating synergies.

34


Table of Contents

Our Business Divisions

We are organized into two reporting divisions, Elektron and Gas Cylinders. The following table illustrates the revenue, trading profit and adjusted EBITDA of each division in 2016, 2015 and 2014.


 
  Year Ended December 31, 2016  
 
  Revenue   Trading Profit (1)   Adjusted EBITDA (2)  
 
  Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (in $ million)
  (%)
  (in $ million)
  (%)
  (in $ million)
  (%)
 

Elektron

  $ 189.0     45.6 % $ 23.9     67.7 % $ 35.6     64.4 %

Gas Cylinders

    225.8     54.4 %   11.4     32.3 %   19.7     35.6 %

 

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2015  
 
  Revenue   Trading Profit (1)   Adjusted EBITDA (2)  
 
  Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (in $ million)
  (%)
  (in $ million)
  (%)
  (in $ million)
  (%)
 

Elektron

  $ 221.2     48.1 % $ 33.7     79.7 % $ 45.7     73.5 %

Gas Cylinders

    239.1     51.9 %   8.6     20.3 %   16.5     26.5 %

 

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2014  
 
  Revenue   Trading Profit (1)   Adjusted EBITDA (2)  
 
  Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (in $ million)
  (%)
  (in $ million)
  (%)
  (in $ million)
  (%)
 

Elektron

  $ 230.6     47.1 % $ 38.9     86.8 % $ 50.1     77.3 %

Gas Cylinders

    258.9     52.9 %   5.9     13.2 %   14.7     22.7 %

(1)
Trading profit is defined as operating profit or loss before profit on sale of redundant site, changes to defined benefit pension plans and restructuring and other expense. For the purposes of our divisional segmental analysis, IFRS 8 requires the use of "segment profit" performance measures that are used by our chief operating decision maker. Trading profit is the "segment profit" measure used by our chief operating decision maker for divisional segmental analysis. See "Note 2—Revenue and segmental analysis" in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(2)
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit on operations before taxation for the period, finance income (which comprises interest received) and costs (which comprises interest costs, IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charges and the unwind of the discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions), other income / (expense) from acquisitions and disposals of businesses, changes to defined benefit pension plans, restructuring and other expense, other share-based compensation charges, depreciation and amortization and loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment. See footnote (8) of Item 3.A. ("Selected financial data") of this Annual Report for a reconciliation to net income.

35


Table of Contents

Elektron Division

Our Elektron Division sells products under two brands: Magnesium Elektron and MEL Chemicals . The Elektron Division represented 45.6% of our total revenue and 67.7% of our trading profit in 2016. The table below provides a summary of products, applications and principal markets and illustrative customers and end-users within each brand in the Elektron Division.

Products
  Application / principal
markets supplied
  Illustrative customers
and end-users
Magnesium Elektron:        
Magnesium alloys   Aerospace, oil and gas and specialist automotive   United Technologies, Fansteel-Wellman, Boeing, Lockheed Martin

Magnesium powders

 

Defense (infrared countermeasure flares, illumination devices, tracer rounds)

 

Esterline Defense Technologies, Chemring

Fabricated products, recycling, sheets and plate

 

Automotive
Photo-engraving

 

Volkswagen, BMW
American Greetings

Magnesium flameless heating pads and self-heating meals and beverages

 

Self-heating meals for military troops and emergency-relief agencies

 

U.S. Armed Forces, Sopakco, Wornick, AmeriQual, FEMA, Homeland Security, Red Cross

Chemical detection and decontamination kits

 

Detection and decontamination kits for military troops and emergency relief agencies

 

U.S. Armed Forces, State and Municipal EMA First Responders


MEL Chemicals:


 


 


 


 
Zirconium compounds   Automotive (catalytic converters)   Umicore, Johnson Matthey, BASF, Sud Chemie, Dinex

 

 

Electro-ceramics (oxygen sensors, capacitors, microwave relays)

 

Bosch, EPCOS, Imerys

 

 

Engineering ceramics

 

Ask-HiTech

 

 

Aerospace ceramics

 

Oerlikon Metco

 

 

Chemical synthesis

 

BASF

 

 

Fuel cells

 

SOFC Power

 

 

Refinery catalysis

 

UOP (Honeywell)

 

 

Reflective coatings

 

3M

36


Table of Contents

The principal geographic markets for the Elektron Division are North America and Europe, and the 2016 percentage of revenue by geographic destination and geographic origin and by key end-markets is shown below:


Elektron Division—Revenue by Geographic Destination
2016

Geographic Region
  Percentage of
Elektron
Revenue
 

North America

    60 %

European Community, excluding U.K. 

    24 %

Asia Pacific

    10 %

U.K. 

    3 %

South and Central America

    1 %

Other Europe

    1 %

Africa

    1 %


Elektron Division—Revenue by Geographic Origin
2016

Geographic Region
  Percentage of
Elektron
Revenue
 

North America

    64 %

U.K. 

    28 %

Other Europe

    8 %

37


Table of Contents


Elektron Division—End-market Sales Analysis
2016

End-market
  Percentage of
Elektron
Revenue
 

Environmental:

       

Aerospace—Lightweight materials

    14%  

Automotive—Catalysis

    12%  

Automotive—Lightweight materials

    10%  

Specialty chemicals

    8%  

Environmental Total

    44%  

Healthcare Total

    2%  

Protection:

   
 
 

Defense

    11%  

Countermeasures

    6%  

Emergency and survival

    2%  

Ceramics

    1%  

Protection Total

    20%  

Specialty:

   
 
 

Graphic arts

    21%  

Industrial

    9%  

Chemicals

    2%  

Electronics

    2%  

Specialty Total

    34%  

Divisional and geographical information relating to revenue is disclosed in Note 2, "Revenue and segmental analysis" of the consolidated financial statements, attached to this Annual Report.

    Magnesium Elektron

We believe we are the leading manufacturer in the Western world of high-performance magnesium alloys, powders, plates and rolled sheets used in aerospace, defense and photo-engraving industries. Magnesium Elektron operates plants in Swinton, England; the Czech Republic; six plants in the U.S.; and a plant in Ontario, Canada.

Magnesium alloys offer significant advantages over aluminum alloys, since magnesium alloys are approximately a third lighter in weight while exhibiting similar strength and stability. Customers typically utilize our specialized alloys when lightness of weight, high strength and high temperature stability are important, such as in jet fighters and in helicopter gearboxes, which operate under extreme conditions.

Magnesium Elektron developed a large percentage of high-performance magnesium alloys available in major markets, including the U.S. For example, we developed 12 of the 18 magnesium alloys approved by the American Society for Testing Material ("ASTM") Standard Specification for Magnesium-Alloy Sand Castings . In the last 30 years, Magnesium Elektron developed and patented five out of six new alloys added to the list. The ASTM Standard Specification for Magnesium-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, Tubes, and Wire lists nine currently used alloys, and Magnesium Elektron developed five of them.

38


Table of Contents

Our Elektron®43 alloy demonstrated its excellent resistance to ignition when it became the first magnesium alloy to pass new, rigorous flammability testing conducted by the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration (the "FAA"). Consequently, in June 2013, the FAA stated that it would allow magnesium alloys in aircraft seats as long as certain requirements were met, including passing the FAA-developed flammability test, which was added to the "Materials Fire Test Handbook" in October 2014. This became a key reference for aircraft seat manufacturers. While working with the FAA, Magnesium Elektron was simultaneously working with SAE International, a leading engineering association that many years ago banned the use of magnesium in airline seats (reference: SAE AS8049B). In May 2014, SAE International submitted new technical findings to support removal of the ban, followed in August 2015 by a newly revised standard, AS8049C, which includes wording that now allows the use of magnesium alloys that meet criteria specified in the FAA fire test handbook. Since our patented Elektron®43 and Elektron®21 alloys meet these demanding performance requirements, seat manufacturers in Europe and North America continue actively to evaluate Elektron®43 due to the significant weight saving the alloy offers in aircraft seat construction. Seat manufacturers have been exhibiting prototype seats, which have been built utilizing our alloys in their construction, and one manufacturer has commercialized a seat for use in a low volume aerospace application. Recently we have commercialized two new alloys, SynerMag®, for use in bioresorbable cardio stents and SoluMag®, a dissolvable alloy for use in the oil and gas industry.

We believe that Magnesium Elektron is the largest manufacturer of atomized magnesium powders in the world. Our magnesium powder facilities have been manufacturing ground magnesium powders since 1941 and atomized powders since 1966.

Our growth strategy for Magnesium Elektron is to build on the strength of our brand and worldwide reputation for developing and producing high-performance magnesium alloys. This includes maintaining an ongoing focus on developing value-added products that leverage our extensive knowledge in magnesium metallurgy for a number of specialty markets, including aerospace, defense, oil and gas, medical, high-end graphic arts and consumer packaging. Although we ultimately sell tangible products, we believe our customers place significant value on our technical know-how and ability to help them effectively utilize our materials in their products. Our strategy is to patent new materials, as well as processes used to make them, whenever possible. We may also charge a royalty fee for the use of some materials (for example, in medical applications).

We expanded in 2014 by acquiring the assets and businesses of Truetech Inc. and Innotech Products Limited on July 29, 2014. We combined the acquired trade and businesses within Luxfer Magtech Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Luxfer Group. Luxfer Magtech produces magnesium-based flameless heating pads for self-heating meals used by the U.S. military and emergency relief agencies; an extensive line of self-heating meals, soups and beverages used by military and civilian end-users; chemical agent detection kits and chemical decontamination equipment; and seawater desalinization kits. This product portfolio complements existing Elektron Division expertise in designing magnesium alloys and adsorbent zirconium chemicals. During 2016, we purchased a small European distributor to aid sales expansion of our own-label self-heating meals products outside of the U.S.

Magnesium Elektron serves a wide range of customers globally and has close, collaborative relationships with its customers. The top ten customers for magnesium products accounted for 24% of Elektron Division revenue in 2016. Our largest Magnesium Elektron customer accounted for 4% of divisional revenue in 2016.

Magnesium Elektron competes in various specialty niches, including the production of military powders and high-performance alloys. Competition, which is fragmented and varies from sector to sector, includes Chinese suppliers of magnesium die-casting alloys. We do not normally compete directly against primary magnesium producers, which supply pure magnesium and simple alloys.

39


Table of Contents

We have a number of patented and off-patent products that help us maintain our competitive position. Due to the significant complexity of producing our specific alloys, we believe that competitors are likely to have difficulty manufacturing these alloys even after our patents expire. Our principal competitor in magnesium powders is ESM, a U.S.-based subsidiary of the German company SKW Stahl-Metallurgie.

    MEL Chemicals

We believe that our MEL Chemicals business is a leader in the manufacture of specialty zirconium compounds. Chemically derived MEL zirconium products are more versatile, pure and suitable for demanding applications than thermally derived products or natural zirconia, and our products consequently command significantly higher value-added premiums. Sold in powder and solution forms, these products are used in a broad range of applications, including wash coats for catalytic converters that remove noxious gases in gasoline vehicles, electronics, structural and functional ceramics, paper production, chemical catalysis, solid-oxide fuel cells and water purification. Our zirconium products are key components in products ranging from automotive catalytic converters to microwave telecommunications to back-lighting technology found in mobile phones. MEL Chemicals operates two main manufacturing facilities, in Swinton, England, and in Flemington, New Jersey. We also have a joint venture with Nippon Light Metal in Japan that is primarily devoted to research and analysis.

Our zirconium plants use a multi-stage process based on proprietary technology to produce zirconium salts and zirconium oxides differentiated by their chemical purity and unique physical properties. Zircon sand is often the base raw material in our manufacturing process, and we also use a number of rare earths and commodity chemical products to produce our zirconium compounds. Yttria-stabilized zirconia, for example, exhibits hardness, chemical inertness and low-heat conductivity that make it suitable for applications as diverse as dentistry and gas turbines.

The demand for our products is mainly driven by environmental concerns and legislation, since our environmentally-friendly products can replace toxic chemicals in many applications, including replacing formaldehyde in paper-coatings. Our products also remove arsenic and other environmental toxins from drinking water and wastewater. We focus on developing new applications for our zirconium products, helping our customers in a wide variety of industries address rising environmental, health and safety concerns related to chemical emissions, global environmental pollution and public health regulation and legislation. Key growth areas are catalytic applications for emission-control systems in automobiles and for the chemical industry, process catalysts, advanced ceramics in electronics and engineering, water purification technologies and biomedical applications.

With a leading position in the zirconium compounds market, MEL Chemicals has established itself over a number of years as an approved supplier to a number of blue-chip customers. These relationships have, in turn, facilitated the sharing of technical knowledge to develop new products and applications. The top 10 customers for zirconium products accounted for 19% of the Elektron Division's revenue in 2016. Our largest zirconium customer accounted for 4% of divisional revenue in 2016.

MEL Chemicals has experienced significant competition in simple zirconium compounds from Chinese suppliers, either directly or through the availability of low-cost Chinese zirconium stock used by specialty competitors. Markets with relatively low technological needs, such as lead-replacement products for paint drying, now offer lower margins due to aggressive pricing by Chinese suppliers. Rather than compete in such lower margin markets, we have shifted our focus to more advanced markets that require our advanced technologies and know-how, which we use to develop customized products that meet the specific needs of our customers. We have a limited number of direct competitors in our chosen specialized markets that require complex chemical compounds with advanced catalytic, electrical and ceramic properties. In these markets, we compete primarily with Daiichi Kigenso Kagaku Kogyo of Japan, Solvay of France, Neo Performance Materials of the U.S. and Tosoh of Japan.

40


Table of Contents

Gas Cylinders Division

Our Gas Cylinders Division sells products under two core brands: Luxfer Gas Cylinders and Superform . This division represented 54.4% of our total revenue and 32.3% of our trading profit in 2016. The table below shows products, applications, principal markets and illustrative customers and end-users within each brand.

Products
  Application / principal markets
supplied
  Illustrative customers
and end-users
Luxfer Gas Cylinders:        
High-pressure aluminum and composite gas-containment cylinders and systems   Firefighter
breathing apparatus
  Scott Safety (Johnson Controls), MSA, Honeywell

 

 

Alternative fuels

 

Agility, Creative Bus, MAN

 

 

Bulk gas transportation

 

GTM Technologies

 

 

Specialty gases

 

Linde, Air Liquide, Airgas

 

 

Medical

 

Linde, Air Products

 

 

Fire extinguisher

 

Ansul (Johnson Controls), Chubb / Kidde (UTC)

 

 

Beverage

 

Coca-Cola, Pepsi

 

 

Scuba

 

XS Scuba

 

 

Inflation (aerospace)

 

Goodrich (UTC)

Superform:

 

 

 

 
Superplastically-formed aluminum, titanium and magnesium products   Aerospace   Exelis, Boeing, Bombardier, Honda, Spirit, UTC Aerospace, Honeywell, Embraer, Short Brothers Plc (Bombardier), BAE Systems, GKN Aerospace.

 

 

Automotive

 

Aston Martin, Morgan, Bentley (VW), Ferrari S.P.A., Chrysler / FnG, McLaren Automotive

 

 

Medical

 

Siemens, Varian

 

 

Rail

 

Bombardier, Kinki Sharyo, Hitachi, LUL.

41


Table of Contents

The principal geographic markets for the Gas Cylinders Division are the U.S., Europe and Asia Pacific, and the percentage of 2016 sales revenue by geographic destination, geographic origin and end-markets is shown below:


Gas Cylinders Division—Revenue by Geographic Destination
2016

Geographic Region
  Percentage of Gas
Cylinders Revenue
 

North America

    51%  

European Community, excluding U.K. 

    20%  

Asia Pacific

    13%  

U.K. 

    12%  

South and Central America

    3%  

Other Europe

    1%  


Gas Cylinders Division—Revenue by Geographic Origin
2016

Geographic Region
  Percentage of Gas
Cylinders Revenue
 

North America

    61%  

U.K. 

    27%  

Other Europe

    10%  

Asia Pacific

    2%  

42


Table of Contents


Gas Cylinders Division—End-market Sales Analysis
2016

End-market
  Percentage of Gas
Cylinders Revenue
 

Environmental:

       

Alternative fuels

    15%  

Aerospace—Lightweight materials

    7%  

Automotive—Lightweight materials

    7%  

Rail—Lightweight materials

    2%  

Environmental Total

    31%  

Healthcare:

       

Oxygen

    10%  

Medical equipment

    1%  

Healthcare Total

    11%  

Protection:

       

SCBA

    29%  

Fire

    8%  

Defense

    2%  

Scuba

    2%  

Protection Total

    41%  

Specialty:

       

Industrial gases

    10%  

Other

    7%  

Specialty Total

    17%  

Divisional and geographical information relating to revenue is disclosed in Note 2, "Revenue and segmental analysis" of the consolidated financial statements, attached to this Annual Report.

    Luxfer Gas Cylinders

Luxfer Gas Cylinders manufactured and sold approximately 1.8 million cylinders in 2016, and we believe that we remain the largest global manufacturer of portable high-pressure aluminum and composite cylinders. The business achieved its leadership position through a long history of innovation and a commitment to setting a leading worldwide standard in product specifications and customer service. In 2016, we manufactured gas cylinders at six manufacturing facilities: two in the U.S. and one each in the U.K., France, Canada and China. In 2009, we established a presence in India through a 51% interest in a joint venture with a local business partner based in New Delhi. In 2012, we established a 49% joint venture with a business partner in the U.S. that specialized in CNG transportation and storage; the joint venture commenced trading in 2013. Most of our Luxfer Gas Cylinders manufacturing facilities also maintain sales and distribution facilities. We have an established sales, distribution and service center in Australia. During 2015, we acquired a 26.4% stake in an existing customer as part of its recapitalization.

Historically, overall growth in the Luxfer Gas Cylinders business has been driven by inherent benefits of aluminum over steel for high-pressure cylinders. In 2016, sales of aluminum cylinders accounted for approximately 33% of divisional revenue. Although steel was the first material used for the containment of high-pressure gas, aluminum cylinders have the following recognized benefits:

    §
    Aluminum cylinders are up to 40% lighter in weight than steel cylinders.

43


Table of Contents

    §
    Non-corroding and non-reactive aluminum cylinders are ideal for maintaining the purity of many specialty gases used in critical manufacturing and laboratory applications.

    §
    Considered by many to be more cosmetically attractive than steel, aluminum cylinders are desirable for fire extinguishers, medical and scuba applications.

    §
    Non-magnetic cylinders may be safely used near diagnostic medical equipment containing powerful magnets.

Luxfer Gas Cylinders is also a leading supplier of carbon composite cylinders, including thin-walled, aluminum-lined cylinders fully wrapped with aerospace-grade carbon fiber. Luxfer developed both the world's highest-pressure and lightest-weight composite life-support cylinders. In 2016, sales of composite cylinders accounted for approximately 46% of Gas Cylinders Division revenue. Over the last decade, our composite cylinder business has enjoyed higher growth rates and stronger margins than our aluminum cylinder business. We believe demand for carbon composite cylinders will continue to grow, driven by the following benefits when compared to aluminum and steel cylinders:

    §
    Carbon composite cylinders are about one-third the weight of comparable steel cylinders.

    §
    High strength-to-weight ratio enables increased pressure to be used for the same size cylinder, thereby increasing cylinder volume capacity.

Demand for composite cylinders has been driven in part by increased usage in the emergency services sector, which prefers lighter weight, higher-pressure cylinders for life-support applications. The use of carbon composite cylinders to contain CNG has also grown over the past decade. We make cylinders and systems for AF vehicles and for storage and transportation of bulk CNG and we also specialize in cylinders and valves for hydrogen fuel-cell vehicles. Our research shows further growth opportunities in composite cylinders and associated new specialty products, such as our patented SmartFlow™ valve-regulator, used in our Advanced Oxygen System which received full CE certification in November 2016.

Luxfer Gas Cylinders has a very broad customer base, both geographically and by number. In total, the top 10 customers accounted for 47% of Gas Cylinders Division revenue in 2016, and the largest customer accounted for 13% of its revenue. Customers in medical, SCBA and fire extinguisher markets tend to be highly concentrated since there are relatively few end-user distributors. Within the SCBA market, we have achieved a very high level of market penetration by providing composite cylinders to the three major suppliers to the North American market: MSA, Scott Safety (Johnson Controls) and Sperian (Honeywell).

Due to our strong worldwide distribution network, we believe that Luxfer Gas Cylinders is the most global manufacturer of high-pressure aluminum and composite gas cylinders. Luxfer had specialized in Type 3 (aluminum-lined) composite cylinders for a number of years, but in 2014, we introduced a new line of Luxfer-designed Type 4 (polymer-lined) cylinders for the AF market.

In recent years, the high-pressure gas cylinder market has undergone some consolidation. Worthington Industries, originally a steel cylinder competitor in the U.S. and Europe, has over the past decade purchased composite cylinder manufacturers that compete directly with Luxfer Gas Cylinders. Other competitors include Catalina Cylinders, an aluminum cylinder manufacturer in the U.S.; Faber, a steel cylinder manufacturer in Italy; and MES Cylinders, an aluminum cylinder manufacturer based in Turkey. In the AF sector, our main competitor is the Norwegian-owned Hexagon Composites, which produces Type 4 composite cylinders for CNG containment. Agility Fuel Solutions and Quantum Fuel Systems also make Type 4 composite cylinders and fuel systems for CNG vehicles. In September 2012, Luxfer purchased Dynetek Industries, a specialty manufacturer of Type 3 AF cylinders and systems, with plants in Canada and Germany. In March 2014, Luxfer acquired a small composite cylinder designer and manufacturer in Utah, including a facility purpose-built for the manufacture of Type 4 cylinders.

In Asia, the market for aluminum cylinders is less developed, and larger competitors predominantly offer steel products. These include Everest Kanto Cylinder, based in India, and Beijing Tianhai Industry, based in China. However, the use of composite cylinders is growing in the Asia Pacific region, and several competitors are now also manufacturing composite cylinders.

44


Table of Contents

    Superform

Superform developed a superplastic-forming process that uses customized tooling and controlled heat and air pressure applied to special aluminum, magnesium or titanium alloy sheets to elongate and form them into complex, bespoke shapes. These lightweight components are principally used in automotive, aerospace, medical, rail transportation and architectural end-markets. Although these products currently represent a relatively small niche market, we believe that Superform, which has operations in England and the U.S., is the largest independent supplier of such components in the Western world. In 2016, Superform sales accounted for approximately 16% of Gas Cylinders Division revenue.

Superforming gives designers the freedom to create subtle or highly customized geometric shapes that conventional stamping and forming processes cannot produce. Superform's technology is particularly well suited to manufacturing low to medium volumes of premium-priced components, the cost of which is generally offset by lower-cost tooling and reduced fabrication and assembly costs, since the Superform process can create complex components in a single piece.

Demand in our Superform business has grown over the years in part because of the automotive industry's increasing need to reduce vehicle weights. Escalating production of niche luxury, sport and limited-edition automobiles with intricate bodywork has also driven demand. One-piece Superform components are also particularly advantageous to aircraft designers who strive to reduce component weights and part counts.

In 2016, we continued to develop new manufacturing processes and high-strength materials to form parts at faster speeds and also to form titanium parts. Complementary value-added processes have been added to enhance our customer offering. These new innovations are targeted at widening the sales potential of our technology.

Due to the fact that Superform invented the superplastic-forming process, direct competition with our technology is limited. Competition mainly comes from alternative technologies, such as cold pressing (which Superform is investing in), hydroforming and composite technologies, including those using carbon fiber. Hydroforming is a specialized type of die forming that uses a high-pressure hydraulic fluid to press material into a die at room temperature. A sheet of aluminum is placed inside a negative mold shaped like the desired end product; hydraulic pumps then inject fluid at very high pressure, forcing a metal sheet into the mold. The process is slower than cold pressing, and tooling costs are generally higher than for superforming.

Competitors include KTK in China, Magna International in Ireland, EBP in Sweden, Fontana in Italy and Verbom in Canada. Boeing, which purchased a license from Superform in 1998, has in-house aluminum superplastic-forming capability.

Luxfer Group Our Key End-Markets

Environmental (37% of 2016 revenue)

We believe that many of our products serve a growing need to protect the environment and conserve its resources. Increasing environmental regulations, "green" taxes and climbing costs of fossil fuels have driven growth in this area. Our Elektron lightweight magnesium alloys and lightweight superformed panels are widely used in aircraft, trains, trucks, buses and cars to reduce weight and improve fuel efficiency. Our composite gas cylinders are used in more environmentally friendly AF vehicles. For many years, we have sold zirconium-based chemicals for catalytic converters in gasoline engines, and we have developed similar

45


Table of Contents

products for catalysis of emissions from diesel engines. Our zirconium chemical products are used to remove heavy metals, including arsenic, from drinking water and wastewater.

Area of Focus
  Product   End-market Drivers
Alternative fuels  

§

Alternative fuel cylinders

§

Exhaust catalysts

§

CO 2 capture

§

Bulk gas transportation cylinders

 

§

"Clean air" initiatives

§

Abundance of natural gas

§

Favorable tax treatment

§

Increasing CNG filling infrastructure

Environmental catalysts (cleaning of exhaust emissions)

 

§

Zirconium compounds with specific properties used in auto-catalysis washcoats

 

§

Emissions legislation generally

§

Application of tighter regulations on diesel engines in U.S. and Europe

§

Cost effective for vehicle manufacturers as they reduce the use of precious metals

Specialty / high-end automotive

 

§

Superformed complex body panels, doors and trunk assemblies and other high strength components

§

Magnesium extrusions

 

§

Fuel efficiency for a given level of performance

§

Increased flexibility to vehicle designers in terms of shape and strength

§

Strong demand for top-end cars from wealthy individuals in emerging markets

Recycling

 

§

Recycling service converting magnesium scrap into good die-casting ingot

 

§

Marketing "whole of life" costing for vehicles

§

Legislation requiring recycling at end of vehicle's life cycle

Sensors, piezoelectrics and electro-ceramics

 

§

Zirconium-based ceramic materials used in sensors of engine management systems

 

§

Engine efficiency

§

Control of exhaust gases

Water purification

 

§

Isolux® (removal of heavy metals from drinking water) and MELsorb® (wastewater treatment)

 

§

Tightened World Health Organization guidelines on levels of heavy metals in water and associated legislation

Rail transport

 

§

Superformed train front-cab and internal components

 

§

Government investment in public transport

§

Fuel efficiency

§

Safety requirements moving from plastic to metal for internal components

Military and civil aerospace

 

§

Superform (wing leading edges, engine nacelle skins, winglets)

§

Elektron® aerospace alloys in cast, extruded, and sheet form

 

§

Growing aircraft build rate

§

Increasing cost of fuel

Helicopters

 

§

Magnesium sand casting alloys, superformed panels

 

§

Lightweighting

§

Fuel efficiency

Paper

 

§

Bacote™ and Zirmel™, both formaldehyde-free insolubilizers that aid high-quality printing

 

§

Elimination of toxic chemicals

46


Table of Contents

Healthcare (7% of 2016 revenue)

We have a long history in the healthcare end-market, and we see this as a major area of opportunity for new product technologies. We believe that we offer the world's most comprehensive range of high-pressure cylinders for containment of medical gases, including specialized composite cylinders popular in emergency medical services and for use by ambulatory oxygen users. Our materials are also being used in medical treatments and are present in various kinds of medical equipment, including MRI scanners. Recently launched innovations, include our lightweight AOS™ ("Advanced Oxygen System") medical oxygen delivery system featuring our L7X® higher-strength aluminum alloy and carbon composite cylinders integrated with our patented SmartFlow™ valve-regulator technology. We have also developed SynerMag®, a bioresorbable magnesium alloy used for vascular intervention and skeletal repairs, and our zirconium MELsorb® materials, being developed as active ingredients in dialysis media and enterosorbents.

Area of Focus
  Product   End-market Drivers
Medical gases  

§

Portable aluminum and composite cylinders

§

Medical oxygen delivery system

§

Portable oxygen concentrators

 

§

Growing use of medical gases

§

Shift to paramedics, who need portable, lightweight products

§

Growing trend to provide oxygen therapy in the home and to keep patients mobile

§

Increasingly aging population

§

Increase in respiratory diseases

Medical equipment casings

 

§

Superformed panels (e.g., for MRI scanners)

 

§

Growing use of equipment using powerful magnets and consequent need for non-ferrous, but hygienic casings

Pharmaceutical industry

 

§

Magnesium powders as a catalyst for chemical synthesis (the Grignard process)

 

§

Growth in pharmaceutical industry

Orthopedics

 

§

Magnesium sheets

 

§

Improved mobility through use of easy-to-wear, lightweight braces and trusses

Sorbents

 

§

MELsorb® material being developed as active ingredient in dialysis equipment and enterosorbents

 

§

Growth in kidney problems

§

New technologies to remove noxious elements from the body

47


Table of Contents

Protection (31% of 2016 revenue)

We offer a number of products used to protect individuals and property. Principal factors driving growth in this end-market include increasing societal expectations regarding protection of individuals and armed forces personnel, tightening health and safety regulations and the significant cost of investing in and replacing technologically advanced military property. We manufacture ultra-lightweight breathing-air cylinders that lighten the load on emergency services personnel working in dangerous environments, miniature cylinders for use in personal escape sets, aluminum cylinders for fire extinguishers and lightweight composite cylinders used to inflate aircraft emergency escape slides and life rafts. Our ultra-fine atomized magnesium powder is a principal ingredient in countermeasure flares that protect aircraft from heat-seeking missiles. We also manufacture a range of chemical agent detection and decontamination products used by both the military and civilian agencies. We are also developing lightweight magnesium alloy armor plates for use in composite armor systems for personnel carriers and patrol vehicles.

Area of Focus
  Product   End-market Drivers
Life-support breathing apparatus  

§

Composite cylinders used in SCBA

 

§

Increased awareness of importance of properly equipping firefighting services post 9/11

§

Demand for lightweight products to upgrade from heavy all-metal cylinders

§

Periodic upgrade of new U.S. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) standards and natural replacement cycles

§

Asian and European fire services looking to adopt more modern SCBA equipment

Fire protection

 

§

Cylinders (carbon-dioxide-filled fire extinguishers)

 

§

New commercial buildings

§

Cylinder replacement during annual servicing

Countermeasures

 

§

Ultra-fine magnesium powders for flares used in the protection of aircraft from attack by heat-seeking missiles

 

§

Use in combat and training

§

Maintenance of countermeasures reserves (shelf-life restrictions)

Military vehicles

 

§

Elektron® magnesium alloys in cast, rolled, and extruded form

 

§

Maintaining high level of protection while reducing weight to improve maneuverability and fuel economy

Military personnel and emergency relief agencies

 

§

Self-heating meals used for military troops and emergency-relief agencies

§

Chemical detection and chemical decontamination kits

 

§

Ensuring protection and well-being for military personnel and victims of natural disasters

§

Use in combat and training and in response to terrorist activities

48


Table of Contents

Specialty (25% of 2016 revenue)

In addition to our strategic growth markets described above, our core technologies have enabled us to exploit other niche and specialty markets and applications. We are a leading producer of magnesium graphic arts photo-engraving plates used by engravers and printers to produce high-quality embossed, foil-stamped and die-cut printed pieces, including book covers, decorative packaging, greeting cards and premium labels. We also offer a range of cylinders with proprietary interior surfaces for containment of high-purity specialty gases used in microprocessor manufacturing and other electronics applications, pharmaceutical manufacturing, environmental monitoring and laboratory applications in which gas stability is crucial. Specialty products also include carbon dioxide cylinders for beverage dispensing, scuba diving cylinders and performance racing cylinders.

Area of Focus
  Product   End-market Drivers
Specialty industrial gases  

§

Inert-interior aluminum cylinders for high-purity gases

 

§

Semiconductor and electronics industries

§

Pharmaceutical industry

§

Specialized laboratory requirements

§

Oil exploration

Graphic arts

 

§

Photo-engraving plates

 

§

Luxury packaging as part of marketing high-end products

Leisure activities

 

§

Cylinders for scuba diving, car and boat racing

 

§

Leisure time

§

Growth of middle class in emerging markets

General engineering

 

§

Magnesium billets, sheets, coil, tooling plates

§

Zirconium ceramic compounds for hard working components

 

§

Economic growth

§

Need for components to operate in more extreme environments for longer periods, such as underground or in the ocean

Suppliers and Raw Materials

Elektron Division

Key raw materials used by our Elektron Division are magnesium, zircon sand and rare earths.

The world market for magnesium is around 1 million metric tons per year. China provides about 70% of the world supply. Western primary production is, however, significant, from U.S. magnesium based in the U.S., Dead Sea magnesium based in Israel, RIMA Industrial based in Brazil and two smelters in Russia. We purchase approximately half of our magnesium needs from China. We use only U.S.-sourced materials for our products sold to the U.S. military, for which U.S. and Canadian sourcing is mandatory. In 2014, we entered a five-year magnesium supply contract to support contracts with U.S. military countermeasure flare manufacturers, and we continue each year to agree one-year contracts with various suppliers.

We purchase zircon sand, which is found in heavy-minerals sand, titanium dioxide and other products. Global production of zircon is estimated at approximately 1.6 million metric tons. We source premium-grade zircon sand from Rio Tinto in South Africa and Iluka in Australia. We also purchase intermediate zirconium chemicals from suppliers in China. The level of our purchases of intermediate zirconium products, as compared to our direct processing of zircon sand, is based on a number of factors, including the required properties and relative market prices.

49


Table of Contents

There are 17 rare earth metals that are reasonably common in nature. Usually found mixed together with other mineral deposits, these rare earths have magnetic and light-emitting properties that make them invaluable to high-technology manufacturers. As they are key ingredients in the manufacturing of our zirconium chemical and magnesium alloy products, our use of rare earths has expanded over the last few years. Our main requirement is for cerium, which we use in automotive catalysis compounds because of its unique oxygen-storage capabilities.

Gas Cylinders Division

The largest single raw material purchased by the Gas Cylinders Division is aluminum. In 2016, we purchased 72% of our aluminum from Rio Tinto Alcan and its associated companies, and aluminum represented 33% of the division's raw material costs in 2016.

Since 2005, the price of aluminum has been somewhat volatile. While we pass on most price movements to our customers, sometimes through contractual cost-sharing formulas, doing so can be more difficult or time consuming with our higher-value products. Consequently, we have historically hedged a portion of our exposure to fluctuations in aluminum pricing.

As a means of hedging against aluminum price increases, we use LME derivative contracts. As of December 31, 2016, such contracts covered approximately 60% of our estimated primary aluminum needs for the following 12 months. We source aluminum sheet used by our Superform operations from a number of different suppliers and distributors. We even manufacture some highly specialized aluminum sheet in-house, using Elektron Division equipment designed for casting and rolling magnesium sheet.

Another key material is high-strength carbon fiber used in our composite products. Our main suppliers are Toray and Mitsubishi. In recent years, carbon fiber shortages have occurred due to increased demand for commercial aerospace and military applications. Consequently, we have built up relationships with our suppliers, providing them predictable requirements and fixed-price annual contracts to encourage successful procurement of our required quota of carbon fiber.

Environmental Matters

Like most manufacturing facilities, our operations are subject to a range of environmental laws and regulations, including those relating to air emissions, wastewater discharges, handling and disposal of solid and hazardous waste and remediation of contamination associated with current and historic use of hazardous substances or materials. If a release of hazardous substances or materials occurs on or from our properties, from our processes or at any off-site disposal location we have used, or if contamination from previous activities is discovered at any of our locations, we may be held liable for costs of remediation, including response costs, natural resource damage costs and associated transaction costs. We devote considerable efforts to complying with and reducing our risk of liability under environmental laws, including maintaining an environmental management system.

In view of their long history of industrial use, some of our facilities have areas of soil and water contamination that require or are anticipated to require investigation or remediation, including:

Magnesium Elektron, Swinton, England.     A dedicated landfill has been adjacent to our Swinton plant (near Manchester) for more than 60 years. Following a review, we decided to close the landfill and ship our continuing waste to commercial landfills off-site. A detailed closure plan for the landfill was approved in June 2011 with the U.K. Environment Agency as the relevant regulator. The remediation process has progressed well although work slowed during 2016 due to inclement weather. The main work around capping the landfill has been completed and the final 'making good' of the site (laying topsoil and seeding) is now expected to be completed mid-2017. We have accrued a further $0.3 million which we estimate to be the cost to complete the closure, which is to be undertaken by an independent third party specialist contractor.

50


Table of Contents

MEL Chemicals, Swinton, England.     In 1998, MEL Chemicals identified radioactive scale in mineral buildup that was contaminating pipes, valves and tanks in a redundant ion-exchange plant. The zircon sand used by the operation contains low-level, naturally occurring radioactive material, which had concentrated in the scale. The ion-exchange plant has been assessed, and a disposal route for the contaminated pipes and valves has been identified. We have been advised that leaving the tanks in situ is a safe and suitable option with the building used for storage being isolated, clearly quarantined and declared off-limits to site personnel. The U.K. Environment Agency has been made aware of this and has confirmed that it does not have any objections to this proposal. We do not expect there to be any health or safety risks as long as the building remains sealed.

MEL Chemicals, Flemington, New Jersey.     We have requested permission to close a disused settling pond at this location and as a pre-condition to this closure, a program of remediation work to remove small amounts of contaminated soil and return the area to commercial land condition has been proposed to the NJDEP. Pursuant to the Industrial Site Recovery Act, we are pursuing an agreement with the previous owners to share in remediation costs. In respect of this matter we have accrued $0.4 million.

MEL Chemicals, Flemington, New Jersey.     We have been investigating the presence of dissolved salts in groundwater adjacent to our plant to determine whether it was caused by activity on our site. At this point, we believe that most of the salts are naturally occurring, emanating from the local type of ground rock, and our consultants have submitted a report to the NJDEP for acceptance.

Luxfer Magtech, Riverhead, New York.     This site contains a small, redundant laboratory once used for testing chemical decontamination products. It is currently sealed, but as part of our acquisition due diligence, we determined to have the facility professionally removed and cleansed. During 2016, the expected work began and we expect to carry out the remaining work in 2017. As of December 31, 2016, the remaining provision in respect of this matter was $0.1 million.

Redditch, England.     In 2000, civil works carried out at the BA Tubes plant in Redditch led to the discovery of significant sub-soil contamination. Further investigation suggested that two large trichloroethylene spillages had occurred before we owned the business. Over several years we have been implementing a long-term improvement plan at the site in line with an action plan for voluntary remediation that we presented to the U.K. Environment Agency. Since 2008, there has been no industrial activity on the Redditch site. On March 11, 2016, we sold our redundant Redditch site to a company that specializes in remediating contaminated land. The sale was with passage of statutory liability for environmental issues to the purchaser, but our protection from future liabilities will depend in part on a pre-arranged insurance policy that comes into force when the on-site remediation is complete. We are monitoring progress of the on-site remediation, which is expected to be completed in 2017. As of December 31, 2016, we are still holding a provision of $0.3 million to cover potential future costs. If the company that has purchased the land fails to complete the removal of the on-site contamination, under English law, the U.K. Environment Agency would look to us to, at minimum, continue our containment activities, and/or complete the on-site source remediation.

General Issues.     Under the U.S. Superfund Law or similar laws, we may be subject to liability with regard to on-site contamination and off-site waste disposals. The costs and liabilities associated with matters identified above are not currently expected to be material. However, because additional contamination could be discovered or more stringent remediation requirements could be imposed in the future, there can be no assurance that costs and liabilities associated with further environmental investigation and clean-up related to these matters will not be material.

We have made and will continue to make expenditures related to environmental compliance. In 2014, we spent $5.1 million on environmental remediation which included $4.0 million on the removal of sludge and clean-up of related contamination from a large pond at our Flemington, New Jersey facility, which is now completed. In each of 2015 and 2016 we spent $0.3 million on environmental remediation.

51


Table of Contents

We estimate that our expenditures on general environmental matters could be approximately $0.4 million in 2017. These expenditures include finalizing the closure of the Swinton landfill and completing the decommissioning of the laboratory in Riverhead, New York. The exact timing of these expenditures is still uncertain, and they may be delayed, reducing the expenditures in 2017 and pushing work into 2018 and later years. Since the magnitude of environmental problems often becomes clearer as remediation is under way, the actual cost of such remediation could be higher than our estimate. The nature of the cost is also difficult to fully ascertain, and we may capitalize some costs because the remediation work enhances the value of the land we own.

We have taken the future estimated environmental remediation expenditures into account in our ongoing financial planning, and we expect to fund expenditures from operating cash we generate. Based on information currently available to us, we do not believe that there are any other environmental liabilities or issues of non-compliance that will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows. Future changes in environmental laws and regulations or other developments could, however, increase environmental expenditures and liabilities, and there can be no assurance that such costs and liabilities in any given year will not be material.

Environmental Management Systems.     Following the completion of the Management Buy-in, we retained independent environmental consultants RPS to design and implement an Environmental Management System ("EMS") for the purpose of monitoring and taking remedial action in respect of issues identified in the course of the acquisition due diligence. This work led to the adoption of a corporate environmental policy and the development of an EMS manual used by all facilities acquired at that time. Subsequent to the original Management Buy-in, all acquired facilities have been the subject of appropriate environmental due diligence.

On all sites, we continued during 2016 to take a proactive approach to environmental issues, and we completed a number of projects to reduce potential environmental impacts of issues identified in previous base-line reviews. We intend to certify all our larger sites as ISO 14001-compliant. As of December 31, 2016, 14 out of 20 sites had achieved this objective, with one newly-compliant plant in Canada, but the closure of the previously compliant German operation.

We report the proportion of our sales that comes from ISO 14001-compliant sites as a non-financial KPI. The figure for 2016 is 92%, which is 4% higher than in 2015 (88%).

Seasonality

In general, demand for our products is not seasonal. However, we have shutdown periods at most of our manufacturing sites during which we carry out important maintenance work. Shutdowns typically last two weeks in the summer and one to two weeks around the year-end holidays, resulting in reduced levels of activity in the second half of the year compared to the first half. Third-quarter and fourth-quarter revenue and operating profit can be affected by our own shutdowns and by shutdowns by various industrial customers. In particular, we have found that our fourth-quarter results are generally lower, since many customers reduce production activity from late November through December. However, less activity in December usually leads to lower levels of working capital and therefore stronger cash flows around year-end. We also operate in various areas that are susceptible to bad weather during winter months, such as Calgary, Canada, and various U.S. eastern states. Bad weather can unexpectedly disrupt production and shipments from our manufacturing facilities, which can lead to reduced sales revenue and operating profits. We also manufacture products used in graphic arts and premium packaging, demand for which increases in the run up to Christmas.

52


Table of Contents

C.    Organizational structure.

The following is a list of Luxfer Holdings PLC subsidiaries:

Name of company
  Country of
incorporation
  Proportion of
ownership
interest
 

BA Holdings, Inc.*

  U.S.     100 %

Biggleswick Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

Luxfer Group Services Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

LGL 1996 Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

BAL 1996 Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

Hart Metals, Inc.*

  U.S.     100 %

Lumina Trustee Limited (1)

  England and Wales     100 %

Luxfer Australia Pty Limited*

  Australia     100 %

Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

Luxfer Gas Cylinders China Holdings Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

Luxfer Gas Cylinders (Shanghai) Co., Limited*

  Republic of China     100 %

Luxfer Group Limited

  England and Wales     100 %

Luxfer Group 2000 Limited

  England and Wales     100 %

Luxfer, Inc.*

  U.S.     100 %

Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

Magnesium Elektron Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

MEL Chemicals, Inc.*

  U.S.     100 %

Magnesium Elektron North America, Inc.*

  U.S.     100 %

Magnesium Elektron CZ s.r.o.*

  Czech Republic     100 %

MEL Chemicals China Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

Niagara Metallurgical Products Limited*

  Canada     100 %

Reade Manufacturing, Inc.*

  U.S.     100 %

Luxfer Gas Cylinders S.A.S.*

  France     100 %

Luxfer Canada Limited*

  Canada     100 %

Luxfer Germany GmbH*

  Germany     100 %

Luxfer Utah LLC*

  U.S.     100 %

HyPerComp Engineering Inc.*

  U.S.     100 %

Luxfer Magtech Inc.*

  U.S.     100 %

Luxfer Magtech International Limited*

  England and Wales     100 %

Other Investments:

Name of company
  Country of
incorporation
  Proportion of
voting rights
and
shares held
 

Nikkei-MEL Co Limited*

  Japan     50 %

Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited*

  India     51 %

Dynetek Cylinders India Private Ltd*

  India     49 %

Dynetek Korea Co Limited*

  South Korea     49 %

Luxfer Holdings NA, LLC*

  U.S.     49 %

Sub161 Pty Limited*

  Australia     26.4 %

Subsidiary undertakings are all held by the Company unless indicated.

*
Held by a subsidiary undertaking.

(1)
Acts as bare trustee in connection with the 2007 share capital reorganization.

53


Table of Contents

D.    Property, plants and equipment.

In 2016, we operated from 20 manufacturing plants in the U.K., U.S., France, Czech Republic, Canada and China. We also had joint ventures in Japan, South Korea, India and the U.S. Our headquarters are located in Salford, England. Our manufacturing plants for our operations, as of December 31, 2016, are shown in the table below:

Division
  Property / Plant   Principal products
manufactured
  Ownership   Approximate
area
(square feet)
 

Elektron

                   

  Swinton, England (3 plants)   Magnesium alloys / zirconium chemicals   Split Lease / Own     561,264  

 

Madison, IL

 

Magnesium sheet

 

Lease

   
803,795
 

 

Findlay, OH

 

Photo-engraving sheet

 

Own

   
43,000
 

 

Tamaqua, PA

 

Magnesium powders

 

Own

   
64,304
 

 

Lakehurst, NJ

 

Magnesium powders

 

Own

   
78,926
 

 

Flemington, NJ

 

Zirconium chemicals

 

Own

   
65,000
 

 

Ontario, Canada

 

Magnesium powders

 

Lease

   
16,335
 

 

Litvinov, Czech Republic

 

Magnesium recycling

 

Own

   
62,140
 

 

Riverhead, NY

 

Magnesium heating pads

 

Own

   
75,000
 

 

Cincinnati, OH

 

Magnesium heating pads

 

Lease

   
150,000
 

Gas Cylinders

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
 
 

  Nottingham, England   Aluminum cylinders   Lease     143,222  

 

Gerzat, France

 

Cylinders

 

Own

   
327,535
 

 

Calgary, Canada

 

Composite cylinders

 

Lease

   
65,500
 

 

Worcester, England

 

Aluminum panels

 

Lease

   
97,315
 

 

Riverside, CA

 

Composite cylinders

 

Lease / Own

   
125,738
 

 

Graham, NC

 

Aluminum cylinders

 

Own

   
121,509
 

 

Riverside, CA

 

Aluminum panels

 

Lease

   
68,240
 

 

Shanghai, China

 

Cylinders

 

Lease

   
15,383
 

We also have locations in Australia, England and Italy that are involved in sales and distribution but not in manufacturing, as well as our headquarters in Salford, England. Our headquarters office, which we hold under a short-term lease, is approximately 5,500 square feet.

Utilization of our main production facilities is generally moderate to high across our businesses. We can adjust capacity relatively easily by varying shift patterns and / or manning levels, and we currently have few areas that require major capital investment to add capacity. Our strategic growth projects may require additional capacity over the next three years, depending on the degree to which these projects are successful.

54


Table of Contents

Item 4A.    Unresolved Staff Comments

There are no written comments from the staff of the SEC that remain unresolved as of the date of filing this Annual Report with the SEC.

Item 5.    Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion of our financial position and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Item 3.A "Selected Financial Data", our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements required the adoption of assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts recorded as assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses in the years and periods addressed and are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. See "Note 1—Accounting policies" to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report for additional details on assumptions and estimates. Our future results may vary substantially from those indicated because of various factors that affect our business, including, among others, those identified under "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk factors" and other factors discussed in this Annual Report.

Overview

We are a global materials technology company specializing in the design, manufacture and supply of high-performance materials, components and high-pressure gas-containment devices for healthcare, environmental, protection and specialty end-markets. Our company is organized into two reporting divisions, Elektron and Gas Cylinders, which represented 45.6% and 54.4%, respectively, of our total revenue in 2016. Our Elektron Division focuses on specialty materials based primarily on magnesium, zirconium and rare earths. We sell our products through two brands, Magnesium Elektron and MEL Chemicals . Our Gas Cylinders Division manufactures and markets specialized products using aluminum, magnesium, carbon composites and steel. We sell our products through two brands, Luxfer Gas Cylinders and Superform . For a description of our products, see Item 4.B "Business Overview." Our customers include both end-users of our products and manufacturers that incorporate our products into their finished goods.

Key Factors Affecting our Results

A number of factors have contributed to our results of operations during recent periods, including the effects of fluctuations in raw material costs, effects of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, changes in market sector demand, our development of new products, the global nature of our operations, our ability to improve operating efficiencies and costs associated with our retirement benefit arrangements.

Raw material costs

We are exposed to commodity price risks in relation to purchases of our raw materials. Raw materials we use include primary magnesium, rare earth metals and chemical compounds, zircon sand, zirconium oxychloride intermediates and other chemical inputs like soda ash for the Elektron Division and aluminum log and sheet and carbon fiber for the Gas Cylinders Division. Many of these raw materials have been subject to price rises and volatility over the last few years, some of which were substantial. We take certain actions to attempt to manage the impact of fluctuations in the costs of these commodities, including passing commodity prices through to certain customers through increasing prices and surcharges on certain products, entering into forward fixed purchase contracts and engaging in some hedging of aluminum prices. Changes in the costs of raw materials can nevertheless have a significant impact on our results of operations. For more information on the effect of commodity price movements on our results of operations,

55


Table of Contents

see "Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Effect of Commodity Price Movements on Results of Operations."

Exchange rates

As a result of our international operations, we are subject to risks associated with fluctuations among different foreign currencies. This affects our consolidated financial statements and results of operations in various ways:

    §
    As part of our consolidation each period, we translate the financial statements of those entities in our group that have functional currencies other than U.S. dollars into U.S. dollars at the period-end exchange rates (in the case of the balance sheet amounts) and the average exchange rates for the period (in the case of income statement and cash flow amounts). The translated values in respect of each entity fluctuate over time with the movement of the exchange rate for the entity's functional currency against the U.S. dollar. We refer to this as the currency translation risk;

    §
    Our operating subsidiaries make purchases and sales denominated in a number of currencies, including currencies other than their respective functional currencies. To the extent that an entity makes purchases in a currency that appreciates against its functional currency, its cost basis expressed in its functional currency will increase (or decrease if the other currency depreciates against its functional currency). Similarly, for sales in a currency other than the entity's functional currency, its revenues will increase to the extent that the other currency appreciates against the entity's functional currency and decrease to the extent that the currency depreciates against the entity's functional currency. These movements can have a material effect on the gross profit margin of the entity concerned and on our consolidated gross profit margin. We refer to this as the currency transaction risk;

    §
    After a purchase or sale is completed, the currency transaction risk continues to affect foreign currency accounts payable and accounts receivable on the books of those entities that made purchases or sales in a foreign currency. These entities are required to remeasure these balances at market exchange rates at the end of each period; and

    §
    To mitigate our exposure to currency transaction risk, we operate a policy of hedging all contracted commitments in foreign currency, and we also hedge a substantial portion of non-contracted forecast currency receipts and payments for up to 18 months forward.

On June 23, 2016, the U.K. held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the E.U., commonly referred to as "Brexit". As a result it is expected that the British government will commence negotiating the terms of the U.K.'s future relationship with the E.U. from early 2017, resulting in a formal exit in 2019. The result of the referendum caused significant fluctuations of currency exchange rates that resulted in the weakening of GBP sterling against the U.S. dollar and, to a lesser extent, the euro. As we have a strong presence in the U.K. this has resulted in an immediate negative foreign exchange translation impact. Provided, however, that GBP sterling remains weak, we anticipate a potential transactional benefit once pre-existing hedges run off.

In 2016, we sold €44.9 million from the U.K. into the Eurozone, and despite the fact that GBP sterling has recently weakened against the euro, we are unable to take full advantage of this due to hedges being taken out during 2015 and the first half of 2016 at less favorable exchange rates (these hedges currently cover approximately 60% of 2017 forecast sales in euros). The Gas Cylinders Division, selling mainly aluminum cylinders priced in euros, is more affected than Elektron. Exports from U.S. business units, largely of composite cylinders, into Europe tend to be priced in U.S. dollars, as most of the competition also prices in dollars. For more information on the effect of currency movement on our results of operations, and how we use foreign currency exchange derivative contracts to hedge this risk, see "Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Effect of Currency Movement on Results of Operations." We evaluate our results of operations on both an as-reported basis and a constant translation exchange rate

56


Table of Contents

basis. The constant translation exchange rate presentation is a non-GAAP measure, which excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We believe providing constant currency information provides valuable supplemental information regarding our results of operations, consistent with how we evaluate our performance. We calculate constant translation exchange rate percentages by converting our prior-period local currency financial results using the current-period foreign currency exchange rates and comparing these adjusted amounts to our current period reported results. This calculation may differ from similarly-titled measures used by others and, accordingly, the constant translation exchange rate presentation is not meant to be a substitution for recorded amounts presented in conformity with IFRS as issued by the IASB, nor should such amounts be considered in isolation.

Demand in end-markets

Our sales are driven by demand in the major end-markets for our products, which are environmental technologies, healthcare technologies, protection technologies and specialty technologies.

    §
    Healthcare:   We have a long history in the healthcare end-market, and we see this as a major area for the introduction of new technologies. These include lightweight aluminum and composite cylinders for containment of medical and laboratory gases; magnesium powders for pharmaceutical products; magnesium materials for lightweight orthopedic devices; specialized magnesium alloys for cardiovascular stents and implants; zirconium-based absorbent materials for pharmaceuticals and zirconium-based ceramic materials for dental implants and joint repair.

    §
    Environmental:   We believe many Luxfer products serve a growing need to improve and safeguard the environment, including our zirconium-based products that clean up automotive and industrial exhausts, purify drinking water, remove heavy metals from wastewater and absorb noxious elements from air; our lightweight magnesium alloys used in fuel-efficient aerospace and automotive designs; our lightweight, high-pressure carbon composite AF cylinders that contain clean-burning compressed natural gas; and our specialized cylinders that contain high-purity calibration gases used for environmental monitoring.

    §
    Protection:   Luxfer offers a number of products that address principal factors driving growth in this market, such as tightening health and safety regulations and increasing societal expectations regarding the protection of people during conflicts and emergencies. Such products, include magnesium powders for countermeasure flares that defend aircraft against heat-seeking missile attack, life-support cylinders for firefighters and other emergency-service personnel, inflation cylinders for aircraft escape slides and life rafts, fire extinguisher cylinders, and chemical agent detection and decontamination products.

    §
    Specialty:   Our core technologies have enabled us to exploit various other niche and specialty markets and applications. Our products include a comprehensive range of graphic arts products, petroleum-production products and high-pressure cylinders for containment of high-purity specialty gases used in the manufacture of microprocessors and other high-technology electronic equipment.

Changes in the dynamics of any of these key end-markets could have a significant effect on our results of operations. For instance, governmental regulation, including government spending and delays in regulatory approvals, as well as decreased prices of substitute products, including falling oil prices, may affect our results of operations in any of these end-markets. See Item 3.D. " Risk factors—Risks Relating to Our Operations—We depend on certain end-markets, including automotive, alternative fuels, self-contained breathing apparatus, aerospace and defense, medical, and printing and paper. An economic downturn or regulatory changes in any of those end-markets could reduce sales, and margins on those sales. " and " Risk factors—Risks Relating to Our Operations—Certain of our operations are highly regulated by different agencies that require products to comply with their rules and procedures and can subject our operations to penalties or adversely affect production. " For a more detailed discussion of our key end-markets and the factors affecting our results of operations in each market, see Item 4 "Business Overview—Our End-markets."

57


Table of Contents

Product development

Part of our strategy is to increase our focus on high-performance value-added product lines and markets, and every year we make a major investment in product development. Often in collaboration with universities and our customers, we have developed a steady stream of new products in recent years. In the near-term, we plan to focus on maximizing the potential of the following products that we have already introduced into the market: large AF cylinders for CNG and hydrogen; industrial catalysts and biomedical applications using our zirconia-based materials; L7X® higher-pressure medical oxygen cylinders; superplastic magnesium and titanium sheet-based components; extruded magnesium alloy shapes; and absorbable magnesium alloys for medical applications and soluble magnesium alloys for the oil and gas industry.

Global operations

We are a global company with operations and customers around the world. In 2016, our sales to Europe (including the U.K.), North America and the rest of the world accounted for 31%, 55% and 14% of our revenues respectively. Changes in global economic conditions have impacted, and will continue to impact, demand for our products. Further, our geographic diversity exposes us to a range of risks, such as compliance with different regulatory and legal regimes, exchange controls and regional economic conditions. For more information about potential risks we face, see Item 3.D. "Risk factors—Risks Relating to Our Operations—Our global operations expose us to economic conditions, political risks and specific regulations in the countries in which we operate, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows."

We believe, however, that our geographic diversity also allows us to take advantage of opportunities arising in individual countries or regions. As a result of this diversity, demand for our products across sectors in which we operate can vary depending on the economic health and demographic shifts of our geographic markets. These macro factors can have a significant effect on our financial results. For instance, aging populations in the world's developed economies, along with increasing awareness of the importance of good healthcare in emerging markets, are driving an increase in the use of various medical technologies and applications, creating a growth opportunity for us. Economic expansion in developing economies such as Brazil, Russia, India and China has created increased demand in areas such as auto-catalysis chemicals and gas cylinders.

Operating efficiency

Our management seeks to improve long-term profitability and operating efficiencies to maintain our competitive position. These efforts include identifying operations with costs disproportionate to related revenues, especially operations with significant fixed costs that could negatively impact gross profit margin. In the past few years, we have taken more aggressive rationalization measures. Initiatives have included automation projects, employee redundancy exercises and undertaking temporary and permanent facility closings. Total charges for rationalization were $0.4 million, $21.8 million and $1.7 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014 respectively.

Retirement benefit arrangements

We operate defined benefit arrangements in the U.K., the U.S. and France. Funding levels are determined by periodic actuarial valuations. Further, we also operate defined contribution plans in the U.K., the U.S. and Australia. Assets of the plans are generally held in separate trustee administered funds. We incur costs related to these retirement benefit arrangements, which can vary from year to year depending on various factors such as interest rates, valuations, regulatory burdens, life expectancy and investment returns. Total charges we incurred for all retirement benefit arrangements were $7.0 million, $8.9 million and $9.3 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

58


Table of Contents

Key Line Items

Revenue

We generate revenue through sales of products that we have developed and manufactured for our customers. The main products that we sell are magnesium alloy powders, ingot, bar, extruded product, rolled plates and thin sheets, engraving plates, zirconium compounds in powder form, various forms of aluminum and carbon composite gas cylinders and superplastically-formed parts pressed using our vacuum pressing technology. We also generate revenue from designing and manufacturing special tools used with our Superform presses to make formed parts and from recycling magnesium alloy scrap for customers, along with sales of scrapped aluminum arising from the manufacture of gas cylinders. In general, for our magnesium and zirconium products, we charge our customers by weight sold, while for our gas cylinder and Superform products, we charge our customers by units and parts sold. For a description of our products, see Item 4.B "Business Overview."

Cost of sales

Our cost of sales primarily consists of a complex set of materials, energy, water and steam, direct shop-floor labor costs, supervisory management costs at our manufacturing facilities, engineering and maintenance costs, depreciation of property, plant and equipment, factory rents, security costs, property taxes and factory consumables, including machinery oils and protective equipment for employees. For a description of raw materials we use, see "Key Factors Affecting Our Results—Raw material costs" and Item 4.B "Business Overview—Suppliers and Raw Materials."

Distribution costs

As a global business, we transport and deliver our products to customers around the world. While some customers pay for their own transport, we can organize transportation through third parties. These distribution costs are recovered in the product price included in our revenue.

Administrative expenses

Our administrative expenses primarily consist of costs for staff working in sales, marketing, research and development, human resources, accounting, legal, information technology and general management. Administrative expenses also include sales commissions to agents, pension administration costs, legal costs, audit fees, directors' fees, taxation consultancy fees and other advisory costs. We also buy office consumables such as stationery, computer equipment and telecommunications equipment.

Restructuring and other income / (expense)

Our restructuring and other income / (expense) primarily consist of items of income and expense, which, because of their infrequent nature, merit separate presentation. In the past, these expenses have included costs related to redundancies, restructuring of manufacturing operations, demolition and environmental remediation, among others.

Other income / (expense)

Other income / (expense) consists of costs related to corporate finance activities, including business acquisitions, disposals such as the sale of intellectual property and financing income and costs. Our finance costs consist of interest costs representing amounts accrued and paid on the outstanding balances under our indebtedness.

59


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and the accounting policies that we use are set out under the heading "Note 1—Accounting policies" to our consolidated financial statements. In applying these policies, we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as well as our results of operations. The actual outcome could differ from these estimates. Some of these policies require a high level of judgment, either because they are especially subjective or complex. We believe that the most critical accounting policies and significant areas of judgment and estimation are with respect to impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, retirement benefits, deferred income taxes, inventories obsolescence and write down and measurement of contingent consideration.

Impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

Under IFRS as issued by the IASB, goodwill is held at cost and tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset might be impaired. Tests for impairment are based on discounted cash flow projections, which require us to estimate both future cash flows and an appropriate discount rate. Such estimates are inherently subjective.

For intangible assets other than goodwill, and property, plant and equipment, we assess whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired at each balance sheet date or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset might be impaired. If such an indication exists, we estimate the recoverable amount of the asset and charge any impairment directly to the income statement.

The process of reviewing and calculating impairments of fixed assets necessarily involves certain assumptions. It requires the preparation of cash flow forecasts for a particular set of assets, known as "cash generating units." These forecasts are based on, among other things, our current expectations regarding future industry conditions, our own operational plans and assumptions about the future revenues and costs of the unit under review. Accordingly, there can be no certainty that the cash flow forecasts are correct. Current turmoil in many financial and industrial markets will make this type of analysis far more difficult to perform and therefore subject to a greater risk of error.

After acquiring Dynetek at the end of 2012, and Vexxel Composites LLC in early 2014, we had AF manufacturing facilities in Canada, Germany and Utah, in addition to our original facility in California. When the AF market became depressed, partly as a result of collapsing oil prices in the second half of 2014, our AF business became loss-making. Since the outlook for the sector was far from clear, we decided to rationalize our AF facilities and concentrate manufacturing in Canada and California. The German and Utah manufacturing plants were closed in 2015. This rationalization resulted in impairments of goodwill of $3.7 million, and property, plant and equipment of $1.7 million.

Further analysis was performed to assess whether the remaining goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment in our consolidated balance sheet were impaired as of December 31, 2016, and it was concluded that no impairment had taken place, based on the commercial information available and applying an average discount rate of 10.4% across the group, which represents an estimate.

Post-employment benefits

We account for the pension costs relating to our retirement plans under IAS 19R "Employee Benefits." In applying IAS 19R, we have recognized actuarial gains and losses in full through reserves. In all cases, the pension costs are assessed in accordance with the advice of independent qualified actuaries, but require the exercise of significant judgment in relation to assumptions for future salary and pension increases,

60


Table of Contents

long-term price inflation and investment returns. The most sensitive assumption is the long-term discount rate used to discount the net retirement benefit obligation.

Deferred income taxes

Deferred income tax assets are recognized for unabsorbed tax losses and unutilized capital allowances to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses and capital allowances can be utilized. Judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred income tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies.

Inventories obsolescence and inventories write down

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Inventories are reviewed on a regular basis, and we will make allowance for excess or obsolete inventories and write down to net realizable value based primarily on committed sales prices and our estimates of expected and future product demand and related pricing.

Measurement of contingent consideration

Contingent consideration arising from business combinations is valued at fair value at the acquisition date. When the contingent consideration meets the definition of a financial liability, it is subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. The determination of the fair value is based on an estimate of the future profitability of the acquired businesses.

Other significant accounting policies

Other significant accounting policies not involving the same levels of measurement uncertainties as those discussed above are nevertheless important to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements. Policies related to financial instruments, the characterization of operating and finance leases and consolidation policy require difficult judgments on complex matters that are often subject to multiple sources of authoritative guidance. Certain of these matters are among topics currently under re-examination by accounting bodies and regulators. Although no specific conclusions reached by these standard setters appear likely to cause a material change in our accounting policies, we cannot predict outcomes with confidence.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See "Note 1—Accounting policies" to our consolidated financial statements for a description of other recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective dates of effectiveness and effects on our results of operations.

61


Table of Contents

A.    Operating results.

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

The table below summarizes our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, both in U.S. dollars and as a percentage of total revenue. For more detailed segment information, see "Note 2—Revenue and segmental analysis" to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014  
 
  Amount   Percentage of
Revenue
  Amount   Percentage of
Revenue
  Amount   Percentage of
Revenue
 
 
  (in $ million)
  (%)
  (in $ million)
  (%)
  (in $ million)
  (%)
 

Revenue

  $ 414.8     100.0 % $ 460.3     100.0 % $ 489.5     100.0 %

Cost of sales

    (321.4 )   (77.5 )%   (356.3 )   (77.4 )%   (376.6 )   (76.9 )%

Gross profit

    93.4     22.5 %   104.0     22.6 %   112.9     23.1 %

Distribution costs

    (7.8 )   (1.9 )%   (7.9 )   (1.7 )%   (8.1 )   (1.7 )%

Administrative expenses

    (50.8 )   (12.2 )%   (52.6 )   (11.4 )%   (59.7 )   (12.2 )%

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

    0.5     0.1 %   (1.2 )   (0.3 )%   (0.3 )   (0.1 )%

Trading profit (1)

  $ 35.3     8.5 % $ 42.3     9.2 % $ 44.8     9.1 %

Profit on sale of redundant site (2)

    2.1     0.5 %                

Changes to defined benefit pension plans (2)

    0.6     0.1 %   18.0     3.9 %        

Restructuring and other expense (2)

    (2.2 )   (0.5 )%   (22.4 )   (4.9 )%   (3.9 )   (0.8 )%

Operating profit

  $ 35.8     8.6 % $ 37.9     8.2 % $ 40.9     8.3 %

Other income / (expense):

                                     

Acquisition and disposal costs (2)

    0.2     0.1 %   (2.0 )   (0.4 )%   4.5     0.9 %

Finance income:

                                     

Interest received

    1.2     0.3 %   0.5     0.1 %   0.5     0.1 %

Finance costs:

                                     

Interest costs

    (6.8 )   (1.6 )%   (7.4 )   (1.6 )%   (6.6 )   (1.3 )%

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

    (2.1 )   (0.5 )%   (3.0 )   (0.6 )%   (2.7 )   (0.6 )%

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

    (0.4 )   (0.1 )%   (0.4 )   (0.1 )%   (0.3 )   (0.1 )%

Total finance costs:

    (9.3 )   (2.2 )%   (10.8 )   (2.3 )%   (9.6 )   (2.0 )%

Profit on operations before taxation

  $ 27.9     6.7 % $ 25.6     5.6 % $ 36.3     7.3 %

Tax expense

    (6.0 )   (1.5 )%   (9.5 )   (2.1 )%   (7.1 )   (1.4 )%

Net income for the year

  $ 21.9     5.3 % $ 16.1     3.5 % $ 29.2     5.9 %

Non-GAAP measures:

                                     

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

  $ 55.3     13.3 % $ 62.2     13.5 % $ 64.8     13.2 %

Adjusted net income for the year (4)

  $ 24.7     6.0 % $ 29.5     6.4 % $ 30.9     6.3 %


(1)
Trading profit is defined as operating profit or loss before profit on sale of redundant site, changes to defined benefit pension plans and restructuring and other expense. For the purposes of our divisional segmental analysis, IFRS 8 requires the use of "segment profit" performance measures that is used by our chief operating decision maker. Trading profit is the "segment profit" measure used by our chief operating decision maker for divisional segmental analysis. See "Note 2—Revenue and segmental analysis" in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

(2)
For further information, see footnote (2) of Item 3.A. ("Selected financial data") of this Annual Report.

(3)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and is defined as profit on operations before taxation for the period, finance income (which comprises interest received) and costs (which comprises interest costs, IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charges and the unwind of the discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions), other income / (expense) from acquisitions and disposals of businesses, profit on sale of redundant site, changes to defined benefit pension plans, restructuring and other expense, other share based compensation charges, depreciation and amortization and loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment. See footnote (8) of Item 3.A. ("Selected financial data") of this Annual Report for a reconciliation to net income.

62


Table of Contents

(4)
Adjusted net income is a non-GAAP financial measure and consists of net income adjusted for the post-tax impact of non-trading items, including IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge, certain accounting charges relating to acquisitions and disposals of businesses (comprising other income / (expense) from acquisitions and disposals of businesses, the unwind of the discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions and the amortization on acquired intangibles), changes to defined benefit pension plans, profit on sale of redundant site, restructuring and other expense, and other share based compensation charges. See footnote (8) of Item 3.A. ("Selected financial data") of this Annual Report for a reconciliation to net income.


Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Revenue.     Our revenue from continuing operations was $414.8 million in 2016, a decrease of $45.5 million from $460.3 million in 2015. Compared to 2015, revenue reflected a $13.4 million loss from less-favorable average translation exchange rates. Thus, underlying revenue, net of exchange rate translation, fell by $32.1 million. Reasons for the revenue change are discussed in detail by division, but in general, there were lower sales of our automotive materials for catalysis and magnesium recycling services, along with lower sales of U.S. defense-related magnesium products following cuts to U.S. defense spending. Whilst medical cylinder demand was depressed we did achieve higher sales in the AF market, which is still subdued by the low oil price and following on from the launch of our SoluMag® alloy in 2015, sales of that have continued to improve throughout 2016.

Analysis of revenue variances from 2015 to 2016 for continuing operations

 
  Elektron   Gas
Cylinders
  Group  
 
  (in $ million)
 

2015 revenue—as reported under IFRS

  $ 221.2   $ 239.1   $ 460.3  

FX translation impact—on non-U.S. operating results

    (6.5 )   (6.9 )   (13.4 )

2015 revenue—adjusted for FX translation

  $ 214.7   $ 232.2   $ 446.9  

Trading variances for underlying operations—2016 v 2015

    (25.7 )   (6.4 )   (32.1 )

2016 revenue—as reported under IFRS

  $ 189.0   $ 225.8   $ 414.8  

The above table shows the change in each division's revenue between 2016 and 2015. It separates the impact of changes in average exchange rates on non-U.S. operations when translated into U.S. dollar consolidated results and any trading variances which have been noted. The following discussion provides an explanation of our changes in revenue by division.

    Elektron Division

Elektron Division revenue in 2016 was $189.0 million compared to $221.2 million in 2015. Exchange rate translation differences were adverse by $6.5 million, and underlying revenue was $25.7 million, or 12.0%, lower than 2015.

Revenue was lower in the Division primarily due to reduced sales of automotive catalysis materials, currently in transition to a new generation of technology, and a reduction in lower-margin magnesium recycling services. In the second half of the year, sales of U.S. defense-related magnesium products were depressed reflecting budgetary pressure on U.S. defense spending. Revenue, however, from European high-performance aerospace alloys and industrial catalysis chemical products increased, as did sales of our new SoluMag® alloy. Photo-engraving revenue was impacted by de-stocking at distributors in the latter part of the year, as we made a transition to selling direct to certain customers instead of through distributors. This action will enable us to better support major customers and take cost out of the supply chain.

63


Table of Contents

    Gas Cylinders Division

Gas Cylinders Division revenue was lower at $225.8 million compared to £239.1 million in 2015. Exchange rate translation differences were adverse by $6.9 million, and underlying revenue was $6.4 million, or 2.8% lower than 2015.

Revenue was lower in the Division largely due to depressed medical cylinder demand, in part due to our customers reassigning stocks of cylinders between regions rather than buying new cylinders. On a positive note, the AF business continued to perform well with year-on-year growth and sales of industrial cylinders were also up.

Superform sales were down slightly on 2015 due to lower forming sales as existing contracts expire, but tooling sales on new long-term contracts have increased as a result of the new business won with Ferrari and other prestige car manufacturers.

    Luxfer Group

Cost of sales.     Our cost of sales was $321.4 million in 2016, a decrease of $34.9 million from $356.3 million in 2015. Excluding an exchange rate translation gain of $10.3 million on cost of sales of non-U.S. operations, our cost of sales at constant translation exchange rates decreased by $24.6 million, or 7.1%, from 2015.

Gross profit.     Gross profit was $93.4 million in 2016, a decrease of $10.6 million from $104.0 million in 2015 resulting mainly due to weaker exchange rates (as compared to the dollar, our presentation currency), coupled with decreased sales. The gross margin percentage fell marginally to 22.5%, compared with 22.6% in 2015.

Distribution costs.     Distribution costs were $7.8 million in 2016, a decrease of $0.1 million from $7.9 million in 2015. There was an exchange rate translation gain on distribution costs from non-U.S. operations of $0.5 million, and the underlying movement in distribution costs at constant translation exchange rates was an increase of $0.4 million, or 5.4%, reflecting increased levels of exports from the U.K. to the U.S., which more than offset the lower sales activity in 2016.

Administrative expenses.     Our administrative expenses were $50.8 million in 2016, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 3.4%, from $52.6 million in 2015. There was an exchange rate translation gain on administrative expenses from our non-U.S. operations of $2.1 million, with a small underlying increase due to rising underlying costs.

Share of results of joint ventures and associates.     We have a number of joint venture operations and an associate, the most active being in India and the U.S. The joint ventures have been accounted for using the equity method, as the partners have a contractual agreement that establishes joint control over the economic activities of the entities. In 2016, a profit of $0.5 million was attributable to joint ventures and associates, compared to a loss of $1.2 million in 2015. We also received interest income from the U.S. joint venture in 2016 and 2015 of $0.3 million, which under IFRS would be recognized below operating and trading profit. When calculating net profits after tax for the joint venture, this would also need to be included.

Operating and trading profit.     Our operating profit was $35.8 million in 2016, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 5.5%, from $37.9 million in 2015. Our trading profit was $35.3 million in 2016, a decrease of $7.0 million, or 16.5%, from $42.3 million in 2015.

64


Table of Contents

Analysis of trading profit and operating profit variances from 2015 to 2016 for continuing operations

 
  Elektron
Trading
Profit
  Gas
Cylinders
Trading
Profit
  Group
Trading
Profit
  Profit on
sale of
redundant
site
  Changes to
Defined
Benefit
Pension
Plans
  Restructuring
and Other
Expense
  Group
Operating
Profit
 
 
  (in $ million)
 

2015—as reported under IFRS

  $ 33.7   $ 8.6   $ 42.3       $ 18.0   $ (22.4 ) $ 37.9  

FX translation impact—on non-U.S. operating results

    (0.7 )   0.2     (0.5 )       (2.9 )   1.2     (2.2 )

2015—adjusted for FX translation

    33.0     8.8     41.8         15.1     (21.2 )   35.7  

Trading variances for underlying operations—2015 v 2016

    (9.1 )   2.6     (6.5 )   2.1     (14.5 )   19.0     0.1  

2016—as reported under IFRS

  $ 23.9   $ 11.4   $ 35.3   $ 2.1   $ 0.6   $ (2.2 ) $ 35.8  

The above table shows the change in each division's trading profit, the Group trading profit and the Group operating profit between 2015 and 2016. The table also provides a reconciliation of the Group trading profit to the Group operating profit. The table separates the impact of changes in average exchange rates on non-U.S. operations when translated into U.S. dollar consolidated results.

Translating our non-U.S. operations into U.S. dollars resulted in an exchange rate translation loss of $0.5 million in our trading profit and $2.2 million loss in operating profit in 2016. The results were also negatively impacted by less favorable transaction exchange rates, which reduced trading and operating profit by $0.3 million. At constant exchange rates, our trading profit decreased by $6.2 million, or 14.9%, and our operating profit increased by $0.4 million, or 1.1%, in 2016.

Trading profit in the Elektron Division was $23.9 million in 2016, a decrease of £9.8 million, or 29.1%, from $33.7 million in 2015. Translating our non-U.S. operations into U.S. dollars resulted in an exchange rate translation loss of $0.7 million in the Elektron Division's trading profit in 2016. Trading profit variances in the Elektron Division were adverse by $9.1 million, or 27.6%, compared to 2015. Trading profit in the Gas Cylinders Division was $11.4 million in 2016, an increase of $2.8 million, or 32.6%, from $8.6 million in 2015. Translating our non-U.S. operations into U.S. dollars resulted in an exchange rate translation gain of $0.2 million in the Gas Cylinders Division's trading profit in 2016. Gas Cylinders Division's trading variances were favorable by $2.6 million, or 29.5%. These trading variances are explained by division in more detail below. The fall in sales volumes and changes in the mix of sales, reduced trading profit by $13.4 million in the year.

In addition to the exchange rate and sales variances, we had a number of cost changes that together increased trading profit by a net $7.2 million in 2016. The main reasons for these changes were as follows:

    §
    Other trading variances net of price changes benefited the Group by $5.7 million.

    §
    Employment and other costs decreased by $1.5 million in 2016, driven by initiatives across the Group to reduce fixed costs.

Operating profit was also impacted by several other non-trading items as follows:

    §
    In 2016, the redundant site at Redditch was sold to a company that specializes in remediating contaminated land, realizing a profit of $2.1million.

65


Table of Contents

    §
    During 2016, a net credit of $0.6million was recognized following the sale of $10.0 million of U.S. deferred pensioner liabilities to an insurer, and lump sum payments of $4.9 million offered to certain U.S. deferred pensioners.

    §
    The restructuring and other expense charge decreased from $22.4 million in 2015 to $2.2 million in 2016. The charge in 2015 was higher primarily due to restructuring activity in the Gas Cylinders Division implemented to eliminate trading losses caused by the downturn in the CNG-AF market following the oil price collapse in 2015.

The segment trading profit results by division are explained in more detail below:

    Elektron Division

Elektron Division trading profit of $23.9 million in 2016 was a decrease of $9.8 million from $33.7 million in 2015. Changes in exchange rates used to translate divisional trading profit into U.S. dollars led to a $0.7 million translation loss in 2016. Favorable transaction rates increased profits by $1.8 million, and trading profit at constant translation exchange rates therefore decreased by $10.9 million, or 31.3%.

The reduction in trading profit for the Elektron Division was primarily due to the challenges faced in the magnesium business highlighted above. However, zirconium has held up well during the transition in autocatalysis technologies, with trading profit being flat compared to the prior year, helped by the progress in chemical catalysis.

There was an adverse variance of $11.0 million from 2015 due to changes in sales volumes and mix across the division and other trading variances net of price changes were adverse by $0.4 million as a result of reduced selling prices on our zirconium products, net of reduced raw material costs. Employment and other costs decreased by a net $0.5 million, driven by cost-saving activities initiated in 2016.

    Gas Cylinders Division

Gas Cylinders Division trading profit of $11.4 million in 2016 was an increase of $2.8 million from $8.6 million in 2015. Changes in exchange rates used to translate divisional trading profit into U.S. dollars led to a $0.2 million translation gain in 2016. Less-favorable transaction rates reduced profits by $2.1 million. Trading profit at constant exchange rates therefore increased by $4.7 million or 70.1%.

Sales of aluminum cylinders fell across all markets, other than industrial, while composite cylinder unit sales increased. Volume and sales mix variances had a total negative impact of $2.4 million compared to 2015, although material costs and sales prices offset this, being favorable by $6.1 million.

Savings of $1.0 million in employment and other costs were achieved in 2016 through a reduction of administrative headcount and various efficiency improvement projects.

    Luxfer Group

Profit on sale of redundant site.     In 2016, a profit of $2.1 million has been recognized in relation to the sale of the redundant Redditch site to a company that specializes in remediating contaminated land.

Changes to defined benefit pension plans.     During 2016, we recognized a settlement credit of $0.6 million in respect of the U.S. defined benefit pension plan, see above for further details.

In 2015, due to the closure of the U.K. defined benefit pension plan to future accrual, and a move to CPI from RPI, for the purpose of increasing pensions in payment, we recognized a credit to the income statement of $18.0 million. This credit consisted of a non-cash curtailment gain of $3.3 million in respect of the closure of the plan to future accrual and a non-cash past service gain of $14.9 million in respect of the change in expected future pension increases in payment, offset by advisory costs of $0.2 million.

66


Table of Contents

Restructuring and other income / (expense).     In 2016, $2.2 million was charged to restructuring and other expense (2015: $22.4 million). We incurred rationalization costs of $0.4 million in the Elektron Division, in addition to $0.6 million of costs related to patent infringement litigation against a competitor. There was also a charge of $1.2 million in respect of a receivable impairment provision recognized in relation to an aerospace customer entering Chapter 11 protection.

In 2015, we incurred rationalization costs of $21.8 million in the Gas Cylinders Division as we continued to restructure the division following the downturn in the AF market. In addition, we incurred $0.5 million of costs in the Elektron Division related to patent infringement litigation against a competitor. There was also a charge of $0.1 million to the income statement under IFRS 2 related to share options granted as part of the I.P.O.

Net acquisition and disposal costs.     In 2016, we incurred a non-operating credit of $0.2 million compared to a $2.0 million charge in 2015. There was a $0.5 million credit related to the remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration arising from acquisitions, more specifically the acquisition of Luxfer Magtech in the Elektron Division, where an element of the deferred contingent consideration was no longer payable due to the acquired business failing to achieve a profit trigger as of December 31, 2016, offset by a $0.3 million charge in relation to aborted acquisition costs.

Of the charge in 2015, $1.8 million related to two approaches to acquire the company. Neither of these approaches resulted in an executable offer that could be put to shareholders. The balance of $0.2 million was incurred in connection with our investment in Sub161 Pty Limited. In 2014, we incurred $1.5 million of costs for the acquisition of Luxfer Magtech (attributable to the Elektron Division) and $0.3 million for the acquisition of Luxfer Utah (attributable to the Gas Cylinders Division). In 2014, a credit of $6.3 million was recognized in the income statement in relation to the remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration arising from acquisitions. Of the $6.3 million, $4.8 million related to the Elektron Division and $1.5 million related to the Gas Cylinders Division.

Finance income—interest received.     Interest received was $1.2 million in 2016, up from $0.5 million in 2015. Interest received in 2016 included $0.3 million in respect of funding provided to our U.S. joint venture Luxfer-GTM Technologies (equal to $0.3 million in 2015) and $0.2 million generated by placing surplus cash on short-term deposit (equal to $0.2 million in 2015). There was also a $0.7 million exchange gain on the loan to Luxfer-GTM Technologies.

Finance costs—interest costs.     We incurred $6.8 million of interest costs in 2016, down from $7.4 million in 2015. Costs were lower as a result of the refinancing exercise during the year. The finance costs we incurred in 2016 included $6.3 million of interest payable on our current financing facilities and $0.5 million of amortization relating to finance costs.

The finance costs we incurred in 2015 included $6.5 million of interest payable on our current financing facilities and $0.9 million of amortization relating to finance costs.

Finance costs—IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge.     The charge under IAS 19R in relation to our retirement benefit deficits was $2.1 million in 2016, a decrease from $3.0 million in 2015, as a result of the deficit being lower for the majority of 2016 than it was for 2015.

Finance costs—unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions.     In 2016, there was a $0.4 million charge in relation to the unwind of discount on the deferred contingent consideration that arose from the acquisitions of Luxfer Utah and Luxfer Magtech in 2014, ($0.4 million in 2015).

Taxation.     In 2016, our tax expense was $6.0 million on profit before tax of $27.9 million. The statutory effective tax rate was 21.5% on the profit before tax. Of the charge of $6.0 million, $3.7 million (13.3% effective rate) related to current tax payable and $2.3 million (8.2% effective rate) was a deferred income tax charge. In 2015, our tax expense was $9.5 million on profit before tax of $25.6 million. The statutory

67


Table of Contents

effective tax rate was 37.1% on the profit before tax. Of the charge of $9.5 million, $6.1 million (23.8% effective rate) related to current tax payable and $3.4 million (13.3% effective rate) was a deferred income tax charge. In recent years our statutory effective tax rate has been affected by various non-trading items. The statutory effective tax rate for 2016 decreased to 21.5%. The 2015 effective tax rate was affected as nearly all of the $21.8 million of restructuring costs in the Gas Cylinder Division did not lead to a tax credit due to losses in AF operations. The effective rate excluding the effect of these losses in 2015 was 22.6%.

Net income for the financial year.     Net income for the year increased to $21.9 million from $16.1 million in 2015. The $5.8 million increase can be attributed to lower restructuring and other expenses, offset by a lower credit for changes to defined benefit pension plans, and net finance costs which are $2.2 million lower. This was offset by a reduction in trading profit for the year, for the reasons described above.


Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

Revenue.     Our revenue from continuing operations was $460.3 million in 2015, a decrease of $29.2 million from $489.5 million in 2014. Compared to 2014, revenue reflected a $24.6 million loss from less-favorable average translation exchange rates and from the absence of rare earth surcharges to zirconium customers that our Elektron Division previously used to recover the increased cost of rare earths (2014: $2.2 million). In 2015, $15.1 million of additional revenue was attributable to the effect of a full 12 months of revenue from acquisitions made midway through 2014. Thus, underlying revenue, net of the effect of acquisitions in 2014, rare earth surcharges and exchange rate translation, fell by $17.5 million. Reasons for the revenue change are discussed in detail by division, but in general, we saw lower demand for our aluminum cylinders both in Europe and the U.S. We did, however, enjoy much higher sales demand in the U.S. SCBA market, stimulated by a replacement cycle of older SCBA kits used by U.S. fire departments. This cycle had been expected to improve demand in 2014, but it had been forestalled by unexpected delays in regulatory approvals of our customers' breathing apparatus kits. Sales of our high-performance magnesium alloys declined in 2015, as a result of U.S. defense spending cuts impacting military sales, and the low oil price detrimentally affecting the commercial helicopter market, especially demand for helicopters used to transport workers to and from offshore rigs. Our auto-catalysis zirconium chemicals generated less revenue in 2015 due to increased competitive pressures, and later in the year we launched a legal action against a competitor for what we believe to be patent infringement. Weak demand for AF products continued into 2015 as lower oil prices lessened short-term economic benefits of using natural gas and reduced investment in new CNG projects. Revenues generated from these AF products were particularly low in Europe; however, our North American facilities performed well in this market in 2015, winning market share through new product innovations. In magnesium markets, we saw an improvement in sales of military powders following a particularly low 2014, and we achieved the first sales of our new SoluMag® alloy into the oil and gas industry.

Analysis of revenue variances from 2014 to 2015 for continuing operations

 
  Elektron   Gas
Cylinders
  Group  
 
  (in $ million)
 

2014 revenue—as reported under IFRS

  $ 230.6   $ 258.9   $ 489.5  

FX translation impact—on non-U.S. operating results

    (9.8 )   (14.8 )   (24.6 )

Trading variances for underlying operations—2015 v 2014

    (12.5 )   (5.0 )   (17.5 )

Full year effect of acquisitions in 2014

    15.1         15.1  

Rare earth surcharge variance

    (2.2 )       (2.2 )

2015 revenue—as reported under IFRS

  $ 221.2   $ 239.1   $ 460.3  

68


Table of Contents

The above table shows the change in each division's revenue between 2015 and 2014. It separates the impact of changes in average exchange rates on non-U.S. operations when translated into U.S. dollar consolidated results, the impact of receiving a full 12 months revenue from acquisitions purchased midway through 2014 and the impact of the rare earth surcharge that we introduced in late 2010 to offset the effect of a substantial increase in the cost of rare earth chemicals. The total rare earth surcharge levied in 2015 was $nil, compared to $2.2 million in 2014.

We have separated out the impact of changes in the rare earth surcharge, because in 2011 and 2012, it represented a material element of the Elektron Division's revenue that was not indicative of the underlying performance of the Group and division. For consistency, in 2013 and 2014, we continued to report the surcharge changes separately, although they have fallen significantly due to falling rare earth costs. The following discussion provides an explanation of our changes in revenue by division.

    Elektron Division

Elektron Division revenue was $221.2 million in 2015, a decrease of $9.4 million from $230.6 million in 2014. Excluding the $9.8 million adverse translation exchange rate impact on revenue, the revenue changes relating to the rare earth surcharge ($nil in 2015 and $2.2 million in 2014) and the $15.1 million in revenue arising from the full 12 months result from Luxfer Magtech, the underlying revenue, at constant translation exchange rates, was $12.5 million, or 5.4%, lower than in 2014. Across the division, sales volumes were down in both magnesium and zirconium operations.

The reduction in magnesium demand was driven primarily by lower recycling volume at our Czech Republic operation caused by a customer deciding not to recycle scrap with third parties. Volumes were also lower for our high-performance alloys that are used extensively on military and commercial helicopters, with reduced U.S. defense spending impacting military sales and the low oil price affecting commercial volumes. Demand was also lower, to a lesser extent, for magnesium extrusions and commercial magnesium powders but remained stable in the photo-engraving and other sheet markets. Demand for magnesium powders for military countermeasure flares increased in 2015 from a low base in 2014 that resulted from defense cutbacks and various customer supply chain disruptions. In 2015, we successfully launched our new SoluMag® alloy, a soluble material for down-well applications in the oil and gas industry.

In our zirconium operations, increased competitive pressures significantly affected volumes of auto-catalysis products, which led us to take legal action against a competitor for what we believe to be a breach of our patent-protected intellectual property. The effect of this was compounded by some sales price reductions on certain zirconium products in response to increased competition.

    Gas Cylinders Division

Gas Cylinders Division revenue was $239.1 million in 2015, a decrease of $19.8 million from $258.9 million in 2014. Excluding a $14.8 million adverse impact on revenue attributable to exchange rate translation, the underlying revenue, at constant translation exchange rates, was $253.9 million, or 1.9%, lower than in 2014.

Sales volumes of our aluminum cylinders decreased by 3.7% in 2015, with higher demand in the U.S. for our medical cylinders offset by a reduction in sales in Europe across a range of markets.

Sales volumes of our composite cylinders increased by 3.9% in 2015 compared to 2014, though revenue was down 9.7% as a result of reduced sales of large CNG cylinders and transportation modules by our German AF operation. Increased competitive pressures and falling oil prices made the switch to CNG as a fuel less economically attractive and significantly impacted sales of CNG transportation modules. Rapid growth in the AF market in prior years attracted increased competition, which we believe led to excess production capacity and lower prices, particularly as suppliers invested in capacity for anticipated

69


Table of Contents

longer-term increases in demand. It is pleasing to note, however, that our North American business saw significant growth compared to 2014, winning market share by introducing lighter-weight Type 3 cylinders, successfully launching our Type 4 cylinders range and expanding our hydrogen product offerings. Sales of composite life-support cylinders, used in SCBA by emergency services, were significantly up on 2014 for two primary reasons: regulatory delays in approvals of SCBA kits in the U.S. were finally resolved, and U.S. end-market demand increased as fire departments replaced older SCBA kits.

Superform sales decreased by 0.6% in 2015 compared to 2014 due to lower tooling revenues, but forming sales improved with a larger number of customer projects moving from development phase to commercial production. Aerospace demand remained strong in North America.

    Luxfer Group

Cost of sales.     Our cost of sales was $356.3 million in 2015, a decrease of $20.3 million from $376.6 million in 2014. Excluding an exchange rate translation gain of $19.2 million on cost of sales of non-U.S. operations, our cost of sales at constant translation exchange rates decreased by $1.1 million, or 0.3%, from 2014.

Gross profit.     Gross profit was $104.0 million in 2015, a decrease of $8.9 million from $112.9 million in 2014, the fall being mainly a result of weaker exchange rates. Overall gross profit margin was relatively stable with a decrease to 22.6% in 2015 from 23.1% in 2014. This was the result of adverse foreign exchange transaction movements and a slightly weaker sales mix, with fewer higher margin products being sold.

Distribution costs.     Distribution costs were $7.9 million in 2015, a decrease of $0.2 million from $8.1 million in 2014. There was an exchange rate translation gain on distribution costs from non-U.S. operations of $0.6 million, and the underlying movement in distribution costs at constant translation exchange rates was an increase of $0.4 million, or 4.9%, reflecting increased levels of exports from the U.K. to the U.S., which more than offset the lower sales activity in 2015.

Administrative expenses.     Our administrative expenses were $52.6 million in 2015, a decrease of $7.1 million, or 11.9%, from $59.7 million in 2014. There was an exchange rate translation gain on administrative expenses from our non-U.S. operations of $3.0 million. The underlying decrease in administrative costs of $4.1 million was due to the impact of a Group wide initiative to reduce fixed costs, and some impact from lower share based compensation charges.

Share of results of joint ventures and associates.     We have a number of joint venture operations and an associate, the most active being in India and the U.S. In 2013, we entered into a new joint venture agreement to establish a manufacturing facility to produce gas transportation modules in the U.S. These joint ventures have been accounted for using the equity method, as the partners have a contractual agreement that establishes joint control over the economic activities of the entities. In 2015, we invested in an associate (Sub161 Pty Limited), which is also accounted for using the equity method. In 2015, a loss of $1.2 million was attributable to joint ventures and associates, compared to a loss of $0.3 million in 2014. However, we also received interest income from the U.S. joint venture in 2015 of $0.3 million, which under IFRS would be recognized below operating and trading profit, offsetting the loss recognized in operating profit, when calculating net profits after tax for the joint venture.

Operating and trading profit.     Our operating profit was $37.9 million in 2015, a decrease of $3.0 million, or 7.3%, from $40.9 million in 2014. Our trading profit was $42.3 million in 2015, a decrease of $2.5 million, or 5.6%, from $44.8 million in 2014.

70


Table of Contents

Analysis of trading profit and operating profit variances from 2014 to 2015 for continuing operations

 
  Elektron
Trading
Profit
  Gas
Cylinders
Trading
Profit
  Group
Trading
Profit
  Changes to
Defined
Benefit
Pension Plans
  Restructuring
and Other
Expense
  Group
Operating
Profit
 
 
  (in $ million)
 

2014—as reported under IFRS

  $ 38.9   $ 5.9   $ 44.8       $ (3.9 ) $ 40.9  

FX translation impact—on non-U.S. operating results

    (1.2 )   0.4     (0.8 )       0.1     (0.7 )

2014—adjusted for FX translation

    37.7     6.3     44.0         (3.8 )   40.2  

Trading variances for underlying operations—2014 v 2015

    (4.0 )   2.3     (1.7 )   18.0     (18.6 )   (2.3 )

2015—as reported under IFRS

  $ 33.7   $ 8.6   $ 42.3   $ 18.0   $ (22.4 ) $ 37.9  

The above table shows the change in each division's trading profit, the Group trading profit and the Group operating profit between 2014 and 2015. The table also provides a reconciliation of the Group trading profit to the Group operating profit. The table separates the impact of changes in average exchange rates on non-U.S. operations when translated into U.S. dollar consolidated results.

Translating our non-U.S. operations into U.S. dollars resulted in an exchange rate translation loss of $0.8 million in our trading profit and $0.7 million in operating profit in 2015. This decrease represented 1.8% and 1.7% of the change in trading profit and operating profit, respectively, from 2014. The results were also negatively impacted by less favorable transaction exchange rates, which reduced trading and operating profit by $2.0 million. At constant exchange rates, our trading profit increased by $0.3 million, or 0.7%, and our operating profit decreased by $0.3 million, or 0.8%, in 2015.

Trading profit variances in the Elektron Division were adverse by $4.0 million, or 10.3%, compared to 2014; however, Gas Cylinder Divisions' trading variances were favorable by $2.3 million, or 39.0%. These trading variances are explained by division in more detail below. The full year benefit of businesses acquired in 2014 was $2.4 million. The fall in sales volumes and changes in the mix of sales of the remaining businesses, reduced trading profit by $13.5 million in the year.

In addition to the exchange rate, business acquisitions and sales variances, we had a number of cost changes that together increased trading profit by a net $11.1 million in 2015. The main reasons for these changes were as follows:

    §
    Employment and other costs have decreased by a net $6.9 million in 2015, driven by initiatives across the Group to reduce fixed costs.

    §
    Net of sales price changes, we benefited from savings in raw material and other direct costs of $2.7 million.

    §
    Share-based compensation charges decreased by $0.3 million from $1.6 million in 2014 to $1.3 million in 2015, primarily due to recent share price performance.

    §
    In 2014, we recognized an impairment charge of $2.0 million against a trade receivable from a customer in the AF market.

    §
    Depreciation costs increased by $0.5 million due to investments in property, plant and equipment.

71


Table of Contents

Operating profit was also impacted by several other non-trading items as follows:

    §
    Due to a closure of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan in the U.K. to future accrual of benefits (effective April 5, 2016), we recognized a non-cash curtailment gain of $3.3 million in respect of the closure of the plan to future accrual and a non-cash past service gain of $14.9 million in respect of the change in expected future pension increases in payment, net of advisory costs of $0.2 million.

    §
    The restructuring and other expense charge increased from $3.9 million in 2014 to $22.4 million in 2015, driven primarily by restructuring activity in the Gas Cylinders Division implemented to eliminate trading losses caused by the downturn in the CNG-AF market following the oil price collapse.

The segment trading profit results by division are explained in more detail below:

    Elektron Division

Elektron Division trading profit of $33.7 million in 2015 was a decrease of $5.2 million from $38.9 million in 2014. Changes in exchange rates used to translate divisional trading profit into U.S. dollars led to a $1.2 million translation loss in 2015. Less-favorable transaction rates reduced profits by $2.1 million, and trading profit at constant translation exchange rates therefore decreased by $1.9 million, or 4.9%.

The benefit of the additional seven months ownership of Luxfer Magtech added $2.2 million to trading profit. There was an adverse variance of $9.8 million in 2015 due to changes in sales volumes and mix across the division. A $1.4 million favorable variance resulted from reduced raw material costs, net of reduced selling prices on our zirconium products.

Employment and other costs decreased by a net $4.8 million, driven by cost-saving activities initiated in 2015. The depreciation charge increased by $0.5 million due to increased investment in property, plant and equipment across the division.

    Gas Cylinders Division

Gas Cylinders Division trading profit of $8.6 million in 2015 was an increase of $2.7 million from $5.9 million in 2014. Changes in exchange rates used to translate divisional trading profit into U.S. dollars led to a $0.4 million translation gain in 2015. We also benefitted from transaction exchange rates by $0.1 million. Trading profit at constant exchange rates therefore increased by $2.2 million or 37.3%.

Sales of aluminum cylinders fell across all markets other than medical. Composite cylinder unit sales increased, though revenue fell due to reduced sales of large CNG cylinders and transportation modules by our German AF operation. Volume and mix variances had a total negative impact of $3.7 million compared to 2014. Material costs and sales prices offset this in part, being favorable by $3.3 million. Luxfer Utah, acquired in 2014, benefited the division by $0.2 million in 2015 due to a full year of ownership and improved underlying performance.

Savings of $2.4 million in employment and other costs were achieved in 2015, through reducing administrative headcount and various efficiency improvement projects. The depreciation charge was equal to that of 2014.

    Luxfer Group

Restructuring and other income / (expense).     In 2015, $22.4 million was charged to restructuring and other expense (2014: $3.9 million). We incurred rationalization costs of $21.8 million in the Gas Cylinders Division as we continued to restructure the division following the downturn in the AF market. In addition, we incurred $0.5 million of costs in our Elektron Division related to patent infringement litigation against a

72


Table of Contents

competitor. There was also a charge of $0.1 million to the income statement under IFRS 2 related to share options granted as part of the I.P.O.

In 2014, there was a $3.9 million charge to restructuring and other expense. We incurred rationalization costs of $1.1 million in the Gas Cylinders Division and $0.6 million in the Elektron Division. In addition, we incurred $2.0 million of unanticipated costs in our Elektron Division because of environmental costs needed to remediate an effluent pond contaminated with low-level radioactive material. There was also a charge of $0.2 million to the income statement under IFRS 2 related to share options granted as part of the I.P.O.

Changes to defined benefit pension plans.     Due to the closure of the U.K. defined benefit pension plan to future accrual, and a move to CPI from RPI for the purpose of increasing pensions in payment, we recognized a credit to the income statement of $18.0 million in 2015. This credit consisted of a non-cash curtailment gain of $3.3 million in respect of the closure of the plan to future accrual and a non-cash past service gain of $14.9 million in respect of the change in expected future pension increases in payment, offset by advisory costs of $0.2 million.

Net acquisition and disposal costs.     In 2015, we incurred a non-operating charge of $2.0 million compared to a $4.5 million credit in 2014. Of the charge in 2015, $1.8 million related to two approaches to acquire the company. Neither of these approaches resulted in an executable offer that could be put to shareholders. The balance of $0.2 million was incurred in connection with our investment in Sub161 Pty Limited. In 2014, we incurred $1.5 million of costs for the acquisition of Luxfer Magtech (attributable to the Elektron Division) and $0.3 million for the acquisition of Luxfer Utah (attributable to the Gas Cylinders Division). In 2014, a credit of $6.3 million was recognized in the income statement in relation to the remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration arising from acquisitions. Of the $6.3 million, $4.8 million related to the Elektron Division and $1.5 million related to the Gas Cylinders Division.

Finance income—interest received.     Interest received was $0.5 million in 2015 equal to the amount received in 2014. Interest received in 2015 included $0.3 million in respect of funding provided to our U.S. joint venture Luxfer-GTM Technologies and $0.2 million generated by placing surplus cash on short-term deposit (equal to $0.2 million in 2014).

Finance costs—interest costs.     We incurred $7.4 million of interest costs in 2015, up from $6.6 million in 2014. Costs were higher as a result of a full year of the increased drawdown of facilities in order to fund the Luxfer Magtech acquisition at the end of July 2014. The finance costs we incurred in 2015 included $6.5 million of interest payable on our current financing facilities and $0.9 million of amortization relating to finance costs.

The finance costs we incurred in 2014 included $5.2 million of interest payable on our current financing facilities and $1.4 million of amortization relating to finance costs.

Finance costs—IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge.     The charge under IAS 19R in relation to our retirement benefit deficits was $3.0 million in 2015, an increase from $2.7 million in 2014, as a result of the deficit being higher for the majority of 2015 than it was for 2014.

Finance costs—unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions.     In 2015, there was a $0.4 million charge in relation to the unwind of discount on the deferred contingent consideration that arose from the acquisitions of Luxfer Utah and Luxfer Magtech in 2014.

Taxation.     In 2015, our tax expense was $9.5 million on profit before tax of $25.6 million. The statutory effective tax rate was 37.1% on the profit before tax. Of the charge of $9.5 million, $6.1 million (23.8% effective rate) related to current tax payable and $3.4 million (13.3% effective rate) was a deferred income tax charge. In 2014, our tax expense was $7.1 million on profit before tax of $36.3 million. The statutory effective tax rate was 19.6% on the profit before tax. Of the charge of $7.1 million, all (19.6% effective

73


Table of Contents

rate) related to current tax payable and $nil (nil% effective rate) was a deferred income tax charge. In recent years our statutory effective tax rate has been affected by various non-trading items. The statutory effective tax rate for 2015 increased to 37.1%, primarily because nearly all of the $21.8 million of restructuring costs in the Gas Cylinder Division did not lead to a tax credit due to losses in AF operations. The effective rate in 2014 was affected by non-taxable gains in the income statement of $6.3 million due to the remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration relating to the acquisitions in the year. The effective rate excluding the effect of these losses and gains was 22.6% in 2015 compared to 23.7% in 2014.

Net income for the financial year.     Net income for the year was $16.1 million compared to $29.2 million in 2014, which was primarily the result of the fall in operating profits of the Elektron Division, as described above.

B.    Liquidity and capital resources.

Liquidity

Our liquidity requirements arise primarily from obligations under our indebtedness, capital expenditures, acquisitions, the funding of working capital and the funding of hedging facilities to manage foreign exchange and commodity purchase price risks. We meet these requirements primarily through cash flows from operating activities, cash deposits and borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) and accompanying ancillary hedging facilities, the Loan Notes due 2018, 2021, 2023 and 2026 (each as defined below and, together, the "Loan Notes"), and the Shelf Facility (as defined below). As of December 31, 2016, we had available $32.8 million under the Revolving Credit Facility. Our principal liquidity needs are:

    §
    funding acquisitions, including deferred contingent consideration payments;

    §
    capital expenditure requirements;

    §
    payment of shareholder dividends;

    §
    servicing interest on the Loan Note, which is payable at each quarter end, in addition to interest and / or commitment fees on the Senior Facilities Agreement (as defined below);

    §
    working capital requirements, particularly in the short term as we aim to achieve organic sales growth;

    §
    hedging facilities used to manage our foreign exchange and aluminum purchase price risks.

From time to time, we consider acquisitions or investments in other businesses that we believe would be appropriate additions to our business. For example, we purchased Revere for $14.7 million in 2007, and in 2012 we acquired Dynetek for a consideration of $11.8 million. In March 2014, we acquired Luxfer Utah, a small composite cylinder manufacturer, and its associated production facilities for an initial cost of $3.0 million with a deferred contingent consideration element (payable in March 2017) currently estimated at $1.3 million net of discounting. In July 2014, we closed the acquisition of the assets and businesses of Truetech Inc. and Innotech Products Limited (together "Luxfer Magtech"). On closing, we paid an initial consideration of $59.3 million, and with the acquired businesses having $4 million of cash, the net cash cost was $55.3 million. There is also a deferred contingent consideration element linked to the profitability of the acquired businesses from 2014-2019 (payable annually from 2015 to 2020), which is currently estimated to be $1.5 million net of discounting. In 2015, we acquired a 26.4% equity stake in Sub161 Pty Limited for a cash consideration of $3.7 million and the contribution of a number of non-cash AF assets with a value of $1.7 million.

We believe that, in the long term, cash generated from our operations will be adequate to meet our anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures and interest payments on our indebtedness. In the short term, we believe we have sufficient credit facilities to cover any variation in our cash flow generation. However, any major repayments of indebtedness will be dependent on our ability to

74


Table of Contents

raise alternative financing or to realize substantial returns from operational sales. Also, our ability to expand operations through sales development and capital expenditures could be constrained by the availability of liquidity, which, in turn, could impact the profitability of our operations.

On May 13, 2011, we entered into a senior facilities agreement (the "Senior Facilities Agreement"), initially providing £70 million of funding through a combination of a senior term loan of £30 million (the "Term Loan"); initially designated in GBP sterling, and a revolving credit facility of £40 million (the "Revolving Credit Facility"). The Revolving Credit Facility has undergone a series of amendments and extensions, including designation into U.S. dollars, to form the current $150 million banking facility in the form of a multi-currency revolving credit facility.

On May 13, 2011, we also issued the Loan Notes due 2018, which represent $65 million principal amount of senior notes due 2018 in a private placement to an insurance company. In connection with this financing, we issued a redemption notice for the Senior Notes due 2012, and they were repaid on June 15, 2011. See—"Financing Loan Notes due 2018, 2023 and 2026" below for additional information.

Following the listing of our shares on the NYSE, we utilized some of the proceeds of our I.P.O. to repay the Term Loan, under the pre-amended Senior Facilities Agreement. We subsequently undertook a renegotiation of the terms and conditions of the Senior Facilities Agreement in November 2012 and again in March 2014. Under the modified agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility is available in GBP sterling, U.S. dollars or euros up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $150 million. As of December 31, 2016, amounts drawn down under the Revolving Credit Facility were $32.8 million. We also negotiated in March 2014 the addition of an uncommitted accordion facility (the "Accordion Facility") to the Senior Facilities Agreement, which provides for a mechanism for the Revolving Credit Facility to be expanded further by up to an additional $50 million (representing up to $200 million in aggregate). The lenders under the Senior Facilities Agreement are given priority to fund the Accordion Facility, but are not committed to do so. As a result, the Company has the right to seek funding outside the current banking syndicate for amounts under the Accordion Facility that are not funded by the existing lenders and to make it part of the committed facilities. See "—Financing—Senior Facilities Agreement" below for a detailed explanation of the Senior Facilities Agreement.

On September 18, 2014, we issued the Loan Notes due 2021, which represent $25 million principal amount of senior notes due 2021 in a private placement to an insurance company. This arrangement also allows for a further $50 million of borrowing through an uncommitted three-year shelf facility with the insurance company (the "Shelf Facility"). See "—Financing—Loan Notes due 2021 and Shelf Facility" below for a detailed explanation of the Loan Notes due 2021 and the Shelf Facility.

On June 29, 2016, Luxfer agreed with the lender under the Loan Notes due 2018 to extend the maturity date of $50 million of outstanding $65 million principal amount. $15 million of the principal amount remains scheduled to mature in 2018, while $25 million is now scheduled to mature in 2023 (now referred to as the Loan Notes due 2023) and $25 million is scheduled to mature in 2026 (now referred to as the Loan Notes due 2026). This was facilitated through the utilization of the Shelf Facility.

On December 23, 2016, restrictions were amended to relax the terms of the Senior Facilities Agreement, and remove permitted distributions restrictions and the debt service covenant. The Senior Facilities Agreement has an uncommitted accordion facility which provides for a mechanism for the Revolving Credit Facility to be expanded further by up to an additional $50 million (representing up to $200 million in aggregate).

We have been in compliance with the covenants under the Loan Notes and the Senior Facilities Agreement throughout all of the quarterly measurement dates from and including September 30, 2011, to December 31, 2016.

75


Table of Contents

Our total interest expense was $6.8 million in 2016, compared to $7.4 million in 2015. We expect to invest in the range of $20 million to $22 million in capital expenditures in 2017. We have also been funding the costs of retirement benefits and some historical environmental remediation requirements.

Luxfer Holdings PLC conducts all of its operations through its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associate. Accordingly, Luxfer Holdings PLC's main cash source is dividends from its subsidiaries. The ability of each subsidiary to make distributions depends on the funds that a subsidiary receives from its operations in excess of the funds necessary for its operations, obligations or other business plans. We have not historically experienced any material impediment to these distributions, and we do not expect any local legal or regulatory regimes to have any impact on our ability to meet our liquidity requirements in the future. In addition, since our subsidiaries are wholly-owned, our claims will generally rank junior to all other obligations of the subsidiaries. If our operating subsidiaries are unable to make distributions, our growth may slow, unless we are able to obtain additional debt or equity financing. In the event of a subsidiary's liquidation, there may not be assets sufficient for us to recoup our investment in the subsidiary.

Our ability to maintain or increase the generation of cash from our operations in the future will depend significantly on the competitiveness of and demand for our products, including our success in launching new products that we have been developing over many years. Achieving such success is a key objective of our business strategy. Due to commercial, competitive and external economic factors, however, we cannot guarantee that we will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future working capital will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or make necessary capital expenditures.

We are still vulnerable to external shocks relating to our fixed and variable cost of goods sold. In recent years, external economic shocks to oil prices, commodity prices and currency fluctuations have impacted our results. In 2016, our continuing operations incurred $15 million of energy costs, purchased over $30 million of primary aluminum and over $37 million of primary magnesium. In 2016, $26.0 million, or 73%, of our operating profit was derived from North American businesses. A significant economic shock that has a major impact on one or more of these areas simultaneously could have a severe impact on our financial position.

We operate robust cash and trading forecasting systems that impose tight controls on our operating businesses with regard to cash management. We use regularly updated forecasts to plan liquidity requirements, including the payment of interest on our indebtedness, capital expenditures and payments to our suppliers. Although we have generated cash sufficient to cover most of our liability payments, we also rely on the Revolving Credit Facility to provide sufficient liquidity. Our banking facilities are further explained below under "—Financing—Senior Facilities Agreement."

Cash Flow

The following table presents information regarding our cash flows, cash and cash equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014  
 
  (in $ million)
 

Net cash flows from operating activities

  $ 29.2   $ 52.8   $ 23.0  

Net cash used in investing activities

    (15.1 )   (21.2 )   (79.8 )

Net cash flows before financing activities

    14.1     31.6     (56.8 )

Net cash flows from financing activities

    (35.5 )   (9.2 )   42.8  

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (21.4 ) $ 22.4   $ (14.0 )

76


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operating activities

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014  
 
  (in $ million)
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                   

Net income for the year

  $ 21.9   $ 16.1   $ 29.2  

Adjustments to reconcile net income for the year to net cash flows from continuing operating activities:

                   

Income taxes

    6.0     9.5     7.1  

Depreciation and amortization

    18.4     18.6     18.1  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    0.2         0.3  

Profit on sale of redundant site

    (2.1 )        

Share based compensation charges net of cash settlement

    1.1     1.3     1.8  

Net interest costs

    5.6     6.9     6.1  

Non-cash restructuring charges

        17.7      

Curtailment and past service credits on retirement benefits obligations

    (0.6 )   (18.2 )    

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

    2.1     3.0     2.7  

Acquisitions and disposals. 

    (0.2 )   2.0     (4.5 )

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

    0.4     0.4     0.3  

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

    (0.5 )   1.2     0.3  

Sale / (purchase) of assets classified as held for sale

        1.2     (1.2 )

(Increase) / decrease in receivables

    (1.8 )   5.0     (7.8 )

Decrease / (increase) in inventories

    4.5     3.0     (8.5 )

Decrease in payables

    (10.3 )   (0.9 )   (1.9 )

Movement in retirement benefits obligations

    (6.3 )   (8.6 )   (10.4 )

Movement in provisions

    (2.6 )   0.3      

Acquisitions and disposals costs paid

    (1.2 )   (0.6 )   (1.6 )

Income taxes paid

    (5.4 )   (5.1 )   (7.0 )

  $ 29.2   $ 52.8   $ 23.0  

In 2016, net cash flows from operating activities decreased by $23.6 million to $29.2 million from $52.8 million in 2015. Net income in 2016 of $21.9 million increased by $5.8 million from $16.1 million in 2015. There was a net working capital (as defined as, net movement in current receivables, current payables and inventories) outflow of $7.6 million in 2016 compared to an inflow of $7.1 million in 2015, an unfavorable variance of $14.7 million. The decrease in inventories resulted in a cash inflow of $4.5 million in 2016, a $1.5 million increase from a cash inflow of $3.0 million in 2015. There was an outflow in receivables of $1.8 million in 2016 compared to an inflow of $5.0 million in 2015, an unfavorable movement of $6.8 million. The average days taken to collect debt increased slightly in 2016 to 49 days, compared to 46 days in 2015. There was also an outflow in payables of $10.3 million in 2016, an increase of $9.4 million from the $0.9 million outflow in 2015. Payable levels reduced in the latter part of 2016, with reduced purchasing of new raw materials, as a result of the decreased sales volumes. Lower average indebtedness, coupled with the refinancing of our private placement loans, resulted in the net interest costs of $5.6 million in 2016 being $1.3 million lower than the $6.9 million in 2015. The gain on the changes to defined benefit pension plans of $0.6 million in 2016 and $18.2 million in 2015 was non-cash. There was an outflow in provisions of $2.6 million in 2016 compared to an inflow of $0.3 million in 2015, an unfavorable variance of $2.9 million which related to the settlement of 2015 restructuring costs in the AF cylinder business. Neither the non-cash restructuring charges of $17.7 million nor the $1.2 million inflow from the sale of assets classified as held for sale, each recognized in 2015, recurred in 2016.

77


Table of Contents

In 2015, net cash flows from continuing activities increased by $29.8 million to $52.8 million from $23.0 million in 2014. Net income in 2015 of $16.1 million decreased by $13.1 million from $29.2 million in 2014. There was a net working capital inflow of $7.1 million in 2015 compared to an outflow of $18.2 million in 2014, a favorable variance of $25.3 million. The decrease in inventories resulted in a cash inflow of $3.0 million in 2015, a $11.5 million increase from a cash outflow of $8.5 million in 2014. Inventory levels reduced in 2015 from high levels in 2014 that were affected by various disruptive factors in the Gas Cylinders Division, including regulatory delays in approval of SCBA kits in the U.S., weak demand in Europe and weakness in demand for AF products. There was an inflow in receivables of $5.0 million in 2015 compared to an outflow of $7.8 million in 2014, a favorable movement of $12.8 million. The average days taken to collect debt were much improved in 2015 at 46 days, compared to 59 days in 2014. The Gas Cylinders Division saw the greatest improvement after suffering in 2014 as a result of entering into a number of bulk gas transportation contracts in the latter part of 2014 that extended the division's receivable days. There was also an outflow in payables of $0.9 million in 2015, a decrease of $1.0 million from the $1.9 million outflow in 2014. Payable levels reduced in the latter part of 2015, with reduced purchasing of new raw materials, as a result of the initiative to improve working capital. There was a decrease in assets classified as held for sale of $1.2 million relating to the sale of a property that was purchased in 2014 in relation to the relocation of a member of the Executive Management Board. Higher average indebtedness resulted in the net interest costs of $6.9 million in 2015 being $0.8 million more than the $6.1 million in 2014. The charge in respect of the U.S. retirement benefits obligation of $1.7 million in 2013 did not recur in 2014 or 2015, and the gain on the changes to U.K. defined benefit pension plan of $18.2 million in 2015 was non-cash. Acquisition activity in 2015 resulted in acquisition costs paid in 2015 of $0.6 million compared to $1.6 million in 2014. The income tax outflow in 2015 of $5.1 million was $1.9 million lower than the outflow of $7.0 million in 2014.

Cash flows from investing activities

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014  
 
  (in $ million)
 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

  $ (16.5 ) $ (15.3 ) $ (20.4 )

Purchases of intangible assets

    (2.4 )   (2.1 )   (1.9 )

Proceeds from sale of redundant site

    3.0          

Receipts from sales of property, plant and equipment

    0.4          

Cash received from compensation for insured assets

    0.2          

Investment in joint ventures and associates

    0.2     (4.2 )   0.2  

Interest income received from joint ventures

    0.3     0.4     0.3  

Net cash flows on purchase of businesses

    (0.3 )       (58.0 )

  $ (15.1 ) $ (21.2 ) $ (79.8 )

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $6.1 million, or 28.8%, to $15.1 million in 2016 from $21.2 million in 2015. Capital expenditure in 2016 was $16.5 million, an increase of $1.2 million from the $15.3 million expenditure in 2015. See "—Capital Expenditures—". In addition, we incurred $2.4 million of intangible capital expenditure in 2016. We had an inflow of $3.0 million and $0.4 million respectively in relation to proceeds from the sale of the redundant Redditch site and sales of property, plant and equipment. There was also $0.2 million received from compensation for insured assets. Investment in joint ventures and associates was a $0.2 million inflow, compared with a $4.2 million outflow in 2015. Interest income from joint ventures decreased to $0.3 million compared with $0.4 million in 2015. We had a net cash outflow of $0.3 million in relation to purchase of businesses.

78


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $58.6 million, or 73.4%, to $21.2 million in 2015 from $79.8 million in 2014. Capital expenditure in 2015 was $15.3 million, a decrease of $5.1 million from the $20.4 million expenditure in 2014. See "—Capital Expenditures—". In addition, we incurred $2.1 million of intangible capital expenditure in 2015. We had an outflow of $0.5 million in 2015 from investments in joint ventures, compared to an inflow of $0.2 million in 2014. Interest received from joint ventures increased by $0.1 million to $0.4 million in 2015 from $0.3 million in 2014. In 2015, the Group acquired a 26.4% equity stake in Sub161 Pty Limited for a cash consideration of $3.7 million and the contribution of a number of non-cash AF assets with a value of $1.7 million. On March 21, 2014, the Group acquired Luxfer Utah, a business specializing in the design and manufacture of composite cylinders and consisting of two sister companies, Vexxel Composites LLC and HyPerComp Engineering, Inc., for a total cash consideration of $2.7 million. On July 29, 2014, the Group acquired Luxfer Magtech for a net cash consideration of $55.3 million. Total cash flows on acquisitions during 2014 were $58.0 million.

Cash flows from financing activities

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2016   2015   2014  
 
  (in $ million)
 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                   

Interest and similar finance costs paid on banking facilities

  $ (1.9 ) $ (1.7 ) $ (1.3 )

Interest paid on Loan Notes

    (4.5 )   (4.9 )   (4.2 )

Bank interest received

    0.2     0.2     0.2  

(Repayment) / draw down on banking facilities

    (8.5 )   9.6     35.2  

Issue of Loan Notes due 2021

            25.0  

Repayment of other loans

            (0.3 )

Amendment to banking facilities—financing costs

            (1.5 )

Extension of Loan Notes—financing costs

    (0.2 )        

Issue of Loan Notes due 2021—financing costs

            (0.2 )

Dividends paid

    (13.3 )   (10.8 )   (10.8 )

ESOP cash movements

    (1.0 )   0.1     0.1  

Proceeds from issue of shares

        0.2     0.6  

Purchase of treasury shares

    (6.3 )   (1.9 )    

  $ (35.5 ) $ (9.2 ) $ 42.8  

Net cash flows from financing activities decreased by $26.3 million to a $35.5 million outflow in 2016 from a $9.2 million outflow in 2015. Cash outflows in respect of dividend payments to holders of our ordinary shares were $13.3 million, $2.5 million up on 2015 as a result of the increase in the quarterly dividend from $0.10 per share to $0.125. Total interest paid on borrowings was $6.4 million, down $0.2 million on the $6.6 million paid in 2015. Repayments of $8.5 million were made to the banking facilities, compared to $9.6 million of drawdowns in 2015, a movement of $18.1 million. Following the approval of a share buy-back program at the 2014 Annual General Meeting, the purchase of 634,185 shares resulted in a cash outflow in 2016 of $6.3 million, compared with $1.9 million in 2015.

In 2015, net cash flows from financing activities decreased by $52.0 million to a $9.2 million outflow, from a $42.8 million inflow in 2014. Cash outflows in respect of dividend payments to holders of our ordinary shares were $10.8 million, consistent with 2014. Following the funding of the Luxfer Magtech acquisition, an increase in the Group's indebtedness resulted in total interest paid on banking facilities of $6.6 million, an increase of 20.0% from $5.5 million in 2014. Drawdowns from banking facilities were $9.6 million in 2015. Following the approval of a share buy-back program at the 2014 Annual General Meeting, the purchase of 146,804 shares resulted in a cash outflow in 2015 of $1.9 million.

79


Table of Contents

(Decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents

Our cash and cash equivalents decreased by $23.3 million to $13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $36.9 million at December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, we held $9.1 million of cash and cash equivalents denominated in GBP sterling, $1.3 million denominated in U.S. dollars, $1.4 million denominated in euros and $1.8 million of foreign cash and cash equivalents denominated in Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, Chinese renminbi, and Czech koruna.

Our cash and cash equivalents increased by $22.3 million to $36.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, from December 31, 2014. We had cash and cash equivalents of $14.6 million as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2015, we held $14.1 million of cash and cash equivalents denominated in GBP sterling, $14.9 million denominated in U.S. dollars and $7.9 million of foreign cash and cash equivalents denominated in Australian dollars, Canadian dollars, euro, Chinese renminbi, Japanese yen and Czech koruna.

Financing

Indebtedness and cash and cash equivalents

Our indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Loan Notes was $122.8 million gross of issue costs, and reported under IFRS as $121.0 million (net of issue costs) as of December 31, 2016, while our cash and cash equivalents were $13.6 million as of December 31, 2016. Our indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Loan Notes was $133.5 million gross of issue costs, and reported under IFRS as $131.6 million (net of issue costs) as of December 31, 2015, while our cash and cash equivalents were $36.9 million as of December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2016, we also had utilized $1.3 million (December 31, 2015: $2.2 million) of the ancillary facilities available under the Senior Facilities Agreement in connection with certain derivative financial instruments, letters of credit and bank guarantees.

Loan Notes due 2018, 2023 and 2026

On May 13, 2011, our subsidiary, BA Holdings, Inc., entered into a note purchase agreement (the "Note Purchase Agreement") among us, our subsidiaries and the note purchasers, to issue $65 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2018 in a U.S. private placement to an insurance company and related parties (the "Loan Notes due 2018"). We used the net proceeds from the private placement of the Loan Notes due 2018, together with borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan, to redeem the Senior Notes due 2012, repay borrowings under our previous credit facility and for general corporate purposes. The Loan Notes due 2018 bore interest at a rate of 6.19% per annum, payable quarterly on the 15th day of September, December, March and June, commencing on September 15, 2011, and continuing until the principal amount of the Loan Notes due 2018 has become due and payable. The Loan Notes due 2018 were due to mature on June 15, 2018.

Following the listing of our shares on the NYSE, we successfully renegotiated and agreed amendments to the original Note Purchase Agreement, which removed all U.K. and U.S. security debentures together with the cancellation of all share pledges. These amendments were achieved without any changes to the interest rate of 6.19% per annum.

On June 29, 2016, Luxfer agreed with the lender under the Loan Notes due 2018 to extend the maturity date of $50 million of the outstanding $65 million principal amount. This was facilitated through the utilization of the Shelf Facility. The extension also includes a lower long-term fixed interest rate on the debt. The maturity date on $25 million was extended from June 2018 to June 2023 (the "Loan Notes due 2020") at a fixed interest rate of 4.88%; and the maturity date on $25 million was extended to June 2026 (the "Loan Notes due 2020") at a fixed interest rate of 4.94%. The revised loan documents also relaxed a

80


Table of Contents

number of provisions and covenants, including the removal of various restrictions on distributions, including dividends.

The Note Purchase Agreement contains customary covenants and events of default, in each case with customary and appropriate grace periods and thresholds. In addition, the Note Purchase Agreement requires us to maintain compliance with an interest coverage ratio and a leverage ratio. The interest coverage ratio measures our EBITDA (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) to Net Finance Charges (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement). We are required to maintain an interest coverage ratio of 4.0:1. The leverage ratio measures our Total Net Debt (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement) to Adjusted Acquisition EBITDA (as defined in the Note Purchase Agreement). We are required to maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 3.0:1. We have been in compliance with the covenants under the Note Purchase Agreement throughout all of the quarterly measurement dates from and including September 30, 2011, to December 31, 2016.

The Loan Notes due 2018, 2023 and 2026 and the Note Purchase Agreement are governed by the law of the State of New York.

The Loan Notes due 2018, 2023 and 2026 are denominated in U.S. dollars, which creates a natural partial offset between the dollar-denominated net assets and earnings of our U.S. operations and the dollar-denominated debt and related interest expense of the notes. We have included the Note Purchase Agreement and a form of the Loan Notes due 2018, 2023 and 2026 as exhibits to this Annual Report and refer you to the exhibits for more information on the Note Purchase Agreement and the Loan Notes due 2018, 2023 and 2026.

Loan Notes due 2021 and Shelf Facility

On September 18, 2014, we entered into a note purchase and shelf facility agreement (the "Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement") among us, our subsidiaries and the note purchasers, to issue $25 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2021 in a U.S. private placement to an insurance company and related parties (the "Loan Notes due 2021"). This arrangement also allows for a further $50 million of borrowing through an uncommitted three-year shelf facility with the insurance company (the "Shelf Facility"). We used the net proceeds from the private placement of the Loan Notes due 2021 to repay some of the borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, which had been used to fund the acquisition of the assets and businesses of Truetech Inc. and Innotech Products Limited in July 2014. The Loan Notes due 2021 bear interest at a rate of 3.67% per annum, payable quarterly on the 15th day of December, March, June and September, commencing on December 15, 2014, and continuing until the principal amount of the Loan Notes 2021 has become due and payable. The Loan Notes due 2021 mature on September 15, 2021.

The Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement contains the same customary covenants and events of default as for the Note Purchase Agreement. The Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement also requires us to maintain compliance with the same, interest and leverage ratios as for the Note Purchase Agreement. Amounts drawn under the Shelf Facility in June 2016 were used to facilitate an extension of the maturity of $50 million of the outstanding principal amount of the Loan Notes due 2018.

We have been in compliance with the covenants under the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement throughout all of the quarterly measurement dates from and including September 30, 2014, to December 31, 2016.

The Loan Notes due 2021 and Shelf Facility and the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement are governed by the law of the State of New York.

81


Table of Contents

Senior Facilities Agreement

Overview.     On May 13, 2011, we entered into the Senior Facilities Agreement with Lloyds TSB Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank PLC and Bank of America, N.A. Lloyds TSB Bank plc and Clydesdale Bank PLC were Mandated Lead Arrangers under the Senior Facilities Agreement. The main purpose of the Senior Facilities Agreement was to enable us to redeem the Senior Notes due 2012 and repay borrowings and accrued interest under our previous credit facility. We issued a redemption notice for the Senior Notes due 2012, and they were repaid on June 15, 2011. We cancelled our previous credit facilities on June 15, 2011. This agreement has been subject to a series of amendments, the most significant of which is dated March 25, 2014, where two new banks, Santander U.K. plc and National Westminster Bank plc (a subsidiary of The Royal Bank of Scotland plc), joined the banking syndicate. The following is a summary of the terms of the Senior Facilities Agreement, as amended, that we believe are the most important. We have included the Senior Facilities Agreement as an exhibit to this Annual Report and refer you to the exhibit for more information on the Senior Facilities Agreement.

Structure.     The current Senior Facilities Agreement provides $150 million of committed debt facilities, in the form of a multi-currency (GBP sterling, U.S. dollars or euros) Revolving Credit Facility and an additional $50 million of uncommitted facilities through an accordion clause. The amended facilities mature April 30, 2019. The original May 13, 2011, Senior Facilities Agreement provided £70 million of debt facilities in the form of a senior term loan facility available in GBP sterling, U.S. dollars or euros, in an aggregate amount of £30 million and a revolving facility available in GBP sterling, U.S. dollars or euros up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of £40 million. Using part of the funds generated by the I.P.O. in October 2012, we repaid fully the amounts outstanding on the senior term loan. Following the listing of the Company's shares on the NYSE and the repayment of the senior term loan, we undertook a renegotiation of the terms and conditions of the Senior Facilities Agreement, including the removal of all U.K. and U.S. security debentures together with the cancellation of all share pledges and conversion of the facilities into a single Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2016, we had drawn down $32.8 million under the Revolving Credit Facility (December 31, 2015: $43.5 million).

Availability.     The facility is used for loans and overdrafts. Amounts unutilized under the Revolving Credit Facility (or, if the case, under the revolving portion of the Accordion) are allocated to ancillary facilities available under the Senior Facilities Agreement in connection with overdraft facilities, bilateral loan facilities and letter of credit facilities. As of December 31, 2016, we had drawn down $32.8 million under the ancillary facilities (December 31, 2015: $43.5 million). We may use amounts drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility for our general corporate purposes and certain capital expenditures, as well as for the financing of permitted acquisitions and reorganizations. As of December 31, 2016, $106.8 million was available under the Revolving Credit Facility. The last day we may draw funds from the Revolving Credit Facility is March 30, 2019.

The Company has a separate bonding facility for bank guarantees and documentary letters of credit denominated in GBP sterling of £10.0 million ($12.3 million), of which £nil ($nil) was drawn as of December 31, 2016. The amount drawn on the bonding facility as of December 31, 2015, was £1.5 million ($2.2 million).

Interest rates and fees.     Borrowings under the facility bears an interest rate equal to an applicable margin plus either EURIBOR, in the case of amounts drawn in euros, or LIBOR, in the case of amounts drawn in GBP sterling or U.S. dollars.

The applicable base margin for the Revolving Credit Facility is subject to adjustment each quarter end based on our leverage ratio, which is defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement as the ratio of the Total Net Debt to Adjusted Acquisition EBITDA (each as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) in respect of the rolling 12-month period ending on the last day of the relevant quarter.

82


Table of Contents

The table below sets out the range of ratios and the related margin percentage currently in effect.

Leverage
  Margin  
 
  (% per annum)
 

Greater than 2.5:1

    2.75  

Less than or equal to 2.5:1, but greater than 2.0:1

    2.50  

Less than or equal to 2.0:1, but greater than 1.5:1

    2.00  

Less than or equal to 1.5:1, but greater than 1.0:1

    1.75  

Less than or equal to 1.0:1

    1.50  

As of December 31, 2016, we had drawn down $32.8 million under the Revolving Credit Facility (December 31, 2015: $43.5 million). A commitment fee is levied each quarter against any unutilized element of the Revolving Credit Facility, excluding overdraft or ancillary facilities and is currently calculated at 40% of the applicable margin in force. During 2016, this fee percentage was 0.8% for each quarter.

Guarantees and security.     The renegotiated Senior Facilities Agreement, agreed in November 2012, removed all U.K. and U.S. security debentures from the agreement together with the cancellation of all share pledges, with no change to this in the March 2014 amendments.

Repayment of principal.     Any amounts borrowed under the Revolving Credit Facility must be paid at the end of an interest period agreed between the borrower (and Luxfer Holdings PLC acting on its behalf) and the agent when the loan is made.

Change of control.     In the event of a sale of all or substantially all of our business and / or assets or if any person or group of persons acting in concert gains direct or indirect control (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) of Luxfer Holdings PLC, we will be required to immediately prepay all outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility (and, if the case, the Accordion) and the ancillary facilities under the Senior Facilities Agreement.

Certain covenants and undertakings.     The Senior Facilities Agreement contains a number of additional undertakings and covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, us and our subsidiaries' ability to:

    §
    engage in mergers, demergers, consolidations or deconstructions;

    §
    change the nature of our business;

    §
    make certain acquisitions;

    §
    participate in certain joint ventures;

    §
    grant liens or other security interests on our assets;

    §
    sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets, including receivables;

    §
    enter into certain non-arm's-length transactions;

    §
    grant guarantees;

    §
    pay off certain existing indebtedness;

    §
    make investments, loans or grant credit;

    §
    repurchase our shares;

    §
    issue shares or other securities; and

    §
    redeem, repurchase, decease, retire or repay any of our share capital.

We are permitted to dispose of assets up to $25 million in aggregate until April 2019, without restriction as to the use of the proceeds under the Senior Facilities Agreement. Above this level, we would need to seek agreement from the majority of the lenders under the Senior Facilities Agreement. In addition, we may pay dividends, subject to certain limitations.

83


Table of Contents

In addition, the Senior Facilities Agreement requires us to maintain compliance with an interest coverage ratio and a leverage ratio. The interest coverage ratio measures our EBITDA (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) to Net Finance Charges (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement). We are required to maintain an interest coverage ratio of 4.0:1. The leverage ratio measures our Total Net Debt (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement) to the Relevant Period Adjusted Acquisition EBITDA (as defined in the Senior Facilities Agreement). We are required to maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 3.0:1. Previous restrictions requiring compliance with a debt service coverage ratio and limitations on dividend payments were removed following renegotiations of the terms of the Senior Facility Agreement on December 23, 2016.

Any breach of a covenant in the Senior Facilities Agreement could result in a default under the Senior Facilities Agreement, in which case lenders could elect to declare all borrowed amounts immediately due and payable if the default is not remedied or waived within any applicable grace periods. Additionally, our and our subsidiaries' ability to make investments, incur liens and make certain restricted payments is also tied to ratios based on EBITDA.

We have been in compliance with the covenants under the Senior Facilities Agreement throughout all of the quarterly measurement dates from and including September 30, 2011, to December 31, 2016.

Events of default.     The Senior Facilities Agreement contains customary events of default, in each case with customary and appropriate grace periods and thresholds, including, but not limited to:

    §
    non-payment of principal, interest or commitment fee;

    §
    violation of covenants or undertakings;

    §
    representations, warranties or written statements being untrue;

    §
    cross default and cross acceleration;

    §
    certain liquidation, insolvency, winding-up, attachment and bankruptcy events;

    §
    certain litigation, arbitration, administrative or environmental claims having a material adverse effect on us or any of our subsidiaries;

    §
    qualification by the auditors of our consolidated financial statements which is materially adverse to the interests of the lenders;

    §
    certain change of control events;

    §
    cessation of business;

    §
    material adverse change; and

    §
    certain ERISA matters.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the Senior Facilities Agreement, the lenders will be able to terminate the commitments under the senior secured credit facilities, and declare all amounts, including accrued interest, to be due and payable and to take certain other actions.

The Senior Facilities Agreement is governed by English law.

Capital Expenditures

Investment in upgrading and expanding our production facilities is a key part of our strategy. In 2014 and 2015, we reaffirmed our commitment to capital expenditures by investing $20.5 million and $15.3 million, respectively. In 2016, we spent a further $16.5 million on the purchase of property, plant and equipment. The projects conducted in 2016, 2015 and 2014 included:

    §
    In 2016, we invested in a new restrike press at our Worcester site to expand the capability of the Superform business in the U.K. We invested a total of $2.2 million in this project. The new capability this provides has enabled us to win significant new business which starts in the latter part of 2017.

84


Table of Contents

    §
    In 2016 and 2015, we continued to expand and upgrade the cylinders lines in place at our facilities in Riverside, California, and Graham, North Carolina. We invested a total of $3.4 million in 2016 and $2.9 million in 2015 in this project.

    §
    In 2015, we invested in new ERP systems at our Madison, Illinois, and Findlay, Ohio, sites, and also upgraded key manufacturing equipment at both sites. We invested a total of $3.2 million in these projects.

    §
    In 2014, we invested $1.2 million to replace key manufacturing equipment at our aluminum cylinder plant in Graham, North Carolina. We further invested $1.2 million at our Riverside, California, plant as part of our composite cylinders growth strategy.

    §
    In 2014, we invested $0.5 million in plate-polishing equipment at our Madison, Illinois, facility as part of our strategy to introduce the use of magnesium in aircraft interiors.

C.    Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.

    Research and Development

Luxfer has always recognized the importance of research in materials science and the need to develop innovative new products to meet future needs of customers and to continue providing growth opportunities for the business. Each year we make a major investment across the Group in the development of new products and processes directed towards healthcare, environmental, protection and specialty end-markets. Direct expenditure on research and development (including revenue and capital items and before funding grants received) amounted to $7.6 million in 2016 (2015: $8.3 million; 2014: $10.6 million). The wider cost of product development and our financial commitment to its success is much harder for us to measure, because our product development projects include utilizing skills of our wider commercial technical sales staff and general management, many of whom are highly qualified scientists and engineers. A large proportion of senior sales and management time is spent overseeing development of products and working with customers on integrating our technology into their product designs.

To provide customers with improving products and services, we continually invest in new technology and research and employ some of the world's leading specialists in materials science and metallurgy. Our engineers and metallurgists collaborate closely with our customers to design, develop and manufacture our products. We also co-sponsor ongoing research programs at major universities in the U.S., Canada and Europe. Thanks to the ingenuity of our own research and development teams, Luxfer has developed a steady stream of new products, most recently including:

    §
    soluble magnesium alloys, branded SoluMag®, for down-well oil and gas applications;

    §
    ultra-lightweight large composite cylinders, branded G-Stor™, for containment of CNG, hydrogen, helium and other gases;

    §
    enabling technologies for AF systems, including high-pressure valves, branded G-Flo™, and pressure- release devices;

    §
    new magnesium alloy variants such as in Elektron®43, designed for use in aircraft seating;

    §
    zirconium catalysts for large-scale industrial chemical applications;

    §
    L7X® higher-strength aluminum alloy and carbon composite gas cylinders;

    §
    SmartFlow™ valve-regulator technology and its use in our Advanced Oxygen Systems;

    §
    bioresorbable magnesium alloys, branded SynerMag®; and

    §
    zirconium sorbents, branded MELsorb®, being developed for use as an active ingredient in kidney dialysis equipment.

We believe that our commitment to research and new product development, through dedicated resources and significant use of management's time, is the core of Luxfer Group's growth potential worldwide. This commitment reflects our strategy of focusing on high-performance, value-added product lines and markets and leveraging our collaboration with universities. We invest in developing products for end-markets that we

85


Table of Contents

believe have long-term growth potential. Although such products sometimes take considerable time to commercialize, when they succeed, they provide significant competitive advantages and opportunities for sustainable profit growth.

    Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and design rights, together with non-disclosure agreements and technical measures, to establish and protect proprietary rights in our products. Our Elektron Division holds key patents related to protection applications, including numerous aerospace alloys and magnesium-gadolinium alloys, as well as patents related to environmental applications, including water-treatment products and our specialized G4 process used to manufacture zirconium-cerium oxides for emissions-control catalysts. The division also has patented technology for magnesium-based flameless heater pads used to heat meals and beverages. Key patents held by our Gas Cylinders Division relate to our SmartFlow™ valve-regulator technology, aluminum alloys for pressurized hollow bodies and superplastic-forming techniques.

In certain areas, we rely more heavily upon trade secrets and unpatented proprietary know-how than patent protection in order to establish and maintain our competitive advantage. We generally enter into non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements with our employees and subcontractors.

D.    Trend information.

Information required by this item is set forth in Item 5.A of this Annual Report, "Risk factors" and below.

The Group has a diversified portfolio of products and end-markets, and therefore it is not unusual for certain markets to be down or to be showing positive or negative trends. In particular, the level of defense spending in the U.S. can have a positive or negative impact on our Elektron Division's results. For example, demand for our high-performance aerospace alloys weakened in 2015 due to lower helicopter build and refurbishment rates, which were attributed to pressure on defense budgets. This was compounded during the latter part of 2016 with a number of our magnesium-based products being affected by delays in the placing of defense orders.

Our strategy is focused around introducing new products into markets with expected strong growth trends. For example, we seek to respond to the need for more environmentally-friendly products resulting from stricter government regulations on emissions and the long-term view of the increasing cost of fossil fuels.

E.    Off-balance sheet arrangements.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into operating lease commitments and capital commitments. These transactions are recognized in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and are more fully disclosed therein.

As of December 31, 2016, neither Luxfer Holdings PLC nor any of its subsidiaries has any off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a future effect on the Group's financial position, changes in financial position, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

F.     Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations.

We have various contractual obligations arising from both our continuing and discontinued operations. The following table lists the aggregate maturities of various classes of obligations and expiration amounts of various classes of commitments related to our continuing operations as of December 31, 2016. See "Note 26—Commitments and contingencies" and "Note 27—Financial risk management objectives and

86


Table of Contents

policies" to our consolidated financial statements attached to this Annual Report for additional details on these obligations and commitments.

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 – 3
years
  3 – 5
years
  After
5 years
 
 
  (in $ million)
 

Contractual cash obligations

                               

Loan Notes due 2018 (1)

    15.0         15.0          

Loan Notes due 2021 (1)

    25.0             25.0      

Loan Notes due 2023 (1)

    25.0                 25.0  

Loan Notes due 2026 (1)

    25.0                 25.0  

Revolving Credit Facility

    32.8         32.8          

Deferred contingent consideration

    2.8     1.3     1.5          

Obligations under operating leases

    27.1     4.6     6.8     5.0     10.7  

Capital commitments

    3.6     3.6              

Interest payments (2)

    28.3     5.3     9.0     6.6     7.4  

Total contractual cash obligations

  $ 184.6   $ 14.8   $ 65.1   $ 36.6   $ 68.1  

(1)
The Loan Notes due 2018, 2021, 2023 and 2026 are gross of unamortized finance costs, which were $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million respectively, as of December 31, 2016. As required by IFRS, the Loan Notes due 2018, 2021, 2023 and 2026 are disclosed in our consolidated balance sheet as $89.2 million, being net of these costs. The amounts to be repaid exclude interest payable on the indebtedness.

(2)
Interest payments include estimated interest payable on the Loan Notes due 2018, 2021, 2023 and 2026 at the fixed rates of 6.19%, 3.67%, 4.88% and 4.94% respectively. No interest payments have been included for the Revolving Credit Facility given that the level of debt under this facility is managed on an ongoing basis in conjunction with the level of cash and cash equivalents held by us.

Loan notes due 2018, 2023 and 2026.     See "—Financing—Loan Notes due 2018, 2023 and 2026" above for a detailed explanation of the Loan Notes due 2018, 2023 and 2026.

Loan notes due 2021.     See "—Financing—Loan Notes due 2021 and Shelf Facility" above for a detailed explanation of the Loan Notes due 2021.

Obligations under non-cancellable operating leases.     We lease certain land and buildings and a limited amount of plant and equipment pursuant to agreements that we cannot terminate prior to the end of their terms without incurring substantial penalties, absent breach by the counterparty. However, under the lease agreements, the risks and rewards of ownership have substantially remained with the lessors. In particular, the fair value of the future payments under these leases is significantly less than the value of the assets to which they relate, and the lease periods are significantly shorter than the estimated lives of the relevant assets. We therefore do not recognize the future lease obligations and the value of the assets leased in our consolidated balance sheet. The lease costs payable each year are charged to operating expenses during the year and amounted to $4.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2016.

Foreign currency forward contracts.     We use forward contracts to hedge the risk of exchange movements of foreign currencies in relation to sales and purchases and their corresponding trade receivable or trade payable. Under IFRS, we recognize the value of these contracts at their fair value in our consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2016, we had outstanding contracts with a mark to market fair value loss of $3.0 million, calculated using exchange rates and forward interest rates compared to market rates as

87


Table of Contents

of December 31, 2016. See "Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Effect of Currency Movement on Results of Operations."

Aluminum forward contracts.     We may use LME forward purchase contracts to fix a portion of our aluminum purchase costs and thereby hedge against future price movements in the price of primary aluminum. In 2016, we entered into a number of LME contracts to provide hedges against some of our aluminum price risks in 2016. As of December 31, 2016, we had outstanding contracts with a mark to market fair value loss of $0.6 million. See "Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk—Effect of Commodity Price Movements on Results of Operations."

We do not recognize the fair value of forward LME contracts in our income statement until we receive delivery of the underlying physical aluminum. The value of such contracts is recognized as an asset or liability in our consolidated balance sheet, with the profit or loss on effective hedges deferred in a hedging reserve account in equity until the underlying delivery of the physical aluminum. The fair value of the contracts is based on quoted forward prices from the LME.

Forward interest rate agreements.     There were no forward interest rate agreements in place as of December 31, 2016.

Capital commitments.     From time to time, we have capital expenditure commitments when we have new plant and equipment on order. We treat these commitments as contingent liabilities, because they will not be recognized on the consolidated balance sheet until the capital equipment to which they relate has been delivered. As of December 31, 2016, we had capital commitments of $3.6 million.

G.    Safe harbor.

See the section entitled "Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" at the beginning of this Annual Report.

Item 6.    Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A.    Directors and Senior Management

The Board of Directors

The following table presents information regarding the members of the Board of Directors during the year.

Name
  Age   Position

Peter Joseph Kinder Haslehurst (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

    76   Non-Executive Chairman (retired)

Joseph Allison Bonn (1)(2)(3)(4)(6)

    73   Non-Executive Chairman

Brian Gordon Purves

    62   Director and Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Michael Beaden

    49   Director and Group Finance Director

Kevin Sean Flannery (1)(2)(4)

    72   Non-Executive Director

David Farrington Landless (1)(2)(3)(4)

    57   Non-Executive Director

Dr Brian Kushner (1)(2)(3)(4)(7)

    58   Non-Executive Director

Clive Snowdon (1)(2)(3)(4)(8)

    63   Non-Executive Director

Adam Cohn (2)(4)(9)

    45   Non-Executive Director

(1)
Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)
Member of the Remuneration Committee.

(3)
Member of the Nomination Committee.

(4)
An "independent director" as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

88


Table of Contents

(5)
Peter Joseph Kinder Haslehurst retired from Luxfer on May 24, 2016.

(6)
Joseph Allison Bonn was appointed as Interim Non-Executive Chairman on May 24, 2016, (originally appointed to the Board of Directors in March 2007) and as of December 6, 2016, was appointed Non-Executive Chairman.

(7)
Dr Brian Kushner was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on May 24, 2016.

(8)
Clive Snowdon was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on July 29, 2016.

(9)
Adam Cohn was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on July 18, 2016.

Biographical information concerning the members of our Board of Directors is set forth below.

Peter Joseph Kinder Haslehurst

Non-Executive Chairman

Peter was our Non-Executive Chairman for 10 years having been appointed in March 2006. Prior to taking up the appointment as Non-Executive Chairman he had been a Non-Executive Director of the Company and a member of the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee since 2003. On his appointment as our Chairman he was also appointed as Chair of both the Audit and Remuneration Committees and subsequently the Nomination Committee when it was established in July 2013. On May 28, 2015, he stepped down as Chair of the Audit Committee but remained a member of the Audit Committee. Peter retired from Luxfer on May 24, 2016.

Experience:     Peter has been a Managing Director, Chief Executive and / or Chairman in international manufacturing industries for over 45 years, including most recently as Chairman and Chief Executive of the Brunner Mond Group from 2000 to 2008 and Chairman of Imago at Loughborough Ltd from 2003 to 2009. He was appointed President emeritus of VAI Industries (U.K.), following Chairmanship of VA Tech (U.K.) from 1999 to 2002. Prior to that he was Chief Executive of the EIS Group PLC from 1985 to 1999, building a group of 100 companies in 30 countries involved in aircraft and defence equipment and fluid technology products. From 1969 to 1981 he was Managing Director of Wellman Mechanical Engineering Ltd., the metallurgical plant makers. He was appointed as Chairman of the British Metal Working Plant Makers Association in 1974. He is currently Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining where he was formerly Treasurer and Senior Vice President. He was proud to be made an honorary chief of the Maasai following his services to their tribe as Chairman of Magadi Soda Company in Kenya from 2001 to 2008.

Peter holds a BSc degree in production engineering from Loughborough University and is a Chartered Engineer. He is also a Companion of the Chartered Management Institute, a Fellow of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, a Fellow of the Institution of Engineering and Technology, a Fellow of the Royal Society of the Arts and also a Fellow of the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining, where he was formerly Senior Vice President. He was made Eisenhower Fellow from Britain in 1980 and awarded an honorary Doctor of Science at Loughborough University in 2008. He is a Freeman of the City of London.

Joseph Allison Bonn

Non-Executive Chairman

Joseph (Joe) was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on March 1, 2007, at which time he was also appointed to both the Audit and Remuneration Committees. He has also been a member of the Nomination Committee since its establishment in July 2013. Joe was appointed as Interim Non-Executive Chairman on May 24, 2016, and on December 6, 2016, was appointed as Non-Executive Chairman.

89


Table of Contents

Experience:     Joe has extensive experience in the aluminum and specialty chemical industry, having worked for Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Corporation for over 35 years in various senior capacities. Among other appointments in the U.S., he has served on the Board and Executive Committee of the Aluminum Association, the Board of the National Association of Purchasing Management and the International Primary Aluminium Institute Board. He is currently a consultant with Joseph Bonn RE&C Corp.

Joe holds a BS degree from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and an MBA degree in Finance from Cornell University.

Brian Gordon Purves

Chief Executive Officer

Brian was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer at the start of 2002 and has been an Executive Director of the Company and its predecessor since 1996. He was one of the two-man management buy-in team that led the private equity-funded acquisition of British Aluminium (including the core or our current Group) from Alcan in 1996, serving as Finance Director from that date until 2001. Brian informed the Board of Directors during 2016 of his intention to retire during the course of 2017, although he will remain in his current role until his successor is appointed.

Experience:     Before joining the Company, Brian held several senior positions in the U.K. motor manufacturing industry covering various financial, commercial and general management responsibilities.

Brian has an honours degree in natural philosophy (physics) from the University of Glasgow and a Master of business studies degree from the University of Edinburgh. A Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Management Accountants, he is also a Companion of the Chartered Management Institute.

Andrew Michael Beaden

Group Finance Director

Andrew (Andy) was appointed as Group Finance Director in June 2011 prior to the I.P.O., at which time he was appointed to the Board as an Executive Director. Andy joined the Group in 1997 and became Group Financial Controller in 2002, becoming a member of the Executive Management Board in January 2006. He worked as Director of Planning and Finance from 2008 to 2011.

Experience:     Before joining the Company, Andy worked for KPMG, as well as several U.K. FTSE 100 companies in a variety of financial roles.

Andy is a Chartered Accountant and holds a degree in economics and econometrics from Nottingham University.

Kevin Sean Flannery

Non-Executive Director

Kevin was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on June 1, 2007, at which time he was also appointed to both the Audit and Remuneration Committees. He was appointed to the Nomination Committee on its establishment in July 2013, but stepped down on October 6, 2016.

Experience:     Kevin has over 40 years of experience in both operational and financial management roles in a variety of industries and has also served in the capacities of Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of several companies in the U.S. He is currently the President and Chief Executive Officer of Whelan Financial Corporation, a company he founded in 1993 that specializes in financial management and consulting. He was formerly the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of several companies, including RoweCom, Inc., Telespectrum Worldwide and Rehrig United Inc. He currently serves as a director of FPM

90


Table of Contents

Heat Treating LLC, a leading provider of heat-treatment processes and Energy XXI, a Bermuda-based oil and gas company. He also served as a director of a number of other corporations between 2005 and 2011. Kevin began his career at Goldman, Sachs & Co and was a senior managing partner of Bear Stearns & Co.

David Farrington Landless

Non-Executive Director

David was appointed as a Non-Executive Director in March 2013 and was appointed to the Audit Committee on March 28, 2013, and the Nomination Committee on July 23, 2013. He acts as the financial expert on the Audit Committee under the listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange. He was appointed as a member of the Remuneration Committee in January 2015 and on May 28, 2015, he was appointed Chair of the Audit Committee.

Experience:     David started his career with Bowater and Carrington Viyella and joined Courtaulds Plc in 1984. He was appointed a Finance Director in the U.K. and U.S. divisions of Courtaulds Plc from 1989 to 1997 and Finance Director of Courtaulds Coatings (Holdings) Limited from 1997 to 1999. He retired from the position of Group Finance Director of Bodycote plc on January 1, 2017. He was appointed a Non-Executive Director of Innospec, Inc. on January 1, 2016, and a Non-Executive Director of Renold plc on January 9, 2017.

David is a Chartered Management Accountant. He graduated from the University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology.

Dr. Brian Kushner

Non-Executive Director

Brian was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on May, 24 2016, at which time he was also appointed to the Remuneration and Nomination committees. He was appointed to the Audit Committee on August 5, 2016.

Experience:     Brian, who holds a doctorate in applied and engineering physics from Cornell University, was co-founder of CXO LLC ("CXO"), a management consulting firm headquartered in Austin, Texas. In 2008, CXO was acquired by FTI Consulting, a global business advisory firm. Dr. Kushner is now Senior Managing Director, Corporate Finance, for FTI and a co-leader in activities related to technology practices and aerospace, defense and government contracting practices.

Brian began his career in 1982 at BDM International, a defense firm, as part of the management team that completed a leveraged buyout of BDM in 1990 by the Carlyle Group. Over the past two decades, he has served as Chief Executive, Chief Restructuring Officer or Director of more than 20 public and private technology, manufacturing, telecom and defense companies.

Brian serves as a Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of Dex Media Inc, a digital marketing and directories company. He is also on the Board of Zodiac Interactive, a software development company for the cable industry, where he serves on the Audit and Governance Committees. Furthermore, during 2016, Brian served as a Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of Everyware Global Inc, the parent company of the Oneida and Anchor Hocking brands; he resigned from Everyware Global Inc on September 30, 2016. He is also a member of the Executive Committee of the Advisory Council of the College of Natural Sciences at the University of Texas at Austin, Chairman of the Physics Advisory Council at the University of Texas at Austin and a member of the Engineering College Council at Cornell University in Ithaca, New York.

91


Table of Contents

Clive Snowdon

Non-Executive Director

Clive was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on July 29, 2016, at which time he was also appointed to the Remuneration and Nomination committees. He was appointed to the Audit Committee on August, 5 2016.

Experience:     Clive has served as Chairman of the Midlands Aerospace Alliance since 2007 and is a Trustee of the Stratford Town Trust. He is also the aerospace industry advisor to Cooper Parry Corporate Finance. In May 2016, Mr. Snowdon stepped down from the board of Hill & Smith Holdings PLC, where he had been Senior Non-Executive Director since May 2007 and chair of the remuneration committee, as well as a member of the audit and nomination committees. Mr. Snowdon retired from Umeco PLC in June 2011 after serving as Chief Executive since April 1997, and he was Executive Chairman of Shimtech Industries Group Limited until the sale of the business in May 2015. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Snowdon served as Managing Director of Burnfield PLC after being promoted to that position from Finance Director. He has also held senior positions with Vickers PLC, BTR PLC and Hawker Siddeley Group. Mr. Snowdon is qualified as a Chartered Accountant.

Adam Cohn

Non-Executive Director

Adam was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on July 18, 2016, at which time he was also appointed to the Remuneration Committee.

Experience:     Mr. Cohn is Co-CEO of Stone Canyon Industries LLC (SCI), a company he co-founded in September 2014. SCI has a small investment in Luxfer. Prior to SCI, from March 2000 to September 2014, Mr. Cohn was a Partner at Knowledge Universe ("KU"), where he served as Head of Mergers and Acquisitions and Business Development for KU and its portfolio companies. Prior to joining KU, he was a Senior Associate with Whitney & Co., a private equity firm. Before that, Mr. Cohn was an investment banker in the Financial Sponsors Group at Bankers Trust Company and Deutsche Bank. He has a B.S. in business from Skidmore College and an M.B.A. from Columbia University. Mr. Cohn served on the board of k12, Inc, where he was also Chairman of the Compensation Committee. In addition, he serves on several other private company boards.

Executive Management Board

The members of the Executive Management Board of Luxfer are responsible for the day-to-day management of our company.

The following table lists the names and positions of the members of the Executive Management Board during the year.

Name
  Age   Position

Brian Gordon Purves

    62   Director and Chief Executive Officer

Andrew Michael Beaden

    49   Director and Group Finance Director

Edward John Haughey

    61   Divisional Managing Director of MEL Chemicals

David Terence Rix

    48   Divisional Managing Director of Magnesium Elektron

Andrew William John Butcher

    48   President of Luxfer Gas Cylinders

Linda Frances Seddon (1)

    65   Company Secretary and General Counsel

(1)
Linda Frances Seddon retired from Luxfer on March 4, 2016.

92


Table of Contents

Biographical information of the members of our Executive Management Board who are not members of our Board of Directors is set forth below.

Brian Gordon Purves and Andrew Michael Beaden

Please refer to the Board of Directors biographies on page 90.

Edward John Haughey

Managing Director of MEL Chemicals

Edward (Eddie) became a member of the Executive Management Board on his appointment as Managing Director of Luxfer's zirconium business in 2003. Prior to joining Luxfer Group, he was Managing Director of Croda Colloids Limited for Croda International Plc from 1994 to 2003, and has held a series of senior management positions in the Croda Group, BASF and Rhone Poulenc. He holds a BA (Honours) degree in Chemistry. Eddie is to retire in 2017 with a replacement to be announced in due course.

David Terence Rix

Managing Director of Magnesium Elektron

David was appointed to the Executive Management Board in 2013 on assuming responsibility for Luxfer's magnesium businesses. He joined Alcan Wire and Conductor in 1991 and moved to Luxfer Gas Cylinders in 1994, holding various sales and marketing positions in Germany, France and Dubai, UAE, before returning to the U.K. He was appointed Managing Director of Luxfer Gas Cylinders in Europe after serving as European Sales Director and was also a member of the Gas Cylinders Divisional Team with strategic responsibility for global marketing. David holds a BA (Honours) degree in business studies and a diploma from the Chartered Institute of Marketing. He is fluent in French and German.

Andrew William John Butcher

President of Luxfer Gas Cylinders

Andrew (Andy) was appointed as President of Luxfer Gas Cylinders in April 2014. He became a member of the Executive Management Board on January 1, 2014, on his appointment as President designate. He joined Luxfer Gas Cylinders in Nottingham in 1991, before moving to California in 2002, where he led our composite businesses. He was President of Luxfer Gas Cylinders North America from 2009 to 2014. Andy holds an MA degree in Engineering from Cambridge University, and an MBA from Keele University.

Linda Frances Seddon

Company Secretary and General Counsel

Linda was a member of the Executive Management Board from 2001 until her retirement on March 4, 2016. She was Secretary of the Group holding company and legal adviser to the Luxfer Group from 1997 until her retirement. After qualifying as a solicitor in England and Wales in 1976, she spent 14 years in private practice as a solicitor before becoming a legal adviser with Simon Engineering PLC and subsequently legal adviser and company secretary at British Fuels upon its privatization. She has a BA (Honours) degree in Business Law.

Other Officers of the Company

Other officers of the Company are also responsible for the day-to-day management of our Company but are not members of the Executive Management Board.

93


Table of Contents

David Nicholas Fletcher

Company Secretary

David joined the Luxfer Group in 2001, being appointed the Financial Controller of Magnesium Elektron. He then joined the Head Office Accounting Team in 2004, being made Group Financial Controller in 2011, a position he held during the Group's IPO in 2012. He was appointed the Divisional Finance Director of the Zirconium Division in 2013 before being appointed as Company Secretary in March 2016.

David is a Chartered Management Accountant and Chartered Company Secretary.

Claire Louise Swarbrick

General Counsel and Legal Adviser

Claire has been legal adviser to the Luxfer Group since joining the business in January 2012. She was appointed general counsel in March 2016. After graduating from the University of Nottingham with a degree in law, Claire completed the legal practice course at Chester Law College and qualified as a solicitor in September 2000. Before taking the role at Luxfer, Claire spent 12 years in private practice, specializing in corporate and commercial law.

B.    Compensation

The total amount of compensation paid and benefits in kind granted to the Executive Directors and members of our Executive Management Board for the 2016 fiscal year was $2.2 million. This amount includes bonuses paid to the Executive Directors and members of the Executive Management Board under the annual cash bonus plan, which is described below in Note 4, page 100 of the 2016 remuneration report (the "Remuneration Report") below. The annual bonus potential as a percentage of base salary of the members of our Executive Management Board ranged from 60% to 100%. Moreover, details of stock options granted to the Executive Directors and members of our Executive Management Board are provided in Item 6.E.

For the 2016 fiscal year, (i) we and our subsidiaries contributed a total of $0.2 million in respect of our contribution into money purchase plans to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our Directors and members of the Executive Management Board and (ii) the total increase in accrued pension benefits earned during the 2016 fiscal year (excluding any increase due to inflation) by our Directors and members of the Executive Management Board under the defined benefit plans was less than $0.1 million.

Service Contracts

Other than as mentioned below, the Executive Directors are not entitled to any special arrangements on termination, just their contractual rights and, if appropriate, the Company's standard redundancy policy for all senior management, which provides for compensation based on length of service.

The Company has entered into service contracts with the Executive Directors that are not for a fixed term. Brian Purves' service contract is dated April 9, 1999. His service contract expressly states that he has continuity of employment from when he first joined the Group in March 1996. Andrew Beaden's service contract is dated August 5, 2011, and is effective from the date of his appointment as Group Finance Director on June 1, 2011. His service contract expressly states that he has continuity of employment from when he first joined the Group in 1997.

The Executive Directors' service contracts are terminable by 12 months' notice from the Company, which notice can be given at any time. The contracts also provide for pay in lieu of notice, which include base salary, benefits and pension payable for the notice period. A bonus may be paid if the period for which pay in lieu of notice is made extends past the year end, subject to targets being met. In the event that an

94


Table of Contents

acquiring company does not assume their employment agreements or offers them a materially different position, they will be entitled to severance payments based on our standard severance policy, but calculated using two times their annual salary. Otherwise, the Executive Directors have the same employment rights as any other employee in the case of redundancy or if the termination of their employment was determined by a relevant tribunal to be unfair under English law.

The relevant rules for both the I.P.O. standalone options and the Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan ("LTiP"), in which both Executive Directors participate, provide that upon a change in control, all unvested time-based awards will fully vest and become exercisable as applicable and unless determined by the Remuneration Committee, shall lapse on the first anniversary of the change of control if not exercised as applicable. Under the rules of the LTiP all performance-based awards will vest pro-rata based on the performance results to the date of change and the elapsed portion of the performance period.

The Company has entered into letters of appointment with the Non-Executive Directors that are not for a fixed term as it was inappropriate to engage them on a fixed term at the date of their appointment. The appointments are subject to termination with three months' notice to be given at any time by the Company except if they should fail to be re-elected at an AGM when their contract terminates immediately without notice or compensation. The Chairman, Joseph Bonn's letter of appointment was dated February 28, 2007. Kevin Flannery's letter of appointment is dated May 11, 2007, David Landless' is dated February 20, 2013, Brian Kushner's is dated May 24, 2016, Adam Cohn's is dated July 18, 2016, and Clive Snowdon's is dated July 29, 2016. Neither the Non-Executive Directors nor the Chairman has any employment rights.

The Remuneration Report was prepared in accordance with our U.K. home-country regulations and is reproduced hereunder in all material respects.

95


Table of Contents

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION REPORT

Chairman's Letter

Dear Shareholder,

Following my appointment as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee in 2016, I present my first report to the shareholders pursuant to U.K. regulations governing the way remuneration for directors of quoted U.K. companies is reported and voted upon.

As our Remuneration Policy ("the Policy") was last approved by our shareholders at the 2014 annual general meeting ("AGM") and in accordance with U.K. regulations governing the way remuneration for Directors is reported and voted on, we are required to put the policy before you for a binding vote at the 2017 AGM. The Remuneration Committee ("the Committee") is satisfied with the way the Directors are remunerated but following a review, the Policy has been amended to bring it in line with current practices and policies and to reflect the changes made to the pension and various equity award schemes since 2014. The Policy to be presented to Shareholders for approval in 2017 will not differ in substance or content from the Policy previously approved in 2014.

The Company's Remuneration Policy can be found in a standalone document in the Governance section of the Company's web site www.luxfer.com/governance/.

The Annual Remuneration Report starting on page 98 sets out how the Directors were remunerated in 2016 in accordance with the Policy. As the Committee generally reviews Directors' pay and incentives at the beginning of the financial year, the second half of the report on page 107 also contains details of the decisions already made on the remuneration of our Directors for 2017. The Annual Remuneration Report will be proposed for an advisory vote at the Company's 2017 AGM as required by the relevant U.K. regulations.

The Context of Decisions made during the year

Despite a strong start to the year, 2016 proved to be a difficult year with reported trading profit being lower than the previous year. The Elektron Division suffered in the second half of 2016 from lower demand for our U.S magnesium products, reflecting the tightness of U.S. defense budgets and destocking by certain distributors of photo engraving products as a result of increasing the number of customers with whom we deal directly. Elektron was also impacted by lower sales of automotive catalysis products, currently in transition to a new generation of technology. Mitigating the impact of these was increased demand for high performance aerospace magnesium alloys in Europe and industrial catalysis chemical products. 2016 also saw the launch of our bioresorbable magnesium alloy, SoluMag® into the medical market. Gas Cylinders trading profit increased by 32.6% in 2016 over the previous year largely due to a combination of our actions to reduce the AF cost base, and increased AF sales.

Major Decisions on Remuneration during the Year

Decisions made affecting 2016 remuneration

The Committee's overall approach to remuneration packages remained the same and followed the Policy approved by shareholders in 2014. In recognizing the Company's sole listing on the NYSE and, as a consequence, its significant U.S. shareholder base, the Committee and the Board continue to believe that in structuring remuneration packages for the Directors they should consider remuneration practices not only in the U.K. but also in the U.S. This philosophy is not used in relation to executive salaries, which reflect salaries in the country in which the Director resides, but it does influence the structure of the Group's share incentive schemes.

96


Table of Contents

In accordance with the Policy, the Committee undertook a review of the Executive Directors' salaries at the beginning of 2016. In line with the policy of adjusting the packages of Executive Directors to at least the median of external comparators and recognizing that no increase had been applied in 2015, it was agreed that the Executive Directors' base salaries should be increased in 2016 by 2%.

We closed the Luxfer Group Pension Plan to future accruals from April 6, 2016, removing that pension benefit from all remaining members, including the Directors. Having reviewed the various alternatives and considering the increasingly complicated and restrictive regulations being imposed on higher earners in the U.K., it was decided, in line with the practice of many other U.K. companies, to offer the senior executives salary supplements in lieu of direct contributions into a pension scheme. The salary supplement is no higher cost to the company than continuing with the previous arrangements would have been. The current remuneration policy will be amended to reflect this change prior to putting before shareholders at the 2017 AGM.

The main targets of the annual bonus for 2016 related to management trading profit and net cash flow, weighted towards the management trading profit metric. The bonus plan also contained a number of non-financial objectives relating to organic revenue growth, generating positive PR and achievement of strategic project milestones. Certain of these non-financial objectives were achieved in 2016 which generated a bonus payable of 25% and 20% of base salary for the CEO and FD respectively. However, as both of the main financial targets for 2016 were not achieved, the Executive Directors thought it appropriate to waive their right to any bonus in respect of the 2016 non-financial targets. Further details of the bonus arrangements and the bonus paid can be found in Single Figure, Executive Directors' Remuneration of the Remuneration Report on page 100 and Note 4 to that table.

The Committee believe they set challenging targets for the performance-based awards to motivate the executives and align the interests of the executive with those of shareholders. Stretch targets required exceptional performance to be achieved. Sufficient goals were met at the end of 2015 to justify award of ADS to both Executive Directors in 2016. The targets set for 2016 were not achieved and therefore no awards were made in respect of these. Further details are set out in the section headed Remuneration Report, Awards Granted During the Year and the section headed Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the Year Ending 31 December 2017 under Long Term Incentives and its associated Notes.

Decisions affecting 2017

The Committee reviewed the Executive Directors' salaries at its January 2017 meeting in accordance with the Policy. It was recognized that the achievement of the 2017 budget is paramount and while we believe that the reasons behind the downturn in 2016 were in the main temporary, at the present time we are focused on efficiency improvements and cost reductions to improve the robustness of our forecasts. Accordingly, the Board is taking a very cautious approach on base remuneration, and has frozen executive director salaries and benefits and non-executive director fees for 2017. On the other hand, to support and encourage the difficult actions now being taken, it was felt appropriate to offer an enhanced equity potential award for 2017, entirely performance-based—on generating improved shareholder returns.

The Committee has also determined the Executive Directors' variable remuneration arrangements for 2017. No change has been made to the basic structure of how bonuses are earned or share awards made. The focus remains on improving trading profit and net cash flow. Unlike previous years there are no non-financial bonus targets for 2017. A summary of the Executive Directors' salary and incentive arrangements for the financial year 2017 can be found under the section headed Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the Year Ending December 31, 2017 on pages 107 to 108 of the Remuneration Report.

The Committee looks forward to gaining your support for the updated Remuneration Policy and the Annual Remuneration Report at the 2017 AGM.

J A Bonn

CHAIRMAN OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
March 14, 2017

97


Table of Contents

Remuneration Report

2016 Remuneration Report
(subject to advisory vote by the shareholders at the 2017 AGM)

This report has been compiled in accordance with the U.K. ' The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendments) Regulations 2013'. As required by the Regulations, the report will be proposed for an advisory vote at the 2017 AGM. The approved Remuneration Policy can be found on the Company's website at www.luxfer.com/governance/.

The Remuneration Committee, its Activities and Responsibilities

Peter Haslehurst retired from the Luxfer Board at the AGM on May 24, 2016. The members of the Committee during the year are set out below.

Members of Committee during 2016
   
  Meetings
attended

Peter Haslehurst

  Non-Executive Director and Chairman (Chair) until May 24, 2016   2

Joseph Bonn

  Non-Executive Director, Interim Chairman (Chair) from May 24, 2016 and Chairman (Chair) from December 6, 2016   2

Kevin Flannery

  Non-Executive Director   2

David Landless

  Non-Executive Director   2

Total number of meetings in 2016

      2

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. Brian Purves normally attends all the meetings, at least in part.

The Committee is responsible for determining and agreeing with the Board the framework on executive remuneration and its costs. The Committee's written Terms of Reference can be accessed in the Governance section of the Company's website www.luxfer.com/governance/.

98


Table of Contents

During 2016 among the matters dealt with by the Committee were the following:

January 2016

 

§

Consideration as to whether, and to what extent, the Executive Directors' bonus targets for 2015 had been met;

§

Determination of the Executive Directors' annual bonus targets for 2016;

§

Annual review of the Executive Directors' and Company Secretary salaries;

§

Review of UK Executive Pension Provisions;

§

Setting of goals to be met by the Executive Directors and Senior Managers which if met would lead to time-based share awards in 2017;

§

Determination to settle RSU granted under the LTiP by combination of cash and shares;

§

Delegation of authority to Chief Executive Officer to make awards under the LTiP over a defined number of shares to junior and middle management in his sole discretion;

§

Consideration of accelerating of vesting of LTiP awards and extension of exercise periods for IPO and LTiP awards held by impending retirees.


 

 

 

March 2016

 

§

Review of 2015 Remuneration Report for subsequent approval by the Board;

§

Approval of amendments to the schedule of the U.K. Umbrella Incentive Plan;

§

Review of Awards under the LTiP made to junior and middle management.

Advisors to the Committee

The Committee has access to independent advice when it considers it requires such advice. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ("PwC") HR Services provided advice on remuneration reporting and long term incentive design during 2016 and early 2017. PwC were appointed as the Company's auditor in the middle of 2015 after a competitive tender. It was determined that PwC HR Services could continue to provide advisory and benchmarking services, subject to a case-by-case independence review and the Company's non-audit service approval process. The cost of advice by PwC HR Services provided during 2016 was $24,425 (2015: $33,774). Although the Committee has not made a specific determination to the effect, they are satisfied that PwC HR Services provides independent and professional advice. PwC is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and is signed up to the Group's Code of Conduct.

99


Table of Contents

REMUNERATION RECEIVED BY THE DIRECTORS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31 2016
(Information in this part of the Remuneration Report is audited unless stated otherwise)

Single Figure

The tables below set out an analysis of each Director's total remuneration for 2016. Total remuneration reflects both the performance of the Company and the contribution made by each Director to the continued success of the Company.

Executive Directors' Remuneration

U.S.$ (1)
  Year   Salary (2)   Taxable
Benefits (3)
  Annual
Bonus (4)
  Long-Term
Incentive
Awards (5)
  Other Share
Awards (6)
  Pensions
Contributions
  Total  

Brian Purves

    2016     534,802     27,635     0     135,134     1,236     137,510     836,317  

    2015     594,672     30,469     0     0     232,779     163,437     1,021,357  

Andrew Beaden

   
2016
   
281,114
   
22,492
   
0
   
56,456
   
1,159
   
70,674
   
431,895
 

    2015     312,584     24,414     0     0     116,869     66,109     519,976  

Table compiled in accordance with the U.K. 'The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013'.

(1)
Exchange rates —Salary, Taxable Benefits, Awards and Pension Contributions are determined and paid in GBP sterling and translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for the year $1.3444:£ as used for the Consolidated Financial Statements. For consistency, the 2015 amounts remain as reported last year translated at the average exchange rate used for that year of $1.5248:£.

(2)
Salaries —As Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden are paid in GBP sterling and their salaries are translated as set out in Note 1, the salary amounts will differ from those shown in the 2015 Annual Remuneration Implementation Report for the coming year 2016 which were based on the 2015 year-end exchange rate. The actual GBP sterling amounts in 2016 were Brian Purves £397,800 (2015: £390,000) and Andrew Beaden £209,100 (2015: £205,000) reflecting the change in their base salary 2015 to 2016 as reported in the Chairman's letter.

(3)
Taxable Benefits —For Brian Purves, this comprised: car allowance $24,392, medical insurance $2,782, and dental insurance $461, and for Andrew Beaden comprised car allowance $18,553, medical insurance $3,478, and dental insurance $461. Taxable benefits are valued at their GBP sterling taxable value. The actual GBP sterling amounts in 2016 were Brian Purves £20,556 (2015: £19,982) and Andrew Beaden £16,730 (2015: £16,011).

(4)
Annual Bonus —For the 2016 financial year, the annual bonus plan was based on the achievement of two financial performance goals, profit performance and cash performance (two of the key strategic performance indicators used by the Company to assess its development against its financial objectives during the year), measured against the annual budget. The strategic goal related to organic revenue growth and the achievement of strategic project milestones. The bonus was weighted towards the achievement of the management profit target, which required a material improvement over the prior year outcome. The cash target set was aggressive. While several of the strategic milestones were achieved, the financial targets were missed and the Executive Directors agreed to waive any bonus. For the 2015 financial year, the annual cash bonus was waived in favor of an award of restricted shares, with these being included under 'Other Share Awards'.

100


Table of Contents

    Summary of the annual bonus potential as a percentage of base salary of each of the Executive Directors for 2016:

   
  Maximum
Annual
bonus
(number of
points
available
and % of
salary)
  Management
Trading
Profit (2)
(sliding scale
between
threshold, target
and stretch)
  Net Cash Flow
(sliding scale
target and
stretch)
  Non-financial
objectives
  Bonus
outcome
2016 (1)
 
 

Number of points available

    1,800     200 - 800     100 - 400     600     300  
 

Brian Purves

    150%     16.7% - 66.7 %   8.3% - 33.3 %   50.0 %   (1)
 

Andrew Beaden

    120%     13.3% - 53.3 %   6.7% - 26.7 %   40.0 %   (1)
 

                               
    (1)
    A number of the non-financial objectives were achieved during 2016, resulting in a bonus of 25% and 20% being payable to the CEO and FD respectively. Given that no bonus was generated from main financial targets, both the CEO and the FD thought it appropriate to waive any bonus payable in respect to achievement of non-financial targets under the 2016 plan.

    (2)
    Management trading profit is defined as operating profit or loss before profit on sale of redundant site, changes to defined benefit pension plans, restructuring and other expense, amortization on acquired intangibles and share based compensation charges.

    The performance of the Company during the year included trading profit of $35.3 million (2015: $42.3 million) and net cash flows from continuing operations of $29.2 million (2015: $52.8 million).

    The Board has considered whether to include in this report the targets which applied to the bonus arrangements for the Executive Directors in 2016 but has determined that these amounts are commercially sensitive.

(5)
The Long Term Incentive Awards the 2016 Single Figure: In 2015, the Committee set profit, cash flow and EPS targets with all three metrics being measured at threshold, target and stretch. Greater weighting was assigned to the cash flow and EPS targets. On attainment of the cash flow target for 2015 being met at the threshold level, an award under the LTiP was made in 2016. For additional information refer to the section of this report headed Outstanding Share Awards During 2016 on page 105. Details of the grants made can be found in the Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the Year Ending December 31, 2017, Long Term Incentives on page 108 of this report. No performance awards vested in 2016 relating to 2016 awards, so no value is ascribed to them in the Single Figure table.

(6)
Other Share Awards —Apart from the shares awarded in lieu of 2015 cash bonus (see note 4 above), this relates to the value ascribed to the Matching Shares awarded to Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden under the Company's U.K. All Employee Share Investment Plan ("SIP"), as further detailed below: -
 
  Monthly
contribution
from salary
during
2016 (£)
  No. of
Partnership
Shares
purchased
June 2016
@ average
price of
$9.648
each ADS
  No. of
Matching
Shares
awarded
June
2016
  No. of
Partnership
Share
purchased
December
2016
@ average
price of
$11.020
each ADS
  No. of
Matching
Shares
awarded
December
2015
  Dividends
shares
acquired
from
dividend
reinvestment
during 2016
  Total shares
accumulated
in SIP
during 2016
 

Brian Purves

    150     141     70     102     51     34     398  

Andrew Beaden

    140     125     62     102     51     30     370  

101


Table of Contents

Non-Executive Directors' Remuneration

None of the Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) received taxable benefits, annual bonus, long-term incentive awards (exceeding one year) or pension contributions during the year.

U.S.$ (1)
  YEAR   BASE FEE (1)   Other Fees
(Fees in the form
of share awards) (2)
  Total  

Peter Haslehurst

    2016     62,690     2,976     65,666  

    2015     157,054     75,202     232,256  

Joseph Bonn

   
2016
   
80,702
   
38,704
   
119,406
 

    2015     77,500     36,945     114,445  

Kevin Flannery

   
2016
   
79,050
   
38,704
   
117,754
 

    2015     77,500     36,945     114,445  

David Landless

   
2016
   
79,050
   
38,704
   
117,754
 

    2015     77,500     37,451     114,951  

Brian Kushner

   
2016
   
46,116
   
37,246
   
83,362
 

    2015              

Clive Snowdon

   
2016
   
32,940
   
   
32,940
 

    2015              

Adam Cohn

   
2016
   
32,940
   
   
32,940
 

    2015              

Table compiled in accordance with the U.K. 'The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendments) Regulations 2013.

(1)
Peter Haslehurst stepped down as Chairman on May 24, 2016. His base fee was determined and paid in GBP sterling and translated at the average exchange rate of $1.4321:£ being the rate applicable for the first five months of 2016 (full year 2015:$1.5248:£). The actual GBP sterling figure paid for the five months to May 2016 was £43,775 (full year 2015: £103,000).

The base fees of the Joseph Bonn, Kevin Flannery, Adam Cohn and Brian Kushner are all determined in U.S. dollars.

The base fee of David Landless, and Clive Snowdon although determined in U.S. dollars, is paid in GBP sterling translated at the exchange rate reported in the Financial Times on the 5th of each month prior to payment. Actual payments received by David Landless and Clive Snowdon for 2016 aggregated to £58,117 (2015: £50,586) and £25,739 (2015: nil) respectively.

(2)
2016 Single figure:

The value of the Other Fees in the Single Figure table is calculated as follows:

§
An element of the fees received by the Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors are delivered as time-based restricted stock unit ("RSU"). The award value is a fixed percentage of their Base Fee (50%) as provided in the Director Equity Incentive Plan ("EIP") less the issue price per ADS of £0.50 translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate on the grant date of $1.4609:£ (73 cents). Awards were made immediately after the 2016 AGM and vest immediately before the 2017 AGM. The number of RSU was calculated using the closing price of each ADS on the NYSE ($12.63) the day before the award was made. The number of awards received by each Non-Executive Director is set out in Awards Granted During the Year—Non-Executive Directors Under the Director Equity Incentive Plan (EIP) .

102


Table of Contents

    §
    The RSU awards carry with them the right to receive accumulated dividend during the period of the award, in shares. The dividends are not credited until the award vests. The Other Fees amount includes the value of the dividends vested and paid on the 2015 RSU fee awards that vested immediately before the 2016 AGM. The value of the awards themselves was included in the Single Figure for 2015 as they were time-based awards (see below). The dividend shares were valued at the Closing Price of each ADS on the NYSE on the date of vesting, being $12.77, less the issue price of £0.50 translated at the date of vesting at an exchange rate of $1.4463:£ (72 cents). The number of dividend shares and their value were:
Non-Executive Director
  Dividend
shares
allocated
  Value of dividend
less nominal
cost of share $
 

Peter Haslehurst

    247     2,976  

Joseph Bonn

   
121
   
1,458
 

Kevin Flannery

   
121
   
1,458
 

David Landless

   
121
   
1,458
 

LUXFER SHARE INCENTIVE PROGRAMS

Luxfer has a number of share incentive plans designed to align the interests of its Directors, managers and employees, with the interests of its shareholders, and to act as retention tools.

The plan under which awards are granted to the Executive Directors on an on-going basis is the Luxfer Holdings PLC Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan ("LTiP"). Awards, which are considered part of their fees, are made to the Non-Executive Directors under the Non-Executive Directors Equity Incentive Plan ("EIP"). The Executive Directors also participate in the Company's All Employee Share Plan ("SIP") open to all U.K. employees. In the U.S. the Company has established an Employee Share Purchase Plan ("ESPP") which is open to all U.S. employees and U.S. based Executive Directors.

LTiP:     The LTiP was adopted for the I.P.O. in 2012. It is used to grant awards not only to the Executive Directors but also senior and junior managers in the Luxfer Group. A variety of different awards can be granted under the LTiP. To date, it has been used to grant time-based nominal cost options to U.K. employees including the Executive Directors, performance-based nominal cost options and market value options to the Executive Directors and other senior U.K. employees and time-based and performance restricted stock units to U.S. managers and managers from other countries in which the Luxfer Group operate. The maximum value of awards under the rules of the LTiP that can be granted to the Chief Executive Officer is 150% of salary, and to the Group Finance Director is 120% of salary. These maximum values are reflected in the Policy.

ESOP 2007:     In 2007, prior to the 2012 I.P.O. and as part of the re-organization the Company underwent in that year, it implemented The Luxfer Holdings Executive Share Options Plan ("ESOP 2007"). All the options made available under the 2007 Plan have been exercised, the remaining option holder, Andrew Beaden, exercised all his options during 2016. The Trustees have agreed to make available for use under the various LTiP grants the remaining shares held in the employee benefit trust ("EBT"). Further details on the EBT and the 2007 Plan can be found in Note 30 to the Consolidated Financial Statements .

I.P.O. Options:     As part of the I.P.O. in October 2012, stand-alone option grants were made over ADSs to the Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and certain other key executives seen as critical to the Company's future success on completion of the I.P.O. All these options have fully vested and are exercisable up to October 2019, being seven years from the date of grant. No dividend shares are allocated on these awards, either before or after vesting, whilst unexercised. Both Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden have I.P.O. options. The exercise price is the I.P.O. price of $10 per ADS.

103


Table of Contents

EIP:     Annual awards are made under the EIP to Non-Executive Directors as part of their fees. The value of the award is 50% of the base fee of a Non-Executive Director. These awards are made the day after the annual general meeting ("AGM") of the Company in each year and vest the day before the following AGM. Annual awards are usually made as restricted stock units. They are paid out immediately on vesting, together with dividends which have been accumulated during the vesting period. New Non-Executive Directors cannot participate in the annual awards until they have served six months, however, the awards they would have earned from the date of appointment are added to the next annual award provided they are re-elected at the AGM.

Copies of the LTiP, ESOP 2007, I.P.O. Options and EIP plans mentioned above are filed on the Company's file at the SEC.

AWARDS GRANTED DURING THE YEAR

Executive Directors' Awards Under the LTiP

During 2015 the Remuneration Committee set a score card of goals to assess performance consisting of management trading profit, net cash flow and fully diluted EPS which if attained at the end of 2015 would lead to the granting of nominal cost options to both Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden in 2016. The Committee decided it was inappropriate for 2015 to include a non-financial goal particularly as there was one included for the 2015 annual bonus. All three metrics were measurable at interim, goal and stretch, the achievement of which would allow between 50% and 150% of the potential awards to be earned.

The 2015 performance resulted in the threshold targets for management trading profit and fully diluted EPS not being attained. There was a strong conversion of profit into cash during 2015 resulting in the attainment of the threshold target for net cash flow being achieved. The weighting applicable to this metric resulted in 20% of the available awards being earned.

The value of the grants appears in the Single Figure table for 2016. The number, and details of the terms, of the grants are set out in the section headed Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the Year Ending December 31, 2017 under Long Term Incentives and its Notes .

The Committee believe they set challenging targets to motivate the executives and align the interests of the executives with those of shareholders. Achievement of stretch targets would require exceptional performance.

Non-Executive Directors under the Director EIP

Chairman or Non-
Executive Director
  Date of
Grant
  Basis of
Aggregate
Awards
Granted
  Share
Price
at Date of
Grant $
  Type of
Award
  No. of
Shares
Granted
  Face
Value
of
Award $
  (1) Issue Price
per ADS &
in
Aggregate $
  Vesting
Date
  % of Face
Value that
would vest

Joseph Bonn

    May 25, 2016   50% of annual fee for 2016     12.63   Restricted Stock Unit     3,130     39.532   0.73 each ADS
Aggregate
2,286
  Day before 2017 AGM   On vesting date 100%

Kevin Flannery

    May 25, 2016   50% of annual fee for 2016     12.63   Restricted Stock Unit     3,130     39,532   0.73 each ADS
Aggregate
2,286
  Day before 2017 AGM   On vesting date 100%

David Landless

    May 25, 2016   50% of annual fee for 2016     12.63   Restricted Stock     3,130     39,532   0.73 each ADS
Aggregate
2,286
  Day before 2017 AGM   Each vesting date 100%

Brian Kushner

    May 25, 2016   50% of annual fee for 2016     12.63   Restricted Stock     3,130     39,532   0.73 each ADS
Aggregate
2,286
  Day before 2017 AGM   Each vesting date 100%

(1)
The issue price of £0.50 each ADS has been translated at the U.S. dollar Financial Times exchange rate for May 25, 2016, the date of grant, of $1.4609:£

104


Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING SHARE AWARDS DURING 2016

Executive and Non-Executive Directors

Awards earned on 2015 performance were granted during 2016 to the Executive Directors. No Awards were granted in 2017 in respect of 2016 performance. All awards are over ADS not the underlying ordinary shares.

Awards   Options  
Award
  Available
Jan 1,
2016
  Granted
During
Year
  (Lapsed) /
(Exercised)
During
Year
  Available
Dec 31,
2016
  Vested
Awards
Jan 1,
2016
  Vested
Awards
During
Year
  (Lapsed) /
(Exercised)
During
Year
  Vested
Awards
Dec 31,
2016
  Available
Unvested
Awards (4)
 

Brian Purves

                                                       

IPO Options (2)

    179,200             179,200     179,200             179,200      

LTiP 2013 (3)

    7,900         (7,900 )       5,266     2,634     (7,900 )        

M.V. (4)

    22,100             22,100     14,733     7,367         22,100      

LTiP 2013 (5)

    26,250         (26,250 )       5,250         (5,250 )        

LTiP 2014 (6)

    14,000         (14,000 )                        

LTiP 2016 (7)

        13,500         13,500                     13,500  

Totals

    249,450     13,500     (48,150 )   214,800     204,449     10,001     (13,150 )   201,300     13,500  

Andrew Beaden

                                                       

ESOP (1)

    59,020         (59,020 )       59,020         (59,020 )        

IPO Options (2)

    69,000             69,000     69,000             69,000      

LTiP 2013 (3)

    3,200         (3,200 )       2,133     1,067     (3,200 )        

M.V. (4)

    9,100             9,100     6,066     3,034         9,100      

LTiP 2013 (5)

    10,833         (8,667 )   2,166     2,166             2,166      

LTiP 2014 (6)

    5,900         (5,900 )                        

LTiP 2016 (7)

        5,640         5,640                     5,640  

Totals

    157,053     5,640     (76,787 )   85,906     138,385     4,101     (62,220 )   80,266     5,640  

Joseph Bonn

                                                       

IPO Options (2)

    20,000             20,000     20,000             20,000      

EIP 2015 (8)

    3,168         (3,168 )           3,168     (3,168 )        

EIP 2016 (9)

        3,130         3,130                     3,130  

Totals

    23,168     3,130     (3,168 )   23,130     20,000     3,168     (3,168 )   20,000     3,130  

Kevin Flannery

                                                       

IPO Options (2)

    20,000             20,000     20,000             20,000      

EIP 2015 (8)

    3,168         (3,168 )           3,168     (3,168 )        

EIP 2016 (9)

        3,130         3,130                     3,130  

Totals

    23,168     3,130     (3,168 )   23,130     20,000     3,168     (3,168 )   20,000     3,130  

David Landless

                                                       

EIP 2015 (8)

    3,168         (3,168 )           3,168     (3,168 )        

EIP 2016 (9)

        3,130         3,130                     3,130  

Totals

    3,168     3,130     (3,168 )   3,130         3,168     (3,168 )       3,130  

Brian Kushner

                                                       

EIP 2016 (9)

        3,130         3,130                     3,130  

Totals

        3,130         3,130                     3,130  

    Key to table:

Award
  Award Scheme, Type & Grant   Grant
Date
  Exercise
Price /
Nominal
Cost Each
Award
  Remaining
Vesting/
Settlement
Dates
  Exercise
Period
(1)   ESOP 2007   Aug 3, '11   £2.00 (i)   All Vested & Settled   No longer applicable
(2)   I.P.O. Options   Oct 2, '12   $10.00   All vested   To October 2019
(3)   LTiP 2013 Options—Time Based (ii)   Jan 31, '12   £0.50 (i)   All Vested   To Jan 30, 2018
(4)   Market Value   Jan 31, '12   $12.91   All Vested   To Jan 30, 2018
(5)   LTiP 2013—Performance based—EPS and TSR targets   Jan 31, '12   £0.50 (i)   All Lapsed   No longer applicable
(6)   LTiP 2014 Options Performance Based—EPS Targets   Mar 20, '14   £0.50 (i)   All Lapsed   No longer applicable

105


Table of Contents

Award
  Award Scheme, Type & Grant   Grant
Date
  Exercise
Price /
Nominal
Cost Each
Award
  Remaining
Vesting/
Settlement
Dates
  Exercise
Period
(7)   LTiP 2016 Options—Time Based (iv)   Mar 21, '16   £0.50 (i)   March 21, 2017,2018,2019   To March 21, 2021
(8)   EIP 2015—Restricted Stock Units (iii)   May 29, '15   £0.50 (i)   Day before 2016 AGM  
(9)   EIP 2016—RSU (iii)   May 24, '16   £0.50 (i)   Day before 2017 AGM  

(i)
Where the exercise price / nominal cost is indicated in GBP sterling, in so far as it is required to be translated into U.S. dollars for the purpose of the exercise / settlement, it is translated at the $:£ exchange rate reported in the Financial Times for the date of exercise / settlement.

(ii)
LTiP 2013: Time-based awards accumulated dividend shares until vesting only, which shares are added to the award when the option is exercised.

(iii)
EIP 2015 and EIP 2016 annual awards are settled immediately on vesting, together with dividends which have been accumulated during the vesting period. The 2015 awards were settled in 2016 net of payroll taxes.

(iv)
LTiP 2016: Awards made on attainment of 2015 performance goals and include a "claw back" provision. Time-based option awards accumulate dividend shares until vesting only, which shares are added to the award when the option is exercised.

PENSION ARRANGEMENTS

Pension arrangements for the Executive Directors are reviewed annually to ensure that the benefits are consistent with market practice. The Group's contributory pension arrangements consist of both defined benefit and defined contribution arrangements. The pensions for the Executive Directors who were Directors during the year were provided partly by the defined benefit and partly by registered defined contribution arrangements and an allocation to an unfunded unapproved retirement benefit plan ("UURBS") accrued by the Company.

Benefits provided by the Luxfer Group Pension Plan ("the Plan") ceased to accrue on April 5, 2016, following the agreement, reached during 2015, to close the Plan to future accrual from this date. The main features of the defined benefit arrangements prior to closure were:

    §
    A normal retirement age of 65;

    §
    Accrual on a career average basis each year of 1.50% of pensionable earnings for a member contribution of 9.8% or 1.31% for a member contribution of 7.4%;

    §
    Pensionable earnings are limited to a plan-specific annual earnings cap of $107,700 p.a. (£76,000) to April 6, 2016;

    §
    A spouse's pension on death and a lump sum payment on death in service.

Following the closure to future accrual of the defined benefit Luxfer Group Pension Plan, the Company also decided members would cease to accrue further benefits in the unfunded unapproved retirement benefit plan ("UURBS"). In lieu of contributions into these schemes, the Company now offers a salary supplement. Reflecting the cost of previous defined benefit arrangements, now withdrawn, both Executive Directors have been paid the equivalent to 25% of base salary from the date of closure to future accrual of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan.

Details of the accrued pension entitlements of the Executive Directors under the defined benefit arrangement during 2016, payments made to the defined contribution arrangement and salary supplement during 2016, are set out in the tables below.

Directors' Remuneration and Benefits for the Year Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 
  2016  
Executive Directors
  Defined
Benefit (1)
  Funded Defined
Contribution
  Unfunded Defined
Contribution
  Cash
Supplement
  Total  

Brian Purves

          $ 37,233   $ 100,276   $ 137,509  

Andrew Beaden

  $ 6,536   $ 17,702   $ 3,809   $ 42,627   $ 70,674  

106


Table of Contents

 
  2015  
Executive Directors
  Defined
Benefit (1)
  Funded Defined
Contribution
  Unfunded Defined
Contribution
  Total  

Brian Purves

          $ 163,437   $ 163,437  

Andrew Beaden

  $ 16,078   $ 45,972   $ 4,059   $ 66,109  

Exchange rate used above: $1.3444:£ over 2016
Exchange rate used above: $1.5248:£ over 2015

(1)
The values of the increase in the defined benefit pension in excess of inflation has been calculated on the basis set by U.K. legislation, less contributions paid by the Directors themselves.

Pension Benefits for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 
  Accrued Pension as at
December 31, 2016
  Accrued Pension as at
December 31, 2015
 

Andrew Beaden

  $ 28,752 p.a.   $ 33,897 p.a.  

Exchange rates used in the table above: $1.2336:£ as at December 31, 2016, $1.4738:£ as at December 31, 2015.

(1)
The accrued benefit is the total defined benefit pension which would be paid annually on retirement based on service to, and salary, at the end of the date of closure of the Plan (April 5, 2016). It includes the longevity adjustment factor that applies to benefits earned from October 6, 2007.

Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the Year Ending December 31, 2017 ( Information not subject to audit unless stated otherwise)

Set out below is a summary of how the Directors' Remuneration Policy will be applied during the year ending December 31, 2017.

Base Salary

 
  2017
$
  2016
$
  % increase (2)  

Brian Purves (1)

    534,802     534,802     0 %

Andrew Beaden (1)

    281,114     281,114     0 %

(1)
The 2017 salary of Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden has been translated at the 2016 average U.S. dollar exchange rate of $1.344:£, the same exchange rate as the 2016 salary to aid comparison. Further details on the 2016 salaries can be found in the Notes 1 & 2 to Single Figure Executive Directors' Remuneration.

(2)
Neither of the Executive Directors will receive any pay increase during 2017 which is consistent with wage control measures currently in place in many areas of the Group. Base Salaries rose by 2% in 2016 over 2015.

Pension Arrangements

As explained in the Chairman's letter, the Group's U.K. contributory defined benefit pension plan closed to future accrual on April 5, 2016. Andrew Beaden continued to participate in the Group's defined benefit pension plan up to the salary cap applied by the rules of the plan and the Group U.K. defined contribution

107


Table of Contents

pension plan until April 5, 2016 at which point he became a deferred member of the defined benefit pension plan. Until April 5, 2016, Brian Purves continued to receive an allocation or payment to an unregistered unapproved savings arrangement based on contributions the Company would have made to the defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans had he continued to be a member of those pension plans.

After April 5, 2016, the Executive Directors received a cash supplement calculated at a flat rate percentage of base salary.

Annual Bonus

In line with the Policy, the standard annual bonus for Brian Purves, as Chief Executive Officer, will continue to be capped at 100% of base salary and for Andrew Beaden, as Group Finance Director, 80% of base salary. As in previous years the bonus targets are based on a combination of two financial performance targets, management trading profit and net cash flow after tax. It will be calculated on a points system with a maximum of 1,200 points available to be earned. Points are earned on a sliding scale that commences only once threshold has been achieved and rises through the target performance up to a stretch target. On profit, threshold approximates to beating prior-year. Target is the annual profit budget, while stretch is beating the annual profit budget by a considerable margin.

The Committee intends to disclose the actual financial performance targets retrospectively in a subsequent year's Annual Remuneration Report once they are no longer considered commercially sensitive.

 
   
  Sliding scale between threshold,
target and stretch
 
 
  Maximum Annual Bonus
(% of salary)
  Management Trading
Profit
  Net Cash Flow
(after tax)
 

    Points     0 - 800     0 - 400  

Brian Purves

    100 %   0% - 66.7 %   0% - 33.3 %

Andrew Beaden

    80 %   0% - 53.3 %   0% - 26.7 %

Long Term Incentives

In 2016 the Committee set profit, cash flow and EPS targets as described in Executive Directors' Awards Under the LTiP on page 104. These targets were missed, and consequently, no grants have been made in 2017.

The Committee has set goals which if attained in 2017 will lead to the granting of nominal cost options to both Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden in 2018. The Committee has concentrated solely on a range of EPS targets for 2017.

The options to be granted in 2018, if the 2017 goals are achieved, will be time-based nominal cost options vesting in equal tranches over three years from the date of grant and will be subject to claw back in the event of a misstatement of the Consolidated Financial Statements on which they were earned leading to an incorrect award. Subject to Committee discretion, all ADSs resulting from the awards must be held for a minimum of three years from the date of grant whether or not vested, effectively four years from the setting of the targets (other than to fund the exercise price and tax liabilities on a vesting or exercise). The maximum value of awards that can be granted is 150% of base salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 120% of base salary for the Group Finance Director as set out in LTiP rules and the approved Policy Report.

108


Table of Contents

Non-Executive Directors

Summary of how the Directors' Remuneration Policy for the Non-Executive Directors will be applied during the year ending December 31, 2017.

The Board decide on the approach to compensating the Non-Executive Directors. The percentage of awards made as fees is fixed in the EIP.

 
  2017
$
Base Fee
  2016
$
Base Fee
  %
Increase
Base Fee
  Value of
Share Awards
% of Base Fee
2017
  Value of
Share Awards
% of Base Fee
2016
 

Joseph Bonn (1)

    98,812     80,702     0 %   50 %   50 %

Kevin Flannery (3)

    79,050     79,050     0 %   50 %   50 %

David Landless

    79,050     79,050     0 %   50 %   50 %

Brian Kushner (2)

    79,050     46,116     0 %   50 %   50 %

Clive Snowdon (2)

    79,050     32,940     0 %   50 %   50 %

Adam Cohn (2)

    79,050     32,940     0 %   50 %   50 %

(1)
Base fee increase reflects additional supplement for Chairman Fees from December 2016. Mr. Bonn did not take this supplement during his period as interim Chairman.

(2)
Fee for 2016 part year only

(3)
Kevin Flannery will not offer himself for re-election to the Board at the 2017 AGM

Payment to Past Directors and Payment for Loss of Office (audited)

No payments to past Directors or payment for loss of office were made during 2016 and 2015.

Directors' Interests in Shares in the Company (audited)

 
  American Depository Shares
(1 ADS=£0.50 ord.)
Held at
Dec 31, 2016 No.
  American Depository Shares
(1ADS=£0.50 ord.)
Held at
Jan 1, 2016 No.
 

Brian Purves (1) (2) (8)

    670,160     650,662  

Andrew Beaden (1) (3) (8)

    103,406     91,604  

Joseph Bonn (4)

    5,783     3,300  

Kevin Flannery (5)

    14,355     12,533  

David Landless (6)

    5,581     3,295  

Brian Kushner

         

Adam Cohn

         

Clive Snowdon (7)

    2,000      

(1)
Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden hold a substantial portion of their shares as ordinary shares not yet having translated them to ADS. For ease of comparison the table shows their interests as ADSs. Those shares acquired during the year have been acquired as ADSs.

(2)
The shares identified as held by Brian Purves include his beneficial holding through connected persons and the 1,062 shares held in the SIP (2015: 664). The SIP shareholding includes 387 Matching Shares. Certain of the ADSs held in the SIP are subject to forfeiture as explained in Note 6 to the Single Figure table on page 101.

(3)
The shares identified as held by Andrew Beaden include shares held by connected persons and the 974 shares held in the SIP (2015: 604). The SIP shareholding includes 359 Matching Shares. Certain of the ADSs held in the SIP are held subject to forfeiture as explained in Note 2 above.

109


Table of Contents

(4)
The additional 2,483 ADS acquired by Joseph Bonn during the year were as the result of his 2015 "Other Fees" share award of 3,168 ADS vesting prior to the 2016 AGM together with accrued dividend of 121 shares. He also purchased a further 661 ADS on the market. The ADS delivered are net of shares not issued to pay option costs and tax due on the value of the awards. Further details on these awards can be found in the Notes to Single Figure—Non-Executive Directors' Remuneration on pages 102 to 103.

(5)
The additional 1,822 ADS acquired by Kevin Flannery during the year were as the result of his 2015 "Other Fees" share awards of 3,168 ADS vesting prior the 2016 AGM together with accrued dividend of 121 shares. The ADSs delivered are net of shares not issued to pay option costs and tax due on the value of the awards. Further details on these awards can be found in the Notes to Single Figure—Non-Executive Directors' Remuneration on pages 102 to 103.

(6)
The additional 2,286 ADS acquired by David Landless during the year were as the result of his 2015 "Other Fees" share awards of 3,168 ADS vesting prior to the 2016 AGM together with accrued dividend of 121 shares and 642 ADS comprising restricted stock ADS from those awarded to him on appointment, which vested in equal thirds over three years, the final tranche being released in March 2016. The ADSs delivered are net of shares not issued to pay option costs and tax due on the value of the awards. Further details of his awards can be found in Notes to Single Figure—Non-Executive Directors' Remuneration on pages 102 to 103.

(7)
The shares identified as held by Clive Snowdon are held by a connected person and were ADS purchased on the market during the year.

(8)
In addition to the above interests, Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden also have interests in the deferred shares of £0.0001 of the Company as follows:

Brian Purves

    29,602,995,623  

Andrew Beaden

    4,144,419,390  

    There was no movement in their interest in these shares during the year. Further details on the deferred shares can be found in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Executive Director Shareholding Requirements

The Executive Directors are required to hold the number of shares (ordinary shares or the equivalent ADS) equal in value to 100% of base salary. This requirement was maintained by both Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden during the year. Both Executive Directors are required to obtain the Chairman's permission before they or their connected persons can deal in the Company's shares providing an effective way of ensuring their shareholding requirements are maintained.

Total Directors' Shareholdings and Interests at 31 December 2016

 
  Shares Owned
Beneficially
(1x ADS=£0.50 ord.)
  Shares
Subject
to
Forfeiture
  Options
Vested
but
not
Exercised
  Restricted Stock
Units Not Yet
Vested (Assuming
will be settled in
Shares not Cash)
 

Brian Purves

    670,160     387     201,300      

Andrew Beaden

    103,406     359     80,266      

Non-Executive

                         

Joseph Bonn

    5,783         20,000     3,200  

Kevin Flannery

    14,355         20,000     3,200  

David Landless

    5,581             3,200  

Brian Kushner

                3,200  

Adam Cohn

                 

Clive Snowdon

    2,000              

(1)
A breakdown of the vested and unvested awards and brief details of the plans under which the awards were made can be found in Outstanding Share Awards During 2016 table on page 105 of this report.

(2)
In addition to the above shareholdings and interests Brian Purves and Andrew Beaden also have interests in the deferred shares of £0.0001 of the Company details of which can be found in the Notes Directors' Interests in Shares in the Company (audited) table above.

110


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

U.K. legislation requires the Annual Remuneration Report to contain a line graph that shows the total shareholder return (TSR) over a seven year period for both a holding of the Company's listed shares and a hypothetical comparator holding of shares representing a specified broad equity market index. As the Company's ADSs were only listed on the NYSE at the beginning of October 2012, we are only able to provide TSR for the Company's shares in a listed environment for a period October 3, 2012 to December 31, 2016. We have used the S&P SmallCap 600 (Industrial) index as the most appropriate to where we are placed as a small cap company in the U.S. and the industrials sub-sector includes most of our comparable companies. The graph shows the value of $100 vested in Luxfer in October 2012 at the I.P.O., compared to $100 invested in the S&P SmallCap 600 (Industrial) on the same date. The S&P SmallCap 600 (Industrial) was chosen as the index as it comprises companies that most closely resemble Luxfer. The TSR is calculated in U.S. dollars.

GRAPHIC

History of Total Remuneration Figure for Chief Executive Officer

We have included the total remuneration figure for the Chief Executive Officer for a seven year period as required by legislation despite the TSR graph only reflecting the TSR from the date of the I.P.O.

U.S.$
Year ended December 31
  2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   2016  

Total remuneration

    897,421     998,638     1,050,878     985,076     853,320     1,021,357     836,317  

Annual bonus %

    100%     100%     71%     0%     0%     39%     0%  

Share awards vesting %

    N/A     N/A     100%     59%     59%     21%     0%  

111


Table of Contents

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay

The following chart sets out the Group's actual spend on pay (for all employees) relative to dividends paid in the current and prior year.

GRAPHIC


(To assist with conformity and transparency we have used staff costs as set out in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Percentage Change in Chief Executive Officer's Remuneration

We have selected U.K. employees as the most appropriate comparator as the Chief Executive Officer is based in the U.K. and the benefits structure is similar. The 2015 amounts were adjusted for the impact of translation and have been calculated using the 2016 average exchange rate of $1.3444:£.

U.S.$
  2016   2015   % change  

Salary

                   

Chief Executive Officer

    534,802     524,316     2.0 %

U.K. employee average

    43,927     43,598     0.8 %

Benefits

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Chief Executive Officer

    27,635     26,864     2.9 %

U.K. employee average

    660     706     (6.5 )%

Annual Bonus

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Chief Executive Officer (bonus value taken in shares)

        203,992     (100.0 )%

U.K. employee average

    1,215     1,621     (25.0 )%

112


Table of Contents

Statement of voting at AGM

The Annual Remuneration Implementation Report was put to an advisory vote at the 2016 AGM.

 
  Votes for (and
percentage of
votes cast)
  Votes against (and
percentage of
votes cast)
  Proportion of
share capital
voting
  Shares on
which votes
were
withheld
 

Annual Remuneration Implementation Report

    18,986,432     528,850     73.77 %   3,130  

    97.29%     2.71%              

The vote received in favor of the Remuneration Report was 97.29%, and the larger shareholders with whom the Directors liaise with from time to time did not make any negative comments in those conversations concerning Directors' pay and incentives. As referred to in the Chairman's letter at the beginning of the Remuneration Report, the remuneration policy is currently under review and will be presented at the 2017 AGM for Shareholder approval.

Approval of Report

Joseph Bonn, the Chairman of the Committee, will attend the forthcoming AGM and will be available to answer any questions shareholders may have concerning the Directors' remuneration. This Remuneration Report will be submitted for approval by an advisory vote at the forthcoming AGM.

Signed on behalf of the Board by:

J A Bonn
CHAIRMAN
March 14, 2017
For and on behalf of the Board

113


Table of Contents

C.    Board Practices

Corporate Governance

In this section we explain our corporate governance and what informs and influences our corporate governance practices.

Overview of Corporate Governance

The Company is incorporated in England and Wales and has a single listing of ADSs on the NYSE. Accordingly, our corporate governance is informed by the relevant aspects of two regulatory regimes, the U.K. and the U.S.

As a company incorporated in England and Wales, our corporate governance practices primarily are governed by our articles of association (our "Articles") and the Companies Act 2006 (the "Companies Act"). For example, as a company listed on the NYSE we are a "quoted company" for the purposes of the Companies Act and therefore required to comply with its "quoted company" requirements. Significant aspects of these requirements include the production of a yearly report on Directors' remuneration, details of which are prescribed by English corporate law, an annual advisory shareholder vote on whether to approve such remuneration and a binding shareholder vote every three years on our remuneration policy with respect to the Directors. These requirements in turn influence aspects of how we report remuneration.

As we are not, however, listed on the London Stock Exchange, the Company is not required to comply with the U.K. Corporate Governance Code (the "Code"). Nevertheless, we choose to follow aspects of the Code, insofar as it is appropriate, relevant and practical to a company of the size and status of the Company.

In 2016 (as in 2015), we were a foreign private issuer (an "FPI") as defined in the SEC's rules and regulations, and consequently, in many aspects of corporate governance we rely on a provision in the NYSE's Listed Company Manual ("NYSE's Manual") that permits us to follow home-country practice in lieu of certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. For example, although each member of our Audit Committee must be independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), each such member does not need to satisfy the requirements for independence set out in Section 303A.02 of the NYSE's Manual. Our Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee each consist entirely of Non-Executive Directors; however, each such Non-Executive Director is not required to satisfy the requirements for independence set out in Section 303A.02 of the NYSE's Manual. The Companies Act does not require us to establish, and we have not established, a corporate governance committee, as would otherwise be required for U.S. listed companies pursuant to the NYSE's Manual. As an FPI we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to companies organized within the U.S. that relate to corporate governance. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act.

However, because our shares are listed on the NYSE, we are required to comply with certain U.S. law requirements, including certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that affect our corporate governance. For example, Section 404(a) requires our management to identify in our Annual Report on Form 20-F a framework used by management to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Such evaluation must be based on a suitable, recognized control framework that is established by a body or group that has followed due-process procedures, such as the framework established in "Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)" issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the "2013 COSO framework"). We are required to and have updated our framework for the evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the 2013 COSO framework.

114


Table of Contents

In developing corporate governance practices for the Group, the Directors have taken note of all of these different regulatory requirements, as well as reflecting best practice as the Directors consider appropriate.

Board Members

During 2016, the Board comprised a Non-Executive Chairman, between four and five Non-Executive Directors and two Executive Directors. The maximum number of Directors permitted under the Articles is eight. All Directors have an interest in the shares of the Company as set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 98 to 113.

Our Articles contain a provision requiring a third of the Directors to retire by rotation each year. In line with best practice, the Nomination Committee has proposed and the Board has agreed that all directors should offer themselves for re-election at the 2017 annual general meeting ("AGM").

Brief biographical details of the Directors who served during 2016 are provided in Item 6.A, together with information on their Committee and other commitments.

Roles

The Board

The Board has responsibility for the overall leadership of the Company, its long-term success and helping to develop and approve its strategic aims. The Directors have determined a schedule of matters reserved to the Board. Reserved matters are comprehensive and reviewed as the Board considers appropriate, normally annually. A review was undertaken during the year, following a comprehensive review in 2013 in the context of a newly listed company. The Directors determined no further amendments were necessary. Matters reserved to the Board are set out in the Governance section of the Company's website.

Executive Management Board

The Executive Management Board meets at least eight times a year. It is chaired by the Chief Executive Officer. The Executive Management Board consists of the Group Finance Director and senior management at group and divisional levels. The members of the Executive Management Board during 2016 are listed on page 92. The Executive Management Board acts in an advisory capacity to the Chief Executive Officer and provides a forum where matters of interest or concern to the Group can be reviewed and discussed, strategy debated, policies developed and agreed, best practice discussed and appropriate measures implemented. It also provides an opportunity for senior management to receive updates on progress in other areas of the Group outside their remit.

Division of Responsibilities

Due to the size of the Board, the Directors have determined it is not necessary to appoint a senior independent Director.

The division of responsibilities between the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman is clear and it has not been considered necessary to record it in writing.

    §
    The Chief Executive Officer is responsible to the Board for the management and performance of the business within the framework of the matters reserved to the Board and for developing strategy and then implementing the strategy he has agreed with the Board;

    §
    The Chairman is responsible for the leadership of the Board and ensuring its effectiveness. He ensures that Board discussions are conducted taking into account all views, promoting openness and debate by facilitating the effective contribution of the Non-Executive Directors and ensuring no individual or group dominates the Board.

115


Table of Contents

The Chairman maintains a dialogue with the Non-Executive Directors in the absence of the Executive Directors, and where appropriate, canvasses their opinion on issues and meets with them in the absence of the Executive Directors on a regular basis.

The Nomination Committee annually reviews succession planning for senior appointments in the Group and to the Board, with recommendations made to the Board.

Meetings

There are normally six main scheduled meetings of the Board each year and additional scheduled telephone meetings timed to approve the release of financial information. Additional meetings are called as appropriate. The Board will normally meet at least twice a year at one of the Group's operational plants, including overseas locations, as part of their monitoring role and to ensure a better understanding of the Group's operations. At these meetings the Board tours the plant and has an opportunity to meet local and divisional management on both a formal and informal basis and discuss the progress of their operations with them.

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings during 2016

 
  Board   Audit Committee   Remuneration
Committee
  Nomination
Committee

Peter Haslehurst

    3   3   2   0

Joseph Bonn

   
10
 

8

 

2

 

2

Andrew Beaden

   
11
 

Non-member*

 

Non-member

 

Non-member

Adam Cohn

   
5
 

Non-member

 

0

 

Non-member

Kevin Flannery

   
10
 

8

 

2

 

1

Brian Kushner

   
6
 

3

 

0

 

1

David Landless

   
10
 

8

 

2

 

2

Brian Purves

   
11
 

Non-member*

 

Non-member*

 

Non-member*

Clive Snowdon

   
5
 

3

 

0

 

1

Total number of meetings

   
11
 

8

 

2

 

2

No. of meetings held at operational sites in the U.K. or U.S. 

   
1
           

*
Although not a member of the Committee the director attended the meeting to present to the Committee.

See Item 6.A, as to when certain members of the Board and Committee members retired.

Information and Support

The Company Secretary normally distributes Board and Committee agendas and materials to the Board and Committees seven days before a scheduled meeting.

There is a written procedure for decisions to be taken between scheduled Board and Committee meetings that also deal with information distribution in such cases.

The Board receives both financial and operational information to assist it in discharging its duties. The Chief Executive Officer and the Group Finance Director provide monthly reports to the Board which together cover all aspects of the business and which are then elaborated or commented upon at scheduled Board

116


Table of Contents

Meetings as appropriate. Additional topics for review and discussion are added in these reports from time to time at the request of the Directors. In addition, specific items are scheduled into the Board agenda for report and review on a regular basis, such as health and safety and environmental matters and current topical issues.

There is a written procedure in place to cover circumstances when the Directors either individually or collectively determine that they require independent professional advice at the Company's expense.

The Company Secretary updates the Board on issues and changes of a legal and regulatory nature of which it and the individual Directors should be aware to refresh their skills and knowledge. There is a culture of information exchange on various matters of interest to the Group and its operations between Directors and senior managers to keep Directors abreast of relevant developments. In addition to meetings held at sites as described above, the Non-Executive Directors may independently visit operational sites to enlarge their knowledge of the individual businesses that make up the Group. The Executive Directors have regular business reviews at operational sites throughout the year and any appropriate information gathered on those visits will be reported to the Board.

Newly appointed directors undergo an induction program.

The Board evaluates its information and support procedures periodically to ensure they remain appropriate.

Audit Committee

The members of our Audit Committee during the year were:

David Landless   Non-Executive Director and Chairman

Joseph Bonn

 

Non-Executive Director

Kevin Flannery

 

Non-Executive Director

Peter Haslehurst

 

Non-Executive Director (retired from Luxfer on May 24, 2016)

Brian Kushner

 

Non-executive Director (appointed on August 5, 2016)

Clive Snowdon

 

Non-executive Director (appointed on August 5, 2016)

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Audit Committee. The Group Finance Director and the Chief Executive Officer attend as required. The Company's external auditor is invited to attend most meetings of the Committee.

The responsibility and duties of the Audit Committee are set out in written terms of reference which appear on the Company's website under the Governance section. The terms of reference were reviewed during the year. The Committee has the responsibility of overseeing corporate accounting and financial reporting in the Group.

Its duties include:

    §
    External Auditors:   Engagement and retention of our independent auditors, pre-approval of audit and non-audit services, approving fees paid, monitoring independence and performance, discussing audit findings with auditors;

    §
    Financial Reporting:   Monitoring the integrity of the financial information to be included in all consolidated financial statements and announcements, reviewing and challenging critical accounting policies, the manner in which major elements of judgment are reflected in the consolidated financial statements, disclosures, significant adjustments and compliance with standards;

117


Table of Contents

    §
    Internal Controls and Risk Management System:   Reviewing systems of internal control and risk management and adequacy of disclosure controls and procedures. Maintaining a record of complaints regarding accounting and audit matters;

    §
    Whistleblowing:   Establishment and monitoring of the Group whistleblowing policy and procedures; and

    §
    Oversight of the Code of Ethics .

The Board considers that all the members have appropriate financial experience to enable them to contribute to the Audit Committee's work. The Board also considers that each member of the Audit Committee satisfies the requirements for independence set out in Section 303A.02 of the NYSE rules and Rules 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. David Landless is the 'Audit Committee Financial Expert' as defined in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K.

Each year, normally prior to the commencement of the financial year, the Committee establishes a schedule of meetings to coincide with the key events in the Company's financial reporting and audit cycle to ensure it has sufficient time on its agendas to deal with matters for which it has responsibility. Agendas and appropriate papers are issued for each meeting. The Chairman speaks to the external auditors as he considers appropriate and necessary in preparation for meetings at which matters are discussed that have been identified by the Company's external auditors or are relevant to them.

The Audit Committee has adopted and implemented a 'Policy on the Provision of Audit and Non-Audit Services by Auditors' (the "Pre-approval Policy") to comply with auditor independence requirements contained in Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act. The policy requires the Audit Committee to pre-approve all matters upon which the Company's external auditors are requested to advise (audit and non-audit work), including fees, subject to certain pre-approvals made annually by the Audit Committee. A pre-approved sum to be spent on audit and tax matters is delegated to the Group Finance Director and there is a procedure for approval of urgent items by the Chairman between meetings. The policy also affirmatively proscribes the Company's external auditors from advising on certain matters.

During the year the Audit Committee met on eight occasions and among other matters they undertook the following:

    §
    A specific review of the Company's external auditors' independence with the Company's external auditors and the Company's management, which confirmed the independence of the external auditors both in connection with the former external auditors before their resignation and the newly appointed external auditors before their appointment;

    §
    A discussion of matters pertaining to and approval of work to be undertaken by the Company's external auditors under the Pre-approval Policy;

    §
    A review with the Head of Corporate Review and senior management of the internal audit work, the system of internal controls and monitored the implementation of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the progress of the update to the internal controls over financial reporting framework to reflect the 2013 COSO framework throughout the Group;

    §
    A review of how Group risks are assessed, the Group's risk profile and how the Group mitigates its risks;

    §
    A review of the Company's annual SEC filing, statutory report and consolidated financial statements and the quarterly financial releases made by the Company;

    §
    An evaluation of the work of the Audit Committee.

118


Table of Contents

Remuneration Committee

Membership of the Remuneration Committee and details of its work appear in the Remuneration Report on pages 98 to 113. Its terms of reference appear under the Governance section on the Company's website.

Nomination Committee

Members of the Committee consist of the Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman of the Board chairs the Committee.

The Committee operates to written terms of reference under which its main duties are to:

    §
    Identify and review individuals qualified to become Directors and fill vacancies;

    §
    Select and approve Directors to stand for re-election pursuant to the retirement provisions under our Articles;

    §
    Develop a process for annual evaluation of the Board and its Committees;

    §
    Develop and recommend to the Board a succession plan, and review management's succession plan.

Its terms of reference appear under the Governance section on the Company's website.

Whistleblowing Arrangements

We have established policies, subject to individual legal requirements in the countries in which the Group operates, which encourage and enable employees to report in confidence any possible impropriety in either financial reporting or, where permitted in the relevant jurisdiction, other matters. An independent third party telephone line is provided for reporting matters where the individual believes they cannot report any issue through their line management. The Audit Committee oversees the operation of the whistleblowing policy and receives a report from the Company Secretary at each meeting of the Audit Committee.

Anti-Corruption Policy

We have an established policy and procedures to enable compliance with current legislation.

Relations with Shareholders

Directors seek to develop an understanding of the views of our shareholders in various ways and from time to time engage with them on a one-to-one basis, as appropriate, taking into account the need to treat shareholders equally. The Chief Executive Officer and the Group Finance Director hold quarterly investor conference calls as part of the Group's reporting cycle. From time to time we consult with our major shareholders in an effort to seek feedback on various matters of corporate governance, including our Director remuneration policy. The Chief Executive Officer and the Group Finance Director also attend investor conferences.

AGM documentation is normally sent out at least 20 working days before the meeting. Separate resolutions are proposed and proxy votes for our ordinary shares are recorded. Results for, against and withheld are posted to the Company's website. All Directors attend the AGM. ADS holders are given the opportunity through procedures agreed with the depository, The Bank of New York Mellon, to vote the number of ordinary shares that represents their holding of ADSs at the AGM, provided they have submitted valid instructions to the depository by the date set by the depository for receiving such instructions. Holders of ADSs under the Company's all employee share plans are also given the opportunity to vote under a similar process through the Trustee or Agent of the scheme as appropriate.

119


Table of Contents

D.    Employees

The average number of employees by division, function and geography for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, were as follows:

 
  2016   2015   2014  

By Division:

                   

Elektron

    699     703     626  

Gas Cylinders

    988     1,003     1,064  

Total

    1,687     1,706     1,690  

By Function:

                   

Direct production and distribution

    1,381     1,432     1,435  

Indirect:

                   

Sales and administration

    246     218     198  

Research and development

    60     56     57  

Total

    1,687     1,706     1,690  

By Geography:

                   

Europe

    844     870     884  

North America

    822     814     783  

Rest of the World

    21     22     23  

Total

    1,687     1,706     1,690  

Employees at a number of our locations are members of various trade union organizations. We consider our employee relations to be good. We have experienced work stoppages in the past, but do not consider any of these work stoppages to have been material to our operations. We also employed on average 129, 163 and 143 temporary contract and agency staff in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our average total headcount, including employees and temporary contract and agency staff, was 1,816, 1,869 and 1,833 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

120


Table of Contents

E.    Share Ownership

The following table shows the number of shares owned by our Directors and members / designated members of our executive management as of December 31, 2016.

Name of Beneficial Owner
  Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned (1)
  ADS
equivalent
  Awards over
Ordinary
Shares (2)
  ADS
equivalent
  Percentage
ownership
 

Joseph Allison Bonn

    5,783     5,783     23,200     23,200 (7)   (* )

Brian Gordon Purves (3)

    670,160     670,160     215,235     215,235 (8)   2.5 %

Andrew Michael Beaden (4)

    103,406     103,406     86,088     86,088 (9)   (* )

Adam Cohn

                     

Kevin Sean Flannery

    14,355     14,355     23,200     23,200 (7)   (* )

Brian G Kushner

            3,200     3,200 (7)    

David Farrington Landless

    5,581     5,581     3,200     3,200 (7)   (* )

Clive Snowdon

    2,000     2,000              

Edward John Haughey (5)

    157,042     157,042     90,363     90,363 (10)   (* )

David Terence Rix (6)

    59,774     59,774     42,050     42,050 (11)   (* )

Andrew John Butcher

    72,290     72,290     43,103     43,103 (12)   (* )

(*)
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our ordinary shares

(1)
Number of shares owned as shown both in this table and the accompanying footnotes and percentage of ownership are based upon 27,136,799 £0.50 ordinary shares (equivalent 27,136,799 ADSs) outstanding as at December 31, 2016.

(2)
Awards comprise options and restricted stock units ("RSUs") over ADSs granted under the agreements or incentive plans described below:

I.P.O. Option Awards:     As part of the I.P.O. process in 2012, stand-alone options grants (each, an "I.P.O. option") were made over ADSs to the Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and certain other key executives. The I.P.O. options were granted on October 2, 2012, 40% of which vested on the date of grant and with the remainder vesting in equal tranches over three years from the date of grant. All options are now vested and exercisable. The I.P.O. options expire if not exercised on or prior to October 1, 2019, and have an exercise price of $10 per ADS.

LTiP Awards:     Awards granted under the Luxfer Holdings PLC Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan ("LTiP") in 2013 ("2013 Grants"), 2014 ("2014 Grants"), 2015 ("2015 Grants") and 2016 ("2016 Grants") were made either as options or RSUs.

2013 Grants

2013 Grants for Executive Directors and Executive Management Board members at the date of grant comprise time-based nominal cost ("time-based") options, market-value options and performance-based nominal-cost ("performance-based") options. 2013 Grants for key management who were not on the Executive Management Board at the date of grant comprised time-based options and performance-based options or time-based RSUs and performance-based RSUs.

Time-based and market-value options were granted on January 31, 2013, and vest annually in equal tranches over three years from the date of grant ("time-based 2013 options" and "market-value 2013 options", respectively). The time-based and market-value 2013 options expire if not exercised on or prior to January 30, 2018. Time-based and market-value 2013 options have an exercise price of £0.50 per ADS and $12.91 per ADS, respectively. RSUs have no expiry date as they are settled on vesting. Time-based RSUs ("time-based 2013 RSUs") are settled on the vesting date and are subject to a nominal payment of £0.50 per ADS on settlement.

121


Table of Contents

    Performance-based options and performance-based RSUs ("performance-based 2013 options" and "performance-based 2013 RSUs", respectively) were granted on January 30, 2013. These performance-based awards are divided equally between those based on annual earnings per share ("EPS") targets and awards based on an annual total shareholders return ("TSR") target, all of which are tested annually over a four-year period and which vest on the date a target is attained. These performance-based awards that do not vest by the end of the performance period are forfeited. Performance-based 2013 options expire if not exercised on or prior to January 30, 2020, and each has an exercise price of £0.50 per ADS. Performance-based 2013 RSUs are settled on the vesting date and are subject to a nominal payment of £0.50 per ADS on settlement.

    2014 Grants

    Performance-based options and performance-based RSUs ("performance-based 2014 options" and "performance-based 2014 RSUs", respectively) were granted on March 20, 2014, and vest on the attainment of annual EPS targets tested annually over a three-year period. If an EPS target is not attained in a specific year, the awards subject to that EPS target lapse. Performance-based 2014 options expire, if not exercised, on or prior to March 19, 2021, and have an exercise price of £0.50 per ADS. Performance-based 2014 RSUs are settled on the vesting date and are subject to a nominal payment of £0.50 per ADS on settlement. If the EPS target for a specific year is attained at stretch, 150% of the award vests. One ordinary share underlies each performance-based 2014 option.

    EIP:     2014 awards granted under the Non-Executive Directors' Equity Incentive Plan (the "EIP") comprised RSUs ("EIP 2014 RSUs"), which were granted on May 30, 2014, and vested the day before the 2015 AGM of the Company. They were settled upon vesting and were subject to a nominal payment of £0.50 per ADS.

    2015 Grants

    LTiP: No awards were made to the Executive Directors or members of the Executive Management Board in 2015. However, the Remuneration Committee set a score card of goals which if met by the December 31, 2015, would lead to an award of time-based nominal cost options or time-based RSUs. Further detail on the proposed grants can be found on page 104.

    EIP:     2015 awards granted under the EIP comprised RSUs ("EIP 2015 RSUs"), which were granted on May 29, 2015, and vest the day before the 2016 AGM of the Company. They are settled upon vesting and are subject to a nominal payment of £0.50 per ADS.

    2016 Grants

    Time-based options were granted on March 21, 2016, and vest annually in equal tranches over three years from the date of grant ("time-based 2016 options"). The time-based 2016 options expire if not exercised on or prior to March 21, 2021. Time-based 2016 options have an exercise price of £0.50 per ADS. Time-based RSUs ("time-based 2016 RSUs") are settled on the vesting date and are subject to a nominal payment of £0.50 per ADS on settlement.

    EIP:     2016 awards granted under the EIP comprised RSUs ("EIP 2016 RSUs"), which were granted on May 24, 2016, and vest the day before the 2017 AGM of the Company. They are settled upon vesting and are subject to a nominal payment of £0.50 per ADS.

(3)
Includes 413,216 ordinary shares held by Barnett Waddingham Capital Trustees Limited BG Purves Retirement Trust and 120,000 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Purves' spouse. Also includes 387 ADSs which are Matching Shares granted by the Company to Mr. Purves when he purchased the equivalent number of Partnership Shares under the all employee share incentive plan operated by the Company for its U.K. employees (the "U.K. SIP"). If within three years of purchase Mr. Purves leaves the Company in circumstances other than as a 'good leaver' or if he sells the Partnership Shares within that period, the Matching Shares are forfeited.

(4)
Includes 30,000 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Mr. Beaden's spouse. Also includes 359 ADSs which are Matching Shares granted by the Company to Mr. Beaden when he purchased the equivalent number of Partnership Shares under the U.K. SIP. If within three years of purchase Mr. Beaden leaves the Company in circumstances other than a 'good leaver' or if he sells the Partnership Shares within that period, the Matching Shares are forfeited.

122


Table of Contents

(5)
Includes 120,000 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Mr. Haughey's spouse. Also includes 381 ADSs which are Matching Shares granted by the Company to Mr. Haughey when he purchased the equivalent number of Partnership Shares under the U.K. SIP. If within three years of purchase Mr. Haughey leaves the Company in circumstances other than a 'good leaver' or if he sells the Partnership Shares within that period, the Matching Shares are forfeited.

(6)
Includes 40,000 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Mr. Rix's spouse. Also includes 346 ADSs which are Matching Shares granted by the Company to Mr. Rix when he purchased the equivalent number of Partnership Shares under the U.K. SIP. If within three years of purchase Mr. Rix leaves the Company in circumstances other than a 'good leaver' or if he sells the Partnership Shares within that period, the Matching Shares are forfeited.

(7)
Includes 20,000 I.P.O. options and 3,200 EIP 2016 RSUs granted to Mr. Bonn, 20,000 I.P.O. options and 3,200 EIP 2016 RSUs granted to Mr. Flannery, 3,200 EIP 2016 RSUs granted to Dr. Kushner and 3,200 EIP 2016 RSUs granted to Mr. Landless.

(8)
Includes 179,200 I.P.O. options, 22,100 market-value 2013 options and 13,935 time-based 2016 options.

(9)
Includes 69,000 I.P.O. options, 9,100 market-value 2013 options, 2,167 performance-based 2013 options and 5,821 time-based 2016 options. Mr. Beaden exercised all his 59,020 ESOP options during the year.

(10)
Includes 77,000 I.P.O. options, 8,100 market-value 2013 options and 5,263 time-based 2016 options.

(11)
Includes 36,600 I.P.O. options and 5,450 time-based 2016 options.

(12)
Includes 36,600 I.P.O. options and 6,503 time-based 2016 options.

123


Table of Contents

Item 7.    Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A.    Major Shareholders.

The following table shows our major shareholders (shareholders that are beneficial owners of 5% or more of the Company's voting shares) as of December 31, 2016, based on notifications made to the Company or public filings:

Shareholder
  Number of
Ordinary Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Equivalent
ADS
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent (8)  

Wellington Management Group LLP (1)

    3,494,798     3,494,798     13.2 %

Canton Group (2)

    2,147,910     2,147,910     8.1 %

T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (3)

    1,927,590     1,927,590     7.3 %

Paradice Investment Management LLC (4)

    1,732,363     1,732,363     6.6 %

Stonehill Group (5)

    1,542,783     1,542,783     5.8 %

Nantahala Capital Management LLC (6)

    1,537,293     1,537,293     5.8 %

GMT Capital Group (7)

    1,406,920     1,406,920     5.3 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
This information is based solely on the Schedule 13F filed on February 14, 2017, by Wellington Management Group LLP ("Wellington") (formerly known as Wellington Management Company, LLP), a Massachusetts limited liability partnership. Wellington is an investment adviser and may be deemed to beneficially own 3,494,798 ordinary shares (equivalent to 3,494,798 ADSs) held by its clients. Wellington's principal business address is c/o Wellington Management Company LLP, 280 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210.

(2)
This information is based solely on the Schedule 13G filed jointly on February 14, 2017, by Canton Holdings, L.L.C ("Canton"), a Delaware limited liability company, Archer Capital Management, L.P. ("Archer"), a Delaware limited partnership, Joshua A. Lobel and Eric J. Edidin (together with Canton, Archer and Messrs. Lobel and Edidin, the "Canton Group"). Includes (i) 2,147,910 ADSs (equivalent to 2,147,910 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by Archer, (ii) 2,147,910 ADSs (equivalent to 2,147,910 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by Canton (inclusive of the ordinary shares beneficially owned by Archer) and (iii) 2,147,910 ADSs (equivalent to 2,147,910 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by each of Messrs. Lobel and Edidin (inclusive of the ordinary shares beneficially owned by Canton). Canton is the general partner of Archer, which is the investment manager for certain private investment funds. Messrs. Lobel and Edidin are principals of Canton. The principal business address of each member of the Canton Group is 570 Lexington Avenue, 40th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(3)
This information is based solely on the Schedule 13G filed on February 7, 2017, by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. ("Price Associates"), a Maryland corporation. Price Associates is an investment adviser and may be deemed to beneficially own 1,927,590 ADSs (equivalent to 1,927,590 ordinary shares). Price Associates disclaims beneficial ownership of such ADSs and ordinary shares. The principal business address of Price Associates is 100 E. Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.

(4)
This information is based solely on the Schedule 13G filed jointly on February 6, 2017, by Paradice Investment Management LLC ("Paradice LLC"), a Delaware limited liability company, and Paradice Investment Management Pty Ltd ("Investment Pty"), a company incorporated in Australia. Includes 1,732,363 ADSs (equivalent to 1,732,363 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by Paradice LLC and (ii) 1,732,363 ADSs (equivalent to 1,732,363 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by Investment Pty (inclusive of the ADSs beneficially owned by Paradice LLC). The principal business address of Paradice LLC is 257 Fillmore Street, Suite 200, Denver, CO 80206. The principal business address of Paradice Investment Pty is Level 27, The Chifley Tower, 2 Chifley Square, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia.

124


Table of Contents

(5)
This information is based solely on the Schedule 13G jointly filed on February 13, 2017, by Stonehill Capital Management LLC ("SCM"), a Delaware limited liability company, Stonehill Master Fund Ltd. ("Stonehill Master"), a Cayman Islands exempted company, John Motulsky, Christopher Wilson, Thomas Varkey, Jonathan Sacks, Peter Sisitsky, Michael Thoyer and Michael Stern (together with SCM, Stonehill Master and Messrs. Motulsky, Wilson, Varkey, Sacks, Sisitsky, Thoyer, and Stern, the "Stonehill Group"). Includes (i) 651,822 ADSs (equivalent to 651,822 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by Stonehill Master, (ii) 1,542,783 ADSs (equivalent to 1,542,783 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by SCM (inclusive of the ADSs beneficially owned by Stonehill Master) and (iii) 1,542,783 ADSs (equivalent to 1,542,783 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by each of Messrs. Motulsky, Wilson, Varkey, Sacks, Sisitsky, Thoyer and Stern ("Stonehill Management") (inclusive of the ADSs beneficially owned by SCM). SCM is the investment adviser of Stonehill Master. The individuals comprising Stonehill Management are the managing members of SCM. Each member of the Stonehill Group disclaims beneficial ownership of such ordinary shares except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of each member of the Stonehill Group is c/o Stonehill Capital Management LLC, 885 Third Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

(6)
This information is based solely on the Schedule 13G filed jointly on February 14, 2017, by Nantahala Capital Management, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company, Wilmot B. Harkey and Daniel Mack. Includes 1,537,293 ADSs (equivalent to 1,537,293 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by Nantahala LLC and (ii) 1,537,293 ADSs (equivalent to 1,537,293 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by each of Messrs. Harker and Mack ("Nantahala Management"). The principal business address of Nantahala LLC is 19 Old Kings Highway S, Suite 200, Darien, CT 06820.

(7)
This information is based solely on the Schedule 13G jointly filed on February 14, 2017, by GMT Capital Corp. ("GMT Capital"), a Georgia corporation, Bay Resource Partners, L.P. ("Bay"), a Delaware limited partnership, Bay II Resource Partners, L.P. ("Bay II"), a Delaware limited partnership, Bay Resource Partners Offshore Fund, Ltd ("Bay Offshore"), a Cayman Islands exempted company, and Thomas E. Claugus (collectively, the "GMT Capital Group"). Includes (i) 402,420 ADSs (equivalent to 402,420 ordinary shares) held by Bay, (ii) 303,270 ADSs (equivalent to 303,270 ordinary shares) held by Bay II, (iii) 600,560 ADSs (equivalent to 600,560 ordinary shares) held by Bay Offshore, (iv) 1,406,920 ADSs (equivalent to 1,406,920 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by GMT Capital (inclusive of the ADSs held by Bay, Bay II and Bay Offshore) and (v) 1,406,920 ADSs (equivalent to 1,406,920 ordinary shares) beneficially owned by Mr. Claugus. GMT Capital is the general partner of Bay and Bay II and the discretionary investment manager of Bay Offshore. Mr. Claugus is the President of GMT Capital. The principal business address of each member of the GMT Capital Group is 2300 Windy Ridge Parkway, Suite 550 South, Atlanta, GA 30339.

(8)
Based upon the percentage of the total ordinary share capital in issue. As of December 31, 2016, this was 26,415,559 ordinary shares (December 31, 2015: 26,916,914).

Between January 1, 2016, and December 31, 2016:

    §
    the percentage of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by (i) Stonehill Group decreased from 9.2% to 5.8%, and (ii) GMT Capital Group decreased from 9.0% to 5.3%; and

    §
    Nantahala LLC became a major shareholder.

Between January 1, 2015, and December 31, 2015:

    §
    the percentage of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by (i) Canton Group increased from 7.3% to 9.4%, and (ii) T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. decreased from 12.6% to 7.3%;

    §
    Paradice Investment Management LLC became a major shareholder; and

    §
    FMR LLC ("FMR"), a Delaware limited liability company, Edward C. Johnson 3d and Abigail P. Johnson (together with FMR and Ms. Johnson, the "Fidelity Group") ceased to be major

125


Table of Contents

      shareholders of the Company. The percentage of shares beneficially owned by the Fidelity Group decreased from 5.2% to 1.6%.

Between January 1, 2014, and December 31, 2014:

    §
    the percentage of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by (i) Price Associates increased from 10.6% to 12.6%, (ii) the Stonehill Group decreased from 11.8% to 9.1%, and (iii) Wellington increased from 8.2% to 13.8%;

    §
    the Fidelity Group became a major shareholder; and

    §
    entities and persons affiliated with Cetus Capital II, LLC (the "Cetus Group") and entities affiliated with Barclays PLC (the "Barclays Group") ceased to be major shareholders of the Company. The percentage of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by (i) the Cetus Group decreased from 7.2% to 4.5% and (ii) the Barclays Group decreased from 5.9% to 0.02%.

Voting Rights

Major shareholders have the same voting rights per share as all other ordinary shareholders.

Share split

Following the approval of a two-for-one share split at the AGM on May 29, 2014, and change in ADR ratio on June 9, 2014, each £0.50 ordinary share represents one American Depositary Share ("ADS"). The share split and ratio change were proposed for administrative convenience and simplicity, in particular to enable us to present earnings per ordinary share equal to earnings per ADS to avoid the complexity of presenting different earnings per share measures given that previously each £1 ordinary share represented two ADSs.

U.S. Resident Shareholders of Record

BNY (Nominees) Limited is the holder of record for the Company's ADR program, pursuant to which each ADS represents one ordinary share of £0.50 each. At January 3, 2017, BNY (Nominees) Limited held 25,180,726 ordinary shares representing 92.8% of the issued share capital held at that date. As of that date, we had a further 68,700 ordinary shares held by two U.S. resident shareholders of record, representing approximately 0.3% of total voting power. Certain of these ordinary shares and ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees. As a result, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the U.S. is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of beneficial holders.

B.    Related Party Transactions

Since January 1, 2014, other than disclosed below, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any material transaction or series of similar material transactions to which we were or are a party in which any of our directors, members of our Executive Management Board, associates, holders of more than 10% of any class of our voting securities, or any affiliates or member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the compensation and shareholding arrangements we describe where required in "Management."

On February 5, 2014, as a part of a relocation, one of the subsidiary companies of the Group purchased outright the residential property of David Rix, a member of our Executive Management Board. The property was valued on similar terms to arm's length transactions by third parties with a purchase price of $1.2 million. This asset was held as a current asset in the Group balance sheet. On July 3, 2015, the property was sold for proceeds of $1.2 million.

The son of the Chief Executive Officer was employed by the Group during 2016, having joined through our normal recruitment channels.

126


Table of Contents

C.    Interests of experts and counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8.    Financial Information

A.    Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information.

See "Item 18. Financial Statements."

Dividend distribution policy

We did not declare or pay any dividends on our ordinary shares in 2009, 2010 or 2011. In July 2012, our Board of Directors declared an interim dividend of £0.25 per £1 ordinary share (equal to $0.39 per £1 ordinary share at an exchange rate of $1.57:£1), totaling $3.8 million, which was paid on August 10, 2012. Our first quarterly dividend of $0.10 per ADS was declared and paid in October 2012 to holders of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2012. In 2013, interim dividends totaling $2.7 million ($0.10 per ADS) were paid on February 6, 2013, May 8, 2013, August 7, 2013 and November 6, 2013. In 2014, interim dividends totaling $2.7 million ($0.10 per ADS) were paid on February 5, 2014, May 7, 2014, August 6, 2014 and November 5, 2014. In 2015, interim dividends totaling $2.7 million ($0.10 per ADS) were paid on February 5, 2015, May 6, 2015, August 5, 2015 and November 4, 2015. In 2016, an interim dividend totaling $3.4 million was paid on February 3, 2016 and interim dividends totaling $3.3 million were paid on May 4, 2016, August 3, 2016 and November 2, 2016. The declaration and payment of these dividends and any future dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial position, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by our indebtedness, any future debt agreements or applicable laws and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. As with all dividends declared to date, we expect future dividends to be paid out of our earnings. See Item 5. "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects" and Item 3.D. " Risk factors—Risks Relating to Our Operations—Our ability to pay regular dividends on our ordinary shares is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, cash requirements, financial position, contractual restrictions, applicable laws and other factors, and may be limited by our structure and statutory restrictions and restrictions imposed by the Revolving Credit Facility, the Loan Notes, as well as any future agreements."

Under our Articles of Association, our shareholders must approve any final dividend, although the Board of Directors may resolve to pay interim dividends without shareholder approval. Any payment of dividends is also subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, according to which dividends may only be paid out of profits available for distribution determined by reference to financial statements prepared in accordance with the Companies Act and IFRS as issued by the IASB, which differ in some respects from U.S. GAAP. In the event that dividends are paid in the future, holders of the ADSs will be entitled to receive payments in U.S. dollars in respect of dividends on the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with the deposit agreement. Furthermore, because we are a holding company, any dividend payments would depend on cash flows from our subsidiaries. See Item 3.D. "Risk factors—Risks Relating to Our Operations—As a holding company, Luxfer Holdings PLC's main source of cash is distributions from our operating subsidiaries."

B.    Significant Changes.

Except as disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report, there have been no significant changes since December 31, 2016.

127


Table of Contents

Item 9.    The Offer and Listing.

A.    Offer and listing details.

Price History of Stock

Following the listing of our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs, on October 3, 2012, on the NYSE, the following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low prices quoted in USD.

 
  Price Per ADS  
 
  High   Low  
 
  (in USD)
 

Annual

             

2016

    13.60     9.17  

2015

    14.98     9.20  

2014

    22.05     13.44  

2013

    21.16     12.03  

2012

    12.74     10.05  

Quarter

             

2016

             

First Quarter

    11.21     9.17  

Second Quarter

    13.60     9.99  

Third Quarter

    13.39     10.28  

Fourth Quarter

    12.06     9.28  

2015

             

First Quarter

    14.98     12.67  

Second Quarter

    14.12     11.99  

Third Quarter

    13.48     10.29  

Fourth Quarter

    12.84     9.20  

Month

             

2016

             

September

    12.13     10.61  

October

    11.86     9.29  

November

    11.37     9.28  

December

    12.06     10.85  

2017

             

January

    12.28     10.82  

February

    11.40     10.86  

B.    Plan of distribution.

Not applicable.

C.    Markets.

As of December 31, 2016, 25,180,726 ADSs of Luxfer Holdings PLC are listed on the NYSE. The depositary for the ADSs holds one £0.50 ordinary share for every ADS. Prior to this listing, no public market existed for our ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares are listed, in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs, on the NYSE under the symbol "LXFR".

128


Table of Contents

D.    Selling Shareholders.

Not applicable.

E.    Dilution.

Not applicable.

F.     Expenses of the issue.

Not applicable.

Item 10.    Additional Information.

A.    Share capital.

Not applicable.

B.    Memorandum and articles of association.

The information called for by this item has been reported previously in our Registration Statement on form F-1 (File No. 333-178278), filed with the SEC on October 4, 2012, as amended, under the heading "Description of Share Capital" and is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

C.    Material contracts.

For the two years immediately preceding the date of this Annual Report, we have not been a party to any material agreements other than in the ordinary course of business.

D.    Exchange controls.

There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in the U.K. that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us, or which may affect the remittance of dividends, interest, or other payments by us to non-resident holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs, other than withholding tax requirements. There is no limitation imposed by U.K. law or Luxfer Holdings PLC's Articles of Association on the right of non-residents to hold or vote shares.

E.    Taxation.

U.S. Federal Income Taxation

The following discussion describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ADSs by a holder that is a citizen or resident of the U.S., a U.S. domestic corporation or a person or entity that otherwise will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of our ADSs (a "U.S. Holder"). This discussion does not purport to be a description of all of the possible tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, hold or dispose of ADSs. In particular, this discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular investor, nor does it address the special tax rules applicable to certain categories of investors, such as banks, dealers, traders who elect to mark to market, tax-exempt entities, insurance companies, certain short-term holders of ADSs or investors who hold our ADSs as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion or integrated transaction or investors who have a "functional currency" other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, the discussion does not address tax consequences to an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds the ADSs, or a partner in such partnership. This summary deals only with U.S. Holders that will hold our ADSs as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of a U.S.

129


Table of Contents

Holder that owns or is treated as owning 10% or more of the voting shares (including ADSs) of the company.

This discussion is based on the federal income tax laws of the U.S., as well as U.S. Treasury promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all as in effect as of the date of this Annual Report, and the income and capital gains tax convention between the U.S. and the U.K. that was signed on July 24, 2001, (and amended by a Protocol signed on July 19, 2002) (the "Treaty"). All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. This summary does not address any tax consequences under the laws of any state or locality of the U.S., or the Medicare tax on net investment income.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX RULES TO YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE ADSs.

The discussion below assumes that the representations contained in the deposit agreement are true and that the obligations in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be complied with in accordance with their terms. If you hold ADSs, you should be treated as the holder of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on the ADSs

Subject to the exceptions discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the ADSs will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income. You will be treated as receiving the dividend on the date of receipt by the depositary. If dividends are converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, you generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividends. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the treatment of the foreign currency gain or loss, if any, on any non-U.S. currency received that is converted into U.S. dollars on a date subsequent to the date of receipt by the depositary.

The gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the ADSs will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent, if any, that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your ADSs, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will generally be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. A dividend in respect of the ADSs will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will generally be taxed at the lower rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S., or we are eligible for the benefits of a qualifying income tax treaty with the U.S. that has been approved by the Internal Revenue Service for purposes of the qualified dividend rules, (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company (a "PFIC") for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, common or ordinary shares, or ADSs representing such shares, are considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. if they are listed on the NYSE. Based on our financial statements and current expectations regarding our income, assets and activities, we believe that we were not a PFIC in

130


Table of Contents

2016 and do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in 2017 or in the foreseeable future. If we were to be a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences (including, but not limited to, dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Holders being treated as other than qualified dividends) could apply. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to the ADSs.

Dividends generally will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. However, if 50% or more of our stock is treated as held by U.S. persons, we will be treated as a "U.S.-owned foreign corporation." In view of the substantial number of shares of our stock that are held by shareholders of record that are U.S. persons, there is a significant possibility that we may be classified as a U.S.-owned foreign corporation. If that were the case, dividends on our stock would be treated for foreign tax credit limitation purposes as income from sources within the U.S. to the extent they are attributable to our U.S. source earnings and profits, and as income from sources outside the U.S. to the extent the dividends are attributable to our non-U.S. source earnings. As described below under "—U.K. Tax Considerations," U.S. Holders that are eligible for benefits under the Treaty and meet certain other requirements generally will not be subject to U.K. tax on dividend payments in respect of the ordinary shares and ADSs or on capital gains realized on the disposal of the ordinary shares or ADSs. The treatment of our dividends as U.S. source or foreign source income under the rules described above may nevertheless be relevant for determining your overall foreign tax credit limitation. We do not maintain information definitively establishing the extent to which our earnings and profits are treated as U.S. source for these purposes and such amount therefore is uncertain. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences to you, if any, of the potential treatment of dividends on our stock as U.S. source income under these rules. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will generally be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to the ADSs will generally constitute "passive category income."

Distributions of additional shares with respect to our ADSs that are made as part of a pro rata distribution to all of our shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Taxation of Dispositions of ADSs

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed above, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of an ADS equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the ADS and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the ADS. The gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the ADS for more than one year, you will be eligible for reduced tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to ADSs and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders that are U.S. Persons who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. Holders that are not U.S. persons generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, such a holder may be required to provide a certification of its non-U.S. status in connection with payments received

131


Table of Contents

within the U.S. or through a U.S.-related financial intermediary. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information.

U.S. Holders who are individuals are required to report information relating to an interest in the ADSs, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ADSs held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions). You should consult your tax advisor regarding the effect, if any, of this requirement on your ownership and disposition of the ADSs.

U.K. Tax Considerations

This section discusses the material U.K. tax consequences of an investment in ordinary shares or ADSs by Eligible U.S. Holders. It applies only to Eligible U.S. Holders that beneficially hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets and does not address the tax treatment of investors that are subject to special rules. An "Eligible U.S. Holder" is an investor that, at all material times: (i) qualifies for benefits under the income and capital gains tax convention between the U.S. and the U.K. that was signed on July 24, 2001, (and amended by a Protocol signed on July 19, 2002) (the "Treaty"); (ii) is a resident of the U.S. for the purposes of the Treaty; and (iii) is not resident in the U.K. for U.K. tax purposes at any material time.

This section does not apply to an investor who holds shares in connection with the conduct of a business or the performance of personal services in the U.K. or otherwise in connection with a branch, agency or permanent establishment in the U.K.

This section is based on current U.K. tax law as applied in England and published HM Revenue & Customs ("HMRC") practice as at the date of this Annual Report, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

POTENTIAL INVESTORS IN THE ADSs SHOULD SATISFY THEMSELVES PRIOR TO INVESTING AS TO THE OVERALL TAX CONSEQUENCES, INCLUDING, SPECIFICALLY, THE CONSEQUENCES UNDER UNITED KINGDOM TAX LAW AND HMRC PRACTICE OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSAL OF THE ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs, IN THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES BY CONSULTING THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS.

Taxation of dividends

    Withholding tax

Dividend payments in respect of the ordinary shares and ADSs may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of U.K. tax.

    Income tax

Payments of dividends on the ordinary shares and ADSs will constitute U.K. source income for U.K. tax purposes and, as such, remain subject to U.K. income tax by direct assessment even if paid without deduction or withholding for or on account of any U.K. tax. However, dividends with a U.K. source will not generally be chargeable to U.K. tax by direct assessment in the hands of an Eligible U.S. Holder.

Taxation of disposals

As an Eligible U.S. Holder, you will not generally be liable for U.K. taxation on any capital gain realized on the disposal of the ordinary shares or ADSs.

132


Table of Contents

    Inheritance Tax

If for the purposes of the Taxes on Estates of Deceased Persons and on Gifts Treaty 1978 between the U.S. and the U.K. an individual holder is domiciled in the U.S. and is not a national of the U.K., any ordinary shares or ADSs beneficially owned by that holder will not generally be subject to U.K. inheritance tax on that holder's death or on a gift made by that holder during his / her lifetime, provided that any applicable U.S. federal gift or estate tax liability is paid, except where (i) the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of a U.K. permanent establishment or pertain to a U.K. fixed base used for the performance of independent personal services; or (ii) the ordinary shares or ADSs are comprised in a settlement unless, at the time of the settlement, the settlor was domiciled in the U.S. and not a national of the U.K.

    Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax

    Issue and transfer of ordinary shares

No U.K. stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax ("SDRT") is payable on the issue of the ordinary shares.

Transfers of ordinary shares to, or to a nominee or agent for, a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts (which will include a transfer of ordinary shares to the depositary or to the custodian as nominee or agent for the depositary) or to a nominee or agent for, a person whose business is or includes the provision of clearance services, will generally be regarded by HMRC as subject to stamp duty or SDRT at 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration or, in certain circumstances, the value of the ordinary shares transferred. In practice this liability for stamp duty or SDRT is in general borne by such person depositing the relevant shares in the clearance service or depositary receipt scheme.

The transfer on sale of ordinary shares by a written instrument of transfer will generally be liable to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration for the transfer. The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty.

An agreement to transfer ordinary shares will generally give rise to a liability on the purchaser to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration. Such SDRT is payable on the seventh day of the month following the month in which the charge arises, but where an instrument of transfer is executed and duly stamped before the expiry of a period of six years beginning with the date of that agreement, (i) any SDRT that has not been paid ceases to be payable, and (ii) any SDRT that has been paid may be recovered from HMRC, generally with interest.

    Transfer of ADSs

No U.K. stamp duty will be payable on a written instrument transferring an ADS or on a written agreement to transfer an ADS provided that the instrument of transfer or the agreement to transfer is executed and remains at all times outside the U.K. Where these conditions are not met, the transfer of, or agreement to transfer, an ADS could, depending on the circumstances, attract a charge to U.K. stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the value of the consideration.

No SDRT will be payable in respect of an agreement to transfer an ADS.

F.     Dividends and paying agents.

Not applicable.

G.    Statement by experts.

Not applicable.

133


Table of Contents

H.    Documents on display.

You may read and copy any reports or information that we file at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other documents about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is "www.sec.gov".

We also make available on our website, free of charge, our Annual Reports on Form 20-F and the text of our reports on Form 6-K, including any amendments to these reports, as well as certain other SEC filings, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website address is "www.Luxfer.com". The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference in this document.

I.     Subsidiary Information.

Not applicable.

Item 11.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk during the normal course of business from changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices such as aluminum prices. We manage exposures through a combination of normal operating and financing activities and through the use of derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency forward purchase contracts and aluminum forward purchase contracts. We do not use market risk-sensitive instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

A treasury committee, chaired by the Group Finance Director, controls and oversees the monitoring of market risks and hedging activities undertaken throughout the company.

Effect of Currency Movement on Results of Operations

We conduct business in the U.K., the U.S., continental Europe, Australasia and Asia and in various other countries around the world and, accordingly, our results of operations are subject to currency translation risk and currency transaction risk.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our revenue by origin of manufacture and destination of sales, as a percentage of our consolidated revenue for continuing operations, were as follows:


Revenue by Geographic Origin
2016

Geographic Region
  Percentage of
Revenue
 

North America

    63 %

U.K. 

    27 %

Other Europe

    9 %

Asia Pacific

    1 %

134


Table of Contents


Revenue by Geographic Destination
2016

Geographic Region
  Percentage of
Revenue
 

North America

    55 %

European Community excluding U.K. 

    22 %

Asia Pacific

    11 %

U.K. 

    8 %

South and Central America

    2 %

Other Europe

    1 %

Africa

    1 %

In 2016, 51%, 8% and 22% of our sales revenue from continuing operations was denominated in U.S. dollars, GBP sterling and euro, respectively.

    Currency translation risk

With respect to currency translation risk, our financial position and results of operations are measured and recorded in the relevant local base currency and then translated each month into U.S. dollars for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. We translate balance sheet amounts at the exchange rates in effect on the date of the balance sheet, while income and cash flow items are translated at the average rate of exchange in effect for the relevant period.

The chart below shows the monthly rates used to translate our U.K. and continental Europe operations over the last year:

GRAPHIC

    Translation risk on net assets

We hold significant assets in the U.S., U.K. and continental Europe, and we have in the past used either forward foreign currency exchange contracts or local currency debt to hedge translation risk on our net

135


Table of Contents

assets. Since 2004, we have not engaged in the use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts for the purpose of hedging translation risk, although we may in the future enter into other similar arrangements when we believe it appropriate. We use local denominated debt externally provided by third parties, in various forms and to various levels, to hedge the exchange rate risks. We had net assets employed (which excludes inter-segment assets and liabilities) in North America, the U.K. and continental Europe of $112.3 million, $6.9 million and $19.7 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2016. Of the $112.3 million net assets employed in North America, $17.3 million related to goodwill with a functional currency of GBP sterling, the functional currency of the holding company, Luxfer Holdings PLC, following the transition to IFRS in 2012. Net assets employed in other regions only totaled $3.0 million and therefore were not a significant risk. Following the change in presentation currency to U.S. dollars as part of the transition to IFRS, we are now exposed to translation risk for the U.K. and all other non-U.S. net assets employed plus the U.S. goodwill, which in total is $46.9 million. Depreciation of the U.S. dollar compared to GBP sterling positively affects the value of our assets that are exposed to translation risk as reported in U.S. dollars in our consolidated financial statements and, conversely, the appreciation of the U.S dollar has a negative impact on the value of those assets.

As at December, 31, 2016, the U.S. dollar had strengthened by approximately 20% against GBP sterling and by approximately 3% against the euro, compared to December, 31, 2015. These movements in conjunction with exchange rate movements of our other overseas investments, which are principally denominated in Czech koruna, Chinese renminbi, Canadian dollars and Australian dollars, decreased our consolidated net assets by $13.1 million, which we reported in our statement of other comprehensive income. As of December 31, 2016, we estimate that a 10% appreciation in the U.S. dollar against the other currencies of our operations would have decreased the value of our consolidated net assets by approximately $12.6 million.

    Translation risk on revenue and operating profits

The impact of changes in exchange rates on our reported revenue and operating profit is dependent on changes in average exchange rates in one year when compared to another. The chart above plots the GBP sterling and euro exchange rates against U.S. dollars. The table below shows the impact of such shifts in average exchange rates had on our financial results.

 
  First
quarter
2016
  Second
quarter
2016
  Third
quarter
2016
  Fourth
quarter
2016
  Full year
2016
 
 
  (in $ million)
 

All currencies—translation impact—gain / (loss)

                               

Revenue

  $ (1.9 ) $ (2.7 ) $ (3.9 ) $ (4.9 ) $ (13.4 )

Operating profit

    (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (0.1 )   (1.1 )   (1.6 )

The table above also indicates the impact of movements in the exchange rate of GBP sterling, the euro and other currencies against the U.S. dollar for 2016. We estimate that a 10% appreciation in the U.S. dollar against the other currencies of our operations in 2016 would have decreased our operating profit by approximately $0.5 million.

    Hedging of currency translation risk

The gains and losses arising from our exposure to movements in foreign currency exchange rates are recognized in the statement of other comprehensive income.

We cannot easily hedge the impact of translation risk on our operating profits, but we are able to hedge the translation risk on our overseas net assets. The two common methods are through either bank borrowing denominated in the foreign currency or use of forward foreign currency exchange contracts. We have hedged

136


Table of Contents

this risk through bank borrowings denominated in the same currencies as the net assets they help to fund. We can draw down amounts under our Revolving Credit Facility in U.S. dollars, GBP sterling and euro. As of December 31, 2016, we had $117.0 million of debt denominated in U.S. dollars and £4.7 million of debt denominated in GBP sterling (as of December 31, 2015, we had $117.0 million of debt denominated in U.S. dollars and £16.5 million of debt denominated in GBP sterling). We have on occasion also used forward foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge this exposure. However, this approach is less desirable than the use of bank debt because it requires the cash settlement of the contracts, which exposes us to an additional cash flow risk. As a result, we have not used such hedges in recent years. We also report any gains and losses on hedging instruments in the statement of other comprehensive income, offsetting the exchange movements on overseas net assets.

    Currency transaction risk

In addition to currency translation risk, we incur currency transaction risk whenever one of our operating subsidiaries enters into either a purchase or sales transaction in a currency other than its functional currency. Matching sales revenues and costs in the same currency reduces currency transaction risk.

Our U.S. operations have little currency exposure, as most purchases, costs and revenue are denominated in U.S. dollars. In our U.K. operations, purchases of raw materials and sales are conducted in a large number of countries and in differing currencies, while other operating costs are generally incurred in GBP sterling, resulting in exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. For example, purchases of raw materials are denominated principally in U.S. dollars, and a large portion of our sales by U.K. operations are in euros.

The analysis of our revenue by destination and origin demonstrates that, although 27% of our product sales revenue in 2016 originates from manufacturing facilities in the U.K., only 8% of our revenue is derived from sales to customers within the U.K. The remaining percentage of revenue is generated from exports outside the U.K. In 2016, we sold 22% of our products into the countries that have adopted the euro, but we only manufactured 5% of our goods in the Eurozone. As a result, movement in the exchange rate between the euro and GBP sterling is our largest currency transaction risk. We estimate the net exposure to the euro between sales and purchases equates to a gross profit exposure varying between €40 million and €50 million a year, fluctuating due to changes in sales, which will vary due to market demand factors. The geographic sales analysis shows that the U.S. dollar is another potential source of currency transaction risk for our U.K. operations, with sales of products denominated in U.S. dollars extending beyond North America, as many of our sales to Asia are also priced in U.S. dollars. We also purchase a significant amount of raw materials priced in U.S. dollars. The U.K. operations are exposed to a net transaction risk for U.S. dollars estimated at $10 million to $30 million for a net sales risk per year. We manage transaction risk on the sales and purchase cash flows separately, using separate sell and buy forward currency contracts, rather than on a net basis.

    Hedging of currency transaction risk

To mitigate our exposure to currency transaction risk, we operate a policy of hedging all contracted commitments in foreign currency, and we also hedge a substantial portion of non-contracted forecast currency receipts and payments for up to 18 months forward.

Where no natural hedge exists, all firm contracted commitments and a portion of non-contracted forecast receipts and payments denominated in foreign currencies are hedged by means of forward foreign currency exchange contracts. We base our decision to hedge against non-contracted amounts based on the nature of the transaction being hedged and the volatility of currency movements, among other factors. For example, we cover a lower percentage of our forecast exposure in the case of businesses with relatively few long-term sales contracts.

137


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016, we held various foreign currency exchange contracts designated as hedges in respect of forward sales for U.S. dollars, euros, Japanese yen and Australian dollars for the receipt of GBP sterling or euros. For our largest risk exposure, euro to GBP sterling, we had hedges in place for 2017 covering approximately 58% of our forecasted sales. We also held foreign currency exchange contracts designated as hedges in respect of forward purchases for U.S. dollars by the sale of GBP sterling. The contract totals in GBP sterling, range of maturity dates and range of exchange rates are disclosed below:

 
  Sales hedges as of December 31, 2016  
 
  U.S. dollars   Euros   Australian dollars  

Contract totals / £M

    27.6     39.4     2.9  

Maturity dates

    01/17 to 11/18     01/17 to 11/18     09/17  

Exchange rates

  $ 1.2310 to $1.5638     €1.0951 to €1.4200   $ 1.7237  

 

 
  Purchase hedges as of December 31, 2016  
 
  U.S. dollars   Euros  

Contract totals / £M

    25.7     2.5  

Maturity dates

    01/17 to 10/18     01/17 to 06/17  

Exchange rates

  $ 1.2311 to $1.5618     €1.1121 to €1.1804  

The fair value of the above hedges was $3.0 million as of December 31, 2016. Under IAS39 a loss of $3.1 million has been deferred from recognition in our consolidated income statement until 2017, because it relates to effective hedges against forecasted sales and purchases in 2017 and 2018. We disclose the amount deferred separately under hedging reserve in our consolidated balance sheet.

Effect of Commodity Price Movements on Results of Operations

    Commodity price risk

We are exposed to commodity price risks in relation to the purchases of our raw materials. The raw materials we use include primary magnesium, rare earth metals and chemical compounds, zircon sand, zirconium oxychloride intermediates and other chemical inputs like soda ash for the Elektron Division and aluminum log and sheet and carbon fiber for the Gas Cylinders Division. Many of these raw materials have been subject to price rises and volatility over the last few years, some of which were substantial.

In 2014, raw material costs generally were stable. The average three month LME price for aluminum was $1,896 per metric ton in 2014, an increase of $9 per metric ton, less than 1%, from the 2013 equivalent figure. However, the LME price for aluminum was more volatile during the year. Our purchase cost of aluminum raw materials was also adversely impacted by the significant risk in specific premiums added to the LME price, by suppliers, these premiums being for physical delivery and specific alloy types. For example, the U.S. Midwest Aluminum Premium transaction price increased from $259 per metric ton to $526 per metric ton and there were similar increases for delivery premiums in Europe. Magnesium prices reduced in 2014 compared to the previous year with the average price of Chinese magnesium on a free on board basis being $2,496 per metric ton, a $217 per metric ton difference in 2014 compared to 2013. 2014 saw market conditions for rare earth chemicals stabilize further, with the quoted Asian Metal Index price of cerium carbonate, a raw material which has had a significant impact on the business over the previous several years, decrease progressively during the year, closing at approximately $4.5 per kilogram by December 2014.

In 2015, raw material costs generally decreased or stabilized. The average three month LME price for aluminum was $1,674 per metric ton in 2015, a decrease of $222 per metric ton, or 11.7%, from the 2014 equivalent figure. There was also a reduction in the U.S. Midwest Aluminum Premium throughout 2015, which decreased from a high of $535 per metric ton to a low of $155. Magnesium prices reduced in

138


Table of Contents

2015 compared to the previous year with the average price of Chinese magnesium on a free on board basis being $2,140 per metric ton, a $356 per metric ton reduction, when compared to the average for 2014. 2015 saw further reductions in the price of rare earth chemicals, with the quoted Asian Metal Index price of cerium carbonate, a raw material which has had a significant impact on the business over the previous several years, closing at approximately $1.7 per kilogram by December 2015.

In 2016, raw material costs were stable. The average three month LME price for aluminum was $1,609 per metric ton in 2016, a decrease of $65 per metric ton, or 3.9%, from the 2015 equivalent figure. The U.S. Midwest Aluminum Premium throughout 2016, remained stable at approximately $200 per metric ton. Magnesium prices rose slightly in 2016 compared to the previous year with the average price of Chinese magnesium on a free on board basis being $2,197 per metric ton, a $57 per metric ton increase, when compared to the average for 2015.

Utility costs have decreased by $2.0 million in 2016 compared to 2015, with the decrease being due to reduced usage driven by the full year impact from the closure of sites during 2015 as well as cost saving initiatives implemented during the year. We continue to seek further cost savings in this area, especially given the risk of higher water and energy costs in the long-term.

Primary aluminum is a global commodity, with its principal trading market on the LME. In the normal course of business, we are exposed to aluminum price volatility to the extent that the costs of aluminum purchases are more closely related to the LME price than the sales prices of certain of our products. Our Gas Cylinders Division will buy various aluminum alloys, in log, sheet, or tube form, and the contractual price will usually include an LME-linked base price plus a premium for a particular type of alloy and the cost of casting, rolling or extruding. The price of high-grade aluminum, which is actively traded on the LME, has fluctuated significantly in recent years as shown in the LME price graph below. The price remains volatile and difficult to predict. Since aluminum is the Gas Cylinders Division's largest single raw material cost, these fluctuations in the price of aluminum can affect this division's and our financial results. In order to help mitigate this risk, we enter into LME-related transactions in the form of commodity contracts. Historically we have also ordered a certain amount of our aluminum billet purchases on a forward fixed price.

139


Table of Contents

The three month LME price for primary aluminum was as follows from January 1, 2012, through December 31, 2016:


LME three month price for primary aluminum January 2012 to December 2016

GRAPHIC


Source: London Metal Exchange

We estimate that changes in the LME price of aluminum will normally take approximately three months to impact our reported costs of sales and operating profits. In 2014, there was little change in the LME, though the price fluctuated during the year. The impact of the higher delivery premiums was approximately $1.6 million, based on the purchase of approximately 12,000 metric tons of aluminum raw materials. In 2015, the price of aluminum fell further, and the Midwest Aluminum Premium declined, resulting in a $1.9 million reduction in our cost base. In 2016, whilst the price of aluminum stated to rise, the fall in the average price year-on-year resulted in a $3.5 million reduction in our cost base.

We estimate the average cost of our LME hedges was $1,604 per metric ton in 2016, $1,942 per metric ton in 2015 and $2,008 per metric ton in 2014.

There is no similar financial market to hedge magnesium, zirconium raw materials or carbon fiber, and prices for these raw materials have been volatile in recent years with some increasing substantially. To help mitigate these risks, we have a number of fixed-price supply contracts for these raw materials, which limit our exposure to price volatility over a calendar year. However, we remain exposed over time to rising prices in these markets, and therefore rely on the ability to pass on any major price increases to our customers in order to maintain our levels of profitability for zirconium, and magnesium-based products. We have also in the last few years, when we felt it was appropriate, made additional physical purchases of magnesium and some rare earth chemicals to delay the impact of higher prices, but this has had a cash flow impact on occasion thereby leading to greater utilization of our revolving credit bank facilities. Also, the price of magnesium in the U.S. is fairly high due to the protection of the U.S. market from Chinese imports through anti-dumping tariffs.

Ultimately we aim to recover all our raw material cost increases through adjustment to our sales prices. However, for aluminum costs, we can utilize LME financial derivative contracts over a one to two year period

140


Table of Contents

to mitigate shorter-term fluctuations and protect us in the short-term as we renegotiate sales prices with customers.

    Hedging of Aluminum Metal Price Risk

Based on current sales mix between composite and aluminum cylinders, we expect that our gas cylinders operations will need to purchase approximately 10,000 to 14,000 metric tons of primary aluminum each year, in various sizes of billet and various types of alloy, and that another approximately 1,000 metric tons per year of various forms of fabricated sheet aluminum will be purchased for use in our Superform and composite cylinder production processes. Normally, the division will recover approximately 2,500 to 3,500 metric tons per year of process scrap and would expect to be able to sell this scrap into the market at prices linked to the LME prices. Over time, we have also aimed to recover cost increases via sales price increases, and use LME hedging to protect margins for the next 12 to 18 months.

In 2016, approximately 60% of our price risk on primary aluminum costs was covered with LME hedges. We estimate we have 60% and 10% of our forecasted price risk of aluminum covered by LME derivative contracts for 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Our hedging policy is designed to enable us to benefit from a more stable cost base. The effect of the LME-related transactions we enter into is to mitigate the unfavorable impact of price increases on aluminum purchases. Under IFRS, similar to the treatment of derivative financial instruments used to hedge foreign currency risk, the change in the fair value of the LME contracts that relate to future transactions is deferred and held in an equity hedging reserve account. Gains and losses derived from such commodity contracts are reflected in the cost of goods sold when the underlying physical transaction takes place. The LME contracts we had at the end of 2016 had a mark-to-market loss of $0.6 million, which was deferred and included in the equity hedging reserve account. This compares to a mark-to-market loss of $3.7 million in 2015.

Our hedging policy aims to achieve protection against our calculated exposure to metal price volatility for a full calendar year by the end of the immediately preceding year. We use our hedging policy to minimize risk rather than to engage in speculative positions on the underlying commodity. Although this may result in losses on hedged positions, the downside risk of un-hedged exposure to aluminum prices can be far greater. If we did not hedge our aluminum exposure and were unable to pass additional costs onto customers, we estimate, based on a price exposure on 10,000 metric tons that a $100 annual increase in the price of aluminum on the LME would result in a $1.0 million adverse effect on our full year operating profit.

Effect of Interest Rate Movements

    Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2016, we had both fixed rate and variable rate debt outstanding on our consolidated balance sheet. As a result of this exposure, we have in the past hedged interest payable under our floating rate indebtedness based on a combination of forward rate agreements, interest rate caps and swaps. There were no fixed or variable rate interest hedge agreements in place as of December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015.

On May 13, 2011, we entered into the Senior Facilities Agreement and Note Purchase Agreement, providing a variable interest rate Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility and fixed rated Loan Notes due 2018. This debt was all drawn down on June 15, 2011. The Loan Notes due 2018 had a $65 million principal amount and a fixed rate of interest of 6.19%. However, during 2016, Luxfer agreed to extend the maturity date of $50 million of the $65 million outstanding aggregate amount of the Loan Notes due 2018. The extension also includes a lower long-term fixed interest rate on the debt. The maturity date on $25 million was extended from June 2018 to June 2023, with a fixed interest rate of 4.88%; and the maturity date on a further $25 million was extended to June 2026 at a fixed interest rate of 4.94%. The Term Loan was fully repaid in October 2012 and under the revised agreement, the value of debt repaid

141


Table of Contents

could be re-drawn against the revolving credit facility available in GBP sterling, U.S. dollars or euros. Following an amendment to the Senior Facilities Agreement on March 25, 2014, we are able to draw down up to a maximum aggregate principal amount of $150 million, of which $32.8 million was outstanding at December 31, 2016. The variable interest charged is linked to LIBOR (or, in the case of euro loans, EURIBOR).

On September 18, 2014, we entered into the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement. The Loan Notes due 2021 issued thereunder have a $25 million principal amount and a fixed rate of interest of 3.67%.

Item 12.    Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.

A.    Debt Securities.

Not applicable.

B.    Warrant and Rights.

Not applicable.

C.    Other Securities.

Not applicable.

142


Table of Contents

D.    American Depositary Shares.

Fees Payable by ADR Holders

The following table shows the fees and charges that a holder of our ADR may have to pay, either directly or indirectly. The majority of these costs are set by the Depositary and are subject to change:

Persons depositing or withdrawing ordinary shares or ADS holders must pay:   For:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

 

Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of ordinary shares or rights or other property Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$0.02 per ADS per annum

 

Any cash distribution to ADS holders

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been ordinary shares and the ordinary shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs

 

Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders

Registration or transfer fees

 

Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw ordinary shares

Expenses of the depositary

 

Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

 

 

Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

 

As necessary

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities

 

As necessary

Fees and Other Payments Made by the Depositary to Luxfer

The depositary has agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses we incur in relation to the ADS program.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we received $0.5 million in fees from the depositary of our ADSs.

143


Table of Contents


PART II

Item 13.    Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

None.

Item 14.    Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

Not applicable.

Item 15.    Controls and Procedures.

We have carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under the supervision and the participation of the Executive Management Board, which is responsible for the management of the internal controls, and which includes the Chief Executive Officer and the Group Finance Director. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. Based upon our evaluation as of December 31, 2016, the Chief Executive Officer and Group Finance Director have concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures (i) were effective at a reasonable level of assurance as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F in ensuring that information required to be recorded, processed, summarized and reported in the reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and (ii) were effective at a reasonable level of assurance as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F in ensuring that information to be disclosed in the reports that are filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the management of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Group Finance Director, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our Executive Management Board is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed, under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and the Group Finance Director, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with IFRS.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly, reflect transactions and dispositions of assets, provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded in the manner necessary to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, and that receipts and expenditures are only carried out in accordance with the authorization of our Executive Management Board and directors, and provide reasonable assurance regarding the prevention or timely detection of any unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets and that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Moreover, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control to future periods are subject to a risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions and that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

144


Table of Contents

Our Executive Management Board has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, our Executive Management Board has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, was effective.

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company's registered public accounting firm because we qualify as an emerging growth company and, as such, are exempt from such attestation.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the period covered by this report, we have not made any changes to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 16.    [Reserved]

Item 16A.    Audit committee financial expert.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, David Landless served as a Non-Executive Director and as the Audit Committee financial expert and is independent for the purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, the U.K. Corporate Governance Code and NYSE Section 303A.02.

Item 16B.    Code of Ethics.

The Company has adopted a formal code of ethics applicable to all employees, including to the Chief Executive Officer, Group Finance Director and Group Financial Controller.

The Company's code of ethics is available on our website at: http://www.luxfer.com/governance/code_of_ethics_and_business_conduct.asp

Item 16C.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ("PwC") were our independent auditor for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015. The table below sets out the amount billed to us by our independent auditor for services performed in the year ended December 31, 2016, and 2015, and breaks down these amounts by category:

 
  2016   2015  
 
  (in $ million)
 

Audit fees

    1.1     1.1  

Audit related fees

         

Tax fees

             

Tax compliance fees

         

Tax advisory fees

         

Total

    1.1     1.1  

Audit fees

Audit fees in 2016 and 2015 were related to the audit of our consolidated financial statements and other audit services provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

145


Table of Contents

Pre-approval policies and procedures

The Audit Committee has established pre-approval policies and procedures which are followed prior to the engagement of PwC relating to the carrying out of audit and non-audit services. All services provided by our auditors are approved in advance by the audit committee in accordance with such policies and procedures.

Item 16D.    Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

Not applicable.

Item 16E.    Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

Effective June 4, 2015, the Board authorized a share buy-back program of up to $10.0 million, primarily to satisfy obligations under the Group's employee share programs, subject to applicable securities laws, regulatory considerations and other factors. Shareholder approval for this program was granted at the 2014 Annual General Meeting (for repurchases up to an aggregate amount of 2,700,000 ordinary shares or ADSs). Set forth below is the summary of shares repurchased by us during 2015 and 2016 and the approximate dollar value, and number, of shares that may yet be repurchased under this program:

 
  Total number of
shares
purchased
  Average price
paid per share
(in U.S. dollars)
  Total number of
shares
purchased as
part of publicly
announced plans
or programs
  Approximate
dollar value of
shares that may
yet be purchased
under the plans
or programs
(in $ million)
  Maximum
number of
shares that may
yet be purchased
under the plans
or programs
 

June 5—June 30, 2015

    146,804   $ 13.44     146,804     8.1     2,553,196  

July 1—July 31, 2015

            146,804     8.1     2,553,196  

August 1—August 31, 2015

            146,804     8.1     2,553,196  

September 1—September 30, 2015

            146,804     8.1     2,553,196  

October 1—October 31, 2015

            146,804     8.1     2,553,196  

November 1—November 30, 2015

            146,804     8.1     2,553,196  

December 1—December 31, 2015

            146,804     8.1     2,553,196  

January 1—January 31, 2016

    236,537   $ 9.99     383,341     5.7     2,316,659  

February 1—February 29, 2016

    333,169   $ 10.21     716,510     2.3     1,983,490  

March 1—March 31, 2016

    21,331   $ 10.66     737,841     2.0     1,962,159  

April 1—April 30, 2016

            737,841     2.0     1,962,159  

May 1—May 31, 2016

            737,841     2.0     1,962,159  

June 1—June 30, 2016

            737,841     2.0     1,962,159  

July 1—July 31, 2016

            737,841     2.0     1,962,159  

August 1—August 31, 2016

            737,841     2.0     1,962,159  

September 1—September 30, 2016

            737,841     2.0     1,962,159  

October 1—October 31, 2016

    18,276   $ 9.50     756,117     1.9     1,943,883  

November 1—November 30, 2016

    24,872   $ 9.50     780,989     1.6     1,919,011  

December 1—December 31, 2016

            780,989     1.6     1,919,011  

Total

    780,989   $ 10.72     780,989     1.6     1,919,011  

146


Table of Contents

Item 16F.    Change in Registrant's Certifying Accountant.

Not applicable.

Item 16G.    Corporate Governance.

Corporate Governance Practices

Our ADSs are listed on the NYSE. As a foreign private issuer, we rely on a provision in the NYSE's Listed Company Manual that permits us to follow home-country practice in lieu of certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. As a U.K. company, our corporate governance practices are governed by our Articles and the Companies Act. The significant differences between our corporate governance practices as a U.K. company and those required by NYSE listing standards for U.S. companies are as follows:

Independence

The NYSE listing standards provide that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and that both the nominating / corporate governance committee and the compensation committee must consist solely of independent directors. Under NYSE rule 303A.02, a director qualifies as independent only if the board affirmatively determines that such director has no material relationship with the company, either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company. In addition, in affirmatively determining the independence of any director who will serve on the compensation committee of the listed company's board of directors, the board of directors must consider all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to the listed company which is material to that director's ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to (i) the source of compensation of such director (including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by the listed company to such director) and (ii) whether such director is affiliated with the listed company, a subsidiary of the listed company or an affiliate of a subsidiary of the listed company. Moreover, the NYSE listing standards enumerate a number of relationships that preclude independence.

The NYSE listing standards also provide that listed companies must have an audit committee that (i) satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, which, among other things, requires each member of the audit committee to be independent within the meaning of the Rule, subject to certain exemptions, and (ii) satisfies the requirements for independence set out in NYSE rule 303A.02.

Since we are a foreign private issuer, we have not needed to make an affirmative determination that our Non-Executive Directors are independent for the purposes of NYSE rule 303A.02. However, we have determined that our Non-Executive Directors are independent for the purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Committees

We have board committees that are different than those required by NYSE rules for listed U.S. companies.

For instance, in addition to the independence requirement described above, the nominating / corporate governance committee of a listed U.S. company must have (i) a written charter that addresses certain corporate governance matters and (ii) an annual performance evaluation of the committee. Our nomination committee comprises a majority of Non-Executive Directors who are independent under the U.K. Corporate Governance Code. Moreover, our nomination committee has written terms of reference that are generally responsive to the recommendations under and that are available on our website. The Companies Act does not require us to establish, and we have not established, a corporate governance committee.

147


Table of Contents

Furthermore, in addition to the independence requirement described above, the compensation committee of a listed U.S. company must have (i) a written charter that addresses certain corporate governance matters and (ii) an annual performance evaluation of the compensation committee and (iii) the rights and responsibilities of the compensation committee set forth in NYSE rule 303A.05(c). Our remuneration committee comprises a majority of Non-Executive Directors who are independent under the U.K. Corporate Governance Code. Moreover, our compensation committee has written terms of reference that are generally responsive to the recommendations under the U.K. Corporate Governance Code and that are available on our website.

Finally, in addition to the independence requirement described above, the audit committee of a U.S. listed company must (i) satisfy the other requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, (ii) have a minimum of three members, and (iii) have a written charter that addresses certain corporate governance matters. Our audit committee comprises four Non-Executive Directors who are independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and satisfies the other requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Moreover, our audit committee has written terms of reference that are generally responsive to the requirements under NYSE rule 303A.07 and which are available on our website.

Equity Compensation Plans

U.S. listed companies must give shareholders the opportunity to vote on all equity-compensation plans and material revisions thereto, except for employment inducement awards, certain grants, plans and amendments in the context of mergers and acquisitions, and certain specific types of plans. We comply with legal requirements under the Companies Act 2006 and our Articles of Association regarding shareholder approval required in respect of equity compensation plans. Such requirements do not require shareholder approval of equity compensation plans and certain revisions thereof in all circumstance for which the NYSE rules applicable to the U.S. listed companies require such shareholder approval.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

U.S. listed companies are required to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. There is no equivalent recommendation under the U.K. Corporate Governance Code.

Code of Ethics

Listed companies must adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. The Companies Act 2006 does not require us to adopt a Code of Ethics. See "Item 16b. Code of Ethics."

Item 16H.    Mine Safety Disclosure.

Not applicable.

148


Table of Contents


PART III

Item 17.    Financial Statements.

Not applicable.

Item 18.    Financial Statements.

The audited consolidated financial statements as required under Item 18 are attached hereto starting on page F-1 of this Annual Report. The audit reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firms, are included herein preceding the audited consolidated financial statements.

Item 19.    Exhibits.

  1.1   Articles of Association of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-178278), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on December 2, 2011)

 

2.1

 

Form of specimen certificate evidencing ordinary shares (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-178278), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on December 2, 2011)

 

2.2

 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Luxfer Holdings PLC, The Bank of New York Mellon and holders of American Depositary Receipts (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-178278), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on December 2, 2011)

 

2.3

 

Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement dated as of June 29, 2016 by and among BA Holdings, Inc. and the parties named therein

 

2.4

 

Senior Facilities Agreement dated as of May 13, 2011, as amended and restated on December 23, 2016 by and among Luxfer Holdings PLC and the parties named therein

 

2.5

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 13, 2017 by and among Luxfer Holdings PLC and the parties named therein

 

2.6

 

Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of June 29, 2016 by and among Luxfer Holdings PLC and the parties named therein

 

2.7

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of March 13, 2017 by and among Luxfer Holdings PLC and the parties named therein

 

4.1

 

Executive Share Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-178278), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on December 2, 2011)

 

4.2

 

Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Registration Statement on Form F-1 (file no. 333-178278), as amended, initially filed with the SEC on December 2, 2011)

 

4.3

 

Amendment No. 1 to Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file no. 001-35370), filed with the SEC on March 29, 2013)

 

4.4

 

Amendment No. 2 to Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file no. 001-35370), filed with the SEC on March 29, 2013)

149


Table of Contents

  4.5   Amended and Restated Non-Executive Director Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (file no. 001-35370), filed with the SEC on March 29, 2013)

 

8.1

 

List of Subsidiaries (included under Item 4.C "Organizational Structure" in this Annual Report on Form 20-F)

 

12.1

 

Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934—Brian Gordon Purves

 

12.2

 

Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934—Andrew Michael Beaden

 

13.1

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)—Brian Gordon Purves

 

13.2

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)—Andrew Michael Beaden

 

15.1

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

15.2

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

150


Table of Contents


Signature

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

    Luxfer Holdings PLC

March 14, 2017

 

By:

 

/s/ Andrew Michael Beaden

        Andrew Michael Beaden
        Group Finance Director

151


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

  F-2

Consolidated Income Statement for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

  F-4

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

  F-5

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

  F-6

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

  F-7

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

  F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-9

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Luxfer Holdings plc

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated cash flow statements and consolidated statements of changes in equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Luxfer Holdings PLC and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the periods ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Manchester, United Kingdom

March 14, 2017

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Luxfer Holdings PLC

We have audited the accompanying consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated cash flow statement and consolidated statement of changes in equity, of Luxfer Holdings PLC, for the year ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows of Luxfer Holdings PLC for the year ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Manchester, United Kingdom

March 19, 2015

F-3


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

 
  Note   2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

REVENUE

    2     414.8     460.3     489.5  

Cost of sales

          (321.4 )   (356.3 )   (376.6 )

Gross profit

          93.4     104.0     112.9  

Distribution costs

          (7.8 )   (7.9 )   (8.1 )

Administrative expenses

          (50.8 )   (52.6 )   (59.7 )

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

    14     0.5     (1.2 )   (0.3 )

TRADING PROFIT

    2     35.3     42.3     44.8  

Profit on sale of redundant site

    5     2.1          

Changes to defined benefit pension plan

    5     0.6     18.0      

Restructuring and other expense

    5     (2.2 )   (22.4 )   (3.9 )

OPERATING PROFIT

    3     35.8     37.9     40.9  

Other income / (expense):

                         

Acquisitions and disposals

    5     0.2     (2.0 )   4.5  

Finance income:

                         

Interest received

    7     1.2     0.5     0.5  

Finance costs:

                         

Interest costs

    8     (6.8 )   (7.4 )   (6.6 )

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

    8     (2.1 )   (3.0 )   (2.7 )

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

    8     (0.4 )   (0.4 )   (0.3 )

Total finance costs

          (9.3 )   (10.8 )   (9.6 )

PROFIT ON OPERATIONS BEFORE TAXATION

          27.9     25.6     36.3  

Income tax expense

    9     (6.0 )   (9.5 )   (7.1 )

NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR

          21.9     16.1     29.2  

Attributable to:

                         

Equity shareholders

          21.9     16.1     29.2  

Earnings per share:

                         

Basic

                         

Unadjusted

    10   $ 0.83   $ 0.60   $ 1.09  

Diluted

                         

Unadjusted

    10   $ 0.82   $ 0.59   $ 1.05  

F-4


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

 
  Note   2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Net income for the year

          21.9     16.1     29.2  

Other comprehensive income movements

                         

Items that may be reclassified to the consolidated income statement:

                         

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

          (13.1 )   (8.6 )   (10.8 )

Fair value movements in cash flow hedges

          1.1     (5.4 )   1.4  

Transfers to consolidated income statement on cash flow hedges

          (0.9 )   (0.1 )   0.1  

Exchange differences on translation of hedging reserve

                  0.2  

Deferred income taxes on cash flow hedges

              1.1     (0.5 )

Hedge accounting income / (expense) adjustments

          0.2     (4.4 )   1.2  

Total hedge accounting and translation of foreign operations movements

          (12.9 )   (13.0 )   (9.6 )

Items that will not be reclassified to the consolidated income statement:

                         

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans

    29     (21.7 )   4.4     (35.4 )

Deferred income taxes on retirement benefits remeasurements

    23     4.3     (1.5 )   8.9  

Retirement benefits changes

          (17.4 )   2.9     (26.5 )

Total other comprehensive loss movements for the year

          (30.3 )   (10.1 )   (36.1 )

Total comprehensive (loss) / income for the year

          (8.4 )   6.0     (6.9 )

Attributed to:

                         

Equity shareholders

          (8.4 )   6.0     (6.9 )

F-5


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

 
  Note   December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

ASSETS

                 

Non-current assets

                 

Property, plant and equipment

  11     127.9     136.0  

Intangible assets

  12     80.6     87.0  

Investments

  14     10.0     7.2  

Deferred income tax assets

  23     16.6     13.8  

Trade and other receivables

  16     0.3      

        235.4     244.0  

Current assets

                 

Inventories

  15     82.5     91.8  

Trade and other receivables

  16     57.6     62.3  

Income tax receivable

        2.4     0.7  

Cash and cash equivalents

  17     13.6     36.9  

        156.1     191.7  

TOTAL ASSETS

        391.5     435.7  

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

                 

Capital and reserves

                 

Ordinary share capital

  18     25.3     25.3  

Deferred share capital

  18     150.9     150.9  

Share premium account

  18     56.4     56.4  

Treasury shares

  18     (7.1 )   (1.3 )

Retained earnings

  20     308.1     316.6  

Own shares held by ESOP

  18     (0.5 )   (0.2 )

Share based compensation reserve

  20     3.8     4.1  

Hedging reserve

  20     (3.3 )   (3.5 )

Translation reserve

  20     (57.9 )   (44.8 )

Merger reserve

  20     (333.8 )   (333.8 )

Capital and reserves attributable to the Group's equity shareholders

        141.9     169.7  

Total equity

        141.9     169.7  

Non-current liabilities

                 

Bank and other loans

  21     121.0     131.6  

Retirement benefits

  29     66.5     58.9  

Deferred income tax liabilities

  23     4.9     1.7  

Deferred contingent consideration

  25     1.5     2.9  

Provisions

  22     1.1     1.5  

Trade and other payables

  24     0.6      

        195.6     196.6  

Current liabilities

                 

Trade and other payables

  24     51.1     65.5  

Current income tax liabilities

        0.1     0.1  

Deferred consideration

  25     1.3      

Provisions

  22     1.5     3.8  

        54.0     69.4  

Total liabilities

        249.6     266.0  

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

        391.5     435.7  

F-6


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

 
  Note   2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

RECONCILIATION OF CASH FLOWS FROM CONTINUING OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                         

Net income for the year

          21.9     16.1     29.2  

Adjustments to reconcile net income for the year to net cash flows from continuing operating activities:

                         

Income taxes

    9     6.0     9.5     7.1  

Depreciation and amortization

    3     18.4     18.6     18.1  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    3     0.2         0.3  

Profit on sale of redundant site

    5     (2.1 )        

Share based compensation charges net of cash settlement

    6     1.1     1.3     1.8  

Net interest costs

          5.6     6.9     6.1  

Non-cash restructuring charges

              17.7      

Curtailment and past service credits on retirement benefits obligations

    5     (0.6 )   (18.2 )    

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

          2.1     3.0     2.7  

Acquisitions and disposals costs

    5     (0.2 )   2.0     (4.5 )

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

          0.4     0.4     0.3  

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

    14     (0.5 )   1.2     0.3  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

Sale of assets classified as held for sale

              1.2     (1.2 )

(Increase) / decrease in receivables

          (1.8 )   5.0     (7.8 )

Decrease / (increase) in inventories

          4.5     3.0     (8.5 )

Decrease in payables

          (10.3 )   (0.9 )   (1.9 )

Movement in retirement benefits obligations

          (6.3 )   (8.6 )   (10.4 )

Movement in provisions

    22     (2.6 )   0.3      

Acquisitions and disposals costs paid

    25     (1.2 )   (0.6 )   (1.6 )

Income taxes paid

          (5.4 )   (5.1 )   (7.0 )

NET CASH FLOWS FROM CONTINUING OPERATING ACTIVITIES

          29.2     52.8     23.0  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                         

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

          (16.5 )   (15.3 )   (20.4 )

Purchases of intangible assets

          (2.4 )   (2.1 )   (1.9 )

Proceeds from sale of redundant site

          3.0          

Receipts from sales of property, plant and equipment

          0.4          

Cash received as compensation for insured assets

          0.2          

Investment in joint ventures and associates

          0.2     (4.2 )   0.2  

Interest income received from joint ventures and associates

          0.3     0.4     0.3  

Net cash flows on purchase of businesses

    25     (0.3 )       (58.0 )

NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

          (15.1 )   (21.2 )   (79.8 )

NET CASH FLOWS BEFORE FINANCING

          14.1     31.6     (56.8 )

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                         

Interest and similar finance costs paid on banking facilities

          (1.9 )   (1.7 )   (1.3 )

Interest paid on Loan Notes

          (4.5 )   (4.9 )   (4.2 )

Bank interest received

          0.2     0.2     0.2  

(Repayment) / draw down on banking facilities

          (8.5 )   9.6     35.2  

Issue of Loan Notes due 2021

                  25.0  

Repayment of other loans

                  (0.3 )

Amendment to banking facilities—financing costs

                  (1.5 )

Extension to Loan Notes—financing costs

          (0.2 )        

Issue of Loan Notes due 2021—financing costs

                  (0.2 )

Dividends paid

    19     (13.3 )   (10.8 )   (10.8 )

ESOP cash movements

    18     (1.0 )   0.1     0.1  

Proceeds from issue of shares

              0.2     0.6  

Purchase of treasury shares

    18     (6.3 )   (1.9 )    

NET CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

          (35.5 )   (9.2 )   42.8  

NET INCREASE / (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

          (21.4 )   22.4     (14.0 )

Net foreign exchange differences

          (1.9 )   (0.1 )   0.2  

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

    17     36.9     14.6     28.4  

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

    17     13.6     36.9     14.6  



F-7


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

 
  Equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent  
 
  Note   Ordinary
share
capital
$M
  Deferred
share
capital
$M
  Share
premium
account
$M
  Treasury
shares
$M
  Retained
earnings
$M
  Own shares
held
by ESOP
$M
  Other
reserves (1)
$M
  Total
equity
$M
 

At January 1, 2014

          25.3     150.9     55.6         317.3     (0.5 )   (356.9 )   191.7  

Net income for the year

                          29.2             29.2  

Currency translation differences

                                  (10.6 )   (10.6 )

Increase in fair value of cash flow hedges

                                  1.4     1.4  

Transfer to consolidated income statement on cash flow hedges

                                  0.1     0.1  

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans

                          (35.4 )           (35.4 )

Deferred income taxes on items taken to other comprehensive income

                          8.9         (0.5 )   8.4  

Total comprehensive income for the year

                          2.7         (9.6 )   (6.9 )

Equity dividends

    19                     (10.8 )           (10.8 )

Arising from issue of share capital

    18             0.6                     0.6  

Equity settled share based compensation charges

    18                             1.1     1.1  

Deferred income taxes on items taken to equity

    23                     (0.4 )           (0.4 )

Purchase of shares from ESOP

    18                         0.1         0.1  

Other changes in equity in the year

                  0.6         (11.2 )   0.1     1.1     (9.4 )

At December 31, 2014

          25.3     150.9     56.2         308.8     (0.4 )   (365.4 )   175.4  

Net income for the year

                          16.1             16.1  

Currency translation differences

                                  (8.6 )   (8.6 )

Decrease in fair value of cash flow hedges

                                  (5.4 )   (5.4 )

Transfer to consolidated income statement on cash flow hedges

                                  (0.1 )   (0.1 )

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans

                          4.4             4.4  

Deferred income taxes on items taken to other comprehensive income

    23                     (1.5 )       1.1     (0.4 )

Total comprehensive income for the year

                          19.0         (13.0 )   6.0  

Equity dividends

    19                     (10.8 )           (10.8 )

Equity settled share based compensation charges

    18                             0.9     0.9  

Arising from issue of share capital

    18             0.2                     0.2  

Purchase of own shares

    18                 (1.9 )               (1.9 )

Purchase of shares from ESOP

    18                         0.1         0.1  

Utilization of treasury shares

    18                 0.6     (0.1 )       (0.5 )    

Deferred income taxes on items taken to equity

    23                     (0.3 )           (0.3 )

Exchange movement on ESOP

    18                         0.1         0.1  

Other changes in equity in the year

                  0.2     (1.3 )   (11.2 )   0.2     0.4     (11.7 )

At December 31, 2015

          25.3     150.9     56.4     (1.3 )   316.6     (0.2 )   (378.0 )   169.7  

Net income for the year

                          21.9             21.9  

Currency translation differences

                                  (13.1 )   (13.1 )

Increase in fair value of cash flow hedges

                                  1.1     1.1  

Transfer to consolidated income statement on cash flow hedges

                                  (0.9 )   (0.9 )

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans

                          (21.7 )           (21.7 )

Deferred income taxes on items taken to other comprehensive income

    23                     4.3             4.3  

Total comprehensive income for the year

                          4.5         (12.9 )   (8.4 )

Equity dividends

    19                     (13.3 )           (13.3 )

Equity settled share based compensation charges

    18                             1.2     1.2  

Purchase of own shares

    18                 (6.3 )               (6.3 )

Purchase of shares into ESOP

    18                         (1.0 )       (1.0 )

Utilization of treasury shares

    18                 0.5     0.1         (0.6 )    

Utilization of shares from ESOP

    18                     0.2     0.7     (0.9 )    

Other changes in equity in the year

                      (5.8 )   (13.0 )   (0.3 )   (0.3 )   (19.4 )

At December 31, 2016

          25.3     150.9     56.4     (7.1 )   308.1     (0.5 )   (391.2 )   141.9  

(1)
Other reserves include a hedging reserve of a loss of $3.3 million (2015: a loss of $3.5 million and 2014: a gain of $0.9 million), a translation reserve of $57.9 million (2015: $44.8 million and 2014: $36.2 million), a merger reserve of $333.8 million (2015 and 2014: $333.8 million) and a share based compensation reserve of $3.8 million (2015: $4.1 million and 2014: $3.7 million).

F-8


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies

Basis of preparation and statement of compliance with IFRS

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as they apply to the consolidated financial statements of the Group and interpretations issued by IFRS Interpretation Committee, for the year ended December 31, 2016. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except where IFRS requires or permits fair value measurement.

The directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Therefore the directors continue to apply the going concern basis for accounting in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

For the purpose of the accompanying consolidated financial statements, subsequent events have been evaluated through to March 14, 2017, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were authorized by the Board. The consolidated financial statements were issued on March 14, 2017.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Luxfer Holdings PLC and its subsidiaries (the "Group") at December 31 each year. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the parent company, using consistent accounting policies. All inter-company balances and transactions, including unrealized profits arising from intra-Group transactions, have been eliminated in full.

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group and cease to be consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group.

The accounting policies which follow, set out those polices which apply in preparing the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016.

Presentation currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest $0.1 million except when otherwise indicated. The books of the Group's non-U.S. entities are converted to U.S. dollars at each reporting period date in accordance with the accounting policy below.

The functional currency of the holding company Luxfer Holdings PLC and its U.K. subsidiaries remains GBP sterling, being the most appropriate currency for those particular operations.

Business combinations and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The choice of measurement of non-controlling interest, either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree's identifiable net assets, is determined on a transaction by transaction basis. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

F-9


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for the non-controlling interest over the net identifiable amounts of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in exchange for the business combination. After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to the Group's cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination. Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying value of the operation when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured based on the relative values of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash generating unit retained.

Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS has been retained at the previous U.K. GAAP amounts subject to being tested for impairment at that date and in subsequent years.

Negative goodwill is measured at cost being the excess of the net identifiable amounts of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in exchange for the business combination over the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for the non-controlling interest. Any amount of negative goodwill is recognized immediately as income.

Contingent consideration arising as a result of a business combination is recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration classified as an asset or liability are accounted for in accordance with the relevant IFRSs.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets excluding development costs, are measured initially at purchase cost, or where acquired in a business combination at fair value, and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as shown in the table below.

Research expenditure is expensed as incurred. Internal development expenditure is charged as administrative costs to the consolidated income statement in the year it is incurred unless it meets the recognition criteria of IAS 38 "Intangible Assets". Where the recognition criteria are met, intangible assets are capitalized and amortized over their estimated useful economic lives from product launch, as shown in the table below. Intangible assets relating to products in development are subject to impairment testing at each balance sheet date or earlier upon indication of impairment.

Technology and patents

  14 – 20 years

Tradenames and trademarks

  20 – 25 years

Customer relationships

  12.5 years

Backlogs and non-compete agreements

  5 – 6 years

Development costs

  5 – 10 years

Software

  4 – 7 years

F-10


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

The carrying values are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Reviews are made annually of the estimated remaining lives and residual values of the patents and trademarks.

Revenue

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, and represents amounts receivable for goods supplied, less inter-company revenue, estimated rebates, returns, settlement discounts and value added tax.

Sale of goods

Revenue for the sale of goods is recognized when all of the following conditions are satisfied:

    §
    The significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have been transferred to the buyer;

    §
    The Group retain neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership nor effective control over the goods sold;

    §
    The amount of revenue can be reliably measured;

    §
    It is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the entity; and

    §
    The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably.

Royalties

Royalty revenue is recognized on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements, provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.

Tooling revenue

Revenue recognition associated with the contracts is recognised in proportion to the progress and costs incurred as a percentage of total expected costs. Payments made in advance of work performed and raw materials purchased for which no work has been performed are excluded from the calculations and are accounted for as deferred income and inventory respectively. Where customer acceptance is on final completion and handover of the tool, revenue is recognised at the point the customer accepts ownership of the tool.

F-11


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. Depreciation is initially calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the particular asset. As a result of the complexity of our manufacturing process, there is a wide range of plant and equipment in operation. The rate of annual charge is summarized as follows:

Freehold buildings

  3% – 10%

Leasehold land and buildings

  The lesser of life of lease or freehold rate

Plant and equipment

  4% – 30%

Including:

   

Heavy production equipment (including casting, rolling, extrusion and press equipment)

  4% – 6%

Chemical production plant and robotics

  10% – 15%

Other production machinery

  10% – 20%

Furniture, fittings, storage and equipment

  10% – 30%

Freehold land is not depreciated.

Reviews are made annually of the estimated remaining lives and residual values of individual productive assets, taking account of commercial and technological obsolescence as well as normal wear and tear.

For any individual asset the carrying value is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If any such indication exists and where the carrying value exceeds the estimated recoverable amount, the asset is written-down to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment is the greater of the fair value less costs of disposal and the value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement as part of the profit or loss on operations before taxation.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the item) is included in the consolidated income statement in the year the item is derecognized.

Maintenance costs in relation to an item of property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Raw materials are valued on a first-in, first-out basis. Strategic purchases of inventories in order to secure supply and reduce the impact of price volatility on the cost of inventories are valued on an average cost basis. Work in progress and finished goods

F-12


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

costs comprise direct materials and, where applicable, direct labor costs, an apportionment of production overheads and any other costs that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in selling and distribution. Inventories are reviewed on a regular basis, and we will make allowance for excess or obsolete inventories and write-down to net realizable value based primarily on committed sales prices and our estimates of expected and future product demand and related pricing.

Foreign currencies

Transactions in currencies other than an operation's functional currency are initially recorded in the functional currency at the rate of exchange prevailing on the dates of transactions. At each balance sheet date, the foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into the functional currency at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date.

All differences are taken to the consolidated income statement with the exception of differences on foreign currency borrowings that provide a hedge against a net investment in a foreign entity. These are taken directly to equity until the disposal of the net investment, at which time they are recognized in the consolidated income statement. Tax charges and credits attributable to exchange differences on those borrowings are also dealt with in equity.

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group's foreign operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates for the period. Exchange differences that arise, if any, are classified as equity and transferred to the Group's translation reserve. Such translation differences are recognized in the consolidated income statement in the period in which the operation is disposed or partially disposed.

Income taxes

Current income taxes

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current period are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted, or substantively enacted, at the reporting date in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income.

Current income taxes relating to items recognized directly in equity is recognized in equity and not in the consolidated income statement. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

Deferred income taxes

Deferred income taxes are the future income taxes expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying values of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance

F-13


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

sheet liability method. Deferred income tax liabilities are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Such assets and liabilities are not recognized if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, investments in associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying value of a deferred income tax asset is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred income taxes are calculated at the tax rate that is expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realized based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred income taxes are charged or credited to the consolidated income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred income taxes are also dealt with in equity.

Leases

Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased items, are capitalized as a fixed asset at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments.

The capital element of the leasing commitment is shown as obligations under finance leases. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognized as an expense in the consolidated income statement. Capitalized leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term.

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the consolidated income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Retirement benefits costs

In respect of defined benefit plans, obligations are measured at the present value whilst plan assets are recorded at fair value. The cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date.

The charge to the consolidated income statement is based on an actuarial calculation of the Group's portion of the annual expected costs of the benefit plans and the net interest cost, which is calculated by applying

F-14


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

the discount rate to the net defined benefit obligation, taking into account contributions and benefits paid. Remeasurements are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

When a settlement or curtailment occurs the obligation and related plan assets are remeasured using current actuarial assumptions and the resultant gain or loss recognized in the consolidated income statement in the period in which the settlement or curtailment occurs.

Payments to defined contribution plans are charged as an expense as they fall due.

Government grants

Government grants relating to property, plant and equipment are treated as deferred income and released to the consolidated income statement over the expected useful lives of the asset concerned.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that a transfer of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Share based compensation

The cost of equity settled transactions is recognized, based upon the fair value at grant date, together with a corresponding increase in the share based compensation reserve in equity, over the period in which the performance or service conditions are fulfilled. The cumulative expense recognized for equity settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group's best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The consolidated income statement expense or credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognized at the beginning and end of that period.

Separate disclosure of expenses or income

Certain items of expense or income are presented separately based on management's judgment that they need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence in order to provide a proper understanding of our results of operations and financial condition. Such items of expense or income incurred during a period are disclosed under identifiable headings in the consolidated income statement and further explained in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. Examples of such items include but are not limited to:

    §
    Restructurings of the activities of the Group and reversals of any provisions for the costs of restructuring;

    §
    write-downs of inventories to net realizable value or of property, plant and equipment to recoverable amount, as well as reversals of such write-downs;

    §
    disposals of items of property, plant and equipment;

    §
    disposals of investments and subsidiaries;

    §
    discontinued operations;

    §
    litigation settlements; and

F-15


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

    §
    other material reversals of provisions.

The nature of the items of expense or income is considered to determine whether the item should be presented as part of operating profit or loss or as other expenses or income. The trading profit and adjusted earnings per share calculations, presented by the Group exclude the impact of these items. Management believes that the use of adjusted measures such as this provides additional useful information on underlying trends to shareholders.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with an original maturity date of three months or less. For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above.

Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale

Discontinued operations are those operations that represent a separately identifiable major line of business that has either been disposed of, or is classified as held for sale.

For those activities classified as discontinued, the post-tax profit or loss is disclosed separately on the face of the consolidated income statement. The cash flows associated with the discontinued operations are also separately disclosed.

Assets (or disposal groups) held for sale are classified as assets held for sale and stated at the lower of their carrying value and fair value costs to sell, if their carrying value is recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. Assets held for sale are no longer amortized or depreciated from the time they are classified as such.

Interest in joint ventures

The Group has applied IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11, investments in joint arrangements are classified as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each investor. The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, interests in joint ventures are initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Group's share of the post-acquisition profits or losses and movements in other comprehensive income.

When the Group's share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds its interests in the joint ventures (which includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group's net investment in the joint ventures), the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the joint ventures.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the joint venture is impaired. If the investment is impaired, the Group calculates the amount of impairment

F-16


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

as the difference between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its carrying value and recognizes the amount as 'restructuring and other expense' in the consolidated income statement.

Gains or losses resulting from upstream and downstream transactions between the Group and its joint venture are recognized in the Group's consolidated financial statements only to the extent of unrelated investor's interests in the joint venture. Unrealized losses are eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of the joint ventures have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Interest in associates

Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, the investment is initially recognized at cost, and the carrying value is increased or decreased to recognize the investor's share of the profit or loss and movements in other comprehensive income of the investee after the date of acquisition.

If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate.

The Group's share of post-acquisition profit or loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognized in other comprehensive income with a corresponding adjustment to the carrying value of the investment. When the Group's share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired. If this is the case, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value and recognizes the amount as 'restructuring and other expense' in the consolidated income statement.

Gains or losses resulting from upstream and downstream transactions between the Group and its associate are recognized in the Group's consolidated financial statements only to the extent of unrelated investor's interests in the associates. Unrealized losses are eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Dilution gains and losses arising in investments in associates are recognized in the consolidated income statement.

F-17


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

Financial assets and liabilities

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables do not carry any interest and are stated at their nominal value as reduced by appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts.

Bank and other loans

Bank and other loans are recorded at the fair value of the proceeds received net of directly attributable transaction costs. Issue costs relating to revolving credit facilities are charged to the consolidated income statement over the estimated life of the facility on a periodic basis and are added to the carrying value of the facility. Issue costs relating to fixed term loans are charged to the consolidated income statement using the effective interest method and are added to the carrying value of the fixed term loan.

Trade payables

Trade payables are not interest bearing and are stated at their nominal value.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency contracts to hedge its risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations. Such derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value.

Hedges are classified as cash flow hedges when they hedge exposure to variability in cash flows either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction.

In relation to cash flow hedges to hedge the foreign currency risk of firm commitments which meet the conditions for special hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognized directly in equity and the ineffective portion is recognized in the consolidated income statement.

In relation to derivative financial instruments used to hedge a forecast transaction, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognized directly in equity and the ineffective portion is recognized in the consolidated income statement. Amounts taken to equity are transferred to the consolidated income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Financial liabilities and equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments are all instruments that are issued by the Group as a means of raising finance, including shares, loan notes, debentures, debt instruments and options and warrants that give the holder the right to subscribe for or obtain financial liabilities and equity instruments.

F-18


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. All equity instruments are included in shareholders' funds. The finance costs incurred in respect of an equity instrument are charged directly to the consolidated income statement. Other instruments are classified as financial liabilities if they contain a contractual obligation to transfer economic benefits.

Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future, and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying values of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are discussed below. The judgments used by management in the application of the Group's accounting policies in respect of these key areas of estimation are considered to be the most significant. The below policies include both elements of judgments and estimates.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment for all non-financial assets at each reporting date. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and at other times when such indicators exist. Other non-financial assets are tested for impairment when there are indicators that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

When value in use calculations are undertaken, management must estimate the expected future cash flows from the asset or cash generating unit, including suitable sales growth and terminal growth rates, and choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. Details regarding goodwill and assumptions used in carrying out the impairment review are given in Note 13.

Pensions

Determining the present value of future obligations of pensions requires an estimation of future mortality rates, future salary increases, future pension increases, future inflation increases and discount rates. These assumptions are determined in association with qualified actuaries. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty. The pension liabilities at December 31, 2016 are $66.5 million (2015: $58.9 million). Further details are given in Note 29.

Deferred income taxes

Deferred income tax assets are recognized for unabsorbed tax losses and unutilized capital allowances to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the losses and capital allowances can be utilized. Judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred income tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies. Further details are given in Note 23.

Inventories obsolescence and inventories write down

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Inventories are reviewed on a regular basis, and we will make allowance for excess or obsolete inventories and write down to net realizable value

F-19


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

based primarily on committed sales prices and our estimates of expected and future product demand and related pricing.

Measurement of contingent consideration

Contingent consideration arising from business combinations is valued at fair value at the acquisition date. When the contingent consideration meets the definition of a financial liability, it is subsequently remeasured to fair value at each reporting date. The determination of the fair value is based on an estimate of the future profitability of the acquired businesses.

Changes in accounting policies

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year except for the following new and amended standards and interpretations during the year that are applicable to the Group. Adoption of these revised standards and interpretations did not have any significant effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

International Financial Reporting Standards
  Effective date
IFRSs   Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2013 Cycle   January 1, 2015
IFRSs   Annual Improvements to IFRSs: 2014 Cycle   January 1, 2016
IFRS 11   Joint Arrangements (Amendments)   January 1, 2016
IAS 16, IAS 38   Property, Plant and Equipment, Intangible Assets (Amendments)   January 1, 2016
IFRS 10, IAS 28   Consolidated Financial Statements, Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendments)   January 1, 2016
IAS 1   Presentation of Financial Statements (Amendments)   January 1, 2016

F-20


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1. Accounting policies (Continued)

New standards and amendments to standards not applied

The IASB has issued the following standards and amendments to standards with a mandatory effective date on or after January 1, 2017:

International Financial Reporting Standards
  Mandatory
effective date
IAS 7   Statement of cash flows (Amendments)   No earlier than January 1, 2017
IAS 12   Income taxes (Amendments)   No earlier than January 1, 2017
IFRS 2   Share based payments (Amendments)   No earlier than January 1, 2018
IFRS 15   Revenue from Contracts with Customers   No earlier than January 1, 2018
IFRS 9   Financial Instruments   No earlier than January 1, 2018
IFRS 16   Leases   No earlier than January 1, 2019

The Group applies IFRS as issued by the IASB.

The directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group in future periods, except as follows:

    §
    IFRS 15—This may affect the timing of the recognition of our tooling revenue, although the directors do not believe that this will have a significant impact;

    §
    IFRS 9—Financial assets will continue to be classified and measured at amortized cost under IFRS 9. The directors anticipate that the timing of the recognition of impairments will change rather than the size of the balance. Foreign currency exchange contracts should not be impacted although the ability to hedge component parts of the commodity hedges should allow us to decrease the risk of ineffectiveness; and

    §
    IFRS 16—Currently disclosed operating leases would be brought on to the balance sheet, and rather than a lease expense charge going through operating income, a depreciation charge and a finance charge would replace this, with the latter going through finance costs. The current level of operating lease commitments is disclosed in Note 26.

Beyond the information above it is not practicable to provide a reasonable estimate of the effect of these standards until a detailed review has been completed.

2. Revenue and segmental analysis

For management purposes, the Group is organized into two reporting divisions, Gas Cylinders and Elektron. These divisions are aggregated from the four identified cash generating units, (CGUs) in the Group; Luxfer Gas Cylinders and Superform aggregate to Gas Cylinders; and Magnesium Elektron and MEL Chemicals aggregate to Elektron. This rationale is in line with IFRS 8 which allows for aggregation of operating

F-21


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

2. Revenue and segmental analysis (Continued)

segments on the basis they share similar economic characteristics for the nature of the products and services; the nature of the production processes; the type or class of customer for their products and services; the methods used to distribute their products or provide their services; and the nature of the regulatory environment. The tables below set out information on the results of these two reportable segments.

Management monitors the operating results of its divisions separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated by the chief operating decision maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments and has been identified as the Board, based on trading profit or loss (defined as operating profit or loss before changes to defined benefit pension plans and restructuring and other expense), and adjusted EBITDA (defined as profit on operations before taxation for the period, finance income (which comprises interest received and foreign exchange gains) and costs (which comprises interest costs, IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge and the unwind of the discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions), other income / (expense) from acquisitions and disposals of businesses, changes to defined benefit pension plans, restructuring and other expense, other share based compensation charges, depreciation and amortization and loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment). For the purposes of our divisional segmental analysis, IFRS 8 requires the use of "segment profit" performance measures that are used by our chief operating decision maker. Trading profit is the "segment profit" used to satisfy this requirement in the below analysis.

Unallocated assets and liabilities include those which are held on behalf of the Group and cannot be allocated to a division, such as taxation, investments, cash, retirement benefits obligations, bank and other loans and holding company assets and liabilities.

All inter-segment revenue is made on an arm's length basis.

F-22


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

2. Revenue and segmental analysis (Continued)

REPORTING SEGMENTS:

Year ended December 31, 2016

 
  Gas
Cylinders
$M
  Elektron
$M
  Unallocated
$M
  Total
Continuing
Activities
$M
 

Revenue

                         

Segment revenue

    225.8     189.1         414.9  

Inter-segment revenue

        (0.1 )       (0.1 )

Revenue to external customers

    225.8     189.0         414.8  

Result

                         

Adjusted EBITDA

    19.7     35.6         55.3  

Other share based compensation charges

    (0.6 )   (0.8 )       (1.4 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    (0.1 )   (0.1 )       (0.2 )

Depreciation and amortization

    (7.6 )   (10.8 )       (18.4 )

Trading profit—segment result

    11.4     23.9         35.3  

Profit on sale of redundant site

            2.1     2.1  

Changes to defined benefit pension plans (Note 5)

            0.6     0.6  

Restructuring and other expense (Note 5)

        (2.2 )       (2.2 )

Operating profit

    11.4     21.7     2.7     35.8  

Acquisitions and disposals (Note 5)

        0.2         0.2  

Net interest costs

            (5.6 )   (5.6 )

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

            (2.1 )   (2.1 )

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

        (0.4 )       (0.4 )

Profit / (loss) on operations before taxation

    11.4     21.5     (5.0 )   27.9  

Tax expense

                      (6.0 )

Net income for the year

                      21.9  

Other segment information

                         

Segment assets

    146.8     190.6     54.1     391.5  

Segment liabilities

    (21.7 )   (14.2 )   (213.7 )   (249.6 )

Net assets / (liabilities) employed (2)

    125.1     176.4     (159.6 )   141.9  

Capital expenditure: Property, plant and equipment

    6.5     10.0         16.5  

Capital expenditure: Intangible assets

    1.5     0.9         2.4  

F-23


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

2. Revenue and segmental analysis (Continued)

Year ended December 31, 2015

 
  Gas
Cylinders
$M
  Elektron
$M
  Unallocated
$M
  Total
Continuing
Activities
$M
 

Revenue

                         

Segment revenue

    239.1     221.8         460.9  

Inter-segment revenue

        (0.6 )       (0.6 )

Revenue to external customers

    239.1     221.2         460.3  

Result

                         

Adjusted EBITDA

    16.5     45.7         62.2  

Other share based compensation charges

    (0.7 )   (0.6 )       (1.3 )

Depreciation and amortization

    (7.2 )   (11.4 )       (18.6 )

Trading profit—segment result

    8.6     33.7         42.3  

Changes to defined benefit pension plans (Note 5)

            18.0     18.0  

Restructuring and other expense (Note 5)

    (21.9 )   (0.5 )       (22.4 )

Operating (loss)/profit

    (13.3 )   33.2     18.0     37.9  

Acquisitions and disposals (Note 5)

    (0.2 )       (1.8 )   (2.0 )

Net interest costs

            (6.9 )   (6.9 )

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

            (3.0 )   (3.0 )

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

        (0.4 )       (0.4 )

(Loss)/profit on operations before taxation

    (13.5 )   32.8     6.3     25.6  

Tax expense

                      (9.5 )

Net income for the year

                      16.1  

Other segment information

                         

Segment assets

    158.3     208.5     68.9     435.7  

Segment liabilities

    (32.3 )   (21.4 )   (212.3 )   (266.0 )

Net assets/(liabilities) employed (2)

    126.0     187.1     (143.4 )   169.7  

Capital expenditure: Property, plant and equipment

    6.0     9.3         15.3  

Capital expenditure: Intangible assets

    1.2     0.9         2.1  

F-24


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

2. Revenue and segmental analysis (Continued)

Year ended December 31, 2014

 
  Gas
Cylinders
$M
  Elektron
$M
  Unallocated
$M
  Total
Continuing
Activities
$M
 

Revenue

                         

Segment revenue

    258.9     231.5         490.4  

Inter-segment revenue

        (0.9 )       (0.9 )

Revenue to external customers

    258.9     230.6         489.5  

Result

                         

Adjusted EBITDA

    14.7     50.1         64.8  

Other share based compensation charges

    (0.8 )   (0.8 )       (1.6 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    (0.2 )   (0.1 )       (0.3 )

Depreciation and amortization

    (7.8 )   (10.3 )       (18.1 )

Trading profit—segment result

    5.9     38.9         44.8  

Restructuring and other expense (Note 5)

    (1.1 )   (2.6 )   (0.2 )   (3.9 )

Operating profit/(loss)

    4.8     36.3     (0.2 )   40.9  

Acquisitions and disposals (Note 5)

    1.2     3.3         4.5  

Net interest costs

            (6.1 )   (6.1 )

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

            (2.7 )   (2.7 )

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

    (0.1 )   (0.2 )       (0.3 )

Profit/(loss) on operations before taxation

    5.9     39.4     (9.0 )   36.3  

Tax expense

                      (7.1 )

Net income for the year employed

                      29.2  

Other segment information

                         

Segment assets

    189.5     216.8     53.5     459.8  

Segment liabilities

    (33.0 )   (25.1 )   (226.3 )   (284.4 )

Net assets/(liabilities) employed (2)

    156.5     191.7     (172.8 )   175.4  

Capital expenditure: Property, plant and equipment

    8.2     12.3         20.5  

Capital expenditure: Intangible assets

    1.0     0.9         1.9  

F-25


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

2. Revenue and segmental analysis (Continued)

GEOGRAPHIC ORIGIN:

Year ended December 31, 2016

 
  United
Kingdom
$M
  Rest of
Europe
$M
  North
America
$M
  Australasia
$M
  Asia
$M
  Total
$M
 

Revenue

                                     

Segment revenue

    142.6     39.1     282.5     0.1     3.4     467.7  

Inter-segment revenue

    (28.6 )   (1.6 )   (22.7 )           (52.9 )

Revenue to external customers

    114.0     37.5     259.8     0.1     3.4     414.8  

Result

                                     

Adjusted EBITDA

    17.4     (0.4 )   37.8     0.1     0.4     55.3  

Other share based compensation charges

    (1.0 )       (0.4 )           (1.4 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        (0.1 )   (0.1 )           (0.2 )

Depreciation and amortization

    (5.7 )   (2.3 )   (10.3 )       (0.1 )   (18.4 )

Trading profit/(loss)—segment result

    10.7     (2.8 )   27.0     0.1     0.3     35.3  

Sale of redundant site

    2.1                     2.1  

Changes to defined benefit pension plans

            0.6             0.6  

Restructuring and other expense (Note 5)

    (0.6 )       (1.6 )           (2.2 )

Operating profit/(loss)

    12.2     (2.8 )   26.0     0.1     0.3     35.8  

Other geographical segment information

                                     

Non-current assets (1)

    77.5     13.8     143.9         0.2     235.4  

Net assets employed (2)

    6.9     19.7     112.3     0.3     2.7     141.9  

Capital expenditure: Property, plant and equipment

    6.7     1.2     8.6             16.5  

Capital expenditure: Intangible assets

    2.0         0.4             2.4  

F-26


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

2. Revenue and segmental analysis (Continued)

Year ended December 31, 2015

 
  United
Kingdom
$M
  Rest of
Europe
$M
  North
America
$M
  Australasia
$M
  Asia
$M
  Total
$M
 

Revenue

                                     

Segment revenue

    145.0     62.4     299.6     0.1     3.9     511.0  

Inter-segment revenue

    (27.0 )   (2.9 )   (20.8 )           (50.7 )

Revenue to external customers

    118.0     59.5     278.8     0.1     3.9     460.3  

Result

                                     

Adjusted EBITDA

    13.6     1.3     46.5     0.2     0.6     62.2  

Other share based compensation charges

    (1.0 )       (0.3 )           (1.3 )

Depreciation and amortization

    (6.1 )   (2.3 )   (10.1 )       (0.1 )   (18.6 )

Trading profit/(loss)—segment result

    6.5     (1.0 )   36.1     0.2     0.5     42.3  

Changes to defined benefit pension plans

    18.0                     18.0  

Restructuring and other expense (Note 5)

    (8.0 )   (7.8 )   (6.6 )           (22.4 )

Operating profit/(loss)

    16.5     (8.8 )   29.5     0.2     0.5     37.9  

Other geographical segment information

                                     

Non-current assets (1)

    67.8     14.5     147.6         0.3     230.2  

Net assets employed (2)

    19.7     23.7     122.6     0.3     3.4     169.7  

Capital expenditure: Property, plant and equipment

    5.5     1.4     8.4             15.3  

Capital expenditure: Intangible assets

    1.7         0.4             2.1  

F-27


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

2. Revenue and segmental analysis (Continued)

Year ended December 31, 2014

 
  United
Kingdom
$M
  Rest of
Europe
$M
  North
America
$M
  Australasia
$M
  Asia
$M
  Total
$M
 

Revenue

                                     

Segment revenue

    181.9     81.9     292.1     0.1     5.5     561.5  

Inter-segment revenue

    (38.2 )   (4.6 )   (29.2 )           (72.0 )

Revenue to external customers

    143.7     77.3     262.9     0.1     5.5     489.5  

Result

                                     

Adjusted EBITDA

    24.4     (1.9 )   41.1     0.1     1.1     64.8  

Other share based compensation charges

    (1.1 )       (0.5 )           (1.6 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    (0.1 )       (0.2 )           (0.3 )

Depreciation and amortization

    (6.5 )   (2.9 )   (8.6 )       (0.1 )   (18.1 )

Trading profit/(loss)—segment result

    16.7     (4.8 )   31.8     0.1     1.0     44.8  

Restructuring and other expense (Note 5)

    (0.9 )   (0.3 )   (2.7 )           (3.9 )

Operating profit/(loss)

    15.8     (5.1 )   29.1     0.1     1.0     40.9  

Other geographical segment information

                                     

Non-current assets (1)

    70.8     18.5     154.8         0.4     244.5  

Net (liabilities)/assets employed (2)

    (14.8 )   45.2     139.6     0.1     5.3     175.4  

Capital expenditure: Property, plant and equipment

    8.0     2.0     10.5             20.5  

Capital expenditure: Intangible assets

    0.9     0.4     0.6             1.9  

(1)
The Group's non-current assets analyzed by geographic origin include property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and investments.

(2)
Represents net assets employed—excluding inter-segment assets and liabilities.

GEOGRAPHIC DESTINATION:

 
  United
Kingdom
$M
  Rest of
Europe
$M
  Africa
$M
  North
America
$M
  South
America
$M
  Asia
Pacific
$M
  Total
$M
 

Revenue—Continuing activities

                                           

Year ended December 31, 2016

    36.4     94.2     2.4     226.3     9.9     45.6     414.8  

Year ended December 31, 2015

    53.5     98.9     2.7     245.9     13.4     45.9     460.3  

Year ended December 31, 2014

    54.7     109.1     4.6     231.0     16.2     73.9     489.5  

F-28


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

3. Operating profit

Operating profit for continuing activities is stated after charging/ (crediting):

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Research and development expenditure charged to the consolidated income statement

    5.5     5.8     8.4  

Development capital expenditure included within non-current assets

    2.1     2.5     2.2  

Total research and development expenditure

    7.6     8.3     10.6  

less development expenditure capitalized within non-current assets

    (2.1 )   (2.5 )   (2.2 )

Net research and development

    5.5     5.8     8.4  

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 11)

    16.7     16.6     16.9  

Amortization of intangible assets (Note 12)

    1.7     2.2     1.2  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    0.2         0.3  

Net foreign exchange gains

    (0.7 )   (0.6 )   (0.5 )

Staff costs (Note 6)

    111.7     119.0     122.7  

Cost of inventories recognized as expense

    287.3     316.2     329.9  

4. Fees payable to auditors

The total remuneration of the Group's auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and other member firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, for services provided to the Group during the year ended December 31, 2016 is analyzed below.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP was appointed as the Group's auditor for the year ended December 31, 2015. Accordingly, comparative figures in the table below for the year ended December 31, 2014 are in respect of remuneration paid to the Group's previous auditor, Ernst & Young LLP and other member firms of Ernst & Young Global Limited.

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Fees payable to auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial statements

    1.1     1.1     1.1  

Fees payable to auditors for non-audit services:

                   

Tax compliance services

            0.3  

Tax advisory services

            0.2  

            0.5  

Total fees payable

    1.1     1.1     1.6  

The audit fee for the company financial statements of Luxfer Holdings PLC was $0.1 million (2015: $0.1 million and 2014: $0.2 million).

F-29


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

5. Other income/ (expense) items

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

(a)    Profit on sale of redundant site

                   

Credited to operating profit:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Profit on sale of redundant site

    2.1          

    2.1          

(b)   Changes to defined benefit pension plan

Credited to operating profit:

                   

Changes to defined benefit pension plan

    0.6     18.0      

    0.6     18.0      

(c)   Restructuring and other expense

Charged to operating profit:

                   

Rationalization of operations

    (0.4 )   (21.8 )   (1.7 )

Patent infringement litigation costs

    (0.6 )   (0.5 )    

Receivable impairment provision

    (1.2 )        

I.P.O. related share based compensation charges

        (0.1 )   (0.2 )

Environment costs

            (2.0 )

    (2.2 )   (22.4 )   (3.9 )

(d)   Acquisitions and disposals

(Charged)/credited to non-operating profit:

                   

Merger and acquisition costs

    (0.3 )   (2.0 )   (1.8 )

Remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration

    0.5         6.3  

    0.2     (2.0 )   4.5  

Profit on sale of redundant site

In 2016, a profit of $2.1 million has been recognized in relation to the sale of the redundant Redditch site to a company that specializes in remediating contaminated land.

F-30


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

5. Other income/ (expense) items (Continued)

Changes to defined benefit pension plans

During 2016, a net credit of $0.6 million was recognized following the sale of $10.0 million of U.S. deferred pensioner liabilities to an insurer, and lump sum payments of $4.9 million offered to certain U.S. deferred pensioners.

In 2015, a credit of $18.0 million has been recognized in relation to changes to the U.K. defined benefit pension plan effective April 5, 2016 in respect of closure of the plan to future accrual and changing the reference index from the Retail Prices Index ("RPI") to the Consumer Prices Index ("CPI") when increasing pensions in payment. This credit comprises a past service credit of $14.9 million and a curtailment credit of $3.3 million, offset by associated advisory costs of $0.2 million.

Rationalization of operations

In 2016, $0.4 million (2015: $nil and 2014: $0.6 million) of costs have been incurred in relation to rationalization costs in the Elektron division and $nil (2015: $21.8 million and 2014: $1.1 million) have been incurred in the Gas Cylinders division.

In 2015, $21.8 million (2014: $1.1 million and 2013: $0.3 million) of costs have been incurred in relation to rationalization costs in the Gas Cylinders division and $nil (2014: $0.6 million and 2013: $0.2 million) have been incurred in the Elektron division. The $21.8 million of costs incurred in the Gas Cylinders division related to the rationalization of its Alternative Fuel ("AF") operations, including closure of two manufacturing facilities (in Germany and Utah) and a review of related assets and investments for obsolescence and impairment. The charge comprises asset write-downs of $17.7 million, redundancy costs of $2.2 million, closure costs of $1.7 million and legal costs of $0.2 million.

Patent infringement litigation costs

In 2016, $0.6 million (2015: $0.5 million and 2014: $nil) of legal costs have been incurred in relation to a patent infringement litigation action taken against a competitor; all such costs relate to the Elektron division.

Receivable impairment provision

In 2016, $1.2 million has been incurred for an impairment charge on receivables in relation to an aerospace customer that has entered Chapter 11 protection during the year. This is an operating cost item but has been separated out within the income statement with other unusual operating items and included within restructuring and other expenses line due to the nature of the customer entering Chapter 11.

I.P.O. related share based compensation charges

In 2015, a charge of $0.1 million (2014: $0.2 million) was recognized in the consolidated income statement under IFRS 2 in relation to share options granted as part of the initial public offering. The share options are described in further detail in Note 31.

F-31


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

5. Other income/ (expense) items (Continued)

Environmental costs

In 2014, $2.0 million of additional costs were incurred in relation to the remediation of an effluent pond contaminated with low-level radioactive material in our Elektron division. On planned removal and safe disposal of normal effluent from one of our Elektron sites, an unusual contamination of sludge waste was discovered that did not relate to the current operations and most likely related to historical contamination of raw materials from over 15 years ago. The material was removed and safely disposed of in late 2014.

Merger and acquisition costs

In 2016, a charge of $0.3 million has been recognized in the consolidated income statement in relation to a potential acquisition which was subsequently aborted.

In 2015, a charge of $1.8 million related to two approaches to acquire the company. Neither of these approaches resulted in an executable offer that could be put to shareholders. In 2015, $0.2 million of legal costs have been incurred in relation to the investment in Sub161 Pty Limited; further details are given in Note 14. In 2014, acquisition costs of $1.5 million were recognized by the Elektron division and $0.3 million by the Gas Cylinders division in relation to acquisitions in the year. The acquisitions are described in further detail in Note 25.

Remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration

In 2016, a credit of $0.5 million has been recognized in the consolidated income statement in relation to the remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration arising from the acquisition of Luxfer Magtech Inc. where an element of deferred contingent consideration is no longer payable due to the acquired business failing to achieve a profit trigger at December 31, 2016.

In 2014, a credit of $6.3 million was recognized in the consolidated income statement in relation to the remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration arising from acquisitions. Of the $6.3 million, $4.8 million related to the Elektron division and specifically to the acquisition of Luxfer Magtech Inc. where an element of deferred contingent consideration was considered no longer payable due to the acquired business narrowly failing to achieve a profit trigger at December 31, 2014. In addition, $1.5 million related to the Gas Cylinders division, being the acquisition of Luxfer Utah and a subsequent reassessment of the potential profitability of this acquisition in the light of our then revised expectations for the demand of CNG systems following the fall in oil prices at that time.

F-32


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

6. Staff Costs

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Wages and salaries

    92.2     96.3     98.0  

Social security costs

    10.5     11.2     12.3  

Retirement benefits costs

    4.8     5.9     6.6  

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

    2.1     3.0     2.7  

Redundancy costs: Continuing activities

    0.7     1.5     1.3  

Share based compensation charges

    1.4     1.1     1.8  

    111.7     119.0     122.7  

The average monthly number of employees during the year was made up as follows:

 
  2016
No.
  2015
No.
  2014
No.
 

Production and distribution

    1,381     1,432     1,435  

Sales and administration

    246     218     198  

Research and development

    60     56     57  

    1,687     1,706     1,690  

The compensation of the members of our Board of Directors (each, a "director") was:

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Remuneration (short-term benefits)

    1.5     1.7     1.4  

Social security costs

    0.2     0.2     0.2  

Post-retirement benefits

    0.1     0.2     0.3  

Total short-term and post-retirement benefits

    1.8     2.1     1.9  

In 2016, compensation of key management personnel (including directors) was $2.2 million (2015: $2.6 million and 2014: $2.5 million) for short-term employee benefits, and $0.2 million (2015: $0.4 million and 2014: $0.5 million) for post-employment benefits. Social security costs were incurred of $0.3 million (2015: $0.4 million and 2014: $0.3 million).

Details of the share awards granted are included in the remuneration report in the Remuneration Report.

During the year, one of the directors was a member of the Group's registered defined contribution and defined benefit pension arrangements and another director was a participant in the unfunded unregistered unsecured retirement benefits arrangement accrued by the Company.

F-33


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

6. Staff Costs (Continued)

Directors' interests and related party transactions

No directors had a material interest in, nor were they a party to, any contract or arrangement to which the parent company, Luxfer Holdings PLC (the "Company") or any of its subsidiaries is or was party to either during the year or at the end of the year, with the following exceptions: in the case of the executive directors their individual service contract and the Luxfer Holdings PLC Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan; in the case of the non-executive directors their engagement letters or the contract for services under which their services as a director of the Company are provided; in the case of the executive directors and the chairman, the Luxfer Holdings PLC Non-Executive Directors Equity Incentive Plan. Information regarding the share options exercised during the year is included within the Remuneration Report.

On February 5, 2014, as a part of a relocation, one of the subsidiary companies of the Group purchased outright the residential property of David Rix, a member of our Executive Management Board. The property was valued on an arm's length basis by third parties with a purchase price of $1.2 million. This asset was held as a current asset in the Group balance sheet at December 31, 2014. On July 3, 2015, the property was sold for proceeds of $1.2 million.

The son of the Chief Executive Officer is employed by the Group, having joined through our normal recruitment channels.

7. Finance income

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Bank interest receivable

    0.2     0.2     0.2  

Other interest receivable

    0.3     0.3     0.3  

Foreign exchange gains on financing activities

    0.7          

Total finance income

    1.2     0.5     0.5  

8. Finance costs

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Bank and other loan interest payable

    6.3     6.5     5.2  

Amortization of issue costs

    0.5     0.9     1.4  

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

    2.1     3.0     2.7  

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

    0.4     0.4     0.3  

Total finance costs

    9.3     10.8     9.6  

F-34


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

9. Income taxes

(a)   Analysis of taxation charge for the year

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Current income taxes:

                   

U.K. corporation tax

        0.3     0.4  

Adjustments in respect of previous years

    0.2     (0.4 )    

    0.2     (0.1 )   0.4  

Non-U.K. tax

    3.5     7.2     6.8  

Adjustments in respect of previous years

        (0.9 )   (0.1 )

Total current tax charge

    3.7     6.2     7.1  

Deferred income taxes:

                   

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

    2.1     2.7     0.1  

Adjustments in respect of previous years

    0.2     0.6     (0.1 )

Total deferred income taxes charge

    2.3     3.3      

Tax on profit on operations

    6.0     9.5     7.1  

The income taxes charges relate to continuing activities and there is no tax charge in relation to discontinued activities.

In 2015, the non-U.K. tax figure was distorted primarily due to the $21.8 million of AF restructuring and other expenses did not lead to a full tax credit due to losses in the AF business.

(b)   Factors affecting the taxation charge for the year

The tax assessed for the year differs from the standard rate of 20% (2015: 20.25% and 2014: 21.5%) for corporation tax in the U.K.

The differences are explained below:

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Profit on operations before taxation

    27.9     25.6     36.3  

Profit on operations at 2016 standard rate of corporation tax in the U.K. of 20% (2015: 20.25% and 2014: 21.5%)

    5.6     5.2     7.8  

Effects of:

                   

Non-deductible expenses / (income not taxable)

    0.2     2.4     (1.7 )

Unprovided deferred income taxes

    (2.9 )       (1.2 )

Foreign tax rate differences

    2.7     2.6     2.4  

Adjustment in respect of previous years

    0.4     (0.7 )   (0.2 )

Tax expense

    6.0     9.5     7.1  

F-35


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

9. Income taxes (Continued)

(c)   Factors that may affect future taxation charge

At December 31, 2016, the Group had carried forward tax losses of $72.1 million (U.K.: $35.3 million, non-U.K.: $36.8 million). Carried forward tax losses for 2015 were $82.9 million (U.K.: $52.9 million, non-U.K.: $30.0 million) and for 2014 were $91.8 million (U.K.: $62.4 million, non-U.K.: $29.4 million). To the extent that these losses are not already recognized for as deferred income taxes, and available to offset against future taxable profits, it is expected that the future effective tax rate would be below the standard rate in the country where the profits are offset. The Group has unrecognized deferred tax assets relating to certain trading and capital losses and other temporary timing difference of $12.3 million (2015: $14.2 million, 2014: $17.8 million), potentially available for offset against future profits.

In his Budget announcement of March 16, 2016, the Chancellor of the Exchequer announced certain tax changes which will have a significant effect on the Group's future tax position. The proposals include further reductions in the U.K. corporation tax rate to 17% from April 1, 2021.

At December 31, 2016, the previously announced reductions in the rate had been 'substantively enacted' and this has been reflected in the Group's consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2016.

10. Earnings per share

The Group calculates earnings per share in accordance with IAS 33. Basic income per share is calculated based on the weighted average common shares outstanding for the period presented. The weighted average number of shares outstanding is calculated by time-apportioning the shares outstanding during the year.

For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year has been adjusted for the dilutive effects of all potential ordinary shares and share options granted to employees.

Following the approval of a two-for-one share split at the Annual General Meeting on May 29, 2014, the nominal value of each ordinary share is £0.50 and now represents 1 American Depositary Share ("ADS"), resulting in the earnings per ordinary share being equivalent to the earnings per ADS.

The ADSs of Luxfer Holdings PLC are listed on the New York Stock Exchange following an initial public offering on October 3, 2012. The company's £0.50 ordinary shares are not traded on any recognized stock exchange. The Depositary for the ADSs holds 1 £0.50 ordinary share for every 1 ADS traded, through American Depositary Receipts.

Under IAS 33, the number of shares used in the earnings per share calculations for the prior periods shown has been adjusted to achieve comparability.

F-36


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

10. Earnings per share (Continued)

Management believe the use of non-GAAP financial measures such as adjusted earnings, as reconciled in the table below, per share more closely reflects the underlying earnings per share performance.

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Basic earnings:

             

Net income

  21.9   16.1   29.2  

Adjusted earnings:

             

Accounting charges relating to acquisitions and disposals of businesses

             

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

  0.4   0.4   0.3  

Acquisitions and disposals (Note 5)

  (0.2 ) 2.0   (4.5 )

Amortization on acquired intangibles

  1.0   1.4   0.6  

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

  2.1   3.0   2.7  

Profit on sale of redundant site (Note 5)

  (2.1 )    

Changes to U.K defined benefit pension plan (Note 5)

  (0.6 ) (18.0 )  

Restructuring and other expense (Note 5)

  2.2   22.4   3.9  

Other share based compensation charges

  1.4   1.3   1.6  

Tax thereon

  (1.4 ) 0.9   (2.9 )

Adjusted net income

  24.7   29.5   30.9  

Weighted average number of £0.50 ordinary shares:

             

For basic earnings per share

  26,443,662   26,918,987   26,889,330  

Exercise of share options

  270,997   453,736   846,463  

For diluted earnings per share

  26,714,659   27,372,723   27,735,793  

Earnings per share using weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:

             

Basic

             

Adjusted

  $0.93   $1.10   $1.15  

Unadjusted

  $0.83   $0.60   $1.09  

Diluted

             

Adjusted

  $0.92   $1.08   $1.11  

Unadjusted

  $0.82   $0.59   $1.05  

F-37


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

11. Property, plant and equipment

 
  Freehold
$M
  Long
leasehold
$M
  Short
leasehold
$M
  Plant and
equipment
$M
  Total
$M
 

Cost:

                               

At January 1, 2015

    56.7     6.3     8.3     318.1     389.4  

Additions

    0.9     0.4     2.2     11.8     15.3  

Disposals

    (0.1 )       (0.1 )   (2.7 )   (2.9 )

Exchange difference

    (1.4 )   (0.3 )   (0.1 )   (12.6 )   (14.4 )

At December 31, 2015

    56.1     6.4     10.3     314.6     387.4  

Additions

    1.9     0.6     0.5     13.5     16.5  

Disposals

    (3.8 )           (23.0 )   (26.8 )

Transfers

    3.8     (0.2 )       (3.6 )    

Exchange difference

    (1.6 )   (0.9 )   (0.3 )   (25.3 )   (28.1 )

At December 31, 2016

    56.4     5.9     10.5     276.2     349.0  

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:

                               

At January 1, 2015

    19.0     3.4     3.9     219.3     245.6  

Provided during the year

    1.6     0.7     0.9     13.4     16.6  

Impairment

                1.7     1.7  

Disposals

    (0.1 )           (2.7 )   (2.8 )

Exchange difference

    (0.4 )   (0.2 )   (0.1 )   (9.0 )   (9.7 )

At December 31, 2015

    20.1     3.9     4.7     222.7     251.4  

Provided during the year

    2.0     0.3     0.8     13.6     16.7  

Disposals

    (2.8 )           (22.8 )   (25.6 )

Transfers

    7.9     (0.5 )   0.2     (7.6 )    

Exchange difference

    (0.6 )   (0.6 )   (0.2 )   (20.0 )   (21.4 )

At December 31, 2016

    26.6     3.1     5.5     185.9     221.1  

Net book values:

                               

At December 31, 2016

    29.8     2.8     5.0     90.3     127.9  

At December 31, 2015

    36.0     2.5     5.6     91.9     136.0  

At January 1, 2015

    37.7     2.9     4.4     98.8     143.8  

As at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, no assets were held under finance leases.

Long and short leasehold

The long and short leasehold costs relate to leasehold property improvements.

F-38


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

12. Intangible assets

 
  Goodwill
$M
  Customer
related
$M
  Technology
and trading
related
$M
  Development
costs
$M
  Software
$M
  Total
$M
 

Cost:

                                     

At January 1, 2015

    86.4     13.4     9.8     2.1     3.5     115.2  

Additions

                2.1     0.2     2.3  

Exchange difference

    (3.0 )       (0.5 )   (0.2 )   (0.2 )   (3.9 )

At December 31, 2015

    83.4     13.4     9.3     4.0     3.5     113.6  

Additions

    0.1     0.1         2.4     0.1     2.7  

Disposals

                    (0.6 )   (0.6 )

Exchange difference

    (8.2 )       (1.3 )   (0.4 )   (0.3 )   (10.2 )

At December 31, 2016

    75.3     13.5     8.0     6.0     2.7     105.5  

Accumulated amortization and impairment:

                                     

At January 1, 2015

    18.5     0.4     1.4         1.6     21.9  

Provided during the year

        1.1     0.5     0.1     0.5     2.2  

Impairment

    3.7                     3.7  

Exchange difference

    (1.0 )       (0.1 )       (0.1 )   (1.2 )

At December 31, 2015

    21.2     1.5     1.8     0.1     2.0     26.6  

Provided during the year

        0.7     0.4     0.3     0.3     1.7  

Disposals

                    (0.3 )   (0.3 )

Exchange difference

    (2.8 )   (0.1 )   (0.3 )   0.1         (3.1 )

At December 31, 2016

    18.4     2.1     1.9     0.5     2.0     24.9  

Net book values:

                                     

At December 31, 2016

    56.9     11.4     6.1     5.5     0.7     80.6  

At December 31, 2015

    62.2     11.9     7.5     3.9     1.5     87.0  

At January 1, 2015

    67.9     13.0     8.4     2.1     1.9     93.3  

Customer related intangibles include customer relationships, order backlogs and non-compete agreements. Technology and trading related intangibles include technology, patents, tradenames and trademarks.

Development costs include $5.5 million (2015: $3.9 million) relating to internally generated intangible assets, all other intangible assets are externally generated.

F-39


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

13. Impairment of goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash-generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from the business combination. The four identified CGUs (Luxfer Gas Cylinders, Superform, Magnesium Elektron and MEL Chemicals) represent the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management reporting purposes. The four CGUs are aggregated to form the Group's two defined reportable divisions: Gas Cylinders division and Elektron division. The table below summarizes the carrying value of goodwill by division:

 
  Gas Cylinders
division
$M
  Elektron
division
$M
  Total
$M
 

At January 1, 2015

    27.3     40.6     67.9  

Impairment

    (3.7 )       (3.7 )

Exchange difference

    (1.3 )   (0.7 )   (2.0 )

At December 31, 2015

    22.3     39.9     62.2  

Additions

        0.1     0.1  

Exchange difference

    (3.4 )   (2.0 )   (5.4 )

At December 31, 2016

    18.9     38.0     56.9  

The Gas Cylinders division goodwill of $18.9 million (2015: $22.3 million) included goodwill attributable to our Luxfer Gas Cylinders operations of $17.9 million (2015: $21.1 million) and goodwill attributable to our Superform operations of $1.0 million (2015: $1.2 million). The Elektron division goodwill of $38.0 million (2015: $39.9 million) included goodwill attributable to our MEL Chemicals operations of $3.9 million (2015: $4.8 million) and goodwill attributable to our Magnesium Elektron operations of $34.1 million (2015: $35.1 million).

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might be impaired. The recoverable amount of each of the cash-generating units has been determined based on a value in use calculation using a discounted cash flow method. The cash flows were derived from a five-year business plan prepared at a detailed level by individual businesses within each CGU. The results of these plans were then extrapolated to give a terminal value based on a growth rate of 2.1% (2015: 2.5%). The five-year business plans were driven by detailed sales forecasts by product type and best estimate of future demand by end market, using current margins. The cash flows included allowance for capital maintenance costs, along with working capital requirements based on the projected level of sales. A pre-tax discount rate of between 10.1% and 10.7% was used for the individual CGUs (2015: 11.4% for all CGUs), which was considered a best estimate for the risk-adjusted cost of capital for the CGUs. The long-term projections assumed product prices and costs were at current levels, but the exchange rates used were: U.S. dollars: GBP sterling exchange of $1.30 and U.S. dollars: Euro exchange of €1.20.

In March 2015, as part of the review of the AF business within the Gas Cylinders division, the goodwill attributable to the manufacturing site in Utah, which was closed during the year, with a carrying value of $3.7 million was impaired in full.

F-40


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

13. Impairment of goodwill (Continued)

Based on the current five-year business plans used in the impairment testing, it is believed no reasonable changes in the pre-tax discount and sales growth rates or forecast future cash flows are expected to result in an impairment of the carrying value of the goodwill.

14. Investments

 
  Shares in
joint
ventures*
$M
  Shares in
associates
$M
  Loans to
joint ventures
and associates
$M
  Total
$M
 

At January 1, 2015

    3.1         4.3     7.4  

Debt funding

            0.5     0.5  

Additions

        5.4         5.4  

Share of results

    (0.7 )   (0.5 )       (1.2 )

Impairment

        (4.6 )       (4.6 )

Exchange difference

        (0.3 )       (0.3 )

At December 31, 2015

    2.4         4.8     7.2  

Debt funding

            (1.0 )   (1.0 )

Transfer from trade receivables

            3.7     3.7  

Share of results

    0.5             0.5  

Exchange difference

    (0.2 )       (0.2 )   (0.4 )

At December 31, 2016

    2.7         7.3     10.0  

*
The current year shares in joint ventures balance also includes the amounts which were disclosed as other in the prior year financial statements.

The loans to joint ventures and associates are repayable in 2018, with interest being charged on $3.8 million at 8.0% and $3.5 million incurring interest at 6.0%.

See section 4.C "Organizational Structure" for a full list of Luxfer Holdings PLC subsidiaries.

F-41


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

14. Investments (Continued)

Investment in joint ventures and associates

At December 31, 2016, the Group had the following joint ventures and associates which affect the profit of the Group. Unless otherwise stated, the Group's joint ventures and associates have share capital which consists solely of ordinary shares and are indirectly held, and the country of incorporation or registration is also their principal place of operation.

Name of company
  Country of
incorporation
  Holding   Proportion
of voting
rights and
shares held
  Classification   Nature of
business

Dynetek Cylinders India Private Limited

  India   Ordinary shares     49 % Joint venture   Engineering

Dynetek Korea Co. Limited

  South Korea   Ordinary shares     49 % Joint venture   Engineering

Luxfer Holdings NA, LLC

  U.S.   N/A     49 % Joint venture   Engineering

Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited

  India   Ordinary shares     51 % Joint venture   Engineering

Nikkei-MEL Co. Limited

  Japan   Ordinary shares     50 % Joint venture   Distribution

Sub161 Pty Limited

  Australia   Ordinary shares     26.4 % Associate   Engineering

During 2012, the Group acquired two joint ventures in India and South Korea through its acquisition of Dynetek Industries and at the end of 2012 established a third in the U.S. The objective of these joint ventures is to promote and support the use of large composite cylinders for use by end customers in CNG and hydrogen gas transportation applications. Only the U.S. joint venture had any significant trading activity in 2014 and there was a break-even contribution to net income by Luxfer Holdings NA, LLC.

During 2015, the Group acquired 26.4% of the share capital of Sub161 Pty Limited, an associate, which is a start-up virtual pipeline operator based in Western Australia, for a cash consideration of $3.7 million and the contribution of a number of AF assets with a value of $1.7 million. The business is actively pursuing new opportunities in the Australian mining market, but given the weakness in this sector, those opportunities are likely to take time to realize. Therefore an impairment of this investment has been recognized as part of the review of AF assets following this business stream's restructuring. This write-down would be reversed on any sale or realization of value of these assets in future years.

During 2016, a receivable from Sub161 Pty Limited was converted into a secured loan note which is repayable by March 31, 2018 or before the event of a substantial equity injection, a sale of the business, a material new customer or at the request of Sub161.

The main trading activity in 2016 was in Luxfer Holdings NA, LLC, Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited and Nikkei MEL Co. Limited.

The Group has committed up to $12.5 million of future funding to aid expansion of the U.S. joint venture in the coming years, via $2.5 million of equity into Luxfer Holdings NA, LLC and a $10.0 million secured credit line for working capital and supplier finance of which $3.8 million (2015: $4.8 million) was drawn down at December 31, 2016.

The share of profits of all joint ventures and associates were $0.5 million and $nil, respectively (2015: losses of $0.7 million and $0.5 million, respectively), with no items recognized in other comprehensive income in 2016 or 2015.

F-42


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

14. Investments (Continued)

The Group has looked in detail at the ownership agreements of its joint ventures and associates in order to determine the level of control that it has. The Group has determined that it has joint control of its joint ventures mainly based upon the number of members on each company board of directors and their associated voting rights. In relation to the associate undertaking, the Group has significant influence but not joint control based on the proportion of directors on the company board and associated voting rights. The Group therefore accounts for all material joint ventures and associates on an equity basis.

Related party transactions with joint ventures and associates have been disclosed in Note 32 to the Group's consolidated financial statements.

15. Inventories

 
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

Raw materials and consumables

    28.3     32.5  

Work in progress

    30.5     30.9  

Finished goods and goods for resale

    23.7     28.4  

    82.5     91.8  

The provision against obsolete and excess inventories at December 31, 2016 was $6.5 million (2015: $10.4 million). The cost of inventories recognized as an expense during the year has been disclosed in Note 3. The cost of inventories written-off during 2016 was $0.1 million (2015: $4.8 million).

16. Trade and other receivables

 
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

Non-current Assets

             

Derivative financial instruments

    0.3      

    0.3      

Current Assets

             

Trade receivables

    40.5     43.9  

Amounts owed by joint ventures and associates

    2.8     6.2  

Other receivables

    3.1     3.7  

Prepayments and accrued income

    9.4     8.5  

Derivative financial instruments

    1.8      

    57.6     62.3  

F-43


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

16. Trade and other receivables (Continued)

The directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value. Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30-90 day terms. Trade receivables above are disclosed net of any provisions for doubtful receivables.

Included within amounts owed by joint ventures and associates in 2015 was a receivable from Sub161 Pty Limited for $3.6 million, which are secured over certain assets in the business. During 2016, Sub161 Pty Limited converted the loan into a secured loan note thereby re-phasing the repayment but increasing the amount ultimately repayable.

At December 31, 2016, trade receivables with a nominal value of $2.1 million (2015: $4.8 million) were impaired and fully provided for. Movements in the provision for impairment of trade receivables and amounts owed by joint ventures and associates were as follows:

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
 

At January 1

    4.8     2.6  

Charge in the year

    1.3     2.5  

Utilized in the year

    (3.6 )    

Exchange difference

    (0.4 )   (0.3 )

At December 31

    2.1     4.8  

17. Cash and cash equivalents

 
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

Cash at bank and in hand

    13.6     36.9  

F-44


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

18. Share capital

(a)
Ordinary share capital

Following the approval of a two-for-one share split at the Annual General Meeting on May 29, 2014, the nominal value of each ordinary share is £0.50 and now represents 1 ADS. The number of shares for the prior periods shown has been adjusted to achieve comparability.

 
  December 31,
2016
No.
  December 31,
2015
No.
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

Authorized:

                         

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

    40,000,000     40,000,000     35.7 (1)   35.7 (1)

Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each

    769,423,688,000     769,423,688,000     150.9 (1)   150.9 (1)

    769,463,688,000     769,463,688,000     186.6 (1)   186.6 (1)

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

                         

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

    27,136,799     27,136,799     25.3 (1)   25.3 (1)

Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each

    769,413,708,000     769,413,708,000     150.9 (1)   150.9 (1)

    769,440,844,799     769,440,844,799     176.2 (1)   176.2 (1)

(1)
The Group's ordinary and deferred share capital are shown in U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing at the month end spot rate at the time of the share capital being issued. This rate at the end of February 2007 was $1.9613:£1 when the first 20,000,000 shares were issued; the rate at the end of October 2012 was $1.6129:£1 when 7,000,000 shares were issued; the rate at the end of March 2013 was $1.5173:£1 when 1,924 shares were issued; the rate at the end of January 2014 was $1.6487:£1 when 12,076 shares were issued; the rate at the end of May 2014 was $1.6760:£1 when 24,292 shares were issued; the rate at the end of August 2014 was $1.6580:£1 when 58,399 shares were issued; the rate at the end of February 2015 was $1.5436:£1 when 8,563 shares were issued; the rate at the end of March 2015 was $1.4847:£1 when 3,866 shares were issued; and the rate at the end of June 2015 was $1.5715:£1 when 27,679 shares were issued.

The rights of the shares are as follows:

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

The ordinary shares carry no entitlement to an automatic dividend but rank pari passu in respect of any dividend declared and paid.

During 2016, the Group has not allotted and issued any ordinary shares of £0.50 each (2015: 40,108 ordinary shares of £0.50 each) pursuant to an ordinary resolution empowering the directors to allot equity securities for cash up to an aggregate nominal amount of £20,000,000, passed by shareholders on

F-45


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

18. Share capital (Continued)

October 26, 2011. The ordinary shares were allotted and issued to satisfy share awards which vested under the Group's share award and share incentive plans.

Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each

The deferred shares have no entitlement to dividends or to vote. On a winding up (but not otherwise) the holders of the deferred shares shall be entitled to the repayment of the paid up nominal amount of the deferred shares, but only after any payment to the holders of ordinary shares of an amount equal to 100 times the amount paid up on such ordinary shares.

(b)
American Depositary Shares

At December 31, 2016, there were 25,180,726 ADSs (2015: 25,704,815 ADSs) of Luxfer Holdings PLC listed on the New York Stock Exchange following an initial public offering on October 3, 2012. The Depositary for the ADSs holds 1 £0.50 ordinary share for every ADS traded, through American Depositary Receipts.

ADS holders are entitled to instruct their Depositary to vote and to receive a dividend as per the ordinary shareholders, after deducting the fees and expenses of the Depositary.

(c)
Share premium account
 
  $M  

At January 1, 2015

    56.2  

Arising from issue of share capital

    0.2  

At December 31, 2015

    56.4  

At December 31, 2016

    56.4  

The share premium account is used to record the excess of proceeds over nominal value on the issue of shares. Share issue costs directly related to the issue of shares are deducted from share premium.

(d)
Treasury shares
 
  $M  

At January 1, 2015

     

Purchase of own shares

    (1.9 )

Utilization of treasury shares

    0.6  

At December 31, 2015

    (1.3 )

Purchase of own shares

    (6.3 )

Utilization of treasury shares

    0.5  

At December 31, 2016

    (7.1 )

F-46


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

18. Share capital (Continued)

In June 2015, the Board announced a share buy-back program of up to $10 million, to cover the needs of employee share plans. Shareholder approval for this program was granted at the 2014 Annual General Meeting (for repurchases up to an aggregate amount of 2,700,000 ordinary shares or ADSs).

During 2016, 634,185 ordinary shares had been repurchased under the share buy-back program at a cost of $6.3 million; these repurchased shares are presented as treasury shares. At December 31, 2016, there were 665,424 treasury shares held at a cost of $7.1 million.

During 2015, 146,804 ordinary shares had been repurchased under the share buy-back program at a cost of $1.9 million; these repurchased shares are presented as treasury shares. At December 31, 2015, there were 104,537 treasury shares held at a cost of $1.3 million.

(e)
Own shares held by ESOP
 
  $M  

At January 1, 2015

    (0.4 )

Purchases of shares from ESOP

    0.1  

Exchange difference

    0.1  

At December 31, 2015

    (0.2 )

Purchases of shares into ESOP

    (1.0 )

Utilization of ESOP shares

    0.7  

At December 31, 2016

    (0.5 )

At December 31, 2016, there were 55,816 ordinary shares of £0.50 each (2015: 115,348 ordinary shares of £0.50 each) held by The Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan (the "ESOP").

F-47


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

19. Dividends paid and proposed

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Dividends declared and paid during the year:

                   

Interim dividend paid February 5, 2014 ($0.10 per ordinary share (1) )

            2.7  

Interim dividend paid May 7, 2014 ($0.10 per ordinary share (1) )

            2.7  

Interim dividend paid August 6, 2014 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

            2.7  

Interim dividend paid November 5, 2014 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

            2.7  

Interim dividend paid February 4, 2015 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

        2.7      

Interim dividend paid May 6, 2015 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

        2.7      

Interim dividend paid August 5, 2015 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

        2.7      

Interim dividend paid November 4, 2015 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

        2.7      

Interim dividend paid February 3, 2016 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

    3.4          

Interim dividend paid May 4, 2016 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

    3.3          

Interim dividend paid August 3, 2016 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

    3.3          

Interim dividend paid November 2, 2016 ($0.10 per ordinary share)

    3.3          

    13.3     10.8     10.8  

 

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

Dividends declared and paid after December 31 (not recognized as a liability at December 31):

                   

Interim dividend paid February 4, 2015: ($0.10 per ordinary share)

            2.7  

Interim dividend paid February 3, 2016: ($0.125 per ordinary share)

        3.4      

Interim dividend paid February 1, 2017: ($0.125 per ordinary share)

    3.3          

    3.3     3.4     2.7  

(1)
The amount paid per ordinary share has been adjusted for prior periods to achieve comparability, following the approval of a two-for-one share split at the Annual General Meeting on May 29, 2014.

F-48


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

20. Reserves

 
  Retained
earnings
$M
  Hedging
reserve
$M
  Translation
reserve
$M
  Share based
compensation
reserve
$M
  Merger
reserve
$M
 

At January 1, 2014

    317.3     (0.3 )   (25.4 )   2.6     (333.8 )

Net income for the year

    29.2                  

Currency translation differences

        0.2     (10.8 )        

Increase in fair value of cash flow hedges

        1.4              

Transfer to consolidated income statement on cash flow hedges

        0.1              

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans

    (35.4 )                

Deferred income taxes on items taken to other comprehensive income

    8.9     (0.5 )            

Equity dividends

    (10.8 )                

Equity settled share based compensation charges

                1.1        

Deferred income taxes on items taken to equity

    (0.4 )                

At December 31, 2014

    308.8     0.9     (36.2 )   3.7     (333.8 )

Net income for the year

    16.1                  

Currency translation differences

            (8.6 )        

Decrease in fair value of cash flow hedges

        (5.4 )            

Transfer to consolidated income statement on cash flow hedges

        (0.1 )            

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans

    4.4                  

Deferred income taxes on items taken to other comprehensive income

    (1.5 )   1.1              

Equity dividends

    (10.8 )                

Equity settled share based compensation charges

                1.4        

Cash settled

                (0.5 )    

Deferred income taxes on items taken to equity

    (0.3 )                

Utilization of treasury shares

    (0.1 )           (0.5 )    

At December 31, 2015

    316.6     (3.5 )   (44.8 )   4.1     (333.8 )

Net income for the year

    21.9                  

Currency translation differences

            (13.1 )        

Increase in fair value of cash flow hedges

        1.1              

Transfer to consolidated income statement on cash flow hedges

        (0.9 )            

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans

    (21.7 )                

Deferred income taxes on items taken to other comprehensive income

    4.3                  

Equity dividends

    (13.3 )                

Equity settled share based compensation charges

                1.2        

Utilization of treasury shares

    0.1             (0.6 )    

Utilization of ESOP shares

    0.2             (0.9 )    

At December 31, 2016

    308.1     (3.3 )   (57.9 )   3.8     (333.8 )

F-49


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

20. Reserves (Continued)

Nature and purpose of reserves

Hedging reserve

The hedging reserve contains the effective portion of the cash flow hedge relationships entered into by the Group at the reporting date. The movement in the year to December 31, 2016 of $0.2 million (2015: $4.4 million) includes an increase in the fair value of cash flow hedges of $1.1 million (2015: decrease of $5.4 million) and a loss of $0.9 million of cash flow hedges being transferred to the consolidated income statement (2015: loss of $0.1 million). During 2015, the movement also included an increase in deferred income taxes of $1.1 million. For further information regarding the Group's forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts, forward aluminum commodity contracts and forward interest rate agreements refer to Note 28 section (a)—Financial Instruments: Financial Instruments of the Group.

Translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of operations which do not have U.S. dollars as their functional currency.

Share based compensation reserve

The share based compensation reserve is used to recognize the fair value of options and performance shares granted under IFRS 2. For further information refer to Note 31. The charges in 2014, 2015 and 2016 related to options over ADSs and not directly in ordinary shares.

During the year, no shares were purchased on the open market on behalf of one of the share based compensation schemes (2015: shares for the value of $0.2 million were purchased). These shares were held by the scheme, in the names of the employees who are members of the scheme until the end of the holding period.

Merger reserve

The merger reserve relates to the recapitalization of Luxfer Group Limited during the year ended December 31, 1999. Pursuant to the recapitalization of Luxfer Group Limited, Luxfer Holdings PLC acquired the entire share capital of Luxfer Group Limited. The company known as Luxfer Group Limited during the year ended December 31, 1999 was subsequently renamed LGL 1996 Limited and remains dormant. The recapitalization was accounted for using merger accounting principles.

The accounting treatment reflected the fact that ownership and control of Luxfer Group Limited, after the recapitalization, remained with the same institutional and management shareholders as before the recapitalization. Under merger accounting principles the consolidated financial statements of Luxfer Holdings PLC appear as a continuation of those for Luxfer Group Limited and therefore as if it had been the parent of the Group from its incorporation.

F-50


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

21. Bank and other loans

Non-current
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

Loan Notes due 2018—gross

    15.0     65.0  

Unamortized finance costs

    (0.1 )   (0.7 )

Loan Notes due 2018—net

    14.9     64.3  

Loan Notes due 2021—gross

    25.0     25.0  

Unamortized finance costs

    (0.1 )   (0.1 )

Loan Notes due 2021—net

    24.9     24.9  

Loan Notes due 2023—gross

    25.0      

Unamortized finance costs

    (0.3 )    

Loan Notes due 2023—net

    24.7      

Loan Notes due 2026—gross

    25.0      

Unamortized finance costs

    (0.3 )    

Loan Notes due 2026—net

    24.7      

Revolving credit facility—gross

    32.8     43.5  

Unamortized finance costs

    (1.0 )   (1.1 )

Revolving credit facility—net

    31.8     42.4  

    121.0     131.6  

On June 29, 2016, Luxfer agreed to extend the maturity date of $50 million of its existing $65 million Loan Notes due 2018. The extension includes a lower long-term fixed interest rate on the debt. The maturity date on $25 million was extended from June 2018 to June 2023 with a reduction in the fixed interest rate from 6.19% to 4.88%; and the maturity date on $25 million was extended to June 2026 at a fixed interest rate of 4.94%. This was facilitated through the utilization of the Shelf Facility.

The $25.0 million seven year private placement will be repayable in full in 2021 and bears interest at a fixed rate of 3.67%. The banking facilities mature at the end of April 2019 and bear interest equal to a margin based upon the Group's leverage plus either EURIBOR or LIBOR, depending on the currency drawn down.

On December 23, 2016, restrictions were amended to relax the terms of the Senior Facilities Agreement, and remove permitted distributions restrictions and the debt service covenant. The Senior Facilities Agreement has an uncommitted accordion facility which provides for a mechanism for the Revolving Credit Facility to be expanded further by up to an additional $50 million (representing up to $200 million in aggregate).

The maturity profile of the Group's undiscounted contractual payments is disclosed in Note 27.

F-51


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

22. Provisions

 
  Rationalization
and
redundancy
$M
  Employee
benefits
$M
  Environmental
provisions
$M
  Total
$M
 

At January 1, 2015

    0.9     1.7     1.6     4.2  

Charged to consolidated income statement

    4.7     0.3         5.0  

Cash payments

    (3.0 )   (0.5 )   (0.4 )   (3.9 )

At December 31, 2015

    2.6     1.5     1.2     5.3  

Charged to consolidated income statement

    1.4             1.4  

Credited to consolidated income statement

    (0.2 )   (0.4 )       (0.6 )

Cash payments

    (3.0 )       (0.3 )   (3.3 )

Translation

            (0.2 )   (0.2 )

At December 31, 2016

    0.8     1.1     0.7     2.6  

At December 31, 2016

                         

Included in current liabilities

    0.8         0.7     1.5  

Included in non-current liabilities

        1.1         1.1  

    0.8     1.1     0.7     2.6  

At December 31, 2015

                         

Included in current liabilities

    2.6         1.2     3.8  

Included in non-current liabilities

        1.5         1.5  

    2.6     1.5     1.2     5.3  

Rationalization and redundancy

At December 31, 2016, the Group had $0.8 million of provisions relating to redundancy and the rationalization of its operations (2015: $2.6 million). $0.5 million of this provision in 2016 relates to a rationalization and restructuring program across the Gas Cylinders division.

Employee benefits

At December 31, 2016, the Group had $1.1 million of employee benefit liabilities (in addition to retirement benefits), as calculated on an actuarial basis, relating to a provision for workers' compensation at the Gas Cylinders division in the U.S. (2015: $1.5 million).

Environmental provisions

At December 31, 2016, the Group had environmental provisions of $0.7 million relating to environmental clean-up costs (2015: $1.2 million). $0.3 million of the provision is for future remediation costs required at the Speciality Aluminium site, in relation to an incident before Luxfer Group's ownership, $0.3 million relates to work required at the U.K. Elektron division site and $0.1 million relates to work required at the Elektron business in the U.S. acquired during 2014.

F-52


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

23. Deferred income taxes

 
  Accelerated
tax
depreciation
$M
  Other
temporary
differences
$M
  Tax
losses
$M
  Retirement
benefit
obligations
$M
  Total
$M
 

At January 1, 2015

    (12.8 )   6.2     3.1     20.7     17.2  

Credited/(charged) to consolidated income statement

    1.8     (1.9 )   2.0     (5.2 )   (3.3 )

(Charged)/credited to other comprehensive income

        1.1         (1.5 )   (0.4 )

Charged to equity

        (0.3 )           (0.3 )

Exchange difference

            (0.4 )   (0.7 )   (1.1 )

At December 31, 2015

    (11.0 )   5.1     4.7     13.3     12.1  

Credited/(charged) to consolidated income statement

    0.1     (2.1 )   0.9     (1.2 )   (2.3 )

Credited to other comprehensive income

                4.3     4.3  

Exchange difference

        (0.2 )   (0.5 )   (1.7 )   (2.4 )

At December 31, 2016

    (10.9 )   2.8     5.1     14.7     11.7  

The amount of deferred income taxes accounted for in the Group balance sheet, after the offset of balances within countries for financial reporting purposes, comprised the following deferred income tax assets and liabilities:

 
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

Deferred income tax liabilities

    (4.9 )   (1.7 )

Deferred income tax assets

    16.6     13.8  

Net deferred income tax assets

    11.7     12.1  

At the balance sheet date, the Group has unrecognized deferred income tax assets relating to certain trading and capital losses and other temporary differences of $12.3 million (2015: $14.2 million) potentially available for offset against future profits. No deferred income tax assets have been recognized in respect of this amount because of the unpredictability of future qualifying profit streams in the relevant entities. Of the total unrecognized deferred income tax assets of $12.3 million (2015: $14.2 million), $8.8 million (2015: $10.4 million) relates to losses that can be carried forward indefinitely under current legislation.

At the balance sheet date, there were unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries and joint ventures and associates of $54.9 million (2015: $64.1 million), for which there are no deferred income tax liabilities recognized or unrecognized (2015: $nil).

F-53


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

24. Trade and other payables

 
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

Non-current Liabilities

             

Derivative financial instruments

    0.6      

    0.6      

Current Liabilities

             

Trade payables

    24.0     34.9  

Other taxation and social security

    1.3     1.7  

Accruals

    20.4     24.6  

Interest payable

    0.2     0.2  

Derivative financial instruments

    5.2     4.1  

    51.1     65.5  

The directors consider that the carrying value of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

25. Acquisitions

On April 29, 2016, the Group acquired a business, Canland UK (Hotpack) Limited ("Canland") specializing in the assembly, packing, distribution and export of self-heating meals and import and distribution of flameless ration heaters. Accordingly, Canland will become the European arm of Magtech, our existing meals and heaters business (known as "Magtech International"). On closing, an initial consideration of $0.5 million was paid, and with the acquired business having $0.2 million of cash, the net cost was $0.3m.

Based on the assessment of the assets which were acquired and liabilities assumed, customer related intangibles were recognised for $0.1 million, goodwill for $0.1 million was also recognized and $0.1 million of other net assets.

Goodwill included the fair value of the expertise of the acquired workforce following the business combination and also the synergies that are expected to arise.

Deferred consideration

The deferred consideration for Luxfer Utah is fixed and substantially all of it will be payable at March 31, 2017. The deferred consideration is shown in the balance sheet at December 31, 2016, at $1.3 million (2015: $1.1 million), resulting in a debit to the consolidated income statement of $0.2 million (2015: $0.1 million). The balance in 2015 was net of an unwind of discount on deferred consideration of $0.2 million. The undiscounted future payment is $1.3 million.

F-54


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

25. Acquisitions (Continued)

Deferred contingent consideration

The contingent consideration for Luxfer Magtech is linked into the future profitability of the company and where appropriate will be payable annually from 2015 to 2020. The deferred contingent consideration is shown in the balance sheet at December 31, 2016, at $1.5 million (2015: $1.8 million), following a remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration at the year-end based upon the estimated future cash flows and the weighted probability of those cash flows being achieved, resulting in a credit to the consolidated income statement of $0.5 million (2015: credit of $nil), net of an unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration of $0.2 million (2015: $0.2 million). The potential undiscounted future payment has been estimated at $1.8 million. The maximum undiscounted amount payable under the sale agreement is $10 million.

 
  Total
$M
 

Net cash flows on purchase of business:

       

Included in net cash flows from investing activities:

       

Amounts paid

    0.5  

Cash acquired

    (0.2 )

    0.3  

26. Commitments and contingencies

 
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
  December 31,
2014
$M
 

Operating lease commitments—Group as a lessee

                   

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognized in the consolidated income statement

    4.8     5.6     5.2  

At the balance sheet date, the Group had outstanding commitments for future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases, which fall due as follows:

 
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
  December 31,
2014
$M
 

Within one year

    4.6     4.9     5.1  

In two to five years

    11.8     13.5     13.6  

In over five years

    10.7     12.4     15.3  

    27.1     30.8     34.0  

F-55


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

26. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain of its properties and items of machinery. Leasehold land and buildings have a life between 2 and 65 years. Plant and equipment held under operating leases have an average life between 2 and 5 years. Renewal terms are included in the lease contracts.

Capital commitments

At December 31, 2016, the Group had capital expenditure commitments of $3.6 million (2015: $3.1 million and 2014: $2.3 million) for the acquisition of new plant and equipment.

Contingencies

The U.S. E.P.A. and a number of chemical companies are in dispute over the technicalities of the types of chemicals required to be registered under the Toxic Substances Control Act 1976 ("TSCA"). The dispute is over the classification of chemical mixtures. We manufacture mixed oxides, the components of which are registered, but until recently we believe, along with other industry participants, there has been no apparent requirement to also register these mixtures, and therefore we are involved in this dispute. We expect the matter to be resolved without any major disruption in our supply chain or any material additional cost, but there remains a risk that the dispute escalates to more formal legal proceedings.

During February 2014, a cylinder was sold to a long term customer and ruptured at one of their gas facilities. As a result of this rupture, three people were noted to have minor injuries such as loss of hearing. There was no major damage to assets of the customer. A claim has been launched by the three people who were injured in the incident and a prosecutor has been appointed. We have reviewed our quality control checks from around the time which the cylinder was produced and no instances of failures have been noted. It has also been noted by the investigator that the customer has poor quality and safety checks. As a result we do not believe that we are liable for the incident.

27. Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Group's financial instruments comprise bank and other loans, senior loan notes, derivatives and trade payables. Other than derivatives, the main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group's operations. The Group also has various financial assets such as trade receivables and cash and cash equivalents, which arise directly from its operations.

A Treasury Committee, chaired by the Group Finance Director, oversees the implementation of the Group's hedging policies, including the risk management of currency and aluminum risks and the use of derivative financial instruments.

It is not the Group's policy or business activity to trade in derivatives. They are only used to hedge underlying risks occurring as part of the Group's normal operating activities.

The main risks arising from the Group's financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk, liquidity risk, foreign currency translation and transaction risk, aluminum price risk and credit risk on trade receivables.

F-56


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

27. Financial risk management objectives and policies (Continued)

The Group regularly enters into forward currency contracts to manage currency risks and when considered suitable will use other financial derivatives to manage commodity and interest rate risks.

Interest rate risk

The Group has exposure to variable interest rates when it draws down on the revolving credit facilities. As a result of this exposure, the Group may decide to hedge interest payable based on a combination of forward rate agreements, interest rate caps and swaps. It has also used fixed rate debt within its financing structure to mitigate volatility in interest rate movements as disclosed in Note 21. If the interest rates were to change by 1%, based on the balance on the revolving credit facilities at December 31, 2016, this would impact the interest cost by approximately $0.3 million.

Total debt and debt funding to joint ventures and associates, at December 31, 2016, all related to fixed interest rate debt and so there was no interest rate risk at that date.

Liquidity risk

To understand and monitor cash flows, the Group uses a combination of a short-term rolling six week cash forecast, based on expected daily liquidity requirements and longer term monthly rolling forecasts, covering forecast periods of between six and 18 months forward. The Group also prepares, at least annually, longer-term strategic cash forecasts. Together this system of control is used to ensure the Group can fund its ongoing operations, including working capital, capital expenditure and interest payments and to ensure that bank covenant targets will be met. Short and medium term changes in liquidity needs are funded from the Group's $150.0 million revolving bank facility, as disclosed in Note 21, which provides the ability to draw down and repay funds on a daily basis. In monitoring liquidity requirements and planning its working capital and capital expenditure programs, the Group aims to maintain a sufficiently prudent level of headroom against its banking facilities and forecast covenant position as protection against any unexpected or sudden market shocks.

The Group also uses forecasts to manage the compliance with any associated covenant tests in relation to the Group's financing arrangements. The Group is subject to maintaining net debt to EBITDA levels of below three times, EBITDA to net interest above four times, and a number of other debt service tests which include EBITDA, taxation, capital expenditure and pension payments.

The Group has been in compliance with the covenants under the Loan Notes due 2018, 2021, 2023 and 2026 and the banking facilities throughout all of the quarterly measurement dates from and including September 30, 2011 to December 31, 2016.

F-57


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

27. Financial risk management objectives and policies (Continued)

The maturity of the Group's liabilities is also monitored to ensure sufficient funds remain available to meet liabilities as they fall due. The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the Group's financial liabilities at December 31 based on contractual payments.

 
  December 31, 2016   December 31, 2015  
 
  Within
12 months
$M
  1-5
years
$M
  > 5
years
$M
  Total
$M
  Within
12 months
$M
  1-5
years
$M
  > 5
years
$M
  Total
$M
 

Loan Notes due 2018

        15.0         15.0         65.0         65.0  

Loan Notes due 2021

        25.0         25.0             25.0     25.0  

Loan Notes due 2023

            25.0     25.0                  

Loan Notes due 2026

            25.0     25.0                  

Revolving credit facility

        32.8         32.8         43.5         43.5  

Deferred contingent consideration

    1.3     1.5         2.8         2.9         2.9  

Trade payables

    24.0             24.0     34.9             34.9  

Other taxation and social security

    1.3             1.3     1.7             1.7  

Accruals

    20.4             20.4     24.6             24.6  

Interest payable

    0.2             0.2     0.2             0.2  

Derivative financial instruments

    5.2     0.6         5.8     4.1             4.1  

    52.4     74.9     50.0     177.3     65.5     111.4     25.0     201.9  

The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the Group's financial liabilities at December 31 based on contractual undiscounted payments. Interest rates on the Group's variable rate debt have been based on a forward curve.

 
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

Undiscounted contractual maturity of financial liabilities:

             

Amounts payable:

             

Within 12 months

    57.7     71.6  

1-5 years

    90.5     124.3  

> 5 years

    57.4     25.7  

    205.6     221.6  

Less: future finance charges

    (28.3 )   (19.7 )

    177.3     201.9  

F-58


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

27. Financial risk management objectives and policies (Continued)

Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders' equity, debt and cash and cash equivalents. For the foreseeable future, the Board will maintain a capital structure that supports the Group's strategic objectives through

    §
    Managing funding and liquidity

    §
    Optimizing shareholder return

    §
    Maintaining a strong, investment-grade credit rating

The Group monitors its adjusted EBITDA, as reconciled in the table below, for continuing activities to net debt (1) ratio and has sought to reduce this over time from 6x to below 2x. The table below sets out the calculations for 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

For continuing operations:

                   

Operating profit

    35.8     37.9     40.9  

Deduct:

                   

Profit on sale of redundant site (Note 5)

    (2.1 )        

Changes to defined benefit pension plans (Note 5)

    (0.6 )   (18.0 )    

Add back:

                   

Restructuring and other expense (Note 5)

    2.2     22.4     3.9  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    0.2         0.3  

Other share based compensation charges

    1.4     1.3     1.6  

Depreciation and amortization

    18.4     18.6     18.1  

Adjusted EBITDA

    55.3     62.2     64.8  

Bank and other loans

    121.0     131.6     121.4  

Total debt

    121.0     131.6     121.4  

Less: Cash and cash equivalents

    (13.6 )   (36.9 )   (14.6 )

Net debt

    107.4     94.7     106.8  

Net debt: EBITDA ratio

    1.9x     1.5x     1.6x  

Credit risk

The Group only provides trade credit to creditworthy third parties. Credit checks are performed on new and existing customers along with monitoring payment histories of customers. Outstanding receivables from customers are closely monitored to ensure they are paid when due, with both outstanding overdue days and total days of sales outstanding reported as a business unit key performance measure. Where possible export sales are also protected through the use of credit export insurance. At December 31, 2016, the Group has a provision for bad and doubtful debtors of $2.1 million (2015: $4.8 million) and a charge of $1.3 million (2015: $2.5 million) has been made to the consolidated income statement in relation to bad debts recognized in 2016.

F-59


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

27. Financial risk management objectives and policies (Continued)

The analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

 
   
   
  Past due but not impaired  
 
   
  Neither past
due nor
impaired
$M
 
 
  Total
$M
  < 31 days
$M
  31-60 days
$M
  61-90 days
$M
  91-121 days
$M
  > 121 days
$M
 

At December 31, 2016

    40.5     33.4     5.5     1.0     0.5     0.1      

At December 31, 2015

    43.9     37.1     5.3     1.1     0.3     0.1      

The Group also monitors the spread of its customer base with the objective of trying to minimize exposure at a Group and divisional level to any one customer. The top 10 customers in 2016 represented 27% (2015: 27% and 2014: 27%) of total revenue. There were no customers in 2016, 2015 or 2014 that represented over 10% of total revenue.

Foreign currency translation risk

With substantial operations in the U.K. and Rest of Europe, the Group is exposed to translation risk on both its consolidated income statement, based on average exchange rates, and its balance sheet with regards to period end exchange rates.

The Group's results and net assets are reported by geographic region in Note 2. This analysis shows in 2016 the Group had revenue of $114.0 million derived from U.K. operations, operating profit of $12.2 million and when deducting changes to defined benefit pension plans and adding back restructuring and other expense, profit on the sale of a redundant site, share based compensation, and depreciation and amortization, an adjusted EBITDA of $17.4 million. During 2016, the average exchange rate for GBP sterling was £0.7438 compared to the 2015 average of £0.6558. This resulted in a negative impact of $15.0 million on revenue, $1.6 million on operating profit and $2.3 million on adjusted EBITDA. Based on the 2016 level of sales and profits a weakening in GBP sterling leading to a £0.05 increase in the GBP sterling to U.S. dollar exchange rate would result in a decrease of $7.0 million in revenue, $0.8 million in operating profit and $1.1 million in adjusted EBITDA.

The capital employed at December 31, 2016 in the U.K. was $72.2 million translated at an exchange rate of £0.8106. A £0.05 change in exchange rates would change capital employed by approximately $4.5 million.

During 2016, the average exchange rate for the Euro was €0.9061, compared to the 2015 average of €0.9070. This resulted in a $nil impact on revenue, operating profit and on adjusted EBITDA. Based on the 2016 level of sales and profits a weakening in the Euro leading to a €0.05 increase in the Euro to U.S. dollar exchange rate would result in a decrease of $1.2 million in revenue, $0.1 million increase in operating profit and $nil in adjusted EBITDA.

Foreign currency transaction risk

In addition to currency translation risk, the Group incurs currency transaction risk whenever one of the Group's operating subsidiaries enters into either a purchase or sales transaction in a currency other than its functional currency. Currency transaction risk is reduced by matching sales revenues and costs in the same

F-60


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

27. Financial risk management objectives and policies (Continued)

currency. The Group's U.S. operations have little currency exposure as most purchases, costs and revenues are conducted in U.S. dollars. The Group's U.K. operations are exposed to exchange transaction risks, mainly because these operations sell goods priced in Euros and U.S. dollars, and purchase raw materials priced in U.S. dollars. The Group also incurs currency transaction risk if it lends currency other than its functional currency to one of its joint venture partners.

The U.K. operations within the Group have approximately $15.0 million net sales risk after offsetting raw material purchases made in U.S. dollars and a substantial Euro sales risk, with approximately €40.0 million of exports priced in Euros. These risks are being partly hedged through the use of forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts, but we estimate that in 2016 our Elektron division has incurred a transaction gain of $1.8 million, and the transaction impact at our Gas Cylinders division was a loss of $2.1 million.

Based on a $15.0 million net exposure to the U.S. dollar, a $0.10 increase in exchange rates would have a $1.2 million annual decrease in Group operating profit and based on a €40.0 million Euro sales risk a €0.10 increase in exchange rates would have a $3.3 million annual decrease in Group operating profit.

Commodity price risks

The Group is exposed to a number of commodity price risks, including primary aluminum, magnesium, rare earth chemicals, zircon sand and other zirconium basic compounds. All have been subject to substantial increases in recent years. Historically the two largest exposures to the Group have been the prices of aluminum and magnesium and the Group will spend annually approximately $65 million to $85 million on these two raw materials. In recent years the costs of rare earth chemicals had been subject to significant commodity inflation.

Unlike the other major commodities purchased, aluminum is traded on the London Metal Exchange ("LME") and therefore the Group is able to use LME derivative contracts to hedge a portion of its price exposure. In 2016 the Group purchased approximately 11,000 metric tons of primary aluminum. The processed waste can be sold as scrap aluminum at prices linked to the LME price. The price risk on aluminum is mitigated by the use of LME derivative contracts. At December 31, 2016, the Group had hedged 63% of its main primary aluminum requirements for 2017. Before hedging the risk, a $100 increase in the LME price of aluminum would increase our Gas Cylinders division's costs by approximately $1.1 million.

In the long-term the Group has sought to recover the cost of increased commodity costs through price increases and surcharges. Any hedging of aluminum risk is performed to protect the Group against short-term fluctuations in aluminum costs.

In 2016 the Group purchased approximately 4,500 metric tons of primary magnesium. Magnesium is not traded on the LME so we are not able to maintain a hedge position of its price exposure.

The Group purchases various rare earth chemicals which it uses in the production of various materials produced by its Elektron division and when these chemicals became subject to significant price volatility it used surcharges on its products to maintain its product margins.

F-61


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

28. Financial instruments

The following disclosures relating to financial instruments have been prepared on a basis which excludes short-term debtors and creditors which have resulted from the Group's operating activities.

(a)   Financial instruments of the Group

The financial instruments of the Group other than short-term debtors and creditors and non-current derivative financial instruments were as follows:

Financial instruments:
  Book value
December 31,
2016
$M
  Fair value
December 31,
2016
$M
  Book value
December 31,
2015
$M
  Fair value
December 31,
2015
$M
 

Financial assets:

                         

Cash at bank and in hand

    13.6     13.6     36.9     36.9  

Financial liabilities (1) :

                         

Loan Notes due 2018

    15.0     15.9     65.0     69.1  

Loan Notes due 2021

    25.0     25.0     25.0     25.0  

Loan Notes due 2023

    25.0     26.3          

Loan Notes due 2026

    25.0     26.5          

Revolving credit facility

    32.8     32.8     43.5     43.5  

Deferred contingent consideration

    2.8     2.8     2.9     2.9  

(1)
The financial instruments included in financial liabilities are shown gross of unamortized finance costs. The fair value of these financial instruments is calculated by discounting the future cash flows, including interest payments due.

All financial assets mature within one year except derivative financial instruments. The maturity of the financial liabilities is disclosed in Note 27.

At December 31, 2016, the amount drawn in bank and other loans was $122.8 million (2015: $133.5 million), of which $117.0 million was denominated in U.S. dollars with the remainder being denominated in GBP sterling (2015: $117.0 million was denominated in U.S. dollars with the remainder being denominated in GBP sterling).

Derivative financial instruments are as follows:
  Book value
December 31,
2016
$M
  Fair value
December 31,
2016
$M
  Book value
December 31,
2015
$M
  Fair value
December 31,
2015
$M
 

Held to hedge purchases and sales by trading businesses:

                         

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts

    (3.1 )   (3.1 )   (0.4 )   (0.4 )

LME derivative contracts

    (0.6 )   (0.6 )   (3.7 )   (3.7 )

F-62


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

28. Financial instruments (Continued)

The fair value calculations were performed on the following basis:

Cash at bank and in hand

The carrying value approximates to the fair value as a result of the short-term maturity of the instruments. Cash at bank and in hand are subject to a right to offset.

Bank loans

At December 31, 2016, bank and other loans of $122.8 million (2015: $133.5 million) were outstanding. At December 31, 2016, bank and other loans are shown net of issue costs of $1.8 million and these issue costs are to be amortized to the expected maturity of the facilities. At December 31, 2016, $32.8 million of the total $122.8 million of bank and other loans was variable interest rate debt and subject to floating interest rate risk, with the remainder being fixed rate debt.

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts

The fair value of these contracts was calculated by determining what the Group would be expected to receive or pay on termination of each individual contract by comparison to present market prices.

LME derivative contracts

The fair value of these contracts has been calculated by valuing the contracts against the equivalent forward rates quoted on the LME.

Deferred contingent consideration

Disclosure of the basis of calculation of the fair value of deferred contingent consideration is included within Note 25 of the consolidated financial statements.

Fair value hierarchy

At December 31, 2016, the Group used the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.

F-63


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

28. Financial instruments (Continued)

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

 
  December 31,
2016
$M
  Level 1
$M
  Level 2
$M
  Level 3
$M
 

Net derivative financial assets / liabilities at fair value through profit or loss:

                         

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts

    3.0         3.0      

LME derivative contracts

    0.6         0.6      

Interest bearing loans and borrowings:

                         

Loan Notes due 2018

    15.9         15.9      

Loan Notes due 2021

    25.0         25.0      

Loan Notes due 2023

    26.3         26.3      

Loan Notes due 2026

    26.5         26.5      

Revolving credit facility

    32.8         32.8      

Other financial liabilities:

                         

Deferred contingent consideration

    2.8             2.8  

During the year ended December 31, 2016, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements.

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instruments for the year ended 31 December 2016 and 2015.

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
 

Balance at January 1

    2.9     2.6  

(Gains) / losses recognized in profit or loss

    (0.1 )   0.3  

Balance at December 31

    2.8     2.9  

Total (gains) or losses for the period included in profit and loss for assets held at the end at December 31 under 'Other gains / losses'

    (0.1 )   0.3  

Change in unrealized (gains) or losses for the period included in profit and loss for assets held at the end at December 31

    (0.1 )   0.3  

The deferred contingent consideration relates to estimations of amounts payable in the future on acquisitions. This is based upon an estimate of the future profitability of the businesses versus targets agreed upon as part of the acquisitions.

F-64


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

28. Financial instruments (Continued)

(b)   Interest rate risks

Interest rate risk profile on financial assets

This table shows the Group's financial assets at December 31, which are cash and cash equivalents. These assets are all subject to floating interest rate risk.

Cash by currency:
  December 31,
2016
$M
  December 31,
2015
$M
 

U.S. dollar

    1.3     14.9  

GBP sterling

    9.1     14.1  

Euro

    1.4     2.7  

Australian dollar

    0.5     0.4  

Chinese renminbi

    0.8     1.3  

Czech koruna

    0.3     2.9  

Canadian dollar

    0.2     0.5  

Japanese yen

        0.1  

    13.6     36.9  

The Group earns interest on cash balances through either deposit accounts or placing funds on money markets at short-term fixed rates. In all cases, interest earned is at approximately LIBOR rates during the year.

F-65


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

28. Financial instruments (Continued)

Interest rate risk profile on financial liabilities

The following table sets out the carrying value, by original maturity, of the Group's financial instruments that were exposed to both fixed and variable interest rate risk. The carrying values include interest payments to be made and interest rates on the Group's variable rate debt have been based on a forward curve.

 
  December 31, 2016   December 31, 2015  
 
  Within
12 months
$M
  1-5
years
$M
  > 5
years
$M
  Total
$M
  Within
12 months
$M
  1-5
years
$M
  > 5
years
$M
  Total
$M
 

Floating interest rate risk:

                                                 

Revolving credit facility (including interest payments)

    0.9     34.1         35.0     1.2     46.7         47.9  

Fixed interest rate risk:

                                                 

Loan Notes due 2018 (including interest payments)

    0.9     15.5         16.4     4.0     70.9         74.9  

Loan Notes due 2021 (including interest payments)

    1.0     28.7         29.7     0.9     3.7     25.7     30.3  

Loan Notes due 2023 (including interest payments)

    1.2     4.9     26.8     32.9                  

Loan Notes due 2026 (including interest payments)

    1.2     5.0     30.6     36.8                  

    5.2     88.2     57.4     150.8     6.1     121.3     25.7     153.1  

(c)   Hedging activities

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts

The Group utilizes forward foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge significant future transactions and cash flows to manage its exchange rate exposures. The contracts purchased are primarily denominated in GBP sterling, U.S. dollars, Euros and Australian dollars. The Group is also exposed to a number of other currencies like Japanese yen and Canadian dollars with hedges against these on a more ad hoc basis, when exposures are more significant.

At December 31, 2016, the fair value of forward foreign currency exchange contracts deferred in equity was a loss of $3.1 million (2015: loss of $0.4 million and 2014: gain of $0.8 million). During 2016, a loss of $0.9 million (2015: loss of $0.1 million and 2014: gain of $0.1 million) has been transferred to the consolidated income statement in respect of contracts that have matured in the year.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Group held various forward foreign currency exchange contracts designated as hedges in respect of forward sales for U.S. dollars, Euros and Australian dollars for the receipt of GBP sterling or Euros. The Group also held forward foreign currency exchange contracts designated as hedges in respect of forward purchases for U.S. dollars by the sale of GBP sterling. The

F-66


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

28. Financial instruments (Continued)

contract totals in GBP sterling and Euros, range of maturity dates and range of exchange rates are disclosed below:

December 31, 2016
Sales hedges
  U.S. dollars   Euros   Australian
dollars

Contract totals/£M

  27.6   39.4   2.9

Maturity dates

  01/17 to 11/18   01/17 to 11/18   09/17

Exchange rates

  $1.2310 to $1.5638   €1.0951 to €1.4200   $1.7237

 

Purchase hedges
  U.S. dollars   Euros

Contract totals/£M

  25.7   2.5

Maturity dates

  01/17 to 10/18   01/17 to 06/17

Exchange rates

  $1.2311 to $1.5618   €1.1121 to €1.1804

 

December 31, 2015
Sales hedges
  U.S. dollars   Euros   Australian
dollars

Contract totals/£M

  22.5   27.9   2.6

Maturity dates

  01/16 to 06/17   01/16 to 05/17   09/16

Exchange rates

  $1.4601 to $1.6250   €1.2385 to €1.4200   $2.1292

 

Purchase hedges
  U.S. dollars   Euros

Contract totals/£M

  13.3   7.7

Maturity dates

  01/16 to 06/17   01/16 to 12/16

Exchange rates

  $1.4573 to $1.6231   €1.3470 to €1.4186

Aluminum commodity contracts

The Group did not hold any forward aluminum commodity contracts at December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.

Forward interest rate agreements

The Group did not hold any forward interest rate agreements at December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2016.

LME derivative contracts

At December 31, 2016, the Group has hedged 5,100 and 900 metric tons of aluminum for supply in 2017 and 2018 respectively, using its ancillary banking facilities. The fair value of LME derivative contracts deferred in equity was a loss of $0.6 million (2015: loss of $3.7 million and 2014: gain of $0.5 million).

(d)   Foreign currency translation risk disclosures

Exchange gains and losses arising on the translation of the Group's non-U.S. assets and liabilities are classified as equity and transferred to the Group's translation reserve. In 2016, a loss of $13.1 million (2015: loss of $8.6 million and 2014: loss of $10.8 million) was recognized in translation reserves.

F-67


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

28. Financial instruments (Continued)

(e)   Un-drawn committed facilities

At December 31, 2016, the Group had committed banking facilities of $150.0 million. The facilities were for providing loans and overdrafts, with a separate facility for letters of credit which at December 31, 2016 was £7.0 million ($8.6 million). Of the committed facilities, $32.8 million of loans were drawn and $nil for letters of credit were utilized. The Group also has a separate bonding facility for bank guarantees denominated in GBP sterling of £3.0 million ($3.7 million), of which £1.0 million ($1.3 million) was utilized at December 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2015, the Group had committed banking facilities of $150.0 million. The facilities were for providing loans and overdrafts, with a separate facility for letters of credit which at December 31, 2015 was £7.0 million ($10.3 million). Of the committed facilities, $43.5 million of loans were drawn and $nil for letters of credit were utilized. The Group also has a separate bonding facility for bank guarantees denominated in GBP sterling of £3.0 million ($4.4 million), of which £1.5 million ($2.2 million) was utilized at December 31, 2015.

29. Retirement benefits

The Group has defined benefit pension plans in the U.K., the U.S. and France. The levels of funding are determined by periodic actuarial valuations. The assets of the plans are generally held in separate trustee-administered funds. The Group also operates defined contribution plans in the U.K., the U.S., Australia and Canada.

Remeasurements are recognized in full in the period in which they occur. The liability recognized in the balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation, as reduced by the fair value of plan assets. The cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method.

The principal defined benefit pension plan in the Group is the U.K. Luxfer Group Pension Plan ("the Plan"), which closed to new members in 1998, new employees then being eligible for a defined contribution plan. With effect from April 2004, the Plan changed from a final salary to a career average revalued earnings benefit scale. In August 2005, a plan specific earnings cap of £60,000 per annum subject to inflation increases was introduced, the figure had risen to £76,000 in 2015. In October 2007, the rate of the future accrual for pension was reduced and a longevity adjustment was introduced to mitigate against the risk of further unexpected increases in life expectancies. In 2015, following a consultation with the Trustees and members, it was agreed the Plan would close to future accrual of benefits effective from April 5, 2016 and for the purpose of increasing pensions in payment, to use the Consumer Prices Index ("CPI") as the reference index in place of the Retail Prices Index ("RPI") where applicable. The remaining active members, numbering approximately 160, were transferred into a defined contribution plan. The weighted average duration of the expected benefit payments from the Plan is around 18 years. The pension cost of the Plan is assessed in accordance with the advice of an independent firm of professionally qualified actuaries, Lane Clark & Peacock LLP. The Plan is registered with HMRC for tax purposes, operates separately from the Group and is managed by an independent set of Trustees. The Plan operates under U.K. trust law and the trust is a separate legal entity from the Group. The Plan is governed by a board of Trustees, composed of two member nominated Trustees and four company appointed Trustees. The Trustees are required by law to act in the best interests of scheme members and are responsible for setting certain

F-68


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

29. Retirement benefits (Continued)

policies (e.g. investment funding) together with the Company. A schedule of payments provides for deficit funding, which is based upon minimum annual contributions of £3.8 million per year, together with additional variable contributions based on 15% of net earnings of Luxfer Holdings PLC between £12.0 million and £24.0 million, and 10% of net earnings of Luxfer Holdings PLC in excess of £24.0 million.

The Group's other arrangements are less significant than the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, the largest being the BA Holdings, Inc. Pension Plan in the U.S. In December 2005, this plan was closed to further benefit accrual with members being offered contributions to that company's 401(k) plan. At January 1, 2016, the U.S. pension plans (BA Holdings, Inc. Pension Plan and Luxfer Hourly Pension Plan) merged into one plan.

The total charge to the Group's consolidated income statement for 2016 for retirement benefits was $6.4 million (2015: credit of $9.3 million, 2014: charge of $9.3 million).

The movement in the pension liabilities is shown below:

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
 

Balance at January 1

    58.9     90.9  

(Credited) / charged to the consolidated income statement:

             

Past service credit

        (14.9 )

Curtailment credit

    (0.6 )   (3.3 )

Current service cost

    0.4     1.5  

Net interest on net liability

    2.0     3.0  

Administrative costs

    0.9     1.3  

Total charge for defined contribution plans

    3.7     3.1  

Cash contributions

    (10.9 )   (14.5 )

Charged / (credited) to the statement of comprehensive income

    21.7     (4.4 )

Exchange difference

    (9.6 )   (3.8 )

Balance at December 31

    66.5     58.9  

F-69


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

29. Retirement benefits (Continued)

The financial assumptions used in the calculations were:

 
  Projected Unit Credit Valuation  
 
  U.K.   Non-U.K.  
 
  2016
%
  2015
%
  2014
%
  2016
%
  2015
%
  2014
%
 

Discount rate

    2.60     3.70     3.50     4.20     4.50     4.10  

Retail Price Inflation

    3.20     3.00     2.90              

Inflation related assumptions:

                                     

Salary inflation

    n/a     4.00     3.90              

Consumer Price Inflation

    2.20     2.00     1.90              

Pension increases—pre 6 April 1997

    2.00     1.80     2.30              

                               —1997 - 2005

    2.20     2.10     2.80              

                               —post 5 April 2005

    1.80     1.70     2.00              

 

Other principal actuarial assumptions:
  2016
Years
  2015
Years
  2014
Years
 

Life expectancy of male in the U.K. aged 65 at accounting date

    21.5     21.5     20.6  

Life expectancy of male in the U.K. aged 65 at 20 years after accounting date

    23.2     23.1     22.3  

Investment strategies

For the principal defined benefit plan in the Group and the U.K., the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, the assets are invested in a diversified range of asset classes and include matching assets (comprising fixed interest and index linked bonds and swaps) and growth assets (comprising all other assets). The Trustees have formulated a de-risking strategy to help control the short term risks of volatility associated with holding growth assets. The Trustees also monitor the cost of a buy-in to secure pensioner liabilities with an insurance company to ensure they and the Company are able to act if such an opportunity arises. Other options to progressively reduce the scale of the liabilities are discussed between the Trustees and the Company.

Risk exposures

The Group is at risk of adverse experience relating to the defined benefit plans.

The plans hold a high proportion of assets in equity and other growth investments, with the intention of growing the value of assets relative to liabilities. The Group is at risk if the value of liabilities grows at a faster rate than the plans assets, or if there is a significant fall in the value of these assets not matched by a fall in the value of liabilities. If these events occurred, this would be expected to lead to an increase in the Group's future cash contributions.

F-70


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

29. Retirement benefits (Continued)

Special events

In 2016 annuities were purchased settling $10.0 million of liabilities of the U.S. plan with an associated settlement charge of $0.1 million. Lump sums were also paid of $4.2 million with an associated settlement credit of $0.7 million. The gross amounts settled were $14.8 million and $14.2 million during this exercise.

In 2015, following a consultation with the Trustees and members, it was agreed that the Luxfer Group Pension Plan in the U.K. would close to future accrual of benefits effective from April 5, 2016 and for the purpose of increasing pensions in payment, to use CPI as the reference index in place of RPI where applicable. As a result, in 2015 the Group has recognized a curtailment credit of $3.3 million in respect of the closure of the Plan to future accrual and a past service credit of $14.9 million in respect of the change in expected future pension increases in payment.

The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement in respect of the pension plans were as follows:

 
  2016
U.K.
$M
  2016
Non-U.K.
$M
  2016
Total
$M
  2015
U.K.
$M
  2015
Non-U.K.
$M
  2015
Total
$M
  2014
U.K.
$M
  2014
Non-U.K.
$M
  2014
Total
$M
 

In respect of defined benefit plans:

                                                       

Current service cost

    0.3     0.1     0.4     1.4     0.1     1.5     1.5     0.1     1.6  

Net interest on net liability

    1.5     0.5     2.0     2.5     0.5     3.0     2.5     0.2     2.7  

Administrative expenses

    0.4     0.5     0.9     1.0     0.3     1.3     1.2     0.4     1.6  

Past service credit

                (14.9 )       (14.9 )            

Curtailment credit

        (0.6 )   (0.6 )   (3.3 )       (3.3 )            

Total charge / credit for defined benefit plans

    2.2     0.5     2.7     (13.3 )   0.9     (12.4 )   5.2     0.7     5.9  

In respect of defined contribution plans:

                                                       

Total charge for defined contribution plans

    1.6     2.1     3.7     1.3     1.8     3.1     1.4     2.0     3.4  

Total charge / credit for pension plans

    3.8     2.6     6.4     (12.0 )   2.7     (9.3 )   6.6     2.7     9.3  

Of the total charge for the year (2015: credit for the year and 2014: charge for the year), charges of $4.1 million and $0.9 million (2015: $4.6 million and $1.3 million and 2014: $4.6 million and $2.0 million); have been included in cost of sales and administrative costs, respectively; a credit of $0.6 million (2015: $18.0 million and 2014: $nil) has been recognized as changes to defined benefit pension plans in the consolidated income statement and a charge of $2.0 million (2015: $3.0 million and 2014: $2.7 million) has been included in finance costs.

For the year, the amount of loss recognized in the Statement of Comprehensive Income is $21.7 million (2015: gain of $4.4 million and 2014: loss of $35.4 million).

The actual return of the plans assets was a gain of $56.4 million (2015: loss of $0.6 million and 2014: gain of $32.5 million).

F-71


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

29. Retirement benefits (Continued)

The value of the plans assets were:

 
  2016
U.K.
$M
  2016
Non-U.K.
$M
  2016
Total
$M
  2015
U.K.
$M
  2015
Non-U.K.
$M
  2015
Total
$M
 

Assets in active markets:

                                     

Equities and growth funds

    171.6     20.6     192.2     179.5     27.3     206.8  

Government bonds

    44.3         44.3     40.2         40.2  

Corporate bonds

    64.5     16.0     80.5     67.0     22.1     89.1  

Cash

    (0.1 )       (0.1 )   0.4         0.4  

Total market value of assets

    280.3     36.6     316.9     287.1     49.4     336.5  

Present value of plan liabilities

    (334.8 )   (48.6 )   (383.4 )   (334.4 )   (61.0 )   (395.4 )

Deficit in the plans

    (54.5 )   (12.0 )   (66.5 )   (47.3 )   (11.6 )   (58.9 )

Related deferred income tax assets

    10.2     4.4     14.6     9.0     4.3     13.3  

Net pension liabilities

    (44.3 )   (7.6 )   (51.9 )   (38.3 )   (7.3 )   (45.6 )

The plans do not invest directly in property occupied by the Group or in financial securities issued by the Group.

Analysis of movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligations:

 
  2016
U.K.
$M
  2016
Non-U.K.
$M
  2016
Total
$M
  2015
U.K.
$M
  2015
Non-U.K.
$M
  2015
Total
$M
 

At January 1

    334.4     61.0     395.4     382.3     64.4     446.7  

Service cost

    0.3     0.1     0.4     1.5     0.1     1.6  

Interest on obligation

    10.9     2.6     13.5     12.8     2.6     15.4  

Contributions from plan members

    0.1         0.1     0.7         0.7  

Actuarial losses / (gains) on financial assumptions

    67.5     2.6     70.1     (11.1 )   (3.1 )   (14.2 )

Actuarial losses on demographic assumptions

                4.6         4.6  

Actuarial gains on plan experience

    (3.3 )   (0.2 )   (3.5 )   (7.8 )   (0.1 )   (7.9 )

Exchange difference

    (59.3 )   (0.1 )   (59.4 )   (16.8 )   (0.1 )   (16.9 )

Benefits paid

    (15.8 )   (2.6 )   (18.4 )   (13.6 )   (2.8 )   (16.4 )

Past service credit

                (14.9 )       (14.9 )

Curtailment credit

        (14.8 )   (14.8 )   (3.3 )       (3.3 )

At December 31

    334.8     48.6     383.4     334.4     61.0     395.4  

The defined benefit obligation comprises $2.6 million (2015: $2.4 million) arising from unfunded plans and $380.8 million (2015: $390.6 million) from plans that are funded.

F-72


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

29. Retirement benefits (Continued)

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the present value of the defined benefit obligations are set out below:

Assumption
  Change in assumption   Impact on total defined
benefit obligations
Discount rate   Increase/decrease by 1.0%   Decrease/increase by 19%
CPI inflation (and related increases)   Increase/decrease by 1.0%   Increase/decrease by 9%
Post retirement mortality   Increase by 1 year   Increase by 3%

The sensitivities have been calculated to show the movement in the total defined benefit obligation in isolation, assuming no other changes in market conditions at the accounting date. In practice, for example, a change in discount rate is likely to be associated with a movement in the value of the invested assets held by the plans.

Analysis of movement in the present value of the fair value of plan assets:

 
  2016
U.K.
$M
  2016
Non-U.K.
$M
  2016
Total
$M
  2015
U.K.
$M
  2015
Non-U.K.
$M
  2015
Total
$M
 

At January 1

    287.1     49.4     336.5     305.4     50.4     355.8  

Interest on plan assets

    9.4     2.1     11.5     10.4     2.1     12.5  

Actuarial losses / (gains)

    43.7     1.2     44.9     (10.6 )   (2.5 )   (13.1 )

Exchange difference

    (49.8 )       (49.8 )   (13.1 )       (13.1 )

Contributions from employer

    6.0     1.2     7.2     8.9     2.5     11.4  

Contributions from plan members

    0.1         0.1     0.7         0.7  

Administrative expenses

    (0.4 )   (0.5 )   (0.9 )   (1.0 )   (0.3 )   (1.3 )

Benefits paid

    (15.8 )   (2.6 )   (18.4 )   (13.6 )   (2.8 )   (16.4 )

Settlement credit

        (14.2 )   (14.2 )                  

At December 31

    280.3     36.6     316.9     287.1     49.4     336.5  

The estimated amount of employer contributions expected to be paid to the defined benefit pension plans for the year ending December 31, 2017 is $7.4 million (2016: $7.2 million actual employer contributions).

30. The Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan

The trust

In 1997, the Group established an employee benefit trust ("the ESOP") with independent Trustees, to purchase and hold shares in the Group in trust to be used to satisfy options granted to eligible senior employees under the Group's share plans established from time to time.

The ESOP was established with the benefit of a gift equivalent to the set up and running costs. Purchase monies and costs required by the ESOP Trustees to purchase shares for and under the provisions of the trust are provided by way of an interest free loan from a Group subsidiary. The loan is repayable, in normal circumstances, out of monies received from senior employees when they exercise options granted to them

F-73


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

30. The Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan (Continued)

over shares. Surplus shares are held by the ESOP Trustees to satisfy future option awards. The ESOP Trustees have waived their right to receive dividends on shares held in trust. The Remuneration Committee is charged with determining which senior employees are to be granted options and in what number subject to the relevant plan rules.

The current plan

The current share option plan, implemented by the Group in February 2007 is The Luxfer Holdings Executive Share Option Plan ("the Plan"), which consists of two parts. Part A of the Plan is approved by HM Revenue & Customs and Part B is unapproved. Options can be exercised at any time up to the tenth anniversary of their grant subject to the rules of the relevant part of the Plan. As a result of the I.P.O. all leaver restrictions over the shares were released. There is no other performance criteria attached to the options.

Movements in the year

The movement in the number of shares held by the Trustees of the ESOP and the number of share options held over those shares are shown below:

 
  Number of shares held by
ESOP Trustees
  Number of options held over
£0.50 ordinary shares
 
 
  £0.0001
deferred
shares
  £0.50
ordinary
shares
  £0.49
options
held
  £1.50
options
held
  £2.00
options
held
  Total
options
held
 

At January 1, 2016

    15,977,968,688     115,348             59,020     59,020  

Shares utilized during the year

        (59,532 )                

Options exercised during the year

                    (59,020 )   (59,020 )

At December 31, 2016

    15,977,968,688     55,816                  

At December 31, 2016, the loan outstanding from the ESOP was $2.6 million (2015: $3.1 million).

The market value of each £0.50 ordinary share held by the ESOP at December 31, 2016 was $10.89 (2015: $9.84).

31. Share based compensation

Luxfer Holdings PLC Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan and Luxfer Holdings PLC Non-Executive Directors Equity Incentive Plan

As an important retention tool and to align the long-term financial interests of our management with those of our shareholders, the Group adopted the Luxfer Holdings PLC Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan (the "LTiP") for the Group's senior employees, and the Luxfer Holdings PLC Non-Executive Directors Equity Incentive Plan (the "Director EIP") for the Non-Executive Directors.

F-74


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

31. Share based compensation (Continued)

The equity or equity-related awards under the LTiP and the Director EIP are based on the ordinary shares or ADSs of the Group. The Remuneration Committee administers the LTiP and have the power to determine to whom the awards will be granted, the amount, type and other terms. Awards under the Director EIP are non-discretionary and purely time-based.

Share option and restricted stock awards

As a tool to retain key people and align their interests with those of shareholders, a one-off award of market-value options was made to a small number of executives and the non-executive directors immediately prior to the I.P.O. in 2012. 40% of the options granted vested immediately and 20% of the options vest upon each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the I.P.O.

In January 2013, 306,200 Restricted Stock Units and Options over ADSs, were granted under the LTiP and 9,252 ADS Restricted Stock was granted under the Director EIP. In March 2013, 1,924 ADS Restricted Stock was granted under the Director EIP. These awards were a mixture of time-based, market-based and performance-based awards.

In March 2014, 201,870 Restricted Stock Units and Options over ADSs were granted under the LTiP, which were all performance-based awards. Following the Annual General Meeting on May 29, 2014, 12,517 Restricted Stock Units and Options over ADSs were granted under the Director EIP, which were all time-based awards.

In June 2015, 46,800 Restricted Stock Units and Options over ADSs were granted under the LTiP, which were all time-based awards. Following the Annual General Meeting on May 28, 2015, 15,943 Restricted Stock Units and Options over ADSs were granted under the Director EIP, which were all time-based awards.

In March 2016, 95,140 Restricted Stock Units and Options over ADSs were granted under the LTiP, which were all time-based awards. Following the Annual General Meeting on May 24, 2016, 12,520 Restricted Stock Units and Options over ADSs were granted under the Director EIP, which were all time-based awards.

 
  2016
$M
  2015
$M
  2014
$M
 

I.P.O. related share based compensation charges

        0.1     0.2  

Other share based compensation charges

    1.4     1.3     1.6  

    1.4     1.4     1.8  

There were no cancellations or modifications to the awards in 2016 or 2015.

F-75


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

31. Share based compensation (Continued)

The following table illustrates the number of, and movements in, share options during the year, with each option relating to 1 ADS:

 
  2016
Number
  2016
Weighted average
exercise price
  2015
Number
  2015
Weighted average
exercise price
 

At January 1

    1,144,534   $ 7.26     1,178,158   $ 7.13  

Granted during the year

    107,660   $ 0.67     62,743   $ 0.76  

Exercised during the year

    (132,599 ) $ 0.67     (38,377 ) $ (0.76 )

Accrued dividend awards

    12,572   $ 0.67     9,393   $ 0.76  

Lapsed during the year

    (168,378 ) $ 0.67     (67,383 ) $ (0.76 )

At December 31

    963,789   $ 8.51     1,144,534   $ 7.26  

The weighted average remaining contractual life for the share options outstanding at December 31, 2016 was 3 years (2015: 4 years). The weighted average fair value of options granted during the year was $9.39 (2015: $11.42).

The following table illustrates the assumptions used in deriving the fair value of share options during the year:

 
  2016   2015

Dividend yield (%)

  4.00   4.00

Expected volatility range (%)

  29.73 – 38.73   28.24 – 41.39

Risk-free interest rate (%)

  0.36 – 1.05   0.09 – 1.40

Expected life of share options range (years)

  1 – 3.5   1 – 5

Weighted average exercise price ($)

  $0.67   $0.76

Model used

  Black-Scholes   Black-Scholes

The expected life of the share options is based on historical data and current expectations and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over a period similar to the life of the options is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

Employee share incentive plans

The Group operates an all-employee share incentive plan in its U.K. and U.S. operations and will look to implement plans in other geographic regions.

32. Related party transactions

Joint venture in which the Group is a venturer

During 2016, the Group maintained its 51% investment in the equity of the joint venture Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited. During 2016, the Gas Cylinders division made $1.7 million (2015: $0.8 million) of sales to the joint venture. At December 31, 2016, the amounts receivable from the joint venture amounted

F-76


Table of Contents


LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

32. Related party transactions (Continued)

to $0.9 million (2015: $1.7 million). All sales to the joint venture are made on similar terms to arms length transactions.

During 2016, the Group also maintained its 50% investment in the equity of the joint venture, Nikkei-MEL Company Limited. During 2016, the Elektron division made $0.8 million of sales to the joint venture.

During 2016, the Group received $1.0 million in repayment (2015: provided $0.5 million in debt investment) to the joint venture Luxfer Holdings NA, LLC, of which it holds 49% of the equity. The debt investment is provided through a secured revolving credit facility that the Group has granted to the joint venture of which up to $10.0 million can be drawn down until March 31, 2018 at an interest rate of 8% per annum. During 2016, the Gas Cylinders division made $3.9 million (2015: $1.5 million) of sales to the joint venture. At December 31, 2016, the amounts receivable from the joint venture amounted to $1.0 million (2015: $0.8 million) of trade debt and $3.8 million (2015: $4.8 million) of debt investment. All sales to the joint venture are made on similar terms to arm's length transactions.

Associates in which the Group holds an interest

During 2015, the Group acquired 26.4% of the share capital of Sub161 Pty Limited. Following the investment, in 2016 the Group has made sales of $0.1 million (2015: $0.1 million) to the associate. At December 31, 2016, the amounts receivable from the associate denominated in Australian dollars was $0.1 million (2015: $3.6 million, net of a provision of $3.8 million). The debtor recognized in the prior year has been converted into a secured loan note during 2016. The secured loan note has interest accruing at 6.0%, of which $0.1 million was outstanding at the year end.

Transactions with other related parties

At December 31, 2016, the directors and key management comprising the members of the Executive Management Board, owned 1,062,672 £0.50 ordinary shares (2015: 1,089,949 £0.50 ordinary shares) and held awards over a further 476,839 £0.50 ordinary shares (2015: 685,503 £0.50 ordinary shares).

During the year ended December 31, 2016, share options held by members of the Executive Management Board were exercised; information relating to these exercises is disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

Stone Canyon Industries LLC represents a related party due to their association with Adam Cohn as co-CEO, and holds 570,000 ADSs in Luxfer Holdings PLC as at December 31, 2016.

On February 5, 2014, as a part of a relocation, one of the subsidiary companies of the Group purchased outright the residential property of David Rix, a member of our Executive Management Board. The property was valued on an arm's length basis by third parties with a purchase price of $1.2 million. This asset was held as a current asset in the Group balance sheet. On July 3, 2015, the property was sold for proceeds of $1.2 million.

The son of the Chief Executive Officer was employed by the Group during the year, having joined through the normal recruitment channels.

Other than the transactions with the joint ventures and associates disclosed above and key management personnel disclosed above, no other related party transactions have been identified.

F-77




Exhibit 2.3

 

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

US$65,000,000

 

SERIES A NOTES DUE JUNE 15, 2018

 

SERIES B NOTES DUE JUNE 29, 2023

 

SERIES C NOTES DUE JUNE 29, 2026

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


 

Dated June 29, 2016

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

BACKGROUND; AMENDMENTS AND RESTATEMENTS AND AUTHORIZATION OF NEW NOTES; GUARANTEES

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.1.

Background

 

1

 

1.2.

Amendment and Restatements

 

2

 

1.3.

Authorization of Notes

 

2

 

1.4.

Guarantees

 

3

 

1.5.

Reduction in Shelf Facility

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

2.

PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3.

[RESERVED]

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

4.

CONDITIONS OF CLOSING

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1.

Representations and Warranties

 

4

 

4.2.

Performance; No Major Default

 

4

 

4.3.

Compliance Certificates

 

4

 

4.4.

Opinions of Counsel

 

5

 

4.5.

Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc.

 

5

 

4.6.

Sale of Other Notes

 

5

 

4.7.

Payment of Special Counsel Fees

 

5

 

4.8.

Private Placement Number

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OBLIGORS

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1.

Status

 

6

 

5.2.

Binding Obligations

 

6

 

5.3.

Non-conflict with Other Obligations

 

6

 

5.4.

Power and Authority

 

7

 

5.5.

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence

 

7

 

5.6.

Governing Law and Enforcement

 

7

 

5.7.

Insolvency

 

7

 

5.8.

No Filing or Stamp Taxes

 

8

 

5.9.

Deduction of Tax

 

8

 

5.10.

No Default

 

8

 

5.11.

No Misleading Information

 

9

 

5.12.

Financial Statements

 

10

 

5.13.

No Proceedings Pending or Threatened

 

10

 

5.14.

No Breach of Laws

 

11

 

5.15.

Environmental Laws

 

11

 

5.16.

Taxation

 

11

 

5.17.

Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

11

 

5.18.

Ranking

 

11

 

5.19.

Good Title to Assets

 

12

 

5.20.

Legal and Beneficial Ownership

 

12

 

5.21.

Shares

 

12

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.22.

Intellectual Property

 

12

 

5.23.

Group Structure Chart

 

13

 

5.24.

Obligors

 

13

 

5.25.

Accounting Reference Date

 

13

 

5.26.

Centre of Main Interests and Establishments

 

13

 

5.27.

Dormant Companies

 

13

 

5.28.

Pensions

 

13

 

5.29.

No Adverse Consequences

 

14

 

5.30.

U.S. Regulations

 

16

 

5.31.

Sanctions

 

16

 

5.32.

Private Offering

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1.

Purchase for Investment

 

17

 

6.2.

Source of Funds

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

7.

INFORMATION AS TO THE OBLIGORS

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1.

Financial and Business Information

 

19

 

7.2.

Other Requirements as to Financial Statements; Officer’s Certificate

 

21

 

7.3.

Access

 

22

 

7.4.

Limitation on Disclosure Obligation

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

8.

PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.1.

Maturity

 

23

 

8.2.

Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount

 

23

 

8.3.

Allocation of Partial Prepayments

 

23

 

8.4.

Maturity; Surrender, etc.

 

24

 

8.5.

Purchase of Notes

 

24

 

8.6.

Make-Whole Amount

 

24

 

8.7.

Disposal and Insurance Prepayments

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

9.

COVENANTS

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.

Financial Covenants

 

28

 

9.2.

Authorizations

 

29

 

9.3.

Compliance with Laws

 

29

 

9.4.

Environmental Compliance

 

29

 

9.5.

Environmental Claims

 

30

 

9.6.

Taxation

 

30

 

9.7.

Merger

 

30

 

9.8.

Change of Business

 

30

 

9.9.

Acquisitions

 

30

 

9.10.

Joint Ventures

 

31

 

9.11.

Preservation of Assets

 

31

 

9.12.

Pari Passu Ranking

 

31

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.13.

Negative Pledge

 

32

 

9.14.

Disposals

 

32

 

9.15.

Arm’s Length Basis

 

33

 

9.16.

Loans or Credit

 

33

 

9.17.

No Guarantees or Indemnities

 

33

 

9.18.

Dividends and Share Redemption

 

33

 

9.19.

[Reserved]

 

34

 

9.20.

Financial Indebtedness

 

34

 

9.21.

Share Capital

 

34

 

9.22.

Insurance

 

34

 

9.23.

Reserved

 

34

 

9.24.

Intellectual Property

 

34

 

9.25.

Transaction Documents

 

35

 

9.26.

Financial Assistance

 

36

 

9.27.

Reserved

 

36

 

9.28.

Treasury Transactions

 

36

 

9.29.

Auditors

 

37

 

9.30.

Further Assurance

 

37

 

9.31.

Guarantors; Security

 

37

 

9.32.

Anti-Terrorism Laws

 

39

 

9.33.

ERISA

 

40

 

9.34.

Margin Regulation

 

41

 

9.35.

U.S. Regulation

 

41

 

9.36.

Favored Lender Status

 

41

 

9.37.

Year-end

 

42

 

9.38.

Replacement Agent for Service of Process

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

10.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

11.

REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.1.

Acceleration

 

47

 

11.2.

Other Remedies

 

48

 

11.3.

Rescission

 

48

 

11.4.

No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, etc.

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

12.

TAX INDEMNIFICATION

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

13.

GUARANTEE AND OTHER RIGHTS AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.1.

Guarantee

 

52

 

13.2.

Obligations Absolute

 

53

 

13.3.

Waiver

 

54

 

13.4.

Obligations Unimpaired

 

55

 

13.5.

Subrogation and Subordination

 

55

 

13.6.

Reinstatement of Guarantee

 

56

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.7.

Term of Guarantee

 

57

 

13.8.

Information Regarding the Issuer

 

57

 

13.9.

Further Assurances

 

57

 

13.10.

English Guarantor Confirmation

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

14.

REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.1.

Registration of Notes

 

58

 

14.2.

Transfer and Exchange of Notes

 

58

 

14.3.

Replacement of Notes

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

15.

PAYMENTS ON NOTES

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.1.

Place of Payment

 

59

 

15.2.

Home Office Payment

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

16.

EXPENSES, ETC.

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.1.

Transaction Expenses

 

60

 

16.2.

Certain Taxes

 

60

 

16.3.

Survival

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

17.

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

18.

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.1.

Requirements

 

61

 

18.2.

Solicitation of Holders of Notes

 

61

 

18.3.

Binding Effect, etc.

 

62

 

18.4.

Notes Held by Obligors, etc.

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

19.

NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

20.

REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

21.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

22.

SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

23.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1.

Successors and Assigns

 

65

 

23.2.

Payments Due on Non-Business Days

 

65

 

23.3.

Accounting Terms; IAS 39

 

65

 

23.4.

Severability

 

67

 

23.5.

Construction, etc.

 

67

 

23.6.

Counterparts

 

67

 

23.7.

Governing Law

 

67

 

23.8.

Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

 

68

 

23.9.

Obligation to Make Payment in U.S. Dollars

 

69

 

23.10.

Tax Forms

 

69

 

iv



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.11.

Transaction References

 

70

 

v



 

 

Schedule A

Information Relating to Purchasers

 

 

 

Schedule B

Defined Terms

 

 

 

Schedule C

Original Subsidiary Guarantors

 

 

 

Exhibit 1(a)

Form of Series A Senior Note due June 15, 2018

 

 

 

Exhibit 1(b)

Form of Series B Senior Note due June 29, 2023

 

 

 

Exhibit 1(c)

Form of Series C Senior Note due June 29, 2026

 

 

 

Exhibit 1(d)(i)

Form of English Guarantee Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit 1(d)(ii)

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4(a)(i) 

Form of Opinion of U.S. Special Counsel for the Obligors

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4(a)(ii) 

Form of Opinion of English Special Counsel for the Obligors

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4(b)(i)

Form of Opinion of U.S. Special Counsel for the Purchasers

 

 

 

Exhibit 7.2

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

 

 

Schedule 5.23

Group Structure Chart

 

vi


 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Anchorage Gateway

5 Anchorage Quay

Salford, M50 3XE

United Kingdom

 

Series A Notes due June 15, 2018

 

Series B Notes due June 29, 2023

 

Series C Notes due June 29, 2026

 

June 29, 2016

 

To Each of the Purchasers Listed in

Schedule A Hereto:

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Each of BA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ” or any successor that becomes such in the manner prescribed in Section 9.7), Luxfer Holdings PLC (Registered No. 3690830), a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), and each of the parties listed in Schedule C (each an “ Original Subsidiary Guarantor ” and collectively the “ Original Subsidiary Guarantors ”), agrees with each of the purchasers whose names appear at the end hereof (each a “ Purchaser ” and collectively the “ Purchasers ”) as follows:

 

1.                                       BACKGROUND; AMENDMENTS AND RESTATEMENTS AND AUTHORIZATION OF NEW NOTES; GUARANTEES.

 

1.1.                             Background.

 

The Issuer is currently a party to and the issuer of notes pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2011 (as previously amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect on the date hereof, the “ Original Agreement ”), between the Issuer, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Purchasers identified therein.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Original Agreement, the Issuer has, among other things, issued and sold to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers have purchased from the Issuer, Senior Notes in the aggregate original principal amount of US$65,000,000 (the “ Original Notes ”) due June 15, 2018.

 

The Issuer and the Purchasers have agreed, subject to the terms and condition contained herein, to enter into this Agreement to, among other things, (i) provide for the issuance of the

 



 

Series B Notes and the Series C Notes in exchange for a portion of the Original Notes and (ii) amend and restate the terms of the Original Agreement and the Original Notes.

 

Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B attached hereto; references to a Section are, unless otherwise specified, to one of the Sections of this Agreement and references to an “Exhibit” or “Schedule” are, unless otherwise specified, to one of the exhibits or schedules attached to this Agreement.

 

1.2.                             Amendment and Restatements.

 

(a)                                  Amendment and Restatement of Certain Agreements.  Effective upon the Closing Date, this Agreement shall, and hereby does, amend, restate and replace in its entirety the Original Agreement (including the Unconditional Guarantee) which, as so amended and restated by this Agreement, continues in full force and effect without rescission or novation thereof, and each of the Obligors hereby ratifies and affirms its obligations under the Original Agreement (as amended and restated by this Agreement).  The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that the amendments to the Original Agreement set forth herein could have been effected through an agreement or instrument amending such agreement, and for convenience, the parties hereto have agreed to restate the terms and provisions of the Original Agreement, as amended hereby, pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Amendment and Restatement of Certain Notes.  Effective upon the Closing Date and immediately after the issuance of the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes, the Original Notes outstanding on the Closing Date are hereby and shall be deemed to be, automatically and without any further action, amended and restated in their entirety in the form of Exhibit 1(a)  (as so amended and restated, and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Series A Notes ”); except that the date, registration number and principal amount set forth in each Original Note shall remain the same; provided , however , that at the request of any holder of Notes, the Issuer shall execute and deliver a new Series A Note or Series A Notes in the form of such Exhibit 1(a)  in exchange for its Original Note, registered in the name of such holder of Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of the Series A Notes owing to such holder of Notes in accordance with Section 2 and Section 12.2.

 

1.3.                             Authorization of Notes.

 

(a)                                  Authorization of Series B Notes.   The Issuer has authorized the issue and sale of its Series B Notes (the “ Series B Notes ”) in the aggregate principal amount of US$25,000,000 to be dated the date of issue thereof, to mature June 29, 2023 to bear interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof until the principal thereof shall have become due and payable (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at the initial rate of 4.88% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided therein) and on overdue payment at the rate specified therein, and to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(b)  attached hereto.  The terms “ Series B Note ” and “ Series B Notes ” as used herein shall include each Series B Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and

 

2



 

each Series B Note delivered in substitution or exchange for any such Series B Note pursuant to any such provision.

 

(b)                                  Authorization of Series C Notes. The Issuer has authorized the issue and sale of its Series C Notes (the “ Series C Notes ” and together with the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes, the “ Notes ”) in the aggregate principal amount of US$25,000,000 to be dated the date of issue thereof, to mature June 29, 2026 to bear interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof until the principal thereof shall have become due and payable (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at the initial rate of 4.94% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided therein) and on overdue payment at the rate specified therein, and to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(c)   attached hereto.  The terms “ Series C Note ” and “ Series C Notes ” as used herein shall include each Series C Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and each Series C Note delivered in substitution or exchange for any such Series C Note pursuant to any such provision.

 

1.4.                             Guarantees.

 

The payment by the Issuer of all amounts due with respect to the Notes shall be absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed by (i) each of the Original Subsidiary Guarantors that is a U.S. Guarantor pursuant to the Unconditional Guarantee contained in Section 13, (ii) each of the Original Subsidiary Guarantors that is an English Guarantor pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit 1(d)(i) (the “ English Guarantee Agreement ”) entered into in connection with the Original Notes, and (iii) each Subsidiary (each an “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”) which, after the date of this Agreement, becomes a party hereto pursuant to a Joinder Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit 1(d)(ii) (each a “ Joinder Agreement ”) and guarantees the Notes pursuant to such Joinder Agreement, an English Guarantee Agreement or a guarantee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders, but shall exclude at such time any Subsidiary theretofore released from its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.31.

 

1.5.                             Reduction in Shelf Facility.

 

The Parent Guarantor hereby agrees for the benefit of PGIM, Inc. that, notwithstanding to the contrary in the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated September 8, 2014 (as amended, the “ 2014 Shelf Facility ”), the Available Facility Amount (as defined in the 2014 Shelf Facility) is reduced by US$50,000,000, being the aggregate principal amount of the Series B Notes and Series C Notes on the Closing Date.

 

2.                                       PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES.

 

The Issuer hereby agrees to sell to each Series B Purchaser and Series C Purchaser and, subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Series B Purchaser and each Series C Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase from the Issuer the principal amount of Series B Notes and Series C Notes, respectively, set forth below such Purchaser’s name on the Purchaser Schedule attached hereto as Schedule A (the “ Purchaser Schedule ”) at the purchase price of 100% of such principal amount in exchange for Series A Notes as provided herein.  On 29 June 2016 (herein called the “ Closing Date ”), the Issuer will deliver to each of the Series B Purchasers and

 

3



 

the Series C Purchasers at the offices of Morgan Lewis & Bockius UK, LLP one or more Series B Notes or Series C Notes, as applicable, registered in its or its nominee’s name (as specified in the Purchaser Schedule), evidencing the aggregate principal amount of Series B Notes or Series C Notes, as applicable, to be purchased by such Purchaser and in the denomination or denominations specified with respect to such Purchaser in the Purchaser Schedule, against payment of the purchase price thereof by delivery of Series A Notes evidencing an aggregate outstanding principal amount identical to the aggregate principal amount of Series B Notes or Series C Notes, as applicable, to be purchased by such Purchaser, as more particularly set forth on the Purchaser Schedule (such Series A Notes in an aggregate principal amount of US$50,000,000 which are exchanged for Series B Notes and Series C Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”).  Upon delivery of such Exchange Notes to the Issuer in satisfaction of the purchase price of the Series B Notes and Series C Notes, such Exchange Notes shall be deemed redeemed and cancelled in full and all obligations thereunder shall be deemed satisfied in full.

 

3.                                       [RESERVED]

 

4.                                       CONDITIONS OF CLOSING.

 

The obligation of (a) any Series B Purchaser to purchase and pay for any Series B Notes (b) any Series C Purchaser to purchase and pay for any Series C Notes and (c) for the Purchasers to agree to the amendments and restatements provided in Section 1.2 is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions:

 

4.1.                             Representations and Warranties .

 

The Major Representations shall be correct when made at the date of this Agreement and at the Closing Date.

 

4.2.                             Performance; No Major Default .

 

Each Obligor shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes (and the exchange and cancellation of US$50,000,000 of the Series A Notes) no Major Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

4.3.                             Compliance Certificates .

 

(a)                                  Officer’s Certificates .  Each of the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the Closing Date, in Agreed Form, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 have been fulfilled.

 

(b)                                  Secretary’s or Director’s Certificates .  Each of the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or a director or other appropriate person, dated the Closing Date, certifying (A) as to the resolutions of the board of directors and shareholders of such person attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization,

 

4



 

execution and delivery of the Note Documents to which it is a party, (B) constitutive documents of such person, and (C) to the incumbency and specimen signature of each person authorized by the resolutions referred to in clause (A) above to execute the Note Documents, all in Agreed Form.

 

4.4.                             Opinions of Counsel .

 

Such Purchaser shall have received opinions, dated the Closing Date (a) from Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, U.S. and English counsel for the Obligors, in the respective forms set forth in Exhibits 4.4(a)(i) and 4.4(a)(ii) , in each case without any changes from such forms attached hereto unless such changes have been approved by the Purchasers (and the Obligors hereby instruct their counsel to deliver such opinions to the Purchasers) and (b) from Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, the Purchasers’ U.S. special counsel, respectively, in connection with such transactions, substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibits 4.4(b) , or with such changes approved by the Purchasers.

 

4.5.                             Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc .

 

On the Closing Date such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof.  If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

 

4.6.                             Sale of Other Notes .

 

Contemporaneously with the Closing the Issuer shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes to be purchased by it at the Closing as specified in the Purchaser Schedule and each Purchaser shall deliver to the Issuer Exchange Notes in satisfaction of the purchase price payable for the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes.

 

4.7.                             Payment of Special Counsel Fees .

 

Without limiting the provisions of Section 17.1, the Issuer shall have paid on or before the Closing the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section 4.4(b) to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Issuer at least one Business Day prior to the Closing.

 

5



 

4.8.                             Private Placement Number .

 

A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for each of the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes.

 

4.9.                             Cross Receipt.

 

Such Purchaser shall have received a cross receipt with respect to the Purchasers’ receipt of the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes and the Issuer’s receipt of payment in full for the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes by delivery to the Issuer of Series A Notes equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes, which shall be executed by the Issuer and shall be in Agreed Form.

 

5.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OBLIGORS.

 

Each Obligor jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Purchaser that, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date:

 

5.1.                             Status .

 

(a)                                  It and each of its Subsidiaries is a limited liability corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation and, where legally applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

5.2.                             Binding Obligations .

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Note Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

5.3.                             Non-conflict with Other Obligations .

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Note Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a)                                  any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b)                                  the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

(c)                                   any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument unless such conflict,

 

6



 

default or termination event would not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.4.                             Power and Authority .

 

(a)                                  It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorize its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Note Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by such Note Documents.

 

(b)                                  No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of Security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Note Documents to which it is a party.

 

5.5.                             Validity and Admissibility in Evidence .

 

(a)                                  All Authorizations required:

 

(i)                                      to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Note Documents to which it is a party including, without limitation, any Authorizations required in connection with the obtaining of U.S. Dollars to make payments under this Agreement or the Notes and the payment of such U.S. Dollars to Persons resident in the United States of America; and

 

(ii)                                   to make the Note Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except any Authorization referred to in Section 5.8 ( No Filing or Stamp Taxes ).

 

(b)                                  All Authorizations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of the members of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those Authorizations has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.6.                             Governing Law and Enforcement .

 

(a)                                  The choice of governing law of the Note Documents will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)                                  Any judgment obtained in relation to a Note Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Note Document will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

5.7.                             Insolvency .

 

(a)                                  No:

 

7



 

(i)                                      corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Section 10(g)(i); or

 

(ii)                                   creditors’ process described in Section 10(h),

 

has been taken or, so far as it is aware, threatened in relation to an Obligor or a Material Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                  No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Section 10(g)(ii) has been taken or, so far as it is aware, threatened in relation to the Issuer or any other Obligor or Material Subsidiary incorporated in the United States of America.

 

(c)                                   None of the circumstances described in Section 10(f) applies to an Obligor or a Material Subsidiary.

 

5.8.                             No Filing or Stamp Taxes .

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that the Note Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Note Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents except for those registrations specifically set out in any legal opinion delivered to the Purchasers pursuant to Section 4.4.

 

5.9.                             Deduction of Tax .

 

No liability for any Tax, directly or indirectly, imposed, assessed, levied or collected by or for the account of any Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom or any political subdivision thereof will be incurred by any Obligor or any holder of a Note as a result of the execution or delivery of any Note Document and no deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes imposed by or for the account of the United Kingdom or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, any other Taxing Jurisdiction, is required to be made from any payment by any Obligor under any Note Document to any Purchaser except for any such liability, withholding or deduction imposed, assessed, levied or collected by or for the account of any such Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom arising out of circumstances described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of Section 12.

 

5.10.                      No Default .

 

(a)                                  No Default or Event of Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the issuance of the Notes or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Note Document.

 

(b)                                  No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or

 

8



 

any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.11.                      No Misleading Information .

 

(a)                                  All factual information contained in the Note Documents and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Obligors in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the Specified Financial Statements (the Note Documents, such documents, certificates or other writings and the Specified Financial Statements delivered to each Purchaser prior to the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby being referred to, collectively, as the “ Disclosure Documents ”) was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the information or (as the case may be) as at the date the information is expressed to be given

 

(b)                                  Any financial projection or forecast contained in the Disclosure Documents has been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions and was fair (as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the projection or forecast) and arrived at after careful consideration (it being acknowledged by the Purchasers that financial projections or forecasts are subject to uncertainties and contingencies and no representation or warranty is given that such financial projections or forecasts will be realized).

 

(c)                                   The expressions of opinion or intention provided by or on behalf of an Obligor for the purposes of the Disclosure Documents were made after careful consideration and (as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the expression of opinion or intention) were fair and based on reasonable grounds.

 

(d)                                  No event or circumstance has occurred or arisen and no information has been omitted from the Disclosure Documents and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information, opinions, intentions, forecasts or projections contained in the Disclosure Documents being untrue or misleading in any material respect as of the date they were provided.

 

(e)                                   All material information provided to a Purchaser by or on behalf of the Group on or before the Closing Date and not superseded before that date (whether or not contained in the Disclosure Documents) is accurate and not misleading in any material respect and all projections provided to any Purchaser on or before the Closing Date have been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable at the time at which they were prepared and supplied.

 

(f)                                    All other written information provided by any Obligor to a Purchaser on or before the Closing Date in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

9



 

5.12.                      Financial Statements .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer has delivered to each Purchaser the following financial statements identified by a principal financial officer of the Parent Guarantor (collectively, the “ Specified Financial Statements ”): (i) (x) the Parent Guarantor’s audited consolidated profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and cashflow statements and (y) the consolidated profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and cashflow statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each other Obligor (audited where required under the Relevant Jurisdiction), in each case for each of the Financial Years ended 31 December 2013, 31 December 2014, and 31 December 2015, and (ii) the consolidated unaudited management financial statements for each complete calendar month since 31 December 2015 (other than months not completed 45 days prior to the Closing Date).

 

(b)                                  Its Specified Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.

 

(c)                                   Its unaudited Specified Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and results of operations for the relevant period in accordance with the basis of preparation and Accounting Principles unless expressly disclosed to the Purchasers in writing to the contrary prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Its audited Specified Financial Statements give a true and fair view of its financial condition and results of operations during the relevant Financial Year.

 

(e)                                   There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Parent Guarantor) since December 31, [2015].

 

(f)                                    The Specified Financial Statements of the Parent Guarantor do not consolidate the results, assets or liabilities of any Person or business which does not form part of the Group (other than in respect of any joint venture) as at the Closing Date.

 

5.13.                      No Proceedings Pending or Threatened .

 

(a)                                  No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to result in liabilities to it or any of its Subsidiaries (whether actual or contingent) which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (so far as it is aware) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  No labor disputes are current or, so far as it is aware, threatened against any member of the Group which have or are reasonably likely to result in liabilities to it or any of its Subsidiaries which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10


 

5.14.                      No Breach of Laws .

 

It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.15.                      Environmental Laws .

 

(a)                                  It and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with Section 9.4 and, so far as it is aware, no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  No Environmental Claim has been commenced or, so far as it is aware, is threatened against any member of the Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Group, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   The cost to the Group of compliance with Environmental Laws (including Environmental Permits) is, so far as it is aware, adequately provided for in the most recent audited Specified Financial Statements of the Parent Guarantor.

 

5.16.                      Taxation .

 

(a)                                  It is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b)                                  No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any of its Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any member of the Group which would have or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   It is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

5.17.                      Security and Financial Indebtedness .

 

(a)                                  No Security or Quasi-Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Group other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  No member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

5.18.                      Ranking .

 

Any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a holder against any Obligor under the Note Documents will rank at least pari passu with the claims of all of such Obligor’s other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

11



 

5.19.                      Good Title to Assets .

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licenses of, and all appropriate Authorizations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

5.20.                      Shares .

 

There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue, allotment or transfer of, or grant any Person the right to call for the issue, allotment or transfer of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Group (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion) other than pursuant to the Share Option Documents.

 

5.21.                      Intellectual Property .

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries:

 

(a)                                  is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted and as it is contemplated, to be conducted, and where the Intellectual Property is licensed to it, that license has not been breached in any material respect or terminated by any party;

 

(b)                                  does not, in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party in any respect which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(c)                                   has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain any Intellectual Property owned by it which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted and as it is contemplated to be conducted.

 

5.22.                      Group Structure Chart .

 

(a)                                  The group structure chart contained in Schedule 5.23 (the “ Group Structure Chart ”) is true, complete and accurate in all material respects and shows, as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, each member of the Group, including current name and company registration number, and its jurisdiction of incorporation and/or establishment.

 

(b)                                  No Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any legal, regulatory, contractual or other restriction (other than this Agreement, the Bank Facilities Agreement and the 2014 Note Purchase Agreement and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Parent Guarantor, the Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.

 

12



 

5.23.                      Obligors .

 

(a)                                  Each Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor incorporated in the United Kingdom (other than a Dormant Subsidiary, LGL 1996 Limited and Biggleswick Limited, Lumina Trustees Limited) and each Material Company (other than the French Subsidiary and the Czech Subsidiary) incorporated in any other jurisdiction is an Obligor on the Closing Date.[ TBC ]

 

(b)                                  The aggregate:

 

(i)                                      earnings before interest, tax and amortization (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) of the Obligors on the Closing Date (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all unrealized intra-Group profits of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of EBITA of the Group; and

 

(ii)                                   gross assets of the Obligors on the Closing Date (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of the consolidated gross assets of the Group.

 

5.24.                      Accounting Reference Date .

 

The Accounting Reference Date of each member of the Group is December 31.

 

5.25.                      Centre of Main Interests and Establishments .

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (Regulation), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation and it has no establishment (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

5.26.                      Dormant Companies .

 

As at the Closing Date, there are no Dormant Subsidiaries other than:

 

(a)                                  BAL 1996 Limited; and

 

(b)                                  Mel Chemicals China Limited.

 

5.27.                      Reserved.

 

5.28.                      No Adverse Consequences .

 

(a)                                  It is not necessary under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions:

 

(i)                                      in order to enable any holder to enforce its rights under any Note Document; or

 

13



 

(ii)                                   by reason of the execution of any Note Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Note Document,

 

that any Purchaser or other holder should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)                                  No Purchaser or other holder is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its Relevant Jurisdictions by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Note Document.

 

5.29.                      U.S. Regulations .

 

(a)                                  Employee Benefit Plans

 

(i)                                      No Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred at any time within the last six years or could be reasonably expected to incur any liability to, or on account of, a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a violation of section 515 of ERISA or pursuant to section 4201, 4204 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

 

(ii)                                   Each Employee Plan complies in form and operation in all material respects with ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and all other applicable laws and regulations.

 

(iii)                                The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Employee Plans (other than any Multiemployer Plan), determined as of the end of such plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial methods and assumptions specified for funding purposes in such plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by more than US$9,000,000 (or its equivalent) in the case of any single Employee Plan and by more than US$10,500,000 (or its equivalent) in the aggregate for all Employee Plans.  The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

 

(iv)                               There is (to the best of each Obligor’s and ERISA Affiliate’s knowledge and belief) no litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding or claim pending or threatened against or with respect to any Employee Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) which has or, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v)                                  Within the last six years each Obligor and each ERISA Affiliate has made all material contributions to each Employee Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed by law, the terms of that Plan and any contract or agreement requiring contributions to that Plan.

 

14



 

(vi)                               No Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has ceased operations at a facility so as to be subject to the provisions of section 4062(e) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to be subject to the provisions of section 4063 of ERISA, or ceased making contributions to any Employee Plan subject to section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions.

 

(vii)                            No Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material liability to the PBGC, which remains outstanding or could reasonably be expected to incur any material liability to the PBGC.

 

(viii)                         No ERISA Event has occurred or, as at the date of this Agreement, is reasonably likely to occur that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ix)                               The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Note Documents and the issuance and sale of the Notes will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The representation by the Obligors to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.30(a)(x) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

 

(b)                                  Margin Regulations

 

No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Issuer in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220).  Margin stock does not constitute more than 25% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Group and none of the Obligors has any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 25% of the value of such assets.  As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

 

(c)                                   Other U.S. Regulation

 

No Obligor or any Affiliate of an Obligor is:

 

(i)                                      a public utility within the meaning of, or subject to regulation under, the United States Federal Power Act of 1920,

 

(ii)                                   an investment company or a company controlled by an investment company within the meaning of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940,

 

15



 

(iii)                                subject to regulation under the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or

 

(iv)                               subject to regulation under any United States federal or state law or regulation that limits its ability to incur or guarantee indebtedness.

 

(d)                                  Foreign Assets Control Regulations, etc.

 

No Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates or Holding Companies, or to its knowledge any of their respective brokers or other agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Notes or any other Note Document:

 

(i)                                      is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law,

 

(ii)                                   is in violation of the OFAC Sanctions Regulations,

 

(iii)                                is a Designated Person, or

 

(iv)                               is a department, agency or instrumentality of, or is otherwise controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any Designated Person, any Person that is otherwise a sanctions target of the U.S. government, or any government of a country subject to the OFAC Sanctions Regulations (each Designated Person and each other Person described in this clause (v) is a “ Blocked Person ”).

 

5.30.                      Sanctions .

 

The Parent Guarantor represents that neither the Parent Guarantor nor any member of the Group (collectively for the purpose of this clause only, the “ Company ”) or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company is a Person currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by OFAC, the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions.  The Company represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the transaction, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan or in any other country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, would result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

5.31.                      Private Offering .

 

None of the Obligors nor anyone acting on their behalf has offered the Notes, the Unconditional Guarantee or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers, each of which has been offered the Notes and the Unconditional Guarantee

 

16



 

at a private sale for investment.  Subject to the Purchasers’ representations and warranties in Section 6, none of the Obligors nor anyone acting on their behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes or the Unconditional Guarantee to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

6.                                       REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.

 

6.1.                             Purchase for Investment .

 

Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes purchased by it hereunder for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control.  Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state or other securities law, that the Notes are being issued by the Issuer in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and that the Notes may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Issuer is not required to register the Notes.  Each Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated by the Securities Act.  Each Purchaser represents that (a) it is a sophisticated institutional investor and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Notes, (b) it has been furnished with or has had access to the information it has requested from the Issuer and its Affiliates and has had an opportunity to discuss with the management of the Issuer and its Affiliates the business and financial affairs of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and (c) it must bear the economic risk of its investment in the Notes for an indefinite period of time because the Notes will not be registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

 

6.2.                             Source of Funds.

 

Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “ Source ”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by it hereunder:

 

(a)                                  the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption ( “PTE” ) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the NAIC (the “NAIC Annual Statement” )) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and

 

17



 

liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

 

(b)                                  the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

 

(c)                                   the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Parent Guarantor in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

 

(d)                                  the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14 (the “QPAM Exemption” )) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Parent Guarantor that would cause the QPAM and the Parent Guarantor to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Parent Guarantor in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

 

(e)                                   the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the “INHAM Exemption” )) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of “control” in Part IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Parent Guarantor and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the

 

18



 

employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Parent Guarantor in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

 

(f)                                    the Source is a governmental plan; or

 

(g)                                   the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Parent Guarantor in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

 

(h)                                  the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

 

As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

7.                                       INFORMATION AS TO THE OBLIGORS.

 

7.1.                             Financial and Business Information .

 

The Parent Guarantor shall deliver to each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor (and for purposes of this Agreement the information required by this Section 7.1 shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such information in the English language or the date of delivery of an English translation thereof):

 

(a)                                  Monthly Statements — promptly after the same are available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each calendar month, a duplicate copy of the Parent Guarantor’s management financial statements on a consolidated basis for that calendar month and for the Financial Year to date, which statements shall be substantially in the form of the monthly management accounts supplied by the Parent Guarantor to the Purchasers pursuant to Section 4.3(b);

 

(b)                                  Annual Statements — promptly after the same are available and in any event within 180 days after the end of each Financial Year, a duplicate copy of

 

(i)                                      its audited consolidated profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and cashflow statements for that Financial Year, and

 

(ii)                                   the consolidated profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and cashflow statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each other Obligor (audited where required under the Relevant Jurisdiction) for that Financial Year,

 

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Financial Year, all in reasonable detail, prepared by the Group’s Auditors in accordance with Accounting Principles, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Group’s Auditors, which opinion shall state that such financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash

 

19



 

flows and have been prepared in conformity with Accounting Principles, and that the examination of the Group’s Auditors in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances;

 

(c)                                   SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, circular, notice or proxy statement or similar document sent by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary to its principal lending banks as a whole (excluding information sent to such banks in the ordinary course of administration of a bank facility, such as information relating to pricing and borrowing availability) or to its public securities holders generally, and (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such holder), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar Governmental Authority or securities exchange and of all press releases and other statements made available generally by the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary to the public concerning developments that are Material;

 

(d)                                  Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Obligors are taking or propose to take with respect thereto;

 

(e)                                   ERISA

 

(i)                                      promptly upon a request by any holder, deliver to such holder copies of the Annual Report (IRS form 5500 Series) together with all schedules and documentation reasonably requested by such holder with respect to each Employee Plan; and

 

(ii)                                   within twenty-one Business Days after it or any ERISA Affiliate becomes aware that any ERISA Event has occurred or, in the case of any ERISA Event which requires advance notice under section 4043(b) of ERISA, will occur, deliver to the holders a statement signed by a director, member or officer of the Parent Guarantor or ERISA Affiliate describing that ERISA Event and the action, if any, taken or proposed to be taken with respect to that ERISA Event;

 

(f)                                    Budget — as soon as it becomes available but in any event before the start of each Financial Year, an annual Budget for that Financial Year, which Budget shall be in a form acceptable to the Required Holders and shall:

 

(i)                                      include a projected consolidated profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow statement for each principal division of the Group; and

 

(ii)                                   include projected financial covenant calculations for such Financial Year;

 

20



 

(iii)                                be prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b); and

 

(iv)                               have been approved by the board of directors of the Parent Guarantor;

 

(g)                                   Litigation — promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which, if adversely determined, would involve a liability, or a potential or alleged liability, exceeding US$1,650,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

(h)                                  Parent Guarantor — promptly upon the reasonable request of any holder, information regarding any changes to the main board or the executive board of the Parent Guarantor and an up to date copy of its register of members (or equivalent in its jurisdiction of incorporation) (provided that the Parent Guarantor shall not be required to provide a copy of its register of members to any one holder more frequently than twice in any Financial Year unless such holder requires the register of members for know your customer requirements and/or if such holder suspects that there has been a Change of Control); and

 

(i)                                      Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Parent Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Obligors to perform their obligations under any Note Document or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of Notes, including information readily available to the Obligors explaining the Parent Guarantor’s financial statements if such information has been requested by the SVO in order to assign or maintain a designation of the Notes.

 

7.2.                             Other Requirements as to Financial Statements; Officer’s Certificate .

 

(a)                                  Each set of Annual Financial Statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by any letter addressed to the management of the relevant company (to the extent the Parent Guarantor receives such a letter) by the auditors accompanying those Annual Financial Statements.

 

(b)                                  Each set of Monthly Financial Statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) shall be accompanied by a commentary from a Senior Financial Officer of the Parent Guarantor comparing actual performance for the period to which such Monthly Financial Statements relate to (i) the projected performance for that period set out in the Budget and (ii) the actual performance for the corresponding period in the preceding Financial Year.

 

(c)                                   Each set of Quarterly Financial Statements and each set of Annual Financial Statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a Compliance Certificate.

 

21


 

7.3.                             Access .

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that each member of the Group shall) permit the representatives of each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:

 

(a)                                  No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Parent Guarantor, to visit the principal executive office of any member of the Group, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Group with such Group member’s officers, and (with the consent of such member, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Group, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and

 

(b)                                  Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Issuer to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Group, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss the Group members’ respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Obligors authorize said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Group), all at such times and as often as may be requested.

 

7.4.                             Limitation on Disclosure Obligation .

 

The Obligors shall not be required to disclose the following information pursuant to Section 7.1(d), 7.1(i) or 7.3:

 

(a)                                  information that the applicable Obligor determines after consultation with counsel qualified to advise on such matters that, notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of Section 21, it would be prohibited from disclosing by applicable law or regulations without making public disclosure thereof; or

 

(b)                                  information that, notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of Section 21, the applicable Obligor is prohibited from disclosing by the terms of an obligation of confidentiality contained in any agreement with any non-Affiliate binding upon such Obligor and not entered into in contemplation of this clause (b), provided that such Obligor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent from the party in whose favor the obligation of confidentiality was made to permit the disclosure of the relevant information and provided further that the applicable Obligor has received a written opinion of counsel confirming that disclosure of such information without consent from such other contractual party would constitute a breach of such agreement.

 

Promptly after a request therefor from any holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor, the Obligors will provide such holder with a written opinion of counsel (which may be addressed to the applicable Obligor) relied upon as to any requested information that the applicable Obligor is prohibited from disclosing to such holder under circumstances described in this Section 7.4.

 

22



 

8.                                       PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES.

 

8.1.                             Maturity .

 

As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of each Series of Notes shall be due and payable on the stated maturity date thereof.

 

8.2.                             Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount .

 

The Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes (or the Series A Notes only), in an amount not less than US$1,000,000 (and in integrals of US$500,000) in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount.  The Issuer will give each holder of Notes (or each holder of the Series A Notes only, as applicable) written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 10 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each relevant Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Issuer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation.  Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Issuer shall deliver to each holder of Notes (or to each holder of Series A Notes, as applicable) a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Issuer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.  Prior to the date that is three Business Days before the prepayment date specified in a prepayment notice delivered pursuant to this Section 8.2, by written notice to each holder of Notes (or to each holder of Series A Notes, as applicable), the Issuer may revoke such notice of prepayment or postpone the prepayment date specified therein to a later date specified in such written notice; provided , however, the Issuer may revoke a notice of prepayment or postpone the prepayment date specified therein only in the event that the Issuer has notified the holders of Notes (or the holder of Series A Notes only, as applicable) that it intends to make such prepayment using the proceeds of the incurrence of Financial Indebtedness under a financing facility that is not currently in effect and such refinancing fails to close or, in the case of a postponement of the prepayment date only, the closing of such refinancing is postponed to a date falling after the prepayment date specified in such notice.

 

8.3.                             Allocation of Partial Prepayments .

 

(a)                                  In the case of each partial prepayment of all the Notes pursuant to Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes at the time outstanding (without regard to series) in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

 

23



 

(b)                                  In the case of a partial prepayment of the Series A Notes pursuant to Section 8.2, the princial amount of the Series A Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Series A Notes at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

 

8.4.                             Maturity; Surrender, etc .

 

In the case of each prepayment of Notes pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any.  From and after such date, unless the Issuer shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue.  Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Issuer and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

 

8.5.                             Purchase of Notes .

 

The Obligors will not and will not permit any of their respective Affiliates to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes.  The Issuer will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by any Obligor or any Affiliate of an Obligor pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

 

8.6.                             Make-Whole Amount .

 

The term “ Make-Whole Amount ” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero.  For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Applicable Percentage ” in the case of a computation of the Make-Whole Amount for any purpose means 0.50% (50 basis points).

 

Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.8 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 11.1, as the context requires.

 

Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the

 

24



 

same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

 

Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the sum of the (x) Applicable Percentage plus (y) the yield to maturity implied by (i) the yields reported as of 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1” (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on the run U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.  In the case of each determination under clause (i) or clause (ii), as the case may be, of the preceding paragraph, such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life.  The Reinvestment Yield shall be rounded to the number of decimal places as appears in the interest rate of the applicable Note.

 

Remaining Average Life ”  means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

 

Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.8 or 11.1.

 

Settlement Date ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.8 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 11.1, as the context requires.

 

25



 

Change of Control Prepayment .

 

(a)                                  Within 15 days following the date upon which a Responsible Officer of any Obligor first has actual knowledge of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall give written notice of such Change of Control (a “ Change of Control Notice ”) to each holder of a Note, which Change of Control Notice shall (i) describe the facts and circumstances of such Change of Control in reasonable detail, (ii) refer to this Section 8.7 and the rights of the holders of Notes hereunder, (iii) contain an offer to prepay on a date, which shall be no more than 60 days and not less than 30 days after the date of such Change of Control Notice, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes held by such holder, together with interest thereon to the prepayment date, if any, with respect to each Note prepaid (showing in such offer the amount of interest which would be paid on such prepayment date together with specific information as to how such estimated amount was calculated), and (iv) request such holder to notify the Issuer in writing by a stated date (a “ Response Date ”), which date is not less than 10 days prior to the prepayment date and not less than 20 days after such holder’s receipt of the Change of Control Notice, of its acceptance or rejection of such prepayment offer.  If a holder does not notify the Issuer on or before the Response Date specified in the Change of Control Notice of such holder’s acceptance of the prepayment offer contained therein, then the holder shall be deemed to have rejected such offer.

 

(b)                                  On the prepayment date specified in the Change of Control Notice, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes held by each holder of a Note who has accepted such prepayment offer, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the prepayment date shall become due and payable.

 

(c)                                   To the extent they may legally do so (including without breaching any confidentiality undertaking) the Obligors will promptly provide any holder of a Note with all information in their possession which such holder may reasonably request in order to enable such holder to evaluate the effect of a Change of Control on such holder’s investment in the Notes.

 

8.7.                             Disposal and Insurance Prepayments

 

(a)                                  Notice and Offer .  In the event that any member of the Group receives any Disposal Proceeds, Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds or any Insurance Proceeds, the Issuer shall give written notice thereof to each holder of Notes.  Such written notice shall contain, and such written notice shall constitute, an irrevocable offer (a “ Disposal Prepayment Offer ”, “ Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer ” or “ Insurance Prepayment Offer ”, respectively) to prepay, at the election of each holder, a portion of the Notes held by such holder equal to such holder’s Ratable Portion of such Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds or such holder’s Permitted Disposal Pro Rata Portion of such Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds, as applicable, on a date specified in such notice (the “ Disposal Prepayment Date ” (in the case of a Disposal Prepayment Offer or a Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer) or “ Insurance Prepayment Date ” (in the case of an Insurance Prepayment Offer)) that is not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days after the date of such notice.  If such prepayment date shall not be specified in such notice, the Disposal Prepayment Date or Insurance Prepayment Date, as applicable, shall be the 45th day after the date of such notice.

 

26



 

(b)                                  Acceptance; Rejection .

 

(i)                                      Disposal Prepayment Offer .  The failure of a holder of a Note to respond to a Disposal Prepayment Offer in writing within 20 days after the date of such written notice thereof from the Issuer shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance of the Disposal Prepayment Offer with respect to such Note.  A holder may reject a Disposal Prepayment Offer with respect to any or all of such holder’s Notes by causing a notice of its rejection to be delivered to the Issuer not later than 20 days after the date of such written notice from the Issuer.

 

(ii)                                   Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer .  The failure of a holder of a Note to respond to a Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer in writing within 20 days after the date of such written notice thereof from the Issuer shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of the Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer with respect to such Note.  A holder may accept a Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer with respect to any or all of such holder’s Notes by causing a notice of its acceptance to be delivered to the Issuer not later than 20 days after the date of such written notice from the Issuer.

 

(iii)                                Insurance Prepayment Offer .  The failure of a holder of a Note to respond to an Insurance Prepayment Offer in writing within 20 days after the date of such written notice thereof from the Issuer shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of the Insurance Prepayment Offer with respect to such Note.  To accept an Insurance Prepayment Offer, a holder shall cause a notice of its acceptance to be delivered to the Issuer not later than 20 days after the date of such written notice from the Issuer.

 

(c)                                   Prepayment .

 

(i)                                      Disposal Prepayment Offer .  Once accepted by a holder of a Note, a prepayment in respect of a Disposal Prepayment Offer (equal to such holder’s Ratable Portion of the relevant Disposal Proceeds) shall be due and payable on the Disposal Prepayment Date.  Such offered prepayment shall be made at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes being so prepaid, plus the Make-Whole Amount determined for the Disposal Prepayment Date with respect to such principal amount, together with interest on such principal amount then being prepaid accrued to the Disposal Prepayment Date.  On the Business Day preceding the Disposal Prepayment Date, the Issuer shall deliver to each holder of Notes being prepaid a statement showing the Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment and setting forth the details of the computation of such amount.  The prepayment shall be made on the Disposal Prepayment Date.

 

(ii)                                   Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer .  Once accepted by a holder of a Note, a prepayment in respect of a Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer (equal to such holder’s Permitted Disposal Pro Rata Portion of the relevant Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds) shall be due and payable on the Disposal Prepayment Date.  Such offered prepayment shall be made at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes being so prepaid, together with interest on such principal amount then being prepaid accrued to the Disposal Prepayment Date.  The prepayment shall be made on the Disposal Prepayment Date.

 

27



 

(iii)                                Insurance Prepayment Offer .  Once accepted by a holder of a Note, a prepayment in respect of an Insurance Prepayment Offer (equal to such holder’s Ratable Portion of the relevant Insurance Proceeds) shall be due and payable on the Insurance Prepayment Date.  Such offered prepayment shall be made at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes being so prepaid, together with interest on such principal amount then being prepaid accrued to the Insurance Prepayment Date.  The prepayment shall be made on the Insurance Prepayment Date.

 

(d)                                  Other Terms .  Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.8 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Parent Guarantor and dated the date of such offer, specifying (i) the Disposal Prepayment Date or Insurance Prepayment Date, as applicable, (ii) the amount of the relevant Disposal Proceeds, Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds, (iii) that such offer is being made pursuant to this Section 8.8, (iv) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid, (v) with respect to a prepayment pursuant to a Disposal Prepayment Offer, the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in respect of each Note in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such certificate were the Disposal Prepayment Date), setting forth the details of such computation, (vi) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Disposal Prepayment Date or Insurance Prepayment Date, as applicable, and (vii) in reasonable detail, the nature of such Disposal or relevant insurance claim and certifying that no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to the prepayment contemplated by such offer.  For the avoidance of doubt, any Disposal giving rise to an Event of Default under any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be permitted, and such Event of Default shall not be deemed to be waived by any holder, by reason of any holder’s acceptance or rejection of a Disposal Prepayment Offer or Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer in respect of such Disposal or any payment in connection therewith.

 

9.                                       COVENANTS.

 

Each Obligor covenants that, at all times on and after the date of this Agreement until no Notes are outstanding:

 

9.1.                             Financial Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Financial Condition .

 

(i)                                      Debt Service Cover .  The Parent Guarantor shall ensure that Debt Service Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 1.25:1.

 

(ii)                                   Interest Cover .  The Parent Guarantor shall ensure that Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 4.0:1.

 

(iii)                                Leverage .  The Parent Guarantor shall ensure that Leverage in respect of any Relevant Period shall not exceed 3.0:1.

 

(iv)                               Capital Expenditure .  The Parent Guarantor shall ensure that the aggregate capital expenditure of the Group in respect of any Financial Year shall not exceed 110% of budgeted capital expenditure for that Financial Year as set out in the Budget for that Financial Year.

 

28



 

(b)                                  Financial testing .

 

(i)                                      The financial covenants set out in Section 9.1(a) shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles and tested by reference to:

 

(b)                                  the Annual Financial Statements; and

 

(c)                                   the Quarterly Financial Statements for the Relevant Period.

 

(i)                                      If in respect of any period there is a discrepancy between the information set out in the Quarterly Financial Statements for such period and that set out in the Annual Financial Statements for such period, the information in the Annual Financial Statements shall prevail.

 

(ii)                                   In respect of any Relevant Period, the exchange rate used to calculate Total Net Debt shall be the Average Exchange Rate for that Relevant Period.

 

9.2.                             Authorizations .

 

Each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Authorization required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

(i)                                      enable it to perform its obligations under the Note Documents;

 

(ii)                                   ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Note Document; and

 

(iii)                                carry on its business where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.3.                             Compliance with Laws .

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.4.                             Environmental Compliance .

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that each member of the Group will):

 

(a)                                  comply with all Environmental Law;

 

(b)                                  obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits; and

 

29



 

(c)                                   implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

 

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.5.                             Environmental Claims .

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that each member of the Group will) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the holders in writing of:

 

(a)                                  any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

(b)                                  any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.6.                             Taxation .

 

Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i)                                                                                      such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii)                                                                                   adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them in accordance with the Accounting Principles; and

 

(iii)                                                                                such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.7.                             Merger .

 

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction without the prior written consent of the Required Holders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

9.8.                             Change of Business .

 

The Parent Guarantor shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Parent Guarantor, the Obligors or the Group taken as a whole from that carried on by the Group at the date of this Agreement.

 

9.9.                             Acquisitions .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

30



 

(i)                                      acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them); or

 

(ii)                                   incorporate a company.

 

(b)                                  Section 9.9(a) does not apply to an acquisition of a company, of shares, securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) or the incorporation of a company which is a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.10.                      Joint Ventures .

 

No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no member of the Group will):

 

(a)                                  enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture; or

 

(b)                                  transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing).

 

Sections 9.10(a) and 9.10(b) above do not apply to any Joint Venture which is a Permitted Joint Venture.

 

9.11.                      Preservation of Assets .

 

Each Obligor shall maintain in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary in the conduct of its business provided that this Section 9.11 shall not prevent the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its assets if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Parent Guarantor (as applicable) has concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.12.                      Pari Passu Ranking .

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times its payment obligations under the Note Documents will rank at least pari passu, without preference or priority, with its payment obligations under the Bank Facilities Agreement and the other Bank Documents and any Permitted Refinancing Agreement and any other Permitted Refinancing Documents.

 

(b)                                  Each Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that each member of the Group will) ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a holder against it under the Note Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

31


 

9.13.                      Negative Pledge .

 

In this Agreement, “ Quasi-Security ” means an arrangement or transaction described in Section 9.13(b).

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

(b)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

(i)                                      sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

(ii)                                   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii)                                enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv)                               enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c)                                   Section 9.13(a) and 9.13(b) do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, which is: (i) Permitted Security; or (ii) which is created or subsists in connection with a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.14.                      Disposals .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no member of the Group will) enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

(b)                                  Section 9.14(a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is:

 

(i)                                      a Permitted Disposal; or

 

(ii)                                   a Permitted Transaction.

 

32



 

9.15.                      Arm’s Length Basis .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure no member of the Group will) enter into any transaction with any Person except on arm’s length terms and for full market value.

 

(b)                                  Section 9.15(a) does not apply to:

 

(i)                                      intra-Group loans permitted under Section 9.16;

 

(ii)                                   fees, costs and expenses payable under the Note Documents or under the Bank Documents in the amounts set out in the Bank Documents delivered to the Purchasers under Section 4 or agreed by the Required Holders;

 

(iii)                                any Permitted Transaction;

 

(iv)                               the sale and/or licensing by Revere Graphics Worldwide of certain Intellectual Property for a nominal amount to a third party as approved by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission;

 

(v)                                  transactions between members of the Group; or

 

(vi)                               Permitted Distributions.

 

9.16.                      Loans or Credit .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no member of the Group will) be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  Section 9.16(a) does not apply to a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.17.                      No Guarantees or Indemnities .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure no member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any Person.

 

(b)                                  Section 9.17(a) does not apply to a Permitted Guarantee or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.18.                      Dividends and Share Redemption .

 

(a)                                  The Parent Guarantor shall not (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no member of the Group will):

 

(i)                                      declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in

 

33



 

cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

 

(ii)                                   repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

 

(iii)                                pay or allow any member of the Group to pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any of the shareholders of the Parent Guarantor; or

 

(iv)                               redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so.

 

(b)                                  Section 9.18(a) does not apply to a Permitted Distribution or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.19.                      [Reserved] .

 

9.20.                      Financial Indebtedness .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  Clause 9.20(a) does not apply to:

 

(i)                                      Permitted Financial Indebtedness; and

 

(ii)                                   a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.21.                      Share Capital .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure no member of the Group will) issue any shares.

 

(b)                                  Section 9.21(a) does not apply to a Permitted Share Issue or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.22.                      Insurance .

 

Each Obligor shall maintain insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.

 

9.23.                      Reserved.

 

9.24.                      Intellectual Property .

 

Each Obligor shall:

 

34



 

(a)                                  preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant Obligor;

 

(b)                                  use reasonable endeavors to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Intellectual Property;

 

(c)                                   make registrations and pay all registration fees and Taxes necessary to maintain the Intellectual Property that the relevant Obligor is required to maintain under Section 9.24(a) above in full force and effect and record its interest in that Intellectual Property;

 

(d)                                  not use or permit the Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of the Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any Obligor to use such property; and

 

(e)                                   not discontinue the use of the Intellectual Property,

 

where failure to do so, in the case of Sections 9.24(a) and 9.24(b) or, in the case of Sections 9.24(d) and 9.24(e), such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.25.                      Transaction Documents .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of a Transaction Document (subject to Section 9.25(b), other than a Bank Document) or any other document delivered to the Purchasers pursuant to Section 4 or enter into any agreement with any shareholders of the Parent Guarantor or any of their Affiliates which is not a member of the Group except in writing:

 

(i)                                      in accordance with the provisions of Section 18.1;

 

(ii)                                   prior to or on the date of Closing, with the prior written consent of the Purchasers;

 

(iii)                                after the date of Closing, in a way which could not be reasonably expected materially and adversely to affect the interests of the holders; or

 

(iv)                               in respect of any Permitted Refinancing Documents, in a way which:

 

(b)                                  could not be reasonably expected materially and adversely to affect the interests of the holders; and

 

(c)                                   would not change the date, amount or method of payment of interest or principal payable under any Permitted Refinancing Agreement.

 

35



 

(b)                                  No Obligor shall amend or waive the terms of a Bank Document if the amendment or waiver is:

 

(i)                                      an amendment or waiver constituting an increase in the principal amount or commitment of the facilities available under the Bank Facilities Agreement on the Second Amendment Date (other than a Permitted Bank Increase);

 

(ii)                                   an amendment or waiver making the due date of payment of any amount under the Bank Documents earlier than as set out in the Bank Documents (as in effect on the Second Amendment Date);

 

(iii)                                an amendment or waiver constituting an increase in, or addition of, any fees or commission other than such an increase or addition which is:

 

(b)                                  contemplated by the Bank Documents (as in effect on the Second Amendment Date); or

 

(c)                                   a Permitted Bank Increase; or

 

(i)                                      an amendment or waiver the effect of which is to make any member of the Group liable to make additional or increased payments not:

 

(d)                                  provided for under the Bank Documents (as in effect on the Second Amendment Date); or

 

(e)                                   a Permitted Bank Increase

 

unless the prior consent of the Required Holders is obtained.

 

(c)                                   The Issuer shall promptly supply to the holders a copy of any document relating to any of the matters referred to in Sections 9.25(a) and Section 9.25(b) above.

 

(d)                                  Each Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply with the material terms of all Transaction Documents to which it is party.

 

9.26.                      Financial Assistance .

 

Any Obligor which is incorporated in any jurisdiction other than England and Wales shall comply with any law or regulation on financial assistance or its equivalent in that jurisdiction.

 

9.27.                      Reserved .

 

9.28.                      Treasury Transactions .

 

No Obligor shall (and the Parent Guarantor will ensure that no member of the Group will) enter into any Treasury Transaction, other than:

 

36



 

(a)                                  any hedging of the interest rate liabilities of the borrowers under the Bank Facilities Agreement;

 

(b)                                  spot and forward delivery foreign exchange contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

 

(c)                                   any Treasury Transaction entered into for the hedging of actual or projected real exposures arising in the ordinary course of trading activities of a member of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

9.29.                      Auditors .

 

The Parent Guarantor shall ensure that the auditors of each member of the Group are Auditors.

 

9.30.                      Further Assurance .

 

The Obligors shall, promptly upon the request of the Required Holders, file or record, as applicable, all termination statements and lien releases and take such other actions as may be necessary to discharge all mortgages, deeds of trust and security interests granted by members of the Group in respect of any other security over assets of any Obligor other than Permitted Security (excluding Permitted Security identified in paragraph (g) of the definition of such term).

 

9.31.                      Guarantors; Security .

 

(a)                                  The Parent Guarantor and the Issuer shall ensure that at all times after the date of this Agreement the aggregate:

 

(i)                                      earnings before interest, tax and amortization (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) of the Obligors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all unrealized intra-Group profits of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of EBITA of the Group; and

 

(ii)                                   gross assets of the Obligors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of the consolidated gross assets of the Group.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Guarantor and the Issuer need only perform their obligations under this Section 9.31(a) if it is not unlawful for the relevant Person to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and that Person becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor would not result in personal liability for that Person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant Person uses, all reasonable endeavors lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.  This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed.  The holders may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in their opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

37



 

(b)                                  The Parent Guarantor and the Issuer shall ensure that each Material Company (other than the Issuer, the French Subsidiary, the Czech Subsidiary and, solely for the six-month period commencing on September 18, 2014, the German Subsidiary) is a Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

(c)                                   The Parent Guarantor and the Issuer shall ensure that each Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) that at any time becomes obligated as a borrower or a guarantor under or with respect to any Principal Lending Facility is a Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

(d)                                  The Parent Guarantor and the Issuer shall, at their sole cost and expense, cause each Subsidiary that, after the date of this Agreement, becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor to concurrently therewith deliver to each of the holders of the Notes the following items:

 

(i)                                      an executed Joinder Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   (A) in the case of any Subsidiary that is incorporated or formed under the laws of England and Wales, an executed English Guarantee Agreement and (B) in the case of any Subsidiary that is incorporated or formed under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America and England and Wales, an executed guarantee agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders;

 

(iii)                                [Reserved];

 

(iv)                               such documents and evidence with respect to such Subsidiary as the Required Holders may reasonably request in order to establish the existence and good standing of such Subsidiary and the authorization of the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents being executed by such Subsidiary;

 

(v)                                  an opinion of counsel to such Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders to the effect that (w) the Note Documents being executed by such Subsidiary have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary, (x) the Note Documents being executed by such Subsidiary constitute the legal, valid and binding contracts and agreements of such Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles), and (y) the execution, delivery and performance by such Subsidiary of the Note Documents being executed by such Subsidiary do not (A) violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to such Subsidiary, or (B) (1) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under or result in the creation or imposition of any Security not permitted by this Agreement or (2) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under the provisions of the constitutive documents of such Subsidiary; and

 

38



 

(vi)                               such Subsidiary’s most recent annual financial statements in the form specified in Section 7.1(b).

 

(e)                                   If at any time, any Subsidiary Guarantor:

 

(i)                                      is not required to be a Guarantor pursuant to Sections 9.31(a) or 9.31(b),

 

(ii)                                   is not a borrower under any Principal Lending Facility and, pursuant to the terms and conditions of each Principal Lending Facility, is discharged and released from any guarantee it shall have granted with respect to each such Principal Lending Facility, and

 

(iii)                                the Parent Guarantor shall have delivered to each holder of Notes an Officer’s Certificate of the Parent Guarantor certifying that (x) the conditions specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above have been satisfied and (y) immediately preceding the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee with respect to the Notes and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default will have existed or would exist,

 

then, upon receipt by the holders of Notes of such Officer’s Certificate, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be discharged and released, automatically and without the need for any further action, from its obligations under its Joinder Agreement, English Guarantee Agreement or other guarantee agreement (if applicable) with respect to the Notes; provided that, if in connection with any release of a Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee with respect to any Principal Lending Facility any fee or other consideration is paid or given to any Person in connection with such release, each holder of a Note shall receive equivalent consideration on a pro rata basis.  Without limiting the foregoing, for purposes of further assurance, each of the holders agrees to provide to the Obligors, if reasonably requested by the Obligors and at the Issuer’s expense, written evidence of such discharge and release signed by such holder.

 

(f)                                    The Parent Guarantor and the Issuer shall not (and the Parent Guarantor shall ensure that no member of the Group will) grant any Security to secure the Financial Indebtedness evidenced by any Principal Lending Facility unless, at the same time, such Security is also provided in favor of the holders of Notes on an equal and ratable basis pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders.

 

9.32.                      Anti-Terrorism Laws .

 

Each Obligor agrees to the extent applicable to each Obligor:

 

(a)                                  to comply and require its Affiliates to comply with all Anti-Terrorism Laws;

 

(b)                                  to comply and require its Affiliates to comply with the OFAC Sanctions Regulations;

 

39



 

(c)                                   not to take actions that would render it or any of its Affiliates to become subject to sanctions under CISADA;

 

(d)                                  not to be listed and not to permit any of its Affiliates to be listed as a Designated Person or a Blocked Person, and not to violate any Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation;

 

(e)                                   notwithstanding its obligations under Section 9.32(d), immediately to notify the holders if it obtains knowledge that it or any of its Affiliates has become or been listed as a Designated Person or a Blocked Person or has been charged with or has engaged in any violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or the OFAC Sanctions Regulations;

 

(f)                                    to exclude any funds derived from any Designated Person or Blocked Person or from any Person involved in the violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation from being used to pay debt service or any other amounts owing under the Note Documents;

 

(g)                                   except for transfers of stock of any publicly traded Obligor or Affiliate effected on a stock exchange, not to transfer or permit the transfer of any legal or beneficial ownership interest of any kind in such Obligor or any Affiliate of such Obligor to a Designated Person, Blocked Person or any Person or entity that such Obligor has to its best knowledge (based upon reasonable inquiry by such Obligor) been involved in the violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation;

 

(h)                                  not to acquire, directly or indirectly, ownership interest of any kind in any Designated Person, Blocked Person or any Person or entity that such Obligor has, to its best knowledge (based upon reasonable inquiry by such Obligor) been involved in the violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation, not to form any partnership or joint venture with any such Person and not to act, directly or indirectly, as the agent or representative of any such Person or engage in any other dealings or transactions with any such Person; and

 

(i)                                      to indemnify the holders for any costs incurred by any of them as a result of any violation of an Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation by any Obligor or any Affiliate of any Obligor.

 

9.33.                      ERISA .

 

Each Obligor shall:

 

(a)                                  ensure that neither it nor any ERISA Affiliate engages in a complete or partial withdrawal, within the meaning of sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, from any Multiemployer Plan without the prior consent of the Required Holders;

 

(b)                                  ensure that any material liability imposed on it or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title IV of ERISA is paid and discharged when due;

 

40



 

(c)                                   ensure that neither it nor any ERISA Affiliate adopts an amendment to an Employee Plan requiring the provision of Security under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code without the prior consent of the Required Holders; and

 

(d)                                  ensure that no Employee Plan is terminated under section 4041 of ERISA.

 

9.34.                      Margin Regulation .

 

If requested by any holder, each Obligor shall furnish to such holder a statement in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221).

 

9.35.                      U.S. Regulation .

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that it will not, by act or omission, become subject to any of the categories, laws or regulations described in Section 5.30(c).

 

9.36.                      Favored Lender Status .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall, or shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time after the date of this Agreement enter into or amend or otherwise modify any Principal Lending Facility (including any amendment to the Bank Facilities Agreement) which would result in such Principal Lending Facility including any Financial Covenant (whether set forth as a covenant, undertaking, event of default, restriction or other such provision) that would be more beneficial to the holders of Notes than the provisions of this Agreement (any such covenant, a “ More Favorable Provision ”) unless the Obligors shall have delivered a Favored Lender Notice to each holder of a Note and the Required Holders have accepted (or have been deemed to accept) or rejected the offer contained in such Favored Lender Notice in accordance with this Section 9.36(a).  If holders of Notes constituting the Required Holders do not notify the Issuer on or before the date that is fifteen days after each holder’s receipt of such Favored Lender Notice of their rejection of the offer contained therein, then the Required Holders shall be deemed to have accepted such offer and such More Favorable Provision shall be deemed automatically incorporated by reference into this Agreement, mutatis mutandis , as if set forth fully herein, effective as of the date when such More Favorable Provision shall become effective under such Principal Lending Facility (any More Favorable Provision incorporated into this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.36, an “ Incorporated Provision ”).  Thereafter, upon the request of the Required Holders, the Obligors shall enter into any additional agreement or amendment to this Agreement reasonably requested by the Required Holders evidencing any of the foregoing.

 

(b)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, each of the existing covenants and events of default in Section 9 and Section 10 as of the date of this Agreement shall remain in this Agreement regardless of whether any Incorporated Provisions are incorporated into this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of this Section 9.36, a “ Favored Lender Notice ” means, in respect of any More Favorable Provision, a written notice to each of the holders of Notes

 

41



 

by a Senior Financial Officer of the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor which: (i) refers to this Section 9.36 and the rights of the holders of Notes hereunder, (ii) sets forth a reasonably detailed description of such More Favorable Provision (including any defined terms used therein) and related explanatory calculations, as applicable, (iii) contains an offer to incorporate such More Favorable Provision into this Agreement, and (iv) requests such holder to notify the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor within fifteen days of such holder’s receipt of such Favored Lender Notice of its acceptance or rejection of such offer.

 

9.37.                      Year-end .

 

The Parent Guarantor shall procure that its Financial Year-end falls on December 31 and that each Financial Year-end of each other member of the Group falls on December 31 save where otherwise required by law in any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

9.38.                      Reserved.

 

9.39.                      Replacement Agent for Service of Process .

 

In the event that the Issuer ceases to be a Group member or otherwise ceases to serve as the Non-U.S. Obligors’ agent for the purpose of accepting service of process in the United States for and on their behalf, each Non-U.S. Obligor shall, within thirty (30) days, appoint a replacement agent for such purpose from the date of such appointment to the date that is one calendar year after the latest maturity date of any Note as stated therein, which replacement agent shall be reasonably satisfactory to the holders of Notes.

 

10.                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

 

An “ Event of Default ” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)                                  Non-payment .  An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Note Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(i)                                      its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)                                an administrative or technical error; or

 

(B)                                a Disruption Event; and

 

(ii)                                   payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date.

 

(b)                                  Financial Covenants and Other Obligations .

 

(i)                                      Any requirement of Section 9.1 is not satisfied.

 

(ii)                                   An Obligor does not comply with any Material Provision.

 

42



 

(c)                                   Other Obligations .

 

(i)                                      An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Note Documents (other than those referred to in Sections 10(a) and 10(b)).

 

(ii)                                   No Event of Default under Sections 10(c)(i) will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of:

 

(A)                                any holder giving notice to the Issuer or relevant Obligor; and

 

(B)                                the Issuer or the relevant Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

(d)                                  Misrepresentation .

 

(i)                                      Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Note Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Note Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

 

(ii)                                   No Event of Default under Section 10(d)(i) will occur if:

 

(A)                                the event or circumstance causing the representation or statement to be incorrect or misleading is capable of remedy; and

 

(B)                                such Obligor shall have remedied such event or circumstance within ten Business Days after the earlier of:

 

(1)                                  the relevant Obligor becoming aware of such incorrect or misleading representation or statement; and

 

(2)                                  receipt by the relevant Obligor of written notice from any holder to such Obligor requiring the event or circumstance to be remedied.

 

(e)                                   Cross Default .

 

(i)                                      Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(ii)                                   Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group (A) is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described), or (B) is otherwise required to be repurchased prior to its specified maturity as a result of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Financial Indebtedness to convert such Financial Indebtedness into equity interests), provided , that this clause (B) shall not apply

 

43



 

with respect to any event constituting a Change of Control which is covered by Section 8.7 or any offer of repayment of the type set forth in Section 8.8.

 

(iii)                                Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(iv)                               No Event of Default will occur under this Section 10(e) if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within Section 10(e)(i) to 10(e)(iii) (inclusive) is less than US$4,125,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

(f)                                    Insolvency .

 

(i)                                      An Obligor or a Material Subsidiary is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness (other than negotiations with holders of Notes or creditors under a Principal Lending Facility).

 

(ii)                                   A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary.  If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

(g)                                   Insolvency Proceedings .

 

(i)                                      Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(A)                                the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary;

 

(B)                                a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary other than as permitted under paragraph (b) of the definition of “Permitted Transaction”;

 

(C)                                the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary or any of their assets; or

 

(D)                                enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary,

 

44


 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(ii)                                   Any of the following occurs in respect of a U.S. Obligor:

 

(A)                                it makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(B)                                it commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law;

 

(C)                                an involuntary proceeding under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law is commenced against it and is not challenged by appropriate means within thirty (30) days and is not dismissed or stayed within ninety (90) days after commencement of such case; or

 

(D)                                a custodian, conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official is appointed under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law for, or takes charge of, all or a substantial part of the property of a U.S. Obligor.

 

(iii)                                Section 10(g) shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

(h)                                  Creditors’ Process .  Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of an Obligor or Material Subsidiary having an aggregate value of US$2,475,000 (or its equivalent in any currency) and is not discharged within 21 days of the commencement of such process.

 

(i)                                      Unlawfulness and Invalidity .

 

(i)                                      It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Note Documents.

 

(ii)                                   Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Note Document are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the holders of Notes under the Note Documents.

 

(iii)                                Any Note Document ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a holder) to be ineffective.

 

(j)                                     [Reserved] .

 

(k)                                  Cessation of Business .  Any member of the Group suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business

 

45



 

where such suspension or cessation is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l)                                      Change of Ownership .  After the Closing Date, an Obligor (other than the Parent Guarantor) ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor except as a result of a disposal which is a Permitted Disposal or a Permitted Transaction.

 

(m)                              Audit Qualification .  The Auditors of the Group qualify the Annual Financial Statements of the Parent Guarantor where the qualification is material and adverse.

 

(n)                                  Expropriation .  The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is materially limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalization, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other Person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o)                                  Repudiation and Rescission of Agreements .  An Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Note Document or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Note Document.

 

(p)                                  Litigation .  Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which results in a liability to such member of the Group (whether actual or contingent) that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(q)                                  ERISA .

 

(i)                                      Any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code;

 

(ii)                                   a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings;

 

(iii)                                there is any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under one or more Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA;

 

(iv)                               the aggregate present value of accrued benefit liabilities under all funded Non-U.S. Plans exceeds the aggregate current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plans allocable to such liabilities;

 

46



 

(v)                                  the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans;

 

(vi)                               the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan;

 

(vii)                            the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereunder;

 

(viii)                         the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary fails to administer or maintain a Non-U.S. Plan in compliance with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations or court orders or any Non-U.S. Plan is involuntarily terminated or wound up; or

 

(ix)                               the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary becomes subject to the imposition of a financial penalty (which for this purpose shall mean any tax, penalty or other liability, whether by way of indemnity or otherwise) with respect to one or more Non-U.S. Plans; and

 

any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (ix) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  As used in this Section 11(q), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

(r)                                     Material Adverse Change .  Any event or circumstance occurs which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(s)                                    Reserved .

 

11.                                REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

 

11.1.                      Acceleration .

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default with respect to any Obligor described in Section 10 (f), (g) or (h) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable.

 

(b)                                  If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Holders may at any time at their option, by notice or notices to the Issuer, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable.

 

(c)                                   If any Event of Default described in Section 10(a) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event

 

47



 

of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Issuer, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

 

Upon any Notes of any Series becoming due and payable under this Section 11.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) with respect to an acceleration under Section 11.1(a) or (b), the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived.  Each Obligor acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Issuer (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Issuer in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

 

11.2.                      Other Remedies .

 

If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 11.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

 

11.3.                      Rescission .

 

At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or (c), the Required Holders, by written notice to the Issuer, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Issuer has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Issuer nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 18, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes.  No rescission and annulment under this Section 11.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

11.4.                      No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, etc .

 

No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s

 

48



 

rights, powers or remedies.  No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.  Without limiting the obligations of the Issuer under Section 16, the Issuer will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 11, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements and any Registration Duty.

 

12.                                TAX INDEMNIFICATION.

 

All payments whatsoever under the Note Documents will be made by the relevant Obligor in lawful currency of the United States of America free and clear of, and without liability for withholding or deduction for or on account of, any present or future Taxes of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of any jurisdiction other than the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in such jurisdiction) (hereinafter a “ Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Tax is compelled by law.

 

If any deduction or withholding for any Tax of a Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required in respect of any amounts to be paid by an Obligor under a Note Document, the relevant Obligor will pay to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction the full amount required to be withheld, deducted or otherwise paid before penalties attach thereto or interest accrues thereon and pay to each holder of a Note such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the net amounts paid to such holder pursuant to the terms of such Note Document after such deduction, withholding or payment (including, without limitation, any required deduction or withholding of Tax on or with respect to such additional amount), shall be not less than the amounts then due and payable to such holder under the terms of such Note Document before the assessment of such Tax, provided that no payment of any additional amounts shall be required to be made for or on account of:

 

(a)                                  any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between such holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member of, shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such holder, if such holder is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation or any Person other than the holder to whom the Notes or any amount payable thereon or in connection therewith is attributable for the purposes of such Tax) and the Taxing Jurisdiction, other than the mere holding of the relevant Note or the receipt of payments thereunder or in respect thereof, including, without limitation, such holder (or such other Person described in the above parenthetical) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having or having had an establishment, office, fixed base or branch therein, provided that this exclusion shall not apply with respect to a Tax that would not have been imposed but for the relevant Obligor, after the date of this Agreement, opening an office in, moving an office to, reincorporating in, or changing the Taxing Jurisdiction from or through which payments on account of any Note Document are made to, the Taxing Jurisdiction imposing the relevant Tax;

 

(b)                                  any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the delay or failure by such holder (following a written request by the relevant Obligor) in the filing with the

 

49



 

relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of Forms (as defined below) that are required to be filed by such holder to avoid or reduce such Taxes (including for such purpose any refilings or renewals of filings that may from time to time be required by the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction), provided that the filing of such Forms would not (in such holder’s reasonable judgment) impose any unreasonable burden (in time, resources or otherwise) on such holder or result in any confidential or proprietary income tax return information being revealed, either directly or indirectly, to any Person and such delay or failure could have been lawfully avoided by such holder, and provided further that such holder shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this clause (b) upon the good faith completion and submission of such Forms (including refilings or renewals of filings) as may be specified in a written request of the relevant Obligor no later than 60 days after receipt by such holder of such written request (accompanied by copies of such Forms and related instructions, if any, all in the English language or with an English translation thereof); or

 

(c)                                   any combination of clauses (a) and (b) above;

 

and provided further that in no event shall an Obligor be obligated to pay such additional amounts to any holder of a Note (i) not resident in the United States of America or any other jurisdiction in which an original Purchaser is resident for tax purposes on the Closing Date in excess of the amounts that such Obligor would be obligated to pay if such holder had been a resident of the United States of America or such other jurisdiction, as applicable, for purposes of, and fully eligible for the maximum benefits of, any double taxation treaty from time to time in effect between the United States of America or such other jurisdiction and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (ii) to any holder of a Note registered in the name of a nominee if under the law of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (or the current regulatory interpretation of such law) securities held in the name of a nominee do not qualify for an exemption from the relevant Tax and such Obligor shall have given timely notice of such law or interpretation to such holder.

 

By acceptance of any Note, the holder of such Note agrees, subject to the limitations of clause (b) above, that it will from time to time with reasonable promptness (x) duly complete and deliver to or as reasonably directed by an Obligor all such forms, certificates, documents and returns provided to such holder by such Obligor (collectively, together with instructions for completing the same, “ Forms ”) required to be filed by or on behalf of such holder in order to avoid or reduce any such Tax pursuant to the provisions of an applicable statute, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or of a tax treaty between the United States of America or other jurisdiction of the holder (as applicable) and such Taxing Jurisdiction and (y) provide such Obligor with such information with respect to such holder as such Obligor may reasonably request in order to complete any such Forms, provided that nothing in this Section 12 shall require any holder to provide information with respect to any such Form or otherwise if in the opinion of such holder such Form or disclosure of information would involve the disclosure of tax return or other information that is confidential or proprietary to such holder, and provided further that each such holder shall be deemed to have complied with its obligation under this paragraph with respect to any Form if such Form shall have been duly completed and delivered by such holder to such Obligor or mailed to the appropriate taxing authority (which in the case of a United Kingdom HMRC Form US/Company 2002 or any similar Form shall be deemed to occur when such Form is submitted to the United States Internal Revenue Service in

 

50



 

accordance with instructions contained in such Form), whichever is applicable, within 60 days following a written request of such Obligor (which request shall be accompanied by copies of such Form and English translations of any such Form not in the English language) and, in the case of a transfer of any Note, at least 90 days prior to the relevant interest payment date.

 

Any Purchaser or other holder of a Note who is a UK Treaty Holder and who holds a UK Treaty Passport, and who wishes to apply its UK Treaty Passport to this Agreement, shall irrevocably include an indication to that effect by including its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the Purchaser Schedule (or, in the case of any transferee of a Note, in the information provided to the Issuer pursuant to Section 14.2).  Where a Purchaser of a Note has included such an indication in the Purchaser Schedule or in the information provided to the Issuer pursuant to Section 14.2, the Issuer shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Purchaser or holder with HMRC within 30 days of the Closing Date (or, in the case of any transferee of a Note, within 30 days of completion of the transfer thereof).  The Issuer shall provide such Purchaser or holder with a copy of that filing and shall notify such Purchaser or holder if the filing has not been made within the aforementioned period or if the Issuer becomes aware that HMRC has decided not to apply the UK Treaty Passport Scheme to this Agreement or any Note in respect of that Purchaser or holder.  For the avoidance of doubt, any Purchaser or other holder of a Note who is a UK Treaty Holder holding a UK Treaty Passport which can be used by such UK Treaty Holder in respect of this Agreement, and who has given the Issuer an indication or notification in accordance with the foregoing, shall not be required to file any other Form seeking relief in respect of UK Tax pursuant to the applicable double taxation agreement unless and until it has received any notification by the Issuer in accordance with this paragraph (and then only in accordance with this Section 12).

 

If any payment is made by an Obligor to or for the account of the holder of any Note after deduction for or on account of any Taxes, and increased payments are made by such Obligor pursuant to this Section 12, then, if such holder at its sole discretion determines that it has received or been granted a refund of such Taxes, such holder shall, to the extent that it can do so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such refund, reimburse to such Obligor such amount as such holder shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be attributable to the relevant Taxes or deduction or withholding.  Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of the holder of any Note to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit and, in particular, no holder of any Note shall be under any obligation to claim relief from its corporate profits or similar tax liability in respect of such Tax in priority to any other claims, reliefs, credits or deductions available to it or (other than as set forth in clause (b) above) oblige any holder of any Note to disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof.

 

Each Obligor will furnish the holders of Notes, promptly and in any event within 60 days after the date of any payment by such Obligor of any Tax in respect of any amounts paid under any Note Document, the original tax receipt issued by the relevant taxation or other authorities involved for all amounts paid as aforesaid (or if such original tax receipt is not available or must legally be kept in the possession of such Obligor, a duly certified copy of the original tax receipt or any other reasonably satisfactory evidence of payment), together with such other documentary evidence with respect to such payments as may be reasonably requested from time to time by any holder of a Note.

 

51



 

If any Obligor is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of the taxation or other authority of any relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, to make any deduction or withholding of any Tax in respect of which such Obligor would be required to pay any additional amount under this Section 12, but for any reason does not make such deduction or withholding with the result that a liability in respect of such Tax is assessed directly against the holder of any Note, and such holder pays such liability, then such Obligor will promptly reimburse such holder for such payment (including any related interest or penalties to the extent such interest or penalties arise by virtue of a default or delay by such Obligor) upon demand by such holder accompanied by an official receipt (or a duly certified copy thereof) issued by the taxation or other authority of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

 

If any Obligor makes payment to or for the account of any holder of a Note and such holder is entitled to a refund of the Tax to which such payment is attributable upon the making of a filing (other than a Form described above), then such holder shall, as soon as practicable after receiving written request from such Obligor (which shall specify in reasonable detail and supply the refund forms to be filed) use reasonable efforts to complete and deliver such refund forms to or as directed by such Obligor, subject, however, to the same limitations with respect to Forms as are set forth above.

 

The obligations of the Obligors under this Section 12 shall survive the payment or transfer of any Note and the provisions of this Section 12 shall also apply to successive transferees of the Notes.

 

13.                                GUARANTEE AND OTHER RIGHTS AND UNDERTAKINGS.

 

13.1.                      Guarantee .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor, in consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the purchase of the Notes by the Purchasers and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and jointly and severally with the other Guarantors guarantees to each holder, the due and punctual payment in full by the Issuer of (a) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or by acceleration or otherwise) and (b) any other sums which may become owing by the Issuer to the holders under the terms and provisions of the Notes, this Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein (all such obligations described in clauses (a) and (b) above are herein called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).  The guarantee in the preceding sentence (the “ Unconditional Guarantee ”) is an absolute, present and continuing guarantee of payment and not of collectability and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from any other Obligor or guarantor of the Notes (including, without limitation, any other U.S. Guarantor hereunder and any other Guarantor that executes an English Guarantee Agreement) or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever.  In the event that the Issuer shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, each U.S. Guarantor agrees to pay the same

 

52



 

when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind, in lawful money of the United States of America, pursuant to the requirements for payment specified in the Notes and this Agreement.  Each default in payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises.  Each U.S. Guarantor agrees that the Notes may (but need not) make reference to the Unconditional Guarantee.

 

Each U.S. Guarantor agrees to pay and to indemnify and save each holder harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) which such holder may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (x) any breach by such U.S. Guarantor, by any other Guarantor or by the Issuer of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, (y) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein and (z) enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) the provisions of this Section 13, provided , that no U.S. Guarantor shall be liable for any damage, loss, cost or expense arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any holder.

 

Each U.S. Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that such U.S. Guarantor’s liability hereunder is joint and several with the other Guarantors and any other Person(s) who may guarantee the obligations and indebtedness under and in respect of the Notes and the other Note Documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions or any other provision of this Agreement, the Purchasers (on behalf of themselves and their successors and assigns) and each U.S. Guarantor hereby agree that if at any time the Guaranteed Obligations exceed the Maximum Guaranteed Amount determined as of such time with regard to such U.S. Guarantor, then this Section 13 shall be automatically amended to reduce the Guaranteed Obligations to the Maximum Guaranteed Amount.  Such amendment shall not require the written consent of any U.S. Guarantor or any holder and shall be deemed to have been automatically consented to by each U.S. Guarantor and each holder.  Each U.S. Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may at any time exceed the Maximum Guaranteed Amount without affecting or impairing the obligation of such U.S. Guarantor.  “ Maximum Guaranteed Amount ” means as of the date of determination with respect to a U.S. Guarantor, the lesser of (a) the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations outstanding on such date and (b) the maximum amount that would not render such U.S. Guarantor’s liability under this Section 13 subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (or any successor provision) or any comparable provision of applicable law of any jurisdiction.

 

13.2.                      Obligations Absolute .

 

The obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Section 13 shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes, any

 

53



 

other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim such U.S. Guarantor may have against the Issuer or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not such U.S. Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation: (a) any amendment to, modification of, supplement to or restatement of the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein (it being agreed that the obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Section 13 shall apply to the Notes, the other Note Documents and any such other instrument as so amended, modified, supplemented or restated) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes or the addition, substitution or release of any other Guarantor or any other entity or other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, reorganization, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer or its property; (d) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Guarantor or of the Issuer into or with any other Person or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of any Guarantor or of the Issuer to any Person; (e) any failure on the part of the Issuer for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with any Guarantor; (f) any failure on the part of any holder to obtain, maintain, register or otherwise perfect any security; or (g) any other event or circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (whether or not similar to the foregoing), and in any event however material or prejudicial it may be to any Guarantor or to any subrogation, contribution or reimbursement rights any Guarantor may otherwise have.  Each U.S. Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations hereunder.

 

13.3.                      Waiver .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor unconditionally waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) notice of acceptance hereof, of any action taken or omitted in reliance hereon and of any default by the Issuer in the payment of any amounts due under the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, and of any of the matters referred to in Section 13.2, (b) all notices which may be required by statute, rule of law or otherwise to preserve any of the rights of any holder against such U.S. Guarantor, including, without limitation, presentment to or demand for payment from the Issuer or any Guarantor with respect to any Note, notice to the Issuer or to any Guarantor of default or protest for nonpayment or dishonor and the filing of claims with a court in the event of the bankruptcy of the Issuer, (c) any right to require any holder to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy including, without limitation, any right, power or remedy conferred in this Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document, (d) any requirement for diligence on the part of any holder and (e) any other act or omission or thing or delay in doing any other act or thing which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such U.S. Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of such U.S. Guarantor or in any manner lessen the obligations of such U.S. Guarantor hereunder.

 

54


 

13.4.                      Obligations Unimpaired .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor authorizes the holders, without notice or demand to such U.S. Guarantor or any other Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Note Document or other instrument:  (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, all or any part of the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein; (b) to change any of the representations, covenants, events of default or any other terms or conditions of or pertaining to the Notes, this Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, including, without limitation, decreases or increases in amounts of principal, rates of interest, the Make-Whole Amount or any other obligation; (c) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, for the performance of this Section 13 or otherwise for the Guaranteed Obligations and to exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate and release any such security; (d) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the holders in their sole discretion may determine; (e) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or release any other Guarantor or any other Person or entity primarily or secondarily liable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; (f) to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other Person; and (g) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations owed hereunder.  The holders shall have no obligation to proceed against any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Issuer, such U.S. Guarantor or any other Guarantor or any other Person or to pursue any other remedy available to the holders.

 

If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of any Notes shall exist and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment on account of the Guaranteed Obligations shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other guarantors of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, such U.S. Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Section 13 and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holder thereof had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and such U.S. Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated Guaranteed Obligations.

 

13.5.                      Subrogation and Subordination .

 

(a)                                  Each U.S. Guarantor will not be entitled to and will not exercise any rights which it may have acquired by way of subrogation under this Section 13, by any payment made hereunder or otherwise, or accept any payment on account of such subrogation rights, nor will any U.S. Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any other Obligor or any other Person, nor seek or be entitled to seek any rights or recourse to any security for the Notes or this Agreement, in each case unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash.

 

(b)                                  Each U.S. Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all Financial Indebtedness and other obligations of the Issuer, any other Obligor or any other guarantor

 

55



 

of the Guaranteed Obligations owing to such U.S. Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation, all rights and claims described in Section 13.5(a), to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.  If the Required Holders so request, any such Financial Indebtedness or other obligations shall be enforced and performance received by such U.S. Guarantor as trustee for the holders and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the holders promptly, in the form received (together with any necessary endorsements) to be applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as may be directed by the Required Holders, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of any U.S. Guarantor under this Section 13.

 

(c)                                   If any amount or other payment is made to or accepted by any U.S. Guarantor in violation of Section 13.5(a) and (b), such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such U.S. Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the holders and shall be paid over to the holders promptly, in the form received (together with any necessary endorsements) to be applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as may be directed by the Required Holders, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of such U.S. Guarantor under this Section 13.

 

(d)                                  Each U.S. Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Agreement and that its agreements set forth in this Section 13 (including this Section 13.5) are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

(e)                                   Each U.S. Guarantor hereby agrees that, to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid an amount hereunder to any holder that is greater than the net value of the benefits received, directly or indirectly, by such paying Guarantor as a result of the issuance and sale of the Notes (such net value, its “ Proportionate Share ”), such paying Guarantor shall, subject to Section 13.5(a) and (b), be entitled to contribution from any Guarantor that has not paid its Proportionate Share of the Guaranteed Obligations.  Any amount payable as a contribution under this Section 13.5(e) shall be determined as of the date on which the related payment is made by such Guarantor seeking contribution and each U.S. Guarantor acknowledges that the right to contribution hereunder shall constitute an asset of such U.S. Guarantor to which such contribution is owed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 13.5(e) shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the holders of the Notes hereunder or under the Notes, any other Note Document or any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith, and each U.S. Guarantor shall remain jointly and severally liable for the full payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

13.6.                      Reinstatement of Guarantee .

 

The Unconditional Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if and to the extent at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any of the sums due to any holder on account of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by a holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or

 

56



 

reorganization of the Issuer or any other guarantors, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to the Issuer or any other guarantors or any part of its or their property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

13.7.                      Term of Guarantee .

 

The Unconditional Guarantee and all guarantees, covenants and agreements of the U.S. Guarantors contained in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be discharged until such time as all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations hereunder shall be indefeasibly paid in full in cash and shall be subject to reinstatement pursuant to Section 13.6.

 

13.8.                      Information Regarding the Issuer .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor now has and will continue to have independent means of obtaining information concerning the affairs, financial condition and business of the Issuer.  No holder shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any U.S. Guarantor with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Issuer which may come into possession of the holders.  Each U.S. Guarantor is executing and delivering this Agreement and each other Note Document to which it is a party without reliance upon any representation by the holders including, without limitation, with respect to (a) the due execution, validity, effectiveness or enforceability of any instrument, document or agreement evidencing or relating to any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any loan or other financial accommodation made or granted to the Issuer, (b) the validity, genuineness, enforceability, existence, value or sufficiency of any property securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the creation, perfection or priority of any lien or security interest in such property or (c) the existence, number, financial condition or creditworthiness of other guarantors or sureties, if any, with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

13.9.                      Further Assurances .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor agrees to execute and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the Required Holders may from time to time reasonably request in order to effectuate fully the purposes of the Unconditional Guarantee.

 

13.10.               English Guarantor Confirmation

 

Notwithstanding that such consent is not required under the English Guarantee Agreements to which each English Guarantor entered into in connection with the Original Notes, each of such English Guarantors hereby consents to the execution and issue by the Issuer of the Series B Notes and Series C Notes under this Agreement, which Series B Notes and Series C Notes will be guaranteed by such English Guarantor under the English Guarantee Agreement to which it is a party. As a material inducement to the Purchasers of the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes to consummate the purchase of the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes under this Agreement, each of the English Guarantors party to this Agreement respectively (i) acknowledges and confirms the continuing existence, validity and effectiveness of the English Guarantee Agreement to which it is a party, including, without limitation, with respect to the

 

57



 

Series B Notes and Series C Notes, and (ii) agrees that the issuance of the Series B Notes and Series C Notes shall not in any way release, diminish, impair or reduce its obligations under the English Guarantee Agreement to which it is a party.

 

14.                                REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES.

 

14.1.                      Registration of Notes .

 

The Issuer shall keep at its principal executive office a register of Notes for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes.  The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Issuer shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary.  The Issuer shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

 

14.2.                      Transfer and Exchange of Notes .

 

Upon surrender of any Note to the Issuer at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19) for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other details for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof) within ten Business Days thereafter the Issuer shall execute and deliver, at the Issuer’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) of the same Series as such surrendered Note in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note.  Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(a) , Exhibit 1(b) or Exhibit 1(c) , as applicable.  Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.  The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes.  Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than US$100,000, provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, with respect to any Series, one Note of such Series may be in a denomination of less than US$100,000.  Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Section 6.2.

 

14.3.                      Replacement of Notes .

 

Upon receipt by the Issuer at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an

 

58



 

Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

 

(a)                                  in the case of loss, theft or destruction, receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

 

(b)                                  in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

 

within ten Business Days thereafter the Issuer at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same Series as such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

15.                                PAYMENTS ON NOTES.

 

15.1.                      Place of Payment .

 

Subject to Section 15.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in New York, New York.  The Issuer may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Issuer in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

 

15.2.                      Home Office Payment .

 

So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 15.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in the Purchaser Schedule, or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Issuer in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Issuer made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Issuer at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Issuer pursuant to Section 15.1.  Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Issuer in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 14.2.  The Issuer will afford the benefits of this Section 15.2 to any Institutional Investor that is the direct or indirect transferee of

 

59



 

any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 15.2.

 

16.                                EXPENSES, ETC.

 

16.1.                      Transaction Expenses .

 

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Issuer will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes or the other Note Documents (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes or the other Note Documents, or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with any Note Document, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of any member of the Group or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes and (c) the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO, provided that such costs and expenses under this clause (c) shall not exceed US$3,500 (or its equivalent in other currencies).  The Issuer will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes).

 

16.2.                      Certain Taxes .

 

The Issuer agrees to pay all stamp, documentary or similar taxes or fees which may be payable in respect of the execution and delivery (but not the transfer) or the enforcement of any of the Notes or the execution and delivery or the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Note Document in the United States or the United Kingdom or of any amendment of, or waiver or consent under or with respect to, any Note Document, and to pay any value added tax due and payable in respect of reimbursement of costs and expenses by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 16 (provided that, where the Issuer has made a payment of such value added tax and the relevant holder reasonably determines that it has received or been granted a credit or repayment in respect of such value added tax from the relevant tax authority, such holder shall reimburse such amount to the Issuer), and will save each holder of a Note to the extent permitted by applicable law harmless against any loss or liability resulting from nonpayment or delay in payment of any such tax or fee required to be paid by the Issuer hereunder.

 

60



 

16.3.                      Survival .

 

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 16 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of any Note Document, and the termination of any Note Document.

 

17.                                SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

 

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Note Documents, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note.  All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of such Obligor under this Agreement.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes and the other Note Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding among each Purchaser and the Obligors and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

18.                                AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

 

18.1.                      Requirements .

 

This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of each Obligor and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 22, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, and (b) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest or of the Make-Whole Amount on, any Series of Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of any Series of Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, (iii) amend Section 8, 10(a), 11, 12, 18, 21 or 23.9, or (iv) release all or substantially all of the Unconditional Guarantee.

 

18.2.                      Solicitation of Holders of Notes .

 

(a)                                  Solicitation .  The Issuer will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes.  The Issuer will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 18 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the

 

61



 

date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

 

(b)                                  Payment .  No Obligor will directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

 

(c)                                   Consent in Contemplation of Transfer .  Any consent made pursuant to this Section 18.2 by the holder of any Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer such Note to an Obligor or any Affiliate of an Obligor and has provided or has agreed to provide such written consent as a condition to such transfer shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such transferring holder.

 

18.3.                      Binding Effect, etc .

 

Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 18 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon each Obligor without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing between any Obligor, on one hand, and the holder of any Note, on the other hand, nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note.  As used herein, the term “this Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

 

18.4.                      Notes Held by Obligors, etc .

 

Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by any Obligor or any Affiliates of any Obligor shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

62



 

19.                                NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE.

 

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized international commercial delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by a recognized international commercial delivery service (with charges prepaid).  Any such notice must be sent:

 

(i)                                      if to a Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in the Purchaser Schedule, or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Issuer in writing,

 

(ii)                                   if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Issuer in writing,

 

(iii)                                if to the Issuer, to the Issuer at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of the Secretary, or at such other address as the Issuer shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing, or

 

(iv)                               if to any Guarantor, to such Guarantor at Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE, United Kingdom, Attention: the Company Secretary, or at such other address as such Guarantor shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

 

Notices under this Section 19 will be deemed given only when actually received.

 

Each document, instrument, financial statement, report, notice or other communication delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be in English or accompanied by an English translation thereof.

 

This Agreement and the Notes have been prepared and signed in English and the parties hereto agree that the English version hereof and thereof (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) shall be the only version valid for the purpose of the interpretation and construction hereof and thereof notwithstanding the preparation of any translation into another language hereof or thereof, whether official or otherwise or whether prepared in relation to any proceedings which may be brought in any jurisdiction in respect hereof or thereof.

 

20.                                REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

 

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser on the Closing Date (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced.  Each Obligor agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was

 

63



 

made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.  This Section 20 shall not prohibit any Obligor or any holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

21.                                CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

 

For the purposes of this Section 21, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of any member of the Group in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of such Group member, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by any Group member or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available.  Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 21, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 21), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Issuer (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 21), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes and this Agreement.  Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 21 as though it were a party to this Agreement.  On reasonable request by any Obligor in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Obligors embodying the provisions of this Section 21.

 

64


 

22.                                SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.

 

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Issuer, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6.  Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser.  In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Issuer of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

 

23.                                MISCELLANEOUS.

 

23.1.                      Successors and Assigns .

 

All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

 

23.2.                      Payments Due on Non-Business Days .

 

Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.4 that notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; provided that if the maturity date of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on such maturity date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

 

23.3.                      Accounting Terms; IAS 39 .

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with the Accounting Principles, all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the Accounting Principles, and all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  for purposes of determining Financial Indebtedness, indebtedness or debt (or any similar term) under any covenant or other term or provision contained in this Agreement (including any Incorporated Provision), any election by any Group member to

 

65



 

measure any portion of a non-derivative financial liability at fair value (as permitted by International Accounting Standard 39 or any similar accounting standard), other than to reflect a hedge of such non-derivative financial liability (including interest rate, foreign currency and commodity hedges), shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made; and

 

(b)                                  if after the Closing Date a change in the Accounting Principles (as at the Closing Date or the accounting practices is such:

 

(a)                                  as to affect the determination of the financial covenants contained in Section 9.1 or any related definitions; or

 

(b)                                  as to affect the determination of whether a Subsidiary is a Material Company; or

 

(c)                                   that it could (i) cause a Default or Event of Default related to any provision hereof (each an “ Applicable Provision ”), (ii) result in an indication that a Default or Event of Default related to any Applicable Provision shall occur in the future,

 

then the parties hereto shall proceed as follows:

 

(1)                                                                                  any such Default or Event of Default arising solely as a result of such change in Accounting Principles shall be tolled or suspended;

 

(2)                                                                                  at the request of the Parent Guarantor or the Required Holders, the Parent Guarantor and the Required Holders shall promptly enter into good faith negotiations lasting for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days, pursuant to which the Parent Guarantor and the Required Holders shall (if possible) agree to an amendment or waiver of terms of this Agreement sufficient to (i) eliminate or preempt any such Default or Event of Default and (ii) ensure that the amendment does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the terms of this Agreement as at the Closing Date and gives the Parent Guarantor comparable headroom and flexibility to that contemplated at the Closing Date, and any amendments so agreed will take effect on the date agreed between the Parent Guarantor and the Required Holders; and

 

(3)                                                                                  in the event such good faith negotiations do not result in an amendment or waiver sufficient to eliminate or preempt any such Default or Event of Default or to ensure that the change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the terms of this Agreement within ninety (90) days of either party’s request, the Parent Guarantor shall be entitled to (in the case of a change in Accounting Principles giving rise to a Default or Event of Default or that is otherwise adverse to the Parent Guarantor) and shall if the Required Holders so request (in the case of a change in Accounting Principles adverse to the holders) re-determine or determine (as applicable) compliance with such Applicable Provision on the basis of the Accounting Principles in effect on the date of (and as applied by the Parent Guarantor in connection with) the

 

66



 

Group’s most recent consolidated audited financial statements issued prior to such change in Accounting Principles (“ Pre-Change Accounting Principles ”).

 

(c)                                   In the event that any re-determination or determination (as applicable) of any Applicable Provision in accordance with Pre-Change Accounting Principles shall indicate (x) that the Parent Guarantor is then in compliance with the Applicable Provision on such basis, no Default nor Event of Default in relation thereto shall be deemed to have occurred (or be continuing) or shall occur thereafter (as applicable), and (y) that the Parent Guarantor is not then in compliance with the Applicable Provision on such basis, any Default nor Event of Default in relation thereto that would have arisen but for the relevant change in Accounting Principles shall be deemed to have occurred and be continuing.

 

23.4.                      Severability .

 

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

23.5.                      Construction, etc .

 

Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant.  Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.

 

23.6.                      Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.  Delivery of an executed signature page hereto by facsimile or e-mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

23.7.                      Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

67



 

23.8.                      Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Obligor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

(b)                                  Each Obligor agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that a final judgment in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 23.8(a) brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon it subject to rights of appeal, as the case may be, and may be enforced in the courts of the United States of America or the State of New York (or any other courts to the jurisdiction of which it or any of its assets is or may be subject) by a suit upon such judgment.

 

(c)                                   Each Non-U.S. Obligor consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of a Note in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 23.8(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified or priority mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivering a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 19, to the Issuer, as its agent for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States.  Each Non-U.S. Obligor agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it.  Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

 

(d)                                  Nothing in this Section 23.8 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against any Obligor in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)                                   Each Non-U.S. Obligor hereby irrevocably appoints the Issuer to receive for it, and on its behalf, service of process in the United States.  The Issuer hereby accepts such appointment and designation for the period from the Closing Date to the date that is one calendar year after the latest maturity date of any Note as stated therein.

 

(f)                                    THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTEE),

 

68



 

THE NOTES, ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.

 

23.9.                      Obligation to Make Payment in U.S. Dollars .

 

Any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder or under the Notes in U.S. Dollars which is made to or for the account of any holder of Notes in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of any Obligor, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of such Obligor, as applicable, under this Agreement or the Notes only to the extent of the amount of U.S. Dollars which such holder could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above.  If the amount of U.S. Dollars that could be so purchased is less than the amount of U.S. Dollars originally due to such holder, the Obligors agree to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such holder from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency.  This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement and the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such holder from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under the Notes or under any judgment or order.  As used herein the term “ London Banking Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.

 

23.10.               Tax Forms .

 

(a)                                  Each Purchaser and each holder that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30)of the Internal Revenue Code shall deliver to the Issuer executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Issuer as will enable the Issuer to certify to such Purchaser or holder’s exemption from U.S. backup withholding and/or information reporting requirements.

 

(b)                                  Each Purchaser and each holder that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30)of the Internal Revenue Code (a “ Non-U.S. Holder ”) shall deliver to the Issuer on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Holder becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Issuer), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i)                                      properly completed and duly executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (claiming a complete exemption from United States withholding tax on payments made under the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty);

 

69



 

(ii)                                   properly completed and duly executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (claiming a complete exemption from United States withholding tax because payments made are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business);

 

(iii)                                properly completed and duly executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and all required supporting documentation (claiming a complete exemption from United States withholding tax on payments made); or

 

(iv)                               in the case of a Purchaser or holder claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Sections 871(h) or 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Non-U.S. Holder is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Issuer within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code and (y) properly completed and duly executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN.

 

(c)                                   Each Purchaser or holder that is a Non-U.S. Holder shall deliver to the Issuer such other tax forms or other documents as shall be prescribed by applicable law to demonstrate, where applicable, that payments under this Agreement to such Purchaser or holder are exempt from United States withholding tax imposed pursuant to FATCA.

 

23.11.               Transaction References .

 

The Obligors agree that PRICOA Capital Group may (a) refer to its role in purchasing the Notes, as well as the identity of the Obligors and the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the date on which the purchase occurred, on its internet site or in marketing materials, press releases, published “tombstone” announcements or any other print or electronic medium and (b) display the Issuer’s corporate logo in conjunction with any such reference.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.  Next page is signature page.]

 

70



 

If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Obligors, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement among you and the Obligors.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP 2000 LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP SERVICES LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 



 

 

 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER OVERSEAS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS CHINA HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MEL CHEMICALS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

72



 

 

 

HART METALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

READE MANUFACTURING COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER MAGTECH, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

73



 

This Agreement is hereby accepted and agreed to as of the date thereof.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors,

 

 

 

L.P. (as Investment Advisor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.

 

 

 

 

(as its General Partner)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

74


 

Schedule A

 

INFORMATION RELATING TO PURCHASERS

 

Purchaser Name

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Name in which Notes are to be registered

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Original Notes

Registration number(s); principal amount(s)

 

R-1; US$45,820,000

 

Series A Notes (after exchange)

Registration number(s); principal amount(s)

 

RA-1; US$5,976,521.74

Series B Notes

Registration number(s); principal amount(s)

 

RB-1; US$19,921,739.13

Series C Notes

Registration number(s); principal amount(s)

 

RC-1; US$19,921,739.13

Payment on account of Note

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, NY

ABA No.:  021-000-021

Account Name:  Prudential Managed Portfolio

Account No.:  P86188 (do not include spaces)

Ref:  “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

 

Name of Issuer:

BA HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description of Security:

6.19% Senior Secured Guaranteed Notes due June 15, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

PPN:

05523* AA5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security No.:

INV11372

 

 

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Yield-Maintenance Amount) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # for notices related to payments

 

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

c/o Investment Operations Group

Gateway Center Two, 10th Floor

100 Mulberry Street

Newark, NJ 07102-4077

Attn:  Manager, Billings and Collections

 

with telephonic prepayment notices to :

 

Manager, Trade Management Group

Tel:                            973-367-3141

Fax:                        888-889-3832

 

Schedule A- 1



 

Purchaser Name

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Address for all other notices

 

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

c/o Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza, Suite 5600

180 N. Stetson Avenue

Chicago, IL 60601

Attn:  Managing Director, PRICOA

Instructions re Delivery of Notes and closing sets

 

Prudential Capital Group

2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 4200E

Dallas, TX 75201

Attn:  William H. Bulmer, Esq.

Signature Block

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:    Vice President

Tax identification number

 

22-1211670

 

Schedule A- 2



 

Purchaser Name

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Name in which Notes are to be registered

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Original Notes (before exchange)

Registration number(s); principal amount(s)

 

R-2; US$11,680,000

 

Series A Notes (after exchange)

Registration number(s); principal amount(s)

 

RA-2; US$1,523,478.26

Series B Notes

Registration number(s); principal amount(s)

 

RB-2; US$5,078,260.87

Series C Notes

Registration number(s); principal amount(s)

 

RC-2; US$5,078,260.87

Payment on account of Note

 

Method

 

Account information

 

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

New York, NY

ABA No.:  021-000-021

Account Name:  The Prudential — Privest Portfolio

Account No.:  P86189 (do not include spaces)

Ref:  “Accompanying Information” below

Accompanying information

 

Name of Issuer:

BA HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description of Security:

6.19% Senior Secured Guaranteed Notes due June 15, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

PPN:

05523* AA5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security No.:

INV11372

 

 

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Yield-Maintenance Amount) of the payment being made.

Address / Fax # for notices related to payments

 

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

c/o Investment Operations Group

Gateway Center Two, 10th Floor

100 Mulberry Street

Newark, NJ 07102-4077

Attn:  Manager, Billings and Collections

 

with telephonic prepayment notices to :

 

Manager, Trade Management Group

Tel:                            973-367-3141

Fax:                        888-889-3832

 

Schedule A- 3



 

Purchaser Name

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

Address for all other notices

 

The Prudential Insurance Company of America

c/o Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza, Suite 5600

180 N. Stetson Avenue

Chicago, IL 60601

Attn:  Managing Director, PRICOA

Instructions re Delivery of Notes and closing sets

 

Prudential Capital Group

2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 4200E

Dallas, TX 75201

Attn:  William H. Bulmer, Esq.

Signature Block

 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:    Vice President

Tax identification number

 

22-1211670

 

Schedule A- 4



 

Purchaser Name

 

RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY

Name in which to register Note(s)

 

HARE & CO.

Original Notes

Note Registration Number(s); Principal Amount(s)

 

R-3; US$7,500,000

 

Series A Notes

Note Registration Number(s); Principal Amount(s)

 

RA-3; US$7,500,000

 

Payment on account of Note

 

Method

 

Account Information

 

 

 

Federal Funds Wire Transfer

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

ABA #021-000-018

BNF Account No.:  IOC 566

For credit to:  RGA Reinsurance Company

Ref: “Accompanying Information” below.

Accompanying Information

 

Name of Issuer:

BA HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description of Security:

6.19% Senior Secured Guaranteed Notes due June 15, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

PPN:

05523* AA5

 

 

 

Due date and application (as among principal, interest and Yield-Maintenance Amount) of the payment being made.

Address for notices related to payments

 

RGA Reinsurance Company

Attn:  Banking Dept.

1370 Timberlake Manor Parkway

Chesterfield, MO 63017-6039

Address for all other notices

 

Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.

c/o Prudential Capital Group

Two Prudential Plaza, Suite 5600

180 N. Stetson Avenue

Chicago, IL 60601

Attn:  Managing Director, PRICOA

Instructions re: delivery of Notes

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

One Wall Street - 3rd Floor Window A

New York, NY 10256

Attn:  Anthony V. Saviano (212-635-6742)

Ref:  RGA Private Placement Prudential Financial Account No. 0000128863

Cc:  Prudential Capital Group

Form signature block

 

RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors,

 

 

 

L.P. (as Investment Advisor)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.

 

 

 

 

(as its General Partner)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Schedule A- 5



 

Purchaser Name

 

RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY

Tax Identification Number

 

43-1235868

 

Schedule A- 6


 

Schedule B

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

 

2014 Shelf Facility ” is defined in Section 1.5.

 

Acceptable Bank ” means:

 

(a)                                  a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its short-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-3 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F(3) or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency or

 

(b)                                  any other bank or financial institution with which the Issuer has an account as of the Closing Date.

 

Accounting Principles ” means the international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements or if required by the applicable law the generally acceptable accounting principles of the United States.

 

Accounting Reference Date ” has the meaning given to it in section 391 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ” is defined in Section 1(b).

 

Adjusted Acquisition EBITDA ” means in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITDA for that Relevant Period after:

 

(a)                                  including the operating profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment charges (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA) of a member of the Group for the Relevant Period (or attributable to a business or assets acquired during the Relevant Period) prior to its becoming a member of the Group or (as the case may be) prior to the acquisition of the business or assets; and

 

(b)                                  excluding operating profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment charges (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA) attributable to any member of the Group (or to any business or assets) disposed of during the Relevant Period.

 

Adjusted EBITDA ” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITDA for that Relevant Period after:

 

Schedule B- 1



 

(a)                                  adding the amount of any cash receipts (and deducting the amount of any cash payments) during such Relevant Period in respect of any Exceptional Items not already taken account of in calculating EBITDA for any Relevant Period but excluding:

 

(i)                                      Exceptional Items relating to cash receipts or cash paid for finance costs or discontinued operations and

 

(ii)                                   cash payments for Permitted Acquisitions and cash received for Permitted Disposals;

 

(b)                                  adding the amount of any increase in provisions, which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities and deducting the amount of any non-cash credits which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) in each case to the extent taken into account in establishing EBITDA;

 

(c)                                   deducting the cash amount of maintenance capital expenditure actually paid (which shall be not more than US$13,200,000 (or its equivalent in any currency)) during that Relevant Period by any member of the Group except (in each case) to the extent funded from the proceeds of Permitted Disposals, third party grants, third party contributions or Insurance Proceeds) and

 

(d)                                  deducting the amount of any cash dividends or distributions paid or made by the Parent Guarantor in respect of that Relevant Period;

 

and so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

 

Affiliate ” means, in relation to any Person, a Subsidiary of that Person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor.

 

Agreed Form ” means, in relation to any document, the form of such document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Purchasers and the Obligors or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Purchasers.

 

Annual Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a Financial Year delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(b).

 

Anti-Terrorism Law ” means any U.S. state or federal law relating to terrorism or money laundering, including the Executive Order, the USA Patriot Act and the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Public Law 99-570.

 

Articles ” means the articles of association of the Parent Guarantor and the articles of association of the Issuer.

 

assets ” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description (including any right to receive such revenues).

 

Schedule B- 2



 

Auditors ” means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Ernst & Young LLP, KPMG Audit PLC, Deloitte & Touche LLP, Grant Thornton LLP, Soren McAdam Christenson LLP, BDO International or any other firm of independent public accountants of recognized international standing.

 

Authorization ” means an authorization, consent, approval, resolution, license, exemption, filing, notarization or registration.

 

Average Exchange Rate ” means the 12 month average of the month end exchange rates as referenced to Reuters.

 

Bank Agent ” means Lloyds Bank plc, as agent of the Finance Parties (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement).

 

Bank Document ” means the Finance Documents (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement as in effect on the Second Amendment Date) and each other document executed in connection with the Bank Facilities Agreement or otherwise relating thereto.

 

Bank Lender ” means a Lender (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement).

 

Bank Facilities Agreement ” means the Senior Facilities Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2011, among (a) the Parent Guarantor, (b) Lloyds Bank plc and Clydesdale Bank plc (trading as Yorkshire Bank), as mandated lead arrangers, (c) the parties listed in part 1 schedule 1 thereto as original borrowers, (d) the parties listed in part 2 of schedule 1 thereto as original guarantors, (e) the financial institutions listed in part 3 of schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (f) Lloyds Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank plc (trading as Yorkshire Bank) and Bank of America, N.A., as ancillary facilities providers, and (g) the Bank Agent, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented, modified or extended; provided that any such amendment, restatement, supplement, modification or extension shall be made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Bilateral Facility ” has the meaning given to such term in the Bank Facilities Agreement (as in effect on the Second Amendment Date).

 

Blocked Person ” is defined in Section 5.30(d).

 

Budget ” means the budget delivered by the Parent Guarantor to the holders in respect of that period pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 7.1(f).

 

Business Day ” means (a) for the purposes of Section 8.6 only, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are required or authorized to be closed, and (b) for the purposes of any other provision of this Agreement, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York, New York or London, England are required or authorized to be closed.

 

Cash Equivalent Investments ” means at any time:

 

Schedule B- 3



 

(a)                                  certificates of deposit maturing within 6 Months after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank,

 

(b)                                  any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Economic Area (subject to any such member state of the European Economic Area having a credit rating equivalent to or better than the United States of America or the United Kingdom), or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within 3 Months after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security,

 

(c)                                   commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

(i)                                      for which a recognized trading market exists,

 

(ii)                                   issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Economic Area,

 

(iii)                                which matures within 3 Months after the relevant date of calculation, and

 

(iv)                               which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating,

 

(d)                                  any investment in money market funds which:

 

(i)                                      have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited,

 

(ii)                                   invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (c), and

 

(iii)                                can be turned into cash on not more than 30 days’ notice or

 

(e)                                   any other debt security approved by the Required Holders,

 

in each case, denominated in U.S. Dollars, Euros, Sterling or an Optional Currency (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement as in effect on the Second Amendment Date) and to which an Obligor is alone or together with other Obligors beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security.

 

Change of Control ” means any Person or group of Persons acting in concert gains direct or indirect control of the Parent Guarantor.  For the purposes of this definition:

 

Schedule B- 4



 

(a)                                  control of the Parent Guarantor means:

 

(i)                                      the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(A)                                cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Parent Guarantor or

 

(B)                                appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Parent Guarantor or

 

(C)                                give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Parent Guarantor with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Parent Guarantor are obliged to comply; or

 

(ii)                                   (the holding beneficially of more than 50% of the issued share capital of the Parent Guarantor (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital); and

 

(b)                                  acting in concert means, a group of Persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of shares in the Parent Guarantor by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Parent Guarantor.

 

Change of Control Notice ” is defined in Section 8.7

 

CISADA ” is the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability, and Divestment Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111—195).

 

Closing Date ” is defined in Section 2.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Exhibit 7.2 .

 

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 21.

 

Contribution Notice ” means a contribution notice issued by the Pensions Regulator under section 38 or section 47 of the Pensions Act 2004.

 

Current Assets ” means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all inventory, work in progress, trade and other receivables of each member of the Group including prepayments in relation to operating items and sundry debtors (but excluding cash and Cash Equivalent Investments) maturing within 12 Months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

(a)                                  receivables in relation to corporation and deferred Tax,

 

Schedule B- 5



 

(b)                                  Exceptional Items and other non-operating items,

 

(c)                                   insurance claims, and

 

(d)                                  any interest owing to any member of the Group.

 

Current Liabilities ” means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all liabilities (including trade creditors, accruals and provisions) of each member of the Group falling due within 12 Months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

(a)                                  liabilities for Financial Indebtedness and Finance Charges,

 

(b)                                  liabilities for corporation and deferred Tax,

 

(c)                                   Exceptional Items and other non-operating items,

 

(d)                                  insurance claims, and

 

(e)                                   liabilities in relation to dividends declared but not paid by the Parent Guarantor or by a member of the Group in favor of a Person which is not a member of the Group.

 

Czech Subsidiary ” means Magnesium Elektron Recycling CZ S.R.O., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Czech Republic.

 

Debt Service ” means in respect of any Relevant Period the aggregate of:

 

(a)                                  Net Finance Charges for such Relevant Period,

 

(b)                                  the net amount of any cash receipts during that Relevant Period in respect of any corporation tax rebates or credits and the amount actually paid or due and payable in respect of corporation taxes during that Relevant Period by any member of the Group,

 

(c)                                   the aggregate of all scheduled repayments of Financial Indebtedness falling due during such Relevant Period but excluding:

 

(i)                                      any amounts repaid or falling due under any overdraft or revolving facility (including, without limitation, any facility available pursuant to the Bank Facilities Agreement or any Permitted Refinancing Agreement) and which were available for simultaneous redrawing according to the terms of such facility,

 

(ii)                                   any such obligations owed to any member of the Group and

 

(iii)                                any prepayment of Financial Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date which is required to be repaid under the terms of this Agreement, and

 

(d)                                  the amount of the capital element of any payments in respect of such Relevant Period payable under any Finance Lease entered into by any member of the Group,

 

Schedule B- 6



 

and so that no amount shall be included more than once.

 

Debt Service Cover ” means the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Debt Service in respect of any Relevant Period.

 

Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” means that rate of interest that is the greater of (i) 2% per annum above the rate of interest stated in clause (a) of the first paragraph of the Notes and (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate.

 

Designated Person ” means a Person:

 

(a)                                  listed on the annex to the Executive Order;

 

(b)                                  owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person listed on the annex to the Executive Order;

 

(c)                                   listed on the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the United States Department of the Treasury, as updated or amended from time to time;

 

(d)                                  whose property has been blocked, or is subject to seizure, forfeiture or confiscation, under any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law; or

 

(e)                                   that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or support “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order.

 

Disclosure Documents ” is defined in Section 5.11.

 

Disposal ” means a sale, lease or license (other than an occupational rack rent lease or license), transfer, loan or other disposal by a Person of any asset, undertaking or business (whether by a voluntary or involuntary single transaction or series of transactions).

 

Disposal Proceeds ” means the consideration receivable by any member of the Group (including any amount receivable in repayment of intercompany debt) for any Disposal made by any member of the Group except for Excluded Disposal Proceeds.

 

Disposal Prepayment Date ” is defined in Section 8.8.

 

Disposal Prepayment Offer ” is defined in Section 8.8.

 

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

(a)                                  a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Note Documents (or otherwise in order for the

 

Schedule B- 7



 

transactions contemplated by the Note Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the parties hereto, or

 

(b)                                  the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a party hereto preventing that, or any other party hereto:

 

(i)                                      from performing its payment obligations under the Note Documents, or

 

(ii)                                   from communicating with other parties hereto in accordance with the terms of the Note Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the party whose operations are disrupted.

 

Dormant Subsidiary ” means a member of the Group which does not trade (for itself or as agent for any Person) and does not own, legally or beneficially, assets (including indebtedness owed to it) which in aggregate have a value of US$33,000 or more or its equivalent in other currencies.

 

EBIT ” means in respect of any Relevant Period the consolidated operating profit of the Parent Guarantor before taxation for such Relevant Period (excluding the results from discontinued operations):

 

(a)                                  before deducting any interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges, gains or losses on Financial Indebtedness and other finance payments whether paid, payable or capitalized by any member of the Group (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of such Relevant Period,

 

(b)                                  not including any accrued interest owing or paid to any member of the Group,

 

(c)                                   before taking into account any Exceptional Items,

 

(d)                                  before deducting any Transaction Costs,

 

(e)                                   before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset except for the impairment of working capital items,

 

(f)                                    after deducting the amount of any profit (or adding back the amount of any loss) of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests,

 

(g)                                   before taking into account any unrealized gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis),

 

Schedule B- 8



 

(h)                                  [Reserved], and

 

excluding any profit or loss arising from the disposal of fixed assets,

 

in each case to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining operating profits of the Group before taxation for such Relevant Period.

 

EBITA ” means in respect of any Relevant Period, EBIT for that Relevant Period after adding back any amount attributable to the impairment or amortization of assets or impairment of members of the Group and non-cash based charges and amortization costs associated with equity stock-based compensation schemes for such Relevant Period.

 

EBITDA ” means in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITA for such Relevant Period after adding back any amount attributable to the depreciation of assets of members of the Group for such Relevant Period.

 

Employee Plan ” means, at any time, an “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in section 3(32) of ERISA and subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) then or at any time during the previous six years maintained for, or contributed to (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute) on behalf of, employees of any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate.

 

English Guarantee Agreement ” is defined in Section 1(b).

 

English Guarantor ” means the Parent Guarantor and each other Guarantor incorporated or formed under the laws of England and Wales.

 

Environment ” means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

(a)                                  air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man made structures, whether above or below ground),

 

(b)                                  water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers), and

 

(c)                                   land (including, without limitation, land under water).

 

Environmental Claim ” means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any Person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

Environmental Law ” means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

 

(a)                                  the pollution or protection of the Environment,

 

(b)                                  the conditions of the workplace, or

 

(c)                                   the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which alone, or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including without limitation, any waste.

 

Schedule B- 9



 

Environmental Permits ” means any permit and other Authorization and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from any Real Property owned or used by any member of the Group.

 

ERISA ” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means each person (as defined in section 3(9) of ERISA) that is a member of a controlled group of, or under common control with, any Obligor, within the meaning of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

ERISA Event ” means any of the following events:

 

(a)                                  any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA, with respect to an Employee Plan as to which the PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within thirty days of the occurrence of that event.  However, a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or section 302 of ERISA shall be a reportable event for the purposes of this paragraph (a) regardless of the issuance of any waiver under said sections;

 

(b)                                  the requirements of subsection (1) of section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of that section) are met with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of an Employee Plan and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to that Employee Plan within the following 30 days;

 

(c)                                   the filing under section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan;

 

(d)                                  the termination of any Employee Plan under section 4041(c) of ERISA;

 

(e)                                   the institution of proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA by the PBGC for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan;

 

(f)                                    the failure to make a required contribution to any Employee Plan that would result in the imposition of an encumbrance pursuant to section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or section 302 of ERISA; or

 

(g)                                   engagement with an Employee Plan in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of section 4795 of the Internal Revenue Code or section 406 of ERISA (other than as a result of an incorrect representation of a Purchaser pursuant to Section 6.2).

 

ESOP ” means the Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan established by a deed of trust dated 3 November 1997.

 

Schedule B- 10


 

euro ” or “ ” means the unit of single currency of the Participating Member States.

 

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 10.

 

Exceptional Items ” means any exceptional, one-off or non-recurring items which represent gains or losses including (without limitation) those arising on:

 

(a)                                  the restructuring of the activities of an entity, including the associated redundancy program costs and reversals of any provisions for the cost of restructuring,

 

(b)                                  disposals, revaluations or impairment of non-current assets,

 

(c)                                   disposals of assets associated with discontinued operations and acquisition costs in relation to the acquisition of new operations,

 

(d)                                  Environmental remediation costs and provisions not in the ordinary course of business,

 

(e)                                   one-off gains and losses recognized on the early termination or curtailment of or change in employee retirement defined benefits, or

 

(f)                                    disposal of a business operation which is not classified as a discontinued operation for accounting purposes.

 

Exchange Notes ” is defined in Section 2.

 

“Excluded Disposal Proceeds” means the proceeds of a Permitted Disposal unless such proceeds are to be used to repay or prepay Financial Indebtedness under the Bank Facilities Agreement or a Permitted Refinancing Agreement at any time when a Default or Event of Default exists.

 

Excluded Insurance Proceeds ” means any proceeds of an insurance claim which the Issuer notifies the holders are, or are to be, applied:

 

(a)                                  to meet a third party claim,

 

(b)                                  to cover operating losses in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made,

 

(c)                                   to the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of the assets or otherwise in amelioration of the loss in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made,

 

(d)                                  by an Obligor to purchase assets useful to the business of the Obligors,

 

in each case as soon as possible after receipt, or

 

(e)                                   which do not exceed £10,000,000 (or its equivalent) when aggregated together with the proceeds of all other insurance claims (excluding those referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this definition) during the term of this Agreement.

 

Schedule B- 11



 

Executive Order ” means Executive Order No. 13224 of September 23, 2001- Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten To Commit, or Support Terrorism, 66 U.S. Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001), as amended.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471, 1472, 1473 and 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any applicable intergovernmental agreements and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, regulations or rules adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreements, in each case with respect to the implementation of such Sections of the Internal Revenue Code, and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Favored Lender Notice ” is defined in Section 9.36.

 

Finance Charges ” means for any Relevant Period the aggregate amount of the accrued interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and other finance payments in respect of Financial Indebtedness whether paid payable or capitalized by any member of the Group (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of such Relevant Period:

 

(a)                                  excluding any upfront fees or costs,

 

(b)                                  including the interest (but not the capital) element of payments in respect of Finance Leases,

 

(c)                                   including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts payable to) any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement, and

 

(d)                                  taking no account of any unrealized gains or losses on any financial instruments other than any derivative investments which are accounted for on a hedge accounting basis,

 

(e)                                   excluding any Transaction Costs, and

 

(f)                                    excluding any interest cost or expected return on plan assets in relation to any post employment benefit schemes,

 

so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

 

Finance Lease ” means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease.

 

Financial Covenant ” means any maintenance covenant (whether set forth as a covenant, undertaking, event of default, restriction or other such provision) that requires the Parent Guarantor or a member of the Group to achieve or maintain a stated level of financial condition or financial performance and includes, without limitation, any requirement that any member of the Group:

 

Schedule B- 12



 

(i)                                      maintain a specified level of net worth, shareholders’ equity, total assets, cash flow or net income;

 

(ii)                                   maintain any specified ratio of any component of its capital structure to any other component thereof (including, without limitation, the relationship of indebtedness, senior indebtedness or subordinated indebtedness to total capitalisation or to net worth); or

 

(iii)                                maintain any measure of its ability to service its indebtedness (including, without limitation, any specified ratio of revenues, cash flow or net income to indebtedness, interest expense, rental expense, capital expenditures and/or scheduled payments of indebtedness).

 

Financial Indebtedness ” means, without double counting, any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

(a)                                  monies borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions,

 

(b)                                  acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialized equivalent),

 

(c)                                   any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument,

 

(d)                                  any Finance Leases,

 

(e)                                   receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis),

 

(f)                                    any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account),

 

(g)                                   any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution in respect of an underlying liability of an entity which is not a member of the Group which liability would fall within one of the other paragraphs of this definition,

 

(h)                                  any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (ii) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply,

 

(i)                                      any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial

 

Schedule B- 13



 

or economic effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles,

 

(j)                                     any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer thereof) before the latest maturity date of any Note as stated therein or are otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles, and

 

(k)                                  the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j).

 

Financial Quarter ” means a 3 calendar months period ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 in any Financial Year.

 

Financial Year ” means a financial year of the Parent Guarantor.

 

French Subsidiary ” means Luxfer Gas Cylinders S.A.S., a société par actions simplifiées organized under the laws of France.

 

Funding Instructions ” is defined in Section 4.17.

 

German Subsidiary ” means Dynetek Europe GmbH, a Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung incorporated under the laws of Germany with registered number HRB44318.

 

Governmental Authority ” means

 

(a)                                  the government of

 

(i)                                      the United States of America or England or any State or other political subdivision of either thereof, or

 

(ii)                                   any other jurisdiction in which the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Parent Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or

 

(b)                                  any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

 

Group ” means the Parent Guarantor and each of its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

Group Structure Chart ” is defined in Section 5.23.

 

guarantee ” means (other than in Section 13) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any Person or to make an investment in or loan to any Person or to purchase assets of any Person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such Person to meet its indebtedness.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” is defined in Section 13.1.

 

Schedule B- 14



 

Guarantor ” means the Parent Guarantor and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Hedging Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the Bank Facilities Agreement (as in effect on the Second Amendment Date).

 

HMRC ” means the United Kingdom HM Revenue and Customs.

 

holder ” means, with respect to any Note the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Issuer pursuant to Section 14.1.

 

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

Incorporated Provision ” is defined in Section 9.36.

 

indebtedness ” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent.

 

Institutional Investor ” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.

 

Insurance Prepayment Date ” is defined in Section 8.8.

 

Insurance Prepayment Offer ” is defined in Section 8.8.

 

Insurance Proceeds ” means the proceeds of any insurance claim under any insurance maintained by any member of the Group except for Excluded Insurance Proceeds and after deducting any reasonable expenses in relation to that claim which are incurred by any member of the Group to Persons who are not members of the Group.

 

Intellectual Property ” means:

 

(a)                                  any patents, trademarks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, know-how and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may now or in the future subsist), whether registered or unregistered and

 

(b)                                  the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group (which may now or in the future subsist).

 

Interest Cover ” means the ratio of EBITDA to Net Finance Charges in respect of any Relevant Period.

 

Schedule B- 15



 

Internal Revenue Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any and all regulations and rulings issued thereunder.

 

Issuer ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Joinder Agreement ” is defined in Section 1(b).

 

Joint Venture ” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.

 

Legal Reservations ” means:

 

(a)                                  the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganization and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors,

 

(b)                                  the time barring of claims under the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a Person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defenses of set-off or counterclaim,

 

(c)                                   the possibility that the courts may recharacterize any security purporting to be a fixed charge as a floating charge (or vice versa), and

 

(d)                                  similar principles, rights and defenses under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

Leverage ” means in respect of any Relevant Period the ratio of Total Net Debt on the last day of such Relevant Period to Adjusted Acquisition EBITDA in respect of such Relevant Period.

 

Major Breach ” means any breach of:

 

(a)                                  Section 9.8 ( Change of Business ),

 

(b)                                  Section 9.9 ( Acquisitions ),

 

(c)                                   Section 9.12 ( Pari Passu Ranking ),

 

(d)                                  Section 9.13 ( Negative Pledge ),

 

(e)                                   Section 9.14 ( Disposals ),

 

(f)                                    Section 9.16 ( Loans or Credit ),

 

(g)                                   Section 9.17 ( No Guarantees or Indemnities ),

 

(h)                                  Section 9.18 ( Dividends and Share Redemption ),

 

Schedule B- 16



 

(i)                                      Section 9.20 ( Financial Indebtedness ), and

 

(j)                                     Section 9.22 ( Insurance ).

 

Major Default ” means any of the following Events of Default:

 

(a)                                  Section 10(a) ( Non-payment ),

 

(b)                                  Section 10(b) ( Financial Covenants and Other Obligations ),

 

(c)                                   Section 10(c) ( Other Obligations ) but only insofar as it relates to a Major Breach,

 

(d)                                  Section 10(d) ( Misrepresentation ) but only insofar as it relates to a Major Representation,

 

(e)                                   Section 10(f) ( Insolvency ) and Section 10(g) (Insolvency Proceedings),

 

(f)                                    Section 10(i) ( Unlawfulness and Invalidity ) and Section 10(o) ( Repudiation and Rescission of Agreements ), and

 

(g)                                   Section 10(q) ( ERISA ).

 

Major Representation ” means each of the representations set out in Section 5.1 ( Status ) to Section 5.5(a) ( Validity and Admissibility in Evidence ) inclusive, Section 5.24 ( Obligors ), Section 5.30 ( U.S. Regulations ) and Section 5.31 ( Sanctions ).

 

Make-Whole Amount ” is defined in Section 8.6.

 

Material ” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets, properties or prospects of the Group taken as a whole.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a)                                  the business, operations or property of the Group taken as a whole, or

 

(b)                                  the ability of an Obligor to perform its payment obligations under the Note Documents (taking into account the financial resources available to that Obligor from other members of the Group), or

 

(c)                                   the rights or remedies of any holder under any of the Note Documents.

 

Material Company ” means, at any time:

 

(a)                                  an Obligor,

 

(b)                                  a wholly-owned member of the Group that holds shares in an Obligor, or

 

(c)                                   a Material Subsidiary.

 

Schedule B- 17



 

Material Provision ” means each of Sections 7, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.12, 9.13, 9,14, 9.31, 9.32 and 9.33 and each Incorporated Provision.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor which has earnings before interest, tax and amortization (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) representing 5% or more of EBITA, or has gross assets, (excluding intra-Group items) representing 5% or more of the gross assets of the Group, calculated on a consolidated basis.  The foregoing shall be determined by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate and/or the latest audited financial statements of that Subsidiary (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has Subsidiaries) and the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group.  However, if a Subsidiary has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group were prepared, the financial statements shall be deemed to be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary (that adjustment being certified by the Group’s Auditors as representing an accurate reflection of the revised EBITA and gross assets of the Group).  A report by the Auditors of the Parent Guarantor that a Subsidiary is or is not a Material Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties to this Agreement.

 

Month ” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a)                                  if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day and

 

(b)                                  if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

Monthly Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a month delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a).

 

More Favorable Provision ” is defined in Section 9.36.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means, at any time, a multiemployer plan (as defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) then or at any time during the previous five years maintained for, or contributed to (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute) on behalf of, employees of any Obligor or an ERISA Affiliate.

 

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.

 

Net Finance Charges ” means, for any Relevant Period, the Finance Charges for such Relevant Period after deducting any interest payable in such Relevant Period to any member of the Group on any cash or Cash Equivalent Investment.

 

Schedule B- 18



 

Non-U.S. Obligor ” means an Obligor that is not a U.S. Obligor.

 

Non-U.S. Plan ” means any plan, fund or other similar program that (a) is established or maintained outside the United States of America by a member of the Group primarily for the benefit of employees of members of the Group residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and (b) is not subject to ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Note Document ” means this Agreement, each Note, each Joinder Agreement, each English Guarantee Agreement and each other guarantee agreement executed by any Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Sections 1(b) and 9.31 and the in each case as amended, novated, supplemented or restated (however fundamentally).

 

Notes ” is defined in Section 1.3(b).

 

Obligor ” means the Issuer and each Guarantor.

 

OFAC Sanctions Regulations ” means the U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury as amended from time to time, and codified in 31 C.F.R. 500 et. seq.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of an Obligor whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

 

Original Subsidiary Guarantor ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Parent Guarantor ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Communities that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic Monetary Union.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” means:

 

(a)                                  an acquisition pursuant to a Permitted Share Issue;

 

(b)                                  the incorporation of a company which on incorporation becomes a member of the Group, but only if that company is incorporated with limited liability in the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States, or such other jurisdiction in which an existing member of the Group operates, and not in any jurisdiction that is on a restricted list for a holder;

 

Schedule B- 19



 

(c)                                   an acquisition by a member of the Group of an asset sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of by another member of the Group in circumstances constituting a Permitted Disposal;

 

(d)                                  an acquisition (not being an acquisition by the Parent Guarantor or the Issuer), of (1) all or the amount required to hold a controlling interest of the issued share capital of a limited liability company or (2) (if the acquisition is made by a limited liability company) a business or undertaking carried on as a going concern, but only if:

 

(i)                                      no Default or Event of Default is continuing on the closing date for the acquisition or would occur as a result of the acquisition;

 

(ii)                                   the acquired company, business or undertaking:

 

(A)                                is engaged in a business the substantially the same as that carried on by the Group and

 

(B)                                is incorporated or established, and carries on its principal business in the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States, or such other jurisdiction in which an existing member of the Group operates, and not in any jurisdiction that is on a restricted list for a holder;

 

(iii)                                Leverage (calculated on a pro forma basis taking into account the acquisition) does not exceed 2.5:1;

 

(iv)                               the Parent Guarantor has delivered to the holders of Notes not later than 5 Business Days prior to the date it (or the relevant member of the Group) legally commits to make such acquisition (such date being the “ Acquisition Commitment Date ”), a certificate signed by two directors of the Parent Guarantor:

 

(A)                                giving notice to the holders of the proposed acquisition and

 

(B)                                to which is attached forecasts (which have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and reasonable assumptions, and which assume that the acquisition has occurred), demonstrating that the Parent Guarantor will remain in compliance with its obligations under Section 9.1 for a period of not less than 12 Months from the closing date for the acquisition

 

(C)                                certifying that Leverage (calculated on a pro forma basis taking into account the acquisition) does not exceed 2.5:1 and

 

(v)                                  the consideration (including associated costs and expenses) for the acquisition and any Financial Indebtedness or other assumed actual or contingent liability, in each case remaining in the acquired company (or any such business) at the date of acquisition (the “ Total Purchase Price ”) does not exceed in aggregate

 

Schedule B- 20



 

25 per cent of the consolidated net assets of the Group as at the Acquisition Commitment Date;

 

(e)                                   an acquisition by the Parent Guarantor of its own shares (to be held in treasury)  or by any other member of the Group of shares in the Parent Guarantor, in each case in connection with any employee share ownership or share incentive plan; or

 

(f)                                    an acquisition permitted by the Required Holders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in writing.

 

Permitted Bank Increase ” means any increase, after the Second Amendment Date, in the principal amount or commitment of the facilities available under the Bank Facilities Agreement on the Second Amendment Date, or any increase, after the Second Amendment Date, in the fees or commission relating to the facilities available under the Bank Facilities Agreement provided that:

 

(a)                                  any such new Financial Indebtedness created by such increase (including any Financial Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a utilization of any Uncommitted Accordion Facility) would constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness if it were incurred under clause (k) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or

 

(b)                                  the increase in fees or commission is in consideration for the amendment or waiver of, or the giving of a consent under, any term of a Bank Document.

 

Permitted Disposal ” means any sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal which, except in the case of paragraphs (b) and (m), is on arm’s length terms:

 

(a)                                  of trading stock or cash made by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

(b)                                  of any asset by a member of the Group to another member of the Group;

 

(c)                                   of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value or quality;

 

(d)                                  of assets to a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

(e)                                   of obsolete or redundant Real Property, vehicles, or plant equipment for cash;

 

(f)                                    of Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or in immediate exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

(g)                                   constituted by a license of intellectual property rights permitted by Section 9.24;

 

(h)                                  arising as a result of any Permitted Security;

 

Schedule B- 21


 

(i)                                      of cash by way of a Permitted Loan;

 

(j)                                     of cash in order to complete a Permitted Acquisition;

 

(k)                                  of assets for cash where (i) the higher of the market value or the net consideration receivable in respect of such asset (when aggregated with the higher of the market value or the net consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal of an asset not allowed under the preceding paragraphs) does not exceed US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate, or (ii) (x) no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result from such disposal, and (y) the Issuer offers, within 90 days following such disposition, to prepay the outstanding Notes held by each holder in accordance with the Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer provisions of Section 8.8 in a principal amount equal to such holder’s Permitted Disposal Pro Rata Portion of the net proceeds of such disposition; provided that, in the case of both clause (i) and clause (ii) above, if the proceeds of such disposition constitute Disposal Proceeds, then the provisions set forth in Section 8.8 with respect to Disposal Proceeds shall apply thereto;

 

(l)                                      that is a Permitted Transaction;

 

(m)                              of shares in the Parent Guarantor by the Parent Guarantor or any other member of the Group in connection with any employee share ownership or share incentive plan; or

 

(n)                                  of cash in order to fund the acquisition of shares in the Parent Guarantor in connection with any employee share ownership or share incentive plan.

 

Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds ” means the net proceeds of any disposition made pursuant to clause (k)(ii) of the definition of “Permitted Disposal”.

 

Permitted Disposal Pro Rata Portion ” means, in respect of any holder of any Note and any Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds, an amount equal to the product of:

 

(a)                                  the amount of such net proceeds, multiplied by

 

(b)                                  a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Note, and the denominator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the Notes plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the notes issued pursuant to the Shelf Facility plus (iii) the aggregate principal amount outstanding at such time under the Bank Facilities Agreement and any Permitted Refinancing Agreement.

 

“Permitted Distribution ” means:

 

(a)                                  the payment of a dividend to any member of the Group by any of such Group member’s Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  the payment of a dividend by the Parent Guarantor provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time such dividend is declared;

 

Schedule B- 22



 

(c)                                   the redemption of up to £50,000 B preference shares at par value (plus any accrued dividend) issued by the Parent Guarantor to Brian Purves and Ian Mckinnon; and

 

(d)                                  the payment of any other dividend agreed between the Obligors and the Required Holders.

 

Permitted Financial Indebtedness ” means Financial Indebtedness:

 

(a)                                  arising under

 

(i) any of the Note Documents, or

 

(ii) (x) the Bank Facilities Agreement (other than any Bilateral Facility), as amended from time to time in compliance with this Agreement; provided that, with respect to any Financial Indebtedness arising under any Uncommitted Accordion Facility, the incurrence of such Financial Indebtedness constitutes a Permitted Bank Increase; (y) any Bilateral Facility made available to an Obligor by a Bank Lender in accordance with clause 8.1(a) (Bilateral Facilities) of the Bank Facilities Agreement (as in effect on the Second Amendment Date); or (z) a Permitted Refinancing Agreement, as amended from time to time in compliance with this Agreement; or

 

(b)                                  arising under a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Guarantee or as permitted by Section 9.28;

 

(c)                                   arising under (i) a foreign exchange transaction for spot or forward delivery entered into in connection with protection against fluctuation in currency rates where that foreign exchange exposure arises in the ordinary course of trade or in respect of loans made under the Bank Facilities Agreement, but not a foreign exchange transaction for investment or speculative purposes and (ii) the Hedging Agreement;

 

(d)                                  under finance or capital leases of vehicles, plant equipment or computers, provided that the aggregate capital value of all such items so leased under outstanding leases by members of the Group does not exceed US$16,500,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time;

 

(e)                                   of a company that becomes a member of the Group as a result of a Permitted Acquisition provided that the Financial Indebtedness is repaid in full within 45 days of that company becoming a member of the Group;

 

(f)                                    owed to another member of the Group;

 

(g)                                   [Reserved];

 

(h)                                  performance bonds issued in the ordinary course of trading in respect of non-financial obligations;

 

(i)                                      [reserved];

 

Schedule B- 23



 

(j)                                     permitted by the Required Holders in writing; and

 

(k)                                  such other Financial Indebtedness not permitted by the preceding paragraphs, provided that the outstanding principal amount of all Financial Indebtedness of the Group (including the Financial Indebtedness permitted pursuant to paragraphs (a) to (j) above (other than the Financial Indebtedness permitted under paragraphs (c), (f) or (g) of the definition of “Permitted Loan”)) does not exceed US$300,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for the Group at any time.

 

Permitted Guarantee ” means:

 

(a)                                  the endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of trade;

 

(b)                                  any guarantee to a property landlord of which a member of the Group is a tenant;

 

(c)                                   any performance or similar bond guaranteeing performance by a member of the Group under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of trade;

 

(d)                                  any guarantee or indemnity arising under the articles of association of the Parent Guarantor;

 

(e)                                   any indemnity given by a member of the Group for its liabilities in the ordinary course of trade;

 

(f)                                    a guarantee in respect of Financial Indebtedness permitted under paragraph (h) of the definition of “Permitted Financial Indebtedness”;

 

(g)                                   a guarantee of Financial Indebtedness as part of a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

(h)                                  a guarantee in respect of obligations of another member of the Group;

 

(i)                                      any guarantee given in respect of the netting or set-off arrangements permitted pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of Permitted Security;

 

(j)                                     any guarantee or indemnity given by a member of the Group in respect of any obligations of an employee or officer of a member of the Group, which obligations shall not exceed US$165,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for all such obligations supported by such guarantees or indemnities pursuant to this paragraph (j) outstanding at any time;

 

(k)                                  [reserved];

 

(l)                                      the Unconditional Guarantee, each English Guarantee Agreement and any other guarantee or indemnity of or in respect of the Financial Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and the Notes; and

 

Schedule B- 24



 

(m)                              any guarantee given in respect of Financial Indebtedness arising under a Principal Lending Facility so long as the Parent Guarantor and Issuer have complied with the provisions of Section 9.31(c) and 9.31(d).

 

Permitted Joint Venture ” means any investment by any member of the Group:

 

(a)                                  where the joint venture interest is held through an entity incorporated or formed with limited liability and

 

(i)                                      the joint venture entity is incorporated or established, and carries on its principal business in a jurisdiction in which an existing member of the Group operates and not in any jurisdiction that is on a restricted list for any holder,

 

(ii)                                   as at the date of the joint venture investment by the relevant member of the Group:

 

(A)                                Leverage (as shown in the latest Compliance Certificate) does not exceed 2.5:1 and

 

(B)                                the Parent Guarantor has delivered to the holders of Notes not later than 5 Business Days prior to the relevant member of the Group legally committing to make such joint venture investment, a certificate signed by two directors of the Parent Guarantor:

 

(1)                                  giving notice to the holders of the proposed joint venture investment and

 

(2)                                  to which is attached forecasts (which have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and reasonable assumptions, and which assume that the joint venture investment has occurred), demonstrating that the Parent Guarantor will remain in compliance with its obligations under Section 9.1 for a period of not less than 12 Months from the date of the joint venture investment,

 

(iii)                                the joint venture investment is made on arm’s length terms,

 

(iv)                               such entity carries on or owns the same, a similar, complementary or related business to that carried on by the Group, and

 

(v)                                  the aggregate (without double counting) of:

 

(A)                                all outstanding amounts lent, advances, contributed to or for equity in, or otherwise invested in, such entity by members of the Group and

 

Schedule B- 25



 

(B)                                the market value (at the date of transfer or contribution) of all assets transferred or contributed to such entity by members of the Group to the extent exceeding the value of the consideration for such transfers or contributions and

 

(C)                                all outstanding Financial Indebtedness incurred (whether by way of guarantee or otherwise) in relation to such entity by members of the Group

 

shall not after the date of this Agreement, when taken together with any contingent liability of such Permitted Joint Venture, exceed US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent); or

 

(b)                                  permitted by the Required Holders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in writing.

 

Permitted Loan ” means:

 

(a)                                  any trade credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading activities;

 

(b)                                  Financial Indebtedness which is referred to in the definition of, or otherwise constitutes, Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(c)                                   any loan to a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

(d)                                  any loan or advance made to employees of any member of the Group which loans and advances shall not exceed US$3,300,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for all loans to employees outstanding at any time;

 

(e)                                   any loan, advance or other financial facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$2,000,000 in any calendar year made available to the trustee of the ESOP, the trustee or administrator (or any similar third party) of any other employee share ownership or share incentive plan or similar scheme or to an employee whether for the purpose of acquiring ordinary, preference or deferred shares or U.S. depositary receipts or shares in the Parent Guarantor or any member of the Group, provided that such loan, advance or other financial facility may not exceed US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent) at any one time outstanding;

 

(f)                                    a loan made by a member of the Group to another member of the Group; or

 

(g)                                   any loan (other than a loan that would fall within one of the paragraphs set out above) so long as the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness under any such loans does not exceed US$825,000 (or its equivalent) at any time.

 

Schedule B- 26



 

Permitted Refinancing Agreement ” means any facility agreement, credit agreement or similar agreement which refinances or replaces all or any portion of the Bank Facilities Agreement so long as:

 

(a)                                  such agreement and any other Permitted Refinancing Documents do not contain, either initially or by amendment or other modification, any material terms, conditions, covenants or defaults other than those which (x) then exist in the Bank Facilities Agreement or those that would not be materially more restrictive on the Obligors than the terms, conditions, covenants and defaults in the then existing Bank Facilities Agreement or (y) could be included in the Bank Facilities Agreement by an amendment or other modification that would not be prohibited by the terms of this Agreement, and

 

(b)                                  the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness arising under such agreement would constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness if it were incurred under clause (k) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Refinancing Documents ” means a Permitted Refinancing Agreement and each other document executed in connection therewith that is a “financing document” (or such other similar term).

 

Permitted Security ” means:

 

(a)                                  any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;

 

(b)                                  any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances of members of the Group;

 

(c)                                   any payment or close out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any Treasury Transaction or foreign exchange transaction entered into by a member of the Group which constitutes Permitted Financial Indebtedness, excluding any Security or Quasi-Security under a credit support arrangement;

 

(d)                                  any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;

 

(e)                                   any Quasi-Security arising as a result of a disposal which is a Permitted Disposal; or

 

(f)                                    any Security or Quasi-Security arising as a consequence of any finance or capital lease permitted pursuant to paragraph (d) of the definition of “Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

Schedule B- 27



 

Permitted Share Issue ” means an issue of:

 

(a)                                  ordinary shares by the Parent Guarantor, paid for in full in cash upon issue and which by their terms are not redeemable and where such issue does not lead to a Change of Control of the Parent Guarantor,

 

(b)                                  any shares issued in connection with the ESOP or any other employee share ownership or share incentive plan or similar scheme, where such issue does not lead to a Change of Control, and

 

(c)                                   shares by a member of the Group (other than the Parent Guarantor) which is a Subsidiary to any Holding Company or, in the case of any Subsidiary which is a Joint Venture, to the shareholder(s) of such Joint Venture provided that any investment in a Joint Venture by a member of the Group by way of subscription for shares is permitted under the definition of Permitted Joint Venture.

 

Permitted Transaction ” means:

 

(a)                                  any disposal required, Financial Indebtedness incurred, guarantee, indemnity or Security or Quasi-Security given, or other transaction arising, under the Note Documents;

 

(b)                                  the solvent liquidation or reorganization of any member of the Group (other than the Issuer or the Parent Company Guarantor) so long as any payments or assets distributed as a result of such liquidation or reorganization are distributed to other members of the Group; or

 

(c)                                   transactions (other than (i) any sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal and (ii) the granting or creation of Security or the incurring or permitting to subsist of Financial Indebtedness) conducted in the ordinary course of trading on arm’s length terms.

 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, business entity or Governmental Authority.

 

Plan ” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Parent Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

 

Principal Lending Facility ” means (a) any facility made available under the Bank Facilities Agreement, (b) any facility made available under any Permitted Refinancing Agreement, (c) the Shelf Facility and (d) any facility or facilities made available under any other

 

Schedule B- 28



 

credit agreement, note purchase agreement, shelf agreement, indenture or any other term loan or working capital facility of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor providing, in each case, for the incurrence of Financial Indebtedness, or commitments therefor, in a principal amount equal to or greater than £10,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies), in each case under clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and together with increases, refinancings and replacements thereof.

 

property ” or “ properties ” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

 

provision of law ” is a reference to a provision, of any treaty, legislation, regulation, decree, order or by-law and any secondary legislation enacted under a power given by that provision, as amended, applied or re-enacted or replaced (whether with or without modification) whether before or after the date of this Agreement.

 

PTE ” is defined in Section 6.2.

 

Purchaser ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Purchaser Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

Quarter Date ” means the last day of a Financial Quarter.

 

“Quarterly Financial Statements” means the financial statements for the three-month periods ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 in each Financial Year delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a).

 

Quasi-Security ” is defined in Section 9.13.

 

Ratable Portion means, in respect of any holder of any Note and any Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds, an amount equal to the product of:

 

(a)                                  the amount of such Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds, multiplied by

 

(b)                                  a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Note, and the denominator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the Notes plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the notes issued pursuant to the Shelf Facility plus (iii) the aggregate Commitments (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement as in effect on the Second Amendment Date) at such time under the Bank Facilities Agreement or the aggregate commitments at such time under a Permitted Refinancing Agreement, as applicable.

 

Real Property ” means:

 

(a)                                  any freehold, leasehold, commonhold or immovable property and

 

Schedule B- 29



 

(b)                                  any buildings, fixtures, fittings, fixed plant or machinery from time to time situated on or forming part of that freehold, leasehold, commonhold or immovable property.

 

Registration Duty ” means any registration duty or similar amount payable pursuant to the laws of any jurisdiction in which an Obligor is organized in connection with the use in a judicial proceeding in such jurisdiction of this Agreement or any other Note Document or any other agreement or document related hereto or thereto or the transactions contemplated herein or therein.

 

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law, then being a type with which Persons to which it applies customarily comply) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organization.

 

Related Fund ” means, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (a) invests in securities or bank loans, and (b) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

(a)                                  its jurisdiction of incorporation and

 

(b)                                  any jurisdiction where it conducts its business.

 

Relevant Period ” means each 12 Month period ending on the most recent Quarter Date.

 

Required Holders ” means, at any time, the holders of at least 51% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Obligors or any of their Affiliates).

 

Responsible Officer ” means any Senior Financial Officer and any other officer of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement.

 

Response Date ” is defined in Section 8.7.

 

Second Amendment Date ” means March 25, 2014.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

Security ” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment or other security interest securing any obligation of any Person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

Schedule B- 30



 

Senior Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable.

 

Series ” means any series of Notes, including the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes and the Series C Notes (as applicable).

 

Series A Notes ” is defined in Section 1.2(b).

 

Series B Notes ” is defined in Section 1.3(a).

 

Series C Notes ” is defined in Section 1.3(b).

 

Share Option Documents ” means each deed of agreement granting options pursuant to parts A and B of the ESOP.

 

Shelf Document ” means each document executed in connection with the Shelf Facility or otherwise relating thereto.

 

Shelf Facility ” means any private shelf facility or bilateral facility to be entered into between any member of the Group as issuer, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“ Pricoa ”) and each Affiliate, managed account, investment fund or other vehicle for which Pricoa or any of its Affiliates acts as investment advisor or portfolio manager and that becomes party to that private shelf facility or bilateral facility from time to time as a purchaser.

 

Specified Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 5.12.

 

Sterling ” or “ £ ” means lawful money of the United Kingdom.

 

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Original Subsidiary Guarantor and each Additional Subsidiary Guarantor, but shall exclude at such time any Subsidiary theretofore released from its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.31.

 

SVO ” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.

 

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Taxing Jurisdiction is defined in Section 12.

 

The 2014 Note Purchase Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement originally dated September 18, 2014 and as amended and restated on or around the date of this Agreement by and among Luxfer Holdings PLC as the issuer,

 

Schedule B- 31



 

and the Purchasers (as defined therein) relating to the US$25,000,000 3.67% Series A Senior Notes and US$50,000,000 Private Shelf Facility.

 

Total Debt ” means at any time the aggregate amount of all obligations of members of the Group for or in respect of Financial Indebtedness at that time but:

 

(a)                                  excluding any such obligations to any other member of the Group,

 

(b)                                  including in the case of Finance Leases only their capitalized value,

 

(c)                                   excluding unrealized gains and losses on Treasury Transactions (including currency exchange gains and losses), and

 

(d)                                  excluding any obligations in respect of performance bonds issued in the ordinary course of trading in respect of non-financial obligations to the extent such performance bonds are not called or enforced,

 

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once

 

Total Net Debt ” means Total Debt less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by an Obligor at that time and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

 

Transaction Costs ” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Obligors in connection with the Transaction Documents.

 

Transaction Documents ” means the Note Documents, the Bank Documents, the Articles and any other document designated as a Transaction Document by the Required Holders and the Issuer.

 

Treasury Transaction ” means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

 

UK Treaty Holder ” means a holder of Notes which: (a) is resident (as defined in the appropriate double taxation agreement) in a country with which the United Kingdom has a double taxation agreement giving residents of that country a full exemption from United Kingdom taxation on interest; (b) is entitled to the benefit of the exemption in such a double taxation agreement (subject to the completion of any necessary procedural formalities); and (c) does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which the payment is effectively connected.

 

UK Treaty Passport ” means a passport under the UK Treaty Passport Scheme.

 

UK Treaty Passport Scheme ” means the Double Taxation Treaty Passport Scheme for overseas corporate lenders introduced by HMRC on September 1, 2010.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility ” has the meaning given to such term in the Bank Facilities Agreement (as in effect on the Second Amendment Date).

 

Schedule B- 32



 

Unconditional Guarantee ” is defined in Section 13.1.

 

U.S. Bankruptcy Law ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 or any other United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

U.S. Dollars ” or “ US$ ” means lawful money of the United States of America.

 

U.S. Guarantor ” means a Guarantor incorporated or formed under the laws of, or of any state (including the District of Columbia) of, the United States of America.

 

U.S. Obligor ” means an Obligor incorporated or formed under the laws of, or of any state (including the District of Columbia) of, the United States of America.

 

USA Patriot Act ” means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

Working Capital ” means on any date Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

 

Schedule B- 33


 

Schedule C

 

ORIGINAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

 

 

 

Luxfer Group Limited (Registered No. 3944037)

 

England and Wales

 

 

 

Luxfer Group 2000 Limited (Registered No. 4027006)

 

England and Wales

 

 

 

MEL Chemicals Inc.

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

Magnesium Elektron North America Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited (Registered No. 3376625)

 

England and Wales

 

 

 

Luxfer Group Services Limited (Registered No. 3981395)

 

England and Wales

 

 

 

Magnesium Elektron Limited (Registered No. 3141950)

 

England and Wales

 

 

 

Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited (Registered No. 3081726)

 

England and Wales

 

 

 

Luxfer Gas Cylinders China Holdings Limited (Registered No. 5165622)

 

England and Wales

 

 

 

Luxfer Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Hart Metals, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Reade Manufacturing Company

 

Delaware

 

 

 

Luxfer Magtech, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

Schedule C- 1



 

Exhibit 1(a)

 

[Form of Series A Note]

 

BA Holdings, Inc.

 

Series A Note Due June 15, 2018

 

No. RA-[     ]

 

[Date]

US$[       ]

 

PPN: [          ]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, BA HOLDINGS, INC. (herein called the “ Issuer ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [            ] , or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                     ] U.S. DOLLARS (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on June 15, 2018, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 6.19% per annum from the date hereof, payable quarterly, on the 15th day of September, December, March and June in each year (each such date an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing with the September, December, March or June next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment of interest and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on such unpaid balance and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 8.19% and (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate, payable quarterly as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

In addition to the interest payable pursuant to the above paragraph, in the event that Leverage on the last day of any Relevant Period (a “ Testing Date ”) is greater than 2.50 to 1.0, there shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note additional interest (“ Additional Interest ”) at the rate of 0.75% per annum for each period (each such period an “ Additional Interest Period ”) commencing on the Interest Payment Date immediately prior to such Testing Date through the Interest Payment Date immediately after the first subsequent Testing Date on which Leverage equals or is less than 2.50 to 1.0.  The Issuer shall pay, on each Interest Payment Date during each Additional Interest Period, all accrued and unpaid Additional Interest as of such Interest Payment Date.

 

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Issuer shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a series of Series A Notes (herein called the “ Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June [  ], 2016 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the Issuer, Luxfer Holdings

 

Exhibit 1(a)- 1



 

PLC, the respective Original Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Issuer may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Issuer will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Issuer and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit 1(a)- 2



 

Exhibit 1(b)

 

[Form of Series B Note]

 

BA Holdings, Inc.

 

Series B Note Due June 29, 2023

 

No. RB-[     ]

 

[Date]

US$[       ]

 

PPN: [          ]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, BA HOLDINGS, INC. (herein called the “ Issuer ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [            ] , or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                     ] U.S. DOLLARS (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on June 29, 2023, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 4.88% per annum from the date hereof, payable quarterly, on the 15th day of September, December, March and June in each year (each such date an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing with the September, December, March or June next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and on the maturity date hereof and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment of interest and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on such unpaid balance and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 6.88% and (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate, payable quarterly as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

In addition to the interest payable pursuant to the above paragraph, in the event that Leverage on the last day of any Relevant Period (a “ Testing Date ”) is greater than 2.50 to 1.0, there shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note additional interest (“ Additional Interest ”) at the rate of 0.75% per annum for each period (each such period an “ Additional Interest Period ”) commencing on the Interest Payment Date immediately prior to such Testing Date through the Interest Payment Date immediately after the first subsequent Testing Date on which Leverage equals or is less than 2.50 to 1.0.  The Issuer shall pay, on each Interest Payment Date during each Additional Interest Period, all accrued and unpaid Additional Interest as of such Interest Payment Date.

 

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Issuer shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a series of Series B Notes (herein called the “ Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June [  ], 2016 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the Issuer, Luxfer Holdings

 

Exhibit 1(a)- 3



 

PLC, the respective Original Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Issuer may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Issuer will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Issuer and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit 1(a)- 4



 

Exhibit 1(c)

 

[Form of Series C Note]

 

BA Holdings, Inc.

 

Series C Note Due June 29, 2026

 

No. RC-[     ]

[Date]

US$[       ]

PPN: [          ]

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, BA HOLDINGS, INC. (herein called the “ Issuer ”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to [            ] , or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                     ] U.S. DOLLARS (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on June 29, 2023, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 4.94% per annum from the date hereof, payable quarterly, on the 15th day of September, December, March and June in each year (each such date an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing with the September, December, March or June next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and on the maturity date hereof and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment of interest and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on such unpaid balance and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, at a rate per annum from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 6.94% and (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate, payable quarterly as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

In addition to the interest payable pursuant to the above paragraph, in the event that Leverage on the last day of any Relevant Period (a “ Testing Date ”) is greater than 2.50 to 1.0, there shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note additional interest (“ Additional Interest ”) at the rate of 0.75% per annum for each period (each such period an “ Additional Interest Period ”) commencing on the Interest Payment Date immediately prior to such Testing Date through the Interest Payment Date immediately after the first subsequent Testing Date on which Leverage equals or is less than 2.50 to 1.0.  The Issuer shall pay, on each Interest Payment Date during each Additional Interest Period, all accrued and unpaid Additional Interest as of such Interest Payment Date.

 

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Issuer shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a series of Series C Notes (herein called the “ Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June [  ], 2016 (as from time to time amended, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the Issuer, Luxfer Holdings

 

Exhibit 1(a)- 5



 

PLC, the respective Original Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and the respective Purchasers named therein and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Issuer may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Issuer will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Issuer and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit 1(a)- 6


 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)

 

Form of English Guarantee Agreement

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

This Guarantee Agreement, dated as of [               , 20  ] (this “ Guarantee Agreement ”), is made by [               ], a [               ] (the “ Guarantor ”) in favor of the Purchasers (as defined below) and the other holders from time to time of the Notes (as defined below).  The Purchasers and such other holders are herein collectively called the “ holders ” and individually a “ holder .”

 

Preliminary Statements:

 

I.                                         BA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), [Luxfer Holdings PLC (Registered No. 3690830), a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales / the Guarantor], [the Guarantor] and each of the [other] parties listed in Schedule C attached thereto [is entering][has entered] into a Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June [  ], 2016 (as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Agreement ”) with the Persons listed in Schedule A attached thereto (collectively, the “ Purchasers ”) [simultaneously with the delivery of this Guarantee Agreement].  Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings specified in the Note Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

 

II.                                    Pursuant to the Note Agreement, the Issuer [proposes to issue and sell][has issued and sold] , its (i) Series A Notes due June 15, 2018 in the aggregate principal amount of US$15,000,000, (ii) Series B Notes due June [  ], 2023 in the aggregate principal amount of US$25,000,000 and (iii) Series C Notes due June [  ], 2023 in the aggregate principal amount of US$25,000,000 (collectively, the “ Initial Notes ”).  The Initial Notes and any other Notes that may from time to time be issued pursuant to the Note Agreement (in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and as in effect from time to time, including any notes issued in substitution for any of the Notes) are herein collectively called the “ Notes ” and individually a “ Note ”.

 

III.                               [It is a condition to the agreement of the Purchasers to purchase the Notes that this Guarantee Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Guarantor and shall be in full force and effect.][Pursuant to the Note Agreement, the Obligors are required to cause the Guarantor to deliver this Guarantee Agreement to the holders and to enter into a certain Joinder Agreement, dated the date hereof, pursuant to which the Guarantor shall become a party to the Note Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”).]

 

IV.                                The Guarantor and the Issuer are operated as part of one consolidated business entity and are directly dependent upon each other for and in connection with their respective

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 1



 

business activities and their respective financial resources.  The Guarantor will receive[, and has received,] direct and indirect economic and financial benefits from the indebtedness incurred under the Note Agreement and the Notes by the Issuer, and the incurrence of such indebtedness is or was in the best interests of the Guarantor.  By agreeing to enter into this Guarantee Agreement and the Joinder Agreement, the Guarantor will gain substantial financial and other benefits, both direct and indirect.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in [order to induce][compliance with the Note Agreement], and in consideration of, the execution and delivery of the Note Agreement and the purchase of the Notes by each of the Purchasers, the Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with, and represents and warrants to each of the holders as follows:

 

Section 1.                                           GUARANTEE.

 

The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, and jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, guarantees to each holder, the due and punctual payment in full of (a) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or by acceleration or otherwise) and (b) any other sums which may become owing by the Issuer to the holders under the terms and provisions of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein (all such obligations described in clauses (a) and (b) above are herein called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).  The guarantee in the preceding sentence is an absolute, present and continuing guarantee of payment and not of collectability and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from the Issuer or any other Obligor or guarantor of the Notes or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever.  In the event that the Issuer shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantor agrees to pay the same when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind, in lawful money of the United States of America, pursuant to the requirements for payment specified in the Notes and the Note Agreement.  Each default in payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises.  The Guarantor agrees that the Notes issued in connection with the Note Agreement may (but need not) make reference to this Guarantee Agreement.

 

The Guarantor agrees to pay and to indemnify and save each holder harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) which such holder may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (x) any breach by the Guarantor or by the Issuer of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Guarantee Agreement, the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, (y) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 2



 

Guarantee Agreement, the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein and (z) enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) the provisions of this Guarantee Agreement, provided , that the Guarantor shall not be liable for any damage, loss, cost or expense arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any holder.

 

The Guarantor further irrevocably and unconditionally indemnifies each holder immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered by such holder if any payment obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal; the amount of the loss or liability under this indemnity will be equal to the amount such holder would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

The Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Guarantor’s liability hereunder is joint and several with any other Person(s) who may guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations, including [the Parent Guarantor] and any [other] Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Anything herein or in the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of the Guarantor hereunder and under the Notes and the Note Agreement shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under applicable laws relating to the insolvency of debtors and this guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting financial assistance within the meaning of Sections 678 or 679 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006.

 

The Guarantor agrees that the obligations under and in respect of the Notes, the Note Agreement and the other Note Documents may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of the Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee Agreement or affecting the rights and remedies of any holder hereunder.

 

Section 2.                                           OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim the Guarantor may have against the Issuer or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not the Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation: (a) any amendment to, modification of, supplement to or restatement of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein (it being agreed that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall apply to the Notes, the Note Agreement, the other Note Documents and any such other instrument as so amended, modified, supplemented or restated) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes or the

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 3



 

addition, substitution or release of any other Guarantor or any other entity or other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, reorganization, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer or its property; (d) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Guarantor or of the Issuer into or with any other Person or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of the Guarantor or of the Issuer to any Person; (e) any failure on the part of the Issuer for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with the Guarantor; (f) any failure on the part of any holder to obtain, maintain, register or otherwise perfect any security; or (g) any other event or circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (whether or not similar to the foregoing), and in any event however material or prejudicial it may be to the Guarantor or to any subrogation, contribution or reimbursement rights the Guarantor may otherwise have.  The Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations hereunder.

 

Section 3.                                           WAIVER.

 

The Guarantor unconditionally waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) notice of acceptance hereof, of any action taken or omitted in reliance hereon and of any default by the Issuer in the payment of any amounts due under the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, and of any of the matters referred to in Section 2 hereof, (b) all notices which may be required by statute, rule of law or otherwise to preserve any of the rights of any holder against the Guarantor, including, without limitation, presentment to or demand for payment from the Issuer or the Guarantor with respect to any Note, notice to the Issuer or to the Guarantor of default or protest for nonpayment or dishonor and the filing of claims with a court in the event of the bankruptcy of the Issuer, (c) any right to require any holder to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy including, without limitation, any right, power or remedy conferred in the Note Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document, (d) any requirement for diligence on the part of any holder and (e) any other act or omission or thing or delay in doing any other act or thing which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor or in any manner lessen the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.

 

Section 4.                                           OBLIGATIONS UNIMPAIRED.

 

The Guarantor authorizes the holders, without notice or demand to the Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Note Document or other instrument:  (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, all or any part of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein; (b) to change any of the representations, covenants, events of default or any other terms or conditions of or pertaining to the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 4



 

referred to therein, including, without limitation, decreases or increases in amounts of principal, rates of interest, the Make-Whole Amount or any other obligation; (c) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, for the performance of this Guarantee Agreement or otherwise for the Guaranteed Obligations and to exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate and release any such security; (d) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the holders in their sole discretion may determine; (e) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or release any other Guarantor or any other Person or entity primarily or secondarily liable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; (f) to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuer and others, including [the Parent Guarantor and] any [other] Subsidiary Guarantor; and (g) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations owed hereunder.  The holders shall have no obligation to proceed against [the Parent Guarantor or] any [other] Subsidiary Guarantor or any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Issuer, the Guarantor, [the Parent Guarantor or] any [other] Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person or to pursue any other remedy available to the holders.

 

If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of any Notes shall exist and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment on account of the Guaranteed Obligations shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Issuer, the Guarantor or any other guarantors of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, the Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Guarantee Agreement and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holder thereof had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of the Note Agreement, and the Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 5.                                           SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION.

 

(a)                                  The Guarantor will not be entitled to and will not exercise any rights which it may have acquired by way of subrogation under this Guarantee Agreement, by any payment made hereunder or otherwise, or accept any payment on account of such subrogation rights, nor will the Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from the Issuer, [the Parent Guarantor,] any [other] Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person, nor seek or be entitled to seek any rights or recourse to any security for the Notes or this Guarantee Agreement, in each case unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash.

 

(b)                                  The Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all Financial Indebtedness and other obligations of the Issuer, [the Parent Guarantor,] any [other] Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations owing to the Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation, all rights and claims described in clause (a) of this Section 5, to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.  If the Required Holders so request, any such Financial Indebtedness or other obligations shall be enforced and performance received by the Guarantor as trustee for the holders and the proceeds

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 5



 

thereof shall be paid over to the holders promptly, in the form received (together with any necessary endorsements) to be applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as may be directed by the Required Holders, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement.

 

(c)                                   If any amount or other payment is made to or accepted by the Guarantor in violation of any of the preceding clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to the Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the holders and shall be paid over to the holders promptly, in the form received (together with any necessary endorsements) to be applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as may be directed by the Required Holders, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement.

 

(d)                                  The Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Note Agreement and that its agreements set forth in this Guarantee Agreement (including this Section 5) are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 6.                                           REINSTATEMENT OF GUARANTEE.

 

This Guarantee Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if and to the extent at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any of the sums due to any holder on account of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by a holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any other guarantors, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to the Issuer or any other guarantors or any part of its or their property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

Section 7.                                           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTOR.

 

The Guarantor now has and will continue to have independent means of obtaining information concerning the affairs, financial condition and business of the Issuer.  No holder shall have any duty or responsibility to provide the Guarantor with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Issuer which may come into possession of the holders.  The Guarantor is executing and delivering this Guarantee Agreement and each other Note Document to which it is a party without reliance upon any representation by the holders including, without limitation, with respect to (a) the due execution, validity, effectiveness or enforceability of any instrument, document or agreement evidencing or relating to any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any loan or other financial accommodation made or granted to the Issuer, (b) the validity, genuineness, enforceability, existence, value or sufficiency of any property securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the creation, perfection or priority of any lien or security interest in such property or (c) the existence,

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 6



 

number, financial condition or creditworthiness of other guarantors or sureties, if any, with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 8.                                           TERM OF GUARANTEE AGREEMENT.

 

This Guarantee Agreement and all guarantees, covenants and agreements of the Guarantor contained herein shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be discharged until such time as all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations hereunder shall be indefeasibly paid in full in cash and shall be subject to reinstatement pursuant to Section 6.

 

Section 9.                                           SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

 

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Guarantee Agreement and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any other holder.  All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Guarantee Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between each holder and the Guarantor and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 10.                                    AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

 

10.1                         Requirements .  This Guarantee Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Guarantor and the Required Holders, except that no amendment or waiver (a) of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 or 12.7 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), or (b) which results in the limitation of the liability of the Guarantor hereunder will be effective as to any holder unless consented to by such holder in writing.

 

10.2                         Solicitation of Holders of Notes .

 

(a)                                  Solicitation .  The Guarantor will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof.  The Guarantor will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.2 to each holder promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 7



 

(b)                                  Payment .  The Guarantor will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

 

(c)                                   Consent in Contemplation of Transfer .  Any consent made pursuant to this Section 10.2 by the holder of any Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer such Note to an Obligor (including the Guarantor) or any Affiliate of an Obligor and has provided or has agreed to provide such written consent as a condition to such transfer shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such transferring holder.

 

10.3                         Binding Effect .  Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 10 applies equally to all holders and is binding upon them and upon each future holder and upon the Guarantor without regard to whether any Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant or agreement not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing between the Guarantor and the holder nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder.  As used herein, the term “this Guarantee Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Guarantee Agreement as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

10.4                         Notes Held by Issuer, etc.   Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Guarantee Agreement, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by any Obligor (including the Guarantor) or any Affiliate of an Obligor shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

Section 11.                                    NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE .

 

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid).  Any such notice must be sent:

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 8



 

(a)                                  if to the Guarantor, to [                                  ], or such other address as the Guarantor shall have specified to the holders in writing, or

 

(b)                                  if to any holder, to such holder at the addresses specified for such communications set forth in Schedule A to the Note Agreement, or such other address as such holder shall have specified to the Guarantor in writing.

 

Each document, instrument, financial statement, report, notice or other communication delivered in connection with this Guarantee Agreement shall be in English or accompanied by an English translation thereof.

 

This Guarantee Agreement has been prepared and signed in English and the Guarantor agrees that the English version hereof (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) shall be the only version valid for the purpose of the interpretation and construction hereof and thereof notwithstanding the preparation of any translation into another language hereof or thereof, whether official or otherwise or whether prepared in relation to any proceedings which may be brought in [         ] or any other jurisdiction in respect hereof or thereof.

 

Section 12.                                    MISCELLANEOUS.

 

12.1                         Successors and Assigns .  All covenants and other agreements contained in this Guarantee Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

 

12.2                         Severability .  Any provision of this Guarantee Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law), not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

12.3                         Construction .  Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant.  Whether any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

The section and subsection headings in this Guarantee Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall neither be deemed to be a part of this Guarantee Agreement nor modify, define, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.  All references herein to numbered sections, unless otherwise indicated, are to sections of this Guarantee Agreement.  Words and definitions in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and vice versa, and words in the masculine, neuter or feminine gender shall be read and construed as though in either of the other genders where the context so requires.

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 9



 

12.4                         Further Assurances .  The Guarantor agrees to execute and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the Required Holders may from time to time reasonably request in order to effectuate fully the purposes of this Guarantee Agreement.

 

12.5                         Governing Law .  This Guarantee Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of England and Wales.

 

12.6                         Jurisdiction .

 

(a)                                  The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection with this Guarantee Agreement, including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The English courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any such dispute and the Guarantor waives objection to those courts on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with this Guarantee Agreement.

 

(c)                                   This Section 12.6 is for the benefit of the holders of Notes only.  To the extent allowed by law, the Required Holders may take:

 

(1)                                  proceedings in any other court; and

 

(2)                                  concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

12.7                         Obligation to Make Payment in U.S. Dollars .  Any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder in U.S. Dollars which is made to or for the account of any holder in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of the Guarantor, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement only to the extent of the amount of U.S. Dollars which such holder could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above.  If the amount of U.S. Dollars that could be so purchased is less than the amount of U.S. Dollars originally due to such holder, the Guarantor agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such holder from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency.  This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Guarantee Agreement, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such holder from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.  As used herein the term “ London Banking Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 10



 

day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.

 

12.8                         Reproduction of Documents; Execution .  This Guarantee Agreement may be reproduced by any holder by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such holder may destroy any original document so reproduced.  The Guarantor agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such holder in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.  This Section 12.8 shall not prohibit the Guarantor or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.  A facsimile or electronic transmission of the signature page of the Guarantor shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof and shall be admissible into evidence for all purposes.

 

Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Guarantee Agreement confers benefits on each holder and is intended to be enforceable by each such holder.  Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, a Person who is not a party to this Guarantee Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any terms of this Guarantee Agreement.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank; next page is signature page ]

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guarantee Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

[NAME OF GUARANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit 1(b)(i)- 12


 

Exhibit 1(b)(ii)

 

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], is executed by [                ], a [          ] (the “ Guarantor ”), in favor of each of the holders from time to time of the Notes (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Noteholders ”) issued by BA Holdings, Inc. (the “ Issuer ”) pursuant to the Note Agreement (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     The Issuer, Luxfer Holdings PLC (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), and each of the parties listed in Schedule C thereto (the “ Original Subsidiary Guarantors ” and together with the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor, collectively, the “ Obligors ”), on the one hand, and each of the purchasers listed in Schedule A thereto (the “ Purchasers ”), on the other hand, entered into a Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June [  ], 2016 (as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Issuer issued its (i) Series A Notes due June 15, 2018 in the aggregate principal amount of US$15,000,000, (ii) Series B Notes due June [  ], 2023 in the aggregate principal amount of US$25,000,000 and (iii) Series C Notes due June [  ], 2023 in the aggregate principal amount of US$25,000,000 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and as in effect from time to time, including any notes issued in substitution therefore pursuant to the Note Agreement, collectively, the “ Notes ”) to the Purchasers.

 

B.                                     The Guarantor and the Issuer are operated as part of one consolidated business entity and are directly dependent upon each other for and in connection with their respective business activities and their respective financial resources.  The Guarantor will receive[, and has received,] direct and indirect economic and financial benefits from the indebtedness incurred under the Note Agreement and the Notes by the Issuer, and the incurrence of such indebtedness is or was in the best interests of the Guarantor.  By agreeing to enter into this Joinder Agreement [and the Guarantee Agreement (as defined below)], the Guarantor will gain substantial financial and other benefits, both direct and indirect.

 

C.                                     The Obligors have covenanted in the Note Agreement that joinder agreements shall be duly executed by certain Subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor.  Annex 1 hereto sets forth a list of the joinder agreements with respect to the Notes executed prior to the date of this Joinder Agreement.

 

[D.                                 Concurrently herewith, the Guarantor is entering into a certain [Guarantee Agreement], dated the date hereof, pursuant to which the Guarantor is guaranteeing the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Note Agreement and the other Note Documents (the “ Guarantee Agreement ”).]

 

Exhibit 1(b)(ii)- 1



 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor hereby agrees with the Noteholders as follows:

 

1.                                       Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Note Agreement shall have the respective meanings given to those terms in the Note Agreement.

 

2.                                       The Guarantor has received a copy of, and has reviewed, the Note Agreement as in existence on the date of this Joinder Agreement and is executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement to the Noteholders pursuant to Section 9.31 of the Note Agreement.

 

3.                                       In accordance with the terms of Section 9.31 of the Note Agreement, the Guarantor, by the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement, does hereby agree to become, and does hereby become, (a) a party to the Note Agreement as a “Subsidiary Guarantor” and (b) bound by the terms and conditions, covenants and other agreements in the Note Agreement to be performed or observed by, or otherwise applicable to, Subsidiary Guarantors [except for the provisions of Section 13 of the Note Agreement] [including, without limitation, becoming jointly and severally liable with the other Guarantors for the Guaranteed Obligations as set forth in Section 13 of the Note Agreement].  The Note Agreement is hereby, without any further action, amended to add the Guarantor as a “Subsidiary Guarantor” and signatory to the Note Agreement.

 

4.                                       The Guarantor hereby makes, as of the date hereof and only as to itself in its capacity as a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Note Agreement and/or as a Subsidiary, each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Note Agreement that are applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Subsidiary (except that any representation and warranty made as of or with respect to a specific earlier date is made only as of such date)[, and the representations and warranties set forth in Section 13.8 of the Note Agreement].

 

5.                                       The Guarantor hereby delivers to each of the Noteholders, contemporaneously with the delivery of this Joinder Agreement, each of the documents set forth on Annex 2 hereto.

 

6.                                       Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Note Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

7.                                       All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 19 of the Note Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to the Guarantor shall be given to it at the address set forth under its signature hereto.

 

8.                                       Any provision of this Joinder Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

9.                                       This Joinder Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice

 

Exhibit 1(b)(ii)- 2



 

of law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

10.                                This Joinder Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Guarantor.

 

11.                                This Joinder Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page hereto by facsimile or e-mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank; next page is signature page ]

 

Exhibit 1(b)(ii)- 3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer or agent as of the date first above written.

 

Guarantor :

 

 

 

[                  ]

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address for notices and other communications:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1(b)(ii)- 4



 

Annex 1

 

Joinder Agreements

Executed Prior to the Date of this Joinder Agreement

 

Existing Joinder Agreements:

 

[To be Completed]

 

Exhibit 1(b)(ii)- 5



 

Annex 2

 

Additional Documents

 

(a)                                  A certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of the Guarantor approving the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement [and the Guarantee Agreement], the joinder of the Guarantor to the Note Agreement, and the performance of its obligations thereunder and authorizing the person or persons signing this Joinder Agreement [[and /,] the Guarantee Agreement] and any other documents to be delivered pursuant hereto to sign the same on behalf of the Guarantor.

 

(b)                                  Authenticated signatures of the person or persons specified in the resolutions referred to in clause (a) above.

 

(c)                                   The articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents of the Guarantor, certified as being in effect by the Guarantor’s Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or a director or other appropriate person (including, if relevant, copies of all amending resolutions or other amendments).

 

(d)                                   (e)                                An opinion or opinions of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders, confirming that (i) [this Joinder Agreement[, the Guarantee Agreement] and has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Guarantor, (ii) this Joinder Agreement[, the Guarantee Agreement] constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of the Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles), and (iii) the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Joinder Agreement[, the Guarantee Agreement] and any such security document do not (A) violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Guarantor, or (B) (1) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under or result in the creation or imposition of any Security not permitted by the Note Agreement or (2) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under (I) the provisions of the constitutive documents of the Guarantor, or (II) any agreement or other instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or by which it may be bound.

 

(f)                                    Such other documents and evidence with respect to the Guarantor as the Required Holders may reasonably request in order to establish the existence and good standing of the Guarantor and the authorization of the transactions contemplated by this Joinder Agreement.

 

Exhibit 1(b)(ii)- 6



 

Exhibit 4.4(a)(i)

 

Form of Opinion of U.S. Special Counsel for the Obligors

 

See attached

 

Exhibit 1(b)(ii)- 7



 

Exhibit 4.4(a)(ii)

 

Form of Opinion of English Special Counsel for the Obligors

 

See attached

 



 

Exhibit 4.4(b)(i)

 

Form of Opinion of U.S. Special Counsel for the Purchasers

 

See attached

 

Exhibit 1(b)(ii)- 9



 

Exhibit 7.2

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:                              [Holders of Notes]

 

From:                Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of June [  ], 2016 , by and among BA Holdings, Inc., Luxfer Holdings PLC, each of the parties listed in Schedule C thereto and each of the purchasers listed in Schedule A thereto (the “Note Purchase Agreement”)

 

1                                          We refer to the Note Purchase Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Note Purchase Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2                                          With reference to the [Annual Financial Statements] [Quarterly Financial Statements] for the [Financial Year ended [     ]] [Financial Quarter ended [     ]], we confirm that:

 

Covenant

 

Relevant 
Period

 

Target

 

Actual

 

Compliant/Non 
compliant

Debt Service Cover (Section 9.1(a)(i))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not less than [  ]:1

 

[  ]:1

 

[    ]

Interest Cover (Section 9.1(a)(ii))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not less than 4.0:1

 

[  ]:1

 

[    ]

Leverage (Section 9.1(a)(iii))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not exceeding 3.0:1

 

[  ]:1

 

[    ]

Capital Expenditure (Section 9.1(a)(iv))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not exceeding $[     ] (110% of budgeted capital expenditure)

 

$[     ]

 

[    ]

 

Exhibit 7.2- 1



 

Set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto are detailed calculations of each of the ratios set forth above.

 

3                                          We confirm that we have reviewed the relevant terms hereof and have made, or caused to be made, under our supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Group from the beginning of the interim or annual period covered by the statements being furnished herewith to the date hereof and that such review has not disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default.

 

4                                          We confirm that the following companies constitute Material Companies for the purposes of the Note Purchase Agreement (Section 9.31(b)) :

 

[        ]

 

5                                          We confirm that the following companies are obligated as a borrower or a guarantor under or with respect to a Principal Lending Facility (Section 9.31(c)) :

 

[        ]

 

6                                          We confirm that the aggregate earnings before interest, tax and amortization (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) of the Obligors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all unrealized intra-Group profits of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of EBITA of the Group (Section 9.31(a)(i)) .

 

7                                          We confirm that the aggregate gross assets of the Obligors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of the consolidated gross assets of the Group (Section 9.31(a)(ii)) .

 

Signed

 

 

 

 

Finance Director of

Director of

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC

Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

 

[insert applicable certification language]

 

 

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

[name of Auditors of Luxfer Holdings PLC]

 

 

Exhibit 7.2- 2



 

Exhibit A

 

Calculations of Financial Covenants

 

Exhibit 7.2- 3



 

Schedule 5.23

 

Group Structure Chart

 

See attached

 

Schedule 5.23- 1


 



Exhibit 2.4

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

Dated 13 May  2011

 

as amended on 14 June 2011, as amended and restated on 30 November 2012, as amended on 7 November 2013 and as further amended and restated on 25 March 2014 and 23 December 2016

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

LLOYDS BANK PLC and CLYDESDALE BANK PLC (TRADING AS YORKSHIRE BANK)

as Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

THE PARTIES LISTED IN PART 1 OF SCHEDULE 1

as Borrowers

 

THE PARTIES LISTED IN PART 2 OF SCHEDULE 1

as Guarantors

 

LLOYDS BANK PLC

as Agent

 


 

SENIOR FACILITIES AGREEMENT

 


 



 

Contents

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

1

2

The Facilities

36

3

Purpose

43

4

Conditions of utilisation

44

5

Utilisation

45

6

Optional currencies

47

7

Ancillary Facilities

47

8

Bilateral Facilities

53

9

Repayment

56

10

Illegality, voluntary prepayment and cancellation

58

11

Mandatory prepayment

60

12

Restrictions

62

13

Interest

63

14

Interest Periods

64

15

Changes to the calculation of interest

65

16

Fees

67

17

Tax gross up and indemnities

68

18

Increased costs

78

19

Other indemnities

79

20

Mitigation by the Lenders

80

21

Costs and expenses

81

22

Guarantee and indemnity

81

23

Representations

86

24

Information undertakings

95

25

Financial covenants

100

26

General undertakings

104

27

Events of Default

114

28

Changes to the Lenders

119

29

Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions

129

30

Changes to the Obligors

129

31

Role of the Agent, the Arrangers and others

132

32

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

140

33

Sharing among the Finance Parties

140

34

Payment mechanics

142

35

Set-off

146

36

Notices

145

37

Calculations and certificates

148

38

Partial invalidity

148

39

Remedies and waivers

148

40

Amendments and waivers

148

41

Confidentiality

151

42

Publicity

155

43

Counterparts

155

44

Governing law

155

45

Enforcement

155

Schedule 1

 

157

Part 1 - Original Borrowers

157

Part 2 - Original Guarantors

157

Part 3 - The Original Lenders

158

 



 

Schedule 2 Conditions precedent

159

Part 1 - Conditions precedent to signing this Agreement

159

Part 2 - Conditions precedent to initial Utilisation

160

Part 3 - Conditions precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Obligor

161

Schedule 3 Requests and Notices

163

Part 1 - Utilisation Request

163

Part 2 - Selection Notice

165

Part 3 - Withdrawal Request

166

Schedule 4 Not used

167

Schedule 5 Form of Transfer Certificate

168

Schedule 6 Form of Assignment Agreement

171

Schedule 7 Form of Accession Deed

174

Schedule 8 Form of Resignation Letter

176

Schedule 9 Form of Compliance Certificate

177

Schedule 10 Timetables

179

Schedule 11 Form of Increase Confirmation

180

Schedule 12 Not used

183

Schedule 13 Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice

184

Schedule 14 Hedge Counterparty Accession Undertaking

188

 



 

This Agreement dated 13 May 2011 as amended on 14 June 2011, as amended and restated on 30 November 2012, as amended on 7 November 2013 and as further amended and restated on 25 March 2014 and [   ] December 2016

 

Between

 

(1)                                  Luxfer Holdings PLC (registered in England and Wales with number 3690830) ( Company );

 

(2)                                  The parties listed in part 1 - ( Original Borrowers ) of schedule 1 ;

 

(3)                                  The parties listed in part 2 - ( Original Guarantors ) of schedule 1 ;

 

(4)                                  Lloyds Bank plc and Clydesdale Bank plc (trading as Yorkshire Bank) as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together the Arrangers );

 

(5)                                  The Financial Institutions listed in part 3 - (The Original Lenders ) of schedule 1 as lenders ( Original Lenders );

 

(6)                                  Lloyds Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank PLC (trading as Yorkshire Bank) and Bank of America N.A. as ancillary facilities providers ( Original Ancillary Lenders ); and

 

(7)                                  Lloyds Bank plc as agent of the other Finance Parties ( Agent ).

 

It is agreed

 

1                                          Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1                                Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Acceptable Bank means:

 

(a)                                  a Lender (provided that such Lender is not a Defaulting Lender)

 

(b)                                  a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its short-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-3 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F(3) or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or

 

(c)                                   any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent, or if the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Majority Lenders.

 

Accession Deed means a document substantially in the form set out in schedule 7 (Form of Accession Deed).

 

Accounting Principles means the international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements or if required by the applicable law the generally acceptable accounting principles of the US.

 

Accounting Reference Date has the meaning given to it in section 391 of the CA 2006.

 

Additional Borrower means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with clause 30.2 (Additional Borrowers).

 

1



 

Additional Guarantor means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with clause 30.4 (Additional Guarantors).

 

Additional Obligor means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

 

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in relation to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and/or National Westminster Bank Plc, the term “Affiliate” shall not include (i) the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof, including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited (or any directors, officers, employees or entities thereof) or (ii) any persons or entities controlled by or under common control with the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof (including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited) and which are not part of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and its subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings.

 

Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11.00 a.m. on a particular day.

 

Amendment and Restatement Agreement means the amendment and restatement agreement relating to this Agreement made between the Parties and dated on or around the Restatement Date.

 

Ancillary Commencement Date means, in relation to an Ancillary Facility, the date on which that Ancillary Facility is first made available, which date shall be a Business Day within the Availability Period for the Revolving Facility or a Business Day within the Availability Period for the Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as applicable).

 

Ancillary Commitment means, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility, the maximum Base Currency Amount which that Ancillary Lender has agreed to make available from time to time under an Ancillary Facility and which has been authorised as such under clause 7 (Ancillary Facilities), to the extent that amount is not cancelled or reduced under this Agreement or the Ancillary Documents relating to that Ancillary Facility.

 

Ancillary Document means each document relating to or evidencing the terms of an Ancillary Facility.

 

Ancillary Facility means any ancillary facility made available by an Ancillary Lender in accordance with clause 7 (Ancillary Facilities).

 

Ancillary Lender means any Lender which makes available an Ancillary Facility in accordance with clause 7 (Ancillary Facilities), initially being the Original Ancillary Lenders.

 

Ancillary Outstandings means, at any time, in relation to an Ancillary Lender and an Ancillary Facility then in force the aggregate of the equivalents (as calculated by that Ancillary Lender) in the Base Currency of the following amounts outstanding under that Ancillary Facility:

 

(a)                                  the principal amount under each overdraft facility (net of any credit balances on any account of any Borrower of an Ancillary Facility with the Ancillary Lender making available that Ancillary Facility to the extent that the credit balances are freely available to be set off by that Ancillary Lender against liabilities owed to it by that Borrower under that Ancillary Facility);

 

2



 

(b)                                  the face amount of each letter of credit under that Ancillary Facility (less any amount prepaid or repaid in respect of such instrument and taking account of any decrease in the liability under such instrument as a consequence of a decrease in the underlying liability in respect of which such instrument was issued); and

 

(c)                                   the amount fairly representing the aggregate exposure (excluding interest and similar charges) of that Ancillary Lender under each other type of accommodation provided under that Ancillary Facility,

 

in each case as determined by such Ancillary Lender, acting reasonably in accordance with its normal banking practice and in accordance with the relevant Ancillary Document.

 

Annual Financial Statements means the financial statements for a Financial Year delivered pursuant to clause 24.1(a) (Financial statements).

 

Anti-Terrorism Law means any US state or federal law relating to terrorism or money laundering, including the Executive Order, the USA Patriot Act and the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Public Law 99-570.

 

Articles means the articles of association of the Company.

 

Assignment Agreement means an agreement substantially in the form set out in schedule 6 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Ernst & Young LLP, KPMG Audit PLC, Deloitte & Touche LLP, Grant Thornton LLP, Soren McAdam Christenson LLP, BDO International or any other firm of independent public accountants of international standing appointed by the Company to act as its statutory auditors.

 

Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

 

Availability Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling 1 Month before the Termination Date.

 

Available Commitment means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility, minus:

 

(a)                                  the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under that Facility and, in the case of the Revolving Facility or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility only, the Base Currency Amount of the aggregate of its applicable Ancillary Commitments; and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any duly requested proposed Loan, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Loans that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date and in the case of the Revolving Facility or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility only, the Base Currency Amount of its Ancillary Commitment in relation to any new Ancillary Facility under the relevant Facility that is due to be made available on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

For the purposes of calculating a Lender’s Available Commitment in relation to any proposed Loan under the Revolving Facility or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility only the following amounts shall not be deducted from a Lender’s Commitment under that Facility:

 

3



 

(i)                                      that Lender’s participation in any Revolving Facility Loans or any Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date; and

 

(ii)                                   that Lender’s Ancillary Commitments under the relevant Facility to the extent that they are due to be reduced or cancelled on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

Available Facility means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.

 

Base Currency means US Dollars.

 

Base Currency Amount means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) for that Loan (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is 3 Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

 

(b)                                  in relation to an Ancillary Commitment, the amount specified as such in the notice delivered to the Agent by the Company pursuant to clause 7.2 (Availability); or

 

(c)                                   if the amount specified is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is 3 Business Days before the Ancillary Commencement Date for that Ancillary Facility or, if later, the date the Agent receives the notice of the Ancillary Commitment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,

 

as adjusted to reflect any repayment, prepayment or consolidation of a Loan, or (as the case may be) cancellation or reduction of an Ancillary Facility.

 

Base Reference Bank Rate means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Base Reference Banks:

 

(a)                                  in relation to LIBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Base Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market; or

 

(b)                                  in relation to EURIBOR, as the rate at which the relevant Base Reference Bank could borrow funds in the European interbank market,

 

in the relevant currency and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.

 

Base Reference Banks means, in relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices of Lloyds Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank plc and Bank of America and, in relation to EURIBOR, the principal office of Lloyds Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank plc and Bank of America or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company.

 

Bilateral Document means each document relating to or evidencing the terms of a Bilateral Facility.

 

4



 

Bilateral Facility means a bilateral facility made available to an Obligor by a Bilateral Lender in accordance with clause 8 (Bilateral Facilities).

 

Bilateral Lender means each Lender.

 

Bilateral Limit means in respect of each Bilateral Lender the amount set opposite its name under the heading Bilateral Limit in part 3 - (The Original Lenders) of schedule 1 (or its equivalent in any currency) each Bilateral Lender’s exposure and limit being calculated in accordance with the relevant Bilateral Lender’s usual policy.

 

Borrower means an Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

(a)                                  the interest (other than the Margin) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the amount of the Loan or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period,

 

exceeds:

 

(b)                                  the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the amount of the Loan or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

Budget means the budget delivered by the Company to the Agent in respect of that period pursuant to, and in accordance with, clause 24.4 (Budget)

 

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, and:

 

(a)                                  in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro, the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or

 

(b)                                  in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro, any TARGET Day.

 

CA2006 means the Companies Act 2006.

 

Cash Equivalent Investments means at any time:

 

(a)                                  certificates of deposit maturing within 6 Months after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

(b)                                  any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Economic Area (subject to any such member state of the European Economic Area having a credit rating equivalent to or better than the United States of America or the United Kingdom), or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within 3 Months after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security;

 

5



 

(c)                                   commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

(i)                                      for which a recognised trading market exists;

 

(ii)                                   issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the United Kingdom or any member State of the European Economic Area;

 

(iii)                                which matures within 3 Months after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

(iv)                               which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

(d)                                  any investment in money market funds which:

 

(i)                                      have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited;

 

(ii)                                   invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (c); and

 

(iii)                                can be turned into cash on not more than 30 days’ notice; or

 

(e)                                   any other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,

 

in each case, denominated in sterling or an Optional Currency and to which an Obligor is alone or together with other Obligors beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security

 

Change of Control means any person or group of persons acting in concert gains direct or indirect control of the Company.  For the purposes of this definition:

 

(a)                                  control of the Company means:

 

(i)                                      the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(A)                                cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Company; or

 

(B)                                appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Company; or

 

(C)                                give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Company with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Company are obliged to comply; or

 

(ii)                                   the holding beneficially of more than 50% of the issued share capital of the Company (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital); and

 

6



 

(b)                                  acting in concert means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of shares in the Company by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company.

 

Closing Date means the date the Agent gives the notice to the Company pursuant to clause 4.1(c).

 

Commitment means the Revolving Facility Commitment or an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment.

 

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in schedule 9 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

 

Confidential Information means all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or a Facility in respect of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:

 

(a)                                  any member of the Group, or any of its advisers; or

 

(b)                                  another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

(i)                                      is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of clause 41 (Confidentiality); or

 

(ii)                                   is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

(iii)                                is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of the LMA for the time being or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

Contribution Notice means a contribution notice issued by the Pensions Regulator under section 38 or section 47 of the Pensions Act 2004.

 

CTA means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

 

Czech Subsidiary means Magnesium Elektron Recycling CZ S.R.O.

 

7



 

Debt Purchase Transaction means, in relation to a person, a transaction where such person:

 

(a)                                  purchases by way of assignment or transfer;

 

(b)                                  enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or

 

(c)                                   enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of,

 

any Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement.

 

Deed of Termination means the deed of termination to an intercreditor deed entered into on or about the Second Restatement Date and made between, amongst others, the Company, the Debtors, Lloyds Bank plc as Agent and the Noteholders (each term as defined therein).

 

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in clause 27 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

 

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

(a)                                  which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available, in each case, by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation); or

 

(b)                                  which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document,

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i)                                      its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)                                administrative or technical error; or

 

(B)                                a Disruption Event,

 

and payment is made within 5 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(ii)                                   the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

Defined Benefit Scheme means each of the following:

 

(a)                                  Luxfer Group Pension Plan

 

(b)                                  Luxfer Group Supplementary Pension Plan

 

(c)                                   BA Holdings inc. Defined Benefit Pension Plan

 

(d)                                  Pension Plan for Hourly Employees of Luxfer Inc

 

(e)                                   BA Holdings Inc. Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan

 

(f)                                    IPC Supplementary Pension scheme and

 

8


 

(g)                                   IDR Termination Indemnities

 

Designated Gross Amount has the meaning given to that term in clause 7.2 (Availability).

 

Designated Net Amount has the meaning given to that term in clause 7.2 (Availability).

 

Designated Person means a person:

 

(a)                                  listed on the annex to the Executive Order;

 

(b)                                  owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person listed on the annex to the Executive Order;

 

(c)                                   listed on the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by OFAC of the United States Department of the Treasury, as updated or amended from time to time;

 

(d)                                  whose property has been blocked, or is subject to seizure, forfeiture or confiscation, under any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law; or

 

(e)                                   that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or support “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order.

 

Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

(a)                                  a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

(b)                                  the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

(i)                                      from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                   from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

Dormant Subsidiary means a member of the Group which does not trade (for itself or as agent for any person) and does not own, legally or beneficially, assets (including indebtedness owed to it) which in aggregate have a value of $33,000 or more or its equivalent in other currencies.

 

Employee Plan means, at any time, an “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in section 3(2) of ERISA and subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) then or at any time during the previous six years maintained for, or contributed to (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute) on behalf of, employees of any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate.

 

9



 

Environment means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

(a)                                  air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man made structures, whether above or below ground);

 

(b)                                  water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and

 

(c)                                   land (including, without limitation, land under water).

 

Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

Environmental Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

 

(a)                                  the pollution or protection of the Environment;

 

(b)                                  the conditions of the workplace; or

 

(c)                                   the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which alone, or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including without limitation, any waste.

 

Environmental Permits means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from any Real Property owned or used by any member of the Group.

 

ERISA means the US Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate means each person (as defined in section 3(9) of ERISA) that is a member of a controlled group of, or under common control with, any Obligor, within the meaning of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

ERISA Event means any of the following events:

 

(a)                                  any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA, with respect to an Employee Plan as to which the PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within thirty days of the occurrence of that event. However, a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or section 302 of ERISA shall be a reportable event for the purposes of this paragraph (a) regardless of the issuance of any waiver under said sections;

 

(b)                                  the requirements of subsection (1) of section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of that section) are met with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of an Employee Plan and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to that Employee Plan within the following 30 days;

 

10



 

(c)                                   the filing under section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan;

 

(d)                                  the termination of any Employee Plan under section 4041(c) of ERISA;

 

(e)                                   the institution of proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA by the PBGC for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan;

 

(f)                                    the failure to make a required contribution to any Employee Plan that would result in the imposition of an encumbrance pursuant to section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or section 302 of ERISA; or

 

(g)                                   engagement with an Employee Plan in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or section 406 of ERISA other than as a result of entering into this Agreement.

 

ESOP means the Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan established by a deed of trust dated 3 November 1997.

 

EURIBOR means, in relation to any Loan in euro:

 

(a)                                  the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b)                                  (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

 

(c)                                   if

 

(i)                                     no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

(ii)                                   it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,

 

the Base Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for euro and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 27 (Events of Default).

 

Excluded Deposit Account means each of the following deposit accounts:

 

(a)                                  any deposit account specially and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of the Company or any of its Subsidiary’s salaried employees;

 

(b)                                  any deposit account credited at any time with an amount not exceeding $100,000 (or its equivalent in any currency) individually and, when aggregated with the amounts in all other such accounts, $500,000 (or its equivalent in any currency);

 

(c)                                   any deposit account, the balance of which consists solely of funds set aside in connection with tax, trust or similar accounts that are or are or will be promptly applied in the ordinary course of business toward valid applicable obligations of such Obligor; and

 

11



 

(d)                                  any “lock-box” deposit account the balance of which is swept on a daily basis into other deposit accounts of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are deposit accounts as set forth under the preceding limbs (a) - (c) (inclusive).

 

Executive Order means Executive Order No. 13224 of September 23, 2001- Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten To Commit, or Support Terrorism.

 

Facilities means the Revolving Facility and the Uncommitted Accordion Facility, and each a “ Facility ”.

 

Facility Office means:

 

(a)                                  in respect of a Lender, the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 7 days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

(b)                                  in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.

 

FATCA has the meaning given to that term in clause 17.1 (Tax gross up and indemnities).

 

FATCA Application Date means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 January 2014;

 

(b)                                  in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2015; or

 

(c)                                   in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2017,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

Fee Letter means:

 

(a)                                  any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between:

 

(i)                                      the Original Lenders and the Company; or

 

(ii)                                   the Agent and the Company,

 

setting out any of the fees referred to in clause 2.2(e) (Increase) or clause 16 (Fees);

 

12



 

(b)                               the Amendment Fee Letter (as defined in the Amendment and Restatement Agreement);

 

(c)                                the Second Amendment Fee Letter (as defined in the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement);

 

(d)                               an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Fee Letter; and

 

(e)                                the Supplemental Agency Fee Letter (as defined in the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement).

 

Finance Document means this Agreement, any Accession Deed, any Ancillary Document, any Bilateral Document, any Compliance Certificate, any Fee Letter, any Hedging Agreement, any Resignation Letter, any Utilisation Request, any Uncommitted Accordion Facility Document, the Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Third Amendment and Restatement Agreement, the Deed of Termination and any other document designated as a Finance Document by the Agent and the Company,

 

provided that where the term Finance Document is used in, and construed for the purposes of, this Agreement, a Hedging Agreement shall be a Finance Document only for the purposes of:

 

(a)                                  the definition of Material Adverse Effect;

 

(b)                                  paragraph (a) of the definition of Permitted Transaction;

 

(c)                                   the definition of Transaction Document;

 

(d)                                  clause 1.2(a)(iv) (Interpretation);

 

(e)                                   clause 22 (Guarantee and indemnity); and

 

(f)                                    clause 27 (Events of Default) (other than clause 27.15 (Repudiation and rescission of agreements) and clause 27.20 (Acceleration)),

 

provided that where the term Finance Document is used in, and construed for the purposes of, this Agreement, a Bilateral Document shall be a Finance Document only for the purposes of clause 22 (Guarantee and indemnity).

 

Finance Lease means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease.

 

Finance Party means the Agent, the Arrangers, a Lender, a Hedge Counterparty, any Ancillary Lender or any Bilateral Lender.

 

provided that where the term Finance Party is used in, and construed for the purposes of, this Agreement a Hedge Counterparty shall be a Finance Party only for the purposes of:

 

(a)                                  clause 1.2(a)(i) (Interpretation);

 

(b)                                  paragraph (c) of the definition of Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)                                   clause 22 (Guarantee and indemnity); and

 

13



 

(d)                                  clause 32 (Conduct of business by the Finance Parties),

 

provided that where the term Finance Party is used in, and construed for the purposes of, this Agreement a Bilateral Lender shall be a Finance Party only for the purposes of clause 22 (Guarantee and indemnity).

 

Financial Covenant means any maintenance covenant (whether set forth as a covenant, undertaking, event of default, restriction or other such provision) that requires the Company or a member of the Group to achieve or maintain a stated level of financial condition or financial performance and includes, without limitation, any requirement that any member of the Group:

 

(a)                                 maintain a specified level of net worth, shareholders’ equity, total assets, cash flow or net income;

 

(b)                                 maintain any specified ratio of any component of its capital structure to any                    other component thereof (including, without limitation, the relationship of indebtedness, senior indebtedness or subordinated indebtedness to total capitalisation or to net worth); or

 

(c)                                  maintain any measure of its ability to service its indebtedness (including, without limitation, any specified ratio of revenues, cash flow or net income to indebtedness, interest expense, rental expense, capital expenditures and/or scheduled payments of indebtedness).

 

Financial Indebtedness means, without double counting, any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

(a)                                  monies borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions;

 

(b)                                  acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialised equivalent);

 

(c)                                   any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

(d)                                  any Finance Leases;

 

(e)                                   receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

(f)                                    any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);

 

(g)                                   any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution in respect of (i) an underlying liability of an entity which is not a member of the Group which liability would fall within one of the other paragraphs of this definition;

 

(h)                                  any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (ii) the

 

14



 

agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply;

 

(i)                                      any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial or economic effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles;

 

(j)                                     any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer) before the Termination Date or are otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles; and

 

(k)                                  the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j).

 

Financial Quarter has the meaning given to that term in clause 25 (Financial covenants).

 

Financial Support Direction means a financial support direction issued by the Pensions Regulator under section 43 of the Pensions Act 2004.

 

Financial Year has the meaning given to that term in clause 25 (Financial covenants).

 

Fraudulent Transfer Law means any applicable US Bankruptcy Law (including, without limitation, section 548 of Title 11 of the US Bankruptcy Law) or any US state fraudulent transfer or conveyance statute or any relevant case law.

 

French Subsidiary means Luxfer Gas Cylinders S.A.S.

 

Funds Flow Statement means a funds flow statement in agreed form.

 

Group means the Company and each of its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

Group Structure Chart means the group structure chart to be delivered by the Company to the Agent pursuant to clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

 

Guarantor means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

Hedge Counterparty means a Lender which has become a Party as a Hedge Counterparty in accordance with clause 28.8 (Accession of Hedge Counterparties).

 

Hedge Counterparty Accession Undertaking means an undertaking substantially in the form set out in schedule 14 (Hedge Counterparty Accession Undertaking).

 

Hedging Agreement means any master agreement, confirmation, schedule or other agreement in agreed form entered into or to be entered into by the relevant Borrower and a Hedge Counterparty for the purpose of hedging the types of liabilities and/or risks which, at the time that the master agreement, confirmation, schedule or other agreement (as the case may be) is entered into, is permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

Historic Lenders means each of Lloyds Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank PLC (trading as Yorkshire Bank) and Bank of America N.A., in each case together with their assignees and transferees pursuant to clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) and any party who assumes a Historic Lender’s commitments in accordance with clause 2.2 (Increase).

 

15



 

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

Impaired Agent means the Agent at any time when:

 

(a)                               it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

(b)                               the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates as Finance Document;

 

(c)                                (if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of Defaulting Lender and, in the case of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraph (a), none of the exceptions apply to that paragraph; or

 

(d)                               an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent,

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

(i)                                      its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)                                administrative or technical error, or

 

(B)                                a Disruption Event; and

 

(ii)                               payment is made within 5 Business Days of its due date; or

 

(iii)                            the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in schedule 11 (Form of Increase Confirmation).

 

Increase Lender has the meaning given to that term in clause 2.2 (Increase).

 

Internal Revenue Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any and all regulations and rulings issued thereunder.

 

Information Memorandum means the document dated 7 January 2011 in the form approved by the Company concerning the Group which, at the request of the Company and on its behalf in relation to this transaction prior to the date of this Agreement in connection with the Facility.

 

Information Package means the Information Memorandum.

 

Insolvency Event means, in relation to a Finance Party:

 

(a)                               any receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, liquidator, compulsory manager or other similar officer is appointed in respect of that Finance Party or all or substantially all of its assets;

 

(b)                               that Finance Party is subject to any event which has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraph (a) under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction; or

 

(c)                                that Finance Party suspends making payments on all or substantially all of its debts or publicly announces an intention to do so.

 

16



 

Intellectual Property means:

 

(a)                                  any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, know-how and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may now or in the future subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

 

(b)                                  the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group (which may now or in the future subsist).

 

Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with clause 14 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 13.3 (Default interest).

 

Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to LIBOR or EURIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

(a)                                  the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

(b)                                  the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan.

 

ITA means the Income Tax Act 2007.

 

Joining Lenders means each of National Westminster Bank Plc and Santander UK PLC, in each case together with their assignees and transferees pursuant to clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) and any party who assumes a Joining Lender’s commitments in accordance with clause 2.2 (Increase).

 

Joint Venture means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.

 

Legal Reservations means:

 

(a)                                  the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

(b)                                  the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim;

 

(c)                                   the possibility that the courts may recharacterise any security purporting to be a fixed charge as a floating charge (or vice versa); and

 

(d)                                  similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

Lender means:

 

(a)                                  any Original Lender; and

 

17



 

(b)                                  any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with clause 2.2 (Increase) or clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

LIBOR means, in relation to any Loan:

 

(a)                                  the applicable Screen Rate;

 

(b)                                  (if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

 

(c)                                   if:

 

(i)                                      no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Loan; or

 

(ii)                                   no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan the Base Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

Limitation Acts means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

 

LMA means the Loan Market Association.

 

Loan means a Revolving Facility Loan or an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loan.

 

Majority Lenders means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2 /3 per cent of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66 2 /3 per cent of the Total Commitments immediately prior to that reduction).

 

Margin means:

 

(a)                                  subject to clause 15.1 (Margin adjustment), in relation to each Revolving Facility Loan, 1.5% per annum;

 

(b)                                  in relation to any Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loan, the rate per annum specified in the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice, subject to any margin adjustment mechanism also specified therein;

 

(c)                                   in relation to any Unpaid Sum relating or referable to a Facility, the rate per annum specified for that Facility; and

 

(d)                                  in relation to any other Unpaid Sum, the highest rate specified above.

 

Margin Stock shall have the meaning ascribed to such term under Regulation U, Regulation T or Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Material Adverse Effect means in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on:

 

18



 

(a)                                  the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Group taken as a whole

 

(b)                                  the ability of an Obligor to perform its payment obligations under the Finance Documents (taking into account the financial resources available to that Obligor from other members of the Group) or

 

(c)                                   the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

Material Company means, at any time:

 

(a)                                  an Obligor;

 

(b)                                  a wholly-owned member of the Group that holds shares in an Obligor; or

 

(c)                                   a Subsidiary of the Company which has earnings before interest, tax and amortisation calculated on the same basis as EBITA representing 5% or more of EBITA, or has gross assets, (excluding intra-group items) representing 5%, or more of the gross assets of the Group, calculated on a consolidated basis.

 

Compliance with the conditions set out in paragraph (c) shall be determined by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate supplied by the Company and/or the latest audited financial statements of that Subsidiary (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has Subsidiaries) and the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group.  However, if a Subsidiary has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group were prepared, the financial statements shall be deemed to be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary (that adjustment being certified by the Group’s Auditors as representing an accurate reflection of the revised EBITA and gross assets of the Group).

 

A report by the Auditors of the Company that a Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

Material Provision means each of clause 24.1 (Financial statements) to 24.3 (Requirements as to financial statements), clause 26.6 (Merger) to 26.8 (Acquisitions) (inclusive), clause 26.11 (Pari passu ranking), clause 26.12 (Negative pledge), clause 26.13 (Disposals) and clause 26.35 (ERISA).

 

Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a)                                  (subject to paragraph (c)) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

(b)                                  if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

(c)                                   if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

19


 

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

Monthly Financial Statements means the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 24.1(b) (Financial statements).

 

Multiemployer Plan means, at any time, a multiemployer plan (as defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) then or at any time during the previous five years maintained for, or contributed to (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute) on behalf of, employees of any Obligor or an ERISA Affiliate.

 

New Lender has the meaning given to it in clause 28.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders).

 

Notes means the notes issued pursuant to the Note Documents.

 

Note Documents means:

 

(a)                                  the note purchase agreement for up to US $65,000,000 entered into by BA Holdings Inc on or around the date of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  the guarantee entered into by each Obligor on or around the Closing Date in the form set out in the note purchase agreement referred to in limb (a) above;

 

(c)                                   each note issued pursuant to the note purchase agreement referred to in limb (a) above;

 

(d)                                  the hedging letter issued pursuant to the note purchase agreement referred to in limb (a) above;

 

(e)                                   a letter dated 21 March 2011 between the Company and Pricoa Capital Group; and

 

(f)                                    any other Note Document as defined in the note purchase agreement referred to in limb (a) above.

 

Obligor means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

 

OFAC means the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the US Department of the Treasury.

 

Optional Currency means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies).

 

Original Financial Statements means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to the Company (i) in respect of any representation to be given on the date of this Agreement, its consolidated audited financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December 2009 and its consolidated unaudited financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December 2010 and (ii) in any other respect its consolidated audited financial statements for its financial year ended 31 December 2010;

 

(b)                                  in relation to the Company the consolidated unaudited monthly management accounts for the period from 1 January 2011 to 31 March 2011;

 

(c)                                   in relation to each other member of the Group (other than BA Holdings Inc, Luxfer Australia Pty Limited, Hart Metals Inc, MEL Chemicals Inc, Magnesium Elektron North America Inc, Niagra Metallurgical Products Limited and Reade Manufacturing

 

20



 

Company), its audited financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2009; and

 

(d)                                  in relation to any other Obligor, its audited financial statements delivered to the Agent as required by clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

Original Obligor means an Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

 

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Communities that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

Party means a party for the time being to this Agreement.

 

PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of the US established pursuant to section 4002 of ERISA or any entity succeeding to all or any of its functions under ERISA.

 

Pensions Regulator means the body corporate called the Pensions Regulator established under Part I of the Pensions Act 2004.

 

Permitted Acquisition means:

 

(a)                                  an acquisition pursuant to a Permitted Share Issue;

 

(b)                                  the incorporation of a company which on incorporation becomes a member of the Group, but only if that company is incorporated with limited liability in the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States, or such other jurisdiction in which an existing member of the Group operates, and not in any jurisdiction that is on a restricted list for a Finance Party;

 

(c)                                   an acquisition by a member of the Group of an asset sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of by another member of the Group in circumstances constituting a Permitted Disposal;

 

(d)                                  an acquisition (not being an acquisition by the Company), of (A) all or the amount required to hold a controlling interest of the issued share capital of a limited liability company or (B) (if the acquisition is made by a limited liability company) a business or undertaking carried on as a going concern, but only if:

 

(i)                                  no Default is continuing on the closing date for the acquisition or would occur as a result of the acquisition;

 

(ii)                               the acquired company, business or undertaking:

 

(A)                                 is engaged in a business substantially the same as that carried on by the Group; and

 

(B)                                 is incorporated or established, and carries on its principal business in, the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States, or such other jurisdiction in which an existing member of the Group operates, and not in any jurisdiction that is on a restricted list for a Finance Party;

 

21



 

(iii)                            Leverage (calculated on a proforma basis taking into account the acquisition) does not exceed 2.5:1;

 

(iv)                           the Company has delivered to the Lender not later than 5 Business Days prior to the date it (or the relevant member of the Group) legally commits to make such acquisition (such date being the Acquisition Commitment Date ), a certificate signed by two directors of the Company:

 

(A)                                 giving notice to the Agent of the proposed acquisition;

 

(B)                                 to which is attached forecasts (which have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and reasonable assumptions, and which assume that the acquisition has occurred), demonstrating that the Company will remain in compliance with its obligations under clause 25 (Financial covenants) for a period of not less than 12 Months from the closing date for the acquisition; and

 

(C)                                 certifying that Leverage (calculated on a proforma basis taking into account the acquisition) does not exceed 2.5:1; and

 

(v)                                  the consideration (including associated costs and expenses) for the acquisition and any Financial Indebtedness or other assumed actual or contingent liability, in each case remaining in the acquired company (or any such business) at the date of acquisition (the Total Purchase Price ) does not exceed in aggregate 25 per cent. of the consolidated net assets of the Group as at the Acquisition Commitment Date;

 

(e)                                   an acquisition by the Company of its own shares (to be held in treasury) or by any other member of the Group of shares in the Company, in each case in connection with any employee share ownership or share incentive plan; or

 

(f)                                    an acquisition permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) in writing.

 

Permitted Cash Balance means $16,500,000 (or its equivalent in any currency).

 

Permitted Disposal means any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal which, except in the case of paragraphs (b) and (m), is on arm’s length terms:

 

(a)                                  of trading stock or cash made by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

(b)                                  of any asset by a member of the Group to another member of the Group;

 

(c)                                   of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value or quality;

 

(d)                                  of assets to a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

(e)                                   of obsolete or redundant Real Property, vehicles, plant and equipment for cash;

 

(f)                                    of Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or in immediate exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

22



 

(g)                                   constituted by a licence of intellectual property rights permitted by clause 26.24 (Intellectual Property);

 

(h)                                  arising as a result of any Permitted Security;

 

(i)                                      of cash by way of a Permitted Loan;

 

(j)                                     of cash in order to complete a Permitted Acquisition;

 

(k)                                  of assets for cash where, in respect of any disposals of assets after the Third Restatement Date, the higher of the market value or the net consideration receivable in respect of such asset (when aggregated with the higher of the market value or the net consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal of an asset not allowed under the preceding paragraphs) does not exceed $25,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate;

 

(l)                                      that is a Permitted Transaction;

 

(m)                              of shares in the Company by the Company or any other member of the Group in connection with any employee share ownership or share incentive plan; or

 

(n)                                  of cash in order to fund the acquisition of shares in the Company in connection with any employee share ownership or share incentive plan.

 

Permitted Distribution means:

 

(a)                                  the payment of a dividend to any member of the Group by any of that member of the Group’s Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  the payment of a dividend by the Company provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such payment, in each case, at the time such dividend is declared;

 

(c)                                the redemption of up to £50,000 B preference shares at par value (plus any accrued dividend) issued by the Company to Brian Purves and Ian Mckinnon; or

 

(d)                               the payment of any other dividend agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

Permitted Financial Indebtedness means Financial Indebtedness:

 

(a)                                  arising under any of the Finance Documents, the Note Documents, in each case as in force on the date of this Agreement and amended from time to time in compliance with this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  arising under a Permitted Loan, a Permitted Guarantee or as permitted by clause 26.28 (Treasury transactions);

 

(c)                                   arising under a foreign exchange transaction for spot or forward delivery entered into in connection with protection against fluctuation in currency rates where that foreign exchange exposure arises in the ordinary course of trade or in respect of Loans made in Optional Currencies, but not a foreign exchange transaction for investment or speculative purposes;

 

23



 

(d)                                  under finance or capital leases of vehicles, plant, equipment or computers, provided that the aggregate capital value of all such items so leased under outstanding leases by members of the Group does not exceed $16,500,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time;

 

(e)                                   of a company that becomes a member of the Group as a result of a Permitted Acquisition provided that the Financial Indebtedness is repaid in full within 45 days of that company becoming a member of the Group;

 

(f)                                    arising under any Bilateral Facility;

 

(g)                                   owed by a member of the Group to another member of the Group;

 

(h)                                  performance bonds issued in the ordinary course of trading in respect of non-financial obligations;

 

(i)                                      Not Used;

 

(j)                                     permitted by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) in writing; and

 

(k)                                  such other Financial Indebtedness not permitted by the preceding paragraphs, provided that the outstanding principal amount of all Financial Indebtedness of the Group (including the Financial Indebtedness permitted pursuant to paragraphs (a) to (j) above (other than the Financial Indebtedness permitted under limbs (c), (f) or (g) of Permitted Loan)) does not exceed $300,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for the Group at any time.

 

Permitted Guarantee means:

 

(a)                                  the endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of trade;

 

(b)                                  any guarantee to a property landlord of which a member of the Group is a tenant;

 

(c)                                   any performance or similar bond guaranteeing performance by a member of the Group under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of trade;

 

(d)                                  any guarantee or indemnity arising under any Transaction Document;

 

(e)                                   any indemnity given by a member of the Group for its liabilities in the ordinary course of trade;

 

(f)                                    a guarantee in respect of Financial Indebtedness permitted under limb (h) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(g)                                   a guarantee of Financial Indebtedness as part of a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

(h)                                  a guarantee in respect of obligations of another member of the Group;

 

(i)                                      any guarantee given in respect of the netting or set-off arrangements permitted pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of Permitted Security;

 

(j)                                     any guarantee or indemnity given by a member of the Group in respect of any obligations of an employee or officer of a member of the Group, which obligations shall not exceed $165,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for all such obligations

 

24



 

supported by such guarantee or indemnity pursuant to this clause (j) outstanding at any time;

 

(k)                                  not used; or

 

(l)                                      any guarantee arising under the Shelf Facility.

 

Permitted Joint Venture means any investment by any member of the Group:

 

(a)                                  where the joint venture interest is held through an entity incorporated or formed with limited liability; and

 

(i)                                  the joint venture entity is incorporated or established, and carries on its principal business in a jurisdiction in which an existing member of the Group operates and not in any jurisdiction that is on a restricted list for a Finance Party;

 

(ii)                               as at the date of the joint venture investment by the relevant member of the Group:

 

(A)                                    Leverage (as shown in the latest Compliance Certificate) does not exceed 2.5:1; and

 

(B)                                    the Company has delivered to the Lender not later than 5 Business Days prior to the relevant member of the Group legally committing to make such joint venture investment, a certificate signed by two directors of the Company:

 

1)                                      giving notice to the Agent of the proposed joint venture investment; and

 

2)                                      to which is attached forecasts (which have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and reasonable assumptions, and which assume that the joint venture investment has occurred), demonstrating that the Company will remain in compliance with its obligations under clause 25 (Financial covenants) for a period of not less than 12 Months from the date of the joint venture investment;

 

(iii)                                the joint venture investment is made on arm’s length terms;

 

(iv)                               that entity carries on or owns the same, a similar, complementary or related business to that carried on by the Group; and

 

(v)                                  the aggregate (without double counting) of:

 

(A)                                all outstanding amounts lent, advances, contributed to or for equity in, or otherwise invested in, such entity by members of the Group;

 

(B)                                the market value (at the date of transfer or contribution) of all assets transferred or contributed to such entity by members of the Group to the extent exceeding the value of the consideration for such transfers or contributions; and

 

25



 

(C)                                all outstanding Financial Indebtedness incurred (whether by way of guarantee or otherwise) in relation to such entity by members of the Group,

 

shall not after the date of this Agreement, when taken together with any contingent liability of the Permitted Joint Venture, exceed $25,000,000 (or its equivalent); or

 

(b)                               permitted by the Agent acting on the instruction of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in writing.

 

Permitted Loan means:

 

(a)                                  any trade credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading activities;

 

(b)                                  Financial Indebtedness which is referred to in the definition of, or otherwise constitutes, Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(c)                                   any loan made to a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

(d)                                  any loan or advance made to employees of any member of the Group which loans and advances shall not exceed $3,300,000 in aggregate for all loans to employees (or its equivalent) outstanding at any time;

 

(e)                                   any loan, advance or other financial facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 in any calendar year made available to the trustee of the ESOP, the trustee or administrator (or any similar third party) of any other employee share ownership or share incentive plan or similar scheme or to an employee whether for the purpose of acquiring ordinary, preference or deferred shares or American depositary receipts or shares in the Company or any member of the Group, provided that such loan, advance or other financial facility may not exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(f)                                    a loan made by a member of the Group to another member of the Group;

 

(g)                                   not used; or

 

(h)                                  any loan (other than a loan that would fall within one of the limbs set out above) so long as the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness under any such loan does not exceed $825,000 (or its equivalent) at any time.

 

Permitted Note Increase means any increase in the principal amount of the Notes or the fees or commission relating to the Notes provided that:

 

(a)                                  any such new Financial Indebtedness created by such increase would constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or

 

(b)                                  the increase in fees or commission is in consideration for the amendment or waiver of, or the giving of a consent under, any term of a Note Document.

 

26



 

Permitted Security means:

 

(a)                                  any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;

 

(b)                                  any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances of members of the Group but only so long as such arrangement does not give rise to other Security over the assets of Obligors in support of liabilities of members of the Group which are not Obligors;

 

(c)                                   any payment or close out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any Treasury Transaction or foreign exchange transaction entered into by a member of the Group which constitutes Permitted Financial Indebtedness, excluding any Security or Quasi-Security under a credit support arrangement;

 

(d)                                  any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;

 

(e)                                   any Quasi-Security arising as a result of a disposal which is a Permitted Disposal; or

 

(f)                                    any Security or Quasi-Security arising as a consequence of any finance or capital lease permitted pursuant to paragraph (d) of the definition of “Permitted Financial Indebtedness”.

 

Permitted Share Issue means an issue of:

 

(a)                                  ordinary shares by the Company, paid for in full in cash upon issue and which by their terms are not redeemable and where such issue does not lead to a Change of Control of the Company;

 

(b)                                  any shares issued in connection with the ESOP or any other employee share ownership or share incentive plan or similar scheme, where such issue does not lead to a Change of Control; and

 

(c)                                   shares by a member of the Group (other than the Company) which is a Subsidiary to any Holding Company or, in the case of any Subsidiary which is Joint Venture, to the shareholder(s) of such Joint Venture provided that any investment in a Joint Venture by a member of the Group by way of subscription for shares is permitted under the definition of Permitted Joint Venture.

 

Permitted Transaction means:

 

(a)                                  any disposal required, Financial Indebtedness incurred, guarantee, indemnity or Security or Quasi-Security given, or other transaction arising, under the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                  the solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group (other than the Company) so long as any payments or assets distributed as a result of such liquidation or reorganisation are distributed to other members of the Group; or

 

27



 

(c)                                   transactions (other than (i) any sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal and (ii) the granting or creation of Security or the incurring or permitting to subsist of Financial Indebtedness) conducted in the ordinary course of trading on arm’s length terms.

 

Qualifying Lender has the meaning given to that term in clause 17 (Tax gross up and indemnities).

 

Quarter Date means the last day of a Financial Quarter.

 

Quarterly Financial Statements means the financial statements for each Financial Quarter delivered pursuant to clause 24.1 (Financial statements).

 

Quasi-Security has the meaning given to that term in clause 26.12 (Negative pledge).

 

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

 

(a)                                  if the currency is sterling, the first day of that period;

 

(b)                                  if the currency is euro, 2 TARGET Days before the first day of that period; or

 

(c)                                   for any other currency, 2 Business Days before the first day of that period,

 

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than 1 day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

Real Property means:

 

(a)                                  any freehold, leasehold, commonhold or immovable property; and

 

(b)                                  any buildings, fixtures, fittings, fixed plant or machinery from time to time situated on or forming part of that freehold, leasehold, commonhold or immovable property.

 

Receiving Agent means The Bank of New York.

 

Regulation T , Regulation U or Regulation X means Regulation T, U or, as the case may be, X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the US (or any successor) as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Related Fund in relation to a fund ( first fund ), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

Relevant Interbank Market means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to euro, the European interbank market; and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

28



 

(a)                                  its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

(b)                                  any jurisdiction where it conducts its business.

 

Relevant Period has the meaning given to that term in clause 25 (Financial covenants).

 

Repayment Date means any repayment date which is set out in an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice in respect of an amortising Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility.

 

Repayment Instalment means any repayment instalment which is set out in an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice in respect of an amortising Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility.

 

Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in clause 23.2 (Status) to clause 23.7 (Governing law and enforcement) (inclusive), clause 23.11 (No default), clause 23.12(g) (No misleading information), clause 23.13(f), (g) and (h) (Original Financial Statements), clause 23.20 (Good title to assets), clause 23.27 (Centre of main interests and establishments) and clause 23.32 (Sanctions).

 

Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

Resignation Letter means a letter substantially in the form set out in schedule 8 (Form of Resignation Letter).

 

Restatement Date means 30 November 2012.

 

Revolving Facility means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in clause 2.1(a) (The Facilities).

 

Revolving Facility Commitment means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name in part 3 - (Original Lenders) of schedule 1 and the amount of any other commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 (Increase); and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with clause 2.2 (Increase),

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Revolving Facility Loan means a loan made or to be made under the Revolving Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

Rollover Loan means one or more Loans:

 

(a)                                  in the case of a Revolving Facility Loan:

 

(i)                                      made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Revolving Facility Loan is due to be repaid;

 

(ii)                                   the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan;

 

29



 

(iii)                                in the same currency as the maturing Revolving Facility Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency)); and

 

(iv)                               made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing that maturing Revolving Facility Loan; and

 

(b)                                  in the case of an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan:

 

(i)                                      made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan is due to be repaid;

 

(ii)                                   the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan;

 

(iii)                                in the same currency as the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency); and

 

(iv)                               made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing that maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan.

 

Screen Rate means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to LIBOR the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person that takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate); and

 

(b)                                  in relation to EURIBOR, the euro interbank offered rate administered by the Banking Federation of the European Union (or any other person that takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page EURIBOR01 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate),

 

or, in each case, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Reuters.  If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

 

Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement means the amendment and restatement agreement made between the Parties and dated on or around the Second Restatement Date.

 

Second Restatement Date means 25 March 2014.

 

Security means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in part 2 - (Selection Notice) of schedule 3.

 

Share Option Documents means each deed of agreement granting options pursuant to parts A and B of the ESOP.

 

30



 

Shelf Facility means any private shelf facility/bilateral facility to be entered into between any member of the Group as issuer, Prudential Investment Management, Inc. (“Pricoa”) and each Affiliate, managed account, investment fund or other vehicle for which Pricoa or any of its Affiliates acts as investment advisor or portfolio manager and that becomes party to that private shelf facility/bilateral facility from time to time as a purchaser.

 

Specified Time means a time determined in accordance with schedule 10 (Timetables).

 

Subsidiary means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the CA2006.

 

TARGET2 means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

 

TARGET Day means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

 

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Termination Date means 30 April 2019.

 

Third Amendment and Restatement Agreement means the amendment and restatement agreement made between the Agent and the Company and dated on or around the Third Restatement Date.

 

Third Restatement Date means [     ] December 2016.

 

Third Parties Act means the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

Third Party Disposal means the disposal of an Obligor to a person which is not a member of the Group where that disposal is permitted under clause 26.13 (Disposals) or made with the approval of the Majority Lenders (and the Company has confirmed this is the case).

 

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Total Revolving Facility Commitments and the Total Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments.

 

Total Revolving Facility Commitments means the aggregate of the Revolving Facility Commitments being $150,000,000 as at the Third Restatement Date.

 

Total Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments means the aggregate of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments.

 

Total Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitments means the aggregate of the Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitments.

 

Trade Instruments means any performance bonds, advance payment bonds or documentary letters of credit issued in respect of the obligations of any member of the Group arising in the ordinary course of trading of that member of the Group.

 

Transaction Costs means all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Obligors in connection with the Transaction Documents as set out in the Funds Flow Statement.

 

31


 

 

Transaction Documents means the Finance Documents, the Note Documents, the Articles and any other document designated as a Transaction Document by the Agent and the Company.

 

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company.

 

Transfer Date means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

(a)                                  the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

(b)                                  the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility means any term loan or revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement pursuant to clause 2.3 (Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments).

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment means an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Commitment or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Cancellation Notice means a notice delivered by the Company to the Agent and which cancels all or part of an undrawn Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Fee Letter means each fee letter in respect of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment entered into between the Company and the Lenders or other bank or financial institutions which commit Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in schedule 13 (Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice) delivered by the Company to the Agent in accordance with clause 2.3 (Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments).

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility Documents means any Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Fee Letter, any Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Cancellation Notice, any Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice and any other document designated as an “Uncommitted Accordion Facility Document” by the Agent and the Company.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loan means a loan made or to be made under an Uncommitted Accordion Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility Maximum Amount means in aggregate $50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies).

 

Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment means:

 

32



 

(a)                                  in relation to an entity identified as a Lender in an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice, the amount in the Base Currency set out opposite its name under the heading “Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment” in such Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice and the amount of any other Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility means an Uncommitted Accordion Facility that is a revolving credit facility.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan means a revolving loan made or to be made under an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility means an Uncommitted Accordion Facility that is a term loan facility.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Commitment means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to an entity identified as a Lender in an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice, the amount in the Base Currency set out opposite its name under the heading “Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Commitment” in such Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice and the amount of any other Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan means a term loan made or to be made under an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

USA Patriot Act means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 of the United States.

 

US or United States means the United States of America.

 

US Bankruptcy Law means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 or any other United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

US Guarantor means a Guarantor incorporated or formed under the laws of, or of any state (including the District of Columbia) of, the US.

 

33



 

US Obligor means an Obligor incorporated or formed under the laws of, or of any state (including the District of Columbia) of, the US.

 

Utilisation means a Loan.

 

Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

 

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the relevant form set out in part 1 - (Utilisation Request) of schedule 3 (Requests and Notices).

 

VAT means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature.

 

Withdrawal Request means a notice in substantially the form set out in part 3 - (Withdrawal Request) of schedule 3 (Requests and Notices).

 

1.2                                Interpretation

 

(a)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:

 

(i)                                      the Agent, the Arrangers, any Finance Party, any Lender, any Obligor, any Party, any Ancillary Lender, any Hedge Counterparty, any Bilateral Lender or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees and, in the case of the Agent any person for the time being appointed as Agent (as the case may be) in accordance with the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                   a document in agreed form is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Agent and the Company or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Agent;

 

(iii)                                assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description (including any right to receive such revenues);

 

(iv)                               a Finance Document or a Transaction Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented or restated (however fundamentally) or (in the case of an Ancillary Document or a Bilateral Document) replaced;

 

(v)                                  guarantee means (other than in clause 22 (Guarantee and indemnity)) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

(vi)                               indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

34



 

(vii)                            a person includes any individual person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or any other entity or body of any description;

 

(viii)                         a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law, then being a type with which persons to which it applies customarily comply) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

(ix)                               a provision of law is a reference to a provision, of any treaty, legislation, regulation, decree, order or by-law and any secondary legislation enacted under a power given by that provision, as amended, applied or re-enacted or replaced (whether with or without modification) whether before or after the date of this Agreement;

 

(x)                                  a time of day is a reference to London time;

 

(xi)                               sterling and £ shall be construed as a reference to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom;

 

(xii)                            euro and € shall be construed as a reference to the single currency of Participating Member States; and

 

(xiii)                         US Dollar and $ shall be construed as a reference to the lawful currency of the United States.

 

(b)                                  Clause and schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

(c)                                   Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Any word importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

(e)                                   A Borrower providing cash cover for an Ancillary Facility means a Borrower paying an amount in the currency of the Ancillary Facility into an interest-bearing account in the name of such Borrower and the following conditions being met:

 

(i)                                      the account is with the Ancillary Lender; and

 

(ii)                                   until no amount is or may be outstanding under Ancillary Facility, withdrawals from the account may only be made to pay a Finance Party amounts due and payable to it under this Agreement in respect of the Ancillary Facility.

 

(f)                                    A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived, in both cases, to the satisfaction of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

(g)                                   A Borrower repaying or prepaying the Ancillary Outstandings means:

 

(i)                                      that Borrower providing cash cover for the Ancillary Outstandings;

 

35



 

(ii)                                   the maximum amount payable under the Ancillary Facility being reduced or cancelled in accordance with its terms; or

 

(iii)                                the Ancillary Lender being satisfied that it has no further liability under the Ancillary Facility,

 

and the amount by which the Ancillary Outstandings are, repaid or prepaid under clauses 1.2(g)(i) and 1.2(g)(ii) is the amount of the relevant cash cover or reduction.

 

(h)                                  An amount borrowed includes any amount utilised under an Ancillary Facility.

 

(i)                                      Any certificate provided by a director of an Obligor pursuant to the terms of a Finance Document shall be given without incurring any personal liability.

 

(j)                                     A reference to “the date of this Agreement” is a reference to 13 May 2011.

 

(k)                                  A reference to an amount in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be converted to the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange unless another conversion rate is expressly stated.

 

1.3                                Third party rights

 

(a)                                  Unless expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement a person (other than a Bilateral Lender or a Hedge Counterparty) who is not a Party has no right under the Third Parties Act to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Unless expressly provided to the contrary in any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement or any other Finance Document entered into under or in connection with it.

 

2                                          The Facilities

 

2.1                                The Facilities

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available a multicurrency revolving credit facility the Base Currency Amount of which is equal to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments.

 

(b)                                  The Uncommitted Accordion Facility will be available to all Borrowers.

 

(c)                                   The Revolving Facility will be available to all the Borrowers.

 

(d)                                  Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender may make available an Ancillary Facility to any of the Borrowers under the Revolving Facility in place of all or part of its Revolving Facility Commitment.

 

(e)                                   Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Documents, an Ancillary Lender may make available an Ancillary Facility to any of the Borrowers under an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility in place of all or part of its Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment.

 

(f)                                    Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Bilateral Documents, a Bilateral Lender may make available a Bilateral Facility to any of the Borrowers.

 

36



 

2.2                                Increase

 

(a)                                  The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

(i)                                      the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with clause 10.7 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or

 

(ii)                                   the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with clause 10.1 (Illegality),

 

request that the Total Commitments under the relevant Facilities be increased (and the Total Commitments shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows:

 

(iii)                                the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an Increase Lender ) selected by the Company (each of which shall not be a member of the Group and which is further acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably)) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

(iv)                               each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

(v)                                  each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a Lender and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

(vi)                               the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

(vii)                            any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in clause 2.2(b) below are satisfied.

 

(b)                                  An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                      the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and

 

(ii)                                   in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Company and the Increase Lender.

 

37



 

(c)                                   Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees subject to any cap agreed in advance between the Company and the Agent) reasonably incurred.

 

(e)                                   The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase Lender in a Fee Letter.

 

(f)                                    Clause 28.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that clause to:

 

(i)                                      an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

(ii)                                   the New Lender were references to that Increase Lender; and

 

(iii)                                a re-transfer and re-assignment were references to respectively a transfer and assignment.

 

2.3                         Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments

 

(a)                                  The Company may confirm that one or more Lenders or any other entity referred to in paragraph (b) below has agreed to commit Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments by delivering to the Agent an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice duly signed by those parties that have agreed to participate in the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall offer the Original Lenders the first right to provide any Uncommitted Accordion Facility, provided that:

 

(i)                                      subject to paragraph (ii) below:

 

(A)                                if no Original Lender agrees to arrange and underwrite such Facility on terms satisfactory to the Company within any time limit specified by the Company in such offer to all of the Original Lenders (being not less than 15 Business Days) and subject to compliance with the terms of this clause 2.3, any other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets provided it is not a member, nominee or Affiliate of the Group ( Third Party Lender ) may provide such Facility; or

 

(B)                                subject to paragraph (C) below, if one or more Original Lenders agree to arrange and underwrite such Facility (the amount of such Facility which an Original Lender agrees to arrange and underwrite being such Original Lender’s Original Offer Amount ) on terms

 

38



 

satisfactory to the Company within any time limit specified by the Company in such offer to all of the Original Lenders (being not less than 15 Business Days) and subject to compliance with the terms of this clause 2.3, that Facility shall be allocated in equal amounts(i) to each such Original Lender;

 

(C)                                if an Original Lender does not agree to arrange and underwrite such Facility on terms satisfactory to the Company within any time limit specified by the Company in such offer to all of the Original Lenders (being not less than 15 Business Days) or, in the case of paragraph (B) above, provide the full amount of their equal share in such Facility (in each case the relevant remaining amount being the Original Lender Shortfall ) and subject to compliance with the terms of this clause 2.3, the Original Lenders who have agreed to provide the full amount of their share in such Facility shall provide, subject to paragraphs (E) and (F) below, in equal amounts, the full amount of such Original Lender Shortfall, provided that where such Original Offer Amounts are in aggregate less than the amount of such Facility requested by the Company under this clause 2.3, any Third Party Lender may provide all or part of the remaining amount of the Original Lender Shortfall;

 

(D)                                the Company shall only offer such Facility to a Third Party Lender on the same or no more favourable terms as it has offered to the Original Lenders pursuant to clause 2.3(b). For avoidance of doubt this paragraph (D) will apply at any time the Company offers a Facility to a Third Party Lender under this clause 2.3;

 

(E)                                 for avoidance of doubt, under this clause 2.3 no Lender will have to provide more than their Original Offer Amount; and

 

(F)                                  if the provisions of paragraph (C) would result in a shortfall to the Original Lender Shortfall, any Lenders whose Original Offer Amount is not yet reached can provide the remainder of the Original Lender Shortfall, in equal amounts if there is more than one such Lender (with such process to be repeated until all such Original Offer Amounts have been reached); or

 

(ii)                                   to the extent that an Original Lender has assigned or transferred any of its Revolving Facility Commitments under this Agreement to a New Lender (as defined in clause 28.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders)), any such New Lender shall be treated as an Original Lender for the purposes of paragraph (i) above, provided that if such Revolving Facility Commitments have been assigned or transferred to one or more New Lenders, all such New Lenders (and including the relevant Original Lender if it still holds any Revolving Facility Commitments) shall be taken together and treated as one Original Lender for the purposes of paragraph (i) and the one equal share of any Uncommitted Accordion Facility which is offered to each Original Lender

 


(i)                                      As at the Second Restatement Date, the initial equal share of each Original Lender will constitute 20 per cent. of the amount of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility being offered by the Company assuming that all of the Original Lenders agree to provide the Facility in the amount equal to or greater than 20 per cent. of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility.

 

39



 

in accordance with paragraph (i) shall be offered to such New Lenders (and, if relevant, the Original Lender) as if they were one Original Lender and, as between themselves only, pro rata to their share of the relevant Revolving Facility Commitments.

 

(c)                                   Each Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless it specifies:

 

(i)                                      the date on which the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments are to become effective and the applicable Availability Period;

 

(ii)                                   the amount of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments, which shall be not less than $10,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

(iii)                                the final repayment date for the Loans to be made under the Uncommitted Accordion Facility;

 

(iv)                               the purpose for which any amounts drawn under the Uncommitted Accordion Facility may be used;

 

(v)                                  the name(s) of the Borrower(s) under the Uncommitted Accordion Facility;

 

(vi)                               the amount of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment allocated to each entity named in the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice as a Lender;

 

(vii)                            the Margin (and any applicable Margin adjustment mechanism) applicable to each Loan to be made available under the Uncommitted Accordion Facility;

 

(viii)                         any provisions agreed between the Company and the entities providing the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments relating to fees (including any arrangement fee) and conditionality; and

 

(ix)

 

(A)                                if to be utilised for the purpose of a Permitted Acquisition, attached to the notice are:

 

1)                                      forecasts (which have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and reasonable assumptions, and which assume that the acquisition has occurred), demonstrating that the Company will remain in compliance with its obligations under clause 25 (Financial covenants) for a period of not less than 12 Months from the closing date of the acquisition; and

 

2)                                      board papers in respect of the acquisition; or

 

(B)                                if to be utilised for other purposes, forecasts (which have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and reasonable assumptions), demonstrating that the Company will remain in compliance with its obligations under clause 25 (Financial covenants) for a period of not less than 12 Months from the date of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice.

 

40



 

(d)                                  The Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice shall only be valid if:

 

(i)                                      it states the amount of the commitment fee, if any;

 

(ii)                                   it states the amount of the arrangement fee if any;

 

(iii)                                subject to clause 12.5, the aggregate of all Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments (including those specified in the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice), whether utilised or unutilised is less than or equal to the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Maximum Amount;

 

(iv)                               it states the currency of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments (which must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency);

 

(v)                                  there is no Event of Default which is continuing or which would be caused by a Utilisation of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility; and

 

(vi)                               if an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment is to be provided by a Third Party Lender, details of any limits on the aggregate Ancillary Commitments for that Third Party Lender.

 

(e)                                   Each Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice shall be signed by the Company and the Borrower and countersigned by each entity to which Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments are allocated. Any entity to which Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments are allocated shall comply with the provisions of clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) to the extent applicable. By countersigning the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice each such entity agrees to commit the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments set out against its name and in the case of an entity which is not already a Lender, to become a Lender and party to this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Upon receipt of a duly completed Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice, the Agent shall acknowledge receipt of such notice and, if appropriate (and subject to paragraph (j) below), the accession of the relevant Lenders to this Agreement and the Agent shall inform all the Lenders of such receipt. The Agent is authorised to disclose details in the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice and in relation to any Uncommitted Accordion Facility to the Lenders on request.  The Agent shall only be obliged to sign an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice upon its satisfactory completion of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to the accession of any entity as a Lender.

 

(g)                                   The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders of the proposed changed amounts of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments promptly after receipt of each Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice and each Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Cancellation Notice.

 

(h)                                  The terms and conditions relating to each Uncommitted Accordion Facility will be set out in a separate Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice entered into by the Company and the relevant Lenders or other entities providing the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments.

 

(i)                                      If the other provisions of this Clause 2.3 are met, each Party:

 

41



 

(i)                                      agrees that Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments may be made available to the Borrowers; and

 

(ii)                                   authorises and instructs the Agent to sign an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice to record the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments as set out in the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice and accordingly the establishment of (or the increase in Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments in respect of) the Uncommitted Accordion Facility.

 

(j)                                     Upon the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice being signed by the Agent, the Company and the relevant Lenders, the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility and corresponding Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments will be established for the purpose of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents (and, in the case of any Uncommitted Accordion Facility Lender (as defined in clause 28.11 (Uncommitted Accordion Facility)), the accession of that Uncommitted Accordion Facility Lender hereunder shall become effective).

 

(k)                                  Each Obligor confirms:

 

(i)                                      the authority of the Company to agree and implement the establishment of Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments and the Uncommitted Accordion Facility in accordance with the procedures and up to the amounts permitted by this Agreement (as amended or modified from time to time); and

 

(ii)                                   that all its guarantee and indemnity obligations recorded in clause 22 (Guarantee and indemnity) and/or in any Accession Deed or other Finance Document will continue in full force and effect, is, subject to the Legal Reservations, a valid and binding obligation of such Obligor and is, subject to the Legal Reservations, enforceable in accordance with its terms, that as at the date of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice, no defenses, offsets, claims or counterclaims exist in respect of the guarantee given by it which affect the guarantee in any material respect and it will extend to include the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loans and other obligations arising under the Uncommitted Accordion Facility subject to any limits as specifically recorded in clause 22 (Guarantee and indemnity), the relevant Accession Deed or elsewhere in the Finance Documents;

 

(iii)                                that utilising the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment in full would not breach any borrowing limit binding on any Obligor;

 

(iv)                               that utilising the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment would not cause any guarantee limit applicable to any Obligor to be breached; and

 

(v)                                  each Party agrees that it shall within 10 Business Days of a request to do so it will sign any amendment agreement required in respect of this Agreement in order to document any purely administrative amendment required solely to record the amount of or any terms of any Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments made available in accordance with this clause 2.3.

 

2.4                         Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

(a)                                 The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several.  Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents

 

42



 

does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents.  No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

(c)                                   A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

2.5                                Obligors’ agent

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor (other than the Company) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Deed irrevocably appoints the Company to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

(i)                                      the Company on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including Utilisation Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Deed to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and

 

(ii)                                   each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Company,

 

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Utilisation Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

(b)                                  Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ agent or given to the Obligors’ agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it.  In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ agent shall prevail.

 

3                                          Purpose

 

3.1                                Purpose

 

(a)                                  Not used.

 

(b)                                  Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facilities and any utilisation of any Ancillary Facility towards the general corporate and working capital purposes of the Obligors (including, for the avoidance of doubt, funding any Permitted Acquisition and any costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Permitted

 

43



 

Acquisition) and refinancing any utilisations under the Obligor’s existing asset based lending facilities or (other than in the case of any utilisation of any Ancillary Facility) towards repayment or prepayment of any Loan.

 

3.2                                Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4                                          Conditions of utilisation

 

4.1                                Initial conditions precedent

 

(a)                                  The Company shall provide the Agent all the documents and other evidence in part 1 - (Conditions precedent to signing this Agreement) of schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) in relation to any Loan if on or before the Utilisation Date for that Utilisation, the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in part 2 - (Conditions precedent to initial Utilisation) of schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall, in each case, notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

4.2                                Further conditions precedent

 

Subject to clause 4.1 the Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

(a)                                  in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any Loan on the Closing Date, all the representations and warranties in clause 23 (Representations) or, in relation to any other Loan, the Repeating Representations, to be made by each Obligor are true.

 

4.3                                Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

 

(a)                                  A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Loan if:

 

(i)                                      it is readily available in the amount and for the period required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Loan; and

 

(ii)                                   it is Euro or Sterling or has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request for that Loan.

 

44


 

(b)                                  If the Agent has received a written request from the Company for a currency to be approved under clause 4.3(a)(ii), the Agent will confirm to the Company by the Specified Time:

 

(i)                                      whether or not the Lenders have granted their approval; and

 

(ii)                                   if approval has been granted, the minimum amount for any subsequent Loan in that currency.

 

4.4                                Maximum number of Loans

 

(a)                                  A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Loan:

 

(i)                                      more than 10 Revolving Facility Loans would be outstanding; or

 

(ii)                                   more than 5 Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loans would be outstanding.

 

(b)                                  Not used.

 

(c)                                   Any Loan made by a single Lender under clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency) shall not be taken into account in this clause 4.4.

 

5                                          Utilisation

 

5.1                                Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may request a Loan by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2                                Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

(a)                                  Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

(i)                                      it identifies the Borrower and the Facility to be utilised;

 

(ii)                                   the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

(iii)                                the currency and amount of the Loan comply with clause 5.3; and

 

(iv)                               the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 14 (Interest Periods).

 

(b)                                  Multiple Loans may be requested in a Utilisation Request where the proposed Utilisation Date is the Closing Date.  Only 1 Loan may be requested in each subsequent Utilisation Request.

 

5.3                                Currency and amount

 

(a)                                  The currency specified in a Utilisation Request or an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Notice must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

 

45



 

(b)                                  The amount of the proposed Loan must be:

 

(i)                                      in respect of an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility, equal to or less than the Available Facility;

 

(ii)                                   in respect of the Revolving Facility or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility:

 

(A)                                if the currency selected is Sterling, a minimum of £1,500,000 (and a multiple of £500,000) or, if less, the Available Facility; or

 

(B)                                if the currency selected is Euro, a minimum of Euro 2,000,000 (and a multiple of Euro 500,000) or, if less, the Available Facility; or

 

(C)                                if the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of $2,000,000 (and a multiple of $500,000) or, if less, the Available Facility; or

 

(D)                                if the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than Euro or Sterling, the minimum amount specified by the Agent pursuant to clause 4.3(b)(ii) (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies) or, if less, the Available Facility.

 

5.4                                Lenders’ participation

 

(a)                                  If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met and subject to clause 9.2 (Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans) and clause 9.3 (Repayment of Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans), each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

(b)                                  The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making that Loan.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan and, if different, the amount of that participation to be made available in cash, by the Specified Time.

 

5.5                                Limitations on Loans

 

(a)                                  Not used.

 

(b)                                  The maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Commitments of all the Historic Lenders shall not at any time exceed $28,050,000 (or its equivalent in any currency).

 

(c)                                   The maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Commitments of all the Historic Lenders in respect of overdraft facilities and bilateral loan facilities shall not at any time exceed $16,500,000 (or its equivalent in any currency).

 

(d)                                  The maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Commitments of all the Historic Lenders in respect of letters of credit facility shall not at any time exceed $11,550,000 (or its equivalent in any currency).

 

46



 

(e)                                   The maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Commitments of all the Joining Lenders shall not at any time exceed $8,415,000 (or its equivalent in any currency).

 

(f)                                    The maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Commitments of all the Joining Lenders in respect of overdraft facilities and bilateral loan facilities shall not at any time exceed $4,950,000 (or its equivalent in any currency).

 

(g)                                   The maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Commitments of all the Joining Lenders in respect of letters of credit facility shall not at any time exceed $3,465,000 (or its equivalent in any currency).

 

5.6                                Cancellation of Commitment

 

(a)                                  The Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

 

(b)                                  The Revolving Facility Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

 

6                                          Optional currencies

 

6.1                                Selection of currency

 

A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) shall select the currency of a Loan in a Utilisation Request or an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Notice.

 

6.2                                Unavailability of a currency

 

If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day a Lender notifies the Agent that:

 

(a)                                  the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the amount and for the period required; or

 

(b)                                  compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

 

the Agent will give notice to the Company to that effect by the Specified Time on that day.  In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this clause 6.2 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount, or in respect of a Rollover Loan in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

 

6.3                                Agent’s calculations

 

Each Lender’s participation in a Loan will be determined in accordance with clause 5.4 (Limitations on Loans).

 

7                                          Ancillary Facilities

 

7.1                                Type of Facility

 

An Ancillary Facility may be by way of:

 

47



 

(a)                                  an overdraft facility;

 

(b)                                  a letter of credit facility; or

 

(c)                                   a bilateral loan facility.

 

7.2                                Availability

 

(a)                                  If the Company and a Lender agree and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, that Lender may provide an Ancillary Facility on a bilateral basis in place of all or part of that Lender’s unutilised Revolving Facility Commitment or unutilised Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment (which shall (except for the purposes of determining the Majority Lenders and of clause 40.4 (Deemed consent)) be reduced by the amount of the Ancillary Commitment under that Ancillary Facility).

 

(b)                                  An Ancillary Facility shall not be made available unless, not later than 14 days prior to the Ancillary Commencement Date for an Ancillary Facility, the Agent has received from the Company:

 

(i)                                      a notice in writing of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility and specifying:

 

(A)                                the proposed Borrower(s) (under the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as applicable)) which may use the Ancillary Facility;

 

(B)                                the proposed Ancillary Commencement Date and expiry date of the Ancillary Facility;

 

(C)                                the proposed type of Ancillary Facility to be provided;

 

(D)                                the proposed Ancillary Lender;

 

(E)                                 the proposed Ancillary Commitment, the maximum amount of the Ancillary Facility and, if the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, its maximum gross amount (that amount being Designated Gross Amount ) and its maximum net amount (that amount being Designated Net Amount );

 

(F)                                  the proposed currency of the Ancillary Facility (if not denominated in the Base Currency); and

 

(G)                                whether the proposed Ancillary Commitment is to be provided under a Revolving Facility or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility; and

 

(ii)                                   any other information which the Agent may reasonably request in connection with the Ancillary Facility.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall promptly notify the Ancillary Lender and the other Lenders of the establishment of an Ancillary Facility and whether it is established under a Revolving Facility or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility.

 

48



 

(d)

 

(i)                                      No amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Facility shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Ancillary Lender unless such amendment or waiver itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this clause).  In such a case, the provisions of this Agreement with regard to amendments and waivers will apply.

 

(ii)                                   The Company shall notify the Agent and provide details of any material amendment or waiver of a term of any Ancillary Facility which does not require the consent of any other Finance Party, no later than 14 days prior to the date of such amendment or waiver.

 

(e)                                   Subject to compliance with clause 7.2(b):

 

(i)                                      the Lender concerned will become an Ancillary Lender; and

 

(ii)                                   the Ancillary Facility will be available,

 

with effect from the date agreed by the Company and the Ancillary Lender.

 

(f)                                    As at the Third Restatement Date, the only Ancillary Facilities provided are under the Revolving Facility.

 

7.3                                Terms of Ancillary Facilities

 

(a)                                  Except as provided below, the terms of any Ancillary Facility will be those agreed by the Ancillary Lender and the Company.

 

(b)                                  However, those terms:

 

(i)                                      must be based upon normal commercial rates and terms at that time (except as varied by this Agreement);

 

(ii)                                   may allow only Borrowers (under the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as applicable)) to use the Ancillary Facility;

 

(iii)                                may not allow the Ancillary Outstandings to exceed the Ancillary Commitment;

 

(iv)                               may not allow the Ancillary Commitment of a Lender to exceed the Available Commitment with respect to the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility of that Lender; and

 

(v)                                  must require that the Ancillary Commitment is reduced to nil, and that all Ancillary Outstandings are repaid not later than the Termination Date (or such earlier date as the Revolving Facility Commitment or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment of the relevant Ancillary Lender is reduced to zero).

 

(c)                                   If there is any inconsistency between any term of an Ancillary Facility and any term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail except for (i) clause 37.3 (Day count

 

49



 

convention) which shall not prevail for the purposes of calculating fees, interest or commission relating to an Ancillary Facility and (ii) an Ancillary Facility comprising more than one account where the terms of the Ancillary Documents shall prevail to the extent required to permit the netting of balances on those accounts and (iii) where the relevant term of this Agreement would be contrary to, or inconsistent with, the law governing the relevant Ancillary Document, in which case that term of this Agreement shall not prevail.

 

7.4                                Repayment of Ancillary Facility

 

(a)                                  An Ancillary Facility shall cease to be available on the Termination Date in relation to the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as the case may be) or such earlier date on which its expiry date occurs or on which it is cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  If an Ancillary Facility expires in accordance with its terms the Ancillary Commitment of the Ancillary Lender shall be reduced to zero (and its Revolving Facility Commitment or its relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment (as the case may be) shall be increased accordingly).

 

(c)                                   No Ancillary Lender may demand repayment or prepayment of any amounts under its Ancillary Facility (except where the Ancillary Facility is provided on a net limit basis to the extent required to bring any gross outstandings down to the net limit) unless:

 

(i)                                      the Total Revolving Facility Commitments or the relevant Total Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitments (as the case may be) have been cancelled in full, or all outstanding Loans under the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as the case may be) have become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or the Agent has declared all outstanding Loans under the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as the case may be) immediately due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or the expiry date of the Ancillary Facility occurs;

 

(ii)                                   it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for the Ancillary Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in its Ancillary Facility; or

 

(iii)                                the Ancillary Outstandings (if any) under that Ancillary Facility can be refinanced by a Revolving Facility Loan or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan (as the case may be) and the Ancillary Lender gives sufficient notice to enable a Loan of the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as the case may be) to be made to refinance those Ancillary Outstandings in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Other than demanding repayment or prepayment, as the case may be, no Ancillary Lender may exercise any other right, remedy and/or power in connection with any amount or liability owed to it by any Borrower under any Ancillary Facility.

 

(d)                                  For the purposes of determining whether or not the Ancillary Outstandings under an Ancillary Facility mentioned in clause 7.4(c)(iii) can be refinanced by a Revolving Loan or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan (as the case may be):

 

50



 

(i)                                      the Revolving Facility Commitment or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment (as the case may be) of that Lender will be increased by the amount of its Ancillary Commitment; and

 

(ii)                                   the Loan may (so long as clause 7.4(c)(i) does not apply) be made irrespective of whether a Default is outstanding or any other applicable condition precedent is not satisfied (but only to the extent that the proceeds are applied in refinancing those Ancillary Outstandings) and irrespective of whether clause 4.4 (Maximum number of Loans) or clause 5.2(b) (Completion of a Utilisation Request) applies.

 

(e)                                   On the making of a Revolving Facility Loan or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan (as the case may be) to refinance Ancillary Outstandings:

 

(i)                                      each Lender will participate in that Loan in an amount (as determined by the Agent) which will result as nearly as possible in the aggregate amount of its participation in the Revolving Facility Loans or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans (as the case may be) then outstanding bearing the same proportion to the aggregate amount of the Revolving Facility Loans or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans (as the case may be) then outstanding as its Commitment bears to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments or the Total Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitments (as the case may be); and

 

(ii)                                   the relevant Ancillary Facility shall be cancelled.

 

(f)                                    In relation to an Ancillary Facility which comprises an overdraft facility where a Designated Net Amount has been established, the Ancillary Lender providing that Ancillary Facility shall only be obliged to take into account for the purposes of calculating compliance with the Designated Net Amount those credit balances which it is permitted to take into account by the then current law and regulations in relation to its reporting of exposures to the Financial Services Authority as netted for capital adequacy purposes.

 

7.5                                Ancillary Outstandings

 

Under the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as the case may be), each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender agrees with and for the benefit of each Lender that:

 

(a)                                  the Ancillary Outstandings under any Ancillary Facility provided by that Ancillary Lender shall not exceed the Ancillary Commitment applicable to that Ancillary Facility and where the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, Ancillary Outstandings under that Ancillary Facility shall not exceed the Designated Net Amount in respect of that Ancillary Facility; and

 

(b)                                  where all or part of the Ancillary Facility is an overdraft facility comprising more than one account, the Ancillary Outstandings (calculated on the basis that the words in brackets in paragraph (a) of the definition of that term were deleted) shall not exceed the Designated Gross Amount applicable to that Ancillary Facility.

 

7.6                                Adjustment for Ancillary Facilities upon acceleration

 

In this clause 7.6:

 

51



 

For avoidance of doubt, all references to an Ancillary Facility are references to the Ancillary Facility provided under the relevant Facility only and Ancillary Facilities are not to be aggregated or adjusted across the Revolving Facility and any Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility.

 

Outstandings means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate of the equivalent in the Base Currency of (i) its participation in each Utilisation of the Revolving Facility or an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as the case may be) then outstanding (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as a Lender under the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility) and (ii) if the Lender is also an Ancillary Lender, the Ancillary Outstandings in respect of Ancillary Facilities provided by that Ancillary Lender (together with the aggregate amount of all accrued interest, fees and commission owed to it as an Ancillary Lender in respect of the Ancillary Facility) under the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as the case may be).

 

Total Outstandings means the aggregate of all Outstandings.

 

(a)                                  If a notice is served under clause 27.20 (Acceleration) (other than a notice declaring Utilisations to be due on demand), each Lender and each Ancillary Lender shall promptly adjust by corresponding transfers (to the extent necessary) their claims in respect of amounts outstanding to them under the Revolving Facility and each Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility and each Ancillary Facility to ensure that after such transfers the Outstandings of each Lender under the Revolving Facility or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility (as the case may be) bear the same proportion to the Total Outstandings as such Lender’s Revolving Facility Commitment or the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment (as the case may be) bears to the Total Revolving Facility Commitments or the relevant Total Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitments (as the case may be), each as at the date the notice is served under clause 27.20 (Acceleration).

 

(b)                                  If an amount outstanding under an Ancillary Facility is a contingent liability and that contingent liability becomes an actual liability or is reduced to zero after the original adjustment is made under paragraph (a) above, then each Lender and Ancillary Lender will make a further adjustment by corresponding transfers (to the extent necessary), to put themselves in the position they would have been in had the original adjustment been determined by reference to the actual liability or, as the case may be, zero liability and not the contingent liability.

 

(c)                                   Prior to the application of the provisions of paragraph (a) of this clause 7.6, an Ancillary Lender that has provided an overdraft comprising more than one account under an Ancillary Facility shall set-off any liabilities owing to it under such overdraft facility against credit balances on any account comprised in such overdraft facility.

 

(d)                                  All calculations to be made pursuant to this clause 7.6 shall be made by the Agent based upon information provided to it by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders.

 

7.7                                Information

 

Each Borrower and each Ancillary Lender shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, supply the Agent with any information relating to the operation of an Ancillary Facility (including the Ancillary Outstandings) as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time.  Each

 

52



 

Borrower consents to all such information being released to the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

7.8                                Revolving Facility and Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment amounts

 

Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, each Lender shall ensure that at all times its Revolving Facility Commitment and its Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitment is not less than its applicable Ancillary Commitment.

 

8                                          Bilateral Facilities

 

8.1                                Type of Facility

 

A Bilateral Facility may be by way of:

 

(a)                                  a foreign exchange facility; or

 

(b)                                  any other facility or accommodation required in connection with the business of the Group (other than any facility or accommodation for the purpose of or having the effect of a term loan or a revolving credit facility) and which is agreed by the Company with a Bilateral Lender.

 

8.2                                Availability

 

(a)                                  If a Borrower and a Bilateral Lender agree and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, that Bilateral Lender may provide a Bilateral Facility to that Borrower.

 

(b)                                  The aggregate amount of all Bilateral Facilities shall at no time exceed the relevant Bilateral Limit.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall promptly notify the Agent of the establishment of a Bilateral Facility.

 

(d)                                  No amendment or waiver of a term of a Bilateral Facility shall require the consent of any Finance Party other than the relevant Bilateral Lender unless such amendment or waiver itself relates to or gives rise to a matter which would require an amendment of or under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, under this clause).  In such a case, the provisions of this Agreement with regard to amendments and waivers will apply.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall notify the Agent and provide details of any material amendment or waiver of a term of any Bilateral Facility which does not require the consent of any Finance Party, no later than 14 days prior to the date of such amendment or waiver.

 

8.3                                Information

 

Each Borrower shall, promptly upon request by the Agent, supply the Agent with any information relating to the terms or operation of a Bilateral Facility as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time.  Each Borrower consents to all such information being released to the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

8.4                                Permitted Enforcement: Bilateral Lenders

 

(a)                                  For the purposes of this clause 8.4:

 

53



 

Bilateral Liabilities means the liabilities owed by a member of the Group to the Bilateral Lenders under the Bilateral Documents.

 

Enforcement Action means :

 

(i)                                      in relation to the Bilateral Liabilities:

 

(A)                                the acceleration of any Bilateral Liabilities or the making of any declaration that any Bilateral Liabilities are prematurely due and payable (other than as a result of it becoming unlawful for a Bilateral Lender to perform its obligations under, or of any voluntary or mandatory prepayment (or offer to prepay) arising under, the Bilateral Documents at any time when no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing);

 

(B)                                the making of any declaration that any Bilateral Liabilities are payable on demand;

 

(C)                                the making of a demand in relation to a Bilateral Liability that is payable on demand;

 

(D)                                the making of any demand against any member of the Group in relation to any guarantee of that member of the Group;

 

(E)                                 the exercise of any right to require any member of the Group to acquire any Bilateral Liability (including exercising any put or call option against any member of the Group for the redemption or purchase of any Bilateral Liability but excluding any mandatory offer to prepay arising under the Bilateral Documents in respect of any Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds); or

 

(F)                                  the suing for, commencing or joining of any legal or arbitration proceedings against any member of the Group to recover any Bilateral Liabilities;

 

(ii)                                   the entering into of any composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any member of the Group which owes any Bilateral Liabilities, or has given a guarantee or indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of the Bilateral Liabilities; or

 

(iii)                                the petitioning, applying or voting for, or the taking of any steps (including the appointment of any liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer) in relation to, the winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of any member of the Group which owes any Bilateral Liabilities, or has given any guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of any of the Bilateral Liabilities, or any of such member of the Group’s assets or any suspension of payments or moratorium of any indebtedness of any such member of the Group, or any analogous procedure or step in any jurisdiction,

 

except that the following shall not constitute Enforcement Action:

 

(A)                                the taking of any action falling within paragraphs (i)(E) or (iii) above which is necessary (but only to the extent necessary) to preserve the validity, existence or priority of claims in respect of Bilateral Liabilities, including the registration of such claims before any court or governmental authority and the bringing, supporting or joining of proceedings to prevent any loss of the right

 

54



 

to bring, support or join proceedings by reason of applicable limitation periods; or

 

(B)                                a Party bringing legal proceedings against any person solely for the purpose of:

 

(1)                                  obtaining injunctive relief (or any analogous remedy outside England and Wales) to restrain any actual or putative breach of any Finance Document to which it is party;

 

(2)                                  obtaining specific performance (other than specific performance of an obligation to make a payment) with no claim for damages; or

 

(3)                                  requesting judicial interpretation of any provision of any Finance Document to which it is party with no claim for damages.

 

Insolvency Event means, in relation to any member of the Group:

 

(i)                                      any resolution is passed or order made for the winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of that member of the Group, a moratorium is declared in relation to any indebtedness of that member of the Group or an administrator is appointed to that member of the Group;

 

(ii)                                   any composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement is made with any of its creditors;

 

(iii)                                the appointment of any liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of that member of the Group or any of its assets; or

 

(iv)                               any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  Restriction on Enforcement: Bilateral Lenders

 

Subject to paragraph (c) below, so long as any of the Facilities (other than the Ancillary Facilities) are or may be outstanding, none of the Bilateral Lenders shall be entitled to take any Enforcement Action in respect of any of Bilateral Liabilities.

 

(c)                                   Permitted Enforcement: Bilateral Lenders

 

Each Bilateral Lender may take Enforcement Action if:

 

(i)                                    at the same time as, or prior to, that action, Enforcement Action has been taken in respect of the Facilities (other than the Ancillary Facilities), in which case the Bilateral Lenders may take the same Enforcement Action as has been taken in respect of those Facilities; or

 

(ii)                                 at the same time as or prior to, that action, the consent of the Majority Lenders to that Enforcement Action is obtained; or

 

(iii)                              an Insolvency Event has occurred in relation to any member of the Group, in which case after the occurrence of that Insolvency Event, each Bilateral Lender shall be entitled (if it has not already done so) to exercise any right it may otherwise have in respect of that member of the Group to:

 

55



 

(A)                                accelerate any of that member of the Group’s Bilateral Liabilities or declare them prematurely due and payable on demand;

 

(B)                                make a demand under any guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss given by that member of the Group in respect of any Bilateral Liabilities;

 

(C)                                exercise any right of set off or take or receive any payment in respect of any Bilateral Liabilities of that member of the Group; or

 

(D)                                claim and prove in the liquidation of that member of the Group for the Bilateral Liabilities owing to it.

 

9                                          Repayment

 

9.1                                Repayment of Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loans

 

The Borrowers of any Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loan shall repay it in the amount and at the time specified in the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility Notice.

 

9.2                                Repayment of Revolving Facility Loans

 

(a)                                  Each Borrower which has drawn a Revolving Facility Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

(b)                                  Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under clause 9.2(a) above, if one or more Revolving Facility Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

 

(i)                                      on the same day that a maturing Revolving Facility Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

 

(ii)                                   in the same currency as the maturing Revolving Facility Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency)); and

 

(iii)                                in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Revolving Facility Loan,

 

the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan so that:

 

(A)                                if the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loans:

 

1)                                      the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

 

2)                                      each Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans available in cash; and

 

(B)                                if the amount of the maturing Revolving Facility Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Revolving Facility Loans:

 

56


 

1)                                      the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and

 

2)                                      each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Revolving Facility Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Revolving Facility Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Revolving Facility Loan.

 

9.3                                Repayment of Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans

 

(a)                                  Each Borrower which has drawn an Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

(b)                                  Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under clause 9.3(a) above, if one or more Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

 

(i)                                      on the same day that a maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

 

(ii)                                   in the same currency as the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency)); and

 

(iii)                                in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan,

 

the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan so that:

 

(A)                                if the amount of the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans:

 

1)                                      the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

 

2)                                      each Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans available in cash; and

 

(B)                                if the amount of the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans:

 

57



 

1)                                      the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and

 

2)                                      each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan.

 

9.4                                Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments and reductions

 

If any Loans under an amortising Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility are prepaid in accordance with clause 10.1 (Illegality), clause 10.6 (Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender) or clause 11.2 (Disposal and Insurance), then the amount of the Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after that prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan prepaid unless otherwise agreed in the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice.

 

10                                   Illegality, voluntary prepayment and cancellation

 

10.1                         Illegality

 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund, issue or maintain its participation in any Loan:

 

(a)                                  that Lender, shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

(b)                                  upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

(c)                                   each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the then current Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

10.2                         Mandatory cancellation

 

All Available Commitments under a Facility shall automatically be cancelled at the end of the Availability Period in respect of that Facility.

 

58



 

10.3                         Voluntary cancellation

 

(a)                                  The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $2,000,000, £1,500,000 or €2,000,000 (or its equivalent in any currency) and a multiple of $500,000 (or its equivalent in any currency)) of an Available Facility. Any cancellation under this clause 10.3 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the relevant Facility.

 

(b)                                  Not used.

 

10.4                         Voluntary prepayment of Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loans

 

A Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loan by a minimum amount of $500,000 (or its equivalent in any currency) and a multiple of $100,000 (or its equivalent in any currency)). In respect of any amortising Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility, prepayments which are made under this clause 10.4 shall be applied to reduce pro rata the relevant Repayment Instalments, unless otherwise agreed in the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice.

 

10.5                         Voluntary prepayment of Revolving Facility Loans and Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans

 

A Borrower to which a Revolving Facility Loan or Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan has been made may, if it or the Company gives the Agent not less than 3 Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Revolving Facility Loan or Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan (but if in part, being a minimum amount of $2,000,000 (or its equivalent in any currency) and a multiple of $250,000 (or its equivalent in any currency)).

 

10.6                         Right of cancellation and repayment in relation to a single Lender

 

(a)                                  If:

 

(i)                                      any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under clause 17.2(c) (Tax gross-up); or

 

(ii)                                   any Lender claims indemnification from an Obligor under clause 17.3 (Tax indemnity) or clause 18.1 (Increased costs),

 

the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans.

 

(b)                                  On receipt of a notice referred to in clause 10.6(a) in relation to a Lender, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c)                                   On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice under clause 10.6(a) in relation to a Lender (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall

 

59



 

repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan together with all interest and other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents.

 

10.7                         Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

(a)                                  If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent 10 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

(b)                                  On the notice referred to in clause 10.7(a) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in clause 10.7(a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

10.8                         Cash cover

 

To the extent that, under the terms of this Agreement, an Obligor is obliged to provide cash cover in respect of the Ancillary Facilities, it shall only be entitled to withdraw that cash cover if:

 

(a)                                  the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed Withdrawal Request not later than 11am 14 days before the proposed date of withdrawal;

 

(b)                                  no Default is continuing; and

 

(c)                                   the amount so withdrawn is applied in immediate prepayment of the Ancillary Facilities.

 

11                                   Mandatory prepayment

 

11.1                         Exit :

 

Upon the occurrence of:

 

(a)                                  a Change of Control; or

 

(b)                                  the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions,

 

the Facilities will be cancelled and all outstanding Loans and Ancillary Outstandings, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, shall become immediately due and payable.

 

11.2                         Disposal and Insurance

 

(a)                                  For the purposes of this clause 11.2:

 

Disposal means a sale, lease or licence (other than an occupational rack rent lease or licence), transfer, loan or other disposal by a person of any asset, undertaking or business (whether by a voluntary or involuntary single transaction or series of transactions).

 

60



 

Disposal Proceeds means the consideration receivable by any member of the Group (including any amount receivable in repayment of intercompany debt) for any Disposal made by any member of the Group except for Excluded Disposal Proceeds.

 

Excluded Disposal Proceeds means the proceeds of a Disposal from a Permitted Disposal.

 

Excluded Insurance Proceeds means any proceeds of an insurance claim:

 

(i)                                      which the Company notifies the Agent are, or are to be, applied:

 

(A)                                to meet a third party claim;

 

(B)                                to cover operating losses in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made;

 

(C)                                to the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of the assets or otherwise in amelioration of the loss in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made; or

 

(D)                                by an Obligor to purchase assets useful to the business of the Obligors,

 

in each case as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt; or

 

(ii)                                   received prior to the Third Restatement Date and those which when aggregated together with the proceeds of all other insurance claims proceeds (excluding those referred to in (i)(A), (B) and (C) of this definition) received after the Third Restatement Date do not exceed $16,500,000 (or its equivalent) during the remaining term of this Agreement.

 

Insurance Proceeds means the proceeds of any insurance claim under any insurance maintained by any member of the Group except for Excluded Insurance Proceeds and after deducting any reasonable expenses in relation to that claim which are incurred by any member of the Group to persons who are not members of the Group.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall ensure (unless the Agent agrees in writing otherwise) that the Borrowers cancel Commitments and prepay Loans in the following amounts at the times and in the order of application contemplated by clause 11.3:

 

(i)                                      the amount of Disposal Proceeds; and

 

(ii)                                   the amount of Insurance Proceeds.

 

11.3                         Application

 

(a)                                  A prepayment and/or cancellation made under clause 11.2 shall be applied in the following order:

 

(i)                                      first in prepayment of any Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loans as contemplated in clause 11.3(b);

 

(ii)                                   second in pro rata cancellation of the Available Commitments under the Uncommitted Accordion Term Facilities (and the Available Commitment of

 

61



 

the Lenders under the Uncommitted Accordion Term Facilities will be cancelled rateably);

 

(iii)                                third, in pro rata prepayment of Revolving Facility Loans and any Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loans and pro rata cancellation of such Revolving Facility Commitments and the Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Commitments; and

 

(iv)                               fourth, in pro rata prepayment and cancellation of the Ancillary Outstandings provided under the Revolving Facility and any Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility and pro rata cancellation of Ancillary Commitments provided under the Revolving Facility and any Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility.

 

(b)                                  A prepayment made under clause 11.2 shall prepay the Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loans as follows:

 

(i)                                      in prepayment of such Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loans pro rata: and

 

(ii)                                   if applicable, in reducing the relevant Repayment Instalment for each Repayment Date falling after the date of prepayment in the manner contemplated by clause 9.4 (Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments and reductions).

 

(c)                                   A prepayment relating to the amounts of Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds made under clause 11.2 shall be made promptly upon receipt of those proceeds.

 

12                                   Restrictions

 

12.1                         Notices of Cancellation or Prepayment

 

Any notice of cancellation, prepayment, authorisation or other election given by any Party under clause 10 (Illegality, voluntary prepayment and cancellation) or clause 11 (Mandatory prepayment) shall (subject to the terms of those clauses) be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

12.2                         Interest and other amounts

 

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

12.3                         Not used.

 

12.4                         Reborrowing of the Revolving Facility and Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Revolving Facility and Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility which is prepaid or repaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

62



 

12.5                         No reborrowing of Uncommitted Accordion Term Loan Facility

 

Any part of an Uncommitted Accordion Term Loan Facility which is prepaid or repaid may be available to be reborrowed in accordance with clause 2.3 (Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments), but for avoidance of doubt does not remain available to be redrawn under the relevant Uncommitted Accordion Term Loan Facility.

 

12.6                         Prepayment in accordance with Agreement

 

Subject to clause 2.2 (Increase), no Borrower shall repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

12.7                         No reinstatement of Commitments

 

Subject to clause 2.2 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

12.8                         Agent’s receipt of Notices

 

If the Agent receives a notice or election under clause 10 (Illegality, voluntary prepayment and cancellation) or clause 11 (Mandatory prepayment) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice or election to either the Company or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

12.9                         Effect of Repayment and Prepayment on Commitments

 

If all or part of a Utilisation under a Facility is repaid or prepaid and is not available for redrawing (other than by operation of clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent), an amount of the Commitments (equal to the Base Currency Amount of the amount of the Utilisation which is repaid or prepaid) in respect of that Facility will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.  Any cancellation under this clause 12.9 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under that Facility.

 

13                                   Interest

 

13.1                         Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

(a)                                  Margin; and

 

(b)                                  LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR.

 

13.2                         Payment of interest

 

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than 6 Months, on the dates falling at 6 Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

13.3                         Default interest

 

(a)                                  If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to

 

63



 

clause 13.3(b), is 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably).  Any interest accruing under this clause 13.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

(b)                                  If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

 

(i)                                      the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and

 

(ii)                                   the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be 2% higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

(c)                                   Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

13.4                         Notification of rates of interest

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

14                                   Interest Periods

 

14.1                         Selection of Interest Periods and terms

 

(a)                                  A Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan or (if the Loan is an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan and has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

(b)                                  Each Selection Notice for an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by a Borrower not later than the Specified Time.

 

(c)                                   If a Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with clause 14.1(b), the relevant Interest Period will be 3 Months.

 

(d)                                  Subject to this clause 14, the Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may select an Interest Period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 Months or any other period agreed between the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation to the relevant Loan) and the Company. In addition a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf) may select an Interest Period of (in relation to an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility which is an amortising facility) a period of less than three Months, if necessary to ensure that there are Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loans (with an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to the Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on a Repayment Date relating to the relevant Facility for the Borrowers to make the Repayment Instalment due on that date.

 

(e)                                   No Interest Period for a Loan shall extend beyond the Termination Date applicable to its Facility.

 

64



 

(f)                                    Each Interest Period for an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

 

(g)                                   A Revolving Facility Loan or Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Loan has 1 Interest Period only.

 

14.2                         Changes to Interest Periods

 

(a)                                  Prior to determining the interest rate for an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan which is an amortising Loan, the Agent may shorten an Interest Period for any such Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan to ensure there are sufficient such Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loans (with an aggregate Base Currency Amount equal to or greater than the relevant Repayment Instalment) which have an Interest Period ending on a Repayment Date for the Borrowers to make the relevant Repayment Instalment due on that date.

 

(b)                                  If the Agent makes any of the changes to an Interest Period referred to in this clause 14.2 it shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders.

 

14.3                         Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

14.4                         Not used.

 

15                                   Changes to the calculation of interest

 

15.1                         Margin adjustment

 

(a)                                  If:

 

(i)                                      no Default is continuing;

 

(ii)                                   a period of at least 12 Months has expired since the Closing Date; and

 

(iii)                                Leverage in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period (as evidenced by the last Compliance Certificate) is within the range set out below,

 

then the Margin for each Revolving Facility Loan will be the percentage per annum set out below in the column opposite that range:

 

Leverage

 

Margin % p.a.

 

Greater than 2.5:1

 

2.75

 

Less than or equal to 2.5:1, but greater than 2.0:1

 

2.50

 

Less than or equal to 2.0:1, but greater than 1.5:1

 

2.00

 

Less than or equal to 1.5:1 but greater than 1.0:1

 

1.75

 

Less than or equal to 1.0:1

 

1.50

 

 

65



 

(b)

 

(i)                                      Any increase or decrease in the Margin shall take effect on the date which is the first day of the Interest Period for each Revolving Facility Loan.

 

(ii)                                   If, following receipt by the Agent of the Annual Financial Statements of the Group and related Compliance Certificate, those statements and Compliance Certificate do not confirm the basis for a reduced Margin, then the provisions of clause 13.2 (Payment of interest) shall apply and the Margin for each Revolving Facility Loan shall be the percentage per annum determined in accordance with clause 15.1(a) and the revised ratio of Leverage calculated using the figures in the Compliance Certificate and the Company shall (or shall ensure the relevant Borrower shall) promptly pay to the Agent any amounts necessary to put the Lenders in the position they would have been in had the reduced Margin not have been applied during such period.

 

(iii)                                While a Default is continuing unremedied and unwaived, the Margin for each Revolving Facility Loan shall be the highest percentage per annum set out in clause 15.1(a) for a Revolving Facility Loan.

 

15.2                         Absence of quotations

 

Subject to clause 15.3, if LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Base Reference Banks but a Base Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Base Reference Banks.

 

15.3                         Market disruption

 

(a)                                  If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

(i)                                      the Margin; and

 

(ii)                                   the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event by close of business on the date falling 2 Business Days after the Quotation Day (or, if earlier, on the date falling 2 Business Days prior to the date on which interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period), to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

(b)                                  If:

 

(i)                                      the percentage rate per annum notified by a Lender pursuant to clause 15.3(a)(ii) above is less than LIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in euro, EURIBOR; or

 

(ii)                                   a Lender has not notified the Agent of a percentage rate per annum pursuant to clause 15.3(a)(ii) above,

 

66



 

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of clause 15.3(a) above, to be LIBOR in relation to a loan in euro, EURIBOR.

 

(c)                                   In this Agreement:

 

Market Disruption Event means:

 

(i)                                      at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Base Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR for the relevant currency and Interest Period or

 

(i)                                      before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 14 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR or, if applicable, EURIBOR

 

15.4                         Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

(a)                                  If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

(b)                                  Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to clause 15.4(a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.

 

15.5                         Break Costs

 

(a)                                  Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

16                                   Fees

 

16.1                         Commitment fee

 

(a)                                  The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate of 40% of the applicable Margin on that Lender’s Available Commitment under the Revolving Facility for the Availability Period.

 

(b)                                  The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of 3 Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the Closing Date, on the last day of the Availability Period and on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Available Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

67



 

16.2                         Participation fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Original Lenders a participation fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

16.3                         Agency fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

16.4                         Interest, commission and fees on Ancillary Facilities

 

The rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Ancillary Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Ancillary Lender and the Borrower of that Ancillary Facility based upon normal market rates and terms.

 

16.5                         Interest, commission and fees on Bilateral Facilities

 

The rate and time of payment of interest, commission, fees and any other remuneration in respect of each Bilateral Facility shall be determined by agreement between the relevant Bilateral Lender and the Borrower of that Bilateral Facility based upon normal market rates and terms.

 

17                                   Tax gross up and indemnities

 

17.1                         Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

FATCA means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, and any regulations thereunder and official interpretations thereof.

 

Non-US Finance Party means a Finance Party that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability or required to make any payment for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable or accruing (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable or accruing) under a Finance Document.

 

Qualifying Lender means:

 

(i)                                      a Lender (other than a Lender within (ii) below) which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

(A)                                a Lender:

 

(1)                                  which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document; or

 

(2)                                  in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of ITA) at the time that that advance was made,

 

68


 

and which is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance;

 

(B)                                a Lender which is:

 

(1)                                  a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(2)                                  a partnership each member of which is:

 

(a)                                  a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(b)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA;

 

(3)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

 

(C)                                a Treaty Lender; or

 

(ii)                                   a building society (as defined for the purposes of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

 

Tax Confirmation means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)                                  a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)                                  a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                      a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)                                   a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(c)                                   a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

 

Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax.

 

69



 

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.

 

Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 17.2 or a payment under clause 17.3.

 

Treaty Lender means a Lender which:

 

(a)                                  is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the Treaty;

 

(b)                                  does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

(c)                                   fulfils any other conditions that must be fulfilled under the relevant Treaty by residents of that Treaty State for such residents to obtain exemption from taxation of interest imposed by the United Kingdom, assuming for these purposes that all relevant procedural steps and formalities have been duly completed.

 

Treaty State means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (Treaty) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

 

UK Non-Bank Lender means a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party.

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 17 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination, acting in good faith.

 

17.2                         Tax gross-up

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly.  Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender.  If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company and that Obligor.

 

(c)                                   If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d)                                  A payment shall not be increased under clause 17.2(c) by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom from a payment of interest on a Loan, or an amount treated as interest on a loan for Tax purposes, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

(i)                                      the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result

 

70



 

of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty, or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority;

 

(ii)                                   the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

 

(A)                                an officer of HM Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (Direction) under section 931 of ITA which relates to that payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Company a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

(B)                                the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made;

 

(iii)                                the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

 

(A)                                the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; and

 

(B)                                the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Company, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Company to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA;

 

(iv)                               the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under clause 17.2(g); or

 

(v)                                  the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender not granted a sub-participation to a person who, if that person had been a Lender, would not be a Qualifying Lender with regard to that payment but on that date that subparticipant is, if that person had been a Lender, not a Qualifying Lender (or, has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender) other than as a result of any change after the date it became a sub-participant in (or in the official interpretation, administration or application of) any law or treaty, or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority.  For the avoidance of doubt there shall be no obligation on a Finance Party to disclose any sub-participation to any Obligor.

 

(e)                                   If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(f)                                    Within 28 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under

 

71



 

section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

(g)

 

(i)                                      Subject to clause 17.2(g)(ii) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction

 

(ii)                                   Nothing in clause 17.2(g)(i) above shall require a Treaty Lender to:

 

(A)                                register under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme;

 

(B)                                apply the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to any Loan if it has so registered; or

 

(C)                                file Treaty forms if it has included an indication to the effect that it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement in accordance with clause 17.2(i) below or clause 17.7(a), and the Obligor making that payment has not complied with its obligations under clause 17.2(j) or clause 17.7(b).

 

(h)                                  A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

 

(i)                                      A Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall include an indication to that effect (for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor) by including its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in part 3 - (The Original Lenders) of schedule 1.

 

(j)                                     Where a Lender includes the indication described in clause 17.2(i) above in part 3 - (The Original Lenders) of schedule 1:

 

(i)                                      each Original Borrower shall, to the extent that that Lender is a Lender under the Facility made available to that Original Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities), file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing; and

 

(ii)                                   each Additional Borrower shall, to the extent that that Lender is a Lender under the Facility made available to that Additional Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities), file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing.

 

(k)                                  If a Lender has not included an indication to the effect that it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement in accordance with clause 17.2(i) above or clause 17.7(a), no Obligor shall file any form relating to the HMRC DT

 

72



 

Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitments or its participation in any Loan.

 

(l)                                      A payment shall not be increased under clause 17.2(c) by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United States from a payment of a Loan (i) pursuant to FATCA or (ii) attributable to the failure by a Finance Party to deliver the applicable US tax forms in accordance with clause 17.9.

 

17.3                         Tax indemnity

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor shall, within 3 Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

(b)                                  Clause 17.3(a) shall not apply:

 

(i)                                      with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

(A)                                under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B)                                under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

(ii)                                   to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A)                                is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 17.2; or

 

(B)                                would have been compensated for by an increased payment under clause 17.2 but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in clause 17.2(d) or clause 17.2(l) applied.

 

(c)                                   A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 17.3(a) shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, and will give details of the amount claimed following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

 

(d)                                  A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this clause 17.3, notify the Agent.

 

17.4                         Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

(a)                                  a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part or to that Tax Payment; and

 

(b)                                  that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

 

73



 

the Finance Party shall (provided that no Default is continuing) pay an amount to the Obligor as soon as reasonably practicable from the date on which it has acting reasonably determined that it has obtained, utilised and retained such Tax Credit which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

17.5                         Refund of Tax Deduction

 

If a Borrower incorporated in the United Kingdom makes a Tax Deduction in respect of tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest from a payment of interest to a Treaty Lender, and clause 17.2 (Tax gross-up) applies to increase the amount of the payment due to that Treaty Lender from that Borrower, such Borrower shall promptly provide the Treaty Lender with an executed original certificate, in the form required by HM Revenue & Customs, evidencing the Tax Deduction.  The Treaty Lender shall, within a reasonable period following receipt of such certificate, apply to HM Revenue & Customs for a refund of the amount of the Tax and following receipt of this refund shall inform the Borrower of such receipt within a reasonable period of such receipt. This clause 17.5 shall not require a Treaty Lender to apply for a refund of the amount of the Tax Deduction if the procedural formalities required in relation to making such an application are materially more onerous or require the disclosure of materially more information than the procedural formalities required by HM Revenue & Customs as at the date of this Agreement in relation to such an application.

 

17.6                         Lender Status Confirmation

 

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, an Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:

 

(a)                                  not a Qualifying Lender;

 

(b)                                  a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender); or

 

(c)                                   a Treaty Lender.

 

If a New Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this clause 17.6 then such New Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Company).  For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this clause 17.6.

 

17.7                         HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation

 

(a)                                  A New Lender or an Increase Lender that is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall include an indication to that effect (for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor) in the Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice which it executes by including its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice.

 

74



 

 

(b)                                  Where a New Lender or an Increase Lender includes the indication described in clause 17.7(a) above in the relevant Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice:

 

(i)                                      each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date or the date on which the increase in Total Commitments described in the relevant Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice takes effect shall, to the extent that that New Lender or Increase Lender becomes a Lender under the Facility which is made available to that Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities), file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that Transfer Date or that date on which the increase in Total Commitments takes effect and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing; and

 

(ii)                                   each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the relevant Transfer Date or the date on which the increase in Total Commitments described in the relevant Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice takes effect shall, to the extent that that New Lender or Increase Lender is a Lender under the Facility which is made available to that Additional Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities), file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing.

 

17.8                         Co-operation

 

In the event that it is necessary for any procedural formalities to be completed to allow an Obligor to make a payment of interest on a Loan to a Treaty Lender without a Tax Deduction, the Obligor and the Treaty Lender shall co-operate to procure the filing of any relevant tax forms including (to the extent applicable and available under the prevailing law, and only where the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme does not apply to a Loan), an application form for an Obligor to obtain authorisation to pay interest to a Treaty Lender without a Tax Deduction in respect of tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest, and where reasonably practicable such filing shall be made before the end of the relevant Interest Period. Nothing in this clause shall require a Treaty Lender to:

 

(a)                                  register under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme; or

 

(b)                                  apply the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to any Loan if it has so registered; or

 

(c)                                   file Treaty forms if it has included an indication to the effect that it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement in accordance with clause 17.2(i) or clause 17.7(a), and the Obligor making that payment has not complied with its obligations under clause 17.2(j) or clause 17.7(b).

 

17.9                         US tax forms

 

(a)                                  Each Finance Party that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code shall deliver to each applicable Obligor and the Agent executed originals of US Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the applicable Obligor or the Agent as will enable such Obligor or the Agent, as the

 

75



 

case may be, certifying to such Finance Party’s exemption from US backup withholding and/or information reporting requirements.

 

(b)                                  Each Non-US Finance Party shall deliver to each applicable Obligor and the Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) as soon as reasonably practicable following the date on which such Non-US Finance Party becomes a Finance Party under this Agreement, but no later than three Business Days prior to the date the first payment is due under the Finance Documents to that Non-US Finance Party (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of such Obligor or the Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i)                                      properly completed and duly executed originals of US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (claiming a complete exemption from United States withholding tax on payments made to such Non-US Finance Party pursuant to the Finance Documents under the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty);

 

(ii)                                   properly completed and duly executed originals of US Internal Revenue Service Form W-ECI (claiming a complete exemption from United States withholding tax because payments made to such Non-US Finance Party pursuant to the Finance Documents are effectively connected with a US trade or business);

 

(iii)                                properly completed and duly executed originals of US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and all required supporting documentation (claiming a complete exemption from United States withholding tax because payments made to such Non-US Finance Party pursuant to the Finance Documents); or

 

(iv)                               in the case of a Non-US Finance Party claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Sections 871(h) or 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Non-US Finance Party is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code and (y) properly completed and duly executed originals of US Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN.

 

(c)                                   If a payment made by any Obligor hereunder or under any other Finance Document would be subject to United States withholding tax imposed pursuant to FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable), such Finance Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to such Obligor and the Agent, as reasonably requested by such Obligor, (A) two properly completed and duly executed original certifications prescribed by applicable law and/or reasonably satisfactory to such Obligor and the Agent that establish that such payment is exempt from United States withholding tax imposed pursuant to FATCA and (B) any other documentation reasonably requested by such Obligor sufficient for such Obligor and the Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Finance Party has complied with such applicable reporting and other requirements of FATCA.

 

76



 

17.10                  Stamp taxes

 

The Obligors shall pay and, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Secured Party and Arrangers against any cost, loss or liability that Secured Party or Arrangers incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document provided that this clause 17.10 shall not apply in respect of any stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes which are payable in respect of an assignment transfer or other alienation of any kind by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under a Finance Document.

 

17.11                  Value added tax

 

(a)                                  All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to clause 17.11(b), if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

 

(b)                                  If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (Supplier) to any other Finance Party (Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (Subject Party) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT.  The Recipient will promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT.

 

(c)                                   Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d)                                  Any reference in this clause 17.11 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

17.12                  FATCA Information

 

(a)                                  Subject to clause 17.12(c), each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

(i)                                      confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

(A)                                a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

(B)                                not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

77



 

(ii)                                   supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its applicable pass thru percentage or other information required under the Treasury Regulations or other official guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA.

 

(b)                                  If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to clause 17.12(a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

(c)                                   Clause 17.12(a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

(i)                                      any law or regulation;

 

(ii)                                   any policy of that Finance Party;

 

(iii)                                any fiduciary duty; or

 

(iv)                               any duty of confidentiality.

 

(d)                                  If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with clause 17.12(a) (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where clause 17.12(c) applies), then:

 

(i)                                      if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

(ii)                                   if that Party failed to confirm its applicable passthru percentage then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable passthru percentage is 100%,

 

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

18                                   Increased costs

 

18.1                         Increased costs

 

(a)                                  Subject to clause 18.3 the Obligors shall, within 3 Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

(i)                                      the introduction or implementation, suspension or revocation of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

(ii)                                   compliance with any law or regulation,

 

occurring or made, as applicable, after the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

78


 

(i)                                      a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital; or

 

(ii)                                   an additional or increased cost,

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or an Ancillary Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

18.2                         Increased cost claims

 

(a)                                  A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 18.1 shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

 

(b)                                  Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

18.3                         Exceptions

 

(a)                                  Clause 18.1 does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

(i)                                      attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

(ii)                                   compensated for by clause 17.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under clause 17.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 17.3(b) (Tax indemnity) applied); or

 

(iii)                                attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

(b)                                  In this clause 18.3 reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in clause 17.1 (Definitions).

 

19                                   Other indemnities

 

19.1                         Currency indemnity

 

(a)                                  If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents ( Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency ( First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency ( Second Currency ) for the purpose of:

 

(i)                                      making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

(ii)                                   obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 Business Days of demand by the Agent, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency

 

79



 

into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

(b)                                  Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable (or in which it is otherwise determined to be payable pursuant to clause 34.10 (Change of currency).

 

19.2                         Other indemnities

 

(a)                                  The Company shall (or shall ensure that an Obligor will), within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:

 

(i)                                      the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

(ii)                                   a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

 

(iii)                                funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of gross negligence or wilful default by that Finance Party alone); or

 

(iv)                               a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower (or the Company on its behalf).

 

19.3                         Indemnity to the Agent

 

Each Obligor will, within 3 Business Days of demand, indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

(a)                                  investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

(b)                                  acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

20                                   Mitigation by the Lenders

 

20.1                         Mitigation

 

(a)                                  Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 10.1 (Illegality), clause 17 (Tax gross up and indemnities), clause 18 (Increased costs), including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

(b)                                  Clause 20.1(a) does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

80



 

20.2                         Limitation of liability

 

(a)                                  The Company shall (or shall ensure that an Obligor will), within 3 Business Days of demand indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 20.1.

 

(b)                                  A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 20.1 if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

21                                   Costs and expenses

 

21.1                         Transaction expenses

 

The Company shall promptly on demand pay the Agent and the Arrangers the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees subject to any cap previously agreed between the Company and the Agent) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

 

(a)                                  this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

21.2                         Amendment costs

 

If:

 

(a)                                  an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

 

(b)                                  an amendment is required pursuant to clause 34.10 (Change of currency),

 

the Company shall, within 3 Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

21.3                         Enforcement and preservation costs

 

The Company shall, within 3 Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of, any rights under any Finance Document.

 

22                                   Guarantee and indemnity

 

22.1                         Guarantee and indemnity

 

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

(a)                                  guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each other Obligor of all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                  undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever another Obligor does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

(c)                                   agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation,

 

81



 

indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of an Obligor not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due.  The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this clause 22 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

22.2                         Continuing Guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

22.3                         Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any Security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of each Guarantor under this clause 22 will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

22.4                         Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of each Guarantor under this clause 22 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this clause 22, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this clause 22 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

(a)                                  any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

(b)                                  the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

(c)                                   the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or Security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any Security;

 

(d)                                  any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

(e)                                   any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or Security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or Security;

 

(f)                                    any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or Security; or

 

82



 

(g)                                   any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

22.5                         Guarantor Intent

 

Without prejudice to the generality of clause 22.4, each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following:

 

(a)                                  business acquisitions of any nature;

 

(b)                                  increasing working capital;

 

(c)                                   enabling investor distributions to be made;

 

(d)                                  carrying out restructurings;

 

(e)                                   refinancing existing facilities;

 

(f)                                    refinancing any other indebtedness;

 

(g)                                   making facilities available to new borrowers;

 

(h)                                  any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and

 

(i)                                      any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

22.6                         Immediate recourse

 

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or Security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this clause 22.  This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

22.7                         Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

(a)                                  refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, Security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b)                                  hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this clause 22.

 

83



 

22.8                         Deferral of Guarantors’ rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this clause 22 :

 

(a)                                  to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

(b)                                  to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

(c)                                   to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or Security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;

 

(d)                                  to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under clause 22.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

 

(e)                                   to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

(f)                                    to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with clause 34 (Payment mechanics).

 

22.9                         Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

 

If any Guarantor ( Retiring Guarantor ) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

 

(a)                                  that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

(b)                                  each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other Security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or Security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

 

84



 

22.10                  US Guarantors

 

(a)                                  Each US Guarantor acknowledges that:

 

(i)                                      it will receive valuable direct or indirect benefits as a result of the transactions financed by the Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                   those benefits will constitute reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration for the purpose of any Fraudulent Transfer Law;

 

(iii)                                each Lender has acted in good faith in connection with the guarantee given by that US Guarantor and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv)                               it has not incurred and does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender agrees that each US Guarantor’s liability under this clause is limited to the extent (if any) necessary so that no obligation of, or payment by, any US Guarantor under this clause is subject to avoidance or turnover under any Fraudulent Transfer Law.

 

(c)                                   Each US Guarantor represents and warrants to each Lender that:

 

(i)                                      the aggregate amount of its debts (including its obligations under the Finance Documents (other than obligations that are, at the relevant time, wholly contingent or prospective)) is less than the aggregate value (being the lesser of fair valuation and present fair saleable value) of its assets;

 

(ii)                                   its capital is not unreasonably small to carry on its business as it is being conducted;

 

(iii)                                it has not incurred and does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they become due; and

 

(iv)                               it has not made a transfer or incurred any obligation under any Finance Document with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its present or future creditors.

 

22.11                  Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or Security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

22.12                  Guarantee Limitations

 

This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the CA2006 or any equivalent and applicable provisions under the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Guarantor and, with respect to any Additional Guarantor, is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Deed applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

 

85



 

23                                   Representations

 

23.1                         General

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this clause 23 to each Finance Party.

 

23.2                         Status

 

(a)                                  It and each of its Subsidiaries is a limited liability corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

(b)                                  It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

23.3                         Binding obligations

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

23.4                         Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a)                                  any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b)                                  the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

(c)                                   any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument unless such conflict, default or termination event would not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.5                         Power and authority

 

(a)                                  It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Transaction Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                                  No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of Security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

23.6                         Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

(a)                                  All Authorisations required:

 

(i)                                      to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

 

86



 

(ii)                                   to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except any Authorisation referred to in clause 23.9 (No filing or stamp taxes).

 

(b)                                  All Authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of the members of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.7                         Governing law and enforcement

 

(a)                                  The choice of governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)                                  Any judgment obtained in relation to a Finance Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

23.8                         Insolvency

 

(a)                                  No:

 

(i)                                      corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 27.7(a) (Insolvency proceedings); or

 

(ii)                                   creditors’ process described in clause 27.8 (Creditors’ process),

 

has been taken or, so far as it is aware, threatened in relation to an Obligor or a Material Subsidiary.

 

(b)                                  No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 27.7(b) (Insolvency proceedings) has been taken or, so far as it is aware, threatened in relation to an Obligor or a Material Subsidiary incorporated in the US.

 

(c)                                   None of the circumstances described in clause 27.6 (Insolvency) applies to an Obligor or a Material Subsidiary.

 

23.9                         No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except for those registrations specifically set out in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

 

23.10                  Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which is:

 

(a)                                  a Qualifying Lender:

 

87



 

(i)                                      falling within paragraph (i)(A) of the definition of Qualifying Lender;

 

(ii)                                   except where a Direction has been given under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, falling within paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender; or

 

(iii)                                falling within paragraph (ii) of the definition of Qualifying Lender or;

 

(b)                                  a Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488).

 

23.11                  No default

 

(a)                                  No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, no Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the making of any Loan or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

 

(b)                                  No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.12                  No misleading information

 

(a)                                  All factual information contained in the Information Package was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the information or (as the case may be) as at the date the information is expressed to be given.

 

(b)                                  Not used.

 

(c)                                   Any financial projection or forecast contained in the Information Package has been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions and was fair (as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the projection or forecast) and arrived at after careful consideration (it being acknowledged by the Finance Parties that financial projections or forecasts are subject to uncertainties and contingencies and no representation or warranty is given that such financial projections or forecasts will be realised).

 

(d)                                  The expressions of opinion or intention provided by or on behalf of an Obligor for the purposes of the Information Package were made after careful consideration and (as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the expression of opinion or intention) were fair and based on reasonable grounds.

 

(e)                                   No event or circumstance has occurred or arisen and no information has been omitted from the Information Package and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information, opinions, intentions, forecasts or projections contained in the Information Package being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

88



 

(f)                                    All material information provided to a Finance Party by or on behalf of the Group on or before the date of this Agreement and not superseded before that date (whether or not contained in the Information Package) is accurate and not misleading in any material respect and all projections provided to any Finance Party on or before the date of this Agreement have been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable at the time at which they were prepared and supplied.

 

(g)                                   All other written information provided by the Company to a Finance Party was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

23.13                  Original Financial Statements

 

(a)                                  Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.

 

(b)                                  Its unaudited Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and results of operations for the relevant period in accordance with basis of preparation and Accounting Principles unless expressly disclosed to the Agent in writing to the contrary prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Its audited Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of its financial condition and results of operations during the relevant Financial Year.

 

(d)                                  There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Company) since 31 December 2010.

 

(e)                                   The Original Financial Statements of the Company do not consolidate the results, assets or liabilities of any person or business which does not form part of the Group (other than in respect of any joint venture) as at the Closing Date.

 

(f)                                    Its most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 24.1 (Financial statements):

 

(i)                                      have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles as applied to the Original Financial Statements (or if there has been a change to the Accounting Principles the requirements of clause 24.3(c) have been complied with); and

 

(i)                                      give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly present (if unaudited) its consolidated financial condition as at the end of, and consolidated results of operations for, the period to which they relate.

 

(g)                                   The budgets and forecasts supplied under this Agreement were arrived at after careful consideration and have been prepared in good faith on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable as at the date they were prepared and supplied (it being acknowledged by the Finance Parties that financial projections or forecasts are subject to uncertainties and contingencies and no representation or warranty is given that such financial projections or forecasts warranties will be realised).

 

89



 

(h)                                  Since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 24.1 (Financial statements) there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Group.

 

23.14                  No proceedings pending or threatened

 

(a)                                  No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to result in liabilities to it or any of its Subsidiaries (whether actual or contingent) which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (so far as it is aware) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  No labour disputes are current or, so far as it is aware, threatened against any member of the Group which have or are reasonably likely to result in liabilities to it or any of its Subsidiaries which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.15                  No breach of laws

 

It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23.16                  Environmental laws

 

(a)                                  It and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with clause 26.3 (Environmental compliance) and, so far as it is aware, no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  No Environmental Claim has been commenced or, so far as it is aware, is threatened against any member of the Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Group, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   The cost to the Group of compliance with Environmental Laws (including Environmental Permits) is, so far as it is aware, adequately provided for in the most recent audited financial statements of the Company.

 

23.17                  Taxation

 

(a)                                  It is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b)                                  No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any of its Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any member of the Group which would have or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                                   It is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

23.18                  Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

(a)                                  No Security or Quasi-Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Group other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

90


 

(b)                                  No member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

23.19                  Not Used

 

23.20                  Good title to assets

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

23.21                  Not Used

 

23.22                  Shares

 

There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue, allotment or transfer of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue, allotment or transfer of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Group (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion) other than pursuant to the Share Option Documents.

 

23.23                  Intellectual Property

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries:

 

(a)                                  is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted and as contemplated to be conducted and where the Intellectual Property is licensed to it, that licence has not been breached in any material respect or terminated by any party;

 

(b)                                  does not, in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party in any respect which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(c)                                   has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain any Intellectual Property owned by it which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted and as contemplated to be conducted.

 

23.24                  Group Structure Chart

 

The Group Structure Chart delivered to the Agent pursuant to part 1 - (Conditions precedent to signing this Agreement) of schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) is true, complete and accurate in all material respects.

 

23.25                  Obligors

 

(a)                                  Each Subsidiary of the Company incorporated in the United Kingdom (other than a Dormant Subsidiary, LGL 1996 Limited and Biggleswick Limited) and each Material Company (other than the French Subsidiary and the Czech Subsidiary) incorporated in any other jurisdiction is an Obligor on or prior to the first Utilisation Date.

 

(b)                                  The aggregate:

 

91



 

(i)                                      earnings before interest, tax and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) of the Guarantors on the Closing Date (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all unrealised intra-Group profits of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of EBITA of the Group; and

 

(ii)                                   gross assets of the Guarantors on the Closing Date (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of the consolidated gross assets of the Group.

 

23.26                  Accounting reference date

 

The Accounting Reference Date of each member of the Group is 31 December.

 

23.27                  Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings ( Regulation ), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation and it has no establishment (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

23.28                  Dormant Companies

 

There are no Dormant Subsidiaries other than:

 

(a)                                  BAL 1996 Limited; and

 

(b)                                  Mel Chemicals China Limited.

 

23.29                  Not used

 

23.30                  No adverse consequences

 

(a)                                  It is not necessary under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions:

 

(i)                                      in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

(ii)                                   by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

 

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)                                  No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its Relevant Jurisdictions by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

23.31                  US Regulations

 

(a)                                  Employee Benefit Plans

 

(i)                                      No Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred during any time within the last six years or could be reasonably expected to incur any liability to, or on account

 

92



 

of, a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a violation of section 515 of ERISA or pursuant to section 4201, 4204 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

 

(ii)                                   Each Employee Plan complies in form and operation in all material respects with ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and all other applicable laws and regulations.

 

(iii)                                The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Employee Plans (other than any Multiemployer Plan), determined as of the end of such plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial methods and assumptions specified for funding purposes in such plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by more than US$9,000,000 (or its equivalent) in the case of any single Employee Plan and by more than US$10,500,000 (or its equivalent) in the aggregate for all Employee Plans.  The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

 

(iv)                               There is (to the best of each Obligor’s and ERISA Affiliates’ knowledge and belief) no litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding or claim pending or threatened against or with respect to any Employee Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) which has or, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v)                                  Within the last 6 years, each Obligor and each ERISA Affiliate has made all material contributions to each Employee Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed by law, the terms of that plan and any contract or agreement requiring contributions to that plan.

 

(vi)                               No Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has ceased operations at a facility so as to be subject to the provisions of section 4062(e) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to be subject to the provisions of section 4063 of ERISA, or ceased making contributions to any Employee Plan subject to section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions.

 

(vii)                            No Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material liability to the PBGC, which remains outstanding or could reasonably be expected to incur any material liability to the PBGC.

 

(viii)                         No ERISA Event has occurred or, as at the date of this Agreement, is reasonably likely to occur that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Margin Regulations

 

(i)                                      The proceeds of any Utilisation will not be used, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, for purchasing or carrying Margin Stock or for any purpose which might (whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately) cause all or any part of the Facilities to be a purpose credit within the meaning of Regulation T, U or X.

 

93



 

(ii)                                   Following the application of the proceeds of any Utilisation, not more than 25 per cent of the value of the assets of the Obligors, as a group (on a consolidated basis), will be invested in Margin Stock.

 

(iii)                                Neither any Obligor nor any agent acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action which might cause any document delivered under or in connection with the Facility to violate any regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (including Regulation T, U or X) or violate the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any applicable US federal or state securities law.

 

(c)                                   Other US Regulation

 

(i)                                      No Obligor or any Affiliate of an Obligor is:

 

(A)                                a public utility within the meaning of, or subject to regulation under, the United States Federal Power Act of 1920

 

(B)                                an investment company or a company controlled by an investment company within the meaning of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940 or

 

(C)                                subject to regulation under any United States federal or state law or regulation that limits its ability to incur or guarantee indebtedness.

 

(d)                                  Anti-Terrorism Law

 

No Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates or Holding Companies, or to its knowledge any of their respective brokers or other agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Facilities:

 

(i)                                      is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or

 

(ii)                                   is a Designated Person.

 

23.32                  Sanctions

 

The Company represents that neither the Company nor any member of the Group (collectively for the purpose of this clause only, the Company ) or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company is an individual or entity ( Person ) currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by OFAC, the United Nations Security Council ( UNSC ), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury ( HMT ), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, Sanctions ), nor is the Company located, organised or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions.  The Company represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the transaction, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan or in any other country or territory, that, at the time of such funding would result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

94



 

23.33                  Times when representations made

 

(a)                                  All the representations and warranties in this clause 23 are made by each Obligor on the date of this Agreement except for the representations and warranties set out in clause 23.12 which are deemed to be made by each Obligor (i) with respect to the Information Memorandum, on the date the Information Memorandum is approved by the Company, (ii) with respect to the Information Package, on the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date and (iii) with respect to the Information Package, on the date of this Agreement and on any later date on which the Information Package (or part of it) is released to the Arrangers.

 

(b)                                  All the representations and warranties in this clause 23 are deemed to be made by each Obligor on the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor on the date of each Utilisation Request, on each Utilisation Date and on the first day of each Interest Period (except that those contained in clause 23.13(a) to 23.13(e) will cease to be so made once subsequent financial statements have been delivered under this Agreement).

 

(d)                                  All the representations and warranties in this clause 23 except clause 23.12, clause 23.24 and clause 23.28 are deemed to be made by each Additional Obligor on the day on which it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Obligor.

 

(e)                                   Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.

 

24                                   Information undertakings

 

The undertakings in this clause 24 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

24.1                         Financial statements

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

(a)                                  as soon as they are available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its Financial Years:

 

(i)                                      its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year; and

 

(ii)                                   the financial statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each Obligor (audited where required under the Relevant Jurisdiction) for that Financial Year;

 

(b)                                  as soon as they are available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each calendar month its management financial statements on a consolidated basis for that calendar month and for the Financial Year to date.

 

24.2                         Provision and contents of Compliance Certificate

 

(a)                                  The Company shall supply a Compliance Certificate to the Agent with each set of its Annual Financial Statements and each set of its Quarterly Financial Statements.

 

(b)                                  The Compliance Certificate shall, amongst other things, set out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with clause 25 (Financial covenants).

 

95



 

(c)                                   Each Compliance Certificate (other than the Compliance Certificate delivered with the last set of Quarterly Financial Statements of each Financial Year) shall be signed by two directors of the Company.

 

24.3                         Requirements as to financial statements

 

(a)                                  The Company shall procure that:

 

(i)                                      each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the auditors and shall include the audited profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and cashflow statements of each Obligor (prepared in the case of the Company on a consolidated basis); and

 

(ii)                                   each set of Monthly Financial Statements shall be in the form of the monthly management accounts supplied by the Company to the Agent pursuant to clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).

 

(b)                                  Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 24.1:

 

(i)                                      in the case of the Annual Financial Statements, shall be accompanied by any letter addressed to the management of the relevant company (to the extent the Company receives such a letter) by the auditors accompanying those Annual Financial Statements;

 

(ii)                                   in the case of the Monthly Financial Statements of the Company, shall be accompanied by a commentary by the finance director of the Company comparing actual performance for the period to which the financial statements relate to:

 

(A)                                the projected performance for that period set out in the Budget; and

 

(B)                                the actual performance for the corresponding period in the preceding Financial Year; and

 

(iii)                                shall be prepared in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

(c)                                   Where there is a change in the Accounting Principles, accounting practices or financial reference periods to those applied:

 

(i)                                      in the case of the Parent, in the preparation of the audited consolidated financial statements for the Financial Year ended 31 December 2015; and

 

(ii)                                   in the case of any Obligor, in the preparation of the financial statements, audited where required by local law, for the Financial Year ended 31 December 2015 for that Obligor

 

which has an effect on:

 

(A)                                the determination of EBIT, EBITA or EBITDA, which results in EBIT, EBITA or EBITDA being increased or decreased by not less than $500,000 as a result of such change;

 

96



 

(B)                                the determination of Total Net Debt, which results in Total Net Debt being increased or decreased by not less than $1,000,000 as a result of such change;

 

(C)                                the determination of Net Finance Charges, which results in Net Finance Charges being increased or decreased by not less than $200,000 as a result of such change; or

 

(D)                                the determination of the gross assets for any Guarantor, which results in the amount of gross assets being increased or decreased by not less than $1,000,000 as a result of such change,

 

in relation to any set of financial statements, the Parent shall notify the Agent that there has been a change in the Accounting Principles, the accounting practices or the financial reference period and (1) in relation to the Monthly Financial Statements, the Parent and (2) in relation to the Annual Financial Statements, the Auditors (or, if appropriate, the auditors of the relevant Obligor), shall deliver, to the Agent sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine the Margin for the purposes of clause 15.1 (Margin adjustment), to determine whether clause 25 (Financial covenants) has been complied with and/or to determine whether clause 26.33 (Guarantors) and/or clause 30.4(a) (Additional Guarantors) has been complied with (in each case, assuming that no such change of Accounting Principles, the accounting practices or the financial reference period had occurred) and to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the audited consolidated financial statements for the Financial Year ended 31 December 2015 (in the case of the Parent) or that Obligor’s financial statements for the Financial Year ended 31 December 2015  (in the case of an Obligor).

 

(d)                                  If at any time a Default is continuing the Agent wishes to discuss the financial position of any member of the Group with the auditors, the Agent may notify the Company, stating the questions or issues which the Agent wishes to discuss with the auditors.  In this event, the Company must ensure that the auditors are authorised (at the expense of the Company):

 

(i)                                      to discuss the financial position of each member of the Group with the Agent on request from the Agent; and

 

(ii)                                   to disclose to the Agent for the Finance Parties any information which the Agent may reasonably request.

 

97



 

24.4                         Budget

 

(a)                                  The Company shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, as soon as the same become available but in any event before the start of each of its Financial Years, an annual Budget for that Financial Year.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall ensure that each Budget:

 

(i)                                      is in a form acceptable to the Agent and includes:

 

(A)                                a projected consolidated profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow statement for each principal division of the Group; and

 

(B)                                projected financial covenant calculations for that Financial Year;

 

(ii)                                   is prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under clause 24.1; and

 

(iii)                                has been approved by the board of directors of the Company.

 

24.5                         Year-end

 

The Company shall procure that each Financial Year-end of each member of the Group falls on 31 December save where otherwise required by law in any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

24.6                         Information: miscellaneous

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

(a)                                  at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all documents dispatched by the Company to its shareholders generally (or any class of them) or dispatched by the Company or any Obligor to its creditors generally (or any class of them);

 

(b)                                  promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which, if adversely determined, would involve a liability, or a potential or alleged liability, exceeding $1,650,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

(c)                                   not used;

 

(d)                                  promptly on the reasonable request of the Agent, such further information regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of the Group and/or any member of the Group (including any requested amplification or explanation of any item in the financial statements, Budget or other material provided by any Obligor under this Agreement); and

 

(e)                                   any changes to the main board or the executive board of the Company and an up to date copy of its register of members (or equivalent in its jurisdiction of incorporation)) as any Finance Party through the Agent may reasonably request (provided that the Agent shall not request a copy of its register of members more frequently than twice in any Financial Year unless the Agent requires the register of members for know

 

98



 

your customer requirements and/or if the Agent suspects that there has been a Change of Control).

 

24.7                         Notification of default

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless such a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

(b)                                  If the Agent reasonably suspects that a Default is continuing promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

24.8                         “Know your customer” checks

 

(a)                                  If:

 

(i)                                      the implementation or introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iii)                                a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of clause 24.8(a)(iii), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other checks on Lenders or prospective new Lenders pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall, by not less than ten Business Days prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (who shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

(d)                                  Following the giving of any notice pursuant to clause 24.8(c), if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary

 

99



 

information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any relevant person pursuant to such Subsidiary becoming an Additional Obligor.

 

24.9                         ERISA

 

Each Obligor will:

 

(a)                                  promptly upon a request by the Lender, deliver to the Lender copies of the Annual Report (IRS form 5500 Series) together with all schedules and documentation reasonably requested by the Agent with respect to each Employee Plan; and

 

(b)                                  within 21 Business Days after it or any ERISA Affiliate becomes aware that any ERISA Event has occurred or, in the case of any ERISA Event which requires advance notice under section 4043(b) of ERISA, will occur, deliver to the Lender a statement signed by a director, member or officer of the Obligor or ERISA Affiliate describing that ERISA Event and the action, if any, taken or proposed to be taken with respect to that ERISA Event.

 

25                                   Financial covenants

 

25.1                         Financial definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

Adjusted Acquisition EBITDA means in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITDA for that Relevant Period after:

 

(a)                                  including the operating profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA) of a member of the Group for the Relevant Period (or attributable to a business or assets acquired during the Relevant Period) prior to its becoming a member of the Group or (as the case may be) prior to the acquisition of the business or assets; and

 

(b)                                  excluding operating profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA) attributable to any member of the Group (or to any business or assets) disposed of during the Relevant Period.

 

Average Exchange Rate means the 12 month average of the month end exchange rates as referenced to Reuters.

 

Current Assets means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all inventory, work in progress, trade and other receivables of each member of the Group including prepayments in relation to operating items and sundry debtors (but excluding cash and Cash Equivalent Investments) maturing within 12 Months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

(a)                                  receivables in relation to corporation and deferred Tax;

 

100



 

(b)                                  Exceptional Items and other non-operating items;

 

(c)                                   insurance claims; and

 

(d)                                  any interest owing to any member of the Group.

 

Current Liabilities means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all liabilities (including trade creditors, accruals and provisions) of each member of the Group falling due within 12 Months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

(a)                                  liabilities for Financial Indebtedness and Finance Charges;

 

(b)                                  liabilities for corporation and deferred Tax;

 

(c)                                   Exceptional Items and other non-operating items;

 

(d)                                  insurance claims; and

 

(e)                                   liabilities in relation to dividends declared but not paid by the Company or by a member of the Group in favour of a person which is not a member of the Group.

 

EBIT means in respect of any Relevant Period the consolidated operating profit of the Company before taxation (excluding the results from discontinued operations):

 

(a)                                  before deducting any interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges, gains or losses on Financial Indebtedness and other finance payments whether paid, payable or capitalised by any member of the Group (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that Relevant Period;

 

(b)                                  not including any accrued interest owing or paid to any member of the Group;

 

(c)                                   before taking into account any Exceptional Items;

 

(d)                                  before deducting any Transaction Costs;

 

(e)                                   before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset except for the impairment of working capital items;

 

(f)                                    after deducting the amount of any profit (or adding back the amount of any loss) of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests;

 

(g)                                   before taking into account any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis);

 

(h)                                  not used; and

 

(i)                                      excluding any profit or loss arising from the disposal of fixed assets,

 

in each case to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining operating profits of the Group before taxation.

 

EBITA means in respect of any Relevant Period, EBIT for that Relevant Period after adding back any amount attributable to the impairment or amortisation of assets or impairment of

 

101



 

members of the Group and non-cash based charges and amortisation costs associated with equity stock-based compensation schemes for that Relevant Period.

 

EBITDA means in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITA for that Relevant Period after adding back any amount attributable to the depreciation of assets of members of the Group for that Relevant Period.

 

Exceptional Items means any exceptional, one-off or non-recurring items which represent gains or losses including (without limitation) those arising on:

 

(a)                                  the restructuring of the activities of an entity, including the associated redundancy programme costs and reversals of any provisions for the cost of restructuring;

 

(b)                                  disposals, revaluations or impairment of non-current assets;

 

(c)                                   disposals of assets associated with discontinued operations and acquisition costs in relation to the acquisition of new operations;

 

(d)                                  Environmental remediation costs and provisions — not in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)                                   one-off gains and losses recognised on the early termination, curtailment or change in employee retirement defined benefits; and

 

(f)                                    disposal of a business operation whereby this is not classified as a discontinued operation for accounting purposes.

 

Finance Charges means for any Relevant Period the aggregate amount of the accrued interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and other finance payments in respect of Financial Indebtedness whether paid payable or capitalised by any member of the Group (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of that Relevant Period:

 

(a)                                  excluding any upfront fees or costs;

 

(b)                                  including the interest (but not the capital) element of payments in respect of Finance Leases;

 

(c)                                   including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts payable to) any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement;

 

(d)                                  taking no account of any unrealised gains or losses on any financial instruments other than any derivative investments which are accounted for on a hedge accounting basis;

 

(e)                                   excluding any Transaction Costs; and

 

(f)                                    excluding any interest cost or expected return on plan assets in relation to any post employment benefit schemes,

 

so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

 

Financial Quarter means a 3 calendar months period ending on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September or 31 December in any Financial Year.

 

102


 

Financial Year means a financial year of the Company.

 

Interest Cover means the ratio of EBITDA to Net Finance Charges in respect of any Relevant Period.

 

Leverage means in respect of any Relevant Period the ratio of Total Net Debt on the last day of that Relevant Period to Adjusted Acquisition EBITDA in respect of that Relevant Period.

 

Net Finance Charges means, for any Relevant Period, the Finance Charges for that Relevant Period after deducting any interest payable in that Relevant Period to any member of the Group on any cash or Cash Equivalent investment.

 

Non-Group Entity means any investment or entity (which is not itself a member of the Group (including associates) in which any member of the Group has an ownership interest.

 

Relevant Period means in respect of Leverage and Interest Cover each 12 Month period ending on the most recent Quarter Date ending on or after 30 September 2011.

 

Relevant Proceeds means Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds (each as defined in clause 11 (Mandatory prepayment).

 

Total Debt means at any time the aggregate amount of all obligations of members of the Group for or in respect of Financial Indebtedness at that time but:

 

(a)                                  excluding any such obligations to any other member of the Group;

 

(b)                                  including in the case of Finance Leases only their capitalised value;

 

(c)                                   excluding unrealised gains and losses on Treasury Transactions (including currency exchange gains and losses); and

 

(d)                                  excluding any obligations in respect of performance bonds issued in the ordinary course of trading in respect of non-financial obligations to the extent such performance bonds are not called or enforced,

 

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

 

Total Net Debt means Total Debt less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by an Obligor at that time and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

 

Working Capital means on any date Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

 

25.2                         Financial Condition

 

The Company shall ensure that:

 

(a)                                  [Not used].

 

(b)                                  Interest Cover: Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 4.0:1.

 

(c)                                   Leverage: Leverage in respect of any Relevant Period shall not exceed 3.0:1.

 

103



 

(d)                                  Capital expenditure: The aggregate capital expenditure of the Group (other than capital expenditure funded by the retention of Excluded Insurance Proceeds referred to in paragraphs (i)(C) and (i)(D) of the definition of “Excluded Insurance Proceeds” in accordance with Clause 11.2 ( Disposal and Insurance )) in respect of any Financial Year shall not exceed $25,000,000.

 

If in any Financial Year (the “ Original Financial Year ”) the amount of the capital expenditure is less than the maximum amount permitted for that Original Financial Year (the difference being referred to below as the “ Unused Amount ”), then the maximum expenditure amount for the immediately following Financial Year (the “ Carry Forward Year ”) shall be increased by an amount (the “ Permitted Carry Forward Amount ”) equal to the Unused Amount.

 

In any Carry Forward Year, the original $25,000,000 specified above for that Financial Year shall be treated as having been incurred prior to any Permitted Carry Forward Amount carried forward into that Carry Forward Year and no amount carried forward into that Carry Forward Year may be carried forward into a subsequent Financial Year.

 

25.3                         Financial testing

 

(a)                                  The financial covenants set out in clause 25.2 shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles and tested by reference to:

 

(i)                                      the Annual Financial Statements; and

 

(ii)                                   the Quarterly Financial Statements for the Relevant Period.

 

(b)                                  If in respect of any period there is a discrepancy between the information set out in the Quarterly Financial Statements for such period and that set out in the Annual Financial Statements for such period, the information in the Annual Financial Statements shall prevail.

 

(c)                                   In respect of any Relevant Period, the exchange rate used to calculate Total Net Debt shall be the Average Exchange Rate for that Relevant Period.

 

26                                   General undertakings

 

The undertakings in this clause 26 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

26.1                         Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

(a)                                  obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

(b)                                  upon request by the Agent, supply certified copies to the Agent of,

 

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

(i)                                      enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

104



 

(ii)                                   ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document; and

 

(iii)                                carry on its business where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.2                         Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.3                         Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will):

 

(a)                                  comply with all Environmental Law;

 

(b)                                  obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits; and

 

(c)                                   implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

 

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.4                         Environmental claims

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of:

 

(a)                                  any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

(b)                                  any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.5                         Taxation

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i)                                      such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii)                                   adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them in accordance with the Accounting Principles; and

 

(iii)                                such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  No Obligor may change its residence for Tax purposes, where such change would have an adverse effect on the interests of the Lenders in the opinion of the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

105



 

26.6                         Merger

 

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed)).

 

26.7                         Change of business

 

The Company shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Company, the Obligors or the Group taken as a whole from that carried on by the Group at the date of this Agreement.

 

26.8                         Acquisitions

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

(i)                                      acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them); or

 

(ii)                                   incorporate a company.

 

(b)                                  Clause 26.8(a) does not apply to an acquisition of a company, of shares, securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) or the incorporation of a company which is a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Transaction.

 

26.9                         Joint ventures

 

No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will):

 

(a)                                  enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture; or

 

(b)                                  transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing).

 

Clause 26.9(a) and (b) above does not apply to any Joint Venture which is a Permitted Joint Venture.

 

26.10                  Preservation of Assets

 

Each Obligor shall maintain in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary in the conduct of its business, provided that this clause 26.10 shall not prevent the Company or any member of the Group from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its assets if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Company has concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.11                  Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party or Hedge Counterparty against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the

 

106



 

claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

26.12                  Negative pledge

 

In this Agreement, Quasi-Security means an arrangement or transaction described in clause 26.12(b).

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

(b)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

(i)                                      sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

(ii)                                   sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii)                                enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv)                               enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c)                                   Clauses 26.12(a) and 26.12(b) do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, which is (i) Permitted Security or (ii) created or subsists as a result of a Permitted Transaction.

 

26.13                  Disposals

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will) enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

(b)                                  Clause 26.13(a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is:

 

(i)                                      a Permitted Disposal; or

 

(ii)                                   a Permitted Transaction.

 

26.14                  Arm’s length basis

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure no member of the Group will) enter into any transaction with any person except on arm’s length terms and for full market value.

 

107



 

(b)                                  Clause 26.14(a) does not apply to:

 

(i)                                      intra-Group loans permitted under clause 26.15;

 

(ii)                                   fees, costs and expenses payable under the Transaction Documents in the amounts set out in the Transaction Documents delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or agreed by the Agent;

 

(iii)                                any Permitted Transaction;

 

(iv)                               the sale and/or licensing by Revere Graphics Worldwide of certain Intellectual Property for a nominal amount to a third party as approved by the Federal Trade Commission in the US as set out in the Information Memorandum; or

 

(v)                                  transactions between members of the Group.

 

26.15                  Loans or credit

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will) be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  Clause 26.15(a) does not apply to a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Transaction.

 

26.16                  No Guarantees or indemnities

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person.

 

(b)                                  Clause 26.16(a) does not apply to a Permitted Guarantee or a Permitted Transaction.

 

26.17                  Dividends and share redemption

 

(a)                                  The Company shall not (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will):

 

(i)                                      declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

 

(ii)                                   repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

 

(iii)                                pay or allow any member of the Group to pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any of the shareholders of the Company; or

 

(iv)                               redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so.

 

(b)                                  Clause 26.17(a) does not apply to a Permitted Distribution or a Permitted Transaction (other than as referred to in paragraph (c) of the definition of “Permitted Transaction”).

 

108



 

26.18                  Not Used

 

26.19                  Financial Indebtedness

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  Clause 26.19(a) does not apply to Permitted Financial Indebtedness or a Permitted Transaction.

 

26.20                  Share capital

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure no member of the Group will) issue any shares.

 

(b)                                  Clause 26.20(a) does not apply to a Permitted Share Issue or a Permitted Transaction.

 

26.21                  Insurance

 

The Obligors shall maintain insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.

 

26.22                  Pensions

 

(a)                                  The Company shall ensure that all pension schemes operated by or maintained for the benefit of members of the Group and/or any of its employees are funded in accordance with the statutory funding objective under sections 221 and 222 of the Pensions Act 2004 and that no action or omission is taken by any member of the Group in relation to such a pension scheme which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (including, without limitation, the termination or commencement of winding-up proceedings of any such pension scheme or any member of the Group ceasing to employ any member of such a pension scheme).

 

(b)                                  Except for the Defined Benefit Schemes, the Company shall ensure that no member of the Group is or has been at any time an employer (for the purposes of sections 38 to 51 of the Pensions Act 2004) of an occupational pension scheme which is not a money purchase scheme (both terms as defined in the Pension Schemes Act 1993) or connected with or an associate of (as those terms are used in sections 38 or 43 of the Pensions Act 2004) such an employer.

 

(c)                                   If requested, the Company shall deliver to the Agent at such times as those reports are prepared in order to comply with the then current statutory or auditing requirements (as applicable either to the trustees of any relevant schemes or to the Company), the actuarial reports in relation to all pension schemes mentioned in clause 26.22(a).

 

(d)                                  The Company shall promptly notify the Agent of any material change in the rate of contributions to any pension schemes mentioned in clause 26.22(a) above paid or recommended to be paid (whether by the scheme actuary or otherwise) or required (by law or otherwise).

 

109



 

(e)                                   Each Obligor shall as soon as it becomes aware of it immediately notify the Agent of any investigation or proposed investigation by the Pensions Regulator which may lead to the issue of a Financial Support Direction or a Contribution Notice to any member of the Group.

 

(f)                                    Each Obligor shall immediately notify the Agent if it receives a Financial Support Direction or a Contribution Notice from the Pensions Regulator.

 

26.23                  Not used

 

26.24                  Intellectual Property

 

Each Obligor shall:

 

(a)                                  preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant Obligor;

 

(b)                                  use reasonable endeavours to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Intellectual Property;

 

(c)                                   make registrations and pay all registration fees and Taxes necessary to maintain the Intellectual Property that the relevant Obligor is required to maintain under clause 26.24(a) above in full force and effect and record its interest in that Intellectual Property;

 

(d)                                  not use or permit the Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of the Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any Obligor to use such property; and

 

(e)                                   not discontinue the use of the Intellectual Property,

 

where failure to do so, in the case of clause 26.24(a) and clause 26.24(b) or, in the case of clause 26.24(d) and clause 26.24(e), such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

26.25                  Transaction Documents

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of a Transaction Document (subject to paragraph (b), other than a Note Document) or any other document delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors) or enter into any agreement with any shareholders of the Company or any of their Affiliates which is not a member of the Group except in writing:

 

(i)                                      in accordance with the provisions of clause 40 (Amendments and waivers);

 

(ii)                                   prior to or on the Closing Date, with the prior written consent of the Original Lenders; or

 

(iii)                                after the Closing Date, in a way which could not be reasonably expected materially and adversely to affect the interests of the Lenders.

 

110



 

(b)                                  No Obligor shall amend or waive the terms of the Note Documents if the amendment or waiver is:

 

(i)                                      an amendment or waiver constituting an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (other than a Permitted Note Increase);

 

(ii)                                   an amendment or waiver making the due date of payment of any amount under the Note Documents earlier than as set out in the Note Documents;

 

(iii)                                an amendment or waiver constituting an increase in, or addition of, any fees or commission other than such an increase or addition which is:

 

(A)                                contemplated by the Note Documents; or

 

(B)                                a Permitted Note Increase; or

 

(iv)                               an amendment or waiver the effect of which is to make any member of the Group liable to make additional or increased payments not:

 

(A)                                provided for under the Note Documents; or

 

(B)                                a Permitted Note Increase

 

unless the prior consent of the Majority Lenders is obtained

 

(c)                                   The Company shall promptly supply to the Agent a copy of any document relating to any of the matters referred to in clause 26.25(a)(i) to 26.25(a)(iii) and clause 26.25(b) above.

 

(d)                                  Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply with the material terms of all Transaction Documents to which it is party.

 

26.26                  Financial assistance

 

Any Obligor which is incorporated in any jurisdiction other than England and Wales shall comply with any law or regulation on financial assistance or its equivalent in that jurisdiction.

 

26.27                  Group bank accounts

 

Each Obligor shall, where in the reasonable opinion of the Company it is commercially reasonable to do so, ensure that within 3 months of the Closing Date all its bank accounts in the United Kingdom or the US (other than Excluded Deposit Accounts) shall be opened and maintained with banks or financial institutions that are Acceptable Banks from time to time.

 

26.28                  Treasury transactions

 

No Obligor shall (and the Company will ensure that no member of the Group will) enter into any Treasury Transaction, other than:

 

(a)                                  the hedging transactions documented by the Hedging Agreements;

 

(b)                                  any hedging of the interest rate liabilities of the Borrowers under this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   spot and forward delivery foreign exchange contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

 

111



 

(d)                                  any Treasury Transaction entered into for the hedging of actual or projected real exposures arising in the ordinary course of trading activities of a member of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

26.29                  Not used

 

26.30                  Repatriation of Cash

 

The Company shall procure that on the last day of each Interest Period all cash within the Group (other than the Permitted Cash Balance) shall be in bank accounts of the Obligors.

 

26.31                  Auditors

 

The Company shall ensure that the auditors of each member of the Group are Auditors.

 

26.32                  Further assurance

 

The Obligors shall, promptly upon the request of the Agent, file or record, as applicable, all termination statements and lien releases and take such other actions as may be necessary to discharge all mortgages, deeds of trust and security interests granted by members of the Group in respect of any other security over assets of any Obligor other than Permitted Security.

 

26.33                  Guarantors

 

(a)                                  The Company shall ensure that at all times after the date of this Agreement the aggregate:

 

(i)                                      earnings before interest, tax and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) of the Guarantors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all unrealised intra-Group profits of any member of the Group) exceeds 80% of EBITA of the Group; and

 

(ii)                                   gross assets of the Guarantors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 80% of the consolidated gross assets of the Group.

 

(b)                                  The Company need only perform its obligations under clause 26.33(a) if it is not unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor and that person becoming a Guarantor would not result in personal liability for that person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.  This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed.  The Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in its opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

(c)                                   Not used.

 

26.34                  Anti-Terrorism Laws

 

Each Obligor agrees to the extent applicable to each Obligor:

 

(a)                                  to comply with all Anti-Terrorism Laws;

 

112



 

(b)                                  immediately to notify the Agent if it obtains knowledge that it or any of its Affiliates has become or been listed as a Designated Person or has been charged with or has engaged in any violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

(c)                                   to exclude any funds derived from any Designated Person or from any person or entity involved in the violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law from being used to pay debt service or any other amounts owing under the Finance Documents;

 

(d)                                  except for transfers of stock of any publicly traded Obligor or Affiliate effected on a stock exchange, not to transfer or permit the transfer of any legal or beneficial ownership interest of any kind in such Obligor or any Affiliate of such Obligor to a Designated Person or any person or entity that such Obligor has to its best knowledge (based upon reasonable inquiry by such Obligor) been involved in the violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

(e)                                   not to acquire, directly or indirectly, ownership interest of any kind in any Designated Person or any person or entity that such Obligor has, to its best knowledge (based upon reasonable inquiry by such Obligor) been involved in the violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, not to form any partnership or joint venture with any such person and not to act, directly or indirectly, as the agent or representative of any such person; and

 

(f)                                    to indemnify the Lenders for any costs incurred by any of them as a result of any violation of an Anti-Terrorism Law by any Obligor or any Affiliate of any Obligor.

 

26.35                  ERISA

 

Each Obligor shall:

 

(a)                                  ensure that neither it nor any ERISA Affiliate engages in a complete or partial withdrawal, within the meaning of sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, from any Multiemployer Plan without the prior consent of the Agent;

 

(b)                                  ensure that any material liability imposed on it or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title IV of ERISA is paid and discharged when due;

 

(c)                                   ensure that neither it nor any ERISA Affiliate adopts an amendment to an Employee Plan requiring the provision of Security under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code without the prior consent of the Lender; and

 

(d)                                  ensure that no Employee Plan is terminated under section 4041 of ERISA

 

26.36                  Margin Regulation

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each Obligor shall) use the proceeds of the Loans without violating Regulation T, U or X or any other applicable US federal or state laws or regulations.

 

(b)                                  If requested by the Agent, each Obligor shall furnish to the Agent a statement in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U.

 

26.37                  US Regulation

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that it will not, by act or omission, become subject to any of the categories, laws or regulations described in clause 23.31(c) (Other US Regulation).

 

113



 

26.38                  Not Used

 

26.39                  Comparative Covenants

 

If at any time:

 

(a)                                  the Note Documents or the Shelf Facility (or any instrument which refinances or replaces the Note Documents or the Shelf Facility) include any Financial Covenant (howsoever described) not set out in the Finance Documents (any such provision, a New Covenant ); or

 

(b)                                  any Financial Covenant contained in the Note Documents or the Shelf Facility (or any instrument which refinances or replaces the Note Documents or the Shelf Facility) would be more beneficial to the Finance Parties than any analogous provision contained in the Finance Documents (any such provision, an Improved Covenant and, together with any New Covenants, the Additional Covenants ), then the Company shall provide an Additional Covenant notice to the Agent.  Upon receipt of such notice, unless waived in writing by the Majority Lenders within 16 days of receipt of such Additional Covenant notice by the Agent, such Additional Covenant shall be deemed automatically incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if set out fully therein, without any further action required on the part of any person, effective as of the date when such Additional Covenant became effective under the Note Documents.  Thereafter upon the request of the Agent, the Company shall enter into any additional agreement or amendment to this Agreement reasonably requested by the Agent evidencing that such Additional Covenant is incorporated into this Agreement.

 

27                                   Events of Default

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this clause 27 (other than clause 27.20) is an Event of Default.

 

27.1                         Non-payment

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(a)                                  its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(i)                                      an administrative or technical error; or

 

(ii)                                   a Disruption Event; and

 

(b)                                  payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date.

 

27.2                         Financial covenants and other obligations

 

(a)                                  Any requirement of clause 25 (Financial covenants) is not satisfied.

 

(b)                                  An Obligor does not comply with any Material Provision.

 

(c)                                   Not used.

 

114



 

27.3                         Other obligations

 

(a)                                  An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clause 27.1 and clause 27.2.

 

(b)                                  No Event of Default under clause 27.3(a) will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of:

 

(i)                                      the Agent giving notice to the Company or relevant Obligor; and

 

(ii)                                   the Company or the relevant Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

27.4                         Misrepresentation

 

(a)                                  Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

 

(b)                                  No Event of Default under clause 27.4(a) will occur if:

 

(i)                                      the event or circumstance causing the representation or statement to be incorrect or misleading is capable of remedy; and

 

(ii)                                   such Obligor shall have remedied such event or circumstance within 15 Business Days after the earlier of:

 

(A)                                the relevant Obligor becoming aware of such incorrect or misleading representation or statement; and

 

(B)                                receipt by the relevant Obligor of written notice from the Agent to such Obligor requiring the event or circumstance to be remedied.

 

27.5                         Cross default

 

(a)                                  Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(b)                                  Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(c)                                   Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(d)                                  Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

(e)                                   No Event of Default will occur under this clause 27.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within clause 27.5(a) to 27.5(d) (inclusive) is less than $4,125,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

115


 

27.6                         Insolvency

 

(a)                                  An Obligor or a Material Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor or a Material Company.  If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

27.7                         Insolvency proceedings

 

(a)                                  Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(i)                                      the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or a Material Company;

 

(ii)                                   a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or a Material Company other than as permitted under paragraph (b) of the definition of Permitted Transaction;

 

(iii)                                the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or a Material Company or any of its assets; or

 

(iv)                               enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor or a Material Company,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(b)                                  Any of the following occurs in respect of a US Obligor:

 

(i)                                      it makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(ii)                                   it commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any US Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii)                                an involuntary proceeding under any US Bankruptcy Law is commenced against it and is not challenged by appropriate means within thirty (30) days and is not dismissed or stayed within ninety (90) days after commencement of such case; or

 

(iv)                               a custodian, conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official is appointed under any US Bankruptcy Law for, or takes charge of, all or a substantial part of the property of a US Obligor

 

(c)                                   Clause 27.7 shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

116



 

27.8                         Creditors’ process

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of any Obligor or a Material Company having an aggregate value of $2,475,000 (or its equivalent in any currency) and is not discharged within 21 days of the commencement of such process.

 

27.9                         Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

(a)                                  It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents .

 

(b)                                  Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

 

27.10                  Not Used

 

27.11                  Cessation of business

 

Any member of the Group suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business where such suspension or cessation is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.12                  Change of ownership

 

After the Closing Date, an Obligor (other than the Company) ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, other than as a result of a Permitted Disposal or a Permitted Transaction.

 

27.13                  Audit qualification

 

The Auditors of the Group qualify the Annual Financial Statements of the Company in an adverse manner which the Agent (acting reasonably) considers material.

 

27.14                  Expropriation

 

The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is materially limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.15                  Repudiation and rescission of agreements

 

An Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Finance Document or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Finance Document.

 

117



 

27.16                  Litigation

 

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which results in a liability to such member of the Group (whether actual or contingent) that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.17                  Pensions

 

The Pensions Regulator issues a Financial Support Direction or a Contribution Notice to any member of the Group unless the aggregate liability of the Obligors in each Financial Year under all Financial Support Directions and Contributions Notices is less than the greater of:

 

(a)                                  $8,250,000 (or its equivalent in any currency); and

 

(b)                                  10% of the Group’s EBITDA (by reference to the latest audited Annual Financial Statements delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause 24.1(a) (Financial statements)).

 

27.18                  Material adverse change

 

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

27.19                  ERISA

 

Any ERISA Event or event set forth in (a), (b) or (c) below occurs that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)                                  any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate incurs a liability to or on account of a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a violation of section 515 of ERISA or under section 4201, 4204 or 4212(c) of ERISA;

 

(b)                                  with respect to each Employee Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, such plan’s funded ratio (defined for this purpose as the actuarial value of the assets of such plan divided by the present value of all benefits accrued or earned with respect to such plan) is less than (i) 76 per cent as of 1 January 2011, and (ii) 80 per cent on the first day of any calendar year thereafter.  The calculation of such ratio shall be computed using the actuarial value, assumptions and methods used by the actuary to the Employee Plan in its most recent valuation of such plan; or

 

(c)                                   any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate incurs or is likely to incur a liability to or on account of an Employee Plan under section 409, 502(i) or 502(I) of ERISA or section 4971 or 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code other than as a result of entering into this Agreement.

 

27.20                  Acceleration

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

 

(a)                                  cancel the Total Commitments and/or Ancillary Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

118



 

(b)                                  declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable;

 

(c)                                   declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or

 

(d)                                  declare all or any part of the amounts (or cash cover in relation to those amounts) outstanding under the Ancillary Facilities to be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable.

 

27.21                  Automatic Acceleration in Relation to a US Obligor

 

If an Event of Default occurs under clause 27.7(b) in relation to a US Obligor:

 

(a)                                  the Total Commitment shall immediately be cancelled automatically, without any direction, notice, declaration or other act;

 

(b)                                  all of the Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued and outstanding under the Finance Documents shall be immediately due and payable, automatically and without any direction, notice, declaration or other act; and

 

(c)                                   each amount expressed hereunder to be payable by any US Obligor on demand shall, after that Event of Default has occurred, be immediately due and payable without the need for any demand or other claim on any US Obligor.

 

28                                   Changes to the Lenders

 

28.1                         Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

Subject to this clause 28 and to clause 29 (Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions), a Lender ( Existing Lender ) may:

 

(a)                                  assign any of its rights; or

 

(b)                                  transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

under any Finance Document to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in, or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets ( New Lender ).

 

28.2                         Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

(a)                                  An Existing Lender must consult with the Company for not less than 5 Business Days before it may make an assignment or transfer in accordance with clause 28.1 unless the assignment or transfer is:

 

(i)                                      to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

 

(ii)                                   if the Existing Lender is a fund, to a fund which is a Related Fund of the Existing Lender; or

 

(iii)                                made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing.

 

119



 

(b)                                  An assignment will only be effective on:

 

(i)                                      receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender at that time; and

 

(ii)                                   the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

(c)                                   If:

 

(i)                                      a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

(ii)                                   as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under clause 18 (Increased costs),

 

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

 

(d)                                  Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lenders would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

28.3                         Assignment or transfer fee

 

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees the New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of £1,500.

 

28.4                         Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

(a)                                  Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

(i)                                      the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents or any other documents;

 

(ii)                                   the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

(iii)                                the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other member of the Group of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or

 

120



 

(iv)                               the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

(b)                                  Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

(i)                                      has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document; and

 

(ii)                                   will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities and of the risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents on the terms set out in clause 31.15 (Credit appraisal by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders) whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

(c)                                   Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

(i)                                      accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this clause 28; or

 

(ii)                                   guarantee, indemnify or otherwise hold harmless a New Lender in respect of any cost, loss or liability directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

 

28.5                         Procedure for transfer

 

(a)                                  Subject to the conditions set out in clause 28.2 a transfer is effected in accordance with clause 28.5(c) when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to clause 28.5(b), as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.  Each Obligor and each Finance Party (other than the Existing Lender and the Agent) irrevocably authorises the Agent to execute on its behalf each duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to the Agent and acknowledges that it will be bound by such transfer.

 

(b)                                  The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

(c)                                   Subject to clause 28.10, on the Transfer Date:

 

(i)                                      to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents

 

121



 

each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled ( Discharged Rights and Obligations );

 

(ii)                                   each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor or other member of the Group and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

(iii)                                the Agent, the Arrangers, the New Lender, the other Lenders and any relevant Ancillary Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights, and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arrangers and any relevant Ancillary Lender and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

(iv)                               the New Lender shall become a Party as a Lender.

 

28.6                         Procedure for assignment

 

(a)                                  Subject to the conditions set out in clause 28.2 an assignment may be effected in accordance with clause 28.6(c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender.  The Agent shall, subject to clause 28.6(b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

(c)                                   Subject to clause 28.10, on the Transfer Date:

 

(i)                                      the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations ( Relevant Obligations ) expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and

 

(iii)                                the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

(d)                                  Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this clause 28.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with clause 28.5, to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of

 

122



 

equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in clause 28.2.

 

28.7                         Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice to Company

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement, an Increase Confirmation or an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice.

 

28.8                         Accession of Hedge Counterparties

 

(a)                                  Any person, other than any member of the Group, which is a party to a Hedging Agreement shall, prior to or on the same date as such Hedging Agreement is entered into, become a Party to this Agreement as a Hedge Counterparty by delivering to the Agent a Hedge Counterparty Accession Undertaking.

 

(b)                                  The Hedge Counterparties (to the extent party to the Hedging Agreement in question) and any member of the Group who is party to the Hedging Agreements shall ensure at all times that each Hedging Agreement documents only hedging arrangements entered into for the purpose of hedging the types of liabilities described in clause 26.28(b) and that no other hedging arrangements are carried out under or pursuant to a Hedging Agreement.

 

(c)                                   For the purposes of this clause 28.8:

 

Close Out Netting means:

 

(i)                                      in respect of a Hedging Agreement based on a 1992 ISDA Master Agreement, any step involved in determining the amount payable in respect of an Early Termination Date (as defined in the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement) under section 6(e) of the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement before the application of any subsequent Set off (as defined in the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement);

 

(ii)                                   in respect of a Hedging Agreement based on a 2002 ISDA Master Agreement, any step involved in determining an Early Termination Amount (as defined in the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement) under section 6(e) of the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement; and

 

(iii)                                in respect of a Hedging Agreement not based on an ISDA Master Agreement, any step involved on a termination of the hedging transactions under that Hedging Agreement pursuant to any provision of that Hedging Agreement which has a similar effect to either provision referenced in paragraph (i) and paragraph (ii) above.

 

Distress Event means any of:

 

(i)                                      an event under clause 27.20 (Acceleration) of this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   the occurrence of any Insolvency Event;

 

123



 

(iii)                                the making of a demand in relation to a Hedging Liability that is payable on demand or the making of any demand against any member of the Group in relation to any guarantee of that member of the Group; or

 

(iv)                               the exercise of any right of set off, account combination or payment netting against any member of the Group in respect of any Hedging Liabilities other than the exercise of any such right:

 

(A)                                as Close Out Netting by a Hedge Counterparty;

 

(B)                                as Payment Netting by a Hedge Counterparty; or

 

(C)                                as Inter-Hedging Agreement Netting by a Hedge Counterparty.

 

Enforcement Action means:

 

(a)                                     in relation to any Hedging Liabilities:

 

(i)                                       the acceleration of any Hedging Liabilities or the making of any declaration that any Hedging Liabilities are prematurely due and payable;

 

(ii)                                    the making of any declaration that any Hedging Liabilities are payable on demand;

 

(iii)                                 the making of a demand in relation to a Hedging Liability that is payable on demand;

 

(iv)                                the making of any demand against any member of the Group in relation to any guarantee of that member of the Group;

 

(v)                                   the exercise of any right to require any member of the Group to acquire any Hedging Liability;

 

(vi)                                the exercise of any right of set off, account combination or payment netting against any member of the Group in respect of any Hedging Liabilities other than the exercise of any such right:

 

(A)                                as Close Out Netting by a Hedge Counterparty;

 

(B)                                as Payment Netting by a Hedge Counterparty; or

 

(C)                                as Inter-Hedging Agreement Netting by a Hedge Counterparty; or

 

(vii)                             the suing for, commencing or joining of any legal or arbitration proceedings against any member of the Group to recover any Hedging Liabilities;

 

(b)                                     the premature termination or close-out of any hedging transaction under any Hedging Agreement (other than as a result of the Company complying with any restriction under a Finance Document in respect of any over hedged amount or as a result of any over hedged amount arising due to the Facilities being repaid);

 

124



 

(c)                                      the entering into of any composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any member of the Group which owes any Hedging Liabilities (other than pursuant to this clause 28.8), or has given any guarantee or indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of the Hedging Liabilities; or

 

(d)                                     the petitioning, applying or voting for, or the taking of any steps (including the appointment of any liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer) in relation to, the winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of any member of the Group which owes any Hedging Liabilities, or has given any guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss in respect of any of the Hedging Liabilities, or any of such member of the Group’s assets or any suspension of payments or moratorium of any indebtedness of any such member of the Group, or any analogous procedure or step in any jurisdiction,

 

except that the following shall not constitute Enforcement Action:

 

(i)                                       the taking of any action falling within paragraphs (a)(vii) or (d) above which is necessary (but only to the extent necessary) to preserve the validity, existence or priority of claims in respect of Hedging Liabilities, including the registration of such claims before any court or governmental authority and the bringing, supporting or joining of proceedings to prevent any loss of the right to bring, support or join proceedings by reason of applicable limitation periods; or

 

(ii)                                    a Party bringing legal proceedings against any person solely for the purpose of:

 

(A)                                obtaining injunctive relief (or any analogous remedy outside England and Wales) to restrain any actual or putative breach of any Finance Document to which it is party;

 

(B)                                obtaining specific performance (other than specific performance of an obligation to make a payment) with no claim for damages; or

 

(C)                                requesting judicial interpretation of any provision of any Finance Document to which it is party with no claim for damages.

 

Hedging Liabilities means the amounts owed by any member of the Group to the Hedge Counterparties under or in connection with the original form Hedging Agreements.

 

Insolvency Event means, in relation to any member of the Group:

 

(a)                                     any resolution is passed or order made for the winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation of that member of the Group, a moratorium is declared in relation to any indebtedness of that member of the Group or an administrator is appointed to that member of the Group;

 

(b)                                     any composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement is made with any of its creditors;

 

125



 

(c)                                      the appointment of any liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of that member of the Group or any of its assets; or

 

(d)                                     any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

Inter-Hedging Agreement Netting means the exercise of any right of set-off, account combination, close-out netting or payment netting (whether arising out of a cross agreement netting agreement or otherwise) by a Hedge Counterparty against liabilities owed by a member of the Group by that Hedge Counterparty under a Hedging Agreement in respect of Hedging Liabilities owed to that Hedge Counterparty by that member of the Group under another Hedging Agreement.

 

Payment Netting means:

 

(a)                                     in respect of a Hedging Agreement based on an ISDA Master Agreement, netting under section 2(c) of the relevant ISDA Master Agreement; and

 

(b)                                     in respect of a Hedging Agreement not based on an ISDA Master Agreement, netting pursuant to any provision of that Hedging Agreement which has a similar effect to the provision referenced in paragraph (a) above.

 

(d)                                  Restriction on Enforcement: Hedge Counterparties

 

Subject to clause 28.8(e), the Hedge Counterparties shall not take any Enforcement Action in respect of any of the Hedging Liabilities or any of the hedging transactions under any of the Hedging Agreements at any time.

 

(e)                                   Permitted Enforcement: Hedge Counterparties

 

(i)                                      To the extent it is able to do so under the relevant Hedging Agreement, a Hedge Counterparty may terminate or close out in whole or in part any hedging transaction under that Hedging Agreement prior to its stated maturity:

 

(A)                                if, prior to a Distress Event, the Company has certified to that Hedge Counterparty that that termination or close out would not result in a breach of clause 26.28 (Treasury transactions) of this Agreement;

 

(B)                                if a Distress Event has occurred;

 

(C)                                if:

 

1)                                      in relation to a Hedging Agreement which is based on the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement:

 

a)                                      an Illegality or Tax Event or Tax Event Upon Merger (each as defined in the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement); or

 

b)                                      an event similar in meaning and effect to a “Force Majeure Event” (as defined in clause 28.8(e)(i)(C)2) below),

 

126


 

has occurred in respect of that Hedging Agreement;

 

2)                                      in relation to a Hedging Agreement which is based on the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement, an Illegality or Tax Event, Tax Event Upon Merger or a Force Majeure Event (each as defined in the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement) has occurred in respect of that Hedging Agreement; or

 

3)                                      in relation to a Hedging Agreement which is not based on an ISDA Master Agreement, any event similar in meaning and effect to an event described in clauses 28.8(e)(i)(C)1) or 28.8(e)(i)(C)2) above has occurred under and in respect of that Hedging Agreement;

 

(D)                                if an Event of Default has occurred under either clause 27.6 (Insolvency) or clause 27.7 (Insolvency proceedings) of this Agreement in relation to a member of the Group which is party to that Hedging Agreement;

 

(E)                                 if the Majority Lenders give prior consent to that termination or close-out being made;

 

(F)                                  if the Company is complying with any restriction under a Finance Document in respect of any over hedged amount or any over hedged amount arises as a result of the Facilities being repaid; or

 

(G)                                following a refinancing of the Facilities.

 

(ii)                                   If a member of the Group has defaulted on any payment due under a Hedging Agreement (after allowing any applicable notice or grace periods) and the default has continued unwaived for more than ten Business Days after notice of that default has been given to the Agent the relevant Hedge Counterparty may, to the extent it is able to do so under the relevant Hedging Agreement, terminate or close out in whole or in part any hedging transaction under that Hedging Agreement.

 

(iii)                                After the occurrence of an Insolvency Event in relation to any member of the Group, each Hedge Counterparty shall be entitled to exercise any right it may otherwise have in respect of that member of the Group to:

 

(A)                                prematurely close out or terminate any Hedging Liabilities of that member of the Group;

 

(B)                                make a demand under any guarantee, indemnity or other assurance against loss given by that member of the Group in respect of any Hedging Liabilities;

 

(C)                                exercise any right of set off or take or receive any Payment in respect of any Hedging Liabilities of that member of the Group; or

 

(D)                                claim and prove in the liquidation of that member of the Group for the Hedging Liabilities owing to it.

 

(f)                                    Required Enforcement: Hedge Counterparties

 

127



 

Subject to clause 28.8(g) below, a Hedge Counterparty shall promptly terminate or close out in full any hedging transaction under all or any of the Hedging Agreements to which it is party prior to their stated maturity, following:

 

(i)                                      the occurrence of an event under clause 27.20 (Acceleration) of this Agreement ( Acceleration Event ) and delivery to it of a notice from the Agent that that Acceleration Event has occurred; and

 

(ii)                                   delivery to it of a subsequent notice from the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) instructing it to do so.

 

(g)                                   If a Hedge Counterparty is entitled to terminate or close-out any hedging transaction under clause 28.8(f) (or would have been able to if that Hedge Counterparty had given the notice referred to in that clause) but has not terminated or closed out each such hedging transaction, that Hedge Counterparty shall promptly terminate or close-out in full each such hedging transaction following a request to do so by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

 

28.9                         Security over Lenders’ rights

 

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this clause 28, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create a Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                  any Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank or to a government authority, department or agency (including HM Treasury); and

 

(b)                                  in the case of any Lender which is a fund any Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

 

except that no such Security shall:

 

(i)                                      release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

(ii)                                   require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

28.10                  Pro rata interest settlement

 

If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to clause 28.6 or any assignment pursuant to clause 28.6 the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

 

(a)                                  any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date ( Accrued Amounts ) and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on

 

128



 

them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

(b)                                  the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts so that, for the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i)                                      when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable for the account of the Existing Lender; and

 

(ii)                                   the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this clause 28.10, have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

28.11                  Uncommitted Accordion Facility

 

Any bank or financial institution (an “ Uncommitted Accordion Facility Lender ”) which accepts an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment by countersigning an Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice and delivering it to the Agent shall, upon the countersignature of such Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice by the Agent become Party to this Agreement as a Lender:

 

(a)                                  each of the Obligors will owe obligations to the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Lender as recorded in the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                  without limiting paragraph 28.11(a) above, and subject to any limits recorded in the Finance Documents, the guarantees and security recorded in the Finance Documents in favour of the Finance Parties will extend to the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Lender and the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Loans;

 

(c)                                   the Agent, the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the rights and assume the obligations between themselves as if the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Lender had been an Original Lender under this Agreement in such capacity; and

 

(d)                                  to the extent the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Lender is not an Existing Lender it shall be treated as a New Lender for the purposes of paragraph 28.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

29                                   Restriction on Debt Purchase Transactions

 

29.1                         Prohibition on Debt Purchase Transactions by the Group

 

The Company shall not, and shall procure that each other member of the Group shall not, enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction or beneficially own all or any part of the share capital of a company that is a Lender or a party to a Debt Purchase Transaction of the type referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Debt Purchase Transaction.

 

29.2                         Not used

 

30                                   Changes to the Obligors

 

30.1                         Assignment and transfers by Obligors

 

129



 

No Obligor or any other member of the Group may assign any of its rights or transfer (or enter into any transaction or purported transaction the effect of which is to give rise to a trust in respect of) any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

30.2                         Additional Borrowers

 

(a)                                  Subject to compliance with the provisions of clause 24.8(c) (“Know your customer” checks) and 24.8(d) (“Know your customer” checks), the Company may request, at any time after the first Utilisation Date, in connection with any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries, which is not a Dormant Subsidiary, becomes a Borrower under the Facilities.  That Subsidiary shall become a Borrower upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

 

(A)                                it is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as an existing Borrower and the Majority Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary or otherwise if all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

(B)                                the Company and that Subsidiary deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Deed;

 

(C)                                the Subsidiary is (or becomes) a Guarantor prior to becoming a Borrower;

 

(D)                                the Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower and the Company confirms this; and

 

(E)                                 the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in part 3 - (Conditions precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Obligor) of schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(b)                                  The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in part 3 - (Conditions precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Obligor) of schedule 2 (Conditions precedent).

 

(c)                                   Upon becoming an Additional Borrower that Subsidiary shall make any filings (and provide copies of such filings) as required by clause 17.2(j) (Tax gross-up) and clause 17.7(b) (HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation) in accordance with those clauses.

 

30.3                         Resignation of a Borrower

 

(a)                                  With the prior consent of all the Lenders (such consent to be provided if the Borrower is the subject of a disposal that is permitted under clause 26.13 (Disposals)), the Company may request that such Borrower ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

130



 

(b)                                  The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of its acceptance if:

 

(i)                                      the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

 

(ii)                                   the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents;

 

(iii)                                where the Borrower is also a Guarantor (unless its resignation has been accepted in accordance with clause 30.5), its obligations in its capacity as Guarantor continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect (subject to the Legal Reservations) and the amount guaranteed by it as a Guarantor is not decreased (and the Company has confirmed this is the case); and

 

(iv)                               the Company has confirmed that it shall ensure that any relevant Disposal Proceeds will be applied in accordance with clause 11.2 (Disposal and Insurance).

 

(c)                                   Upon notification by the Agent to the Company of its acceptance of the resignation of a Borrower, that Party shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Borrower.

 

(d)                                  The Agent may, at the cost and expense of the Company, require a legal opinion from counsel to the Agent confirming the matters set out in clause 30.3(b)(ii) and the Agent shall be under no obligation to accept a Resignation Letter until it has obtained such opinion in form and substance satisfactory to it.

 

30.4                         Additional Guarantors

 

(a)                                  Subject to compliance with the provisions of clause 24.8 (“Know your customer” checks), the Company shall ensure that any other member of the Group which is a Material Company (other than the French Subsidiary and the Czech Subsidiary) shall within ten Business Days after becoming a Material Company, shall become an Additional Guarantor.

 

(b)                                  A member of the Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in part 3 - (Conditions precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Obligor) of schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in part 3 - (Conditions precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Obligor) of schedule 2 (Conditions precedent).

 

30.5                         Resignation of a Guarantor

 

(a)                                  The Company may request that a Guarantor (other than the Company) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter if:

 

131



 

(i)                                      that Guarantor is being disposed of by way of a Third Party Disposal and the Company has confirmed this is the case; or

 

(ii)                                   all the Lenders have consented to the resignation of that Guarantor.

 

(b)                                  The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance upon satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      the Company has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter;

 

(ii)                                   no payment is due from the Guarantor under clause 22.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

 

(iii)                                where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under clause 30.3; and

 

(iv)                               the Company has confirmed that it shall ensure that the relevant Disposal Proceeds will be applied, in accordance with clause 11.2 (Disposal and Insurance).

 

(c)                                   The resignation of that Guarantor shall not be effective until the date of the relevant Third Party Disposal at which time that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Guarantor.

 

30.6                         Repetition of Representations

 

Delivery of an Accession Deed constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the representations and warranties referred to in clause 23.33(d) (Times when representations made) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

31                                   Role of the Agent, the Arrangers and others

 

31.1                         Appointment of the Agent

 

(a)                                  Each of the Arrangers and the Lenders appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Arrangers and the Lenders authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

31.2                         Duties of the Agent

 

(a)                                  Subject to clause 31.2(b), the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

(b)                                  Without prejudice to clause 28.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment

 

132



 

Notice to Company), clause 31.2(a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, any Assignment Agreement, any Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice.

 

(c)                                   Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

(d)                                  If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(e)                                   If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Arrangers) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

(f)                                    The Agent shall maintain a register for recordation of the names, addresses (including the department or officer) if any, to whom communications are to be made or documents are to be delivered), fax numbers, electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by electronic mail or other electronic means and the Commitments of each Lender, and agrees to provide to the Company within 5 Business Days of a request by the Company (but no more frequently than once per calendar month) or as soon as reasonably practicable upon the Agent becoming an Impaired Agent a copy of such register as at the date of that request.  The entries in the register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Obligors and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement,

 

(g)                                   The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

31.3                         Role of the Arrangers

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

31.4                         No fiduciary duties

 

(a)                                  Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent and/or the Arrangers as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

(b)                                  None of the Agent, the Arrangers or any Ancillary Lender shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

31.5                         Business with the Group

 

The Agent, the Arrangers and each Ancillary Lender may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

133



 

31.6                         Rights and discretions

 

(a)                                  The Agent may rely on:

 

(i)                                      any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

(ii)                                   any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.

 

(b)                                  The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

(i)                                      no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 27.1 (Non-payment));

 

(ii)                                   any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

(iii)                                any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

(c)                                   The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

(d)                                  The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

(e)                                   The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Without prejudice to the generality of clause 31.6(e) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Company shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Majority Lenders.

 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, none of the Agent or the Arrangers is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

(h)                                  The Agent may not disclose to any Finance Party any details of the rate notified to the Agent by any Lender for the purpose of clause 15.3(a)(ii) (Market disruption).

 

31.7                         Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

(a)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall:

 

(i)                                      exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent); and

 

134



 

(ii)                                   not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

(c)                                   The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

(d)                                  In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

(e)                                   The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

31.8                         Responsibility for documentation

 

None of the Agent or any Arranger or any Ancillary Lender:

 

(a)                                  is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any Arranger, an Ancillary Lender, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document, the Information Memorandum or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents;

 

(b)                                  is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

(c)                                   is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

31.9                         Exclusion of liability

 

(a)                                  Without limiting clause 31.9(b) (and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 34.11(e) (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.), none of the Agent or any Ancillary Lender will be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) for any action taken by it (or any omission by it to act) under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

(b)                                  No Party (other than the Agent or an Ancillary Lender (as applicable)) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent or any Ancillary Lender, in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or an Ancillary Lender or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document or any Transaction Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent or any Ancillary Lender may rely on this clause subject to clause 1.3 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

135


 

(c)                                   The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

(d)                                  Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arrangers to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arrangers.

 

31.10                  Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within 3 Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to clause 34.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

31.11                  Resignation of the Agent

 

(a)                                  The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company.

 

(b)                                  Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the Lenders and the Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

(c)                                   If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 31.11(b) within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

(d)                                  If the Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Agent under clause 31.11(c), the Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Agent) agree with the proposed successor Agent amendments to this clause 31 and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Agent’s normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

 

(e)                                   The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may

 

136



 

reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(f)                                    The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

(g)                                   Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this clause 31.  Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

(h)                                  After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with clause 31.11(b).  In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 31.11(b).

 

(i)                                      The Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 31.11(b) (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to clause 31.11(c)) if on or after the date which is 3 months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

(i)                                      the Agent fails to respond to a request under clause 17.12 (FATCA Information) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

(ii)                                   the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to clause 17.12 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

(iii)                                the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

and (in each case) a Lender believes that a Party may be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

31.12                  Replacement of the Agent

 

(a)                                  After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

(b)                                  The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

(c)                                   The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance

 

137



 

Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this clause 31.12 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

(d)                                  Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

31.13                  Confidentiality

 

(a)                                  In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

(b)                                  If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arrangers are obliged to disclose to any other person:

 

(i)                                      any confidential information; or

 

(ii)                                   any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

31.14                  Relationship with the Lenders

 

(a)                                  Subject to clause 28.10 (Pro rata interest settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

(i)                                      entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

(ii)                                   entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than 5 Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.  Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted by clause 36.5 (Communication when Agent is an Impaired Agent) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, tax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of clause 36.2 (Addresses) and clause 36.6(a)(iii) (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such

 

138



 

person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

31.15                  Credit appraisal by the Lenders and Ancillary Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and Ancillary Lender confirms to the Agent, the Arrangers and each Ancillary Lender that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

(a)                                  the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

(b)                                  the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

(c)                                   whether that Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

(d)                                  the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Memorandum and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

31.16                  Base Reference Banks

 

If a Base Reference Bank (or, if a Base Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Base Reference Bank.

 

31.17                  Agent’s management time

 

Any amount payable to the Agent under clause 19.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), clause 21 (Costs and expenses) and clause 31.10 following an Event of Default shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 16 (Fees).

 

139



 

31.18                  Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent (in its capacity as such) under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed.  For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

31.19                  Reliance and engagement letters

 

Each Finance Party confirms that each of the Arrangers and the Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Arrangers or the Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters relating to any reports or letters provided in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

 

32                                   Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

(a)                                  interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

(b)                                  oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

(c)                                   oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

33                                   Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

33.1                         Payments to Finance Parties

 

If a Finance Party ( Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with clauses 16.2 (participation fee), 16.3 (Agency fee) and 34 (Payment mechanics) (a Recovered Amount ) and applies that amount (or exercises any other right (including any right of set-off or combination) which it may have, in each case) to or towards the discharge of a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

(a)                                  the Recovering Finance Party shall, within 3 Business Days, notify details of the receipt recovery, or discharge, to the Agent;

 

(b)                                  the Agent shall determine whether the receipt recovery or discharge is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt recovery or discharge been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 34 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

(c)                                   the Recovering Finance Party shall, within 3 Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount ( Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery

 

140



 

less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 34.6 (Partial payments).

 

33.2                         Redistribution of payments

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties ) in accordance with clause 34.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

33.3                         Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Agent under clause 33.2 of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

33.4                         Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered (or which is deemed to have been received or recovered) by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

(a)                                  each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for that account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount ); and

 

(b)                                  as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

33.5                         Exceptions

 

(a)                                  This clause 33 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

(b)                                  A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

(i)                                      it notified the other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

(ii)                                   the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

141



 

33.6                         Ancillary Lenders

 

(a)                                  This clause 33 shall not apply to any receipt or recovery by a Lender in its capacity as an Ancillary Lender at any time prior to service of notice under clause 27.20 (Acceleration).

 

(b)                                  Following service of notice under clause 27.20 (Acceleration), this clause 33 shall apply to all receipts or recoveries by Ancillary Lenders except to the extent that the receipt or recovery represents a reduction from the Designated Gross Amount for an Ancillary Facility to its Designated Net Amount.

 

34                                   Payment mechanics

 

34.1                         Payments to the Agent

 

(a)                                  On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document (excluding a payment under the terms of an Ancillary Document) or, in the case of an Obligor, a scheduled payment under a Hedging Agreement, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

(b)                                  Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London) with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

34.2                         Distributions by the Agent

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 34.3 and clause 34.4 be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London).

 

34.3                         Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with clause 35 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

34.4                         Clawback

 

(a)                                  Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

(b)                                  If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on

 

142



 

demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

34.5                         Impaired Agent

 

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with clause 34.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead pay that amount direct to the required recipient or if the relevant Obligor and the Majority Lenders agree at that time pay that amount to an interest-bearing account (which account shall bear interest at a market rate taking into account the currency and term of the deposit) held with an Acceptable Bank which is a regular acceptor of deposits within the meaning of paragraph (a) of the definition of Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the Payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents.  In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.  The trust account must be held in London or in a principal financial centre of another jurisdiction whose law recognises the concept of a trust arrangement and in which the Majority Lenders consider that the rights of the Partiers in respect of that account (and the rights to receive monies due to them standing to its credit) will not be prejudiced (including in the event of an insolvency or other similar proceedings affecting the Acceptable Bank or the relevant recipient party).  In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

34.6                         Partial payments

 

(a)                                  If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due in respect of any Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents to the Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents to such parties in the following order:

 

(i)                                      first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent and the Arrangers under those Finance Documents;

 

(ii)                                   secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents to such parties;

 

(iii)                                thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under those Finance Documents to such parties; and

 

(iv)                               fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents to such parties.

 

(b)                                  The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in clause 34.6(a)(ii) to 34.6(a)(iv).

 

(c)                                   Clauses 34.6(a) and 34.6(b) will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

143



 

34.7                         No set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

34.8                         Business Days

 

(a)                                  Subject to clause 34.8(b), any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

(b)                                  If a payment under the Finance Documents is due to be paid on a relevant Termination Date but that day is not a Business Day, that payment shall be made on the preceding Business Day.

 

(c)                                   During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the date on which, but for this clause 34.8, such principal or Unpaid Sum would otherwise have been due.

 

34.9                         Currency of account

 

(a)                                  Subject to clauses 34.9(b) to 34.9(e), the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

(b)                                  A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

(c)                                   Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

(d)                                  Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

(e)                                   Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

 

34.10                  Change of currency

 

(a)                                  Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

(i)                                      any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Company); and

 

(ii)                                   any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

144



 

(b)                                  If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

34.11                  Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

(a)                                  the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

(b)                                  the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in clause 34.11(a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

(c)                                   the Agent may consult with the other Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in clause 34.11(a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

(d)                                  any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of clause 40 (Amendments and waivers);

 

(e)                                   the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this clause 34.11; and

 

(f)                                    the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to clause 34.11(d) above.

 

35                                   Set-off

 

(a)                                  A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation.  If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

(b)                                  Any credit balances taken into account by an Ancillary Lender when operating a net limit in respect of any overdraft under an Ancillary Facility shall on enforcement of the Finance Documents be applied first in reduction of the overdraft provided under that Ancillary Facility in accordance with its terms.

 

145



 

36                                   Notices

 

36.1                         Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

36.2                         Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

(a)                                  in the case of the Company, that identified with its name below;

 

(b)                                  in the case of the Agent, the Arrangers, each Original Lender and the Original Ancillary Lender, that identified with its name below; and

 

(c)                                   in the case of each other Lender, each other Ancillary Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party,

 

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than 5 Business Days’ notice.

 

36.3                         Delivery

 

(a)                                  Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

(i)                                      if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

(ii)                                   if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or 3 Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 36.2, if addressed to that department or officer.

 

(b)                                  Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

(c)                                   All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

(d)                                  Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this clause 36.3 will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

146


 

 

36.4                         Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to clause 36.2 or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

36.5                         Communication when Agent is an Impaired Agent

 

Upon the Agent becoming aware that it is an Impaired Agent, the Agent will as soon as reasonably practicable notify, in writing, each Party to a Finance Document that it is an Impaired Agent (the Impaired Agent Notice ).  The Impaired Agent Notice will specify the date on which the Agent became an Impaired Agent and will include the details required to be delivered by the Agent under clause 31.2 (Duties of the Agent).  From the date of the Impaired Agent Notice, the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly.  This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.  For the avoidance of doubt, the failure of the Agent to deliver the Impaired Agent Notice will not prevent the Parties from communicating directly with each other if the Agent is an Impaired Agent.

 

36.6                         Electronic communication

 

(a)                                  Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender:

 

(i)                                      agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

(ii)                                   notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

(iii)                                notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

(b)                                  Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in intelligible form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

36.7                         English language

 

(a)                                  Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

(b)                                  All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

(i)                                      in English; or

 

147



 

(ii)                                   if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

37                                   Calculations and certificates

 

37.1                         Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

37.2                         Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

37.3                         Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

38                                   Partial invalidity

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

39                                   Remedies and waivers

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement and the other Finance Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

40                                   Amendments and waivers

 

40.1                         Not Used

 

40.2                         Required consents

 

(a)                                  Subject to clause 40.3 any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders and the Company and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

(b)                                  The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause 40.

 

148



 

(c)                                   Each Obligor agrees to any such amendment or waiver permitted by this clause 40 which is agreed to by the Company.  This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this clause 40.2(c), require the consent of all of the Guarantors.

 

40.3                         Exceptions

 

(a)                                  An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

(i)                                      the definition of Majority Lenders in clause 1 (Definitions and interpretation);

 

(ii)                                   an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(iii)                                a reduction in the Margin (other than by means of the operation of the Margin ratchet) or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amount payable to a Lender under the Finance Documents (other than in relation to clause 11 (Mandatory prepayment));

 

(iv)                               a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

(v)                                  an increase in or an extension of any Commitment or the Total Commitments;

 

(vi)                               a change to the Borrowers or Guarantors other than in accordance with clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors);

 

(vii)                            any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

(viii)                         clause 1.3 (Third party rights), clause 2.3 (Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments), clause 2.4 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), clause 11 (Mandatory prepayment), clause 15.1 (Margin adjustment), clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders), clause 33 (Sharing among the Finance Parties), this clause 40, clause 44 (Governing law) or clause 45 (Enforcement);

 

(ix)                               (other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under clause 22 (Guarantee and indemnity); or

 

(x)                                  the release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under clause 22 (Guarantee and indemnity) unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is expressly permitted under this Agreement,

 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

(b)                                  An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arrangers, any Ancillary Lender or any Hedge Counterparty (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the prior written consent of the Agent, the Arrangers, that Ancillary Lender or, as the case may be, that Hedge Counterparty.

 

149



 

40.4                         Deemed consent

 

If at any time the Lenders agree to amend or waive any term of this Agreement in accordance with this clause 40 then the Ancillary Lenders will be deemed to make a corresponding amendment or waiver in equivalent terms to the Ancillary Documents and to take any steps that the Agent may reasonably require on behalf of the Lenders to give effect to this clause 40.4.

 

40.5                         Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

(a)                                  For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments.

 

(b)                                  For the purposes of this clause 40.5 the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

(i)                                      any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

(ii)                                   any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events of circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred and, in the case of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraph (a), none of the exceptions to that paragraph apply,

 

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

40.6                         Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

(a)                                  The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

(i)                                      replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   require such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender; or

 

(iii)                                require such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to clause 28 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations in respect of the Facilities,

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity ( Replacement Lender ) selected by the Company, and which (unless the Agent is an Impaired Agent) is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably), which confirms its

 

150



 

willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

(b)                                  Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

(ii)                                   neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

 

(iii)                                the transfer must take place no later than 20 Business Days after the notice referred to in clause 40.6(a) above; and

 

(iv)                               in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

41                                   Confidentiality

 

41.1                         Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by clause 41.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

41.2                         Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

(a)                                  to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this clause 41.2(a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information:

 

(b)                                  to any person:

 

(i)                                      to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

151



 

(ii)                                   with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

(iii)                                appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom clause 41.2(b)(i) or (ii) applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under clause 31.14(b) (Relationship with the Lenders));

 

(iv)                               who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in clause 41.2(b)(i) or 41.2(b)(ii);

 

(v)                                  to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

(vi)                               to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to clause 28.9 (Security over Lenders’ rights));

 

(vii)                            to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

(viii)                         who is a Party; or

 

(ix)                               with the consent of the Company;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

(A)                                in relation to clauses 41.2(b)(i), 41.2(b)(ii) and 41.2(b)(iii), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

(B)                                in relation to clause 41.2(b)(iv), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidential Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(C)                                in relation to clauses 41.2(b)(v) and 41.2(b)(vii), the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential

 

152



 

Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

(c)                                   to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom clauses 41.2(b)(i) or 41.2(b)(ii) applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this clause 41.2(c) if the party to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

(d)                                  to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

 

41.3                         Disclosure to a numbering service provider

 

(a)                                  Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

(i)                                      names of Obligors;

 

(ii)                                   country of domicile of Obligors;

 

(iii)                                place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

(iv)                               date of this Agreement;

 

(v)                                  the names of the Agent and the Arranger;

 

(vi)                               date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

(vii)                            amount of Total Commitments;

 

(viii)                         currencies of the Facilities;

 

(ix)                               type of Facilities;

 

(x)                                  ranking of the Facilities;

 

(xi)                               changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to clauses 41.3(a)(i) to 41.3(a)(xi) above; and

 

(xii)                            such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company.

 

153



 

to enable such number service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

(b)                                  The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by a number service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that number service provider.

 

(c)                                   Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in clauses paragraphs 41.3(a)(i) to 41.3(a)(xii) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

(d)                                  The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

 

(i)                                      the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

(ii)                                   the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

41.4                         Entire agreement

 

This clause 41 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

41.5                         Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

41.6                         Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

 

(a)                                  of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to clause 41.2(b)(v) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

(b)                                  upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this clause 41.

 

41.7                         Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this clause 41 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

 

154



 

(a)                                  the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

(b)                                  the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

42                                   Publicity

 

The Company and each Obligor confirm it will not delay or unreasonably withhold its consent to any Finance Party publicising (by such means as that Finance Party may determine) its role in the funding of the Facilities.

 

43                                   Counterparts

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart of a Finance Document by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

44                                   Governing law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

45                                   Enforcement

 

45.1                         Jurisdiction of English courts

 

(a)                                  The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a Dispute ).

 

(b)                                  The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

(c)                                   This clause 45 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties.  As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

45.2                         Service of process

 

(a)                                  Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

(i)                                      irrevocably appoints Luxfer Holdings PLC as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document (and Luxfer Holdings PLC by its execution of this Agreement, accepts that appointment); and

 

(ii)                                   agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

155



 

(b)                                  If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, Luxfer Holdings PLC (on behalf of all the Obligors) must immediately (and in any event within 5 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent.  Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

 

(c)                                   Luxfer Holdings PLC expressly agrees and consents to the provisions of this clause 45 and clause 44 (Governing law).

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

156


 

Schedule 1

 

Part 1 - Original Borrowers

 

Company Name

 

Company Number

 

Relevant Jurisdiction

Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

3690830

 

England & Wales

BA Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Delaware

Luxfer Group Limited

 

3944037

 

England & Wales

Luxfer Group 2000 Limited

 

4027006

 

England & Wales

MEL Chemicals Inc.

 

 

 

New Jersey

Magnesium Elektron North America Inc.

 

 

 

Delaware

 

Part 2 - Original Guarantors

 

Company Name

 

Company Number

 

Relevant Jurisdiction

Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

3690830

 

England & Wales

BA Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Delaware

Luxfer Group Limited

 

3944037

 

England & Wales

Luxfer Group 2000 Limited

 

4027006

 

England & Wales

MEL Chemicals Inc.

 

 

 

New Jersey

Magnesium Elektron North America, Inc.

 

 

 

Delaware

Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited

 

3376625

 

England & Wales

Luxfer Group Services Limited

 

3981395

 

England & Wales

Magnesium Elektron Limited

 

3141950

 

England & Wales

Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited

 

3081726

 

England & Wales

Luxfer Gas Cylinders China Holdings Limited

 

5165622

 

England & Wales

Luxfer Inc.

 

 

 

Delaware

Hart Metals, Inc.

 

 

 

Delaware

Reade Manufacturing Company

 

 

 

Delaware

 

157



 

Part 3 -  The Original Lenders

 

Commitments as at the Third Restatement Date

 

 

 

Total Commitment as at the 
Third Restatement Date

 

Bilateral Limit as at the Third
Restatement Date

 

Lloyds Bank plc

 

$

37,000,000

 

£

17,000,000

 

Clydesdale Bank PLC (trading as Yorkshire Bank)

 

$

36,500,000

 

£

9,800,000

 

Bank of America N.A.

 

$

36,500,000

 

US$

27,250,000

 

National Westminster Bank Plc

 

$

20,000,000

 

US$

5,000,000

 

Santander UK PLC

 

$

20,000,000

 

US$

5,000,000

 

Total

 

$

150,000,000

 

 

 

 

158



Schedule 2

Conditions precedent

 

Part 1 - Conditions precedent to signing this Agreement

 

Not restated — the conditions precedent in this Conditions precedent to signing this Agreement were satisfied prior to the date of this Agreement

 

159



 

Part 2 - Conditions precedent to initial Utilisation

 

Not restated — the conditions precedent in this part 2 - Conditions precedent to initial Utilisation were satisfied prior to the initial Utilisation under this Agreement

 

160



 

Part 3 - Conditions precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Obligor

 

1                                          An Accession Deed executed by the Additional Obligor and the Company.

 

2                                          A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Obligor.

 

3                                          A copy of a resolution of the board or, if applicable, a committee of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor:

 

(a)                                  approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Deed and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Accession Deed and any other Finance Document to which it is party;

 

(b)                                  authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Deed and other Finance Documents on its behalf;

 

(c)                                   authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including, in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

(d)                                  authorising the Company to act as its agent in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

4                                          If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Obligor, establishing the committee referred to in paragraph 3.

 

5                                          A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3.

 

6                                          A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares of the Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which the Additional Guarantor is a party.

 

7                                          A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Additional Guarantor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph 6.

 

8                                          A certificate from a director of the Additional Obligor confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, Security or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

9                                          A certificate from a director of the Additional Obligor certifying that each copy document listed in this part 3 - (Conditions precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Obligor) of schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) is correct, complete and in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Deed.

 

10                                   A copy of any other authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Deed or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

11                                   The latest Annual Financial Statement of the Additional Obligor.

 

161



 

12                                   The following legal opinions each addressed to the Agent and the Lenders:

 

(a)                                  A legal opinion of Addleshaw Goddard, the legal advisers to the Agent and the Arrangers as to English law in the form provided to the Agent and the Arrangers and/or distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

 

(b)                                  If the Additional Obligor is incorporated in or has its centre of main interest or establishment (as referred to in clause 23.27 (Centre of main interests and establishments)) in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or is executing a Finance Document which is governed by a law other than English law, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent and the Arrangers in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, centre of main interest or establishment (as applicable) or, as the case may be, the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Finance Document ( Applicable Jurisdiction ) as to the law of the Applicable Jurisdiction and in the form provided to the Agent and the Arrangers and/or distributed to the Lenders prior to signing the Accession Deed.

 

13                                   If the proposed Additional Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that the process agent specified in clause 45.2 (Service of process) if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment in relation to the proposed Additional Obligor.

 

14                                   Any notices duly executed or documents required to be given or executed under the terms of those security documents.

 

15                                   An accession memorandum to the Company Intra-Group Loan Agreement or similar loan agreement with the Company.

 

162



 

Schedule 3
Requests and Notices

 

Part 1 - Utilisation Request

 

From:                [Borrower] [Company](i)

 

To:                              [Agent]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC — Senior facilities agreement dated ¨ (Facilities Agreement)

 

1                                          We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Utilisation Request.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

2                                          We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

(a)                                                   Borrower:                          ¨

 

(b)                                                   Proposed Utilisation Date:                                   ¨ (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

 

(c)                                                    Facility to be utilised:             [Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility/Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility/Revolving Facility]

 

(d)                                                   Currency of Loan:                           ¨

 

(e)                                                    Amount:                               ¨ or, if less, the Available Facility

 

(f)                                                     Interest Period:                                              ¨

 

3                                          We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

4                                          [We irrevocably instruct you to deduct from the amount of the Loan the legal fees, VAT and disbursements of Addleshaw Goddard in the amount of £ ¨ and to pay such amount to Addleshaw Goddard on the Utilisation Date.]

 

5                                          The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account].

 

6                                          This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 


(i)                                      Amend as appropriate.  Utilisation Requests can be given by a Borrower or by the Company.

 

163



 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

[the Company on behalf of [insert name of relevant Borrower]] [insert name of Borrower](ii)

 


(ii)                                   Amend as appropriate.  Utilisation Requests can be given by the Borrower or by the Company.

 

164



 

Part 2 - Selection Notice

 

Applicable to an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan

 

From:                [Company]

 

To:                              [Agent]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC — Senior facilities agreement dated · (Facilities Agreement)

 

1                                          We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Selection Notice.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

2                                          [We refer to the following Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan[s] with an Interest Period ending on · ]:

 

3                                          We request that the next Interest Period for the Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan[s] is · .

 

4                                          This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

[the Company on behalf of [insert name of relevant Borrower]] [insert name of Borrower](iii)

 


(iii)  Amend as appropriate: Selection Notice can be given by the Borrower or by the Company.

 

165



 

Part 3 - Withdrawal Request

 

From:                [Borrower] [Company](iv)

 

To:                              [Agent]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC — Senior facilities agreement dated ¨ ( Facilities Agreement )

 

1                                          We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Withdrawal Request.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Withdrawal Request unless given a different meaning in this Withdrawal Request.

 

2                                          We wish to withdraw cash cover as follows:

 

(a)                                  Proposed withdrawal date:                                                 ¨ (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

 

(b)                                  Amount:                                                                                                                                                ¨

 

3                                          We confirm that each condition specified in clause 10.8 (Cash cover) is satisfied.

 

4                                          We confirm that each condition in clause 10.7 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender) is satisfied.

 

5                                          [The proceeds of the withdrawal should be credited to the following accounts:

 

¨

 

6                                          We confirm that the amount withdrawn will be applied in [prepaying the Ancillary Facility].

 

7                                          This Withdrawal Notice is irrevocable.

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

[[the Company] on behalf of [insert name of relevant Borrower]] [insert name of Borrower]

 


(iv)                               Amend as appropriate.  The Withdrawal Notice can be given by the Borrower or the Company.

 

166



 

Schedule 4

Not used

 

167


 

Schedule 5
Form of Transfer Certificate

 

To:                              ¨ as Agent

 

From:                [ The Existing Lender ] ( Existing Lender ) and [ The New Lender ] ( New Lender )

 

Dated:

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC — Senior Facilities Agreement dated ¨ (Facilities Agreement)

 

1                                          We refer to the Facilities Agreement).  This agreement ( Agreement ) shall take effect as a Transfer Certificate for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement .  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2                                          We refer to clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facilities Agreement:

 

(a)                                  The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the schedule in accordance with clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer).

 

(b)                                  The proposed Transfer Date is   ¨ .

 

(c)                                   The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of clause 36.2 (Addresses) are set out in the schedule.

 

3                                          The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in clause 28.4(c) (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

4                                          The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)                                  [a Qualifying Lender falling within paragraph (i)(A) [or paragraph (ii)] of the definition of Qualifying Lender);]

 

(b)                                  [a Treaty Lender;]

 

(c)                                   [not a Qualifying Lender].

 

5                                          [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)                                  a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)                                  a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                      a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)                                   a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

168



 

(b)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]

 

6                                          [The New Lender confirms (for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor) that it is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number ¨ ) and is tax resident in ¨ (i), so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and notifies the Company that:

 

(a)                                  each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date must, to the extent that the New Lender becomes a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of the Transfer Date; and

 

(b)                                  each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date must, to the extent that the New Lender is a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Additional Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower(ii).]

 

7                                          Not used.

 

8                                          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

9                                          This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with governed by English law.

 

10                                   This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 


(i)                                      Insert jurisdiction of tax residence

 

(ii)                                   This confirmation must be included if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

169



 

The schedule

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility Office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ,]

 

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

 

 

By:

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as a Transfer Certificate for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement and the Transfer Date is confirmed as ¨ .

 

[Agent]

 

By:

 

170



 

Schedule 6
Form of Assignment Agreement

 

To:                              ¨ as Agent and ¨ , ¨   as [Company], for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From:                [the Existing Lender ] ( Existing Lender ) and [the New Lender ] ( New Lender )

 

Dated:

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC - Senior Facilities Agreement dated  ¨    (Facilities Agreement)

 

1                                          We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is an Assignment Agreement.  This agreement ( Agreement ) shall take effect as an Assignment Agreement for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2                                          We refer to clause 28.5 (Procedure for transfer) of the Facilities Agreement:

 

(a)                                  The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Facilities Agreement, the other Finance Documents which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments under the Facilities Agreement as specified in the schedule.

 

(b)                                  The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitments under the Facilities Agreement specified in the schedule.

 

(c)                                   The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph 2(b) above.

 

3                                          The proposed Transfer Date is ¨ .

 

4                                          On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the relevant Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

5                                          The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of clause 36.2 (Addresses) are set out in the schedule.

 

6                                          The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in clause 28.4(c) (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

7                                          The New Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)                                  [a Qualifying Lender falling within paragraph (i)(A) [or paragraph (ii)] of the definition of Qualifying Lender;]

 

(a)                                  [a Treaty Lender;]

 

(b)                                  [not a Qualifying Lender].

 

8                                          [The New Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

171



 

(a)                                  a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

 

(a)                                  a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                      a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)                                   a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(b)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]

 

9                                          [The New Lender confirms (for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor)  that it is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number ¨ ) and is tax resident in ¨ (i), so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and notifies the Company that:

 

(a)                                  each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date must, to the extent that the New Lender becomes a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of the Transfer Date; and

 

(a)                                  each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date must, to the extent that the New Lender is a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Additional Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower(ii).]

 

10                                   Not used.

 

11                                   This Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with clause 28.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement, Increase Confirmation or Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice to Company), to the [Company] (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Agreement.

 

12                                   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

13                                   This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

14                                   This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 


(i)                                      Insert jurisdiction of tax residence

 

(ii)                                   This confirmation must be included if the New Lender holds a passport under the HRMC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities.

 

172



 

The schedule

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

[Existing Lender]

[New Lender]

 

 

By:

By:

 

This Agreement is accepted as an Assignment Agreement for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement and the Transfer Date is confirmed as ¨ .

 

Signature of this Agreement by the Agent constitutes confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to in this Agreement, which notice the Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

 

[Agent]

 

By:

 

173



 

Schedule 7

Form of Accession Deed

 

To:                              ¨ as Agent

 

From:                [ Subsidiary ] and [[ Company ]]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC — Senior Facilities Agreement dated ¨   (Facilities Agreement)

 

1                                          We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This deed ( Accession Deed ) shall take effect as an Accession Deed for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in paragraphs 1 to 3 of this Accession Deed unless given a different meaning in this Accession Deed.

 

2                                          [Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] and to be bound by the terms of the Facilities Agreement and the other Finance Documents as an Additional [Borrower]/[Guarantor] pursuant to clause 30.2 (Additional Borrowers)/[clause 30.4 (Additional Guarantors) of the Facilities Agreement.  [Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction] and is a limited liability company and registered number ¨ .

 

3                                          [Subsidiary’s] administrative details for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement are as follows:

 

Address:

 

Fax No.:

 

Attention:

 

4                                          This Accession Deed [and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it] [is/are] governed by English law.

 

174



 

This Accession Deed has been signed on behalf of the [Company] and executed as a deed by [ Subsidiary ] and is delivered on the date stated above.

 

[ Subsidiary ]

 

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

 

By:  [ Subsidiary ]

 

 

 

Director

 

 

Director/Secretary

 

OR

 

[EXECUTED AS A DEED

 

 

By: [ Subsidiary ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of Director

 

 

Name of Director

in the presence of

 

 

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

Name of witness

 

 

Address of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation of witness]

 

The Company

 

 

 

[ Company ]

 

By:

 

175



 

Schedule 8

Form of Resignation Letter

 

To:                              ¨ as Agent

 

From:                [ resigning Obligor ] and [ Company ]

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC - Senior Facilities Agreement dated ¨ (Facilities Agreement)

 

1                                          We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Resignation Letter.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

 

2                                          Pursuant to [clause 30.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)] [clause 30.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)], we request that [resigning Obligor] be released from its obligations as a [Borrower] [Guarantor] under the Facilities Agreement and the Finance Documents.

 

3                                          We confirm that:

 

(a)                                  no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request;

 

(b)                                  [this request is given in relation to a Third Party Disposal of [ resigning Obligor ];

 

(c)                                   [the Disposal Proceeds have been or will be applied in accordance with clause 11.3; (Application); and

 

(d)                                  [];

 

4                                          This Resignation Letter (and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it [is/are]) is governed by English law.

 

[Company]

[ resigning Obligor ]

 

 

By:

By:

 

176



 

Schedule 9
Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:                              ¨ as Agent

 

From:                Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC - Senior Facilities Agreement dated ¨ (Facilities Agreement)

 

1                                          We refer to the Facilities Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2                                          With reference to the [Annual Financial Statements] [Quarterly Financial Statements] for the [Financial Year ended ¨ ] [Financial Quarter ended ¨ ], we confirm that:

 

Covenant

 

Relevant Period

 

Target

 

Actual

 

Compliant/Non 
compliant

Interest Cover

 

¨ to ¨

 

At least ¨ : ¨

 

¨ : ¨

 

]

Leverage

 

¨ to ¨

 

Not exceeding ¨ : ¨

 

¨ : ¨

 

]

 

3                                          We confirm that Leverage is ¨ :1 and that, therefore, the Revolving Facility Margin should be ¨ % [and the Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility Margin/Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Margin should be · %]

 

4                                          [We confirm that no Default is continuing.](i)

 

5                                          [We confirm that the following companies constitute Material Companies for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement:

 

¨ .]

 

[We confirm that the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as [EBITA)] [aggregate gross assets] of the Guarantors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 80% of the [EBITA] [consolidated gross assets].]

 

Signed

 

 

 

 


(i)                                      If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

177



 

Finance Director                                                                                                                                                        Director

 

of                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     of

 

[Company]                                                                                                                                                                                  [Company]

 

[insert applicable certification language]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

 

 

name of Auditors of the Company(ii)

 

 


(ii)                                   Only applicable if the Compliance Certificate accompanies the Audited Financial Statements and is to be signed by the Auditors.  To be agreed with the Company’s Auditors prior to signing of the Agreement.

 

178


 

Schedule 10

Timetables

 

 

 

Loans in euro and US$

 

Loans in sterling

 

Loans in other currencies

Agent notifies the Company if a currency is approved as an Optional Currency in accordance with clause 4.3 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies))

 

 

 

U-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request) or a Selection Notice (clause 14.1 (Selection of Interest Periods and terms))

 

U-3

 

1.00pm

 

U-1

 

9.30am

 

U-3

 

9.30am

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agent determines (in relation to a Loan) the Base Currency Amount of the Loan, if required under clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) and notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation)

 

U-3

 

5.00pm

 

U-1

 

Noon

 

U-3

 

Noon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agent receives a notification from a Lender under clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency)

 

Quotation Day

 

9.30am

 

 

Quotation Day

 

9.30am

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agent gives notice in accordance with clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency)

 

Quotation Day

 

5.30pm

 

U

 

9.30am

 

Quotation Day

 

5.30pm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIBOR or EURIBOR is fixed

 

Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m. in respect of LIBOR and as of 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) in respect of EURIBOR

 

Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m.

 

Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m.

 

“U”                         =                                          date of utilisation or, if applicable, in the case of an Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan that has already been borrowed, the first day of the relevant Interest Period for that Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan

 

“U - X”         =                                          X Business Days prior to date of utilisation

 

179



 

 

Schedule 11

Form of Increase Confirmation

 

To:                              ¨ as Agent, and ¨ as [Company], for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From:                [ the Increase Lender ] ( Increase Lender )

 

Dated:

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC - Senior Facilities Agreement dated ¨ (Facilities Agreement)

 

1                  We refer to the Facilities Agreement .  This agreement ( Agreement ) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

2                  We refer to clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Facilities Agreement.

 

3                  The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the schedule (Relevant Commitment) as if it was an Original Lender under the Facilities Agreement.

 

4                  The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (Increase Date) is ¨ .

 

5                  On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the relevant Finance Documents.

 

6                  The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of clause 36.2 (Addresses) are set out in the schedule.

 

7                  The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in clause 2.2(f) (Increase).

 

8                  The Increase Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)                                  [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender);]

 

(b)                                  [a Treaty Lender;]

 

(c)                                   [not a Qualifying Lender]

 

9                  [The Increase Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)                                  a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

 

(a)                                  a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                      a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)                                   a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of

 

180



 

section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(b)                                  a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]

 

10           [The Increase Lender confirms (for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor)  that it is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number ¨ ) and is tax resident in ¨ (i), so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and notifies the Company that:

 

(a)                                  each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date must, to the extent that the New Lender becomes a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of the Transfer Date; and

 

(a)                                  each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date must, to the extent that the New Lender is a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Additional Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower(ii).]

 

11           Not used.

 

12           This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

13           This Agreement [and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it] [is/are] governed by English law.

 

14           This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 


(i)              Insert jurisdiction of tax residence

 

(ii)           This confirmation must be included if the Increase Lender holds a passport under the HRMC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

181



 

The schedule

 

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

 

[ insert relevant details ]

 

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

[Increase Lender]

 

 

 

By:

 

 

This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as ¨ .

 

Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

182



 

Schedule 12
Not used

 

183



 

Schedule 13
Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice Number: [ · ]

 

To:                                                                              [ · ] as Agent

 

From:                                                                [Company]

 

Dated:            [                   ]

 

Dear Sirs,

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC — Senior Facilities Agreement

dated [ · ] (as amended from time to time, the “Facilities Agreement”)

 

1                  We refer to the Facilities Agreement and in particular Clause 2.3 (Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments) thereof. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice.

 

2                  We have agreed with the following institutions (the “Lenders” ) in respect of the Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments detailed in this Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice) that they commit Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments as follows:

 

Name of Institution

 

Existing Lenders (yes/no)

 

Uncommitted Accordion 
[Revolving/Term] 
Facility Commitment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL:

 

 

 

3                  The date on which the Uncommitted Accordion [Revolving/Term] Facility Commitments referred to above are to become effective is [DATE].

 

4                  The Availability Period is:  [Availability Period]

 

5                  The currencies in which the Uncommitted Accordion [Revolving/Term] Facility Commitments may be utilised are:

 

6                  The Borrower and amounts are:  [insert name of Borrower]                                                                                           [ · ]

 

7                  The applicable Margin shall be as follows (at the date of this Notice):  [ · ] % p.a.

 

[insert ratchet provisions if applicable]

 

8                  The final repayment date is:

 

184



 

9                  The purpose of the Uncommitted Accordion [Revolving/Term] Facility Commitment is:

 

10           The amount of the applicable commitment fee is:

 

11           The amount of the applicable arrangement fee is:

 

12           [The Borrower of the Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility shall repay the aggregate Uncommitted Accordion Term Facility Loan(s) on the dates and in the amounts set out in the table below:]

 

Repayment Date

 

Repayment Instalment

·

 

·

 

13           [insert any other relevant matters referred to in clause 2.3 (Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitments)]

 

14           The aggregate of the Uncommitted Accordion [Revolving/Term] Facility Commitments (including pursuant to this notice) is:  [ · ]

 

15           [If a Third Party Lender, the maximum aggregate amount of the Ancillary Commitments under the Uncommitted Accordion Revolving Facility for [insert Third Party Lender details] is: [ · ]]

 

16           This Uncommitted Accordion Facility Commitment Notice and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

 

 

 

[Authorised Signatory]

 

For and on behalf of [Company]

 

 

 

 

 

[Authorised Signatory]

 

For and on behalf of [Borrower]

 

 

Lender Confirmations

 

185



 

We agree to become a party to the Facilities Agreement as a Lender with an Uncommitted Accordion [Revolving/Term] Facility Commitment as recorded above(i) [and provide the following confirmations:

 

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the Lender for the purposes of clause 36.2 (Addresses) are set out in the schedule.

 

That Lender expressly acknowledge the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in clause 28.4(c) (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

That Lender confirms, for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is:

 

(a)                                  [a Qualifying Lender falling within paragraph (i)(A) [or paragraph (ii)] of the definition of Qualifying Lender);]

 

(b)                                  [a Treaty Lender;]

 

(c)                                   [not a Qualifying Lender].

 

That Lender confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

(a)                                  a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(b)                                  a partnership each member of which is:

 

(i)                                      a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(ii)                                   a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(c)                                   a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.]

 

That Lender confirms (for the benefit of the Agent and without liability to any Obligor) that it is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number ¨ ) and is tax resident in ¨ (ii), so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and notifies the Company that:

 

(a)                                  each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Transfer Date must, to the extent that the New Lender becomes a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of the Transfer Date; and

 

(b)                                  each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Transfer Date must, to the extent that the New Lender is a Lender under a Facility which is made available

 


(I) Third Party Lender to provide the relevant confirmations

 

(ii) Insert jurisdiction of tax residence

 

186



 

to that Additional Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower(iii).]

 

 

Countersigned by:

 

 

 

 

[Authorised Signatory]

 

[Name of Lender]

 

 

We acknowledge the accession of each of the parties (other than the Company) to this letter to the Facilities Agreement as a Lender.

 

 

 

 

[Authorised Signatory]

 

the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

Borrower

 

 


(iii)             This confirmation must be included if the New Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.

 

187



 

Schedule 14
Hedge Counterparty Accession Undertaking

 

To:                              [ Insert full name of current Agent ] for itself and each of the other parties to the Facilities Agreement] referred to below.

 

From:                [ Acceding Hedge Counterparty ]

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC — Senior Facilities Agreement dated [ · ] (“Facilities Agreement”)

 

This Undertaking is made on [ date ] by [ insert full name of Acceding Hedge Counterparty ] in relation to the Facilities Agreement.  Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined in this Undertaking bear the same meanings when used in this Undertaking.

 

The Acceding Hedge Counterparty has become a provider of hedging arrangements to the [Company].  In consideration of the Acceding Hedge Counterparty being accepted as a Hedge Counterparty for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement, the Hedge Counterparty confirms, for the benefit of all parties to the Facilities Agreement, that, as from [date], it intends to be party to the Facilities Agreement as a Hedge Counterparty and undertakes to perform all the obligations expressed in the Facilities Agreement to be assumed by a Hedge Counterparty and agrees that it shall be bound by all the provisions of the Facilities Agreement as if it had been an original party to the Facilities Agreement as a Hedge Counterparty.

 

The Acceding Hedge Counterparty irrevocably appoints [ · ] as its agent for service of process, in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Undertaking and agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

This Undertaking and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

This Undertaking has been entered into on the date stated above.

 

 

Acceding Hedge Counterparty

 

 

 

for an on behalf of

 

[ Insert full name of Acceding Hedge Counterparty ]

 

 

 

 

Accepted by the Agent

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

[ Insert full name of current Senior Agent ]

 

 

Date:

 

188


 

THE ORIGINAL BORROWERS

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary of Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP LIMITED

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP 2000 LIMITED

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

MEL CHEMICALS INC.

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary of Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

189



 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary of Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

190



 

THE ORIGINAL GUARANTORS

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary of Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP LIMITED

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP 2000 LIMITED

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

MEL CHEMICALS INC.

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary of Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

191



 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary of Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

 

 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS LIMITED

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP SERVICES LIMITED

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON LIMITED

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

LUXFER OVERSEAS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

192



 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS CHINA HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary

 

 

 

LUXFER INC.

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary of Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

 

 

HART METALS, INC.

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary of Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

 

 

READE MANUFACTURING COMPANY

 

 

 

Address:

 

Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0870 1911 492

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Company Secretary of Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

193



 

THE ARRANGERS

 

 

 

LLOYDS BANK PLC

 

 

 

Address:

 

10 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7AE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0207 158 3198

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Paul Foster

 

 

 

CLYDESDALE BANK PLC (TRADING AS YORKSHIRE BANK)

 

 

 

Address:

 

Yorkshire Bank, 58 Spring Gardens, Manchester M2 1YB

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0161 832 5187

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Philip Hartley

 

194



 

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

LLOYDS BANK PLC

 

 

 

Address:

 

8th Floor, 40 Spring Gardens, Manchester M2 1EN

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0161 227 4358

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Paul Foster/Victoria Daly

 

 

 

CLYDESDALE BANK PLC (TRADING AS YORKSHIRE BANK)

 

 

 

Address:

 

Yorkshire Bank, 58 Spring Gardens, Manchester M2 1YB

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0161 832 5187

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Philip Hartley:

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

 

 

Address:

 

450 B Street, Suite 1500, San Diego, CA 92101-8001

 

 

 

Fax:

 

+ 1.619.515.5553

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Aaron Marks

 

195



 

THE ORIGINAL ANCILLARY LENDERS

 

LLOYDS BANK PLC

 

 

 

Address:

 

8th Floor, 40 Spring Gardens, Manchester M2 1EN

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0161 227 4358

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Paul Foster/Victoria Daly

 

 

 

CLYDESDALE BANK PLC (TRADING AS YORKSHIRE BANK)

 

 

 

Address:

 

Yorkshire Bank, 58 Spring Gardens, Manchester M2 1YB

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0161 832 5187

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Philip Hartley

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

 

 

Address:

 

450 B Street, Suite 1500, San Diego, CA 92101-8001

 

 

 

Fax:

 

+ 1.619.515.5553

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Aaron Marks

 

196



 

THE AGENT

 

LLOYDS BANK PLC

 

For Operational Duties (such as Drawdowns, Interest Rate Fixing, Interest/fee calculations and payments)

 

 

 

Address:

 

CityMark, 150 Fountainbridge, Edinburgh EH3 9PE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0207 158 3204

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Libor Loan Operations

 

 

 

For Non-Operational Matters (such as documentation, covenant compliance, amendments and waivers etc.)

 

 

 

Address:

 

10 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7AE

 

 

 

Fax:

 

0207 158 3198

 

 

 

Attention:

 

Loans Agency

 

197




Exhibit 2.5

 

Execution Version

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is made as of March 13, 2017, by and among BA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Issuer ”), Luxfer Holdings PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Parent Guarantor ”), each of the parties listed in Schedule C of the Amended Agreement (as defined below) (each, a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” and, together with the Issuer and the Parent Guarantor, collectively, the “ Obligors ”), and each of the Persons holding one or more Notes (as defined below) on the date hereof (collectively, the “ Noteholders ” and each, individually, a “ Noteholder ”), with respect to that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement dated June 29, 2016 (as in effect immediately prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the “ A&R Note Purchase Agreement ” and after giving effect to this Amendment and as may be further, amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Amended Agreement ”), entered into among the Obligors and the Noteholders.  The A&R Note Purchase Agreement amended and restated that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of as of May 13, 2011 among the Obligors and the Noteholders, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement dated as of November 30, 2012, that certain Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement dated as of March 25, 2014, and that certain Third Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement dated September 18, 2014 (the “ Original Note Purchase Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definitions shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Amended Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Pursuant to the Original Note Purchase Agreement, the Issuer issued and sold to the Noteholders the Issuer’s Senior Notes due June 15, 2018 in the aggregate original principal amount of US$65,000,000 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, collectively, the “ Notes ” and each individually a “ Note ”).

 

B.                                     The Obligors have requested certain amendments and modifications to the A&R Note Purchase Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Noteholders have agreed, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make such amendments and modifications.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree to be bound by the following:

 

1.                                       Amendments to A&R Note Purchase Agreement .  From and after the Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

2.                                       Conditions to Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall become effective on the first date (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) on which the following conditions are satisfied:

 

2.1.                                  This Amendment shall have been executed and delivered by each Obligor and each Noteholder.

 



 

2.2                                     No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

2.3.                                  The representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 shall be true and correct on such date in all respects.

 

2.4.                                  The Obligors shall have paid all reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special counsel to the Noteholders, as reflected in an invoice presented to the Issuer on or before the date hereof.

 

3.                                       Representations and Warranties .  To induce the Noteholders to agree to this Amendment, each Obligor represents to each Noteholder that, as of the Amendment Effective Date:

 

(a)                                  each Obligor (i) is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite organizational power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and lease its property and (iii) is qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in the applicable jurisdiction) to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(b)                                  prior to and after the Amendment Effective Date, no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the terms of the Amended Agreement;

 

(c)                                   each Obligor’s execution and delivery of this Amendment is within such Obligor’s powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Obligor, and each Obligor has all requisite power and authority to carry out the transactions contemplated by, and to perform its obligations under and in respect of, this Amendment and the Amended Agreement; and

 

(d)                                  this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor and the Amended Agreement, the Notes and this Amendment constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Obligor, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

4.                                       Reaffirmation of Guarantees .

 

By executing this Amendment, each Guarantor party hereto (a) consents to this Amendment, (b) acknowledges and confirms irrevocably and unconditionally to each Noteholder that, notwithstanding the execution and delivery of this Amendment, the obligations of each of the Guarantors under the Unconditional Guarantee continue in full force and effect and are not impaired or affected (except as may be expressly provided for in this Amendment or the Amended Agreement) and the Unconditional Guarantee continues in full force and effect, is a valid and binding obligation of each of the Guarantors, is enforceable in accordance with its terms and shall apply to the Guaranteed Obligations as amended by this Amendment, and that no defenses, offsets, claims or counterclaims exist in respect of the Unconditional Guarantee as of the Amendment Effective Date and (c) affirms and ratifies the Unconditional Guarantee in all respects.

 

5.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  This Amendment, including the validity hereof and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, and all amendments and supplements hereof and all waivers and consents hereunder, shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall

 

2



 

be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such state.

 

(b)                                  The rules of interpretation set forth in the Amended Agreement shall apply to this Amendment.

 

(c)                                   This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopier or electronic transmission shall be effective as physical delivery of a manually executed document.

 

(d)                                  Except as amended hereby, all of the provisions of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement and each of the other Note Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms and are hereby ratified and confirmed.  The amendments set forth herein are effective solely for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not be deemed to (i) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document, or (ii) operate as a waiver or otherwise prejudice any right, power or remedy that any holder of a Note may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Amended Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document.  Each reference to the “Note Purchase Agreement” or the “Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement” in each Note Document shall mean and be a reference to the Amended Agreement, and this Amendment shall be included in the term “Note Documents” in the Amended Agreement.  Section 23.8 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement shall apply to this Amendment and all past and future amendments to the A&R Note Purchase Agreement as if expressly set forth herein or therein.

 

6.                                       Expenses .  Whether or not the amendments to the A&R Note Purchase Agreement set forth in Section 1 hereof become effective, the Obligors will promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days of receiving any statement or invoice therefor) pay all reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special counsel to the Noteholders, incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and delivery of this Amendment and any other documents related thereto.  Nothing in this Section shall limit the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to Section 16.1 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement.

 

7.                                       Parties in Interest .  All of the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

8.                                       Severability .  Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in a jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

9.                                       Entire Agreement .  This Amendment and the Amended Agreement, together with the Notes and the other Note Documents, embody the entire agreement and understanding among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their officers or officers of their sole ultimate members thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP 2000 LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP SERVICES LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER OVERSEAS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS CHINA HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

MEL CHEMICALS INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

HART METALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

READE MANUFACTURING COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER MAGTECH, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

THE PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY

 

OF AMERICA

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors,

 

 

L.P. (as Investment Advisor)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc.

 

 

 

(as its General Partner)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 


 

Exhibit A

 

AMENDMENTS TO
A&R NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

1.  Section 8 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

(a)  inserting the number “8.7.” at the beginning of the heading of the subsection titled “Change of Control Prepayment”; and

 

(b)  deleting the number “8.7.” appearing in the heading of the subsection titled “Disposal and Insurance Prepayments” and replacing it with the number “8.8.”

 

2.  Clause (a)(i) of Section 9.1 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following words: Debt Service Cover . The Parent Guarantor shall ensure that the Debt Service Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 1.25:1.” and replacing them with the word: “[Reserved]”

 

3.  Clause (a)(iv) of Section 9.1 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating in its entirety such clause (a)(iv) to read as follows:

 

“(iv)                         Capital Expenditure .  The Parent Guarantor shall ensure that the aggregate capital expenditure of the Group (other than capital expenditure funded by the retention of Excluded Insurance Proceeds referred to in clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of “Excluded Insurance Proceeds” in accordance with Section 8.8) in respect of any Financial Year shall not exceed $25,000,000; provided that, subject to and without limiting Section 9.36 in any respect, the covenant set forth in this clause (iv) shall cease to apply in the event that (x) the Bank Facilities Agreement is refinanced and (y) none of the facility agreements, credit agreements or similar agreements which refinance the Bank Facilities Agreement (including any other document executed in connection with any such facility agreement, credit agreement or similar agreement) contain any restriction on capital expenditure.

 

For purposes of the covenant set forth in this clause (iv), if in any Financial Year (the “ Original Financial Year ”) the amount of the capital expenditure is less than the maximum amount permitted for that Original Financial Year (the difference being referred to below as the “ Unused Amount ”), then the maximum expenditure amount for the immediately following Financial Year (the “ Carry Forward Year ”) shall be increased by an amount (the “ Permitted Carry Forward Amount ”) equal to the Unused Amount.  In any Carry Forward Year, the original $25,000,000 specified above for that Financial Year shall be treated as having been incurred prior to any Permitted Carry Forward Amount carried forward into that Carry Forward Year and no amount carried forward into that Carry Forward Year may be carried forward into a subsequent Financial Year.”

 

4.  Schedule B of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following defined terms in their entirety: Adjusted EBITDA ”, Debt Service ” and “ Debt Service Cover ”.

 



 

5.  Paragraph 2 of Exhibit 7.2 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating in its entirety such paragraph 2 to read as follows:

 

“2.                                With reference to the [Annual Financial Statements] [Quarterly Financial Statements] for the [Financial Year ended [     ]] [Financial Quarter ended [     ]], we confirm that:

 

Covenant

 

Relevant
Period

 

Target

 

Actual

 

Compliant/Non
compliant

Interest Cover (Section 9.1(a)(ii))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not less than 4.0:1

 

[  ]:1

 

[    ]

Leverage (Section 9.1(a)(iii))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not exceeding 3.0:1

 

[  ]:1

 

[    ]

Capital Expenditure
(Section 9.1(a)(iv))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not exceeding $[     ] (the sum of $25,000,000 plus any Permitted Carry Forward Amount)

 

$[     ]

 

[    ]

 

Set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto are detailed calculations of each of the ratios and amounts set forth above.”

 




Exhibit 2.6

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

US$25,000,000 3.67% Series A Senior Notes due September 15, 2021

 

Private Shelf Facility

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AND PRIVATE SHELF AGREEMENT

 


 

Dated June 29, 2016

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

AMENDMENTS AND RESTATEMENTS AND AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES; GUARANTEES

1

 

 

 

 

1.1.

Amendment and Restatement of Original Agreements

2

 

1.2.

Authorization of Issue of Shelf Notes

2

 

1.3.

Guarantees

3

 

 

 

2.

SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES

3

 

 

 

 

2.1.

Reserved

3

 

2.2.

Sale and Purchase of Shelf Notes

3

 

 

 

3.

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT; CLOSINGs

8

 

 

 

 

3.1.

Facility Closings

8

 

3.2.

Rescheduled Facility Closings

8

 

 

 

4.

CONDITIONS TO AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND SHELF CLOSINGS

8

 

 

 

 

4.1.

Representations and Warranties

9

 

4.2.

Performance; No Major Default

9

 

4.3.

Compliance Certificates; Payment of Fees

9

 

4.1.

Representations and Warranties

9

 

4.2.

Performance; No Default

9

 

4.3.

Compliance Certificates

10

 

4.4.

Opinions of Counsel

10

 

4.5.

Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc.

11

 

4.6.

Sale of Other Notes

11

 

4.7.

Payment of Special Counsel Fees

11

 

4.8.

Private Placement Number

11

 

4.9.

Confirmation of Guarantee

11

 

4.10.

Cross Receipt

11

 

 

 

5.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OBLIGORS

12

 

 

 

 

5.1.

Status

12

 

5.2.

Binding Obligations

12

 

5.3.

Non-conflict with Other Obligations

12

 

5.4.

Power and Authority

12

 

5.5.

Validity and Admissibility in Evidence

13

 

5.6.

Governing Law and Enforcement

13

 

5.7.

Insolvency

13

 

5.8.

No Filing or Stamp Taxes

14

 

5.9.

Deduction of Tax

14

 

5.10.

No Default

14

 

5.11.

No Misleading Information

15

 

5.12.

Specified Financial Statements

16

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

5.13.

No Proceedings Pending or Threatened

16

 

5.14.

No Breach of Laws

17

 

5.15.

Environmental Laws

17

 

5.16.

Taxation

17

 

5.17.

Security and Financial Indebtedness

17

 

5.18.

Ranking

17

 

5.19.

Good Title to Assets

18

 

5.20.

Shares

18

 

5.21.

Intellectual Property

18

 

5.22.

Group Structure Chart

18

 

5.23.

Obligors

19

 

5.24.

Accounting Reference Date

19

 

5.25.

Centre of Main Interests and Establishments

19

 

5.26.

Dormant Companies

19

 

5.27.

Reserved

19

 

5.28.

No Adverse Consequences

19

 

5.29.

U.S. Regulations

20

 

5.30.

Sanctions

22

 

5.31.

Private Offering

23

 

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS

23

 

 

 

 

6.1.

Purchase for Investment

23

 

6.2.

Source of Funds

23

 

 

 

7.

INFORMATION AS TO THE OBLIGORS

25

 

 

 

 

7.1.

Financial and Business Information

25

 

7.2.

Other Requirements as to Financial Statements; Officer’s Certificate

27

 

7.3.

Access

28

 

7.4.

Limitation on Disclosure Obligation

28

 

 

 

8.

PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES

29

 

 

 

 

8.1.

Maturity

29

 

8.2.

Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount

29

 

8.3.

Allocation of Partial Prepayments

30

 

8.4.

Maturity; Surrender, etc.

30

 

8.5.

Purchase of Notes

30

 

8.6.

Make-Whole Amount

30

 

8.7.

Change of Control Prepayment

32

 

8.8.

Disposal and Insurance Prepayments

33

 

 

 

9.

COVENANTS

35

 

 

 

 

9.1.

Financial Covenants

35

 

9.2.

Authorizations

36

 

9.3.

Compliance with Laws

36

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

9.4.

Environmental Compliance

36

 

9.5.

Environmental Claims

37

 

9.6.

Taxation

37

 

9.7.

Merger

37

 

9.8.

Change of Business

37

 

9.9.

Acquisitions

38

 

9.10.

Joint Ventures

38

 

9.11.

Preservation of Assets

38

 

9.12.

Pari Passu Ranking

38

 

9.13.

Negative Pledge

39

 

9.14.

Disposals

39

 

9.15.

Arm’s Length Basis

40

 

9.16.

Loans or Credit

40

 

9.17.

No Guarantees or Indemnities

40

 

9.18.

Dividends and Share Redemption

40

 

9.19.

[Reserved]

41

 

9.20.

Financial Indebtedness

41

 

9.21.

Share Capital

41

 

9.22.

Insurance

41

 

9.23.

Reserved

41

 

9.24.

Intellectual Property

41

 

9.25.

Transaction Documents

42

 

9.26.

Financial Assistance

43

 

9.27.

Reserved

43

 

9.28.

Treasury Transactions

43

 

9.29.

Auditors

44

 

9.30.

Further Assurance

44

 

9.31.

Guarantors; Security

44

 

9.32.

Anti-Terrorism Laws

46

 

9.33.

ERISA

47

 

9.34.

Margin Regulation

48

 

9.35.

U.S. Regulation

48

 

9.36.

Favored Lender Status

48

 

9.37.

Year-end

49

 

9.38.

Reserved

49

 

9.39.

Replacement Agent for Service of Process

49

 

 

 

10.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

49

 

 

 

11.

REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

54

 

 

 

 

11.1.

Acceleration

54

 

11.2.

Other Remedies

55

 

11.3.

Rescission

55

 

11.4.

No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, etc.

55

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

12.

TAX INDEMNIFICATION

56

 

 

 

13.

GUARANTEE AND OTHER RIGHTS AND UNDERTAKINGS

59

 

 

 

 

13.1.

Guarantee

59

 

13.2.

Obligations Absolute

61

 

13.3.

Waiver

61

 

13.4.

Obligations Unimpaired

62

 

13.5.

Subrogation and Subordination

62

 

13.6.

Reinstatement of Guarantee

64

 

13.7.

Term of Guarantee

64

 

13.8.

Information Regarding the Issuer

64

 

13.9.

Further Assurances

64

 

13.10.

English Guarantor Confirmation

64

 

 

 

14.

REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES

65

 

 

 

 

14.1.

Registration of Notes

65

 

14.2.

Transfer and Exchange of Notes

65

 

14.3.

Replacement of Notes

65

 

 

 

15.

PAYMENTS ON NOTES

66

 

 

 

 

15.1.

Place of Payment

66

 

15.2.

Home Office Payment

66

 

 

 

16.

EXPENSES, ETC.

67

 

 

 

 

16.1.

Transaction Expenses

67

 

16.2.

Certain Taxes

67

 

16.3.

Survival

68

 

 

 

17.

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT

68

 

 

 

18.

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

68

 

 

 

 

18.1.

Requirements

68

 

18.2.

Solicitation of Holders of Notes

69

 

18.3.

Binding Effect, etc.

69

 

18.4.

Notes Held by Obligors, etc.

70

 

 

 

19.

NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE

70

 

 

 

20.

REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

71

 

 

 

21.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

71

 

 

 

22.

SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER

72

 

 

 

23.

MISCELLANEOUS

72

 

 

 

 

23.1.

Successors and Assigns

72

 

iv



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

23.2.

Payments Due on Non-Business Days

73

 

23.3.

Accounting Terms; IAS 39

73

 

23.4.

Severability

74

 

23.5.

Construction, etc.

75

 

23.6.

Counterparts

75

 

23.7.

Governing Law

75

 

23.8.

Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial

75

 

23.9.

Obligation to Make Payment in the Applicable Currency

76

 

23.10.

Determinations Involving Different Currencies

77

 

23.11.

Tax Forms

77

 

23.12.

Transaction References

78

 

v



 

Information Schedule

 

 

Authorized Officers

Schedule A

 

 

Information Relating to Purchasers

Schedule B

 

 

Defined Terms

Schedule C

 

 

Original Subsidiary Guarantors

Exhibit 1(a)

 

 

Form of 3.67% Series A Senior Note due September 15, 2021

Exhibit 1(b)

 

 

Form of Shelf Note

Exhibit 1(c)(i)

 

 

Form of English Guarantee Agreement

Exhibit 1(c)(ii)

 

 

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit 2

 

 

Form of Request for Purchase

Exhibit 3

 

 

Form of Confirmation of Acceptance

Exhibit 4.9(b)

 

 

Confirmation of Guarantee

Exhibit 7.2

 

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

Schedule 5.22

 

 

Group Structure Chart

 

vi



 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

Anchorage Gateway

5 Anchorage Quay

Salford, M50 3XE

United Kingdom

 

US$25,000,000 3.67% Series A Senior Notes due September 15, 2021

 

Private Shelf Facility

 

June 29, 2016

 

To:          PGIM, Inc. (“ Prudential ”)

 

To:          Each purchaser of Series A Notes (as defined below) as set out in Schedule A (the “ Series A Purchasers ”)

 

To:          Each other Prudential Affiliate which becomes bound by this Agreement as hereinafter provided (together with the Series A Purchasers, each a “ Purchaser ” and, collectively, the “ Purchasers ”):

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC (Registered No. 3690830), a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Issuer ” or any successor that becomes such in the manner prescribed in Section 9.7), and each of the parties listed in Schedule C (each an “ Original Subsidiary Guarantor ” and collectively the “ Original Subsidiary Guarantors ”), agrees with Prudential and each Purchaser as follows:

 

1.                                       BACKGROUND; AMENDMENTS AND RESTATEMENTS AND AUTHORIZATION OF NOTES; GUARANTEES.

 

The Issuer is currently a party to and the issuer of notes pursuant to that certain Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, originally dated as of September 18, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect on the date hereof, the “ Original Agreement ”), between the Issuer, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Purchasers identified therein.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Original Agreement, the Issuer has, among other things, issued and sold to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers have purchased from the Issuer, Series A Senior Notes in the aggregate original principal amount of US$25,000,000 due September 15, 2021 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and as in effect from time to time and including any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 14, the “ Series A Notes ”).  The Series A Notes shall be substantially in the form set out in Exhibit 1(a) .

 



 

The Issuer and the Purchasers have agreed, subject to the terms and condition contained herein, to enter into this Agreement to, among other things, amend and restate the terms of the Original Agreement and the Original Notes and reduce the Available Facility Amount of the Shelf Facility by $50,000,000.

 

Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Schedule B attached hereto; references to a Section are, unless otherwise specified, to one of the Sections of this Agreement and references to an “Exhibit” or “Schedule” are, unless otherwise specified, to one of the exhibits or schedules attached to this Agreement.

 

1.1.                             Amendment and Restatement of Original Agreements.

 

Effective upon June 29, 2016, this Agreement shall, and hereby does, amend, restate and replace in its entirety the Original Agreement (including the Unconditional Guarantee) which, as so amended and restated by this Agreement, continues in full force and effect without rescission or novation thereof, and each of the Obligors hereby ratifies and affirms its obligations under the Original Agreement (as amended and restated by this Agreement).  The parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree that the amendments to the Original Agreement set forth herein could have been effected through an agreement or instrument amending such agreement, and for convenience, the parties hereto have agreed to restate the terms and provisions of the Original Agreement, as amended hereby, pursuant to this Agreement.

 

1.2.                             Authorization of Issue of Shelf Notes.

 

The Issuer will authorize the issue of its additional senior promissory notes (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and as in effect from time to time and including any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Section 14, the “ Shelf Notes ”) in the aggregate principal amount of US$0 or such other amount as may be agreed between the Issuer and Prudential from time to time (including the equivalent in the Available  Currencies), to be dated the date of issue thereof, to mature, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, no more than 12 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to have an average life, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, of no more than 12 years after the date of original issuance thereof, to bear interest on the unpaid balance thereof from the date thereof at the rate per annum, and to have such other particular terms, as shall be set forth, in the case of each Shelf Note so issued, in the Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to such Shelf Note delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(e), and to be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(b) .  The terms “ Note ” and “ Notes ” as used herein shall include each Series A Note and each Shelf Note delivered pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and each Note delivered in substitution or exchange for any such Note pursuant to any such provision.  Notes which have (i) the same final maturity, (ii) the same principal prepayment dates, (iii) the same principal prepayment amounts (as a percentage of the original principal amount of each Note), (iv) the same interest rate, (v) the same interest payment periods, (vi) the same currency specification and (vii) the same date of issuance (which, in the case of a Note issued in exchange for another Note, shall be deemed for these purposes the date on which such Note’s ultimate predecessor Note was issued), are herein called a “ Series ” of Notes.

 

2



 

1.3.                             Guarantees.

 

The payment by the Issuer of all amounts due with respect to the Notes shall be absolutely and unconditionally guaranteed by (i) each of the Original Subsidiary Guarantors that is a U.S. Guarantor pursuant to the Unconditional Guarantee contained in Section 13, (ii) each of the Original Subsidiary Guarantors that is an English Guarantor pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit 1(c)(i)  (each an “ English Guarantee Agreement ”), and (iii) each Subsidiary (each an “ Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ”) which, after the date of this Agreement, becomes a party hereto pursuant to a Joinder Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit 1(c)(ii)  (each a “ Joinder Agreement ”) and guarantees the Notes pursuant to such Joinder Agreement, an English Guarantee Agreement or a guarantee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders, but shall exclude at such time any Subsidiary theretofore released from its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.31.

 

2.                                       SALE AND PURCHASE OF NOTES.

 

2.1.                             Reserved.

 

2.2.                             Sale and Purchase of Shelf Notes.

 

(a)           Facility.   Prudential is willing to consider, in its sole discretion and within limits which may be authorized for purchase by Prudential Affiliates from time to time, the purchase of Shelf Notes pursuant to this Agreement.  The willingness of Prudential to consider such purchase of Shelf Notes is herein called the “ Facility ”.  At any time, the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes stated in Section 1.2, minus the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes purchased and sold pursuant to this Agreement prior to such time, minus the aggregate principal amount of Accepted Notes (as hereinafter defined) which have not yet been purchased and sold hereunder prior to such time, is herein called the “ Available Facility Amount ” at such time.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, all aggregate principal amounts of Shelf Notes and Accepted Notes shall be calculated in U.S. Dollars; with respect to any Shelf Notes denominated or Accepted Notes to be denominated in any Available Currency other than U.S. Dollars, the Dollar Equivalent of such Shelf Notes or Accepted Notes shall be used for such calculation.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE WILLINGNESS OF PRUDENTIAL TO CONSIDER PURCHASES OF SHELF NOTES BY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATES, THIS AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO ON THE EXPRESS UNDERSTANDING THAT NEITHER PRUDENTIAL NOR ANY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE SHALL BE OBLIGATED TO MAKE OR ACCEPT OFFERS TO PURCHASE SHELF NOTES, OR TO QUOTE RATES, SPREADS OR OTHER TERMS WITH RESPECT TO SPECIFIC PURCHASES OF SHELF NOTES, AND THE FACILITY SHALL IN NO WAY BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY PRUDENTIAL OR ANY PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE.

 

(b)           Issuance Period.   Shelf Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement until the earlier of (i) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement (or if such anniversary date is not a New York Business Day, the New York Business Day next

 

3


 

preceding such anniversary), (ii) the thirtieth day after Prudential shall have given to the Issuer, or the Issuer shall have given to Prudential, a written notice stating that it elects to terminate the issuance and sale of Shelf Notes pursuant to this Agreement (or if such thirtieth day is not a Business Day, the Business Day next preceding such thirtieth day), (iii) the last Closing Day after which there is no Available Facility Amount, (iv) the termination of the Facility under Section 11 of this Agreement and (v) the acceleration of any Note under Section 11 of this Agreement.  The period during which Shelf Notes may be issued and sold pursuant to this Agreement is herein called the “ Issuance Period ”.

 

(c)           Request for Purchase.   The Issuer may from time to time during the Issuance Period make requests for purchases of Shelf Notes (each such request being herein called a “ Request for Purchase ”).  Each Request for Purchase shall be made to Prudential by telecopier or overnight delivery service, and shall (i) specify the currency (which shall be an Available Currency) of the Shelf Notes covered thereby, (ii) specify the aggregate principal amount of Shelf Notes covered thereby, which shall not be less than US$5,000,000 (or its equivalent in another Available Currency) and not be greater than the Available Facility Amount at the time such Request for Purchase is made, (iii) specify the principal amounts, final maturities, principal prepayment dates and amounts and interest payment periods (quarterly or semi-annually in arrears) of the Shelf Notes covered thereby, (iv) specify the use of proceeds of such Shelf Notes, (v) specify the proposed day for the closing of the purchase and sale of such Shelf Notes, which shall be a Business Day during the Issuance Period not less than 10 days and not more than 30 days (or such later time as Prudential and the Issuer may agree) after the making of such Request for Purchase, (vi) specify the number of the account and the name and address of the depository institution to which the purchase prices of such Shelf Notes are to be transferred on the Closing Day for such purchase and sale, (vii) certify that the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 are true on and as of the date of such Request for Purchase and that there exists on the date of such Request for Purchase no Event of Default or Default, and (viii) be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto.  Each Request for Purchase shall be in writing signed by the Issuer and shall be deemed made when received by Prudential.

 

(d)           Rate Quotes.   Not later than five Business Days after the Issuer shall have given Prudential a Request for Purchase pursuant to Section 2.2(c), Prudential may, but shall be under no obligation to, provide to the Issuer by telephone or telecopier, in each case between 9:30 A.M. and 1:30 P.M. New York City local time (or such later time as Prudential and the Issuer may agree) interest rate quotes for the several currencies, principal amounts, maturities, principal prepayment schedules, and interest payment periods of Shelf Notes specified in such Request for Purchase (each such interest rate quote provided in response to a Request for Purchase herein called a “ Quotation ”).  Each Quotation shall represent the interest rate per annum payable on the outstanding principal balance of such Shelf Notes at which a Prudential Affiliate would be willing to purchase such Shelf Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof.  During the Acceptance Window, Prudential and the Issuer may enter into negotiations in respect of the interest rate quote provided in a Quotation (the “ Original Quotation ”) and Prudential shall have the right (but not the obligation) to improve the interest rate quote provided in the

 

4



 

Original Quotation by issuing another Quotation (the “ Replacement Quotation ”).  A new Acceptance Window shall commence each time a Replacement Quotation is issued.

 

(e)           Acceptance.   Within the Acceptance Window, an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may, subject to Section 2.2(f), elect to accept on behalf of the Issuer a Quotation as to the aggregate principal amount of the Shelf Notes specified in the related Request for Purchase.  Such election shall be made by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer notifying Prudential by telephone or telecopier within the Acceptance Window that the Issuer elects to accept such Quotation, specifying the Shelf Notes (each such Shelf Note being herein called an “ Accepted Note ” and such acceptance being herein called an “ Acceptance ”).  The day the Issuer notifies Prudential of an Acceptance with respect to any Accepted Notes is herein called the “ Acceptance Day ” for such Accepted Notes.  Any Quotation as to which Prudential does not receive an Acceptance within the Acceptance Window shall expire, and no purchase or sale of Shelf Notes hereunder shall be made based on any such expired Quotation.  Subject to Section 2.2(f) and the other terms and conditions hereof, the Issuer agrees to sell to a Prudential Affiliate, and Prudential agrees to cause the purchase by a Prudential Affiliate of, the Accepted Notes at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, which purchase price shall be paid in the currency in which such Notes are denominated.  As soon as practicable following the Acceptance Day, the Issuer, Prudential and each Prudential Affiliate which is to purchase any such Accepted Notes will execute a confirmation of such Acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit 3 attached hereto (herein called a “ Confirmation of Acceptance ”).  If the Issuer should fail to execute and return to Prudential within three Business Days following the Issuer’s receipt thereof a Confirmation of Acceptance with respect to any Accepted Notes, Prudential may at its election at any time prior to Prudential’s receipt thereof cancel the closing with respect to such Accepted Notes by so notifying the Issuer in writing.  Subject to the satisfaction of each of the conditions specified in Section 4, a failure by Prudential to execute and deliver to the Issuer a Confirmation of Acceptance shall not relieve Prudential of its obligations to purchase, or procure the purchase by a Prudential Affiliate, of the Accepted Notes.

 

(f)            Market Disruption.   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.2(e), any Quotation provided pursuant to Section 2.2(d) shall expire if prior to the time an Acceptance with respect to such Quotation shall have been notified to Prudential in accordance with Section 2.2(e): (i) in the case of any Shelf Notes to be denominated in U.S. Dollars, the domestic market for U.S. Treasury securities or derivatives shall have closed or there shall have occurred a general suspension, material limitation, or significant disruption of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the domestic market for U.S. Treasury securities or derivatives, or (ii) in the case of Shelf Notes to be denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the markets for the relevant government securities (which in the case of the Euro, shall be the German Bund) or the spot and forward currency market, the financial futures market or the interest rate swap market shall have closed or there shall have occurred a general suspension, material limitation, or significant disruption of trading.  No purchase or sale of Shelf Notes hereunder shall be made based on such expired Quotation.  If the Issuer thereafter notifies Prudential of the Acceptance of any such Quotation, such Acceptance shall be ineffective

 

5



 

for all purposes of this Agreement, and Prudential shall promptly notify the Issuer that the provisions of this Section 2.2(f) are applicable with respect to such Acceptance.

 

(g)           Fees.

 

(i)            Delayed Delivery Fee.   If the closing of the purchase and sale of any Accepted Note is delayed for any reason beyond the original Closing Day for such Accepted Note, the Issuer will pay to each Purchaser which shall have agreed to purchase such Accepted Note on the Cancellation Date or actual closing date of such purchase and sale, an amount (herein called the “ Delayed Delivery Fee ”) equal to:

 

(A)          in the case of an Accepted Note denominated in U.S. Dollars, the product of (1) the amount determined by Prudential to be the amount by which the bond equivalent yield per annum of such Accepted Note exceeds the investment rate per annum on an alternative U.S. Dollar investment of the highest quality selected by Prudential and having a maturity date or dates the same as, or closest to, the Rescheduled Closing Day from time to time fixed for the delayed delivery of such Accepted Note, (2) the principal amount of such Accepted Note, and (3) a fraction the numerator of which is equal to the number of actual days elapsed from and including the original Closing Day for such Accepted Note to but excluding the date of such payment, and the denominator of which is 360; and

 

(B)          in the case of an Accepted Note denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the sum of (1) the product of (x) the amount by which the bond equivalent yield per annum of such Accepted Note exceeds the arithmetic average of the Overnight Interest Rates on each day from and including the original Closing Day for such Accepted Note, (y) the principal amount of such Accepted Note, and (z) a fraction the numerator of which is equal to the number of actual days elapsed from and including the original Closing Day for such Accepted Note to but excluding the date of such payment, and the denominator of which is 360 (in case of any Accepted Note denominated in Euro) or 365 (in the case of any Accepted Note denominated in British Pounds) and (2) the costs and expenses (if any) incurred by such Purchaser or its affiliates with respect to any interest rate, currency exchange or similar agreement entered into by the Purchaser or any such affiliate in connection with the delayed closing of such Accepted Notes.

 

In no case shall the Delayed Delivery Fee be less than zero.  The Delayed Delivery Fee described in clause (B) above shall be paid in the currency in which the Accepted Notes are denominated.  Nothing contained herein shall obligate any Purchaser to purchase any Accepted Note on any day other than the Closing Day for such Accepted Note, as the same may be rescheduled from time to time in compliance with Section 3.2.

 

6



 

(ii)           Cancellation Fee.   If the Issuer at any time notifies Prudential in writing that the Issuer is canceling the closing of the purchase and sale of any Accepted Note, or if Prudential notifies the Issuer in writing under the circumstances set forth in the last sentence of Section 2.2(e) or the penultimate sentence of Section 3.2 that the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note is to be canceled, or if the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note is not consummated on or prior to the last day of the Issuance Period (the date of any such notification, or the last day of the Issuance Period, as the case may be, being herein called the “ Cancellation Date ”), the Issuer will pay to each Purchaser which shall have agreed to purchase such Accepted Note no later than one day after the Cancellation Date in immediately available funds an amount (the “ Cancellation Fee ”) equal to:

 

(A)          the product of (1) the principal amount of such Accepted Note and (2) the quotient (expressed in decimals) obtained by dividing (y) the excess of the ask price (as reasonably determined by Prudential) of the Hedge Treasury Note(s) on the Cancellation Date over the bid price (as reasonably determined by Prudential) of the Hedge Treasury Note(s) on the Acceptance Day for such Accepted Note by (z) such bid price, with the foregoing bid and ask prices as reported on the Bridge\Telerate Service, or if such information ceases to be available on the Bridge\Telerate Service, any publicly available source of such market data selected by Prudential, and rounded to the second decimal place; and

 

(B)          in the case of an Accepted Note denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the aggregate of all unwinding costs incurred by such Purchaser or its affiliates on positions executed by or on behalf of such Purchaser or such affiliates in connection with the proposed lending in such currency and setting the coupon in such currency, including replacement positions entered into for purposes of achieving short form hedge account treatment under FAS133, provided, however, that any gain realized upon the unwinding of any such positions shall be offset against any such unwinding costs.  Such positions include (without limitation) currency and interest rate swaps, futures and forwards, government bond (including U.S. Treasury bond) hedges and currency exchange contracts, all of which may be subject to substantial price volatility.  Such costs may also include (without limitation) losses incurred by such Purchaser or its affiliates as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates.  All unwinding costs incurred by such Purchaser shall be reasonably determined by Prudential or its affiliate in accordance with generally accepted financial practice.

 

In no case shall the Cancellation Fee be less than zero.

 

7



 

3.                                       AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT; CLOSINGS.

 

3.1.                             Facility Closings.

 

Not later than 7:00 A.M. (New York City local time) (or such later time as Prudential and the Issuer may agree) on the Closing Day for any Accepted Notes, the Issuer will deliver to each Purchaser listed in the Confirmation of Acceptance relating thereto at the offices of Prudential Capital Group, Two Prudential Plaza, Suite 5600, Chicago, Illinois 60601, Attention:  Law Department, or at such other place pursuant to the directions of Prudential, the Accepted Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser in the form of one or more Notes in authorized denominations as such Purchaser may request for each Series of Accepted Notes to be purchased on the Closing Day, dated the Closing Day and registered in such Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), against payment of the purchase price thereof by transfer of immediately available funds for credit to the Issuer’s account specified in the Request for Purchase of such Notes.

 

3.2.                             Rescheduled Facility Closings.

 

If the Issuer fails to tender to any Purchaser the Accepted Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser on the scheduled Closing Day for such Accepted Notes as provided above in Section 3.1, or any of the conditions specified in Section (B)4 shall not have been fulfilled by the time required on such scheduled Closing Day, the Issuer shall, prior to 8:00 A.M., New York City local time (or such later time as Prudential and the Issuer may agree), on such scheduled Closing Day notify Prudential (which notification shall be deemed received by each Purchaser) in writing whether (i) such closing is to be rescheduled (such rescheduled date to be a Business Day during the Issuance Period not less than one Business Day and not more than 10 Business Days after such scheduled Closing Day (the “ Rescheduled Closing Day ”)) and certify to Prudential (which certification shall be for the benefit of each Purchaser) that the Issuer reasonably believes that it will be able to comply with the conditions set forth in Section 4 on such Rescheduled Closing Day and that the Issuer will pay the Delayed Delivery Fee in accordance with Section 2.2(g)(i) or (ii) such closing is to be canceled.  If a Rescheduled Closing Day is established in respect of Notes denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, such Notes shall have the same maturity date, principal prepayment dates and amounts and interest payment dates as originally scheduled.  In the event that the Issuer shall fail to give such notice referred to in the second preceding sentence, Prudential (on behalf of each Purchaser) may at its election, at any time after 1:00 P.M., New York City local time (or such later time as Prudential and the Issuer may agree), on such scheduled Closing Day, notify the Issuer in writing that such closing is to be canceled.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary appearing in this Agreement, the Issuer may not elect to reschedule a closing with respect to any given Accepted Notes on more than one occasion, unless Prudential shall have otherwise consented in writing.

 

4.                                       CONDITIONS TO AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND SHELF CLOSINGS.

 

(A)              The obligation of the Purchasers to agree to the amendments and restatements provided in Section 1.1 is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the date of this Agreement, of the following conditions:

 

8



 

4.1.                             Representations and Warranties.

 

The Major Representations shall be correct when made at the date of this Agreement.

 

4.2.                             Performance; No Major Default.

 

Each Obligor shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the date of this Agreement and no Major Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

4.3.                             Compliance Certificates; Payment of Fees.

 

(a)           Officer’s Certificates.  The Issuer shall have delivered to the Series A Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of this Agreement, in Agreed Form, certifying that the conditions specified in Section (A)4.1 and (A)4.2 have been fulfilled.

 

(b)           Secretary’s or Director’s Certificates.  The Issuer shall have delivered to the Series A Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or a director or other appropriate person, dated the date of this Agreement, certifying (A) as to the resolutions of the board of directors of such person attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Note Documents to which it is a party, (B) constitutive documents of such person, and (C) to the incumbency and specimen signature of each person authorized by the resolutions referred to in clause (A) above to execute the Note Documents, all in Agreed Form.

 

(c)           Payment of Special Counsel Fees. Without limiting the provisions of Section 17.1, the Issuer shall have paid on or before the date of this Agreement the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Issuer at least one Business Day prior to the Closing.

 

(B)          Each Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Notes to be sold to such Purchaser at the Closing for such Notes after the Series A Closing is subject to the fulfillment to such Purchaser’s satisfaction, prior to or at such Closing, of the following conditions:

 

4.1.                             Representations and Warranties .

 

The Major Representations shall be correct when made and at the time of the applicable Closing (except to the extent of changes caused by the transactions herein contemplated).

 

4.2.                             Performance; No Default .

 

Each Obligor shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at such Closing and after giving effect to the issue and sale of the Notes (and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by Section 5.29(b)) no Major Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  Nothing in this Section (B)4.2 operates as a waiver of any Event of Default or will affect the rights of the holders of Notes in respect of any outstanding Event of Default upon

 

9



 

purchase of the Notes, irrespective of whether that Event of Default occurred prior to such purchase of Notes or not, and the holders of Notes may exercise all or any of their rights and remedies set out in this Agreement in respect of any continuing Event of Default upon purchase of such Notes (including without limitation their rights under Section 11.1).

 

4.3.                             Compliance Certificates .

 

(a)           Officer’s Certificates .  Each Obligor shall have delivered to such Purchaser an Officer’s Certificate, dated the date of such Closing, in Agreed Form, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections (B)4.1 and (B)4.2 have been fulfilled.

 

(b)           Secretary’s or Director’s Certificates .

 

(i)            Each Obligor shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or a director or other appropriate person, dated the date of such Closing, certifying (A) as to the resolutions of the board of directors and shareholders of such Obligor attached thereto and other corporate proceedings relating to the authorization, execution and delivery of the Note Documents to which it is a party, (B) constitutive documents of such Obligor (and in respect of each U.S. Obligor as certified by the applicable regulatory authority) or, in respect of the delivery of any such certificate for any Closing after the Series A Closing, confirmation that no changes have occurred since the Series A Closing Day to such documents previously delivered, and (C) to the incumbency and specimen signature of each person authorized by the resolutions referred to in clause (A) above to execute the Note Documents, all in Agreed Form.

 

(ii)           The Issuer shall have delivered to such Purchaser a certificate of a director, dated the date of such Closing confirming that issuing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Notes would not cause any borrowing, guarantee, Security or similar limit binding on the Issuer or any other Obligor to be exceeded;

 

4.4.                             Opinions of Counsel .

 

Such Purchaser shall have received opinions in form and substance satisfactory to such Purchaser, dated the date of such Closing (a) from Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, U.S. counsel for the Obligors, Fried, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (London) LLP, English counsel for the Obligors, and Montalbano, Condon & Frank, P.C., New Jersey counsel for the Obligors, substantially in the respective forms provided in connection with the Series A Closing (and the Obligors hereby instruct their counsel to deliver such opinions to the Purchasers) and (b) from Morgan Lewis LLP, the Purchasers’ U.S. and English special counsel, respectively, in connection with such transactions, substantially in the respective forms provided in connection with the Series A Closing.

 

10



 

4.5.                             Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc. .

 

On the date of such Closing such Purchaser’s purchase of Notes shall (a) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which such Purchaser is subject, without recourse to provisions (such as section 1405(a)(8) of the New York Insurance Law) permitting limited investments by insurance companies without restriction as to the character of the particular investment, (b) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (c) not subject such Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, which law or regulation was not in effect on the date hereof.  If requested by such Purchaser, such Purchaser shall have received an Officer’s Certificate certifying as to such matters of fact as such Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable such Purchaser to determine whether such purchase is so permitted.

 

4.6.                             Sale of Other Notes .

 

Contemporaneously with such Closing the Issuer shall sell to each other Purchaser and each other Purchaser shall purchase the Notes to be purchased by it at such Closing as specified in the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance (in the case of Shelf Notes).

 

4.7.                             Payment of Special Counsel Fees .

 

Without limiting the provisions of Section 16.1, the Issuer shall have paid on or before such Closing the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of the Purchasers’ special counsel referred to in Section (B)4.4 to the extent reflected in a statement of such counsel rendered to the Issuer at least one Business Day prior to such Closing.

 

4.8.                             Private Placement Number .

 

A Private Placement Number issued by Standard & Poor’s CUSIP Service Bureau (in cooperation with the SVO) shall have been obtained for such Notes.

 

4.9.              Confirmation of Guarantee .

 

With respect to each Closing (other than the Series A Closing), each Subsidiary Guarantor at the time of such Closing shall have delivered to each Purchaser a confirmation of guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit 4.9(b)  executed by each such Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

4.10.                      Cross Receipt .

 

Such Purchaser shall have received a cross receipt with respect to the relevant Purchasers’ receipt of such Notes and the Issuer’s receipt of payment in full for such Notes, which shall be executed by the Issuer and shall be in Agreed Form.

 

11



 

5.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE OBLIGORS.

 

The Purchasers and the holders of the Notes recognize and acknowledge that the Issuer may supplement the following representations and warranties in this Section 5, including the Schedules related thereto, pursuant to a Request for Purchase; provided that no such supplement to any representation or warranty applicable to any particular Closing Day shall change or otherwise modify or be deemed or construed to change or otherwise modify any representation or warranty given on any other Closing Day or any determination of the falseness or inaccuracy thereof pursuant to Section 10(d).  Each Obligor jointly and severally represents and warrants to each Purchaser that, as of the date of this Agreement with respect to the Major Representations and as of the date of each Closing with respect to all representations:

 

5.1.                             Status .

 

(a)           It and each of its Subsidiaries is a limited liability corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation and, where legally applicable, is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required by law, other than those jurisdictions as to which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

5.2.                             Binding Obligations .

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Note Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

5.3.                             Non-conflict with Other Obligations .

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Note Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

(a)           any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

(b)           the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

(c)           any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group’s assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument unless such conflict, default or termination event would not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.4.                             Power and Authority .

 

(a)           It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorize its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Note

 

12



 

Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by such Note Documents.

 

(b)           No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, grant of Security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Note Documents to which it is a party.

 

5.5.                             Validity and Admissibility in Evidence .

 

(a)           All Authorizations required:

 

(i)            to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Note Documents to which it is a party including, without limitation, any Authorizations required in connection with the obtaining of U.S. Dollars to make payments under this Agreement or the Notes and the payment of such U.S. Dollars to Persons resident in the United States of America; and

 

(ii)           to make the Note Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

 

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect except any Authorization referred to in Section 5.8 ( No Filing or Stamp Taxes ).

 

(b)           All Authorizations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of the members of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those Authorizations has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.6.                             Governing Law and Enforcement .

 

(a)           The choice of governing law of the Note Documents will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)           Any judgment obtained in relation to a Note Document in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Note Document will be recognized and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

5.7.                             Insolvency .

 

(a)           No:

 

(i)            corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Section 10(g)(i); or

 

(ii)           creditors’ process described in Section 10(h),

 

13


 

has been taken or, so far as it is aware, threatened in relation to an Obligor or a Material Subsidiary.

 

(b)           No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Section 10(g)(ii) has been taken or, so far as it is aware, threatened in relation to the Issuer or any other Obligor or Material Subsidiary incorporated in the United States of America.

 

(c)           None of the circumstances described in Section 10(f) applies to an Obligor or a Material Subsidiary.

 

5.8.                             No Filing or Stamp Taxes .

 

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdiction it is not necessary that the Note Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Note Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents except for those registrations specifically set out in any legal opinion delivered to the Purchasers pursuant to Section (B)4.4.

 

5.9.                             Deduction of Tax .

 

No liability for any Tax, directly or indirectly, imposed, assessed, levied or collected by or for the account of any Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom or any political subdivision thereof will be incurred by any Obligor or any holder of a Note as a result of the execution or delivery of any Note Document and no deduction or withholding in respect of Taxes imposed by or for the account of the United Kingdom or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, any other Taxing Jurisdiction, is required to be made from any payment by any Obligor under any Note Document to any Series A Purchaser or any subsequent Purchaser or holder resident in the same jurisdiction for tax purposes as a Series A Purchaser (on the assumption that such subsequent Purchaser or holder is entitled to full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest under the double taxation agreement between that jurisdiction and the United Kingdom) except for any such liability, withholding or deduction imposed, assessed, levied or collected by or for the account of any such Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom arising out of circumstances described in clause (a), (b) or (c) of Section 12.

 

5.10.                      No Default .

 

(a)           No Default or Event of Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the issuance of the Notes or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Note Document.

 

(b)           No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries’) assets are subject which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

14



 

5.11.                      No Misleading Information .

 

(a)           All factual information contained in the Note Documents and the documents, certificates or other writings delivered to the Purchasers by or on behalf of the Obligors in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the Specified Financial Statements (the Note Documents, such documents, certificates or other writings and the Specified Financial Statements delivered to each Purchaser prior to (i) with respect to the Series A Closing, August 6, 2014, and (ii) with respect to any Closing (other than the Series A Closing), the date of the applicable Request for Purchase, being referred to, collectively, as the “ Disclosure Documents ”) was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the information or (as the case may be) as at the date the information is expressed to be given.

 

(b)           Any financial projection or forecast contained in the Disclosure Documents delivered in connection with the applicable Closing has been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions and was fair (as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the projection or forecast) and arrived at after careful consideration (it being acknowledged by the Purchasers that financial projections or forecasts are subject to uncertainties and contingencies and no representation or warranty is given that such financial projections or forecasts will be realized).

 

(c)           The expressions of opinion or intention provided by or on behalf of an Obligor for the purposes of the Disclosure Documents delivered in connection with the applicable Closing were made after careful consideration and (as at the date of the relevant report or document containing the expression of opinion or intention) were fair and based on reasonable grounds.

 

(d)           No event or circumstance has occurred or arisen and no information has been omitted from the Disclosure Documents delivered in connection with the applicable Closing and no information has been given or withheld that results in the information, opinions, intentions, forecasts or projections contained in such Disclosure Documents being untrue or misleading in any material respect as of the date they were provided.

 

(e)           All material information provided to a Purchaser by or on behalf of the Group on or before the applicable Closing Day and not superseded before that date (whether or not contained in the Disclosure Documents delivered in connection with the applicable Closing) is accurate and not misleading in any material respect and all projections provided to any Purchaser on or before the applicable Closing Day have been prepared in good faith on the basis of assumptions which were reasonable at the time at which they were prepared and supplied.

 

(f)            All other written information provided by any Obligor to a Purchaser on or before the applicable Closing Day was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not misleading in any material respect.

 

15



 

5.12.                      Specified Financial Statements .

 

(a)           The Issuer has delivered to Prudential (on behalf of each Purchaser of the Series A Notes and any Accepted Notes) the following financial statements identified by a principal financial officer of the Issuer (collectively, the “ Specified Financial Statements ”): (i) the Original Financial Statements, (ii) (x) the Issuer’s audited consolidated profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and cashflow statements and (y) the consolidated profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and cashflow statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each other Obligor (audited where required under the Relevant Jurisdiction), in each case for each of the three Financial Years most recently completed prior to the date as of which this representation is made or repeated to such Purchaser (other than Financial Years completed within 180 days prior to such date for which such financial statements have not been released), and (iii) the consolidated unaudited management financial statements for each calendar month subsequent to the date as at which the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Issuer provided to such Purchaser were prepared (other than months not completed within 45 days prior to such date.

 

(b)           Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles consistently applied.

 

(c)           Its unaudited Specified Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and results of operations for the relevant period in accordance with the basis of preparation and Accounting Principles unless expressly disclosed to the Purchasers in writing to the contrary prior to the applicable Closing Day.

 

(d)           Its audited Specified Financial Statements give a true and fair view of its financial condition and results of operations during the relevant Financial Year.

 

(e)           There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of the Group, in the case of the Issuer) since the date of its most recent audited Specified Financial Statements.

 

(f)            The Specified Financial Statements of the Issuer do not consolidate the results, assets or liabilities of any Person or business which does not form part of the Group (other than in respect of any joint venture) as at the applicable Closing Day.

 

5.13.                      No Proceedings Pending or Threatened .

 

(a)           No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to result in liabilities to it or any of its Subsidiaries (whether actual or contingent) which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (so far as it is aware) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)           No labor disputes are current or, so far as it is aware, threatened against any member of the Group which have or are reasonably likely to result in liabilities to it

 

16



 

or any of its Subsidiaries which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.14.                      No Breach of Laws .

 

It has not (and none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.15.                      Environmental Laws .

 

(a)           It and each of its Subsidiaries is in compliance with Section 9.4 and, so far as it is aware, no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           No Environmental Claim has been commenced or, so far as it is aware, is threatened against any member of the Group where that claim has or is reasonably likely, if determined against that member of the Group, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)           The cost to the Group of compliance with Environmental Laws (including Environmental Permits) is, so far as it is aware, adequately provided for in the most recent audited consolidated Specified Financial Statements of the Issuer.

 

5.16.                      Taxation .

 

(a)           It is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and none of its Subsidiaries is) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

(b)           No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or any of its Subsidiaries) with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any member of the Group which would have or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)           It is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

5.17.                      Security and Financial Indebtedness .

 

(a)           No Security or Quasi-Security exists over all or any of the present or future assets of any member of the Group other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

(b)           No member of the Group has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than as permitted by this Agreement.

 

5.18.                      Ranking .

 

Any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a holder against any Obligor under the Note Documents will rank at least pari passu with the claims of all of such Obligor’s other unsecured

 

17



 

and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

5.19.                      Good Title to Assets .

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries has a good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licenses of, and all appropriate Authorizations to use, the assets necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted.

 

5.20.                      Shares .

 

There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue, allotment or transfer of, or grant any Person the right to call for the issue, allotment or transfer of, any share or loan capital of any member of the Group (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion) other than pursuant to the Share Option Documents.

 

5.21.                      Intellectual Property .

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries:

 

(a)           is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted and as it is contemplated, to be conducted, and where the Intellectual Property is licensed to it, that license has not been breached in any material respect or terminated by any party;

 

(b)           does not, in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party in any respect which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(c)           has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain any Intellectual Property owned by it which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted and as it is contemplated to be conducted.

 

5.22.                      Group Structure Chart .

 

(a)           The group structure chart contained in Schedule 5.23 (the “ Group Structure Chart ”) is true, complete and accurate in all material respects and shows, as of the date of this Agreement, each member of the Group, including current name and company registration number, and its jurisdiction of incorporation and/or establishment.

 

(b)           No Subsidiary is a party to, or otherwise subject to any legal, regulatory, contractual or other restriction (other than this Agreement, the Bank Facilities Agreement, the Existing Note Agreement and customary limitations imposed by corporate law or similar statutes) restricting the ability of such Subsidiary to pay dividends out of profits or make any other similar distributions of profits to the Issuer or

 

18



 

any of its respective Subsidiaries that owns outstanding shares of capital stock or similar equity interests of such Subsidiary.

 

5.23.                      Obligors .

 

(a)           Each Subsidiary of the Issuer incorporated in the United Kingdom (other than a Dormant Subsidiary, LGL 1996 Limited, Biggleswick Limited and Lumina Trustees Limited) and each Material Company (other than the French Subsidiary and the Czech Subsidiary) incorporated in any other jurisdiction is an Obligor on the date of this Agreement.

 

(b)           The aggregate:

 

(i)            earnings before interest, tax and amortization (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) of the Obligors on the applicable Closing Day (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all unrealized intra-Group profits of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of EBITA of the Group; and

 

(ii)           gross assets of the Obligors on the applicable Closing Day (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of the consolidated gross assets of the Group.

 

5.24.                      Accounting Reference Date .

 

The Accounting Reference Date of each member of the Group is December 31.

 

5.25.                      Centre of Main Interests and Establishments .

 

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (Regulation), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation and it has no establishment (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

5.26.                      Dormant Companies .

 

As at the date of this Agreement, there are no Dormant Subsidiaries other than:

 

(a)           BAL 1996 Limited; and

 

(b)           Mel Chemicals China Limited.

 

5.27.                      Reserved.

 

5.28.                      No Adverse Consequences .

 

(a)           It is not necessary under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions:

 

19



 

(i)            in order to enable any holder to enforce its rights under any Note Document; or

 

(ii)           by reason of the execution of any Note Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Note Document,

 

that any Purchaser or other holder should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of its Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

(b)           No Purchaser or other holder is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its Relevant Jurisdictions by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Note Document.

 

5.29.                      U.S. Regulations .

 

(a)           Employee Benefit Plans

 

(i)            No Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred at any time within the last six years or could be reasonably expected to incur any liability to, or on account of, a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a violation of section 515 of ERISA or pursuant to section 4201, 4204 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

 

(ii)           Each Employee Plan complies in form and operation in all material respects with ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and all other applicable laws and regulations.

 

(iii)          The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Employee Plans (other than any Multiemployer Plan), determined as of the end of such plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial methods and assumptions specified for funding purposes in such plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by more than US$9,000,000 (or its equivalent) in the case of any single Employee Plan and by more than US$10,500,000 (or its equivalent) in the aggregate for all Employee Plans.  The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms “current value” and “present value” have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

 

(iv)          There is (to the best of each Obligor’s and ERISA Affiliate’s knowledge and belief) no litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding or claim pending or threatened against or with respect to any Employee Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) which has or, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v)           Within the last six years each Obligor and each ERISA Affiliate has made all material contributions to each Employee Plan and Multiemployer Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed by law, the

 

20



 

terms of that Plan and any contract or agreement requiring contributions to that Plan.

 

(vi)          No Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has ceased operations at a facility so as to be subject to the provisions of section 4062(e) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to be subject to the provisions of section 4063 of ERISA, or ceased making contributions to any Employee Plan subject to section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions.

 

(vii)         No Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material liability to the PBGC, which remains outstanding or could reasonably be expected to incur any material liability to the PBGC.

 

(viii)        No ERISA Event has occurred or, as at the date of this Agreement, is reasonably likely to occur that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ix)          The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Note Documents and the issuance and sale of the Notes will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which a tax could be imposed pursuant to section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The representation by the Obligors to each Purchaser in the first sentence of this Section 5.29(a)(x) is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy of such Purchaser’s representation in Section 6.2 as to the sources of the funds used to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by such Purchaser.

 

(b)           Margin Regulations

 

No part of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of buying or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221), or for the purpose of buying or carrying or trading in any securities under such circumstances as to involve the Issuer in a violation of Regulation X of said Board (12 CFR 224) or to involve any broker or dealer in a violation of Regulation T of said Board (12 CFR 220).  Margin stock does not constitute more than 25% of the value of the consolidated assets of the Group and none of the Obligors has any present intention that margin stock will constitute more than 25% of the value of such assets.  As used in this Section, the terms “margin stock” and “purpose of buying or carrying” shall have the meanings assigned to them in said Regulation U.

 

(c)           Other U.S. Regulation

 

No Obligor or any Affiliate of an Obligor is:

 

(i)            a public utility within the meaning of, or subject to regulation under, the United States Federal Power Act of 1920,

 

21



 

(ii)           an investment company or a company controlled by an investment company within the meaning of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940,

 

(iii)          subject to regulation under the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or

 

(iv)          subject to regulation under any United States federal or state law or regulation that limits its ability to incur or guarantee indebtedness.

 

(d)           Foreign Assets Control Regulations, etc.

 

No Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates or Holding Companies, or to its knowledge any of their respective brokers or other agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Notes or any other Note Document:

 

(i)            is in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law,

 

(ii)           is in violation of the OFAC Sanctions Regulations,

 

(iii)          is a Designated Person, or

 

(iv)          is a department, agency or instrumentality of, or is otherwise controlled by or acting on behalf of, directly or indirectly, any Designated Person, any Person that is otherwise a sanctions target of the U.S. government, or any government of a country subject to the OFAC Sanctions Regulations (each Designated Person and each other Person described in this clause (v) is a “ Blocked Person ”).

 

5.30.                      Sanctions .

 

The Issuer represents that neither the Issuer nor any member of the Group (collectively for the purpose of this clause only, the “ Company ”) or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company is a Person currently the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by OFAC, the United Nations Security Council (“ UNSC ”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“ HMT ”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions.  The Company represents and covenants that it will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the transaction, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan or in any other country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, would result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

22



 

5.31.                      Private Offering .

 

None of the Obligors nor anyone acting on their behalf has offered the Notes, the Unconditional Guarantee or any similar securities for sale to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect thereof with, any Person other than the Purchasers, each of which has been offered the Notes and the Unconditional Guarantee at a private sale for investment.  Subject to the Purchasers’ representations and warranties in Section 6, none of the Obligors nor anyone acting on their behalf has taken, or will take, any action that would subject the issuance or sale of the Notes or the Unconditional Guarantee to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act or to the registration requirements of any securities or blue sky laws of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

6.                                       REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PURCHASERS.

 

6.1.                             Purchase for Investment .

 

Each Purchaser severally represents that it is purchasing the Notes purchased by it hereunder for its own account or for one or more separate accounts maintained by such Purchaser or for the account of one or more pension or trust funds and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof, provided that the disposition of such Purchaser’s or their property shall at all times be within such Purchaser’s or their control.  Each Purchaser understands that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state or other securities law, that the Notes are being issued by the Issuer in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and that the Notes may be resold only if registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act or if an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available, except under circumstances where neither such registration nor such an exemption is required by law, and that the Issuer is not required to register the Notes.  Each Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated by the Securities Act.  Each Purchaser represents that (a) it is a sophisticated institutional investor and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Notes, (b) it has been furnished with or has had access to the information it has requested from the Issuer and its Affiliates and has had an opportunity to discuss with the management of the Issuer and its Affiliates the business and financial affairs of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and (c) it must bear the economic risk of its investment in the Notes for an indefinite period of time because the Notes will not be registered under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

 

6.2.                             Source of Funds.

 

Each Purchaser severally represents that at least one of the following statements is an accurate representation as to each source of funds (a “ Source ”) to be used by such Purchaser to pay the purchase price of the Notes to be purchased by it hereunder:

 

(a)           the Source is an “insurance company general account” (as the term is defined in the United States Department of Labor’s Prohibited Transaction Exemption (“ PTE ”) 95-60) in respect of which the reserves and liabilities (as defined by the annual statement for life insurance companies approved by the National Association of

 

23


 

Insurance Commissioners (the “ NAIC Annual Statement ”)) for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan together with the amount of the reserves and liabilities for the general account contract(s) held by or on behalf of any other employee benefit plans maintained by the same employer (or affiliate thereof as defined in PTE 95-60) or by the same employee organization in the general account do not exceed 10% of the total reserves and liabilities of the general account (exclusive of separate account liabilities) plus surplus as set forth in the NAIC Annual Statement filed with such Purchaser’s state of domicile; or

 

(b)           the Source is a separate account that is maintained solely in connection with such Purchaser’s fixed contractual obligations under which the amounts payable, or credited, to any employee benefit plan (or its related trust) that has any interest in such separate account (or to any participant or beneficiary of such plan (including any annuitant)) are not affected in any manner by the investment performance of the separate account; or

 

(c)           the Source is either (i) an insurance company pooled separate account, within the meaning of PTE 90-1 or (ii) a bank collective investment fund, within the meaning of the PTE 91-38 and, except as disclosed by such Purchaser to the Issuer in writing pursuant to this clause (c), no employee benefit plan or group of plans maintained by the same employer or employee organization beneficially owns more than 10% of all assets allocated to such pooled separate account or collective investment fund; or

 

(d)           the Source constitutes assets of an “investment fund” (within the meaning of Part V of PTE 84-14 (the “ QPAM Exemption ”)) managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” or “QPAM” (within the meaning of Part VI of the QPAM Exemption), no employee benefit plan’s assets that are managed by the QPAM in such investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization and managed by such QPAM, represent more than 20% of the total client assets managed by such QPAM, the conditions of Part I(c) and (g) of the QPAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the QPAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the QPAM maintains an ownership interest in the Issuer that would cause the QPAM and the Issuer to be “related” within the meaning of Part VI(h) of the QPAM Exemption and (i) the identity of such QPAM and (ii) the names of any employee benefit plans whose assets in the investment fund, when combined with the assets of all other employee benefit plans established or maintained by the same employer or by an affiliate (within the meaning of Part VI(c)(1) of the QPAM Exemption) of such employer or by the same employee organization, represent 10% or more of the assets of such investment fund, have been disclosed to the Issuer in writing pursuant to this clause (d); or

 

(e)           the Source constitutes assets of a “plan(s)” (within the meaning of Part IV(h) of PTE 96-23 (the “ INHAM Exemption ”)) managed by an “in-house asset manager” or “INHAM” (within the meaning of Part IV(a) of the INHAM Exemption), the conditions of Part I(a), (g) and (h) of the INHAM Exemption are satisfied, neither the INHAM nor a person controlling or controlled by the INHAM (applying the definition of

 

24



 

“control” in Part IV(d)(3) of the INHAM Exemption) owns a 10% or more interest in the Issuer and (i) the identity of such INHAM and (ii) the name(s) of the employee benefit plan(s) whose assets constitute the Source have been disclosed to the Issuer in writing pursuant to this clause (e); or

 

(f)            the Source is a governmental plan; or

 

(g)           the Source is one or more employee benefit plans, or a separate account or trust fund comprised of one or more employee benefit plans, each of which has been identified to the Issuer in writing pursuant to this clause (g); or

 

(h)           the Source does not include assets of any employee benefit plan, other than a plan exempt from the coverage of ERISA.

 

As used in this Section 6.2, the terms “employee benefit plan,” “governmental plan,” and “separate account” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

7.                                       INFORMATION AS TO THE OBLIGORS.

 

7.1.                             Financial and Business Information .

 

The Issuer shall deliver to Prudential and each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor (and for purposes of this Agreement the information required by this Section 7.1 shall be deemed delivered on the date of delivery of such information in the English language or the date of delivery of an English translation thereof):

 

(a)           Monthly Statements — promptly after the same are available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each calendar month, a duplicate copy of the Issuer’s management financial statements on a consolidated basis for that calendar month and for the Financial Year to date, which statements shall be substantially in the form of the monthly management accounts supplied by the Issuer to the Purchasers pursuant to Section (B)4.3(b);

 

(b)           Annual Statements — promptly after the same are available and in any event within 180 days after the end of each Financial Year, a duplicate copy of

 

(i)            its audited consolidated profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and cashflow statements for that Financial Year, and

 

(ii)           the consolidated profit and loss accounts, balance sheets and cashflow statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each other Obligor (audited where required under the Relevant Jurisdiction) for that Financial Year,

 

setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Financial Year, all in reasonable detail, prepared by the Group’s Auditors in accordance with Accounting Principles, and accompanied by an opinion thereon of the Group’s Auditors, which opinion shall state that such financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial

 

25



 

position of the companies being reported upon and their results of operations and cash flows and have been prepared in conformity with Accounting Principles, and that the examination of the Group’s Auditors in connection with such financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and that such audit provides a reasonable basis for such opinion in the circumstances;

 

(c)           SEC and Other Reports — promptly upon their becoming available, one copy of (i) each financial statement, report, circular, notice or proxy statement or similar document sent by the Issuer or any Subsidiary to its principal lending banks as a whole (excluding information sent to such banks in the ordinary course of administration of a bank facility, such as information relating to pricing and borrowing availability) or to its public securities holders generally, and (ii) each regular or periodic report, each registration statement (without exhibits except as expressly requested by such holder), and each prospectus and all amendments thereto filed by the Issuer or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar Governmental Authority or securities exchange and of all press releases and other statements made available generally by the Issuer or any Subsidiary to the public concerning developments that are Material;

 

(d)           Notice of Default or Event of Default — promptly after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of the existence of any Default or Event of Default, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Obligors are taking or propose to take with respect thereto;

 

(e)           ERISA

 

(i)            promptly upon a request by any holder, deliver to such holder copies of the Annual Report (IRS form 5500 Series) together with all schedules and documentation reasonably requested by such holder with respect to each Employee Plan; and

 

(ii)           within twenty-one Business Days after it or any ERISA Affiliate becomes aware that any ERISA Event has occurred or, in the case of any ERISA Event which requires advance notice under section 4043(b) of ERISA, will occur, deliver to the holders a statement signed by a director, member or officer of the Issuer or ERISA Affiliate describing that ERISA Event and the action, if any, taken or proposed to be taken with respect to that ERISA Event;

 

(f)            Budget — as soon as it becomes available but in any event before the start of each Financial Year, an annual Budget for that Financial Year, which Budget shall be in a form acceptable to the Required Holders and shall:

 

(i)            include a projected consolidated profit and loss, balance sheet and cashflow statement for each principal division of the Group; and

 

(ii)           include projected financial covenant calculations for such Financial Year;

 

26



 

(iii)          be prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and the accounting practices and financial reference periods applied to financial statements under Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b); and

 

(iv)          have been approved by the board of directors of the Issuer;

 

(g)           Litigation — promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which, if adversely determined, would involve a liability, or a potential or alleged liability, exceeding US$1,650,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

(h)           Issuer — promptly upon the reasonable request of any holder, information regarding any changes to the main board or the executive board of the Issuer and an up to date copy of its register of members (or equivalent in its jurisdiction of incorporation) (provided that the Issuer shall not be required to provide a copy of its register of members to any one holder more frequently than twice in any Financial Year unless such holder requires the register of members for know your customer requirements and/or if such holder suspects that there has been a Change of Control); and

 

(i)            Requested Information — with reasonable promptness, such other data and information relating to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or relating to the ability of the Obligors to perform their obligations under any Note Document or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such holder of Notes, including information readily available to the Obligors explaining the Issuer’s financial statements if such information has been requested by the SVO in order to assign or maintain a designation of the Notes.

 

7.2.                             Other Requirements as to Financial Statements; Officer’s Certificate .

 

(a)           Each set of Annual Financial Statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by any letter addressed to the management of the relevant company (to the extent the Issuer receives such a letter) by the auditors accompanying those Annual Financial Statements.

 

(b)           Each set of Monthly Financial Statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) shall be accompanied by a commentary from a Senior Financial Officer of the Issuer comparing actual performance for the period to which such Monthly Financial Statements relate to (i) the projected performance for that period set out in the Budget and (ii) the actual performance for the corresponding period in the preceding Financial Year.

 

(c)           Each set of Quarterly Financial Statements and each set of Annual Financial Statements delivered to a holder of Notes pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or Section 7.1(b) shall be accompanied by a Compliance Certificate.

 

27



 

7.3.                             Access .

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that each member of the Group shall) permit the representatives of each holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor:

 

(a)           No Default — if no Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of such holder and upon reasonable prior notice to the Issuer, to visit the principal executive office of any member of the Group, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Group with such Group member’s officers, and (with the consent of such member, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) to visit the other offices and properties of the Group, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested in writing; and

 

(b)           Default — if a Default or Event of Default then exists, at the expense of the Issuer to visit and inspect any of the offices or properties of the Group, to examine all their respective books of account, records, reports and other papers, to make copies and extracts therefrom, and to discuss the Group members’ respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision the Obligors authorize said accountants to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Group), all at such times and as often as may be requested.

 

7.4.                             Limitation on Disclosure Obligation .

 

The Obligors shall not be required to disclose the following information pursuant to Section 7.1(d), 7.1(i) or 7.3:

 

(a)           information that the applicable Obligor determines after consultation with counsel qualified to advise on such matters that, notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of Section 21, it would be prohibited from disclosing by applicable law or regulations without making public disclosure thereof; or

 

(b)           information that, notwithstanding the confidentiality requirements of Section 21, the applicable Obligor is prohibited from disclosing by the terms of an obligation of confidentiality contained in any agreement with any non-Affiliate binding upon such Obligor and not entered into in contemplation of this clause (b), provided that such Obligor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent from the party in whose favor the obligation of confidentiality was made to permit the disclosure of the relevant information and provided further that the applicable Obligor has received a written opinion of counsel confirming that disclosure of such information without consent from such other contractual party would constitute a breach of such agreement.

 

Promptly after a request therefor from any holder of Notes that is an Institutional Investor, the Obligors will provide such holder with a written opinion of counsel (which may be addressed to the applicable Obligor) relied upon as to any requested information that the applicable Obligor is prohibited from disclosing to such holder under circumstances described in this Section 7.4.

 

28



 

8.                                       PAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT OF THE NOTES.

 

8.1.                             Maturity .

 

(a)           Series A Notes.   As provided therein, the entire unpaid principal balance of the Series A Notes shall be due and payable on the stated maturity date thereof.

 

(b)           Shelf Notes.   Each Series of Shelf Notes shall be subject to required prepayments, if any, set forth in the Notes of such Series, provided that upon any partial prepayment of the Shelf Notes of any Series pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.7 or 8.8, the principal amount of each required prepayment of the Shelf Notes of such Series becoming due under this Section 8.1(b) on and after the date of such prepayment shall be reduced in the same proportion as the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Shelf Notes of such Series is reduced as a result of such prepayment, and the entire unpaid principal balance of the Shelf Notes of such Series shall be due and payable on the stated maturity date thereof.

 

8.2.                             Optional Prepayments with Make-Whole Amount .

 

The Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as provided below, prepay at any time all, or from time to time any part of, the Notes, in an amount not less than US$1,000,000 (and in integrals of US$500,000) in the case of a partial prepayment, at 100% of the principal amount so prepaid, and the Make-Whole Amount determined for the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount.  The Issuer will give each holder of Notes written notice of each optional prepayment under this Section 8.2 not less than 10 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for such prepayment.  Each such notice shall specify such date (which shall be a Business Day), the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be prepaid on such date, the principal amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid (determined in accordance with Section 8.3), and the interest to be paid on the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount being prepaid, and shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Issuer as to the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such notice were the date of the prepayment), setting forth the details of such computation.  Two Business Days prior to such prepayment, the Issuer shall deliver to each holder of Notes a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer of the Issuer specifying the calculation of such Make-Whole Amount as of the specified prepayment date.  Prior to the date that is three Business Days before the prepayment date specified in a prepayment notice delivered pursuant to this Section 8.2, by written notice to each holder of Notes, the Issuer may revoke such notice of prepayment or postpone the prepayment date specified therein to a later date specified in such written notice; provided , however, the Issuer may revoke a notice of prepayment or postpone the prepayment date specified therein only in the event that the Issuer has notified the holders of Notes that it intends to make such prepayment using the proceeds of the incurrence of Financial Indebtedness under a financing facility that is not currently in effect and such refinancing fails to close or, in the case of a postponement of the prepayment date only, the closing of such refinancing is postponed to a date falling after the prepayment date specified in such notice.

 

29



 

8.3.                             Allocation of Partial Prepayments .

 

In the case of each partial prepayment of the Notes of any Series pursuant to Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.2, the principal amount of the Notes of such Series to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the Notes of such Series at the time outstanding in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective unpaid principal amounts thereof not theretofore called for prepayment.

 

8.4.                             Maturity; Surrender, etc. .

 

In the case of each prepayment of Notes of any Series pursuant to this Section 8, the principal amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and become due and payable on the date fixed for such prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), together with interest on such principal amount accrued to such date and the applicable Make-Whole Amount, if any.  From and after such date, unless the Issuer shall fail to pay such principal amount when so due and payable, together with the interest and Make-Whole Amount, if any, as aforesaid, interest on such principal amount shall cease to accrue.  Any Note paid or prepaid in full shall be surrendered to the Issuer and cancelled and shall not be reissued, and no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

 

8.5.                             Purchase of Notes .

 

The Obligors will not and will not permit any of their respective Affiliates to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Notes except upon the payment or prepayment of the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Notes.  The Issuer will promptly cancel all Notes acquired by any Obligor or any Affiliate of an Obligor pursuant to any payment, prepayment or purchase of Notes pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and no Notes may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such Notes.

 

8.6.                             Make-Whole Amount .

 

The term “ Make-Whole Amount ” means, with respect to any Note, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Discounted Value of the Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to the Called Principal of such Note over the amount of such Called Principal, provided that the Make-Whole Amount may in no event be less than zero.  For the purposes of determining the Make-Whole Amount, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

Applicable Percentage ” in the case of a computation of the Make-Whole Amount for any purpose means 0.50% (50 basis points).

 

Called Principal ” means, with respect to any Note, the principal of such Note that is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.8 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 11.1, as the context requires.

 

Discounted Value ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the amount obtained by discounting all Remaining Scheduled Payments with respect to such Called Principal from their respective scheduled due dates to the Settlement Date with respect to such Called

 

30



 

Principal, in accordance with accepted financial practice and at a discount factor (applied on the same periodic basis as that on which interest on the Notes is payable) equal to the Reinvestment Yield with respect to such Called Principal.

 

Implied Rate British Pound Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note denominated in British Pounds, the yield to maturity implied by (i) the ask- side yields reported, as of 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated “Page PXUK” on Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other display as may replace “Page PXUK” on Bloomberg Financial Markets) for actively traded gilt-edged securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the average of the ask-side yields as determined by Recognized British Government Bond Market Makers.  Such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the actively traded gilt-edged security with the maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal and (2) the actively traded gilt-edged security with the maturity closest to and less than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal.

 

Implied Rate Dollar Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note denominated in U.S. Dollars, the yield to maturity implied by (i) the ask-side yields reported as of 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PX1”  (or such other display as may replace Page PX1) on Bloomberg Financial Markets for the most recently issued actively traded on the run U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as of such time or the yields reported as of such time are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the Treasury Constant Maturity Series Yields reported, for the latest day for which such yields have been so reported as of the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (or any comparable successor publication) for U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date.  In the case of each determination under clause (i) or clause (ii), as the case may be, of the preceding paragraph, such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting U.S. Treasury bill quotations to bond equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and greater than such Remaining Average Life and (2) the applicable U.S. Treasury security with the maturity closest to and less than such Remaining Average Life.

 

Implied Rate Euro Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any  Note denominated in Euros, the yield to maturity implied by (i) the ask-side yields reported, as of 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the second Business Day preceding the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal, on the display designated as “Page PXGE” on Bloomberg Financial Markets (or such other display as may replace “Page PXGE” on Bloomberg Financial Markets) for the benchmark German Bund having a maturity equal to the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal as of such Settlement Date, or (ii) if such yields are not reported as

 

31



 

of such time or the yields reported are not ascertainable (including by way of interpolation), the average of the ask-side yields as determined by Recognized German Bund Market Makers.  Such implied yield will be determined, if necessary, by (a) converting quotations to bond-equivalent yields in accordance with accepted financial practice and (b) interpolating linearly between (1) the benchmark German Bund with the maturity closest to and greater than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal and (2) the benchmark German Bund with the maturity closest to and less than the Remaining Average Life of such Called Principal.

 

Recognized British Government Bond Market Makers ” means two internationally recognized dealers of gilt edged securities reasonably selected by Prudential.

 

Recognized German Bund Market Makers ” means two internationally recognized dealers of German Bunds reasonably selected by Prudential.

 

Reinvestment Yield ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note denominated in (a) U.S. Dollars, the Applicable Percentage plus the Implied Rate Dollar Yield, (b) Euros, the Applicable Percentage plus the Implied Rate Euro Yield and (c) British Pounds, the Applicable Percentage plus the Implied Rate British Pound Yield.  The Reinvestment Yield will be rounded to that number of decimals as appears in the coupon for the applicable Note.

 

Remaining Average Life ”  means, with respect to any Called Principal, the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) obtained by dividing (i) such Called Principal into (ii) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the principal component of each Remaining Scheduled Payment with respect to such Called Principal by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth year) that will elapse between the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal and the scheduled due date of such Remaining Scheduled Payment.

 

Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, all payments of such Called Principal and interest thereon that would be due after the Settlement Date with respect to such Called Principal if no payment of such Called Principal were made prior to its scheduled due date, provided that if such Settlement Date is not a date on which interest payments are due to be made under the terms of the Notes, then the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued to such Settlement Date and required to be paid on such Settlement Date pursuant to Section 8.2, Section 8.8 or Section 11.1.

 

Settlement Date ” means, with respect to the Called Principal of any Note, the date on which such Called Principal is to be prepaid pursuant to Section 8.2 or Section 8.8 or has become or is declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 11.1, as the context requires.

 

8.7.                             Change of Control Prepayment .

 

(a)           Within 15 days following the date upon which a Responsible Officer of any Obligor first has actual knowledge of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall give written notice of such Change of Control (a “ Change of Control Notice ”) to each holder of a Note, which Change of Control Notice shall (i) describe the facts and circumstances

 

32



 

of such Change of Control in reasonable detail, (ii) refer to this Section 8.7 and the rights of the holders of Notes hereunder, (iii) contain an offer to prepay on a date, which shall be no more than 60 days and not less than 30 days after the date of such Change of Control Notice, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes held by such holder, together with interest thereon to the prepayment date, if any, with respect to each Note prepaid (showing in such offer the amount of interest which would be paid on such prepayment date together with specific information as to how such estimated amount was calculated), and (iv) request such holder to notify the Issuer in writing by a stated date (a “ Response Date ”), which date is not less than 10 days prior to the prepayment date and not less than 20 days after such holder’s receipt of the Change of Control Notice, of its acceptance or rejection of such prepayment offer.  If a holder does not notify the Issuer on or before the Response Date specified in the Change of Control Notice of such holder’s acceptance of the prepayment offer contained therein, then the holder shall be deemed to have rejected such offer.

 

(b)           On the prepayment date specified in the Change of Control Notice, the entire unpaid principal amount of the Notes held by each holder of a Note who has accepted such prepayment offer, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the prepayment date shall become due and payable.

 

(c)           To the extent they may legally do so (including without breaching any confidentiality undertaking) the Obligors will promptly provide any holder of a Note with all information in their possession which such holder may reasonably request in order to enable such holder to evaluate the effect of a Change of Control on such holder’s investment in the Notes.

 

8.8.                             Disposal and Insurance Prepayments .

 

(a)           Notice and Offer .  In the event that any member of the Group receives any Disposal Proceeds, Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds or any Insurance Proceeds, the Issuer shall give written notice thereof to each holder of Notes.  Such written notice shall contain, and such written notice shall constitute, an irrevocable offer (a “ Disposal Prepayment Offer ”, “ Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer ” or “ Insurance Prepayment Offer ”, respectively) to prepay, at the election of each holder, a portion of the Notes held by such holder equal to such holder’s Ratable Portion of such Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds or such holder’s Permitted Disposal Pro Rata Portion of such Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds, as applicable, on a date specified in such notice (the “ Disposal Prepayment Date ” (in the case of a Disposal Prepayment Offer or a Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer) or “ Insurance Prepayment Date ” (in the case of an Insurance Prepayment Offer)) that is not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days after the date of such notice.  If such prepayment date shall not be specified in such notice, the Disposal Prepayment Date or Insurance Prepayment Date, as applicable, shall be the 45th day after the date of such notice.

 

33


 

(b)           Acceptance; Rejection .

 

(i)            Disposal Prepayment Offer .  The failure of a holder of a Note to respond to a Disposal Prepayment Offer in writing within 20 days after the date of such written notice thereof from the Issuer shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance of the Disposal Prepayment Offer with respect to such Note.  A holder may reject a Disposal Prepayment Offer with respect to any or all of such holder’s Notes by causing a notice of its rejection to be delivered to the Issuer not later than 20 days after the date of such written notice from the Issuer.

 

(ii)           Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer .  The failure of a holder of a Note to respond to a Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer in writing within 20 days after the date of such written notice thereof from the Issuer shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of the Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer with respect to such Note.  A holder may accept a Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer with respect to any or all of such holder’s Notes by causing a notice of its acceptance to be delivered to the Issuer not later than 20 days after the date of such written notice from the Issuer.

 

(iii)          Insurance Prepayment Offer .  The failure of a holder of a Note to respond to an Insurance Prepayment Offer in writing within 20 days after the date of such written notice thereof from the Issuer shall be deemed to constitute a rejection of the Insurance Prepayment Offer with respect to such Note.  To accept an Insurance Prepayment Offer, a holder shall cause a notice of its acceptance to be delivered to the Issuer not later than 20 days after the date of such written notice from the Issuer.

 

(c)           Prepayment .

 

(i)            Disposal Prepayment Offer .  Once accepted by a holder of a Note, a prepayment in respect of a Disposal Prepayment Offer (equal to such holder’s Ratable Portion of the relevant Disposal Proceeds) shall be due and payable on the Disposal Prepayment Date.  Such offered prepayment shall be made at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes being so prepaid, plus the Make-Whole Amount determined for the Disposal Prepayment Date with respect to such principal amount, together with interest on such principal amount then being prepaid accrued to the Disposal Prepayment Date.  On the Business Day preceding the Disposal Prepayment Date, the Issuer shall deliver to each holder of Notes being prepaid a statement showing the Make-Whole Amount due in connection with such prepayment and setting forth the details of the computation of such amount.  The prepayment shall be made on the Disposal Prepayment Date.

 

(ii)           Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer .  Once accepted by a holder of a Note, a prepayment in respect of a Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer (equal to such holder’s Permitted Disposal Pro Rata Portion of the relevant Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds) shall be due and payable on the Disposal Prepayment Date.  Such offered prepayment shall be made at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes being so prepaid, together

 

34



 

with interest on such principal amount then being prepaid accrued to the Disposal Prepayment Date.  The prepayment shall be made on the Disposal Prepayment Date.

 

(iii)          Insurance Prepayment Offer .  Once accepted by a holder of a Note, a prepayment in respect of an Insurance Prepayment Offer (equal to such holder’s Ratable Portion of the relevant Insurance Proceeds) shall be due and payable on the Insurance Prepayment Date.  Such offered prepayment shall be made at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes being so prepaid, together with interest on such principal amount then being prepaid accrued to the Insurance Prepayment Date.  The prepayment shall be made on the Insurance Prepayment Date.

 

(d)           Other Terms .  Each offer to prepay the Notes pursuant to this Section 8.8 shall be accompanied by a certificate, executed by a Senior Financial Officer of the Issuer and dated the date of such offer, specifying (i) the Disposal Prepayment Date or Insurance Prepayment Date, as applicable, (ii) the amount of the relevant Disposal Proceeds, Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds, (iii) that such offer is being made pursuant to this Section 8.8, (iv) the principal amount of each Note offered to be prepaid, (v) with respect to a prepayment pursuant to a Disposal Prepayment Offer, the estimated Make-Whole Amount due in respect of each Note in connection with such prepayment (calculated as if the date of such certificate were the Disposal Prepayment Date), setting forth the details of such computation, (vi) the interest that would be due on each Note offered to be prepaid, accrued to the Disposal Prepayment Date or Insurance Prepayment Date, as applicable, and (vii) in reasonable detail, the nature of such Disposal or relevant insurance claim and certifying that no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist after giving effect to the prepayment contemplated by such offer.  For the avoidance of doubt, any Disposal giving rise to an Event of Default under any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be permitted, and such Event of Default shall not be deemed to be waived by any holder, by reason of any holder’s acceptance or rejection of a Disposal Prepayment Offer or Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer in respect of such Disposal or any payment in connection therewith.

 

9.                                       COVENANTS.

 

Each Obligor covenants that, at all times on and after the date of this Agreement until no Notes are outstanding:

 

9.1.                             Financial Covenants .

 

(a)           Financial Condition .

 

(i)            Debt Service Cover .  The Issuer shall ensure that Debt Service Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 1.25:1.

 

(ii)           Interest Cover .  The Issuer shall ensure that Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 4.0:1.

 

35



 

(iii)          Leverage .  The Issuer shall ensure that Leverage in respect of any Relevant Period shall not exceed 3.0:1.

 

(iv)          Capital Expenditure .  The Issuer shall ensure that the aggregate capital expenditure of the Group in respect of any Financial Year shall not exceed 110% of budgeted capital expenditure for that Financial Year as set out in the Budget for that Financial Year.

 

(b)           Financial testing .

 

(i)            The financial covenants set out in Section 9.1(a) shall be calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles and tested by reference to:

 

(b)           the Annual Financial Statements; and

 

(c)           the Quarterly Financial Statements for the Relevant Period.

 

(i)            If in respect of any period there is a discrepancy between the information set out in the Quarterly Financial Statements for such period and that set out in the Annual Financial Statements for such period, the information in the Annual Financial Statements shall prevail.

 

(ii)           In respect of any Relevant Period, the exchange rate used to calculate Total Net Debt shall be the Average Exchange Rate for that Relevant Period.

 

9.2.                             Authorizations .

 

Each Obligor shall promptly obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Authorization required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

(i)            enable it to perform its obligations under the Note Documents;

 

(ii)           ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Note Document; and

 

(iii)          carry on its business where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.3.                             Compliance with Laws .

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.4.                             Environmental Compliance .

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that each member of the Group will):

 

36



 

(a)           comply with all Environmental Law;

 

(b)           obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits; and

 

(c)           implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

 

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.5.                             Environmental Claims .

 

Each Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that each member of the Group will) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the holders in writing of:

 

(a)           any Environmental Claim against any member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and

 

(b)           any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any member of the Group,

 

where the claim, if determined against that member of the Group, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.6.                             Taxation .

 

Each Obligor shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

(i)                            such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

(ii)                           adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them in accordance with the Accounting Principles; and

 

(iii)                          such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.7.                             Merger .

 

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction without the prior written consent of the Required Holders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

9.8.                             Change of Business .

 

The Issuer shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Issuer, the Obligors or the Group taken as a whole from that carried on by the Group at the date of this Agreement.

 

37



 

9.9.                             Acquisitions .

 

(a)           No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

(i)            acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them); or

 

(ii)           incorporate a company.

 

(b)           Section 9.9(a) does not apply to an acquisition of a company, of shares, securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) or the incorporation of a company which is a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.10.                      Joint Ventures .

 

No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that no member of the Group will):

 

(a)           enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture; or

 

(b)           transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing).

 

Sections 9.10(a) and 9.10(b) above do not apply to any Joint Venture which is a Permitted Joint Venture.

 

9.11.                      Preservation of Assets .

 

Each Obligor shall maintain in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its assets necessary in the conduct of its business provided that this Section 9.11 shall not prevent the Issuer or any Subsidiary from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its assets if such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business and the Issuer (as applicable) has concluded that such discontinuance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.12.                      Pari Passu Ranking .

 

(a)           Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times its payment obligations under the Note Documents will rank at least pari passu, without preference or priority, with its payment obligations under the Bank Facilities Agreement and the other Bank Documents and any Permitted Refinancing Agreement and any other Permitted Refinancing Documents.

 

(b)           Each Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that each member of the Group will) ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a holder

 

38



 

against it under the Note Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

 

9.13.                      Negative Pledge .

 

In this Agreement, “ Quasi-Security ” means an arrangement or transaction described in Section 9.13(b).

 

(a)           No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets.

 

(b)           No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

(i)            sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

(ii)           sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

(iii)          enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv)          enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

(c)           Section 9.13(a) and 9.13(b) do not apply to any Security or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security, which is: (i) Permitted Security; or (ii) which is created or subsists in connection with a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.14.                      Disposals .

 

(a)           No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that no member of the Group will) enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.

 

(b)           Section 9.14(a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is:

 

(i)            a Permitted Disposal; or

 

(ii)           a Permitted Transaction.

 

39



 

9.15.                      Arm’s Length Basis .

 

(a)           No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure no member of the Group will) enter into any transaction with any Person except on arm’s length terms and for full market value.

 

(b)           Section 9.15(a) does not apply to:

 

(i)            intra-Group loans permitted under Section 9.16;

 

(ii)           fees, costs and expenses payable under the Note Documents or under the Bank Documents in the amounts set out in the Bank Documents delivered to the Purchasers under Section (B)4 or agreed by the Required Holders;

 

(iii)          any Permitted Transaction;

 

(iv)          the sale and/or licensing by Revere Graphics Worldwide of certain Intellectual Property for a nominal amount to a third party as approved by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission;

 

(v)           transactions between members of the Group; or

 

(vi)          Permitted Distributions.

 

9.16.                      Loans or Credit .

 

(a)           No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that no member of the Group will) be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.

 

(b)           Section 9.16(a) does not apply to a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.17.                      No Guarantees or Indemnities .

 

(a)           No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure no member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any Person.

 

(b)           Section 9.17(a) does not apply to a Permitted Guarantee or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.18.                      Dividends and Share Redemption .

 

(a)           The Issuer shall not (and the Issuer shall ensure that no member of the Group will):

 

(i)            declare, make or pay any dividend, charge, fee or other distribution (or interest on any unpaid dividend, charge, fee or other distribution) (whether in

 

40



 

cash or in kind) on or in respect of its share capital (or any class of its share capital);

 

(ii)           repay or distribute any dividend or share premium reserve;

 

(iii)          pay or allow any member of the Group to pay any management, advisory or other fee to or to the order of any of the shareholders of the Issuer; or

 

(iv)          redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or repay any of its share capital or resolve to do so.

 

(b)           Section 9.18(a) does not apply to a Permitted Distribution or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.19.                      [Reserved] .

 

9.20.                      Financial Indebtedness .

 

(a)           No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that no member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.

 

(b)           Clause 9.20(a) does not apply to:

 

(i)            Permitted Financial Indebtedness; and

 

(ii)           a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.21.                      Share Capital .

 

(a)           No Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure no member of the Group will) issue any shares.

 

(b)           Section 9.21(a) does not apply to a Permitted Share Issue or a Permitted Transaction.

 

9.22.                      Insurance .

 

Each Obligor shall maintain insurance with respect to their respective properties and businesses against such casualties and contingencies, of such types, on such terms and in such amounts (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as is customary in the case of entities of established reputations engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated.

 

9.23.                      Reserved.

 

9.24.                      Intellectual Property .

 

Each Obligor shall:

 

41



 

(a)           preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant Obligor;

 

(b)           use reasonable endeavors to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Intellectual Property;

 

(c)           make registrations and pay all registration fees and Taxes necessary to maintain the Intellectual Property that the relevant Obligor is required to maintain under Section 9.24(a) above in full force and effect and record its interest in that Intellectual Property;

 

(d)           not use or permit the Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of that Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of the Intellectual Property or imperil the right of any Obligor to use such property; and

 

(e)           not discontinue the use of the Intellectual Property,

 

where failure to do so, in the case of Sections 9.24(a) and 9.24(b) or, in the case of Sections 9.24(d) and 9.24(e), such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.25.                      Transaction Documents .

 

(a)           No Obligor shall amend, vary, novate, supplement, supersede, waive or terminate any term of a Transaction Document (subject to Section 9.25(b), other than a Bank Document) or any other document delivered to the Purchasers pursuant to Section (B)4 or enter into any agreement with any shareholders of the Issuer or any of their Affiliates which is not a member of the Group except in writing:

 

(i)            in accordance with the provisions of Section 18.1;

 

(ii)           prior to or on the date of this Agreement, with the prior written consent of the Purchasers;

 

(iii)          after the date of this Agreement, in a way which could not be reasonably expected materially and adversely to affect the interests of the holders; or

 

(iv)          in respect of any Permitted Refinancing Documents, in a way which:

 

(b)           could not be reasonably expected materially and adversely to affect the interests of the holders; and

 

(c)           would not change the date, amount or method of payment of interest or principal payable under any Permitted Refinancing Agreement.

 

42



 

(b)           No Obligor shall amend or waive the terms of a Bank Document if the amendment or waiver is:

 

(i)            an amendment or waiver constituting an increase in the principal amount or commitment of the facilities available under the Bank Facilities Agreement on September 18, 2014 (other than a Permitted Bank Increase);

 

(ii)           an amendment or waiver making the due date of payment of any amount under the Bank Documents earlier than as set out in the Bank Documents (as in effect on September 18, 2014);

 

(iii)          an amendment or waiver constituting an increase in, or addition of, any fees or commission other than such an increase or addition which is:

 

(b)           contemplated by the Bank Documents (as in effect on September 18, 2014); or

 

(c)           a Permitted Bank Increase; or

 

(i)            an amendment or waiver the effect of which is to make any member of the Group liable to make additional or increased payments not:

 

(d)           provided for under the Bank Documents (as in effect on September 18, 2014); or

 

(e)           a  Permitted Bank Increase

 

unless the prior consent of the Required Holders is obtained.

 

(c)           The Issuer shall promptly supply to the holders a copy of any document relating to any of the matters referred to in Sections 9.25(a) and Section 9.25(b) above.

 

(d)           Each Obligor shall (and the Issuer shall ensure that each member of the Group will) comply with the material terms of all Transaction Documents to which it is party.

 

9.26.                      Financial Assistance .

 

Any Obligor which is incorporated in any jurisdiction other than England and Wales shall comply with any law or regulation on financial assistance or its equivalent in that jurisdiction.

 

9.27.                      Reserved .

 

9.28.                      Treasury Transactions .

 

No Obligor shall (and the Issuer will ensure that no member of the Group will) enter into any Treasury Transaction, other than:

 

43


 

(a)                                  any hedging of the interest rate liabilities of the borrowers under the Bank Facilities Agreement;

 

(b)                                  spot and forward delivery foreign exchange contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

 

(c)                                   any Treasury Transaction entered into for the hedging of actual or projected real exposures arising in the ordinary course of trading activities of a member of the Group and not for speculative purposes.

 

9.29.                      Auditors .

 

The Issuer shall ensure that the auditors of each member of the Group are Auditors.

 

9.30.                      Further Assurance .

 

The Obligors shall, promptly upon the request of the Required Holders, file or record, as applicable, all termination statements and lien releases and take such other actions as may be necessary to discharge all mortgages, deeds of trust and security interests granted by members of the Group in respect of any other security over assets of any Obligor other than Permitted Security (excluding Permitted Security identified in paragraph (g) of the definition of such term).

 

9.31.                      Guarantors; Security .

 

(a)                                  The Issuer shall ensure that at all times after the date of this Agreement the aggregate:

 

(i)                                      earnings before interest, tax and amortization (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) of the Obligors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all unrealized intra-Group profits of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of EBITA of the Group; and

 

(ii)                                   gross assets of the Obligors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of the consolidated gross assets of the Group.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer need only perform its obligations under this Section 9.31(a) if it is not unlawful for the relevant Person to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and that Person becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor would not result in personal liability for that Person’s directors or other management.  Each Obligor must use, and must procure that the relevant Person uses, all reasonable endeavors lawfully available to avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability.  This includes agreeing to a limit on the amount guaranteed.  The holders may (but shall not be obliged to) agree to such a limit if, in their opinion, to do so would avoid the relevant unlawfulness or personal liability.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer shall ensure that each Material Company (other than the Issuer, the French Subsidiary, the Czech Subsidiary and, solely for the six-month period commencing on September 18, 2014, the German Subsidiary) is a Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

44



 

(c)                                   The Issuer shall ensure that each Subsidiary that at any time becomes obligated as a borrower or a guarantor under or with respect to any Principal Lending Facility is a Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

(d)                                  The Issuer shall, at its sole cost and expense, cause each Subsidiary that, after the date of this Agreement, becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor to concurrently therewith deliver to each of the holders of the Notes the following items:

 

(i)                                      an executed Joinder Agreement;

 

(ii)                                   (A) in the case of any Subsidiary that is incorporated or formed under the laws of England and Wales, an executed English Guarantee Agreement and (B) in the case of any Subsidiary that is incorporated or formed under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States of America and England and Wales, an executed guarantee agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders;

 

(iii)                                [Reserved];

 

(iv)                               such documents and evidence with respect to such Subsidiary as the Required Holders may reasonably request in order to establish the existence and good standing of such Subsidiary and the authorization of the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents being executed by such Subsidiary;

 

(v)                                  an opinion of counsel to such Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders to the effect that (w) the Note Documents being executed by such Subsidiary have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary, (x) the Note Documents being executed by such Subsidiary constitute the legal, valid and binding contracts and agreements of such Subsidiary, enforceable in accordance with their terms (except as enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles), and (y) the execution, delivery and performance by such Subsidiary of the Note Documents being executed by such Subsidiary do not (A) violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to such Subsidiary, or (B) (1) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under or result in the creation or imposition of any Security not permitted by this Agreement or (2) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under the provisions of the constitutive documents of such Subsidiary; and

 

(vi)                               such Subsidiary’s most recent annual financial statements in the form specified in Section 7.1(b).

 

(e)                                   If at any time, any Subsidiary Guarantor:

 

(i)                                      is not required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Sections 9.31(a) or 9.31(b),

 

45



 

(ii)                                   is not a borrower under any Principal Lending Facility and, pursuant to the terms and conditions of each Principal Lending Facility, is discharged and released from any guarantee it shall have granted with respect to each such Principal Lending Facility, and

 

(iii)                                the Issuer shall have delivered to each holder of Notes an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer certifying that (x) the conditions specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above have been satisfied and (y) immediately preceding the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee with respect to the Notes and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default will have existed or would exist,

 

then, upon receipt by the holders of Notes of such Officer’s Certificate, such Subsidiary Guarantor will be discharged and released, automatically and without the need for any further action, from its obligations under its Joinder Agreement, English Guarantee Agreement or other guarantee agreement (if applicable) with respect to the Notes; provided that, if in connection with any release of a Subsidiary Guarantor from its guarantee with respect to any Principal Lending Facility any fee or other consideration is paid or given to any Person in connection with such release, each holder of a Note shall receive equivalent consideration on a pro rata basis.  Without limiting the foregoing, for purposes of further assurance, each of the holders agrees to provide to the Obligors, if reasonably requested by the Obligors and at the Issuer’s expense, written evidence of such discharge and release signed by such holder.

 

(f)                                    The Issuer shall not (and the Issuer shall ensure that no member of the Group will) grant any Security to secure the Financial Indebtedness evidenced by any Principal Lending Facility unless, at the same time, such Security is also provided in favor of the holders of Notes on an equal and ratable basis pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Required Holders.

 

9.32.                      Anti-Terrorism Laws .

 

Each Obligor agrees to the extent applicable to each Obligor:

 

(a)                                  to comply and require its Affiliates to comply with all Anti-Terrorism Laws;

 

(b)                                  to comply and require its Affiliates to comply with the OFAC Sanctions Regulations;

 

(c)                                   not to take actions that would render it or any of its Affiliates to become subject to sanctions under CISADA;

 

(d)                                  not to be listed and not to permit any of its Affiliates to be listed as a Designated Person or a Blocked Person, and not to violate any Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation;

 

46



 

(e)                                   notwithstanding its obligations under Section 9.32(d), immediately to notify the holders if it obtains knowledge that it or any of its Affiliates has become or been listed as a Designated Person or a Blocked Person or has been charged with or has engaged in any violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or the OFAC Sanctions Regulations;

 

(f)                                    to exclude any funds derived from any Designated Person or Blocked Person or from any Person involved in the violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation from being used to pay debt service or any other amounts owing under the Note Documents;

 

(g)                                   except for transfers of stock of any publicly traded Obligor or Affiliate effected on a stock exchange, not to transfer or permit the transfer of any legal or beneficial ownership interest of any kind in such Obligor or any Affiliate of such Obligor to a Designated Person, Blocked Person or any Person or entity that such Obligor has to its best knowledge (based upon reasonable inquiry by such Obligor) been involved in the violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation;

 

(h)                                  not to acquire, directly or indirectly, ownership interest of any kind in any Designated Person, Blocked Person or any Person or entity that such Obligor has, to its best knowledge (based upon reasonable inquiry by such Obligor) been involved in the violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation, not to form any partnership or joint venture with any such Person and not to act, directly or indirectly, as the agent or representative of any such Person or engage in any other dealings or transactions with any such Person; and

 

(i)                                      to indemnify the holders for any costs incurred by any of them as a result of any violation of an Anti-Terrorism Law or OFAC Sanctions Regulation by any Obligor or any Affiliate of any Obligor.

 

9.33.                      ERISA .

 

Each Obligor shall:

 

(a)                                  ensure that neither it nor any ERISA Affiliate engages in a complete or partial withdrawal, within the meaning of sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, from any Multiemployer Plan without the prior consent of the Required Holders;

 

(b)                                  ensure that any material liability imposed on it or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title IV of ERISA is paid and discharged when due;

 

(c)                                   ensure that neither it nor any ERISA Affiliate adopts an amendment to an Employee Plan requiring the provision of Security under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code without the prior consent of the Required Holders; and

 

(d)                                  ensure that no Employee Plan is terminated under section 4041 of ERISA.

 

47



 

9.34.                      Margin Regulation .

 

If requested by any holder, each Obligor shall furnish to such holder a statement in conformity with the requirements of FR Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 221).

 

9.35.                      U.S. Regulation .

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that it will not, by act or omission, become subject to any of the categories, laws or regulations described in Section 5.29(c).

 

9.36.                      Favored Lender Status .

 

(a)                                  No Obligor shall, or shall permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time after the date of this Agreement enter into or amend or otherwise modify any Principal Lending Facility (including any amendment to the Bank Facilities Agreement) which would result in such Principal Lending Facility including any Financial Covenant (whether set forth as a covenant, undertaking, event of default, restriction or other such provision) that would be more beneficial to the holders of Notes than the provisions of this Agreement (any such covenant, a “ More Favorable Provision ”) unless the Obligors shall have delivered a Favored Lender Notice to each holder of a Note and the Required Holders have accepted (or have been deemed to accept) or rejected the offer contained in such Favored Lender Notice in accordance with this Section 9.36(a).  If holders of Notes constituting the Required Holders do not notify the Issuer on or before the date that is fifteen days after each holder’s receipt of such Favored Lender Notice of their rejection of the offer contained therein, then the Required Holders shall be deemed to have accepted such offer and such More Favorable Provision shall be deemed automatically incorporated by reference into this Agreement, mutatis mutandis , as if set forth fully herein, effective as of the date when such More Favorable Provision shall become effective under such Principal Lending Facility (any More Favorable Provision incorporated into this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.36, an “ Incorporated Provision ”).  Thereafter, upon the request of the Required Holders, the Obligors shall enter into any additional agreement or amendment to this Agreement reasonably requested by the Required Holders evidencing any of the foregoing.

 

(b)                                  For the avoidance of doubt, each of the existing covenants and events of default in Section 9 and Section 10 as of the date of this Agreement shall remain in this Agreement regardless of whether any Incorporated Provisions are incorporated into this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of this Section 9.36, a “ Favored Lender Notice ” means, in respect of any More Favorable Provision, a written notice to each of the holders of Notes by a Senior Financial Officer of the Issuer which: (i) refers to this Section 9.36 and the rights of the holders of Notes hereunder, (ii) sets forth a reasonably detailed description of such More Favorable Provision (including any defined terms used therein) and related explanatory calculations, as applicable, (iii) contains an offer to incorporate such More Favorable Provision into this Agreement, and (iv) requests such holder to notify the Issuer within fifteen days of such holder’s receipt of such Favored Lender Notice of its acceptance or rejection of such offer.

 

48



 

9.37.                      Year-end .

 

The Issuer shall procure that its Financial Year-end falls on December 31 and that each Financial Year-end of each other member of the Group falls on December 31 save where otherwise required by law in any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

9.38.                      Reserved.

 

9.39.                      Replacement Agent for Service of Process .

 

In the event that BA Holdings, Inc. ceases to be a Group member or otherwise ceases to serve as the Non-U.S. Obligors’ agent for the purpose of accepting service of process in the United States for and on their behalf, each Non-U.S. Obligor shall, within thirty (30) days, appoint a replacement agent for such purpose from the date of such appointment to the date that is one calendar year after the latest maturity date of any Note as stated therein, which replacement agent shall be reasonably satisfactory to the holders of Notes.

 

10.                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

 

An “ Event of Default ” shall exist if any of the following conditions or events shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)                                  Non-payment .  An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Note Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

(i)                                      its failure to pay is caused by:

 

(A)                                an administrative or technical error; or

 

(B)                                a Disruption Event; and

 

(ii)                                   payment is made within 3 Business Days of its due date.

 

(b)                                  Financial Covenants and Other Obligations .

 

(i)                                      Any requirement of Section 9.1 is not satisfied.

 

(ii)                                   An Obligor does not comply with any Material Provision.

 

(c)                                   Other Obligations .

 

(i)                                      An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Note Documents (other than those referred to in Sections 10(a) and 10(b)).

 

(ii)                                   No Event of Default under Sections 10(c)(i) will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 Business Days of the earlier of:

 

49



 

(A)                                any holder giving notice to the Issuer or relevant Obligor; and

 

(B)                                the Issuer or the relevant Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

(d)                                  Misrepresentation .

 

(i)                                      Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Note Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Note Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

 

(ii)                                   No Event of Default under Section 10(d)(i) will occur if:

 

(A)                                the event or circumstance causing the representation or statement to be incorrect or misleading is capable of remedy; and

 

(B)                                such Obligor shall have remedied such event or circumstance within ten Business Days after the earlier of:

 

(1)                                  the relevant Obligor becoming aware of such incorrect or misleading representation or statement; and

 

(2)                                  receipt by the relevant Obligor of written notice from any holder to such Obligor requiring the event or circumstance to be remedied.

 

(e)                                   Cross Default .

 

(i)                                      Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

(ii)                                   Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group (A) is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described), or (B) is otherwise required to be repurchased prior to its specified maturity as a result of the occurrence or continuation of any event or condition (other than the passage of time or the right of the holder of Financial Indebtedness to convert such Financial Indebtedness into equity interests), provided , that this clause (B) shall not apply with respect to any event constituting a Change of Control which is covered by Section 8.7 or any offer of repayment of the type set forth in Section 8.8.

 

(iii)                                Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

50



 

(iv)                               No Event of Default will occur under this Section 10(e) if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within Section 10(e)(i) to 10(e)(iii) (inclusive) is less than US$4,125,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

(f)                                    Insolvency .

 

(i)                                      An Obligor or a Material Subsidiary is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness (other than negotiations with holders of Notes or creditors under a Principal Lending Facility).

 

(ii)                                   A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary.  If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

(g)                                   Insolvency Proceedings .

 

(i)                                      Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

(A)                                the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganization (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary;

 

(B)                                a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary other than as permitted under paragraph (b) of the definition of “Permitted Transaction”;

 

(C)                                the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary or any of their assets; or

 

(D)                                enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary,

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

(ii)                                   Any of the following occurs in respect of a U.S. Obligor:

 

(A)                                it makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(B)                                it commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law;

 

51



 

(C)                                an involuntary proceeding under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law is commenced against it and is not challenged by appropriate means within thirty (30) days and is not dismissed or stayed within ninety (90) days after commencement of such case; or

 

(D)                                a custodian, conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official is appointed under any U.S. Bankruptcy Law for, or takes charge of, all or a substantial part of the property of a U.S. Obligor.

 

(iii)                                Section 10(g) shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

 

(h)                                  Creditors’ Process .  Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution or any analogous process in any jurisdiction affects any asset or assets of an Obligor or Material Subsidiary having an aggregate value of US$2,475,000 (or its equivalent in any currency) and is not discharged within 21 days of the commencement of such process.

 

(i)                                      Unlawfulness and Invalidity .

 

(i)                                      It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Note Documents.

 

(ii)                                   Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Note Document are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the holders of Notes under the Note Documents.

 

(iii)                                Any Note Document ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a holder) to be ineffective.

 

(j)                                     [Reserved] .

 

(k)                                  Cessation of Business .  Any member of the Group suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business where such suspension or cessation is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l)                                      Change of Ownership .  After the date of this Agreement, an Obligor (other than the Issuer) ceases to be a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Issuer except as a result of a disposal which is a Permitted Disposal or a Permitted Transaction.

 

(m)                              Audit Qualification .  The Auditors of the Group qualify the Annual Financial Statements of the Issuer where the qualification is material and adverse.

 

52



 

(n)                                  Expropriation .  The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is materially limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalization, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other Person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o)                                  Repudiation and Rescission of Agreements .  An Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Note Document or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Note Document.

 

(p)                                  Litigation .  Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened in relation to the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or against any member of the Group or its assets which results in a liability to such member of the Group (whether actual or contingent) that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(q)                                  ERISA .

 

(i)                                      Any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code;

 

(ii)                                   a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been or is reasonably expected to be filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified the Issuer or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings;

 

(iii)                                there is any “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under one or more Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA;

 

(iv)                               the aggregate present value of accrued benefit liabilities under all funded Non-U.S. Plans exceeds the aggregate current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plans allocable to such liabilities;

 

(v)                                  the Issuer or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to employee benefit plans;

 

(vi)                               the Issuer or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan;

 

53


 

(vii)                            the Issuer or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Issuer or any Subsidiary thereunder;

 

(viii)                         the Issuer or any Subsidiary fails to administer or maintain a Non-U.S. Plan in compliance with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations or court orders or any Non-U.S. Plan is involuntarily terminated or wound up; or

 

(ix)                               the Issuer or any Subsidiary becomes subject to the imposition of a financial penalty (which for this purpose shall mean any tax, penalty or other liability, whether by way of indemnity or otherwise) with respect to one or more Non-U.S. Plans; and

 

any such event or events described in clauses (i) through (ix) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  As used in this Section 11(q), the terms “employee benefit plan” and “employee welfare benefit plan” shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in section 3 of ERISA.

 

(r)                                     Material Adverse Change .  Any event or circumstance occurs which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(s)                                    Reserved .

 

11.                                REMEDIES ON DEFAULT, ETC.

 

11.1.                      Acceleration .

 

(a)                                  If an Event of Default with respect to any Obligor described in Section 10 (f), (g) or (h) has occurred, all the Notes then outstanding shall automatically become immediately due and payable and the Facility shall automatically terminate.

 

(b)                                  If any other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Required Holders may at any time at their option, by notice or notices to the Issuer, declare all the Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable, and Prudential may at its option, by notice in writing to the Issuer, terminate the Facility.

 

(c)                                   If any Event of Default described in Section 10(a) has occurred and is continuing, any holder or holders of Notes at the time outstanding affected by such Event of Default may at any time, at its or their option, by notice or notices to the Issuer, declare all the Notes held by it or them to be immediately due and payable.

 

Upon any Notes becoming due and payable under this Section 11.1, whether automatically or by declaration, such Notes will forthwith mature and the entire unpaid principal amount of such Notes, plus (x) all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accrued thereon at the Default Rate) and (y) with respect to an acceleration under Section 11.1(a) or (b), the Make-Whole Amount determined in respect of such principal

 

54



 

amount (to the full extent permitted by applicable law), shall all be immediately due and payable, in each and every case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are hereby waived.  Each Obligor acknowledges, and the parties hereto agree, that each holder of a Note has the right to maintain its investment in the Notes free from repayment by the Issuer (except as herein specifically provided for) and that the provision for payment of a Make-Whole Amount by the Issuer in the event that the Notes are prepaid or are accelerated as a result of an Event of Default, is intended to provide compensation for the deprivation of such right under such circumstances.

 

11.2.                      Other Remedies .

 

If any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and irrespective of whether any Notes have become or have been declared immediately due and payable under Section 11.1, the holder of any Note at the time outstanding may proceed to protect and enforce the rights of such holder by an action at law, suit in equity or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any agreement contained herein or in any Note, or for an injunction against a violation of any of the terms hereof or thereof, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted hereby or thereby or by law or otherwise.

 

11.3.                      Rescission .

 

At any time after any Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 11.1(b) or (c), the Required Holders, by written notice to the Issuer, may rescind and annul any such declaration and its consequences if (a) the Issuer has paid all overdue interest on the Notes, all principal of and Make-Whole Amount, if any, on any Notes that are due and payable and are unpaid other than by reason of such declaration, and all interest on such overdue principal and Make-Whole Amount, if any, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) any overdue interest in respect of the Notes, at the Default Rate, (b) neither the Issuer nor any other Person shall have paid any amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, (c) all Events of Default and Defaults, other than non-payment of amounts that have become due solely by reason of such declaration, have been cured or have been waived pursuant to Section 18, and (d) no judgment or decree has been entered for the payment of any monies due pursuant hereto or to the Notes.  No rescission and annulment under this Section 11.3 will extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

11.4.                      No Waivers or Election of Remedies, Expenses, etc. .

 

No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any holder of any Note in exercising any right, power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such holder’s rights, powers or remedies.  No right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement or by any Note upon any holder thereof shall be exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or therein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.  Without limiting the obligations of the Issuer under Section 16, the Issuer will pay to the holder of each Note on demand such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover all costs and expenses of such holder incurred in any enforcement or collection under this Section 11, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements and any Registration Duty.

 

55



 

12.                                TAX INDEMNIFICATION.

 

All payments whatsoever under the Note Documents will be made by the relevant Obligor in the Applicable Currency free and clear of, and without liability for withholding or deduction for or on account of, any present or future Taxes of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of any jurisdiction other than the United States (or any political subdivision or taxing authority of or in such jurisdiction) (hereinafter a “ Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Tax is compelled by law.

 

If any deduction or withholding for any Tax of a Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required in respect of any amounts to be paid by an Obligor under a Note Document, the relevant Obligor will pay to the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction the full amount required to be withheld, deducted or otherwise paid before penalties attach thereto or interest accrues thereon and pay to each holder of a Note such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the net amounts paid to such holder pursuant to the terms of such Note Document after such deduction, withholding or payment (including, without limitation, any required deduction or withholding of Tax on or with respect to such additional amount), shall be not less than the amounts then due and payable to such holder under the terms of such Note Document before the assessment of such Tax, provided that no payment of any additional amounts shall be required to be made for or on account of:

 

(a)                                  any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between such holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member of, shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such holder, if such holder is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation or any Person other than the holder to whom the Notes or any amount payable thereon or in connection therewith is attributable for the purposes of such Tax) and the Taxing Jurisdiction, other than the mere holding of the relevant Note or the receipt of payments thereunder or in respect thereof, including, without limitation, such holder (or such other Person described in the above parenthetical) being or having been a citizen or resident thereof, or being or having been present or engaged in trade or business therein or having or having had an establishment, office, fixed base or branch therein, provided that this exclusion shall not apply with respect to a Tax that would not have been imposed but for the relevant Obligor, after the date of this Agreement, opening an office in, moving an office to, reincorporating in, or changing the Taxing Jurisdiction from or through which payments on account of any Note Document are made to, the Taxing Jurisdiction imposing the relevant Tax;

 

(b)                                  any Tax that would not have been imposed but for the delay or failure by such holder (following a written request by the relevant Obligor) in the filing with the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of Forms (as defined below) that are required to be filed by such holder to avoid or reduce such Taxes (including for such purpose any refilings or renewals of filings that may from time to time be required by the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction), provided that the filing of such Forms would not (in such holder’s reasonable judgment) impose any unreasonable burden (in time, resources or otherwise) on such holder or result in any confidential or proprietary income tax return information being revealed, either directly or indirectly, to any Person and such delay or failure could have been lawfully avoided by such holder, and provided further that such holder shall be

 

56



 

deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this clause (b) upon the good faith completion and submission of such Forms (including refilings or renewals of filings) as may be specified in a written request of the relevant Obligor no later than 60 days after receipt by such holder of such written request (accompanied by copies of such Forms and related instructions, if any, all in the English language or with an English translation thereof); or

 

(c)                                   any combination of clauses (a) and (b) above;

 

and provided further that in no event shall an Obligor be obligated to pay such additional amounts to any holder of a Note (i) not resident in the United States of America or any other jurisdiction in which an original Purchaser is resident for tax purposes on the date of the Series A Closing in excess of the amounts that such Obligor would be obligated to pay if such holder had been a resident of the United States of America or such other jurisdiction, as applicable, for purposes of, and fully eligible for the maximum benefits of, any double taxation treaty from time to time in effect between the United States of America or such other jurisdiction and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (ii) registered in the name of a nominee if under the law of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (or the current regulatory interpretation of such law) securities held in the name of a nominee do not qualify for an exemption from the relevant Tax and such Obligor shall have given timely notice of such law or interpretation to such holder or (iii) resident of the United States of America or any other jurisdiction in which an original Purchaser is resident for tax purposes on the date of the Series A Closing (as applicable) but who, at the time of payment in question, would not be fully eligible for a full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest pursuant to any double taxation treaty between the United States of America or such other jurisdiction (as applicable) and the United Kingdom as it was in effect on the date the relevant holder acquired the relevant Note, in each case in excess of the amounts that the Company would be obligated to pay if such holder had been a resident of the United States of America or such other jurisdiction (as applicable) for the purposes of, and fully eligible for the maximum benefits of, any double taxation treaty from time to time in effect between the United States of America or such other jurisdiction and the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

 

By acceptance of any Note, the holder of such Note agrees, subject to the limitations of clause (b) above, that it will from time to time with reasonable promptness (x) duly complete and deliver to or as reasonably directed by an Obligor all such forms, certificates, documents and returns provided to such holder by such Obligor (collectively, together with instructions for completing the same, “ Forms ”) required to be filed by or on behalf of such holder in order to avoid or reduce any such Tax pursuant to the provisions of an applicable statute, regulation or administrative practice of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or of a tax treaty between the United States of America or other jurisdiction of residence of the holder (as applicable) and such Taxing Jurisdiction and (y) provide such Obligor with such information with respect to such holder as such Obligor may reasonably request in order to complete any such Forms, provided that nothing in this Section 12 shall require any holder to provide information with respect to any such Form or otherwise if in the opinion of such holder such Form or disclosure of information would involve the disclosure of tax return or other information that is confidential or proprietary to such holder, and provided further that each such holder shall be deemed to have complied with its obligation under this paragraph with respect to any Form if such Form shall have been duly completed and delivered by such holder to such Obligor or mailed to the appropriate taxing

 

57



 

authority (which in the case of a United Kingdom HMRC Form US/Company 2002 or any similar Form shall be deemed to occur when such Form is submitted to the United States Internal Revenue Service in accordance with instructions contained in such Form), whichever is applicable, within 60 days following a written request of such Obligor (which request shall be accompanied by copies of such Form and English translations of any such Form not in the English language) and, in the case of a transfer of any Note, at least 90 days prior to the relevant interest payment date.

 

Any Purchaser or other holder of a Note who is a UK Treaty Holder and who holds a UK Treaty Passport, and who wishes to apply its UK Treaty Passport to this Agreement, shall irrevocably include an indication to that effect by including its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in Schedule A , in the case of a Series A Purchaser, or in the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance, in the case of any other Purchaser (or, in the case of any transferee of a Note, in the information provided to the Issuer pursuant to Section 14.2).  Where a Purchaser of a Note has included such an indication in Schedule A , in the applicable Confirmation of Acceptance or in the information provided to the Issuer pursuant to Section 14.2, the Issuer shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Purchaser or holder with HMRC within 30 days of the applicable Closing Day (or, in the case of any transferee of a Note, within 30 days of completion of the transfer thereof).  The Issuer shall provide such Purchaser or holder with a copy of that filing and shall notify such Purchaser or holder if the filing has not been made within the aforementioned period or if the Issuer becomes aware that HMRC has decided not to apply the UK Treaty Passport Scheme to this Agreement or any Note in respect of that Purchaser or holder.  For the avoidance of doubt, any Purchaser or other holder of a Note who is a UK Treaty Holder holding a UK Treaty Passport which can be used by such UK Treaty Holder in respect of this Agreement, and who has given the Issuer an indication or notification in accordance with the foregoing, shall not be required to file any other Form seeking relief in respect of UK Tax pursuant to the applicable double taxation agreement unless and until it has received any notification by the Issuer in accordance with this paragraph (and then only in accordance with this Section 12).

 

If any payment is made by an Obligor to or for the account of the holder of any Note after deduction for or on account of any Taxes, and increased payments are made by such Obligor pursuant to this Section 12, then, if such holder at its sole discretion determines that it has received or been granted a refund of such Taxes, such holder shall, to the extent that it can do so without prejudice to the retention of the amount of such refund, reimburse to such Obligor such amount as such holder shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be attributable to the relevant Taxes or deduction or withholding.  Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of the holder of any Note to arrange its tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit and, in particular, no holder of any Note shall be under any obligation to claim relief from its corporate profits or similar tax liability in respect of such Tax in priority to any other claims, reliefs, credits or deductions available to it or (other than as set forth in clause (b) above) oblige any holder of any Note to disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof.

 

Each Obligor will furnish the holders of Notes, promptly and in any event within 60 days after the date of any payment by such Obligor of any Tax in respect of any amounts paid under any Note Document, the original tax receipt issued by the relevant taxation or other authorities involved for all amounts paid as aforesaid (or if such original tax receipt is not available or must

 

58



 

legally be kept in the possession of such Obligor, a duly certified copy of the original tax receipt or any other reasonably satisfactory evidence of payment), together with such other documentary evidence with respect to such payments as may be reasonably requested from time to time by any holder of a Note.

 

If any Obligor is required by any applicable law, as modified by the practice of the taxation or other authority of any relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, to make any deduction or withholding of any Tax in respect of which such Obligor would be required to pay any additional amount under this Section 12, but for any reason does not make such deduction or withholding with the result that a liability in respect of such Tax is assessed directly against the holder of any Note, and such holder pays such liability, then such Obligor will promptly reimburse such holder for such payment (including any related interest or penalties to the extent such interest or penalties arise by virtue of a default or delay by such Obligor) upon demand by such holder accompanied by an official receipt (or a duly certified copy thereof) issued by the taxation or other authority of the relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

 

If any Obligor makes payment to or for the account of any holder of a Note and such holder is entitled to a refund of the Tax to which such payment is attributable upon the making of a filing (other than a Form described above), then such holder shall, as soon as practicable after receiving written request from such Obligor (which shall specify in reasonable detail and supply the refund forms to be filed) use reasonable efforts to complete and deliver such refund forms to or as directed by such Obligor, subject, however, to the same limitations with respect to Forms as are set forth above.

 

The obligations of the Obligors under this Section 12 shall survive the payment or transfer of any Note and the provisions of this Section 12 shall also apply to successive transferees of the Notes.

 

13.                                GUARANTEE AND OTHER RIGHTS AND UNDERTAKINGS.

 

13.1.                      Guarantee .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor, in consideration of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the purchase of the Notes by the Purchasers and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, hereby irrevocably, unconditionally and jointly and severally with the other Guarantors guarantees to each holder, the due and punctual payment in full by the Issuer of (a) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or by acceleration or otherwise) and (b) any other sums which may become owing by the Issuer to the holders under the terms and provisions of the Notes, this Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein (all such obligations described in clauses (a) and (b) above are herein called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).  The guarantee in the preceding sentence (the “ Unconditional Guarantee ”) is an absolute, present and continuing guarantee of payment and

 

59



 

not of collectability and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from any other Obligor or guarantor of the Notes (including, without limitation, any other U.S. Guarantor hereunder and any other Guarantor that executes an English Guarantee Agreement) or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever.  In the event that the Issuer shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, each U.S. Guarantor agrees to pay the same when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind, in the Applicable Currency, pursuant to the requirements for payment specified in the Notes and this Agreement.  Each default in payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises.  Each U.S. Guarantor agrees that the Notes may (but need not) make reference to the Unconditional Guarantee.

 

Each U.S. Guarantor agrees to pay and to indemnify and save each holder harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) which such holder may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (x) any breach by such U.S. Guarantor, by any other Guarantor or by the Issuer of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, (y) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein and (z) enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) the provisions of this Section 13, provided , that no U.S. Guarantor shall be liable for any damage, loss, cost or expense arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any holder.

 

Each U.S. Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that such U.S. Guarantor’s liability hereunder is joint and several with the other Guarantors and any other Person(s) who may guarantee the obligations and indebtedness under and in respect of the Notes and the other Note Documents.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions or any other provision of this Agreement, the Purchasers (on behalf of themselves and their successors and assigns) and each U.S. Guarantor hereby agree that if at any time the Guaranteed Obligations exceed the Maximum Guaranteed Amount determined as of such time with regard to such U.S. Guarantor, then this Section 13 shall be automatically amended to reduce the Guaranteed Obligations to the Maximum Guaranteed Amount.  Such amendment shall not require the written consent of any U.S. Guarantor or any holder and shall be deemed to have been automatically consented to by each U.S. Guarantor and each holder.  Each U.S. Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may at any time exceed the Maximum Guaranteed Amount without affecting or impairing the obligation of such U.S. Guarantor.  “ Maximum Guaranteed Amount ” means as of the date of determination with respect to a U.S. Guarantor, the lesser of (a) the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations outstanding on such date and (b) the maximum amount that would not render such U.S. Guarantor’s liability under this Section 13 subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (or any successor provision) or any comparable provision of applicable law of any jurisdiction.

 

60



 

13.2.                      Obligations Absolute .

 

The obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Section 13 shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim such U.S. Guarantor may have against the Issuer or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not such U.S. Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation: (a) any amendment to, modification of, supplement to or restatement of the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein (it being agreed that the obligations of each U.S. Guarantor under this Section 13 shall apply to the Notes, the other Note Documents and any such other instrument as so amended, modified, supplemented or restated) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes or the addition, substitution or release of any other Guarantor or any other entity or other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, reorganization, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer or its property; (d) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor or of the Issuer into or with any other Person or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor or of the Issuer to any Person; (e) any failure on the part of the Issuer for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with any Subsidiary Guarantor; (f) any failure on the part of any holder to obtain, maintain, register or otherwise perfect any security; or (g) any other event or circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (whether or not similar to the foregoing), and in any event however material or prejudicial it may be to any Subsidiary Guarantor or to any subrogation, contribution or reimbursement rights any Subsidiary Guarantor may otherwise have.  Each U.S. Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations hereunder.

 

13.3.                      Waiver .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor unconditionally waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) notice of acceptance hereof, of any action taken or omitted in reliance hereon and of any default by the Issuer in the payment of any amounts due under the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, and of any of the matters referred to in Section 13.2, (b) all notices which may be required by statute, rule of law or otherwise to preserve any of the rights of any holder against such U.S. Guarantor, including, without limitation, presentment to or demand for payment from the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to any Note, notice to the Issuer or to any Subsidiary Guarantor of default or protest for nonpayment or dishonor and the filing of claims with a court in the event of the bankruptcy of the Issuer, (c) any right to require any holder to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy including, without limitation, any right, power or remedy conferred in this Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document, (d) any requirement for diligence on the part of any holder and (e) any

 

61



 

other act or omission or thing or delay in doing any other act or thing which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such U.S. Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of such U.S. Guarantor or in any manner lessen the obligations of such U.S. Guarantor hereunder.

 

13.4.                      Obligations Unimpaired .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor authorizes the holders, without notice or demand to such U.S. Guarantor or any other Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Note Document or other instrument:  (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, all or any part of the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein; (b) to change any of the representations, covenants, events of default or any other terms or conditions of or pertaining to the Notes, this Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, including, without limitation, decreases or increases in amounts of principal, rates of interest, the Make-Whole Amount or any other obligation; (c) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, for the performance of this Section 13 or otherwise for the Guaranteed Obligations and to exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate and release any such security; (d) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the holders in their sole discretion may determine; (e) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or release any other Guarantor or any other Person or entity primarily or secondarily liable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; (f) to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person; and (g) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations owed hereunder.  The holders shall have no obligation to proceed against any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Issuer, such U.S. Guarantor or any other Guarantor or any other Person or to pursue any other remedy available to the holders.

 

If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of any Notes shall exist and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment on account of the Guaranteed Obligations shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantors of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, such U.S. Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Section 13 and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holder thereof had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and such U.S. Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated Guaranteed Obligations.

 

13.5.                      Subrogation and Subordination .

 

(a)                                  Each U.S. Guarantor will not be entitled to and will not exercise any rights which it may have acquired by way of subrogation under this Section 13, by any payment made hereunder or otherwise, or accept any payment on account of such subrogation rights, nor will any U.S. Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from any other Obligor or any other Person, nor seek or be entitled to seek any rights or recourse to any security for the Notes or this Agreement, in

 

62



 

each case unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash.

 

(b)                                  Each U.S. Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all Financial Indebtedness and other obligations of the Issuer, any other Obligor or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations owing to such U.S. Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation, all rights and claims described in Section 13.5(a), to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.  If the Required Holders so request, any such Financial Indebtedness or other obligations shall be enforced and performance received by such U.S. Guarantor as trustee for the holders and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the holders promptly, in the form received (together with any necessary endorsements) to be applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as may be directed by the Required Holders, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of any U.S. Guarantor under this Section 13.

 

(c)                                   If any amount or other payment is made to or accepted by any U.S. Guarantor in violation of Section 13.5(a) and (b), such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such U.S. Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the holders and shall be paid over to the holders promptly, in the form received (together with any necessary endorsements) to be applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as may be directed by the Required Holders, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of such U.S. Guarantor under this Section 13.

 

(d)                                  Each U.S. Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Agreement and that its agreements set forth in this Section 13 (including this Section 13.5) are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

(e)                                   Each U.S. Guarantor hereby agrees that, to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid an amount hereunder to any holder that is greater than the net value of the benefits received, directly or indirectly, by such paying Guarantor as a result of the issuance and sale of the Notes (such net value, its “ Proportionate Share ”), such paying Guarantor shall, subject to Section 13.5(a) and (b), be entitled to contribution from any Subsidiary Guarantor that has not paid its Proportionate Share of the Guaranteed Obligations.  Any amount payable as a contribution under this Section 13.5(e) shall be determined as of the date on which the related payment is made by such Subsidiary Guarantor seeking contribution and each U.S. Guarantor acknowledges that the right to contribution hereunder shall constitute an asset of such U.S. Guarantor to which such contribution is owed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 13.5(e) shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the holders of the Notes hereunder or under the Notes, any other Note Document or any other document, instrument or agreement executed in connection therewith, and each U.S. Guarantor shall remain jointly and severally liable for the full payment and performance of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

63


 

13.6.                      Reinstatement of Guarantee .

 

The Unconditional Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if and to the extent at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any of the sums due to any holder on account of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by a holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any other guarantors, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to the Issuer or any other guarantors or any part of its or their property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

13.7.                      Term of Guarantee .

 

The Unconditional Guarantee and all guarantees, covenants and agreements of the U.S. Guarantors contained in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be discharged until such time as all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations hereunder shall be indefeasibly paid in full in cash and shall be subject to reinstatement pursuant to Section 13.6.

 

13.8.                      Information Regarding the Issuer .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor now has and will continue to have independent means of obtaining information concerning the affairs, financial condition and business of the Issuer.  No holder shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any U.S. Guarantor with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Issuer which may come into possession of the holders.  Each U.S. Guarantor is executing and delivering this Agreement and each other Note Document to which it is a party without reliance upon any representation by the holders including, without limitation, with respect to (a) the due execution, validity, effectiveness or enforceability of any instrument, document or agreement evidencing or relating to any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any loan or other financial accommodation made or granted to the Issuer, (b) the validity, genuineness, enforceability, existence, value or sufficiency of any property securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the creation, perfection or priority of any lien or security interest in such property or (c) the existence, number, financial condition or creditworthiness of other guarantors or sureties, if any, with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

13.9.                      Further Assurances .

 

Each U.S. Guarantor agrees to execute and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the Required Holders may from time to time reasonably request in order to effectuate fully the purposes of the Unconditional Guarantee.

 

13.10.               English Guarantor Confirmation

 

Notwithstanding that such consent is not required under the English Guarantee Agreements to which each English Guarantor entered into in connection with the Series A Notes, each of such English Guarantors hereby consents to the amendment and restatement of the Original Agreement pursuant to this Agreement and agrees that the entry into this Agreement

 

64



 

shall not in any way release, diminish, impair or reduce its obligations under the English Guarantee Agreement to which it is a party.

 

14.                                REGISTRATION; EXCHANGE; SUBSTITUTION OF NOTES.

 

14.1.                      Registration of Notes .

 

The Issuer shall keep at its principal executive office a register of Notes for the registration and registration of transfers of Notes.  The name and address of each holder of one or more Notes, each transfer thereof and the name and address of each transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in such register.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all purposes hereof, and the Issuer shall not be affected by any notice or knowledge to the contrary.  The Issuer shall give to any holder of a Note that is an Institutional Investor promptly upon request therefor, a complete and correct copy of the names and addresses of all registered holders of Notes.

 

14.2.                      Transfer and Exchange of Notes .

 

Upon surrender of any Note to the Issuer at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19) for registration of transfer or exchange (and in the case of a surrender for registration of transfer accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder of such Note or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing and accompanied by the relevant name, address and other details for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof) within ten Business Days thereafter the Issuer shall execute and deliver, at the Issuer’s expense (except as provided below), one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder thereof) of the same Series as such surrendered Note in exchange therefor, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the surrendered Note.  Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as such holder may request and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(a) , in the case of a Series A Note, or in the form of Exhibit 1(b) , in the case of a Shelf Note.  Each such new Note shall be dated and bear interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on the surrendered Note or dated the date of the surrendered Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.  The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp tax or governmental charge imposed in respect of any such transfer of Notes.  Notes shall not be transferred in denominations of less than US$100,000 (or €100,000 in the case of Notes denominated in Euros, or ₤100,000 in the case of Notes denominated in British Pounds), provided that if necessary to enable the registration of transfer by a holder of its entire holding of Notes, one Note may be in a denomination of less than US$100,000, €100,000 or ₤100,000, as applicable.  Any transferee, by its acceptance of a Note registered in its name (or the name of its nominee), shall be deemed to have made the representation set forth in Section 6.2.

 

14.3.                      Replacement of Notes .

 

Upon receipt by the Issuer at the address and to the attention of the designated officer (all as specified in Section 19(iii)) of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note (which evidence shall be, in the case of an

 

65



 

Institutional Investor, notice from such Institutional Investor of such ownership and such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation), and

 

(a)                                  in the case of loss, theft or destruction, receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it (provided that if the holder of such Note is, or is a nominee for, an original Purchaser or another holder of a Note with a minimum net worth of at least US$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) or a Qualified Institutional Buyer, such Person’s own unsecured agreement of indemnity shall be deemed to be satisfactory), or

 

(b)                                  in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation thereof,

 

within ten Business Days thereafter the Issuer at its own expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Note of the same Series as such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note, dated and bearing interest from the date to which interest shall have been paid on such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note or dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note if no interest shall have been paid thereon.

 

15.                                PAYMENTS ON NOTES.

 

15.1.                      Place of Payment .

 

Subject to Section 15.2, payments of principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest becoming due and payable on the Notes shall be made at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in New York, New York.  The Issuer may at any time, by notice to each holder of a Note, change the place of payment of the Notes so long as such place of payment shall be either the principal office of the Issuer in such jurisdiction or the principal office of a bank or trust company in such jurisdiction.

 

15.2.                      Home Office Payment .

 

So long as any Purchaser or its nominee shall be the holder of any Note, and notwithstanding anything contained in Section 15.1 or in such Note to the contrary, the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, will pay all sums becoming due on such Note for principal, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest and all other amounts by the method and at the address specified for such purpose below such Purchaser’s name in Schedule A (in the case of the Series A Notes) or as specified in such Purchaser’s Confirmation of Acceptance (in the case of a Shelf Note), or by such other method or at such other address as such Purchaser shall have from time to time specified to the Issuer in writing for such purpose, without the presentation or surrender of such Note or the making of any notation thereon, except that upon written request of the Issuer made concurrently with or reasonably promptly after payment or prepayment in full of any Note, such Purchaser shall surrender such Note for cancellation, reasonably promptly after any such request, to the Issuer at its principal executive office or at the place of payment most recently designated by the Issuer pursuant to Section 15.1.  Prior to any sale or other disposition of any Note held by a Purchaser or its nominee, such Purchaser will, at its election, either endorse thereon the amount of principal paid thereon and the last date to which interest has been paid thereon or surrender such Note to the Issuer in exchange for a new Note or Notes pursuant to Section 14.2.  The Issuer will afford the benefits of this Section 15.2 to any Institutional Investor

 

66



 

that is the direct or indirect transferee of any Note purchased by a Purchaser under this Agreement and that has made the same agreement relating to such Note as the Purchasers have made in this Section 15.2.

 

16.                                EXPENSES, ETC.

 

16.1.                      Transaction Expenses .

 

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Issuer will pay all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees of a special counsel and, if reasonably required by the Required Holders, local or other counsel) incurred by the Purchasers and each other holder of a Note in connection with such transactions and in connection with any amendments, waivers or consents under or in respect of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes or the other Note Documents (whether or not such amendment, waiver or consent becomes effective), including, without limitation: (a) the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) any rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes or the other Note Documents, or in responding to any subpoena or other legal process or informal investigative demand issued in connection with any Note Document, or by reason of being a holder of any Note, (b) the costs and expenses, including financial advisors’ fees, incurred in connection with the insolvency or bankruptcy of any member of the Group or in connection with any work-out or restructuring of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Notes and (c) the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the initial filing of this Agreement and all related documents and financial information with the SVO, provided that such costs and expenses under this clause (c) shall not exceed US$3,500 (or its equivalent in other currencies).  The Issuer will pay, and will save each Purchaser and each other holder of a Note harmless from, all claims in respect of any fees, costs or expenses, if any, of brokers and finders (other than those, if any, retained by a Purchaser or other holder in connection with its purchase of the Notes).

 

16.2.                      Certain Taxes .

 

The Issuer agrees to pay all stamp, documentary or similar taxes or fees which may be payable in respect of the execution and delivery (but not the transfer) or the enforcement of any of the Notes or the execution and delivery or the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Note Document in the United States or the United Kingdom or of any amendment of, or waiver or consent under or with respect to, any Note Document, and to pay any value added tax due and payable in respect of reimbursement of costs and expenses by the Issuer pursuant to this Section 16 (provided that, where the Issuer has made a payment of such value added tax and the relevant holder reasonably determines that it has received or been granted a credit or repayment in respect of such value added tax from the relevant tax authority, such holder shall reimburse such amount to the Issuer), and will save each holder of a Note to the extent permitted by applicable law harmless against any loss or liability resulting from nonpayment or delay in payment of any such tax or fee required to be paid by the Issuer hereunder.

 

67



 

16.3.                      Survival .

 

The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 16 will survive the payment or transfer of any Note, the enforcement, amendment or waiver of any provision of any Note Document, and the termination of any Note Document.

 

17.                                SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

 

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes and the other Note Documents, the purchase or transfer by any Purchaser of any Note or portion thereof or interest therein and the payment of any Note, and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder of a Note, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of such Purchaser or any other holder of a Note.  All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of such Obligor under this Agreement.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Unconditional Guarantee), the Notes and the other Note Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding among each Purchaser and the Obligors and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

18.                                AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

 

18.1.                      Requirements .

 

This Agreement and the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof or of the Notes may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of each Obligor and the Required Holders, except that (a) no amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of Section 1.1, 2.1, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 22, or any defined term (as it is used therein), will be effective as to any Purchaser unless consented to by such Purchaser in writing, (b) (i) with the written consent of Prudential (and without the consent of any other holder of Notes), the provisions of Section 1.2 or 2.2 may be amended or waived (except insofar as any such amendment or waiver would affect any rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of Notes which shall have become Accepted Notes prior to such amendment or waiver), and (ii) with the written consent of all of the Purchasers which shall have become obligated to purchase Accepted Notes of any Series (and not without the written consent of all such Purchasers), any of the provisions of Sections 2.2 and 4 may be amended or waived insofar as such amendment or waiver would affect only rights or obligations with respect to the purchase and sale of the Accepted Notes of such Series or the terms and provisions of such Accepted Notes and (c) no such amendment or waiver may, without the written consent of the holder of each Note at the time outstanding affected thereby, (i) subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to acceleration or rescission, change the amount or time of any prepayment or payment of principal of, or reduce the rate or change the time of payment or method of computation of interest or of the Make-Whole Amount on, the Notes, (ii) change the percentage of the principal amount of the Notes the holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment or waiver, (iii) amend Section 8, 10(a), 11, 12, 18, 21 or 23.9, or (iv) release all or substantially all of the Unconditional Guarantee.

 

68



 

18.2.                      Solicitation of Holders of Notes.

 

(a)                                  Solicitation .  The Issuer will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof or of the Notes, unless such proposed amendment, waiver or consent relates only to a specific Series of Accepted Notes which have not yet been purchased, in which case such information will only be required to be delivered to the Purchasers which shall have become obligated to purchase Accepted Notes of such Series.  The Issuer will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 18 to each holder of outstanding Notes promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

 

(b)                                  Payment .  No Obligor will directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder of Notes as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of Notes of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof or of any Note unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder of Notes then outstanding even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

 

(c)                                   Consent in Contemplation of Transfer .  Any consent made pursuant to this Section 18.2 by the holder of any Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer such Note to an Obligor or any Affiliate of an Obligor and has provided or has agreed to provide such written consent as a condition to such transfer shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such transferring holder.

 

18.3.                      Binding Effect, etc. .

 

Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 18 applies equally to all holders of Notes and is binding upon them and upon each future holder of any Note and upon each Obligor without regard to whether such Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant, agreement, Default or Event of Default not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing between any Obligor, on one hand, and the holder of any Note, on the other hand, nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder of such Note.  As used herein, the term “this Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Agreement as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

 

69



 

18.4.                      Notes Held by Obligors, etc. .

 

Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Agreement or the Notes, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein or in the Notes to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by any Obligor or any Affiliates of any Obligor shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

19.                                NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE.

 

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized international commercial delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by a recognized international commercial delivery service (with charges prepaid).  Any such notice must be sent:

 

(i)                                      if to a Purchaser or its nominee, to such Purchaser or nominee at the address specified for such communications in Schedule A (in the case of the Series A Notes) or as specified by such Purchaser in its Confirmation of Acceptance (in the case of Shelf Notes), or at such other address as such Purchaser or nominee shall have specified to the Issuer in writing,

 

(ii)                                   if to any other holder of any Note, to such holder at such address as such other holder shall have specified to the Issuer in writing,

 

(iii)                                if to the Issuer, to the Issuer at its address set forth at the beginning hereof to the attention of the Secretary, or at such other address as the Issuer shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing, or

 

(iv)                               if to any Subsidiary Guarantor, to such Subsidiary Guarantor at Anchorage Gateway, 5 Anchorage Quay, Salford, M50 3XE, United Kingdom, Attention: the Company Secretary, or at such other address as such Subsidiary Guarantor shall have specified to the holder of each Note in writing.

 

Notices under this Section 19 will be deemed given only when actually received.

 

Each document, instrument, financial statement, report, notice or other communication delivered in connection with this Agreement shall be in English or accompanied by an English translation thereof.

 

This Agreement and the Notes have been prepared and signed in English and the parties hereto agree that the English version hereof and thereof (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) shall be the only version valid for the purpose of the interpretation and construction hereof and thereof notwithstanding the preparation of any translation into another language hereof or thereof, whether official or otherwise or whether prepared in relation to any proceedings which may be brought in any jurisdiction in respect hereof or thereof.

 

70



 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 19, any communication pursuant to Section 2.2 shall be made by the method specified for such communication in Section 2.2, and shall be effective to create any rights or obligations under this Agreement only if, in the case of a telephone communication, an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information and of the party receiving the information are parties to the telephone call, and in the case of a telecopier communication, the communication is signed by an Authorized Officer of the party conveying the information, addressed to the attention of an Authorized Officer of the party receiving the information, and in fact received at the telecopier terminal the number of which is listed for the party receiving the communication in the Information Schedule or at such other telecopier terminal as the party receiving the information shall have specified in writing to the party sending such information.

 

20.                                REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS.

 

This Agreement and all documents relating thereto, including, without limitation, (a) consents, waivers and modifications that may hereafter be executed, (b) documents received by any Purchaser at any Closing (except the Notes themselves), and (c) financial statements, certificates and other information previously or hereafter furnished to any Purchaser, may be reproduced by such Purchaser by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital or other similar process and such Purchaser may destroy any original document so reproduced.  Each Obligor agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such Purchaser in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.  This Section 20 shall not prohibit any Obligor or any holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.

 

21.                                CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

 

For the purposes of this Section 21, “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to any Purchaser by or on behalf of any member of the Group in connection with the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement that is proprietary in nature and that was clearly marked or labeled or otherwise adequately identified when received by such Purchaser as being confidential information of such Group member, provided that such term does not include information that (a) was publicly known or otherwise known to such Purchaser prior to the time of such disclosure, (b) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by such Purchaser or any Person acting on such Purchaser’s behalf, (c) otherwise becomes known to such Purchaser other than through disclosure by any Group member or (d) constitutes financial statements delivered to such Purchaser under Section 7.1 that are otherwise publicly available.  Each Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of such Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by such Purchaser in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties delivered to such Purchaser, provided that such Purchaser may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to (i) its directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates (to the extent such disclosure reasonably relates to the administration of the investment represented by its Notes), (ii) its financial advisors

 

71



 

and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 21, (iii) any other holder of any Note, (iv) any Institutional Investor to which it sells or offers to sell such Note or any part thereof or any participation therein (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 21), (v) any Person from which it offers to purchase any security of the Issuer (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 21), (vi) any federal or state regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Purchaser, (vii) the NAIC or the SVO or, in each case, any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about such Purchaser’s investment portfolio, or (viii) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (w) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Purchaser, (x) in response to any subpoena or other legal process, (y) in connection with any litigation to which such Purchaser is a party or (z) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Purchaser may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under such Purchaser’s Notes and this Agreement.  Each holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 21 as though it were a party to this Agreement.  On reasonable request by any Obligor in connection with the delivery to any holder of a Note of information required to be delivered to such holder under this Agreement or requested by such holder (other than a holder that is a party to this Agreement or its nominee), such holder will enter into an agreement with the Obligors embodying the provisions of this Section 21.

 

22.                                SUBSTITUTION OF PURCHASER.

 

Each Purchaser shall have the right to substitute any one of its Affiliates as the purchaser of the Notes that it has agreed to purchase hereunder, by written notice to the Issuer, which notice shall be signed by both such Purchaser and such Affiliate, shall contain such Affiliate’s agreement to be bound by this Agreement and shall contain a confirmation by such Affiliate of the accuracy with respect to it of the representations set forth in Section 6.  Upon receipt of such notice, any reference to such Purchaser in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall be deemed to refer to such Affiliate in lieu of such original Purchaser.  In the event that such Affiliate is so substituted as a Purchaser hereunder and such Affiliate thereafter transfers to such original Purchaser all of the Notes then held by such Affiliate, upon receipt by the Issuer of notice of such transfer, any reference to such Affiliate as a “Purchaser” in this Agreement (other than in this Section 22), shall no longer be deemed to refer to such Affiliate, but shall refer to such original Purchaser, and such original Purchaser shall again have all the rights of an original holder of the Notes under this Agreement.

 

23.                                MISCELLANEOUS.

 

23.1.                      Successors and Assigns .

 

All covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns (including, without limitation, any subsequent holder of a Note) whether so expressed or not.

 

72



 

23.2.                      Payments Due on Non-Business Days .

 

Anything in this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding (but without limiting the requirement in Section 8.4 that notice of any optional prepayment specify a Business Day as the date fixed for such prepayment), any payment of principal of or Make-Whole Amount or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business Day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day without including the additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day; provided that if the maturity date, or any scheduled principal repayment date, of any Note is a date other than a Business Day, the payment otherwise due on such maturity date or scheduled principal repayment date shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and shall include the additional days elapsed in the computation of interest payable on such next succeeding Business Day.

 

23.3.                      Accounting Terms; IAS 39.

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all accounting terms used herein which are not expressly defined in this Agreement have the meanings respectively given to them in accordance with the Accounting Principles, all computations made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the Accounting Principles, and all financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  for purposes of determining Financial Indebtedness, indebtedness or debt (or any similar term) under any covenant or other term or provision contained in this Agreement (including any Incorporated Provision), any election by any Group member to measure any portion of a non-derivative financial liability at fair value (as permitted by International Accounting Standard 39 or any similar accounting standard), other than to reflect a hedge of such non-derivative financial liability (including interest rate, foreign currency and commodity hedges), shall be disregarded and such determination shall be made as if such election had not been made; and

 

(b)                                  if after the date of this Agreement a change in the Accounting Principles (as at the date of this Agreement) or the accounting practices is such:

 

(a)                                  as to affect the determination of the financial covenants contained in Section 9.1 or any related definitions; or

 

(b)                                  as to affect the determination of whether a Subsidiary is a Material Company; or

 

(c)                                   that it could (i) cause a Default or Event of Default related to any provision hereof (each an “ Applicable Provision ”), (ii) result in an indication that a Default or Event of Default related to any Applicable Provision shall occur in the future,

 

then the parties hereto shall proceed as follows:

 

73


 

(1)                                                                                  any such Default or Event of Default arising solely as a result of such change in Accounting Principles shall be tolled or suspended;

 

(2)                                                                                  at the request of the Issuer or the Required Holders, the Issuer and the Required Holders shall promptly enter into good faith negotiations lasting for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days, pursuant to which the Issuer and the Required Holders shall (if possible) agree to an amendment or waiver of terms of this Agreement sufficient to (i) eliminate or preempt any such Default or Event of Default and (ii) ensure that the amendment does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the terms of this Agreement as at June 29, 2016 and gives the Issuer comparable headroom and flexibility to that contemplated at June 29, 2016, and any amendments so agreed will take effect on the date agreed between the Issuer and the Required Holders; and

 

(3)                                                                                  in the event such good faith negotiations do not result in an amendment or waiver sufficient to eliminate or preempt any such Default or Event of Default or to ensure that the change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the terms of this Agreement within ninety (90) days of either party’s request, the Issuer shall be entitled to (in the case of a change in Accounting Principles giving rise to a Default or Event of Default or that is otherwise adverse to the Issuer) and shall if the Required Holders so request (in the case of a change in Accounting Principles adverse to the holders) re-determine or determine (as applicable) compliance with such Applicable Provision on the basis of the Accounting Principles in effect on the date of (and as applied by the Issuer in connection with) the Group’s most recent consolidated audited financial statements issued prior to such change in Accounting Principles (“ Pre-Change Accounting Principles ”).

 

(c)                                   In the event that any re-determination or determination (as applicable) of any Applicable Provision in accordance with Pre-Change Accounting Principles shall indicate (x) that the Issuer is then in compliance with the Applicable Provision on such basis, no Default nor Event of Default in relation thereto shall be deemed to have occurred (or be continuing) or shall occur thereafter (as applicable), and (y) that the Issuer is not then in compliance with the Applicable Provision on such basis, any Default nor Event of Default in relation thereto that would have arisen but for the relevant change in Accounting Principles shall be deemed to have occurred and be continuing.

 

23.4.                      Severability .

 

Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

74



 

23.5.                      Construction, etc. .

 

Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such an express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant.  Where any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, all Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a part hereof.

 

23.6.                      Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.  Each counterpart may consist of a number of copies hereof, each signed by less than all, but together signed by all, of the parties hereto.  Delivery of an executed signature page hereto by facsimile or e-mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

23.7.                      Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

23.8.                      Jurisdiction and Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

(a)                                  Each Obligor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Notes.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Obligor irrevocably waives and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

(b)                                  Each Obligor agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that a final judgment in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in Section 23.8(a) brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon it subject to rights of appeal, as the case may be, and may be enforced in the courts of the United States of America or the State of New York (or any other courts to the jurisdiction of which it or any of its assets is or may be subject) by a suit upon such judgment.

 

(c)                                   Each Non-U.S. Obligor consents to process being served by or on behalf of any holder of a Note in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in

 

75



 

Section 23.8(a) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified or priority mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or delivering a copy thereof in the manner for delivery of notices specified in Section 19, to BA Holdings, Inc., as its agent for the purpose of accepting service of any process in the United States.  Each Non-U.S. Obligor agrees that such service upon receipt (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and personal delivery to it.  Notices hereunder shall be conclusively presumed received as evidenced by a delivery receipt furnished by the United States Postal Service or any reputable commercial delivery service.

 

(d)                                  Nothing in this Section 23.8 shall affect the right of any holder of a Note to serve process in any manner permitted by law, or limit any right that the holders of any of the Notes may have to bring proceedings against any Obligor in the courts of any appropriate jurisdiction or to enforce in any lawful manner a judgment obtained in one jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

 

(e)                                   Each Non-U.S. Obligor hereby irrevocably appoints BA Holdings, Inc. to receive for it, and on its behalf, service of process in the United States.  BA Holdings, Inc. hereby accepts such appointment and designation for the period from the date of the Series A Closing to the date that is one calendar year after the latest maturity date of any Note as stated therein.

 

(f)                                    THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT ON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE UNCONDITIONAL GUARANTEE), THE NOTES, ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH.

 

23.9.                      Obligation to Make Payment in the Applicable Currency .

 

Any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder or under the Notes in the Applicable Currency which is made to or for the account of any holder of Notes in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of any Obligor, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of such Obligor, as applicable, under this Agreement or the Notes only to the extent of the amount of the Applicable Currency which such holder could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above.  If the amount of the Applicable Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Applicable Currency originally due to such holder, the Obligors agree to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such holder from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency.  This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Agreement and the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such holder from time to time and shall continue

 

76



 

in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under the Notes or under any judgment or order.  As used herein the term “ London Banking Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.

 

23.10.               Determinations Involving Different Currencies .

 

In the event of any determination of the requisite percentage or the principal amount of any Notes of more than one currency, the principal amount of any Note which is issued in a currency other than U.S. Dollars shall, for purposes of determining any such percentage or requisite principal amount, be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of such Note’s principal amount.

 

23.11.               Tax Forms .

 

(a)                                  Each Purchaser and each holder that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30)of the Internal Revenue Code shall deliver to the Issuer executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Issuer as will enable the Issuer to certify to such Purchaser or holder’s exemption from U.S. backup withholding and/or information reporting requirements.

 

(b)                                  Each Purchaser and each holder that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30)of the Internal Revenue Code (a “ Non-U.S. Holder ”) shall deliver to the Issuer on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Holder becomes a party to this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Issuer), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i)                                      properly completed and duly executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (claiming a complete exemption from United States withholding tax on payments made under the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty);

 

(ii)                                   properly completed and duly executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (claiming a complete exemption from United States withholding tax because payments made are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business);

 

(iii)                                properly completed and duly executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and all required supporting documentation (claiming a complete exemption from United States withholding tax on payments made); or

 

(iv)                               in the case of a Purchaser or holder claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Sections 871(h) or 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Non-U.S. Holder is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Issuer within the meaning of Section

 

77



 

881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code and (y) properly completed and duly executed originals of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN.

 

(c)                                   Each Purchaser or holder that is a Non-U.S. Holder shall deliver to the Issuer such other tax forms or other documents as shall be prescribed by applicable law to demonstrate, where applicable, that payments under this Agreement to such Purchaser or holder are exempt from United States withholding tax imposed pursuant to FATCA.

 

23.12.               Transaction References .

 

The Obligors agree that PRICOA Capital Group may (a) refer to its role in establishing the Facility, as well as the identity of the Obligors, the Series A Notes and the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Shelf Notes and the date on which the Facility was established, on its internet site or in marketing materials, press releases, published “tombstone” announcements or any other print or electronic medium and (b) display the Issuer’s corporate logo in conjunction with any such reference.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.  Next page is signature page.]

 

78



 

If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on a counterpart of this Agreement and return it to the Obligors, whereupon this Agreement shall become a binding agreement among you and the Obligors.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP 2000 LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP SERVICES LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Schedule A- 79



 

 

LUXFER OVERSEAS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS CHINA HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MEL CHEMICALS INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HART METALS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

READE MANUFACTURING COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

 

LUXFER MAGTECH, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

This Agreement is hereby

accepted and agreed to as

of the date thereof.

 

 

PGIM, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

THE GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.

 

 

 

By:

Prudential Investment Management Japan Co., Ltd. (as Investment Manager)

By:

PGIM, Inc. (as Sub-Adviser)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PAR U HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMFORT TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Universal Company (as Grantor)

By:

PGIM, Inc. (as Investment Manager)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

FARMERS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

MID CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

 

 

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P. (as Investment Advisor)

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as its General Partner)

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 


 

INFORMATION SCHEDULE

 

Authorized Officers for Prudential

 

P. Scott von Fischer
Managing Director
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

Marie L. Fioramonti
Managing Director
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601

Telephone: (312) 540-4225
Facsimile: (312) 540-4222

 

Telephone: (312) 540-4233
Facsimile: (312) 540-4222

 

 

 

Paul G. Price
Managing Director
Central Credit
Prudential Capital Group
Four Gateway Center
100 Mulberry Street
Newark, New Jersey 07102

 

William S. Engelking
Managing Director
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601


Telephone: (973) 802-9819
Facsimile: (973) 802-2333

 

Telephone: (312) 540-4214
Facsimile: (312) 540-4222

 

 

 

Joshua Shipley
Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

Dianna Carr
Senior Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601

Telephone: (312) 540-4220
Facsimile: (312) 540-4222

 

Telephone: (312) 540-4224
Facsimile: (312) 540-4222

 

Schedule I- 1



 

Tan Vu
Managing Director
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

James J. McCrane
Senior Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
4 Gateway Center
Newark, New Jersey 07102-4062

Telephone: (312) 540-5437
Facsimile: (312) 540-4222

 

Telephone: (973) 802-4222
Facsimile: (973) 624-6432

Charles J. Senner
Director
Prudential Capital Group
4 Gateway Center
Newark, New Jersey 07102-4062

 

Anthony Coletta
Senior Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601

Telephone: (973) 802-6660
Facsimile: (973) 624-6432

 

Telephone: (312) 540-4226
Facsimile: (312) 540-4222

David Quackenbush
Senior Vice President
Prudential Capital Group
Two Prudential Plaza
Suite 5600
Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

 

Telephone: (312) 540-4228
Facsimile: (312) 540-4222

 

 

 

Schedule I- 2



 

Authorized Officers for Issuer

 

Brian Gordon Purves
Chief Executive Officer
Anchorage Gateway
5 Anchorage Quay
Salford
M50 3XE
England
Tel: 0161 300 0601
Fax: 0870 1911494

 

David Fletcher
Company Secretary
Anchorage Gateway
5 Anchorage Quay
Salford
M50 3XE
England
Tel: 0161 300 0610
Fax: 0870 1911492

 

 

 

Andrew Michael Beaden
Group Finance Director
Anchorage Gateway
5 Anchorage Quay
Salford
M50 3XE
England
Tel: 0161 300 0620
Fax: 0870 1911491

 

 

 

Schedule I- 3


 

Schedule A

 

INFORMATION RELATING TO PURCHASERS

 

 

 

 

 

Note Number

 

Note Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.

 

RA-1

 

$

11,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

All principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABA No.: 021-000-021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account Name: GIBPRVHFR2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account No.: P86406 (please do not include spaces)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “3.67% Series A Senior Notes due 15 September 2021, Security No. INV11732, PPN: 550678 A*7” and the due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

All payments, other than principal, interest or Make-Whole Amount, on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York, NY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABA No. 021-000-021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account No. 304199036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account Name: Prudential International Insurance Service Co.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “3.67% Series A Senior Notes due 15 September 2021, Security No. INV11732, PPN: 550678 A*7” and the due date and application (e.g., type of fee) of the payment being made.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A- 1



 

(3)

 

Address for all notices relating to payments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Gibraltar Life Insurance Co., Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2-13-10, Nagata-cho

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 100-8953, Japan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone: 81-3-5501-6680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile: 81-3-5501-6432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E-mail: mizuho.matsumoto@gib-life.co.jp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Mizuho Matsumoto, Team Leader of Investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Administration Team

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and e-mail copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ito_Yuko@gib-life.co.jp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maki.Ichihari@gib-life.co.jp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kenji.Inoue@gib-life.co.jp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Address for all other communications and notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c/o Pricoa Capital Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two Prudential Plaza

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180 N. Stetson Avenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 5600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Address for Delivery of Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Send physical security by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prudential Capital Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two Prudential Plaza

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180 N. Stetson Avenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 5600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Kim L. Maranda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone: (312) 540-4246

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Tax Identification No.: 98-0408643

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

DTTP No.: 43/G/275502/DTTP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence: Japan

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A- 2



 

 

 

 

 

Note Number

 

Note Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAR U HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMFORT TRUST

 

RA-2

 

$

1,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

All payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BONY Mellon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101 Barclay Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABA: 021-000-018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account Name: BNY Mellon Transfer Funds Reconcilement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account Number: GLA 111-565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FFC: 248382 PAR U Hartford Life Insurance Comfort Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “3.67% Series A Senior Notes due 15 September 2021, Security No. INV11732, PPN: 550678 A*7” and the due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Address for all notices relating to payments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAR U Hartford Life Insurance Comfort Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c/o The Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c/o Investment Operations Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gateway Center Two, 10th Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100 Mulberry Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Newark, NJ 07102-4077

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Manager, Billings and Collections

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Address for all other communications and notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAR U Hartford Life Insurance Comfort Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c/o Pricoa Capital Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two Prudential Plaza

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180 N. Stetson Avenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 5600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

Recipient of telephonic prepayment notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Manager, Trade Management Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone: (973) 367-3141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile: (888) 889-3832

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A- 3



 

(5)

 

Address for Delivery of Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Send physical security by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prudential Capital Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two Prudential Plaza

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180 N. Stetson Avenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 5600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Kim L. Maranda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone: (312) 540-4246

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Tax Identification No.: 45-2941561

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

DTTP No.: 13/P/362390/DTTP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence: United States of America

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A- 4



 

 

 

 

 

Note Number

 

Note Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FARMERS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

RA-3

 

$

8,750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

All payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABA: 021000021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Account No: 9009000200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Account Name: JPMorgan Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ultimate Beneficiary: P13939 Farmers Insurance Exchange

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “3.67% Series A Senior Notes due 15 September 2021, PPN: 550678 A*7” and the due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Address for all notices relating to payments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Farmers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4680 Wilshire Blvd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Los Angeles, CA 90010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

323-932-3450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

usw.treasury.farmers@farmersinsurance.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Address for all other communications and notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c/o Pricoa Capital Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two Prudential Plaza

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180 N. Stetson Avenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 5600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A- 5



 

(4)

 

Address for Delivery of Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)           Send physical security by nationwide overnight delivery

               

 

 

 

 

 

 

service to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mailing Address (for overnight mail)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Physical Receive Department

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 Chase Metrotech Center

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3rd Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Brian Cavanaugh, Tel. 718-242-0264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Street Deliveries (via messenger or walk up)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 Chase Metrotech Center

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1st Floor, Window 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Physical Receive Department

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Use Willoughby Street Entrance)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please include in the cover letter accompanying the Notes a reference to the Purchaser’s account number (“P13939 - Farmers Insurance Exchange”) and CUSIP information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)           Send copy by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prudential Capital Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gateway Center 2, 10th Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100 Mulberry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Newark, NJ 07102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Trade Management, Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone: (973) 367-3141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Tax Identification No.: 95-2575893

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

DTTP No.: 13/F/362362/DTTP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence: United States of America

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A- 6



 

 

 

 

 

Note Number

 

Note Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MID CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

RA-4

 

$

3,750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

All payments on account of Notes held by such purchaser shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds for credit to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABA: 021000021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Account No: 9009000200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficiary Account Name: JPMorgan Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ultimate Beneficiary: G23628 Mid Century Insurance Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each such wire transfer shall set forth the name of the Company, a reference to “3.67% Series A Senior Notes due 15 September 2021, PPN: 550678 A*7” and the due date and application (as among principal, interest and Make-Whole Amount) of the payment being made.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

Address for all notices relating to payments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Farmers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4680 Wilshire Blvd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Los Angeles, CA 90010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

323-932-3450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

usw.treasury.farmers@farmersinsurance.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

Address for all other communications and notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c/o Pricoa Capital Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two Prudential Plaza

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180 N. Stetson Avenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 5600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Managing Director, PRICOA

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A- 7



 

(4)

 

Address for Delivery of Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)           Send physical security by nationwide overnight delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

service to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mailing Address (for overnight mail)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Physical Receive Department

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 Chase Metrotech Center

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3rd Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Brian Cavanaugh, Tel. 718-242-0264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Street Deliveries (via messenger or walk up)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 Chase Metrotech Center

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1st Floor, Window 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brooklyn, NY 11245-0001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Physical Receive Department

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Use Willoughby Street Entrance)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please include in the cover letter accompanying the Notes a reference to the Purchaser’s account number (“G23628 - Mid Century Insurance Company “) and CUSIP information.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)           Send copy by nationwide overnight delivery service to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prudential Capital Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gateway Center 2, 10th Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100 Mulberry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Newark, NJ 07102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attention: Trade Management, Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone: (973) 367-3141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

Tax Identification No.: 95-6016640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

DTTP No.: 13/F/362331/DTTP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7)

 

Jurisdiction of Tax Residence: United States of America

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule A- 8


 

Schedule B

 

DEFINED TERMS

 

As used herein, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below or set forth in the Section hereof following such term:

 

Acceptable Bank ” means:

 

(a)                                  a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its short-term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A-3 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F(3) or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-3 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency or

 

(b)                                  any other bank or financial institution with which the Issuer has an account as of the date of this Agreement.

 

Acceptance ” is defined in Section 2.2(e).

 

Acceptance Day ” is defined in Section 2.2(e).

 

Acceptance Window ” means, with respect to any Quotation, the time period designated by Prudential during which the Issuer may elect to accept such Quotation.

 

Accepted Note ” is defined in Section 2.2(e).

 

Accounting Principles ” means the international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements or if required by the applicable law the generally acceptable accounting principles of the United States.

 

Accounting Reference Date ” has the meaning given to it in section 391 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ” is defined in Section 1.3.

 

Adjusted Acquisition EBITDA ” means in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITDA for that Relevant Period after:

 

(a)                                  including the operating profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment charges (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA) of a member of the Group for the Relevant Period (or attributable to a business or assets acquired during the Relevant Period) prior to its becoming a member of the Group or (as the case may be) prior to the acquisition of the business or assets; and

 

(b)                                  excluding operating profit before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and impairment charges (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA) attributable to any

 

Schedule B- 1



 

member of the Group (or to any business or assets) disposed of during the Relevant Period.

 

Adjusted EBITDA ” means, in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITDA for that Relevant Period after:

 

(a)                                  adding the amount of any cash receipts (and deducting the amount of any cash payments) during such Relevant Period in respect of any Exceptional Items not already taken account of in calculating EBITDA for any Relevant Period but excluding:

 

(i)                                      Exceptional Items relating to cash receipts or cash paid for finance costs or discontinued operations and

 

(ii)                                   cash payments for Permitted Acquisitions and cash received for Permitted Disposals;

 

(b)                                  adding the amount of any increase in provisions, which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities and deducting the amount of any non-cash credits which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) in each case to the extent taken into account in establishing EBITDA;

 

(c)                                   deducting the cash amount of maintenance capital expenditure actually paid (which shall be not more than US$13,200,000 (or its equivalent in any currency)) during that Relevant Period by any member of the Group except (in each case) to the extent funded from the proceeds of Permitted Disposals, third party grants, third party contributions or Insurance Proceeds) and

 

(d)                                  deducting the amount of any cash dividends or distributions paid or made by the Issuer in respect of that Relevant Period;

 

and so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

 

Affiliate ” means, (a) in relation to any Person, a Subsidiary of that Person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company and (b) with respect to Prudential, shall include any managed account, investment fund or other vehicle for which Prudential or any Prudential Affiliate acts as investment advisor or portfolio manager.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to an “Affiliate” is a reference to an Affiliate of the Issuer.

 

Agreed Form ” means, in relation to any document, the form of such document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Purchasers and the Obligors or, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Purchasers.

 

Annual Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a Financial Year delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(b).

 

Schedule B- 2



 

Anti-Terrorism Law ” means any U.S. state or federal law relating to terrorism or money laundering, including the Executive Order, the USA Patriot Act and the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, Public Law 99-570.

 

Applicable Currency ” means (i) with respect to any Notes denominated in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Dollars, (ii) with respect to any Notes denominated in Euros, Euros and (iii) with respect to any Notes denominated in British Pounds, British Pounds.

 

Articles ” means the articles of association of the Issuer.

 

assets ” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description (including any right to receive such revenues).

 

Auditors ” means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Ernst & Young LLP, KPMG Audit PLC, Deloitte & Touche LLP, Grant Thornton LLP, Soren McAdam Christenson LLP, BDO International or any other firm of independent public accountants of recognized international standing.

 

Authorization ” means an authorization, consent, approval, resolution, license, exemption, filing, notarization or registration.

 

Authorized Officer ” means (a) in the case of the Issuer, its chief executive officer, its chief financial officer, any other Person authorized by the Issuer to act on behalf of the Issuer and designated as an “Authorized Officer” of the Issuer in the Information Schedule attached hereto or any other Person authorized by the Issuer to act on behalf of the Issuer and designated as an “Authorized Officer” of the Issuer for the purpose of this Agreement in an Officer’s Certificate executed by the Issuer’s chief executive officer or chief financial officer and delivered to Prudential, and (b) in the case of Prudential, any officer of Prudential designated as its “Authorized Officer” in the Information Schedule or any officer of Prudential designated as its “Authorized Officer” for the purpose of this Agreement in a certificate executed by one of its Authorized Officers or a lawyer in its law department.  Any action taken under this Agreement on behalf of the Issuer by any individual who on or after the date of this Agreement shall have been an Authorized Officer of the Issuer and whom Prudential in good faith believes to be an Authorized Officer of the Issuer at the time of such action shall be binding on the Issuer even though such individual shall have ceased to be an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, and any action taken under this Agreement on behalf of Prudential by any individual who on or after the date of this Agreement shall have been an Authorized Officer of Prudential and whom the Issuer in good faith believes to be an Authorized Officer of Prudential at the time of such action shall be binding on Prudential even though such individual shall have ceased to be an Authorized Officer of Prudential.

 

Available Currencies ” means U.S. Dollars, Euros and British Pounds.

 

Available Facility Amount ” is defined in Section 2.2(a).

 

Average Exchange Rate ” means the 12 month average of the month end exchange rates as referenced to Reuters.

 

Schedule B- 3



 

Bank Agent ” means Lloyds Bank plc, as agent of the Finance Parties (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement).

 

Bank Document ” means the Finance Documents (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement as in effect on September 18, 2014) and each other document executed in connection with the Bank Facilities Agreement or otherwise relating thereto.

 

Bank Lender ” means a Lender (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement).

 

Bank Facilities Agreement ” means the Senior Facilities Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2011, among (a) BA Holdings, Inc., (b) Lloyds Bank plc and Clydesdale Bank plc (trading as Yorkshire Bank), as mandated lead arrangers, (c) the parties listed in part 1 schedule 1 thereto as original borrowers, (d) the parties listed in part 2 of schedule 1 thereto as original guarantors, (e) the financial institutions listed in part 3 of schedule 1 thereto as lenders, (f) Lloyds Bank plc, Clydesdale Bank plc (trading as Yorkshire Bank) and Bank of America, N.A., as ancillary facilities providers, and (g) the Bank Agent, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented, modified or extended; provided that any such amendment, restatement, supplement, modification or extension shall be made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Bilateral Facility ” has the meaning given to such term in the Bank Facilities Agreement (as in effect on September 18, 2014).

 

Blocked Person ” is defined in Section 5.29(d).

 

British Pound ” or “ £ ” means lawful money of the United Kingdom.

 

Budget ” means :

 

(a)                                  in relation to the period beginning on the Series A Closing Day and ending on December 31, 2014, the budget approved by the board of the Issuer on or prior to the current Financial Year delivered to Prudential and the Series A Purchasers prior to the date hereof; and

 

(b)                                  in relation to any other period, the budget delivered by the Issuer to the holders in respect of that period pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 7.1(f).

 

Business Day ” means (a) other than as provided in clauses (b) and (c) below, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York City or London, England are authorized or required to be closed or (with respect to Euros) a day which is not a TARGET Settlement Day, (b) for purposes of Section 2.2(c) only, any day which is both a New York Business Day and a day on which Prudential is open for business and (c) for purposes of Section 8.7, (i) if with respect to Notes denominated in U.S. Dollars, a New York Business Day, (ii) if with respect to Notes denominated in British Pounds, any day which is both a New York Business Day and a day on which commercial banks are not required or authorized to be closed in London, England and (iii) if with respect to Notes denominated in Euros, any day which is both a New York Business Day and a day on which the Trans-European Automated

 

Schedule B- 4



 

Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system (or any successor thereto) is open for the settlement of payments in Euros (a “ TARGET Settlement Day ”).

 

Cancellation Date ” is defined in Section 2.2(g)(ii).

 

Cancellation Fee ” is defined in Section 2.2(g)(ii).

 

Cash Equivalent Investments ” means at any time:

 

(a)                                  certificates of deposit maturing within 6 Months after the relevant date of calculation and issued by an Acceptable Bank,

 

(b)                                  any investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Economic Area (subject to any such member state of the European Economic Area having a credit rating equivalent to or better than the United States of America or the United Kingdom), or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an equivalent credit rating, maturing within 3 Months after the relevant date of calculation and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security,

 

(c)                                   commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

(i)                                      for which a recognized trading market exists,

 

(ii)                                   issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America, the United Kingdom or any member state of the European Economic Area,

 

(iii)                                which matures within 3 Months after the relevant date of calculation, and

 

(iv)                               which has a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating,

 

(d)                                  any investment in money market funds which:

 

(i)                                      have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, F-1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody’s Investors Service Limited,

 

(ii)                                   invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (c), and

 

(iii)                                can be turned into cash on not more than 30 days’ notice or

 

(e)                                   any other debt security approved by the Required Holders,

 

Schedule B- 5



 

in each case, denominated in U.S. Dollars, Euros, British Pounds or an Optional Currency (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement as in effect on March 25, 2014) and to which an Obligor is alone or together with other Obligors beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security.

 

Change of Control ” means any Person or group of Persons acting in concert gains direct or indirect control of the Issuer.  For the purposes of this definition:

 

(a)                                  control of the Issuer means:

 

(i)                                      the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

(A)                                cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the Issuer or

 

(B)                                appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of the Issuer or

 

(C)                                give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of the Issuer with which the directors or other equivalent officers of the Issuer are obliged to comply; or

 

(ii)                                   (the holding beneficially of more than 50% of the issued share capital of the Issuer (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital); and

 

(b)                                  acting in concert means, a group of Persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of shares in the Issuer by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Issuer.

 

Change of Control Notice ” is defined in Section 8.7.

 

CISADA ” is the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability, and Divestment Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111—195).

 

Closing ” means the Series A Closing and each Shelf Closing.

 

Closing Day ” means, with respect to the Series A Notes, the Series A Closing Day and, with respect to any Accepted Note, the Business Day specified for the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note in the Confirmation of Acceptance for such Accepted Note, provided that (a) if the Issuer and the Purchaser which is obligated to purchase such Accepted Note agree on an earlier Business Day for such closing, the “Closing Day” for such Accepted Note shall be such earlier Business Day, and (b) if the closing of the purchase and sale of such Accepted Note is rescheduled pursuant to Section 3.2, the Closing Day for such Accepted Note,

 

Schedule B- 6



 

for all purposes of this Agreement except references to “original Closing Day” in Section 2.2(g)(i), shall mean the Rescheduled Closing Day with respect to such Accepted Note.

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Exhibit 7.2 .

 

Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 21.

 

Confirmation of Acceptance ” is defined in Section 2.2(e).

 

Contribution Notice ” means a contribution notice issued by the Pensions Regulator under section 38 or section 47 of the Pensions Act 2004.

 

Current Assets ” means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all inventory, work in progress, trade and other receivables of each member of the Group including prepayments in relation to operating items and sundry debtors (but excluding cash and Cash Equivalent Investments) maturing within 12 Months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

(a)                                  receivables in relation to corporation and deferred Tax,

 

(b)                                  Exceptional Items and other non-operating items,

 

(c)                                   insurance claims, and

 

(d)                                  any interest owing to any member of the Group.

 

Current Liabilities ” means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all liabilities (including trade creditors, accruals and provisions) of each member of the Group falling due within 12 Months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

(a)                                  liabilities for Financial Indebtedness and Finance Charges,

 

(b)                                  liabilities for corporation and deferred Tax,

 

(c)                                   Exceptional Items and other non-operating items,

 

(d)                                  insurance claims, and

 

(e)                                   liabilities in relation to dividends declared but not paid by the Issuer or by a member of the Group in favor of a Person which is not a member of the Group.

 

Czech Subsidiary ” means Magnesium Elektron Recycling CZ S.R.O., a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Czech Republic.

 

Debt Service ” means in respect of any Relevant Period the aggregate of:

 

(a)                                  Net Finance Charges for such Relevant Period,

 

Schedule B- 7



 

(b)                                  the net amount of any cash receipts during that Relevant Period in respect of any corporation tax rebates or credits and the amount actually paid or due and payable in respect of corporation taxes during that Relevant Period by any member of the Group,

 

(c)                                   the aggregate of all scheduled repayments of Financial Indebtedness falling due during such Relevant Period but excluding:

 

(i)                                      any amounts repaid or falling due under any overdraft or revolving facility (including, without limitation, any facility available pursuant to the Bank Facilities Agreement or any Permitted Refinancing Agreement) and which were available for simultaneous redrawing according to the terms of such facility,

 

(ii)                                   any such obligations owed to any member of the Group and

 

(iii)                                any prepayment of Financial Indebtedness existing on the date of the Closing which is required to be repaid under the terms of this Agreement, and

 

(d)                                  the amount of the capital element of any payments in respect of such Relevant Period payable under any Finance Lease entered into by any member of the Group,

 

and so that no amount shall be included more than once.

 

Debt Service Cover ” means the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Debt Service in respect of any Relevant Period.

 

Default ” means an event or condition the occurrence or existence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, become an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” with respect to any Note, has the meaning given in such Note.

 

Delayed Delivery Fee ” is defined in Section 2.2(g)(i).

 

Designated Person ” means a Person:

 

(a)                                  listed on the annex to the Executive Order;

 

(b)                                  owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person listed on the annex to the Executive Order;

 

(c)                                   listed on the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the United States Department of the Treasury, as updated or amended from time to time;

 

(d)                                  whose property has been blocked, or is subject to seizure, forfeiture or confiscation, under any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law; or

 

(e)                                   that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or support “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order.

 

Schedule B- 8



 

Disclosure Documents ” is defined in Section 5.11.

 

Disposal ” means a sale, lease or license (other than an occupational rack rent lease or license), transfer, loan or other disposal by a Person of any asset, undertaking or business (whether by a voluntary or involuntary single transaction or series of transactions).

 

Disposal Proceeds ” means the consideration receivable by any member of the Group (including any amount receivable in repayment of intercompany debt) for any Disposal made by any member of the Group except for Excluded Disposal Proceeds.

 

Disposal Prepayment Date ” is defined in Section 8.8.

 

Disposal Prepayment Offer ” is defined in Section 8.8.

 

Disruption Event ” means either or both of:

 

(a)                                  a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Note Documents (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the parties hereto, or

 

(b)                                  the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a party hereto preventing that, or any other party hereto:

 

(i)                                      from performing its payment obligations under the Note Documents, or

 

(ii)                                   from communicating with other parties hereto in accordance with the terms of the Note Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the party whose operations are disrupted.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” means, with respect to any Notes or Accepted Notes denominated or to be denominated in any Available Currency other than U.S. Dollars (“ Non-Dollar Notes ”), the U.S. Dollar equivalent of the principal amount of such Non-Dollar Notes, in each case as set forth in the records of Prudential.

 

Dormant Subsidiary ” means a member of the Group which does not trade (for itself or as agent for any Person) and does not own, legally or beneficially, assets (including indebtedness owed to it) which in aggregate have a value of US$33,000 or more or its equivalent in other currencies.

 

EBIT ” means in respect of any Relevant Period the consolidated operating profit of the Issuer before taxation for such Relevant Period (excluding the results from discontinued operations):

 

Schedule B- 9



 

(a)                                  before deducting any interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges, gains or losses on Financial Indebtedness and other finance payments whether paid, payable or capitalized by any member of the Group (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of such Relevant Period,

 

(b)                                  not including any accrued interest owing or paid to any member of the Group,

 

(c)                                   before taking into account any Exceptional Items,

 

(d)                                  before deducting any Transaction Costs,

 

(e)                                   before taking into account any gain or loss arising from an upward or downward revaluation of any other asset except for the impairment of working capital items,

 

(f)                                    after deducting the amount of any profit (or adding back the amount of any loss) of any member of the Group which is attributable to minority interests,

 

(g)                                   before taking into account any unrealized gains or losses on any derivative instrument (other than any derivative instrument which is accounted for on a hedge accounting basis),

 

(h)                                  [Reserved], and

 

(i)                                      excluding any profit or loss arising from the disposal of fixed assets,

 

in each case to the extent added, deducted or taken into account, as the case may be, for the purposes of determining operating profits of the Group before taxation for such Relevant Period.

 

EBITA ” means in respect of any Relevant Period, EBIT for that Relevant Period after adding back any amount attributable to the impairment or amortization of assets or impairment of members of the Group and non-cash based charges and amortization costs associated with equity stock-based compensation schemes for such Relevant Period.

 

EBITDA ” means in respect of any Relevant Period, EBITA for such Relevant Period after adding back any amount attributable to the depreciation of assets of members of the Group for such Relevant Period.

 

Employee Plan ” means, at any time, an “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in section 3(32) of ERISA and subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) then or at any time during the previous six years maintained for, or contributed to (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute) on behalf of, employees of any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate.

 

English Guarantee Agreement ” is defined in Section 1.3.

 

English Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor incorporated or formed under the laws of England and Wales.

 

Schedule B- 10


 

Environment ” means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:

 

(a)                                  air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man made structures, whether above or below ground),

 

(b)                                  water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers), and

 

(c)                                   land (including, without limitation, land under water).

 

Environmental Claim ” means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any Person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

Environmental Law ” means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:

 

(a)                                  the pollution or protection of the Environment,

 

(b)                                  the conditions of the workplace, or

 

(c)                                   the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which alone, or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including without limitation, any waste.

 

Environmental Permits ” means any permit and other Authorization and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from any Real Property owned or used by any member of the Group.

 

EONIA ” means (a) the applicable overnight rate calculated by the Banking Federation of the European Union for the relevant Business Day, displayed on the EONIA Screen of Reuters, or such other display as may replace page 247 on the EONIA Screen of Reuters, displaying the appropriate rate or (b) if no such rate is displayed on such EONIA Screen or other display, the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as quoted by Citibank N.A. to leading banks in the European interbank market, in each case at or about 7.00 p.m. Central European time on such day for the offering of deposits in euro for the period from one Business Day to the immediately following Business Day and, in relation to a day that is not a Business Day, EONIA for the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

ERISA ” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means each person (as defined in section 3(9) of ERISA) that is a member of a controlled group of, or under common control with, any Obligor, within the meaning of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

ERISA Event ” means any of the following events:

 

Schedule B- 11



 

(a)                                  any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA, with respect to an Employee Plan as to which the PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within thirty days of the occurrence of that event.  However, a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or section 302 of ERISA shall be a reportable event for the purposes of this paragraph (a) regardless of the issuance of any waiver under said sections;

 

(b)                                  the requirements of subsection (1) of section 4043(b) of ERISA (without regard to subsection (2) of that section) are met with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of an Employee Plan and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to that Employee Plan within the following 30 days;

 

(c)                                   the filing under section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan;

 

(d)                                  the termination of any Employee Plan under section 4041(c) of ERISA;

 

(e)                                   the institution of proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA by the PBGC for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan;

 

(f)                                    the failure to make a required contribution to any Employee Plan that would result in the imposition of an encumbrance pursuant to section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or section 302 of ERISA; or

 

(g)                                   engagement with an Employee Plan in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of section 4795 of the Internal Revenue Code or section 406 of ERISA (other than as a result of an incorrect representation of a Purchaser pursuant to Section 6.2).

 

ESOP ” means the Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan established by a deed of trust dated 3 November 1997.

 

E uro ” or “ ” means the unit of single currency of the Participating Member States.

 

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 10.

 

Exceptional Items ” means any exceptional, one-off or non-recurring items which represent gains or losses including (without limitation) those arising on:

 

(a)                                  the restructuring of the activities of an entity, including the associated redundancy program costs and reversals of any provisions for the cost of restructuring,

 

(b)                                  disposals, revaluations or impairment of non-current assets,

 

(c)                                   disposals of assets associated with discontinued operations and acquisition costs in relation to the acquisition of new operations,

 

Schedule B- 12



 

(d)                                  Environmental remediation costs and provisions not in the ordinary course of business,

 

(e)                                   one-off gains and losses recognized on the early termination or curtailment of or change in employee retirement defined benefits, or

 

(f)                                    disposal of a business operation which is not classified as a discontinued operation for accounting purposes.

 

Excluded Disposal Proceeds ” means the proceeds of a Permitted Disposal unless such proceeds are to be used to repay or prepay Financial Indebtedness under the Bank Facilities Agreement or a Permitted Refinancing Agreement at any time when a Default or Event of Default exists.

 

Excluded Insurance Proceeds ” means any proceeds of an insurance claim which the Issuer notifies the holders are, or are to be, applied:

 

(a)                                  to meet a third party claim,

 

(b)                                  to cover operating losses in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made,

 

(c)                                   to the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of the assets or otherwise in amelioration of the loss in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made,

 

(d)                                  by an Obligor to purchase assets useful to the business of the Obligors,

 

in each case as soon as possible after receipt, or

 

(e)                                   which do not exceed £10,000,000 (or its equivalent) when aggregated together with the proceeds of all other insurance claims (excluding those referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this definition) during the term of this Agreement.

 

Executive Order ” means Executive Order No. 13224 of September 23, 2001- Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten To Commit, or Support Terrorism, 66 U.S. Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001), as amended.

 

Existing Note Agreement ” means that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 13, 2011, among BA Holdings, Inc., the guarantors party thereto and the purchasers party thereto, as amended by the First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement dated November 30, 2012 and the Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement dated March 25, 2014, and as further amended and in effect from time to time.

 

Existing Note Documents ” means the Note Documents (as defined in the Existing Note Agreement as in effect on the date of this Agreement) and each other document executed in connection with the Existing Note Agreement or otherwise relating thereto.

 

Facility ” is defined in Section 2.2(a).

 

Schedule B- 13



 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471, 1472, 1473 and 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any applicable intergovernmental agreements and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, regulations or rules adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreements, in each case with respect to the implementation of such Sections of the Internal Revenue Code, and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Favored Lender Notice ” is defined in Section 9.36.

 

Finance Charges ” means for any Relevant Period the aggregate amount of the accrued interest, commission, fees, discounts, prepayment fees, premiums or charges and other finance payments in respect of Financial Indebtedness whether paid payable or capitalized by any member of the Group (calculated on a consolidated basis) in respect of such Relevant Period:

 

(a)                                  excluding any upfront fees or costs,

 

(b)                                  including the interest (but not the capital) element of payments in respect of Finance Leases,

 

(c)                                   including any commission, fees, discounts and other finance payments payable by (and deducting any such amounts payable to) any member of the Group under any interest rate hedging arrangement, and

 

(d)                                  taking no account of any unrealized gains or losses on any financial instruments other than any derivative investments which are accounted for on a hedge accounting basis,

 

(e)                                   excluding any Transaction Costs, and

 

(f)                                    excluding any interest cost or expected return on plan assets in relation to any post employment benefit schemes,

 

so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

 

Finance Lease ” means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease.

 

Financial Covenant ” means any maintenance covenant (whether set forth as a covenant, undertaking, event of default, restriction or other such provision) that requires the Parent Guarantor or a member of the Group to achieve or maintain a stated level of financial condition or financial performance and includes, without limitation, any requirement that any member of the Group:

 

(i)                                      maintain a specified level of net worth, shareholders’ equity, total assets, cash flow or net income;

 

Schedule B- 14



 

(ii)                                         maintain any specified ratio of any component of its capital structure to any other component thereof (including, without limitation, the relationship of indebtedness, senior indebtedness or subordinated indebtedness to total capitalisation or to net worth); or

 

(iii)                                      maintain any measure of its ability to service its indebtedness (including, without limitation, any specified ratio of revenues, cash flow or net income to indebtedness, interest expense, rental expense, capital expenditures and/or scheduled payments of indebtedness).

 

Financial Indebtedness ” means, without double counting, any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

(a)                                  monies borrowed and debit balances at banks or other financial institutions,

 

(b)                                  acceptance under any acceptance credit or bill discounting facility (or dematerialized equivalent),

 

(c)                                   any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument,

 

(d)                                  any Finance Leases,

 

(e)                                   receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis),

 

(f)                                    any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that Treasury Transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account),

 

(g)                                   any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution in respect of an underlying liability of an entity which is not a member of the Group which liability would fall within one of the other paragraphs of this definition,

 

(h)                                  any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (i) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or to finance the acquisition or construction of the asset or service in question or (ii) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply,

 

(i)                                      any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase sale and sale back or sale and leaseback agreement) having the commercial

 

Schedule B- 15



 

or economic effect of a borrowing or otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles,

 

(j)                                     any amount raised by the issue of redeemable shares which are redeemable (other than at the option of the issuer thereof) before the latest maturity date of any Note as stated therein or are otherwise classified as borrowings under the Accounting Principles, and

 

(k)                                  the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (j).

 

Financial Quarter ” means a 3 calendar months period ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 in any Financial Year.

 

Financial Year ” means a financial year of the Issuer.

 

French Subsidiary ” means Luxfer Gas Cylinders S.A.S., a société par actions simplifiées organized under the laws of France.

 

German Subsidiary ” means Dynetek Europe GmbH, a Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung incorporated under the laws of Germany with registered number HRB44318.

 

Governmental Authority ” means

 

(a)                                  the government of

 

(i)                                      the United States of America or England or any State or other political subdivision of either thereof, or

 

(ii)                                   any other jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary conducts all or any part of its business, or which asserts jurisdiction over any properties of the Issuer or any Subsidiary, or

 

(b)                                  any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, any such government.

 

Group ” means the Issuer and each of its Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

Group Structure Chart ” is defined in Section 5.22.

 

guarantee ” means (other than in Section 13) any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any Person or to make an investment in or loan to any Person or to purchase assets of any Person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such Person to meet its indebtedness.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” is defined in Section 13.1.

 

Schedule B- 16



 

Hedge Treasury Note(s) ” means, with respect to any Accepted Note, the United States Treasury Note or Notes whose duration (as reasonably determined by Prudential) most closely matches the duration of such Accepted Note.

 

Hedging Agreement ” has the meaning given to such term in the Bank Facilities Agreement (as in effect on September 18, 2014).

 

HMRC ” means the United Kingdom HM Revenue and Customs.

 

holder ” means, with respect to any Note the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the register maintained by the Issuer pursuant to Section 14.1.

 

Holding Company ” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

Incorporated Provision ” is defined in Section 9.36.

 

indebtedness ” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent.

 

Institutional Investor ” means (a) any Purchaser of a Note, (b) any holder of a Note holding (together with one or more of its affiliates) more than 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, (c) any bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other financial institution, any pension plan, any investment company, any insurance company, any broker or dealer, or any other similar financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form, and (d) any Related Fund of any holder of any Note.

 

Insurance Prepayment Date ” is defined in Section 8.8.

 

Insurance Prepayment Offer ” is defined in Section 8.8.

 

Insurance Proceeds ” means the proceeds of any insurance claim under any insurance maintained by any member of the Group except for Excluded Insurance Proceeds and after deducting any reasonable expenses in relation to that claim which are incurred by any member of the Group to Persons who are not members of the Group.

 

Intellectual Property ” means:

 

(a)                                  any patents, trademarks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, know-how and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may now or in the future subsist), whether registered or unregistered and

 

(b)                                  the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group (which may now or in the future subsist).

 

Interest Cover ” means the ratio of EBITDA to Net Finance Charges in respect of any Relevant Period.

 

Schedule B- 17



 

Internal Revenue Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any and all regulations and rulings issued thereunder.

 

Issuance Period ” is defined in Section 2.2(b).

 

Issuer ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Joinder Agreement ” is defined in Section 1.3.

 

Joint Venture ” means any joint venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.

 

Legal Reservations ” means:

 

(a)                                  the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganization and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors,

 

(b)                                  the time barring of claims under the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a Person against non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defenses of set-off or counterclaim,

 

(c)                                   the possibility that the courts may recharacterize any security purporting to be a fixed charge as a floating charge (or vice versa), and

 

(d)                                  similar principles, rights and defenses under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

Leverage ” means in respect of any Relevant Period the ratio of Total Net Debt on the last day of such Relevant Period to Adjusted Acquisition EBITDA in respect of such Relevant Period.

 

Major Breach ” means any breach of:

 

(a)                                  Section 9.8 (Change of Business),

 

(b)                                  Section 9.9 (Acquisitions),

 

(c)                                   Section 9.12 (Pari Passu Ranking),

 

(d)                                  Section 9.13 (Negative Pledge),

 

(e)                                   Section 9.14 (Disposals),

 

(f)                                    Section 9.16 (Loans or Credit),

 

(g)                                   Section 9.17 (No Guarantees or Indemnities),

 

Schedule B- 18



 

(h)                                  Section 9.18 (Dividends and Share Redemption),

 

(j)                                     Section 9.20 (Financial Indebtedness), and

 

(k)                                  Section 9.22 (Insurance).

 

Major Default ” means any of the following Events of Default:

 

(a)                                  Section 10(a) (Non-payment),

 

(b)                                  Section 10(b) (Financial Covenants and Other Obligations),

 

(c)                                   Section 10(c) (Other Obligations) but only insofar as it relates to a Major Breach,

 

(d)                                  Section 10(d) (Misrepresentation) but only insofar as it relates to a Major Representation,

 

(e)                                   Section 10(f) (Insolvency) and Section 10(g) (Insolvency Proceedings),

 

(f)                                    Section 10(i) (Unlawfulness and Invalidity) and Section 10(o) (Repudiation and Rescission of Agreements), and

 

(g)                                   Section 10(q) (ERISA).

 

Major Representation ” means each of the representations set out in Section 5.1 (Status) to Section 5.5(a) (Validity and Admissibility in Evidence) inclusive, Section 5.23 (Obligors), Section 5.29 (U.S. Regulations) and Section 5.30 (Sanctions).

 

Make-Whole Amount ” is defined in Section 8.6.

 

Material ” means material in relation to the business, operations, affairs, financial condition, assets, properties or prospects of the Group taken as a whole.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on:

 

(a)                                  the business, operations or property of the Group taken as a whole, or

 

(b)                                  the ability of an Obligor to perform its payment obligations under the Note Documents (taking into account the financial resources available to that Obligor from other members of the Group), or

 

(c)                                   the rights or remedies of any holder under any of the Note Documents.

 

Material Company ” means, at any time:

 

(a)                                  an Obligor,

 

(b)                                  a wholly-owned member of the Group that holds shares in an Obligor, or

 

Schedule B- 19



 

(c)                                   a Material Subsidiary.

 

Material Provision ” means each of Sections 7, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.12, 9.13, 9,14, 9.31, 9.32 and 9.33 and each Incorporated Provision.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Issuer which has earnings before interest, tax and amortization (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) representing 5% or more of EBITA, or has gross assets, (excluding intra-Group items) representing 5% or more of the gross assets of the Group, calculated on a consolidated basis.  The foregoing shall be determined by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate and/or the latest audited financial statements of that Subsidiary (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has Subsidiaries) and the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group.  However, if a Subsidiary has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group were prepared, the financial statements shall be deemed to be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary (that adjustment being certified by the Group’s Auditors as representing an accurate reflection of the revised EBITA and gross assets of the Group).  A report by the Auditors of the Issuer that a Subsidiary is or is not a Material Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties to this Agreement.

 

Month ” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

(a)                                  if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day and

 

(b)                                  if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

 

Monthly Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a month delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a).

 

More Favorable Provision ” is defined in Section 9.36.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means, at any time, a multiemployer plan (as defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) then or at any time during the previous five years maintained for, or contributed to (or to which there is or was an obligation to contribute) on behalf of, employees of any Obligor or an ERISA Affiliate.

 

NAIC ” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto.

 

Schedule B- 20


 

Net Finance Charges ” means, for any Relevant Period, the Finance Charges for such Relevant Period after deducting any interest payable in such Relevant Period to any member of the Group on any cash or Cash Equivalent Investment.

 

New York Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in New York are required or authorized to be closed.

 

Non-U.S. Obligor ” means an Obligor that is not a U.S. Obligor.

 

Non-U.S. Plan ” means any plan, fund or other similar program that (a) is established or maintained outside the United States of America by a member of the Group primarily for the benefit of employees of members of the Group residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment, and (b) is not subject to ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code.

 

Note Document ” means this Agreement, each Note, each Joinder Agreement, each English Guarantee Agreement and each other guarantee agreement executed by any Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Sections 1.3 and 9.31, in each case as amended, novated, supplemented or restated (however fundamentally).

 

Notes ” is defined in Section 1.2.

 

Obligor ” means the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

OFAC Sanctions Regulations ” means the U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury as amended from time to time, and codified in 31 C.F.R. 500 et. seq.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate of a Senior Financial Officer or of any other officer of an Obligor whose responsibilities extend to the subject matter of such certificate.

 

Original Financial Statements ” means:

 

(a)                                  in relation to the Issuer, its audited consolidated financial statements for its financial year ended December 31, 2013;

 

(b)                                  in relation to the Issuer, the unaudited consolidated monthly management accounts for the period from January 1, 2014 to July 31, 2014;

 

(c)                                   in relation to each other Obligor that is an Obligor as of the date of this Agreement (to the extent prepared), its audited financial statements for the financial year ended December 31, 2013; and

 

(d)                                  in relation to any other Obligor, its financial statements delivered to the holders of Notes as required by Section 9.31.

 

“Original Subsidiary Guarantor ” is defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Schedule B- 21



 

Overnight Interest Rate ” means with respect to an Accepted Note denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the actual rate of interest, if any, received by the Purchaser which intends to purchase such Accepted Note on the overnight deposit of the funds intended to be used for the purchase of such Accepted Note, it being understood that reasonable efforts will be made by or on behalf of the Purchaser to make any such deposit in an interest bearing account.

 

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Communities that has the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic Monetary Union.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

 

Permitted Acquisition ” means:

 

(a)                                  an acquisition pursuant to a Permitted Share Issue;

 

(b)                                  the incorporation of a company which on incorporation becomes a member of the Group, but only if that company is incorporated with limited liability in the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States, or such other jurisdiction in which an existing member of the Group operates, and not in any jurisdiction that is on a restricted list for a holder;

 

(c)                                   an acquisition by a member of the Group of an asset sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of by another member of the Group in circumstances constituting a Permitted Disposal;

 

(d)                                  an acquisition (not being an acquisition by the Issuer), of (1) all or the amount required to hold a controlling interest of the issued share capital of a limited liability company or (2) (if the acquisition is made by a limited liability company) a business or undertaking carried on as a going concern, but only if:

 

(i)                                      no Default or Event of Default is continuing on the closing date for the acquisition or would occur as a result of the acquisition;

 

(ii)                                   the acquired company, business or undertaking:

 

(A)                            is engaged in a business the substantially the same as that carried on by the Group and

 

(B)                             is incorporated or established, and carries on its principal business in the European Union, the United Kingdom, the United States, or such other jurisdiction in which an existing member of the Group operates, and not in any jurisdiction that is on a restricted list for a holder;

 

(iii)                                Leverage (calculated on a pro forma basis taking into account the acquisition) does not exceed 2.5:1;

 

Schedule B- 22



 

(iv)                               the Issuer has delivered to the holders of Notes not later than 5 Business Days prior to the date it (or the relevant member of the Group) legally commits to make such acquisition (such date being the “ Acquisition Commitment Date ”), a certificate signed by two directors of the Issuer:

 

(A)                                giving notice to the holders of the proposed acquisition and

 

(B)                                to which is attached forecasts (which have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and reasonable assumptions, and which assume that the acquisition has occurred), demonstrating that the Issuer will remain in compliance with its obligations under Section 9.1 for a period of not less than 12 Months from the closing date for the acquisition

 

(C)                                certifying that Leverage (calculated on a pro forma basis taking into account the acquisition) does not exceed 2.5:1 and

 

(v)                                  the consideration (including associated costs and expenses) for the acquisition and any Financial Indebtedness or other assumed actual or contingent liability, in each case remaining in the acquired company (or any such business) at the date of acquisition (the “ Total Purchase Price ”) does not exceed in aggregate 25 per cent of the consolidated net assets of the Group as at the Acquisition Commitment Date;

 

(e)                                   an acquisition by the Issuer of its own shares (to be held in treasury)  or by any other member of the Group of shares in the Issuer, in each case in connection with any employee share ownership or share incentive plan; or

 

(f)                                    an acquisition permitted by the Required Holders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in writing.

 

Permitted Bank Increase ” means any increase, after March 25, 2014, in the principal amount or commitment of the facilities available under the Bank Facilities Agreement on March 25, 2014, or any increase, after March 25, 2014, in the fees or commission relating to the facilities available under the Bank Facilities Agreement provided that:

 

(a)                                  any such new Financial Indebtedness created by such increase (including any Financial Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a utilization of any Uncommitted Accordion Facility) would constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness if it were incurred under clause (k) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness; or

 

(b)                                  the increase in fees or commission is in consideration for the amendment or waiver of, or the giving of a consent under, any term of a Bank Document.

 

Permitted Disposal ” means any sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal which, except in the case of paragraphs (b) and (m), is on arm’s length terms:

 

Schedule B- 23



 

(a)                                  of trading stock or cash made by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

(b)                                  of any asset by a member of the Group to another member of the Group;

 

(c)                                   of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value or quality;

 

(d)                                  of assets to a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

(e)                                   of obsolete or redundant Real Property, vehicles, or plant equipment for cash;

 

(f)                                    of Cash Equivalent Investments for cash or in immediate exchange for other Cash Equivalent Investments;

 

(g)                                   constituted by a license of intellectual property rights permitted by Section 9.24;

 

(h)                                  arising as a result of any Permitted Security;

 

(i)                                      of cash by way of a Permitted Loan;

 

(j)                                     of cash in order to complete a Permitted Acquisition;

 

(k)                                  of assets for cash where (i) the higher of the market value or the net consideration receivable in respect of such asset (when aggregated with the higher of the market value or the net consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal of an asset not allowed under the preceding paragraphs) does not exceed US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate, or (ii) (x) no Default or Event of Default is continuing or would result from such disposal, and (y) the Issuer offers, within 90 days following such disposition, to prepay the outstanding Notes held by each holder in accordance with the Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds Prepayment Offer provisions of Section 8.8 in a principal amount equal to such holder’s Permitted Disposal Pro Rata Portion of the net proceeds of such disposition; provided that, in the case of both clause (i) and clause (ii) above, if the proceeds of such disposition constitute Disposal Proceeds, then the provisions set forth in Section 8.8 with respect to Disposal Proceeds shall apply thereto;

 

(l)                                      that is a Permitted Transaction;

 

(m)                              of shares in the Issuer by the Issuer or any other member of the Group in connection with any employee share ownership or share incentive plan; or

 

(n)                                  of cash in order to fund the acquisition of shares in the Issuer in connection with any employee share ownership or share incentive plan.

 

Schedule B- 24



 

Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds ” means the net proceeds of any disposition made pursuant to clause (k)(ii) of the definition of “Permitted Disposal”.

 

Permitted Disposal Pro Rata Portion ” means, in respect of any holder of any Note and any Permitted Disposal Net Proceeds, an amount equal to the product of:

 

(a)                                  the amount of such net proceeds, multiplied by

 

(b)                                  a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Note, and the denominator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the Notes plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the notes issued pursuant to the Existing Note Agreement plus (iii) the aggregate principal amount outstanding at such time under the Bank Facilities Agreement and any Permitted Refinancing Agreement.

 

Permitted Distribution ” means:

 

(a)                                  the payment of a dividend to any member of the Group by any of such Group member’s Subsidiaries;

 

(b)                                  the payment of a dividend by the Issuer provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time such dividend is declared;

 

(c)                                   the redemption of up to £50,000 B preference shares at par value (plus any accrued dividend) issued by the Issuer to Brian Purves and Ian Mckinnon; and

 

(d)                                  the payment of any other dividend agreed between the Obligors and the Required Holders.

 

Permitted Financial Indebtedness ” means Financial Indebtedness:

 

(a)                                  arising under

 

(i) any of the Note Documents, or

 

(ii) (x) the Bank Facilities Agreement (other than any Bilateral Facility), as amended from time to time in compliance with this Agreement; provided that, with respect to any Financial Indebtedness arising under any Uncommitted Accordion Facility, the incurrence of such Financial Indebtedness constitutes a Permitted Bank Increase; (y) any Bilateral Facility made available to an Obligor by a Bank Lender in accordance with clause 8.1(a) (Bilateral Facilities) of the Bank Facilities Agreement (as in effect on March 25, 2014); or (z) a Permitted Refinancing Agreement, as amended from time to time in compliance with this Agreement; or

 

(b)                                  arising under a Permitted Loan or a Permitted Guarantee or as permitted by Section 9.28;

 

Schedule B- 25



 

(c)                                   arising under (i) a foreign exchange transaction for spot or forward delivery entered into in connection with protection against fluctuation in currency rates where that foreign exchange exposure arises in the ordinary course of trade or in respect of loans made under the Bank Facilities Agreement, but not a foreign exchange transaction for investment or speculative purposes and (ii) the Hedging Agreement;

 

(d)                                  under finance or capital leases of vehicles, plant equipment or computers, provided that the aggregate capital value of all such items so leased under outstanding leases by members of the Group does not exceed US$16,500,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time;

 

(e)                                   of a company that becomes a member of the Group as a result of a Permitted Acquisition provided that the Financial Indebtedness is repaid in full within 45 days of that company becoming a member of the Group;

 

(f)                                    owed to another member of the Group;

 

(g)                                   [Reserved];

 

(h)                                  performance bonds issued in the ordinary course of trading in respect of non-financial obligations;

 

(i)                                      [Reserved];

 

(j)                                     permitted by the Required Holders in writing; and

 

(k)                                  such other Financial Indebtedness not permitted by the preceding paragraphs, provided that the outstanding principal amount of all Financial Indebtedness of the Group (including the Financial Indebtedness permitted pursuant to paragraphs (a) to (j) above (other than the Financial Indebtedness permitted under paragraphs (c), (f) or (g) of the definition of “Permitted Loan”)) does not exceed US$300,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for the Group at any time.

 

Permitted Guarantee ” means:

 

(a)                                  the endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of trade;

 

(b)                                  any guarantee to a property landlord of which a member of the Group is a tenant;

 

(c)                                   any performance or similar bond guaranteeing performance by a member of the Group under any contract entered into in the ordinary course of trade;

 

(d)                                  any guarantee or indemnity arising under the articles of association of the Issuer;

 

(e)                                   any indemnity given by a member of the Group for its liabilities in the ordinary course of trade;

 

Schedule B- 26



 

(f)                                    a guarantee in respect of Financial Indebtedness permitted under paragraph (h) of the definition of “Permitted Financial Indebtedness”;

 

(g)                                   a guarantee of Financial Indebtedness as part of a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

(h)                                  a guarantee in respect of obligations of another member of the Group;

 

(i)                                      any guarantee given in respect of the netting or set-off arrangements permitted pursuant to paragraph (c) of the definition of Permitted Security;

 

(j)                                     any guarantee or indemnity given by a member of the Group in respect of any obligations of an employee or officer of a member of the Group, which obligations shall not exceed US$165,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for all such obligations supported by such guarantees or indemnities pursuant to this paragraph (j) outstanding at any time;

 

(k)                                  [Reserved];

 

(l)                                      the Unconditional Guarantee, each English Guarantee Agreement and any other guarantee or indemnity of or in respect of the Financial Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and the Notes; and

 

(m)                              any guarantee given in respect of Financial Indebtedness arising under a Principal Lending Facility so long as the Issuer has complied with the provisions of Section 9.31(c) and 9.31(d).

 

Permitted Joint Venture ” means any investment by any member of the Group:

 

(a)                                  where the joint venture interest is held through an entity incorporated or formed with limited liability and

 

(i)                                      the joint venture entity is incorporated or established, and carries on its principal business in a jurisdiction in which an existing member of the Group operates and not in any jurisdiction that is on a restricted list for any holder,

 

(ii)                                   as at the date of the joint venture investment by the relevant member of the Group:

 

(A)                                Leverage (as shown in the latest Compliance Certificate) does not exceed 2.5:1 and

 

(B)                                the Issuer has delivered to the holders of Notes not later than 5 Business Days prior to the relevant member of the Group legally committing to make such joint venture investment, a certificate signed by two directors of the Issuer:

 

Schedule B- 27



 

(1)                                  giving notice to the holders of the proposed joint venture investment and

 

(2)                                  to which is attached forecasts (which have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and reasonable assumptions, and which assume that the joint venture investment has occurred), demonstrating that the Issuer will remain in compliance with its obligations under Section 9.1 for a period of not less than 12 Months from the date of the joint venture investment,

 

(iii)                                the joint venture investment is made on arm’s length terms,

 

(iv)                               such entity carries on or owns the same, a similar, complementary or related business to that carried on by the Group, and

 

(v)                                  the aggregate (without double counting) of:

 

(A)                                all outstanding amounts lent, advances, contributed to or for equity in, or otherwise invested in, such entity by members of the Group and

 

(B)                                the market value (at the date of transfer or contribution) of all assets transferred or contributed to such entity by members of the Group to the extent exceeding the value of the consideration for such transfers or contributions and

 

(C)                                all outstanding Financial Indebtedness incurred (whether by way of guarantee or otherwise) in relation to such entity by members of the Group

 

shall not after the date of this Agreement, when taken together with any contingent liability of such Permitted Joint Venture, exceed US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent); or

 

(b)                                  permitted by the Required Holders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in writing.

 

Permitted Loan ” means:

 

(a)                                  any trade credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its trading activities;

 

(b)                                  Financial Indebtedness which is referred to in the definition of, or otherwise constitutes, Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

(c)                                   any loan to a Permitted Joint Venture;

 

Schedule B- 28



 

(d)                                  any loan or advance made to employees of any member of the Group which loans and advances shall not exceed US$3,300,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for all loans to employees outstanding at any time;

 

(e)                                   any loan, advance or other financial facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$2,000,000 in any calendar year made available to the trustee of the ESOP, the trustee or administrator (or any similar third party) of any other employee share ownership or share incentive plan or similar scheme or to an employee whether for the purpose of acquiring ordinary, preference or deferred shares or U.S. depositary receipts or shares in the Issuer or any member of the Group, provided that such loan, advance or other financial facility may not exceed US$10,000,000 (or its equivalent) at any one time outstanding;

 

(f)                                    a loan made by a member of the Group to another member of the Group; or

 

(h)                                  any loan (other than a loan that would fall within one of the paragraphs set out above) so long as the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness under any such loans does not exceed US$825,000 (or its equivalent) at any time.

 

Permitted Refinancing Agreement ” means any facility agreement, credit agreement or similar agreement which refinances or replaces all or any portion of the Bank Facilities Agreement so long as:

 

(a)                                  such agreement and any other Permitted Refinancing Documents do not contain, either initially or by amendment or other modification, any material terms, conditions, covenants or defaults other than those which (x) then exist in the Bank Facilities Agreement or those that would not be materially more restrictive on the Obligors than the terms, conditions, covenants and defaults in the then existing Bank Facilities Agreement or (y) could be included in the Bank Facilities Agreement by an amendment or other modification that would not be prohibited by the terms of this Agreement, and

 

(b)                                  the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness arising under such agreement would constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness if it were incurred under clause (k) of the definition of Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Refinancing Documents ” means a Permitted Refinancing Agreement and each other document executed in connection therewith that is a “financing document” (or such other similar term).

 

Permitted Security ” means:

 

(a)                                  any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;

 

Schedule B- 29



 

(b)                                  any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances of members of the Group;

 

(c)                                   any payment or close out netting or set-off arrangement pursuant to any Treasury Transaction or foreign exchange transaction entered into by a member of the Group which constitutes Permitted Financial Indebtedness, excluding any Security or Quasi-Security under a credit support arrangement;

 

(d)                                  any Security or Quasi-Security arising under any retention of title, hire purchase or conditional sale arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to a member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading and on the supplier’s standard or usual terms and not arising as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;

 

(e)                                   any Quasi-Security arising as a result of a disposal which is a Permitted Disposal; or

 

(f)                                    any Security or Quasi-Security arising as a consequence of any finance or capital lease permitted pursuant to paragraph (d) of the definition of “Permitted Financial Indebtedness”.

 

Permitted Share Issue ” means an issue of:

 

(a)                                  ordinary shares by the Issuer, paid for in full in cash upon issue and which by their terms are not redeemable and where such issue does not lead to a Change of Control of the Issuer,

 

(b)                                  any shares issued in connection with the ESOP or any other employee share ownership or share incentive plan or similar scheme, where such issue does not lead to a Change of Control, and

 

(c)                                   shares by a member of the Group (other than the Issuer) which is a Subsidiary to any Holding Company or, in the case of any Subsidiary which is a Joint Venture, to the shareholder(s) of such Joint Venture provided that any investment in a Joint Venture by a member of the Group by way of subscription for shares is permitted under the definition of Permitted Joint Venture.

 

Permitted Transaction ” means:

 

(a)                                  any disposal required, Financial Indebtedness incurred, guarantee, indemnity or Security or Quasi-Security given, or other transaction arising, under the Note Documents;

 

(b)                                  the solvent liquidation or reorganization of any member of the Group (other than the Issuer) so long as any payments or assets distributed as a result of such liquidation or reorganization are distributed to other members of the Group; or

 

Schedule B- 30


 

(c)           transactions (other than (i) any sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal and (ii) the granting or creation of Security or the incurring or permitting to subsist of Financial Indebtedness) conducted in the ordinary course of trading on arm’s length terms.

 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, business entity or Governmental Authority.

 

Plan ” means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by the Issuer or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which the Issuer or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

 

Preferred Stock ” means any class of capital stock of a Person that is preferred over any other class of capital stock (or similar equity interests) of such Person as to the payment of dividends or the payment of any amount upon liquidation or dissolution of such Person.

 

Principal Lending Facility ” means (a) any facility made available under the Bank Facilities Agreement, (b) any facility made available under any Permitted Refinancing Agreement, (c) the Existing Note Agreement and (d) any facility or facilities made available under any other credit agreement, note purchase agreement, shelf agreement, indenture or any other term loan or working capital facility of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor providing, in each case, for the incurrence of Financial Indebtedness, or commitments therefor, in a principal amount equal to or greater than £10,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies), in each case under clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and together with increases, refinancings and replacements thereof.

 

property ” or “ properties ” means, unless otherwise specifically limited, real or personal property of any kind, tangible or intangible, choate or inchoate.

 

provision of law ” is a reference to a provision, of any treaty, legislation, regulation, decree, order or by-law and any secondary legislation enacted under a power given by that provision, as amended, applied or re-enacted or replaced (whether with or without modification) whether before or after the date of this Agreement.

 

Prudential ” is defined in the addressee line to this Agreement.

 

Prudential Affiliate ” means any Affiliate of Prudential.

 

PTE ” is defined in Section 6.2.

 

Purchaser ” is defined in the addressee line to this Agreement.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means any Person who is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of such term as set forth in Rule 144A(a)(1) under the Securities Act.

 

Quarter Date ” means the last day of a Financial Quarter.

 

Schedule B- 31



 

Quarterly Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for the three-month periods ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 in each Financial Year delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a).

 

Quasi-Security ” is defined in Section 9.13.

 

Quotation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.2(d).

 

Ratable Portion ” means, in respect of any holder of any Note and any Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds, an amount equal to the product of:

 

(a)           the amount of such Disposal Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds, multiplied by

 

(b)           a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Note, and the denominator of which is the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the Notes plus (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all the notes issued pursuant to the Existing Note Agreement plus (iii) the aggregate Commitments (as defined in the Bank Facilities Agreement as in effect on March 25, 2014) at such time under the Bank Facilities Agreement or the aggregate commitments at such time under a Permitted Refinancing Agreement, as applicable.

 

Real Property ” means:

 

(a)           any freehold, leasehold, commonhold or immovable property and

 

(b)           any buildings, fixtures, fittings, fixed plant or machinery from time to time situated on or forming part of that freehold, leasehold, commonhold or immovable property.

 

Registration Duty ” means any registration duty or similar amount payable pursuant to the laws of any jurisdiction in which an Obligor is organized in connection with the use in a judicial proceeding in such jurisdiction of this Agreement or any other Note Document or any other agreement or document related hereto or thereto or the transactions contemplated herein or therein.

 

regulation ” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law, then being a type with which Persons to which it applies customarily comply) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organization.

 

Related Fund ” means, with respect to any holder of any Note, any fund or entity that (a) invests in securities or bank loans, and (b) is advised or managed by such holder, the same investment advisor as such holder or by an affiliate of such holder or such investment advisor.

 

Relevant Jurisdiction ” means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

Schedule B- 32



 

(a)           its jurisdiction of incorporation and

 

(b)           any jurisdiction where it conducts its business.

 

Relevant Period ” means each 12 Month period ending on the most recent Quarter Date.

 

Request for Purchase ” is defined in Section 2.2(c).

 

Required Holders ” means, at any time, the holders of at least 51% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (exclusive of Notes then owned by the Obligors or any of their Affiliates).

 

Rescheduled Closing Day ” is defined in Section 3.2.

 

Responsible Officer ” means any Senior Financial Officer and any other officer of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, with responsibility for the administration of the relevant portion of this Agreement.

 

Response Date ” is defined in Section 8.7.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

Security ” means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment or other security interest securing any obligation of any Person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

Senior Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or comptroller of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable.

 

Series ” is defined in Section 1.2.

 

Series A Closing ” means the time the closing of the Series A Notes occurred on the Series A Closing Day.

 

Series A Closing Day ” means September 18, 2014.

 

Series A Note ” is defined in Section 1.1.

 

Series A Purchaser ” is defined in the addressee line to this Agreement.

 

Share Option Documents ” means each deed of agreement granting options pursuant to parts A and B of the ESOP.

 

Shelf Closing ” means, with respect to any Series of Shelf Notes, the closing of the sale and purchase of such Series of Shelf Notes.

 

Shelf Notes ” is defined in Section 1.2.

 

Schedule B- 33



 

Specified Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 5.12.

 

Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, any reference to a “Subsidiary” is a reference to a Subsidiary of the Issuer.

 

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means each Original Subsidiary Guarantor and each Additional Subsidiary Guarantor, but shall exclude at such time any Subsidiary theretofore released from its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.31.

 

SVO ” means the Securities Valuation Office of the NAIC or any successor to such Office.

 

Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

Taxing Jurisdiction is defined in Section 12.

 

Total Debt ” means at any time the aggregate amount of all obligations of members of the Group for or in respect of Financial Indebtedness at that time but:

 

(a)           excluding any such obligations to any other member of the Group,

 

(b)           including in the case of Finance Leases only their capitalized value,

 

(c)           excluding unrealized gains and losses on Treasury Transactions (including currency exchange gains and losses), and

 

(d)           excluding any obligations in respect of performance bonds issued in the ordinary course of trading in respect of non-financial obligations to the extent such performance bonds are not called or enforced,

 

and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once

 

Total Net Debt ” means Total Debt less the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by an Obligor at that time and so that no amount shall be included or excluded more than once.

 

Transaction Costs ” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Obligors in connection with the Note Documents.

 

Transaction Documents ” means the Note Documents, the Bank Documents, the Articles and any other document designated as a Transaction Document by the Required Holders and the Issuer.

 

Treasury Transaction ” means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

 

Schedule B- 34



 

UK Treaty Holder ” means a holder of Notes which: (a) is resident (as defined in the appropriate double taxation agreement) in a country with which the United Kingdom has a double taxation agreement giving residents of that country a full exemption from United Kingdom taxation on interest; (b) is entitled to the benefit of the exemption in such a double taxation agreement (subject to the completion of any necessary procedural formalities); and (c) does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which the payment is effectively connected.

 

UK Treaty Passport ” means a passport under the UK Treaty Passport Scheme.

 

UK Treaty Passport Scheme ” means the Double Taxation Treaty Passport Scheme for overseas corporate lenders introduced by HMRC on September 1, 2010.

 

Uncommitted Accordion Facility ” has the meaning given to such term in the Bank Facilities Agreement (as in effect on March 25, 2014).

 

Unconditional Guarantee ” is defined in Section 13.1.

 

U.S. Bankruptcy Law ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978 or any other United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

U.S. Dollars ” or “ US$ ” means lawful money of the United States of America.

 

U.S. Guarantor ” means a Subsidiary Guarantor incorporated or formed under the laws of, or of any state (including the District of Columbia) of, the United States of America.

 

U.S. Obligor ” means an Obligor incorporated or formed under the laws of, or of any state (including the District of Columbia) of, the United States of America.

 

USA Patriot Act ” means United States Public Law 107-56, Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

 

Working Capital ” means on any date Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

 

Schedule B- 35


 

 

Schedule C

 

ORIGINAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

Luxfer Group Limited (Registered No. 3944037)

 

England and Wales

Luxfer Group 2000 Limited (Registered No. 4027006)

 

England and Wales

MEL Chemicals Inc.

 

New Jersey

Magnesium Elektron North America, Inc.

 

Delaware

Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited (Registered No. 3376625)

 

England and Wales

Luxfer Group Services Limited (Registered No. 3981395)

 

England and Wales

Magnesium Elektron Limited (Registered No. 3141950)

 

England and Wales

Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited (Registered No. 3081726)

 

England and Wales

Luxfer Gas Cylinders China Holdings Limited (Registered No. 5165622)

 

England and Wales

Luxfer Inc.

 

Delaware

Hart Metals, Inc.

 

Delaware

Reade Manufacturing Company

 

Delaware

Luxfer Magtech, Inc.

 

Delaware

BA Holdings, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

Schedule C- 1



 

Exhibit 1(a)

 

[Form of Series A Note]

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

3.67% Series A Senior Note Due September 15, 2021

 

No. RA-[     ]

 

[Date]

US$[       ]

 

PPN: 550678 A*7

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC (herein called the “ Issuer ”), a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, hereby promises to pay to [            ] , or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                     ] U.S. DOLLARS (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid) on September 15, 2021, with interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months) (a) on the unpaid balance thereof at the rate of 3.67% per annum from the date hereof, payable quarterly, on the 15th day of December, March, June and September in each year (each such date an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing with the December, March, June or September next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment of interest and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on such unpaid balance and on any overdue payment of any Make-Whole Amount, at a rate per annum (the “ Default Rate ”) from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 5.67% and (ii) 2% over the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate, payable quarterly as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

In addition to the interest payable pursuant to the above paragraph, in the event that Leverage on the last day of any Relevant Period (a “ Testing Date ”) is greater than 2.50 to 1.0, there shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note additional interest (“ Additional Interest ”) at the rate of 0.75% per annum for each period (each such period an “ Additional Interest Period ”) commencing on the Interest Payment Date immediately prior to such Testing Date through the Interest Payment Date immediately after the first subsequent Testing Date on which Leverage equals or is less than 2.50 to 1.0.  The Issuer shall pay, on each Interest Payment Date during each Additional Interest Period, all accrued and unpaid Additional Interest as of such Interest Payment Date.

 

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Issuer shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “ Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated September 18, 2014 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”),

 

Exhibit 1(a)- 1



 

among the Issuer, PGIM, Inc., the respective Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the respective Purchasers party thereto and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Issuer may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Issuer will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Note is subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Issuer and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit 1(a)- 2



 

Exhibit 1(b)

 

[Form of Shelf Note]

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

[  ]% Series [  ] Senior Note Due [      ]

 

No. R[   ]-[     ]

 

[Date]

PPN: [              ]

 

 

ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:

 

 

ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE:

 

 

INTEREST RATE:

 

 

INTEREST PAYMENT DATES:

 

 

FINAL MATURITY DATE:

 

 

PRINCIPAL PREPAYMENT DATES AND AMOUNTS:

 

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC (herein called the “ Issuer ”), a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, hereby promises to pay to [            ] , or registered assigns, the principal sum of [                     ] [U.S. DOLLARS][EUROS][BRITISH POUNDS] [on the final maturity date specified above (or so much thereof as shall not have been prepaid),][, payable on the principal prepayment dates and in the amounts specified above, and on the final maturity date specified above in an amount equal to the unpaid balance of the principal hereof,] with interest (computed on the basis of [a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months][FOR NOTES DENOMINATED IN DOLLARS OR EUROS]  [the actual number of days elapsed and a 365-day year][FOR NOTES DENOMINATED IN BRITISH POUNDS]) (a) on the unpaid balance hereof at the interest rate per annum specified above, payable on each interest payment date specified above and on the final maturity date specified above, commencing with the interest payment date next succeeding the date hereof, until the principal hereof shall have become due and payable, and (b) to the extent permitted by law, on any overdue payment of interest and, during the continuance of an Event of Default, on such unpaid balance and on any overdue payment of any Make Whole Amount, at a rate per annum (the “ Default Rate ”) from time to time equal to the greater of (i) 2% over the interest rate specified above or (ii) 2% over [the rate of interest publicly announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from time to time in New York, New York as its “base” or “prime” rate][FOR DOLLAR DENOMINATED OR BRITISH POUND DENOMINATED NOTES] ][EONIA][FOR EURO DENOMINATED NOTES], payable on each interest payment date as aforesaid (or, at the option of the registered holder hereof, on demand).

 

In addition to the interest payable pursuant to the above paragraph, in the event that Leverage on the last day of any Relevant Period (a “ Testing Date ”) is greater than 2.50 to 1.0, there shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note additional interest (“ Additional Interest ”) at the rate of 0.75% per annum for each period (each such period an “ Additional Interest Period ”) commencing on the interest payment date immediately prior to such Testing

 

Exhibit 1(b)- 1



 

Date through the interest payment date immediately after the first subsequent Testing Date on which Leverage equals or is less than 2.50 to 1.0.  The Issuer shall pay, on each interest payment date during each Additional Interest Period, all accrued and unpaid Additional Interest as of such Interest Payment Date.

 

Payments of principal of, interest on and any Make-Whole Amount with respect to this Note are to be made in [lawful money of the [United States of America][United Kingdom]][the single currency of the European Union] at the principal office of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in New York, New York or at such other place as the Issuer shall have designated by written notice to the holder of this Note as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement referred to below.

 

This Note is one of a series of Senior Notes (herein called the “ Notes ”) issued pursuant to the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated September 18, 2014 (as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”), among the Issuer, PGIM, Inc., the respective Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the respective Purchasers party thereto and is entitled to the benefits thereof.  Each holder of this Note will be deemed, by its acceptance hereof, to have (i) agreed to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 21 of the Note Purchase Agreement and (ii) made the representation set forth in Section 6.2 of the Note Purchase Agreement.  Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used in this Note shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note is a registered Note and, as provided in the Note Purchase Agreement, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer, accompanied by a written instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered holder hereof or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, a new Note for a like principal amount will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee.  Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Issuer may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment and for all other purposes, and the Issuer will not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

[The Issuer will make required prepayments of principal on the dates and in the amounts specified above and in the Note Purchase Agreement.]  This Note is [also] subject to optional prepayment, in whole or from time to time in part, at the times and on the terms specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, but not otherwise.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal of this Note may be declared or otherwise become due and payable in the manner, at the price (including any applicable Make-Whole Amount) and with the effect provided in the Note Purchase Agreement.

 

This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the Issuer and the holder of this Note shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit 1(b)- 2


Exhibit 1(c)(i)

 

Form of English Guarantee Agreement

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

This Guarantee Agreement, dated as of [               , 20  ] (this “ Guarantee Agreement ”), is made by [               ], a [               ] (the “ Guarantor ”) in favor of the Purchasers (as defined below) and the other holders from time to time of the Notes (as defined below).  The Purchasers and such other holders are herein collectively called the “ holders ” and individually a “ holder .”

 

Preliminary Statements:

 

I.             Luxfer Holdings PLC (Registered No. 3690830), a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Issuer ”), [the Guarantor] and each of the [other] parties listed in Schedule C attached thereto [is entering][has entered] into a Note Purchase and Private Placement Agreement originally dated September 18, 2014 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Note Agreement ”) with PGIM, Inc. and the Persons party thereto as Purchasers (collectively, the “ Purchasers ”) [simultaneously with the delivery of this Guarantee Agreement].  Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings specified in the Note Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

 

II.            Pursuant to the Note Agreement, the Issuer (i) [proposes to issue and sell][has issued and sold] US$25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.67% Series A Senior Notes due September 15, 2021 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and as in effect from time to time and including any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to the Note Agreement, collectively, the “ Series A Notes ”), and (ii) [proposes to authorize][has authorized] the issue of up to US$50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its additional senior promissory notes from time to time (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and as in effect from time to time and including any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to the Note Agreement, collectively, the “ Shelf Notes ”; and together with the Series A Notes, collectively, the “ Initial Notes ”).  The Initial Notes and any other notes that may from time to time be issued pursuant to the Note Agreement (in each case as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and as in effect from time to time and including any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to the Note Agreement) are herein collectively called the “ Notes ” and individually a “ Note ”.

 

III.          [It is a condition to the agreement of the Purchasers to purchase the Notes that this Guarantee Agreement shall have been executed and delivered by the Guarantor and shall be in full force and effect.][Pursuant to the Note Agreement, the Obligors are required to cause the Guarantor to deliver this Guarantee Agreement to the holders and to enter into a certain Joinder

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 1



 

Agreement, dated the date hereof, pursuant to which the Guarantor shall become a party to the Note Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”).]

 

IV.          The Guarantor and the Issuer are operated as part of one consolidated business entity and are directly dependent upon each other for and in connection with their respective business activities and their respective financial resources.  The Guarantor will receive[, and has received,] direct and indirect economic and financial benefits from the indebtedness incurred under the Note Agreement and the Notes by the Issuer, and the incurrence of such indebtedness is or was in the best interests of the Guarantor.  By agreeing to enter into this Guarantee Agreement and the Joinder Agreement, the Guarantor will gain substantial financial and other benefits, both direct and indirect.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in [order to induce][compliance with the Note Agreement], and in consideration of, the execution and delivery of the Note Agreement and the purchase of the Notes by each of the Purchasers, the Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with, and represents and warrants to each of the holders as follows:

 

Section 1.               GUARANTEE.

 

The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, and jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, guarantees to each holder, the due and punctual payment in full of (a) the principal of, Make-Whole Amount, if any, and interest on (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), and any other amounts due under, the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable (whether at stated maturity or by required or optional prepayment or by acceleration or otherwise) and (b) any other sums which may become owing by the Issuer to the holders under the terms and provisions of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein (all such obligations described in clauses (a) and (b) above are herein called the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”).  The guarantee in the preceding sentence is an absolute, present and continuing guarantee of payment and not of collectability and is in no way conditional or contingent upon any attempt to collect from the Issuer or any other Obligor or guarantor of the Notes or upon any other action, occurrence or circumstance whatsoever.  In the event that the Issuer shall fail so to pay any of such Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantor agrees to pay the same when due to the holders entitled thereto, without demand, presentment, protest or notice of any kind, in the Applicable Currency, pursuant to the requirements for payment specified in the Notes and the Note Agreement.  Each default in payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall give rise to a separate cause of action hereunder and separate suits may be brought hereunder as each cause of action arises.  The Guarantor agrees that the Notes issued in connection with the Note Agreement may (but need not) make reference to this Guarantee Agreement.

 

The Guarantor agrees to pay and to indemnify and save each holder harmless from and against any damage, loss, cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) which such holder may

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 2



 

incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (x) any breach by the Guarantor or by the Issuer of any warranty, covenant, term or condition in, or the occurrence of any default under, this Guarantee Agreement, the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, together with all expenses resulting from the compromise or defense of any claims or liabilities arising as a result of any such breach or default, (y) any legal action commenced to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Guarantee Agreement, the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein and (z) enforcing or defending (or determining whether or how to enforce or defend) the provisions of this Guarantee Agreement, provided , that the Guarantor shall not be liable for any damage, loss, cost or expense arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any holder.

 

The Guarantor further irrevocably and unconditionally indemnifies each holder immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered by such holder if any payment obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal; the amount of the loss or liability under this indemnity will be equal to the amount such holder would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

The Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Guarantor’s liability hereunder is joint and several with any other Person(s) who may guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations, including any other Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Anything herein or in the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of the Guarantor hereunder and under the Notes and the Note Agreement shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor under applicable laws relating to the insolvency of debtors and this guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this guarantee constituting financial assistance within the meaning of sections 678 or 679 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006.

 

The Guarantor agrees that the obligations under and in respect of the Notes, the Note Agreement and the other Note Documents may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of the Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee Agreement or affecting the rights and remedies of any holder hereunder.

 

Section 2.               OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be primary, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, setoff, deduction or defense based upon any claim the Guarantor may have against the Issuer or any holder or otherwise, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever (whether or not the Guarantor shall have any knowledge or notice thereof),

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 3



 

including, without limitation: (a) any amendment to, modification of, supplement to or restatement of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein (it being agreed that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall apply to the Notes, the Note Agreement, the other Note Documents and any such other instrument as so amended, modified, supplemented or restated) or any assignment or transfer of any thereof or of any interest therein, or any furnishing, acceptance or release of any security for the Notes or the addition, substitution or release of any other Guarantor or any other entity or other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; (b) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction under or in respect of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein; (c) any bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, reorganization, readjustment, composition, liquidation or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer or its property; (d) any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Guarantor or of the Issuer into or with any other Person or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of the Guarantor or of the Issuer to any Person; (e) any failure on the part of the Issuer for any reason to comply with or perform any of the terms of any other agreement with the Guarantor; (f) any failure on the part of any holder to obtain, maintain, register or otherwise perfect any security; or (g) any other event or circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (whether or not similar to the foregoing), and in any event however material or prejudicial it may be to the Guarantor or to any subrogation, contribution or reimbursement rights the Guarantor may otherwise have.  The Guarantor covenants that its obligations hereunder will not be discharged except by indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations hereunder.

 

Section 3.               WAIVER.

 

The Guarantor unconditionally waives to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) notice of acceptance hereof, of any action taken or omitted in reliance hereon and of any default by the Issuer in the payment of any amounts due under the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, and of any of the matters referred to in Section 2 hereof, (b) all notices which may be required by statute, rule of law or otherwise to preserve any of the rights of any holder against the Guarantor, including, without limitation, presentment to or demand for payment from the Issuer or the Guarantor with respect to any Note, notice to the Issuer or to the Guarantor of default or protest for nonpayment or dishonor and the filing of claims with a court in the event of the bankruptcy of the Issuer, (c) any right to require any holder to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy including, without limitation, any right, power or remedy conferred in the Note Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document, (d) any requirement for diligence on the part of any holder and (e) any other act or omission or thing or delay in doing any other act or thing which might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor or in any manner lessen the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 4



 

Section 4.               OBLIGATIONS UNIMPAIRED.

 

The Guarantor authorizes the holders, without notice or demand to the Guarantor and without affecting its obligations hereunder, from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of the relevant Note Document or other instrument:  (a) to renew, compromise, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment of, all or any part of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein; (b) to change any of the representations, covenants, events of default or any other terms or conditions of or pertaining to the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, including, without limitation, decreases or increases in amounts of principal, rates of interest, the Make-Whole Amount or any other obligation; (c) to take and hold security for the payment of the Notes, the Note Agreement, any other Note Document or any other instrument referred to therein, for the performance of this Guarantee Agreement or otherwise for the Guaranteed Obligations and to exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate and release any such security; (d) to apply any such security and to direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the holders in their sole discretion may determine; (e) to obtain additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or release any other Guarantor or any other Person or entity primarily or secondarily liable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations; (f) to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Issuer and others, including any other Subsidiary Guarantor; and (g) to apply any sums, by whomsoever paid or however realized, to the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations owed hereunder.  The holders shall have no obligation to proceed against any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any additional or substitute endorsers or guarantors or to pursue or exhaust any security provided by the Issuer, the Guarantor or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person or to pursue any other remedy available to the holders.

 

If an event permitting the acceleration of the maturity of the principal amount of any Notes shall exist and such acceleration shall at such time be prevented or the right of any holder to receive any payment on account of the Guaranteed Obligations shall at such time be delayed or otherwise affected by reason of the pendency against the Issuer, the Guarantor or any other guarantors of a case or proceeding under a bankruptcy or insolvency law, the Guarantor agrees that, for purposes of this Guarantee Agreement and its obligations hereunder, the maturity of such principal amount shall be deemed to have been accelerated with the same effect as if the holder thereof had accelerated the same in accordance with the terms of the Note Agreement, and the Guarantor shall forthwith pay such accelerated Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 5.               SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION.

 

(a)           The Guarantor will not be entitled to and will not exercise any rights which it may have acquired by way of subrogation under this Guarantee Agreement, by any payment made hereunder or otherwise, or accept any payment on account of such subrogation rights, nor will the Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any reimbursement, contribution or indemnity from the Issuer, any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any other Person, nor seek or be entitled to seek any rights or recourse to any security for the Notes or this Guarantee Agreement, in each case unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash.

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 5



 

(b)           The Guarantor hereby subordinates the payment of all Financial Indebtedness and other obligations of the Issuer, any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations owing to the Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including, without limitation, all rights and claims described in clause (a) of this Section 5, to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all of the Guaranteed Obligations.  If the Required Holders so request, any such Financial Indebtedness or other obligations shall be enforced and performance received by the Guarantor as trustee for the holders and the proceeds thereof shall be paid over to the holders promptly, in the form received (together with any necessary endorsements) to be applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as may be directed by the Required Holders, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement.

 

(c)           If any amount or other payment is made to or accepted by the Guarantor in violation of any of the preceding clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to the Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the holders and shall be paid over to the holders promptly, in the form received (together with any necessary endorsements) to be applied to the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, as may be directed by the Required Holders, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement.

 

(d)           The Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Note Agreement and that its agreements set forth in this Guarantee Agreement (including this Section 5) are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 6.               REINSTATEMENT OF GUARANTEE.

 

This Guarantee Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if and to the extent at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any of the sums due to any holder on account of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by a holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer or any other guarantors, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or other officer with similar powers with respect to the Issuer or any other guarantors or any part of its or their property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

Section 7.               REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE GUARANTOR.

 

The Guarantor now has and will continue to have independent means of obtaining information concerning the affairs, financial condition and business of the Issuer.  No holder shall have any duty or responsibility to provide the Guarantor with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Issuer which may come into possession of the holders.  The Guarantor is executing and delivering this Guarantee Agreement and each other Note Document to which it is a party without reliance upon any

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 6



 

representation by the holders including, without limitation, with respect to (a) the due execution, validity, effectiveness or enforceability of any instrument, document or agreement evidencing or relating to any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any loan or other financial accommodation made or granted to the Issuer, (b) the validity, genuineness, enforceability, existence, value or sufficiency of any property securing any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the creation, perfection or priority of any lien or security interest in such property or (c) the existence, number, financial condition or creditworthiness of other guarantors or sureties, if any, with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 8.               TERM OF GUARANTEE AGREEMENT.

 

This Guarantee Agreement and all guarantees, covenants and agreements of the Guarantor contained herein shall continue in full force and effect and shall not be discharged until such time as all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other obligations hereunder shall be indefeasibly paid in full in cash and shall be subject to reinstatement pursuant to Section 6.

 

Section 9.                                           SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

 

All representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Guarantee Agreement and may be relied upon by any subsequent holder, regardless of any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of any Purchaser or any other holder.  All statements contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed representations and warranties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Guarantee Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between each holder and the Guarantor and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 10.                                    AMENDMENT AND WAIVER.

 

10.1         Requirements .  This Guarantee Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either retroactively or prospectively), with (and only with) the written consent of the Guarantor and the Required Holders, except that no amendment or waiver (a) of any of the provisions of Section 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 or 12.7 hereof, or any defined term (as it is used therein), or (b) which results in the limitation of the liability of the Guarantor hereunder will be effective as to any holder unless consented to by such holder in writing.

 

10.2         Solicitation of Holders of Notes .

 

(a)           Solicitation .  The Guarantor will provide each holder of the Notes (irrespective of the amount of Notes then owned by it) with sufficient information, sufficiently far in advance of the date a decision is required, to enable such holder to make an informed and considered decision with respect to any proposed amendment,

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 7



 

waiver or consent in respect of any of the provisions hereof.  The Guarantor will deliver executed or true and correct copies of each amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.2 to each holder promptly following the date on which it is executed and delivered by, or receives the consent or approval of, the requisite holders of Notes.

 

(b)           Payment .  The Guarantor will not directly or indirectly pay or cause to be paid any remuneration, whether by way of supplemental or additional interest, fee or otherwise, or grant any security or provide other credit support, to any holder as consideration for or as an inducement to the entering into by any holder of any waiver or amendment of any of the terms and provisions hereof unless such remuneration is concurrently paid, or security is concurrently granted or other credit support concurrently provided, on the same terms, ratably to each holder even if such holder did not consent to such waiver or amendment.

 

(c)           Consent in Contemplation of Transfer .  Any consent made pursuant to this Section 10.2 by the holder of any Note that has transferred or has agreed to transfer such Note to an Obligor (including the Guarantor) or any Affiliate of an Obligor and has provided or has agreed to provide such written consent as a condition to such transfer shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such holder, and any amendments effected or waivers granted or to be effected or granted that would not have been or would not be so effected or granted but for such consent (and the consents of all other holders of Notes that were acquired under the same or similar conditions) shall be void and of no force or effect except solely as to such transferring holder.

 

10.3         Binding Effect .  Any amendment or waiver consented to as provided in this Section 10 applies equally to all holders and is binding upon them and upon each future holder and upon the Guarantor without regard to whether any Note has been marked to indicate such amendment or waiver.  No such amendment or waiver will extend to or affect any obligation, covenant or agreement not expressly amended or waived or impair any right consequent thereon.  No course of dealing between the Guarantor and the holder nor any delay in exercising any rights hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver of any rights of any holder.  As used herein, the term “this Guarantee Agreement” and references thereto shall mean this Guarantee Agreement as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

10.4         Notes Held by Issuer, etc.   Solely for the purpose of determining whether the holders of the requisite percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding approved or consented to any amendment, waiver or consent to be given under this Guarantee Agreement, or have directed the taking of any action provided herein to be taken upon the direction of the holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, Notes directly or indirectly owned by any Obligor (including the Guarantor) or any Affiliate of an Obligor shall be deemed not to be outstanding.

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 8



 

Section 11.             NOTICES; ENGLISH LANGUAGE .

 

All notices and communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (b) by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested (postage prepaid), or (c) by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid).  Any such notice must be sent:

 

(a)           if to the Guarantor, to [                                  ], or such other address as the Guarantor shall have specified to the holders in writing, or

 

(b)           if to any holder, to such holder at the addresses specified for such communications set forth in Schedule A to the Note Agreement (in the case of the Series A Notes), as specified by such holder in its Confirmation of Acceptance (in the case of Shelf Notes), or such other address as such holder shall have specified to the Guarantor in writing.

 

Each document, instrument, financial statement, report, notice or other communication delivered in connection with this Guarantee Agreement shall be in English or accompanied by an English translation thereof.

 

This Guarantee Agreement has been prepared and signed in English and the Guarantor agrees that the English version hereof (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) shall be the only version valid for the purpose of the interpretation and construction hereof and thereof notwithstanding the preparation of any translation into another language hereof or thereof, whether official or otherwise or whether prepared in relation to any proceedings which may be brought in [         ] or any other jurisdiction in respect hereof or thereof.

 

Section 12.             MISCELLANEOUS.

 

12.1         Successors and Assigns .  All covenants and other agreements contained in this Guarantee Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

 

12.2         Severability .  Any provision of this Guarantee Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law), not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

12.3         Construction .  Each covenant contained herein shall be construed (absent express provision to the contrary) as being independent of each other covenant contained herein, so that compliance with any one covenant shall not (absent such express contrary provision) be deemed to excuse compliance with any other covenant.  Whether any provision herein refers to action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person.

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 9



 

The section and subsection headings in this Guarantee Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall neither be deemed to be a part of this Guarantee Agreement nor modify, define, expand or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.  All references herein to numbered sections, unless otherwise indicated, are to sections of this Guarantee Agreement.  Words and definitions in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and vice versa, and words in the masculine, neuter or feminine gender shall be read and construed as though in either of the other genders where the context so requires.

 

12.4         Further Assurances .  The Guarantor agrees to execute and deliver all such instruments and take all such action as the Required Holders may from time to time reasonably request in order to effectuate fully the purposes of this Guarantee Agreement.

 

12.5         Governing Law .  This Guarantee Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of England and Wales.

 

12.6         Jurisdiction .

 

(a)           The English courts have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute in connection with this Guarantee Agreement, including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee Agreement.

 

(b)           The English courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any such dispute and the Guarantor waives objection to those courts on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with this Guarantee Agreement.

 

(c)           This Section 12.6 is for the benefit of the holders of Notes only.  To the extent allowed by law, the Required Holders may take:

 

(1)           proceedings in any other court; and

 

(2)           concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

12.7         Obligation to Make Payment in the Applicable Currency .  Any payment on account of an amount that is payable hereunder in the Applicable Currency which is made to or for the account of any holder in any other currency, whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the realization of any security or the liquidation of the Guarantor, shall constitute a discharge of the obligation of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement only to the extent of the amount of the Applicable Currency which such holder could purchase in the foreign exchange markets in London, England, with the amount of such other currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the London Banking Day following receipt of the payment first referred to above.  If the amount of the

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 10


 

Applicable Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Applicable Currency originally due to such holder, the Guarantor agrees to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and save harmless such holder from and against all loss or damage arising out of or as a result of such deficiency.  This indemnity shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Guarantee Agreement, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by such holder from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.  As used herein the term “ London Banking Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday or Sunday or a day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in London, England.

 

12.8         Reproduction of Documents; Execution .  This Guarantee Agreement may be reproduced by any holder by any photographic, photostatic, electronic, digital, or other similar process and such holder may destroy any original document so reproduced.  The Guarantor agrees and stipulates that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by such holder in the regular course of business) and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.  This Section 12.8 shall not prohibit the Guarantor or any other holder of Notes from contesting any such reproduction to the same extent that it could contest the original, or from introducing evidence to demonstrate the inaccuracy of any such reproduction.  A facsimile or electronic transmission of the signature page of the Guarantor shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof and shall be admissible into evidence for all purposes.

 

12.9         Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

This Guarantee Agreement confers benefits on each holder and is intended to be enforceable by each such holder.  Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, a Person who is not a party to this Guarantee Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any terms of this Guarantee Agreement.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank; next page is signature page ]

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guarantee Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as a deed on the date first above written.

 

[EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED

 

)

 

 

 

by [NAME OF GUARANTOR]

 

)

 

 

 

acting by a director

 

)

 

 

Signature of director

 

 

 

 

 

Name of director

 

 

 

 

in the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of witness

 

 

 

 

 

Name of witness (in block capitals)

 

 

 

 

 

Address of witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupation of witness]

 

 

[EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED

 

)

 

 

 

by [NAME OF GUARANTOR]

 

)

 

 

 

acting by two directors

 

)

 

 

Signature of director

 

 

 

 

 

Name of director

 

 

 

 

 

Signature of director

 

 

 

 

 

Name of director]

 

 

Exhibit 1(c)(i)- 12



 

Exhibit 1(c)(ii)

 

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This Joinder Agreement (this “ Joinder Agreement ”), dated as of [          ], is executed by [                ], a [          ] (the “ Guarantor ”), in favor of each of the holders from time to time of the Notes (as defined below) (collectively, the “ Noteholders ”) issued by Luxfer Holdings PLC (the “ Issuer ”) pursuant to the Note Agreement (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            The Issuer and each of the parties listed in Schedule C thereto (the “ Original Subsidiary Guarantors ” and together with the Issuer, collectively, the “ Obligors ”), on the one hand, and PGIM, Inc. and the Persons party thereto as Purchasers (collectively, the “ Purchasers ”), on the other hand, entered into a Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, originally dated September 18, 2014 (as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Issuer (i) issued and sold 3.67% Series A Senior Notes due September 15, 2021 in the aggregate principal amount of US$25,000,000 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and as in effect from time to time and including any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to the Note Agreement, collectively, the “ Series A Notes ”), and (ii) authorized the issue of up to US$50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its additional senior promissory notes from time to time (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and as in effect from time to time and including any notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to the Note Agreement, collectively, the “ Shelf Notes ”; and together with the Series A Notes, collectively, the “ Notes ”).

 

B.            The Guarantor and the Issuer are operated as part of one consolidated business entity and are directly dependent upon each other for and in connection with their respective business activities and their respective financial resources.  The Guarantor will receive[, and has received,] direct and indirect economic and financial benefits from the indebtedness incurred under the Note Agreement and the Notes by the Issuer, and the incurrence of such indebtedness is or was in the best interests of the Guarantor.  By agreeing to enter into this Joinder Agreement [and the Guarantee Agreement (as defined below)] (1) , the Guarantor will gain substantial financial and other benefits, both direct and indirect.

 

C.            In order to induce the Purchasers to purchase the Notes, the Obligors have covenanted in the Note Agreement that joinder agreements shall be duly executed by certain Subsidiaries of the Issuer.  Accordingly, this Joinder Agreement is issued in consideration of the purchase of the Notes by the Purchasers.  Annex 1 hereto sets forth a list of the joinder agreements with respect to the Notes executed prior to the date of this Joinder Agreement.

 


(1)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in a jurisdiction outside the U.S.

 

Exhibit 1(c)(ii)- 1



 

[D.           Concurrently herewith, the Guarantor is entering into a certain [Guarantee Agreement], dated the date hereof, pursuant to which the Guarantor is guaranteeing the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, the Note Agreement and the other Note Documents (the “ Guarantee Agreement ”).] (2)

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Guarantor hereby agrees with the Noteholders as follows:

 

1.             Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Note Agreement shall have the respective meanings given to those terms in the Note Agreement.

 

2.             The Guarantor has received a copy of, and has reviewed, the Note Agreement as in existence on the date of this Joinder Agreement and is executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement to the Noteholders pursuant to Section 9.31 of the Note Agreement.

 

3.             In accordance with the terms of Section 9.31 of the Note Agreement, the Guarantor, by the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement, does hereby agree to become, and does hereby become, (a) a party to the Note Agreement as a “Subsidiary Guarantor” and (b) bound by the terms and conditions, covenants and other agreements in the Note Agreement to be performed or observed by, or otherwise applicable to, Subsidiary Guarantors [except for the provisions of Section 13 of the Note Agreement] (3)  [including, without limitation, becoming jointly and severally liable with the other Guarantors for the Guaranteed Obligations as set forth in Section 13 of the Note Agreement] (4) .  The Note Agreement is hereby, without any further action, amended to add the Guarantor as a “Subsidiary Guarantor” and signatory to the Note Agreement.

 

4.             The Guarantor hereby makes, as of the date hereof and only as to itself in its capacity as a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Note Agreement and/or as a Subsidiary, each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Note Agreement that are applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Subsidiary (except that any representation and warranty made as of or with respect to a specific earlier date is made only as of such date)[, and the representations and warranties set forth in Section 13.8 of the Note Agreement] (5) .

 

5.             The Guarantor hereby delivers to each of the Noteholders, contemporaneously with the delivery of this Joinder Agreement, each of the documents set forth on Annex 2 hereto.

 


(2)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in a jurisdiction outside the U.S.

 

(3)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in a jurisdiction outside the U.S.

 

(4)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in the U.S.

 

(5)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in the U.S.

 

Exhibit 1(c)(ii)- 2



 

6.             Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Note Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

7.             All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 19 of the Note Agreement.  All communications and notices hereunder to the Guarantor shall be given to it at the address set forth under its signature hereto.

 

8.             Any provision of this Joinder Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

9.             This Joinder Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice of law principles of the law of such State that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such State.

 

10.          This Joinder Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Guarantor.

 

11.          This Joinder Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page hereto by facsimile or e-mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank; next page is signature page ]

 

Exhibit 1(c)(ii)- 3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer or agent as of the date first above written.

 

Guarantor :

 

[                  ]

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address for notices and other communications:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1(c)(ii)- 4



 

Annex 1

 

Joinder Agreements

Executed Prior to the Date of this Joinder Agreement

 

Existing Joinder Agreements:

 

[To be Completed]

 

Exhibit 1(c)(ii)- 5



 

Annex 2

 

Additional Documents

 

(a)           A certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of the Guarantor approving the execution and delivery of this Joinder Agreement [and the Guarantee Agreement] (6) , the joinder of the Guarantor to the Note Agreement and the performance of its obligations thereunder, and authorizing the person or persons signing this Joinder Agreement [[and /,] the Guarantee Agreement] (7)  and any other documents to be delivered pursuant hereto to sign the same on behalf of the Guarantor.

 

(b)           Authenticated signatures of the person or persons specified in the resolutions referred to in clause (a) above.

 

(c)           The articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents of the Guarantor, certified as being in effect by the Guarantor’s Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or a director or other appropriate person (including, if relevant, copies of all amending resolutions or other amendments).

 

(d)           An opinion or opinions of counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Holders, confirming that (i) [each of] this Joinder Agreement [and the Guarantee Agreement] (8)  has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Guarantor, (ii) [each of] this Joinder Agreement [and the Guarantee Agreement] (9)  constitutes the legal, valid and binding contract and agreement of the Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles), and (iii) the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor of this Joinder Agreement [and the Guarantee Agreement] (10)  do not (A) violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Guarantor, or (B) (1) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under or result in the creation or imposition of any Security not permitted by the Note Agreement or (2) conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of or constitute a default under (I) the provisions of the constitutive documents of the Guarantor, or (II) any agreement or other instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or by which it may be bound.

 

(e)           Such other documents and evidence with respect to the Guarantor as the Required Holders may reasonably request in order to establish the existence and good standing of the Guarantor and the authorization of the transactions contemplated by this Joinder Agreement.

 


(6)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in a jurisdiction outside the U.S.

 

(7)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in a jurisdiction outside the U.S.

 

(8)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in a jurisdiction outside the U.S.

 

(9)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in a jurisdiction outside the U.S.

 

(10)   To be included if the Guarantor is organized in a jurisdiction outside the U.S.

 

Exhibit 1(c)(ii)- 6


 

Exhibit 2

 

Form of Request for Purchase

 

REQUEST FOR PURCHASE

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

Reference is made to the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement ((as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time the “ Agreement ”), originally dated September 18, 2014, among Luxfer Holdings PLC (the “ Issuer ”) and the respective Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, on the one hand, and PGIM, Inc. (“ Prudential ”), the Series A Purchasers and each Prudential Affiliate which becomes party thereto, on the other hand.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings specified in the Agreement.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.2(c) of the Agreement, the Issuer hereby makes the following Request for Purchase:

 

1.                                       Currency:                                           [U.S. Dollars/Euros/British Pounds]

 

2.                                       Aggregate principal amount of the Shelf Notes covered hereby (the “ Notes ”) [US$][₤][€]           (11)

 

3.                                       Individual specifications of the Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

 

 

Final

 

Prepayment

 

Interest

Principal

 

Maturity

 

Dates and

 

Payment

Amount

 

Date

 

Amounts

 

Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[quarterly or
semiannually] in arrears

 

4.                                       Use of proceeds of the Notes:

 

5.                                       Proposed day for the closing of the purchase and sale of the Notes:

 


(11)  Minimum principal amount of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent in an Available Currency).

 

Exhibit 2- 1



 

6.                                       The purchase price of the Notes is to be transferred to:

 

Name and Address

 

 

and ABA Routing

 

Number of

Number of Bank

 

Account

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.                                       The Issuer certifies that (a) [except as set forth on Exhibit A hereto,] the representations  and warranties contained in Section 5 of the Agreement are true on and as of the date of this Request for Purchase and (b) there exists on the date of this Request for Purchase no Event of Default or Default.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Exhibit 2- 2



 

EXHIBIT A

SUPPLEMENTAL REPRESENTATIONS

 

The Section references hereinafter set forth correspond to the similar sections of the Agreement which are supplemented hereby:

 

Exhibit 2- 3



 

Exhibit 3

 

Form of Confirmation of Acceptance

 

CONFIRMATION OF ACCEPTANCE

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

Reference is made to the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time the “ Agreement ”), originally dated September 18, 2014, among Luxfer Holdings PLC (the “ Issuer ”) and the respective Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, on the one hand, and PGIM, Inc. (“ Prudential ”), the Series A Purchasers and each Prudential Affiliate which becomes party thereto, on the other hand.  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings specified in the Agreement.

 

Prudential or the Prudential Affiliate which is named below as a Purchaser of Shelf Notes hereby confirms the representations as to such Shelf Notes set forth in Section 6 of the Agreement, and agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement applicable to the Purchasers or holders of the Notes.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.2(e) of the Agreement, an Acceptance with respect to the following Accepted Notes is hereby confirmed:

 

I.                                         Accepted Notes:  Aggregate principal amount [US$][₤][€]

 

(A)                                (a)                                  Name of Purchaser:

(b)                                  Principal amount:

(c)                                   Final maturity date:

(d)                                  Principal prepayment dates and amounts:

(e)                                   Interest rate:

(f)                                    Interest payment period:  [      ] in arrears

(g)                                   Payment and notice instructions: As set forth on attached Purchaser Schedule

(h)                                  HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number (if any):

(i)                                      Jurisdiction of tax residence:

 

(B)                                (a)                                  Name of Purchaser:

(b)                                  Principal amount:

(c)                                   Final maturity date:

(d)                                  Principal prepayment dates and amounts:

(e)                                   Interest rate:

(f)                                    Interest payment period:  [      ] in arrears

(g)                                   Payment and notice instructions: As set forth on attached Purchaser Schedule

 

Exhibit 3- 1



 

(h)                                  HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme reference number (if any):

(i)                                      Jurisdiction of tax residence:

 

[ (C), (D)    same information as above. ]

 

II.                                    Closing Day:

 

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PGIM, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[PRUDENTIAL AFFILIATE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Vice President

 

[ATTACH PURCHASER SCHEDULES]

 

Exhibit 3- 2



 

Exhibit 4.9(b)

 

Form of Confirmation of Guarantee

 

CONFIRMATION OF GUARANTEE

 

Reference is made to (a) the Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement originally dated September 18, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note Agreement ”), among Luxfer Holdings PLC (the “ Issuer ”), each of the undersigned (each, a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”),  PGIM, Inc., and the purchasers named on Schedule A thereto and each Prudential Affiliate that becomes bound thereby as provided therein (collectively, the “ Purchasers ”), pursuant to which certain of the Subsidiary Guarantors have made the Unconditional Guarantee set forth therein, and (b) the several guarantee agreements made by certain of the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the holders of the Notes described therein (each, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, a “ Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement ”).

 

Notwithstanding that such consent is not required under the Note Agreement or the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreements, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby consents to the execution and issue by the Issuer of its [•]% Series [•] Senior Notes, due [•] (the “ Series [•] Notes ”) pursuant to the Note Agreement, which Series [•] Notes will be guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Note Agreement or under its Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, as applicable.  As a material inducement to the Purchasers of the Series [•] Notes to consummate the purchase of the Series [•] Notes under the Note Agreement, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors respectively (i) acknowledges and confirms the continuing existence, validity and effectiveness of the Unconditional Guarantee or its Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, as applicable, including, without limitation, with respect to the Series [•] Notes, and (ii) agrees that the issuance of the Series [•] Notes shall not in any way release, diminish, impair or reduce its obligations under the Unconditional Guarantee or its Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, as applicable.

 

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings specified in the Note Agreement.

 

 

[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Exhibit 4.9(b)- 1



 

Exhibit 7.2

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To:                              PGIM, Inc.
                                                [Holders of Notes]

 

From:                Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, originally dated September 18, 2014, among Luxfer Holdings PLC, PGIM, Inc., the respective Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and the respective Purchasers party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Note Purchase Agreement”)

 

1                                          We refer to the Note Purchase Agreement.  This is a Compliance Certificate.  Terms defined in the Note Purchase Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

2                                          With reference to the [Annual Financial Statements] [Quarterly Financial Statements] for the [Financial Year ended [     ]] [Financial Quarter ended [     ]], we confirm that:

 

Covenant

 

Relevant
Period

 

Target

 

Actual

 

Compliant/Non
compliant

Debt Service Cover (Section 9.1(a)(i))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not less than 1.25:1

 

[  ]:1

 

[    ]

Interest Cover (Section 9.1(a)(ii))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not less than 4.0:1

 

[  ]:1

 

[    ]

Leverage (Section 9.1(a)(iii))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not exceeding 3.0:1

 

[  ]:1

 

[    ]

Capital Expenditure
(Section 9.1(a)(iv))

 

[     ] to [     ]

 

Not exceeding
US$[     ] (110% of budgeted capital expenditure)

 

US$[     ]

 

[    ]

 

Schedule 7.2- 1



 

Set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto are detailed calculations of each of the ratios set forth above.

 

3                                          We confirm that we have reviewed the relevant terms hereof and have made, or caused to be made, under our supervision, a review of the transactions and conditions of the Group from the beginning of the interim or annual period covered by the statements being furnished herewith to the date hereof and that such review has not disclosed the existence during such period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default. (12)

 

4                                          We confirm that the following companies constitute Material Companies for the purposes of the Note Purchase Agreement (Section 9.31(b)) :

 

[        ]

 

5                                          We confirm that the following companies are obligated as a borrower or a guarantor under or with respect to a Principal Lending Facility (Section 9.31(c)) :

 

[        ]

 

6                                          We confirm that the aggregate earnings before interest, tax and amortization (calculated on the same basis as EBITA) of the Obligors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all unrealized intra-Group profits of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of EBITA of the Group (Section 9.31(a)(i)) .

 

7                                          We confirm that the aggregate gross assets of the Obligors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) exceeds 75% of the consolidated gross assets of the Group (Section 9.31(a)(ii)) .

 

 

Signed

 

 

 

 

Finance Director of

 

Director of

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

Luxfer Holdings PLC

 

[insert applicable certification language]

 


(12)   If any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default existed or exists, the certificate should specify the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Obligors have taken or propose to take with respect thereto.

 

Exhibit 7. 2



 

 

 

for and on behalf of

 

[name of Auditors of Luxfer Holdings PLC] (13)

 


(13)   Only applicable if the Compliance Certificate accompanies the Audited Financial Statements and is to be signed by the Auditors.  To be agreed with the Issuer’s Auditors prior to signing of the Agreement.

 

Exhibit 7. 2


 

Exhibit A

 

Calculations of Financial Covenants

 

Exhibit 7. 2


Schedule 5.22

 

Group Structure Chart

Schedule 5.22- 1


 

 

 

Exhibit 7. 2




Exhibit 2.7

 

Execution Version

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AND PRIVATE SHELF AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE PURCHASE AND PRIVATE SHELF AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is made as of March 13, 2017, by and among Luxfer Holdings PLC, a public limited company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Issuer ”), each of the parties listed in Schedule C of the Amended Agreement (as defined below) (each, a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ” and, together with the Issuer, collectively, the “ Obligors ”), PGIM, Inc. (“ Prudential ”) and each of the Persons holding one or more Notes (as defined below) on the date hereof (collectively, the “ Noteholders ” and each, individually, a “ Noteholder ”), with respect to that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated June 29, 2016 (as in effect immediately prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the “ A&R Note Purchase Agreement ” and after giving effect to this Amendment and as may be further, amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Amended Agreement ”), entered into among the Obligors, Prudential and the Noteholders.  The A&R Note Purchase Agreement amended and restated that certain Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement, dated as of as of September 18, 2014, among the Obligors, Prudential and the Noteholders (the “ Original Note Purchase Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definitions shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Amended Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Pursuant to the Original Note Purchase Agreement, the Issuer issued and sold to the Noteholders the Issuer’s 3.67% Series A Senior Notes due September 15, 2021 in the aggregate original principal amount of US$25,000,000 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, collectively, the “ Series A Notes ”; the Series A Notes and any Shelf Notes, collectively, the “ Notes ” and each individually a “ Note ”).

 

B.            The Obligors have requested certain amendments and modifications to the A&R Note Purchase Agreement.

 

C.            Prudential and the Noteholders have agreed, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make such amendments and modifications.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree to be bound by the following:

 

1.             Amendments to A&R Note Purchase Agreement .  From and after the Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

2.             Conditions to Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall become effective on the first date (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) on which the following conditions are satisfied:

 

2.1.           This Amendment shall have been executed and delivered by each Obligor, Prudential and each Noteholder.

 

2.2.           No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 



 

2.3.           The representations and warranties set forth in Section 3 shall be true and correct on such date in all respects.

 

2.4.           The Obligors shall have paid all reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special counsel to Prudential and the Noteholders, as reflected in an invoice presented to the Issuer on or before the date hereof.

 

3.             Representations and Warranties .  To induce Prudential and the Noteholders to agree to this Amendment, each Obligor represents to Prudential and each Noteholder that, as of the Amendment Effective Date:

 

(a)           each Obligor (i) is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite organizational power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own and lease its property and (iii) is qualified and in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable in the applicable jurisdiction) to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except in such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(b)           prior to and after the Amendment Effective Date, no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the terms of the Amended Agreement;

 

(c)           each Obligor’s execution and delivery of this Amendment is within such Obligor’s powers and has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Obligor, and each Obligor has all requisite power and authority to carry out the transactions contemplated by, and to perform its obligations under and in respect of, this Amendment and the Amended Agreement; and

 

(d)           this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Obligor and the Amended Agreement, the Notes and this Amendment constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Obligor, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

4.             Reaffirmation of Guarantees .

 

By executing this Amendment, each Subsidiary Guarantor party hereto (a) consents to this Amendment, (b) acknowledges and confirms irrevocably and unconditionally to Prudential and each Noteholder that, notwithstanding the execution and delivery of this Amendment, the obligations of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Unconditional Guarantee continue in full force and effect and are not impaired or affected (except as may be expressly provided for in this Amendment or the Amended Agreement) and the Unconditional Guarantee continues in full force and effect, is a valid and binding obligation of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, is enforceable in accordance with its terms and shall apply to the Guaranteed Obligations as amended by this Amendment, and that no defenses, offsets, claims or counterclaims exist in respect of the Unconditional Guarantee as of the Amendment Effective Date and (c) affirms and ratifies the Unconditional Guarantee in all respects.

 

5.             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           This Amendment, including the validity hereof and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, and all amendments and supplements hereof and all waivers and consents hereunder, shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall

 

2



 

be governed by, the law of the State of New York excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would permit the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than such state.

 

(b)           The rules of interpretation set forth in the Amended Agreement shall apply to this Amendment.

 

(c)           This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopier or electronic transmission shall be effective as physical delivery of a manually executed document.

 

(d)           Except as amended hereby, all of the provisions of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement and each of the other Note Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms and are hereby ratified and confirmed.  The amendments set forth herein are effective solely for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written, and shall not be deemed to (i) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document, or (ii) operate as a waiver or otherwise prejudice any right, power or remedy that Prudential or any holder of a Note may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Amended Agreement, the Notes or any other Note Document.  Each reference to the “Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement” or the “Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement” in each Note Document shall mean and be a reference to the Amended Agreement, and this Amendment shall be included in the term “Note Documents” in the Amended Agreement.  Section 23.8 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement shall apply to this Amendment and all past and future amendments to the A&R Note Purchase Agreement as if expressly set forth herein or therein.

 

6.             Expenses .  Whether or not the amendments to the A&R Note Purchase Agreement set forth in Section 1 hereof become effective, the Obligors will promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days of receiving any statement or invoice therefor) pay all reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special counsel to Prudential and the Noteholders, incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and delivery of this Amendment and any other documents related thereto.  Nothing in this Section shall limit the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to Section 16.1 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement.

 

7.             Parties in Interest .  All of the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

8.             Severability .  Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in a jurisdiction, shall, as to such jurisdiction be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall (to the full extent permitted by law) not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

9.             Entire Agreement .  This Amendment and the Amended Agreement, together with the Notes and the other Note Documents, embody the entire agreement and understanding among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their officers or officers of their sole ultimate members thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

BA HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP 2000 LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GROUP SERVICES LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER OVERSEAS HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER GAS CYLINDERS CHINA HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MEL CHEMICALS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

MAGNESIUM ELEKTRON NORTH AMERICA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HART METALS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

READE MANUFACTURING COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LUXFER MAGTECH, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 



 

PGIM, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

THE GIBRALTAR LIFE INSURANCE CO., LTD.

 

By:

Prudential Investment Management Japan Co., Ltd. (as Investment Manager)

 

 

By:

PGIM, Inc. (as Sub-Adviser)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PAR U HARTFORD LIFE INSURANCE COMFORT TRUST

 

By:

Prudential Arizona Reinsurance Universal Company (as Grantor)

 

 

By:

PGIM, Inc. (as Investment Manager)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

FARMERS INSURANCE EXCHANGE

 

MID CENTURY INSURANCE COMPANY

 

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors, L.P. (as Investment Advisor)

 

 

By:

Prudential Private Placement Investors, Inc. (as its General Partner)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 


 

Exhibit A

 

AMENDMENTS TO
A&R NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

1.  Clause (a)(i) of Section 9.1 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following words: Debt Service Cover . The Issuer shall ensure that the Debt Service Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 1.25:1.” and replacing them with the word: “[Reserved]”

 

2.  Clause (a)(iv) of Section 9.1 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating in its entirety such clause (a)(iv) to read as follows:

 

“(iv)        Capital Expenditure .  The Issuer shall ensure that the aggregate capital expenditure of the Group (other than capital expenditure funded by the retention of Excluded Insurance Proceeds referred to in clauses (c) and (d) of the definition of “Excluded Insurance Proceeds” in accordance with Section 8.8) in respect of any Financial Year shall not exceed $25,000,000; provided that, subject to and without limiting Section 9.36 in any respect, the covenant set forth in this clause (iv) shall cease to apply in the event that (x) the Bank Facilities Agreement is refinanced and (y) none of the facility agreements, credit agreements or similar agreements which refinance the Bank Facilities Agreement (including any other document executed in connection with any such facility agreement, credit agreement or similar agreement) contain any restriction on capital expenditure.

 

For purposes of the covenant set forth in this clause (iv), if in any Financial Year (the “ Original Financial Year ”) the amount of the capital expenditure is less than the maximum amount permitted for that Original Financial Year (the difference being referred to below as the “ Unused Amount ”), then the maximum expenditure amount for the immediately following Financial Year (the “ Carry Forward Year ”) shall be increased by an amount (the “ Permitted Carry Forward Amount ”) equal to the Unused Amount.  In any Carry Forward Year, the original $25,000,000 specified above for that Financial Year shall be treated as having been incurred prior to any Permitted Carry Forward Amount carried forward into that Carry Forward Year and no amount carried forward into that Carry Forward Year may be carried forward into a subsequent Financial Year.”

 

3.  The heading of Section 9.31 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the word “Guarantors” appearing therein with the words “Subsidiary Guarantors” .

 

4.  Section 13 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by replacing each reference appearing in Sections 13.1, 13.2, 13.4 and 13.5(e) to “other Guarantor” , “other Guarantors” or “paying Guarantor” with the words “other Subsidiary Guarantor” , “other Subsidiary Guarantors” or “paying Subsidiary Guarantor” , respectively.

 

5.  Section 15.2 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “the Guarantors” appearing therein with the words “the Subsidiary Guarantors” .

 

6.  Schedule B of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

(a)            deleting the following defined terms in their entirety: Adjusted EBITDA ”, Debt Service ” and “ Debt Service Cover ;

 

(b)            amending the definition of Bank Facilities Agreement by replacing the reference to “BA Holdings, Inc.” appearing therein with the words “the Issuer” ; and

 

(c)            amending the definition of Financial Covenant by replacing the reference

 



 

to “the Parent Guarantor” appearing therein with the words “the Issuer” .

 

7.  Paragraph 2 of Exhibit 7.2 of the A&R Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating in its entirety such paragraph 2 to read as follows:

 

“2.                                With reference to the [Annual Financial Statements] [Quarterly Financial Statements] for the [Financial Year ended [     ]] [Financial Quarter ended [     ]], we confirm that:

 

Covenant

 

Relevant
Period

 

Target

 

Actual

 

Compliant/Non
compliant

 

Interest Cover
(Section 9.1(a)(ii))

 

[      ] to
[      ]

 

Not less than 4.0:1

 

[    ]:1 

 

[    ]

 

Leverage
(Section 9.1(a)(iii))

 

[      ] to
[      ]

 

Not exceeding 3.0:1

 

[    ]:1

 

[    ]

 

Capital Expenditure
(Section 9.1(a)(iv))

 

[      ] to
[      ]

 

Not exceeding US$[     ] (the sum of $25,000,000 plus any Permitted Carry Forward Amount)

 

$

[     ]

 

[    ]

 

 

Set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto are detailed calculations of each of the ratios and amounts set forth above.”

 




Exhibit 12.1

 

Section 302 Certificate

 

Form of Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

I, Brian Gordon Purves, certify that:

 

1.                                    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Luxfer Holdings PLC;

 

2.                                    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a)                                   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)                                   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)                                       evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)                                   disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                    The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 



 

a)                                      all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                                      any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: March 14, 2017

/s/ Brian Gordon Purves

 

Brian Gordon Purves
Chief Executive

 

2




Exhibit 12.2

 

Section 302 Certificate

 

Form of Certification Required by Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

I, Andrew Michael Beaden, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Luxfer Holdings PLC;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

a)                                   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)                                   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)                                       evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)                                  disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 



 

a)                                   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                                      any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: March 14, 2017

/s/ Andrew Michael Beaden

 

Andrew Michael Beaden

 

Group Finance Director

 

2




Exhibit 13.1

 

Section 906 Certificate

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Luxfer Holdings PLC, a public limited company incorporated under English law (the “company”), hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Form 20-F”) of the company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

 

 

Date: March 14, 2017

/s/ Brian Gordon Purves

 

Brian Gordon Purves

 

Chief Executive

 




Exhibit 13.2

 

Section 906 Certificate

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Luxfer Holdings PLC, a public limited company incorporated under English law (the “company”), does hereby certify, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2016 (the “Form 20-F”) of the company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and information contained in the Form 20-F fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the company.

 

 

Date: March 14, 2017

/s/ Andrew Michael Beaden

 

Andrew Michael Beaden

 

Group Finance Director

 




Exhibit 15.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-184351) pertaining to the Executive Share Option Plan, Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan, Non-Executive Directors Equity Incentive Plan, Executive Officer IPO Stock Option Grants and Non-Executive Director IPO Stock Option Grants of Luxfer Holdings PLC (the “Company”) and in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-196166) pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Share Incentive Plan of the Company of our report dated March 14, 2017, relating to the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 included in this Form 20-F.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Manchester, United Kingdom

March 14, 2017

 




Exhibit 15.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-184351) pertaining to the Executive Share Option Plan, Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan, Non-Executive Directors Equity Incentive Plan, Executive Officer IPO Stock Option Grants and Non-Executive Director IPO Stock Option Grants of Luxfer Holdings PLC (the “Company”) and in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-196166)  pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Share Incentive Plan of the Company of our report dated March 19, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of the Company for year ended December 31, 2014 included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Manchester, England

 

March 14, 2017